IDEALAB
S-1, 2000-04-20
Previous: ON2COM INC, 8-K, 2000-04-20
Next: NVIDIA CORP/CA, S-3/A, 2000-04-20



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 20, 2000
                                                                                                               REGISTRATION NO. 333-
====================================================================================================================================
<S><C>

                                                 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                                       WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                                     --------------------------
                                                              FORM S-1
                                                       REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                                                UNDER
                                                     THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                                     --------------------------
                                                              IDEALAB!
                                       (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                                                     --------------------------
                   NEVADA                                       7389                                          95-4569774
      (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
       INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

                                                         130 W. UNION STREET
                                                         PASADENA, CA 91103
                                                           (626) 585-6900
        (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                                                     --------------------------
                                                             BILL GROSS
                                                CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHAIRMAN
                                                         130 W. UNION STREET
                                                         PASADENA, CA 91103
                                                           (626) 585-6900
                (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                                     --------------------------
                                                             COPIES TO:
           LARRY W. SONSINI, ESQ.                                                                       WILLIAM H. HINMAN, JR., ESQ.
             BRIAN C. ERB, ESQ.                                                                              SHEARMAN & STERLING
      WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI                                                                       1550 EL CAMINO REAL
          PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                                                                           MENLO PARK, CA 94025
             650 PAGE MILL ROAD                                                                                 (650) 330-2200
            PALO ALTO, CA 94304
               (650) 493-9300
                                                     --------------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
 As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. / /

                                                     --------------------------
                                                   CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
============================================= =========================================== ==========================================
            TITLE OF EACH CLASS                            PROPOSED MAXIMUM
       OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE (1)                 AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share.....               $ 300,000,000                                  $ 79,200
============================================= =========================================== ==========================================
(1)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the
Securities Act of 1933.
                                                     --------------------------

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.

====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

********************************************************************************

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED APRIL 20, 2000.

                                     Shares

                               [LOGO APPEARS HERE]

                                  Common Stock

                           -------------------------

     This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of idealab!.
All of the      shares of common stock are being sold by idealab!.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per
share will be between $ _______ and $ ____________ . Application has been made
for quotation of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"ILAB".

     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 TO READ ABOUT FACTORS YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK.

                           -------------------------

     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY
BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

                           -------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     PER SHARE                TOTAL
                                                                                   --------------         ------------
<S>                                                                                <C>                    <C>
Initial public offering price.................................................     $                      $
Underwriting discount.........................................................     $                      $
Proceeds, before expenses, to idealab!........................................     $                      $
</TABLE>

     To the extent that the underwriters sell more than _______ shares of common
stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional _______
shares from idealab! at the initial public offering price less the underwriting
discount.

                           -------------------------

     The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York,
New York on ______ , 2000.

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

         DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE

                    MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

                                  ROBERTSON STEPHENS

                                                      THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC

                             -------------------------

                            Prospectus dated    , 2000.


<PAGE>

     [Set forth on the inside front cover is a visual representation and
description of three business forces that create market opportunities for
idealab! network companies, three ways in which idealab! addresses these
opportunities through its structure and ten features of the idealab! method of
creating, building and operating companies.]

     [Set forth on the inside front cover gate fold below the caption "The
idealab! network companies: Many agile private and public companies with extreme
focus and adaptability ... high reward for employees and synergy in the company
network" are the logos of several idealab! network companies along with brief
descriptions of their businesses.]

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     YOU SHOULD READ THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY TOGETHER WITH THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION REGARDING US AND THE COMMON STOCK BEING SOLD IN THIS OFFERING, AND
WITH OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES THERETO, APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL INFORMATION IN
THIS PROSPECTUS: (1) DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE POSSIBLE ISSUANCE OF UP TO
__________ ADDITIONAL SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE
UNDERWRITERS' RIGHT TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES; (2) REFLECTS THE AUTOMATIC
CONVERSION OF ALL 23,686,010 SHARES OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK OUTSTANDING AS OF
JANUARY 31, 2000 INTO 236,860,100 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK UPON THE CLOSING OF
THIS OFFERING; (3) REFLECTS OUR REINCORPORATION IN NEVADA PRIOR TO THE CLOSING
OF THIS OFFERING; AND (4) REFLECTS THE AMENDMENT OF OUR CHARTER TO PROVIDE FOR
THE AUTHORIZATION OF 10,000,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AND 100,000,000
SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK EFFECTIVE UPON CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING.

                                    IDEALAB!

       idealab! is a new form of enterprise that creates, builds and operates
businesses that use the power of real-time interactive communications, including
the Internet, telephony, cable and wireless, to satisfy unmet market needs. Most
of our companies are based on ideas we generate internally, although from time
to time we may consider ideas brought to us by other entrepreneurs or acquire
interests in existing Internet companies that are strategically important to our
network.

       Each business in our integrated, collaborative network is established as
a separate company rather than as a division of idealab!. We believe that the
resulting balance of decentralization and centralization enables each business
to retain the adaptability and entrepreneurialism of a small company while
benefiting from the economies of scale, information sharing and other synergies
associated with inclusion in our network. Moreover, we believe that our
companies are able to compete more effectively and grow more rapidly than many
of their stand-alone competitors because we enable the entrepreneurs managing
our businesses to concentrate primarily on the rapid execution of their business
plans.

       The idealab! business method consists of idea generation, selection and
analysis, company building and operational support, and strategic guidance and
direction. Our experience in creating, building and operating Internet
businesses enables us to quickly and efficiently bring innovative new companies
to market and to build our existing companies into market leaders.

     o    IDEA GENERATION, SELECTION AND ANALYSIS. We create network companies
          by continually generating ideas for innovative business models. We
          measure each idea against several criteria, including whether it
          addresses an unmet market need, its potential to benefit the idealab!
          network and its ability to generate increasing efficiencies as the
          business grows. Before creating or acquiring a company, we perform
          thorough qualitative and quantitative analyses, create prototypes and
          conduct extensive consumer testing.

     o    COMPANY BUILDING AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT. We provide our companies
          with operational assistance from our various in-house departments and
          third party service providers, access to our business relationships
          both inside and outside the idealab! network and financial support. We
          initially house most of our companies at our open-plan facilities,
          which are designed to foster a collaborative process and a sharing of
          best practices among the companies in these locations. Our managing
          directors, entrepreneurs-in-residence and operational vice presidents
          provide strategic guidance as well as assistance in sales, marketing
          and brand management, executive recruiting, web development and
          information technology, and legal, finance, accounting and human
          resources to our network companies.

     o    STRATEGIC GUIDANCE AND DIRECTION. We actively develop the business
          models, strategies, operations and management teams of all our
          companies throughout their lifecycles to ensure that each company
          benefits fully from our collective experiences. Our senior executives
          serve on the boards of directors of our network companies and
          participate in consultation and informal communications that allow us
          to take an

                                       3
<PAGE>

          active, hands-on role in the ongoing oversight and strategic
          management of our companies. Our operating methods are designed to
          promote commercial relationships among our network companies, which we
          believe enhance the value of our overall network.

       Our objective is to increase the value of our network by continually
creating new business ideas and acquiring existing businesses in markets
involving real-time interactive communications that complement our existing
companies. We believe that we can enhance stockholder value by engaging in
business through an integrated network of companies in which we own significant
stakes over the long term. We intend to continue establishing additional
facilities around the world where we can match our best ideas with talented
people to create new companies. In each new location we intend to duplicate the
organization of our functional teams to promote the consistent execution of the
idealab! method.

       We have grown rapidly since our inception in 1996. The idealab! network
currently includes the following seven public and 28 private companies:

          PUBLIC COMPANIES

             Centra Software                   NetZero
             eMachines                         Ticketmaster Online - CitySearch
             eToys                             Tickets.com
             GoTo.com

          PRIVATE COMPANIES

             CarsDirect.com                    jobs.com
             Cooking.com                       MyHome.com
             dotTV                             OpenSales.com
             EntryPoint                        PayMyBills.com
             eve.com                           PeopleLink
             eLease                            PETsMART.com
             eVoice                            Sameday.com
             FirstLook.com                     scan.com
             FreeMusic                         Scout
             HomePage.com                      shopMarket
             ice.com                           Swap.com
             iExchange.com                     Utility.com
             Intranets.com                     WeddingChannel.com
             Jackpot.com                       z.com


       We currently have 198 employees. In addition to our headquarters in
Pasadena, California, we maintain offices in the Silicon Valley, New York,
Boston and London.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING


<TABLE>
 <S>                                                         <C>
 Common stock offered.................................                            shares

 Common stock to be outstanding                                                   shares
   after the offering.................................

 Use of proceeds......................................       To create, build and operate, acquire, or
                                                             increase our interests in interactive
                                                             communications businesses, and for general
                                                             corporate purposes.

 Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol...............       ILAB
</TABLE>

       The table above is based on shares outstanding as of January 31, 2000.
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering
excludes:

     o    200,013,550 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options with
          a weighted-average exercise price of $1.22 per share as of January 31,
          2000;

     o    64,085,700 shares of common stock available for issuance under our
          stock option plans as of January 31, 2000;

     o    21,850,350 shares underlying options granted between February 1, 2000
          and March 15, 2000 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.94;

     o    2,220,081 shares of common stock issued between February 1, 2000 and
          March 31, 2000; and

     o    14,880,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
          Series D preferred stock issued between February 1, 2000 and
          March 31, 2000.

     The table above includes 107,575,000 shares of common stock subject to a
right of repurchase by us.



















                               ------------------

     WE INTEND TO REINCORPORATE IN NEVADA AND CHANGE OUR CORPORATE NAME TO
"IDEALAB!" CONCURRENTLY WITH THIS OFFERING. WE WERE INCORPORATED IN CALIFORNIA
IN MARCH 1996 UNDER THE NAME BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!. THE TERMS "IDEALAB!", "OUR"
AND "WE", AS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, REFER TO IDEALAB! AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED
SUBSIDIARY, IDEALAB! HOLDINGS, L.L.C., A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,
EXCEPT WHERE IT IS CLEAR THAT THE TERM REFERS ONLY TO IDEALAB!. WE REFER TO THE
INTERNET COMPANIES THAT WE HAVE CREATED OR INVESTED IN AND THAT PARTICIPATE IN
OUR COLLABORATIVE NETWORK AS "OUR COMPANIES" OR "OUR NETWORK COMPANIES". WE DO
NOT ACT AS AN AGENT OR LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR ANY OF THESE COMPANIES AND WE DO
NOT HAVE THE POWER OR AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY BIND ANY OF THESE COMPANIES.


                                       5

<PAGE>

                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

     The following summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data
should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The Pro Forma column included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
for the year ended January 31, 2000, reflects the effects of certain fiscal 2000
acquisitions and dispositions as if they had occurred on February 1, 1999. The
Pro Forma per share data assumes the conversion of all series of our outstanding
convertible preferred stock on February 1, 1999 or original issue date if
later. See Note 5 of Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements and
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information included elsewhere
in this prospectus. The Pro Forma column included in the Consolidated Balance
Sheet Data as of January 31, 2000 reflects the automatic conversion of all
shares of our convertible preferred stock into 236,860,100 shares of common
stock upon completion of this offering. The Pro Forma, As Adjusted column
reflects the sale of shares of common stock that we are offering after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See "Use
of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 MARCH 14,
                                                   1996                       YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                              (INCEPTION) TO    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                 JANUARY 31,        1998        1999        2000          2000
                                                   1997            ACTUAL       ACTUAL     ACTUAL       PRO FORMA
                                                ---------------  ----------  ---------- ------------  -------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

   Revenues..................................       $       --   $     154   $     805  $    21,158   $    134,303
   Operating expenses, excluding stock-based
     compensation............................            2,275      11,330       8,387      153,194        277,316
   Stock-based compensation..................              135         233       3,910      109,150        109,299
                                                ---------------  ----------  ---------- ------------  -------------
   Operating income (loss)...................           (2,410)    (11,409)    (11,492)    (241,186)      (252,312)
                                                ---------------  ----------  ---------- ------------  -------------
   Other income (expense), net...............               71          74       7,628      322,311        320,287
   Income (loss) before income taxes,
     minority interest and equity in the
     income (loss) of affiliates.............           (2,339)    (11,335)     (3,864)      81,125         67,975
   Income tax benefit (expense)..............               (3)      3,528       2,358      (86,245)       (73,214)
   Minority interest.........................              116       1,022         572       95,537        138,334
   Equity in the income (loss) of
     affiliates, net of tax..................             (144)       (271)         51       28,067        (23,337)
                                                ---------------  ----------  ---------- ------------  -------------
   Net income (loss).........................           (2,370)     (7,056)       (883)     118,484        109,758
   Deduction for beneficial conversion
     feature.................................               --          --          --       (9,724)        (9,724)
   Repurchase of convertible preferred stock.               --          --          --       (3,777)        (3,777)
                                                ---------------  ----------  ---------- ------------  -------------
   Net income (loss) applicable to
     common shareholders.....................       $   (2,370)  $  (7,056)  $    (883) $   104,983   $     96,257
                                                ===============  ==========  ========== ============  =============
   Net income (loss) per share applicable to
     common shareholders--diluted.............      $    (0.01)  $   (0.02)  $     --  $      0.15              --
   Shares used to calculate net income (loss)
     per share applicable to common
     shareholdres--diluted....................         322,232     334,760     352,083      695,312             --
   Pro Forma net income (loss) per share
     applicable to common shareholders-diluted               --         --          --           --   $       0.14
   Pro Forma shares used to calculate net income
     (loss) per share applicable to common
     shareholders--diluted....................               --         --          --           --        697,839
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AS OF JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA,
                                                                    ACTUAL           PRO FORMA       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                ----------------  ----------------  ---------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>               <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
   Cash and cash equivalents................................... $       601,474   $      601,474    $
   Working capital.............................................         562,024          562,024
   Total assets................................................       1,674,383        1,674,383
   Convertible preferred stock ................................         892,782              --              --
   Total shareholders' equity..................................         337,784        1,230,566
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW BEFORE MAKING AN
INVESTMENT DECISION. IF ANY OF THE EVENTS DESCRIBED BELOW ACTUALLY OCCURS, OUR
BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS COULD BE HARMED. IN THAT
EVENT, THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE, AND YOU COULD LOSE
ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

     THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED
IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS, INCLUDING
THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                             RISKS PARTICULAR TO US

WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY, WHICH MAKES IT DIFFICULT FOR YOU TO
EVALUATE OUR PROSPECTS.

     We were founded in March 1996 and have a limited operating history upon
which you may evaluate our business and prospects. An investor in our common
stock must consider the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by early
stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets. We and our companies are in
early stages of development, and are among many that have entered the emerging
Internet market. Specific risks to our business include our:

       o   ability to generate and successfully commercialize new ideas and to
           acquire interests in promising companies;

       o   dependence upon the performance of our companies, which are
           individually subject both to risks common to all Internet companies
           and risks particular to their businesses and related Internet
           industry segments;

       o   need to manage our expanding operations and network of companies;

       o   continuing need to raise additional capital;

       o   dependence upon and need to hire key personnel; and

       o   need to increase spending to enhance the idealab! brand and the
           strength of our network companies' brands on an ongoing basis.

     If we fail to adequately address any of these risks, our consolidated
financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially and
adversely affected and our stock price may decline.

OUR BUSINESS MODEL IS UNPROVEN AND MAY NOT BE AS SUCCESSFUL AS WE ANTICIPATE.

     Our strategy is based upon an unproven business model involving creating,
building and operating businesses in markets involving real-time interactive
communications. Our business model depends on our ability to continue to
generate new and successful business concepts and to successfully integrate them
into our collaborative network. As competition intensifies in the evolving
Internet market, the creation and commercialization of new business concepts may
prove more difficult, which could harm our business. In addition, because our
strategy involves the continued participation in the operation of our network
companies and in the long-term appreciation in value of these companies, we may
forego short-term gains that we could otherwise realize by selling interests in
our network companies.

FLUCTUATIONS IN THE STOCK PRICES OF OUR PUBLIC NETWORK COMPANIES COULD AFFECT
OUR STOCK PRICE.

     Our network companies operate in various segments of the Internet industry.
The stock prices of Internet companies have been highly volatile, particularly
over the last year. The stock prices of eToys and GoTo.com, two publicly-traded
companies in which we have significant ownership stakes, have been highly
volatile. In May 1999, eToys completed its initial public offering and has since
traded as high as $86.00 per share and as low as $6.00 per share. In June 1999,
GoTo.com completed its initial public offering and has since traded as high as
$114.50 per share and as low as $15.00 per share. We


                                       7
<PAGE>


anticipate that the following factors, among others, will contribute to the
stock price volatility of companies in our network:

     o    fluctuations in their operating results, which are likely to be below
          the expectations of investors and securities analysts in some future
          periods as further described under "--Risks affecting our network
          companies--The future operating results of the companies in our
          network are unpredictable and could fluctuate from quarter to quarter,
          causing their stock prices to fall";

     o    conditions or trends in the Internet industry and in the segments of
          the Internet industry in which a significant number of our network
          companies operate;

     o    changes in the financial estimates or investment considerations of
          securities analysts regarding our network companies; and

     o    changes in the market valuations of any of our network companies and
          other Internet companies.

     The market value of our holdings in our public network companies will
change significantly in parallel with fluctuations in their stock prices, which
could cause our stock price to fall.

BECAUSE OUR ASSETS ARE CONCENTRATED IN A FEW NETWORK COMPANIES, IF THE VALUE OF
THESE COMPANIES DECREASES, OUR STOCK PRICE MAY FALL.

     The market value of our interests in the public companies in our network,
including eMachines, eToys, GoTo.com, NetZero and Tickets.com, accounts for a
substantial portion of the fair market value of our assets. Although it is more
difficult to value our interests in the private companies in our network,
investors and securities analysts may also attribute significant value to these
interests, including our interest in CarsDirect.com. We believe that the fair
market value of our interests in network companies often far exceeds the value
at which they are recorded on our balance sheet. A decline in the value of one
or more of the public or significant private companies in our network would
likely cause our stock price to fall.

FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR QUARTERLY RESULTS ARE LIKELY AND COULD CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE
TO DECLINE.

       Our results have varied widely in the past, and we expect that they will
continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of
factors, including:

     o    fluctuations in the operating results of the companies in our network;

     o    income, loss or amortization of goodwill resulting from our
          acquisition or divestiture of interests in our network companies or
          from acquisitions by our network companies, which will fluctuate as a
          result of the timing of any of these transactions;

     o    changes in our methods of accounting for interests in our network
          companies, which may result from changes in our ownership percentages
          of these companies;

     o    gain or loss resulting under applicable accounting rules from initial
          public offerings, other financings, mergers or other changes in the
          capitalization of any of our network companies;

     o    increases in taxation resulting from our disposition of network
          company interests or from other extraordinary events;

     o    costs related to the continued geographic expansion of our facilities;

     o    cash charges relating to the exercise of stock options; and

     o    costs related to the introduction of new companies to our network.

     It is likely that in some future quarter our results may be below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors and, as a result, the price of
our common stock may fall.


                                       8
<PAGE>


OUR OPERATING RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE BECAUSE OUR REVENUES AND EXPENSES ARE LESS
CORRELATED THAN THOSE OF OTHER COMPANIES.

       We generate limited revenues from our direct operating activities. Our
revenues are comprised primarily of the revenues of those of our network
companies that we consolidate into our own financial results. Our expenses will
include the expenses of those of our companies that we consolidate into our own
financial results and expenses related to the potential effect of goodwill
amortization and other charges resulting from completed and future acquisitions.
Our expenses will also include our own direct expenses, which will increase as
we build an infrastructure to implement our business model. For example, we
expect to hire additional employees, expand information technology systems and
lease or purchase more space for our corporate offices. In addition, we plan to
significantly increase our operating expenses to:

       o   broaden our company support capabilities;

       o   explore acquisition opportunities and alliances with other companies;

       o   open and staff additional facilities in locations; and

       o   facilitate business arrangements among our companies.

       Because we recognize revenue, expenses and other income from our network
companies, each with a different cost structure and revenue model, and because
we also generate expenses independent of our network companies, our total
revenues, expenses and other income may be correlated to a lesser extent than
those of other companies. This may render our operating results difficult for
investors and securities analysts to interpret and could cause our stock price
to fall.

IF OUR RELATIONSHIPS WITH OUR NETWORK COMPANIES DETERIORATE, OUR VALUE MAY
DECREASE.

       Our success depends substantially on the performance of our network
companies and our ability to develop and sustain close relationships with them.
If we are unable to develop and maintain good relationships with new and
successful companies in the future, or to maintain and enhance our relationships
with our existing companies, our business will be damaged and our value may
decrease. In addition, competition or disagreement with or between our network
companies and/or their personnel could make it more difficult for us to
facilitate collaboration among our companies, result in negative publicity,
cause us to become involved in costly and time-consuming litigation or impair
the value of our interests in our companies.

       Moreover, our network companies could make business decisions that are
not in our best interests, which could impair the value of our network. While we
generally seek to maintain significant equity interest and participation in the
management of our network companies, we may not be able to control significant
business decisions they make. Some of these decisions may cause the dilution of
our interest and potentially our loss of control over these network companies.
Any dilution or loss of control could subject us to regulation under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE THE GROWTH OF OUR NETWORK COMPANIES AND
OF OUR NETWORK AS A WHOLE.

       In the future, continued growth of our network companies and our network
may place significantly greater strain on our resources and our ability to
manage the network. This growth subjects us to a number of risks including, but
not limited to, the following:

       o   the potential that the addition of new network companies may cause a
           disruption in our ongoing support of our existing companies, distract
           our management and other personnel and make it difficult to maintain
           our standards, controls and procedures;

       o   potential deterioration of our ability to influence our companies'
           day-to-day operations;

       o   the potential failure of our companies to adopt our ideas for
           effectively and successfully managing their growth, which could
           interfere with our strategy of increasing the value of our network;
           and


                                       9
<PAGE>


     o    our entry into a market or acquisition of interests in a company or
          companies in which we have little experience, which could strain and
          distract our management and other resources.

AS THE INTERNET MARKET MATURES AND COMPETITION INCREASES, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
CONTINUE TO SUCCESSFULLY GENERATE PROMISING OPPORTUNITIES, AND WE MAY NOT FIND
OPPORTUNITIES TO ACQUIRE INTERESTS IN PROMISING COMPANIES.

     Due to a variety of factors outside of our control, we may be unable to
identify promising business opportunities in the future, or to acquire promising
companies that complement our business strategy. These factors include:

     o    competition in bringing new ideas and unique business models to the
          marketplace for Internet and other interactive communications
          businesses;

     o    market saturation as the number of new entrants into the Internet
          marketplace grows, potentially to the point where new market
          participants have difficulty establishing a viable commercial
          presence;

     o    competition from other potential acquirers and partners of and
          investors in interactive communications businesses;

     o    in specific cases, failure to agree on the terms of a potential
          acquisition, such as the amount or price of our acquired interest, or
          incompatibility between us and management of the company we wish to
          acquire; and

     o    the possibility that we may lack sufficient capital to develop
          promising opportunities or to acquire interests in complementary
          companies.

     If we cannot continue to develop new and successful interactive
communications business concepts or to acquire interests in complementary
companies, our growth strategy will be impaired.

OUR KEY PERSONNEL MAY LEAVE, WHICH COULD DISRUPT OUR OPERATIONS AND HARM OUR
BUSINESS.

     Our future success depends upon the continued service of our executive
officers and other key personnel. None of our officers or key employees is bound
by an employment agreement for any specific term. If we lost the services of one
or more of our key employees, or if one or more of our executive officers or
employees decided to join a competitor or otherwise compete directly or
indirectly with us, our business could be harmed. We cannot assure you that we
will be able to successfully retain our key personnel or, in the event we were
to lose the services of any key personnel, to replace these personnel. In
particular, our success is highly dependent on the individual contributions of
Bill Gross and other memebers of our management team. If one or more members of
our management team were unable or unwilling to continue in their present
positions, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be harmed.

OUR GROWTH COULD BE IMPAIRED IF IT BECOMES MORE DIFFICULT FOR INTERNET-RELATED
COMPANIES TO RAISE CAPITAL.

     Many of our network companies are in early stages of development and can
benefit from our assistance in gaining access to capital markets. We and our
network companies are dependent on the interest of investors in Internet-related
and other interactive communications companies in general and the supply of
private and public capital to these companies in particular. If the market for
the securities of Internet-related and other interactive communications
companies were to weaken for an extended period of time, or at a time when one
or more of our network companies were required to raise capital, our and our
network companies' business and financial condition could be seriously harmed.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM VALUE FOR OUR NETWORK COMPANY INTERESTS.

     We have significant equity positions in our network companies. Although we
generally do not anticipate selling our interests in our network companies, if
we were to divest all or part of them, we might


                                       10
<PAGE>


not receive maximum value for these positions. For companies with
publicly-traded stock, we may be unable to sell our interests at then-quoted
market prices, and, for public companies with thinly-traded stock, we may have
to sell our interests gradually over time rather than in one or more large
transactions. For those companies that do not have publicly-traded stock, the
realizable value of our interests may ultimately prove to be lower than the
carrying value currently reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
Legal and other restrictions may also prevent us from disposing of interests in
network companies when we would otherwise choose to do so.

WE MAY HAVE TO TAKE ACTIONS THAT ARE DISRUPTIVE TO OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY TO
AVOID REGISTRATION UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940.

     The Investment Company Act of 1940 requires registration for companies that
are engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding
or trading in securities. A company may be deemed to be an investment company if
it owns "investment securities" with a value exceeding 40% of the value of its
total assets (excluding government securities and cash items) on an
unconsolidated basis, unless an exemption or safe harbor applies. Securities
issued by companies other than majority-owned subsidiaries are generally counted
as investment securities for purposes of the Investment Company Act.

     Excluding government securities and cash items, substantially all of our
assets on an unconsolidated basis currently consist of equity interests in
majority-owned subsidiaries and equity interests in other companies. Our equity
interests in companies that are not majority-owned subsidiaries could be counted
as investment securities. At January 28, 2000, more than 40% of the value of our
total assets on an unconsolidated basis consist of securities issued by
companies that are not majority-owned subsidiaries. Therefore, we could be
considered an investment company unless we obtain an exemption or qualify for a
safe harbor. On January 28, 2000, we filed an application with the Securities
and Exchange Commission requesting a permanent order declaring that we are
primarily engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting,
owning, holding or trading in securities. On March 28, 2000, the Commission
granted a temporary order exempting us from all provisions of the Investment
Company Act for a 120-day period that ends on July 26, 2000 while it considers
our request for a permanent order. The Commission has significant discretion in
determining whether to grant the permanent order and there can be no assurance
that the permanent order will be granted. In addition, if the permanent order is
granted, we will need to ensure that a particular percentage of our assets and
revenues are derived from companies that we control. As a result, fluctuations
in the value of, or the income and revenues attributable to us from our
ownership of, interests in companies we do not control could cause us to be
deemed an investment company.

     Registration as an investment company would subject us to restrictions that
are inconsistent with our fundamental business strategy of equity growth through
creating, building and operating interactive communications companies. We may
have to take actions, including buying, refraining from buying, selling or
refraining from selling securities, when we would otherwise not choose to in
order to continue to avoid registration under the Investment Company Act. For
example, we may have to ensure that we retain controlling ownership interests in
our network companies after their initial public offerings, which would require
us to expend significant amounts of capital that we might otherwise use to
create or acquire other companies.

WE MAY NEED TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL, WHICH MIGHT NOT BE AVAILABLE OR COULD
RESULT IN DILUTION OF THE OWNERSHIP INTERESTS OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS.

     We require substantial capital to fund our business and maintain control of
our network companies as they issue additional equity. In all periods, we have
experienced negative cash flow from operations and expect to experience
significant negative cash flow in the future. Because our strategy involves
holding interests in our network companies over the long term, we do not expect
to generate cash by selling these interests. Moreover, because of the provisions
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may not be able to sell securities of
our network companies to raise capital were we to so choose. We currently
anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our available
funds, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for working capital and
capital expenditures through at least the next 12 months. However, we may need
to raise additional funds prior to the expiration of this period or at


                                       11
<PAGE>


a later date in order to create or acquire new companies or to maintain or
expand our control of existing network companies. We cannot be certain that
additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required,
or at all. Our ability to issue debt securities or to service any debt we do
issue may also be limited by our ability to generate cash flow. In addition, we
may raise additional funds through the issuance of securities with rights,
preferences or privileges senior to those of the rights of our common stock. If
we issue equity or securities convertible into equity, the ownership percentages
of our stockholders will be diluted.

IN MAKING STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS, WE WILL FACE COMPETITION FROM OTHER POTENTIAL
INVESTORS IN AND ACQUIRORS OF INTERNET AND OTHER INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS
COMPANIES.

     Although we create most of our network companies ourselves, from time to
time we acquire interests in companies complementary to our network that were
created by other entrepreneurs. In pursuing opportunities for these
acquisitions, we face competition from other capital providers, including
publicly-traded Internet companies, venture capital companies, large
corporations and other companies providing services similar to ours. Many of
these competitors have greater financial resources than we do. This competition
may limit our opportunities to acquire interests in companies that could enhance
our network. If we cannot acquire interests in attractive companies, our growth
strategy may be inhibited or may not succeed.

WE HAVE EXPERIENCED SIGNIFICANT GROWTH IN RECENT PERIODS, AND OUR INABILITY TO
MANAGE THIS GROWTH COULD DISRUPT OUR OPERATIONS.

     Our ability to identify, create, build and operate interactive
communications businesses that successfully offer products and services and
implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market requires an effective
planning and management process. We have increased, and plan to continue
increasing, the scope of our operations domestically and internationally.
Between January 1999 and April 2000, we grew from 18 employees in one office to
198 in five offices. Integrating such a large number of new employees and
training them in the idealab! method and culture may prove difficult, and we may
not be able to do so successfully or in a timely fashion. If we do not manage
growth properly, it could materially and adversely affect our business. In
addition, our expansion efforts will be expensive, and could put a strain on our
management. The expansion of our infrastructure and our geographic expansion
will entail hiring key employees in such areas as senior management, finance,
marketing, legal, recruiting and technology development. Hiring these employees
has historically been difficult, and we cannot assure you that we will be able
to successfully attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel.
This may limit our ability to open facilities in some locations.

WE MAY NOT MANAGE OUR EXPECTED GEOGRAPHIC EXPANSION SUCCESSFULLY, WHICH COULD
IMPAIR OUR GROWTH.

     Part of our strategy for growth is to replicate our business method in
multiple locations by opening new idealab! facilities in those locations. We
must apply the method and culture of our Pasadena facility in each new facility
so that all of our facilities operate in a complementary fashion. We must also
hire and integrate talented people to staff each new facility. Because each new
facility will be geographically distant from Pasadena and will employ people who
have never worked at our Pasadena facility, it may be difficult and time
consuming for us to replicate the culture and operating methods of our Pasadena
facility, and this effort may cause our management to divert their attention
from other aspects of our business. If our new facilities are not as successful
as we anticipate, our growth will be impaired.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO PROTECT OUR INTERNET DOMAIN NAMES OR OUR OTHER PROPRIETARY
RIGHTS, WHICH COULD CAUSE US TO LOSE COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES.

     The Internet domain names we use, along with those we register or acquire
for future use, are extremely important parts of our business. The acquisition
and maintenance of domain names generally is regulated by governmental agencies
and their designees. In the future, governing bodies may establish additional
top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the
requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may be unable to acquire
or maintain relevant domain names in


                                       12
<PAGE>


all countries in which we conduct business. Furthermore, the relationship
between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks and
similar proprietary rights is unclear. Therefore, we may be unable to prevent
third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or
otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.

     We also regard our copyrights, trade secrets, patentable inventions and
similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on
copyright law, trade secret protection, patent law and confidentiality and/or
license agreements with our employees, companies, partners and others to protect
our proprietary rights. We have not, however, received any patents covering our
proprietary information. Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries may not
provide protection of our intellectual property rights to the same extent as
those of the United States. Despite our precautions, unauthorized third parties
might copy or reverse engineer and use information or technology that we regard
as proprietary. If our proprietary information were misappropriated, we might
have to litigate to protect it. Intellectual property litigation is expensive
and time-consuming. The outcome of any such litigation will be uncertain, and
the litigation could divert our management's attention away from running our
business.

WE WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE OF OUR CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS
AFTER THIS OFFERING, AND THEIR INTERESTS MAY NOT ALWAYS COINCIDE WITH THOSE OF
OUR OTHER STOCKHOLDERS.

     Bill Gross, Karen Gross, idealab Capital Management I, L.L.C., idealab
Capital Management II, L.L.C., and entities affiliated with them will, in the
aggregate, beneficially own approximately ___________ % of our outstanding
common stock following the completion of this offering. These stockholders will
be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our
stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or
other business combination transactions. Because their interests may not always
coincide with those of our other stockholders, these stockholders may influence
or cause us to take actions with which our other stockholders disagree.

OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS AND NEVADA LAW CONTAIN PROVISIONS THAT
COULD DELAY OR PREVENT A CHANGE IN OUR CONTROL AND COULD ALSO LIMIT THE MARKET
PRICE OF OUR STOCK.

     Our articles of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that could
delay or prevent a change in our control. These provisions could limit the price
that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common
stock. Some of these provisions:

     o    authorize the issuance of preferred stock that can be created and
          issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval,
          commonly referred to as "blank check" preferred stock, with rights
          senior to those of common stock;

     o    prohibit stockholder action by written consent; and

     o    establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for
          election our board of directors and for proposing other matters that
          can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.

     In addition, some provisions of Nevada law make it more difficult for a
third party to acquire us. Some of these provisions:

     o    establish a supermajority stockholder voting requirement to approve an
          acquisition by a third party of a controlling interest in us; and

     o    impose time restrictions and/or require additional approvals for an
          acquisition of us by an interested stockholder.

THERE MAY BE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AMONG OUR NETWORK COMPANIES, OUR OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS AND US.

     Some of our officers and directors also serve as officers or directors of
or have ownership interests in one or more of our network companies. As a result
we, our executive officers and directors, their affiliates and our network
companies may face potential conflicts of interest with each other and with our
stockholders. Specifically, our officers and directors may be presented with
situations in their capacity as


                                       13
<PAGE>


officers or directors of one of our network companies that conflict with their
ownership interests in or their obligations as officers or directors of our
company or of another network company. In addition, our executive officers and
directors and their affiliates may engage in activities and have interests in
other entities on their own behalf or on behalf of other persons. We will not
have any rights in these ventures or to their income or profits, whether or not
these ventures are involved with businesses that are similar to our business or
to the businesses of our network companies, or are businesses in which we own or
will acquire interests. Other interests that may give rise to conflicts include:

     o    our executive officers' or directors' or their affiliates' interests
          in entities that provide products or services to us for our internal
          use, or to our network companies; and

     o    the personal interests of one of our executive officers in the venture
          capital funds we currently manage, and any similar interests our
          executive officers or directors may have in any venture capital funds
          with which we establish relationships in the future.

     In any of these or other cases in which similar conflicts arise:

     o    our interests may conflict with the personal financial and other
          interests of our executive officers or directors in another entity; or

     o    our executive officers or directors may have conflicting fiduciary
          duties to us and the other entity.

     For specific information regarding transactions between us and parties
related to us, see "Related Party Transactions".

                 RISKS AFFECTING OUR NETWORK COMPANIES

     THE VALUE OF OUR ASSETS DEPENDS ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANIES IN OUR
NETWORK. THE FACTORS BELOW DESCRIBE MATERIAL RISKS AFFECTING OUR NETWORK
COMPANIES. IF ANY OF THE EVENTS DESCRIBED IN THESE FACTORS ACTUALLY OCCURS, THE
BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION AND OPERATING RESULTS OF ONE OR MORE OF OUR
NETWORK COMPANIES COULD SUFFER, WHICH WOULD LIKELY IMPAIR OUR ASSET VALUE AND
HARM OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATING RESULTS.

THE FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS OF THE COMPANIES IN OUR NETWORK ARE UNPREDICTABLE
AND COULD FLUCTUATE FROM QUARTER TO QUARTER, CAUSING THEIR STOCK PRICES TO FALL.

     Fluctuations in the operating results of public companies in our network
could cause their stock prices to decline. Our network companies' operating
results have varied widely in the past, and we expect that they will continue to
vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors,
including:

     o    their ability to develop large bases of users of their Web sites who
          possess demographic characteristics attractive to advertisers, their
          ability to generate significant e-commerce transaction revenues or
          their ability to develop products and services that are attractive to
          businesses and consumers using the Internet;

     o    the views of investors and securities analysts on the prospects of
          companies in particular segments of the Internet industry,
          particularly those segments in which a substantial number of our
          companies operate;

     o    intense competition from both online and traditional providers of
          similar goods and services;

     o    the amount and timing of expenses related to their brand-building
          activities and their ability to develop brand awareness;

     o    changes in the growth rate of Internet usage and acceptance by
          consumers of electronic commerce, including the pace of development or
          a decline in growth of the e-commerce market generally;

     o    the effect of recent and future accounting policies on their ability
          to recognize revenue;

     o    their ability to effectively manage their growth during the growth of
          the Internet market;


                                       14
<PAGE>


     o    technical difficulties, system failures or Internet downtime; and

     o    the amount and timing of costs related to acquisitions of businesses
          or technology by them.

VARIOUS IDEALAB! NETWORK COMPANIES MAY FAIL IF COMPETITORS PROVIDE SUPERIOR
INTERNET-RELATED OFFERINGS.

     Competition for Internet products and services is intense. As markets for
interactive products and services and e-commerce grow, we expect that
competition will continue to intensify. Barriers to entry are generally low, and
competitors can frequently offer products and services at a relatively low cost.
Furthermore, the majority of our network companies provide products or services
directly to consumers, which is an increasingly crowded and competitive market
segment. Several companies offer solutions that compete with those offered by
one or more of our network companies. We expect that additional companies will
offer competing solutions on a stand-alone or combined basis in the future. Our
network companies' competitors may develop Internet products or services that
are superior to, or have greater market acceptance than the solutions offered by
our network companies.

     Our network companies generally compete with comparable Internet companies
as well as traditional brick-and-mortar companies that offer similar products
and services offline. In addition, our network companies at times compete with
each other. The number of companies selling Internet-based business and consumer
services has recently increased substantially. Many of our network companies'
competitors have greater brand recognition and greater financial, marketing and
other resources than do our network companies. This may place our network
companies at a disadvantage in responding to their competitors' pricing
strategies, technological advances, advertising campaigns, strategic
partnerships and other initiatives. If our network companies are unable to
compete successfully against their competitors, they may fail.

ONE OF OUR NETWORK COMPANIES FROM WHICH WE DERIVE A SUBSTANTIAL PORTION OF OUR
REVENUES IS SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES RELATED TO ITS BUSINESS.

     We have derived a substantial portion of our historical revenues from
CarsDirect.com, an online resource for researching, financing and purchasing new
cars and related services, and we believe that the value of our interest in
CarsDirect.com contributes significantly to the value of our assets.
CarsDirect.com has a limited operating history and limited management experience
in the Internet-based automotive sales industry. Accordingly, CarsDirect.com
will be faced with risks and difficulties encountered by early-stage companies
in new and rapidly evolving markets. In addition, CarsDirect.com is subject to
additional risks and uncertainties, including its:

     o    need to develop its unproven business model;

     o    reliance on the Internet for commerce and the growth and acceptance of
          automobile transactions over the Internet;

     o    ability to increase its customer base;

     o    ability to maintain its dealer relationships;

     o    need to broaden its service offerings; and

     o    need to manage expanding operations, including its recent
          implementation of new financial and accounting systems.

     In addition, all states comprehensively regulate vehicle sales, including
strict licensure requirements for brokers and dealers. Generally, these laws and
regulations were drafted prior to the emergence of online automotive buying
services and therefore are principally intended to address only traditional
vehicle sales by local vehicle brokers and vehicle dealers. Nevertheless, these
laws and regulations are broadly drafted and may be interpreted by the courts or
regulatory agencies to apply to the business activities of CarsDirect.com. If
CarsDirect.com is found to be subject to any laws and regulations in one or more
states where it is conducting business or is found not to be in compliance with
the applicable laws or

                                       15
<PAGE>

regulations in one or more such states because it has failed to obtain the
appropriate license or for any other reason:

     o    it could be subject to civil or criminal penalties;

     o    it could be required to make costly changes in the way it does
          business in order to obtain a vehicle broker, dealer or other
          appropriate license; and/or

     o    it could be prohibited from engaging in its business in that state.

     Moreover, legislation addressing online vehicle sales has been introduced
in various states during the past year, and other states are considering such
laws. We cannot predict whether any of these proposed bills, or any other
potentially adverse legislation that might be initiated by state legislatures in
the future, will be enacted. If adverse state legislation is enacted in one or
more states or if unfavorable pre-emptive federal legislation is passed, it may
harm CarsDirect.com's business and could have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

IF OUR NETWORK COMPANIES ARE UNABLE TO HIRE AND INTEGRATE QUALITY PERSONNEL,
THEIR GROWTH COULD BE LIMITED.

     The success of our network companies depends on their employing highly
skilled management, technical and marketing personnel. Our companies will need
to continue to hire and integrate additional personnel as their businesses grow.
Shortages in the number of trained management, technical and marketing personnel
could limit their ability to increase sales of their existing products and
services and launch new product and service offerings.

THE SUCCESS OF OUR NETWORK COMPANIES DEPENDS ON THE CONTINUED GROWTH AND
ACCEPTANCE OF THE INTERNET, WHICH IS UNCERTAIN.

     All of our companies rely on the Internet for the success of their
businesses. If widespread commercial use of the Internet does not continue to
develop, or if the Internet does not continue to develop as an effective medium
for commerce, advertising and information retrieval, our companies may not
succeed. A number of factors could prevent the Internet's widespread acceptance
as a commercial medium, including:

     o    the potential unwillingness of businesses to shift from traditional
          processes to online processes;

     o    any delay in the development of the network infrastructure necessary
          to support substantial growth in volume of e-commerce;

     o    the rate of development and acceptance of evolving interactive
          communications technologies, including Internet telephony and wireless
          devices;

     o    any significant outages or delays on the Internet;

     o    increased government regulation or taxation that adversely affects the
          viability of e-commerce;

     o    concern and adverse publicity about the security and privacy of
          e-commerce transactions that negatively affect Internet usage; and

     o    uncertainty regarding intellectual property ownership.

CLAIMS OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT BY THIRD PARTIES AGAINST OUR
NETWORK COMPANIES COULD CAUSE THEM TO INCUR EXPENSES OR BECOME INVOLVED IN
LITIGATION.

     Our network companies operate in part by making content available to users
through the Internet. This creates the potential for claims to be made against
our companies, either directly or through contractual indemnification provisions
with other companies. These claims might, for example, be made for defamation,
negligence, patent, copyright or trademark infringement, personal injury,
invasion of privacy or other legal theories based on the nature, content or
copying of these materials. Providers of Internet products and services have
been sued in the past, sometimes successfully, based on the content

                                       16
<PAGE>


available through their websites or use of trademarks or copyrighted material
owned by third parties. Some of the content provided by our network companies on
their websites is drawn from data compiled by other parties, including
governmental and commercial sources, and this data may contain errors. If any of
our network companies' website content is improperly used, if any of them supply
incorrect information or publish allegedly infringing material, they could be
subjected to liability. Moreover, any of our companies that incur this type of
liability may not have insurance to cover the claims, or their insurance may not
provide sufficient coverage. If our network companies incur substantial costs
because of this type of liability, their expenses will increase and their
profits, if any, will decrease. Moreover, these types of claims could result in
costly litigation and be time-consuming to defend, divert our network companies'
managements' attention and resources, cause delays in their release or upgrade
of services or products, and could require them to enter into royalty or
licensing agreements.

     Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the Internet
and software industries. We expect that Internet content, technologies and
software products may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims
as the number of competitors in our network companies' industry segments grow
and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We
cannot assure you that our network companies' products and services do not
infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. Royalty or
licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on acceptable terms, if
at all. A successful claim of infringement against any of our network companies,
and their failure or inability to license the infringed or similar technology
could adversely affect their, and thus our, business.

     In addition, our network companies generally hold various domain names
relating to their brands. These domain names are frequently critical to the
success of their businesses. However, for various reasons our companies may not
be able to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are
confusingly similar to their websites, which could adversely affect the use of
their websites. The acquisition, registration and maintenance of domain names is
generally regulated by governmental agencies or other entities. In the future,
these authorities may modify the regulations governing use of domain names. As a
result, our network companies may be unable to acquire, maintain or renew
relevant domain names in all countries in which they conduct business.

     In 1999, Congress enacted anti-cybersquatting legislation to address the
practice of domain name piracy. The legislation is designed to limit the
practice of registering an Internet address of an established trademark with the
intent to sell the Internet address to the affected company. The legislation
also includes a prohibition on the registration of a domain name that is the
name of another living person, or a name that is confusingly similar to that
name. The scope of this legislation has not been precisely defined. We, or our
network companies, may be subject to liability based on our or their use of
domain names or trademarks that allegedly infringe the rights of third parties.

OUR NETWORK COMPANIES MAY SUFFER WEBSITE OUTAGES AND OTHER TECHNICAL
DIFFICULTIES, OR BE UNABLE TO UPGRADE THEIR SYSTEMS TO MEET INCREASED DEMAND,
WHICH COULD REDUCE THEIR ATTRACTIVENESS TO USERS AND THIRD PARTY CONTENT
PROVIDERS.

     Many of our network companies' businesses depend on the efficient and
uninterrupted operation of their computer and communications systems.
Interruptions could result from natural disasters as well as power loss,
telecommunications failure and similar events. Any system interruptions that
cause our companies' websites to be unavailable to Web browsers may reduce the
attractiveness of their websites to direct users and to third party content
providers including advertisers. If either direct users or third party content
providers are unwilling to use our network companies' websites, their business,
financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

     In addition, our network companies' businesses may be disrupted if they are
unable to upgrade their systems to meet increased demand. Capacity limits on
some of our companies' technology, transaction processing systems and network
hardware and software, as well as the rate of increase in use of their websites,
may be difficult to predict, and they may not be able to expand and upgrade
their systems to meet increased use. If they are unable to appropriately upgrade
their systems and network hardware and software, their operations and processes
may be disrupted.

                                       17
<PAGE>


OUR INTERNET COMMERCE AND CONTENT COMPANIES MAY NOT BE ABLE TO ATTRACT LOYAL
USERS TO THEIR WEBSITES, WHICH WOULD IMPAIR THEIR ABILITY TO GENERATE REVENUE.

     Our success depends upon the ability of our Internet commerce and content
companies to deliver compelling content, commercial opportunities or services to
their respective target users. If our network companies are unable to develop
content, commercial opportunities or services that attract loyal users, their
revenues and profitability could be impaired. Internet users can freely navigate
and instantly switch among a large number of websites. Many of these websites
offer original content. Thus, our network companies may have difficulty
distinguishing the content on their websites to attract a loyal base of users.

     RISKS RELATING TO THE INDUSTRIES IN WHICH OUR NETWORK COMPANIES OPERATE

CONCERNS REGARDING THE SECURITY OF ONLINE TRANSACTIONS MAY HAVE AN ADVERSE
IMPACT ON THE MARKET FOR OUR NETWORK COMPANIES' PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.

     Concerns regarding the security of transactions and confidential
information on the Internet may have an adverse impact on our business. We
believe that concern regarding the security of confidential information
transmitted over the Internet prevents many potential customers from engaging in
online transactions. As online usage becomes more widespread, our network
companies' customers may become more concerned about security.

     Despite the measures some of our network companies have taken, the
infrastructure of all Internet companies is potentially vulnerable to physical
or electronic break-ins, viruses or similar problems. If a person circumvents
the security measures imposed by any of our network companies, he or she could
misappropriate their proprietary information or cause interruption in their
operations. Security breaches that result in access to confidential information
could damage our reputation as well as that of our network companies and expose
any affected company to a risk of loss or liability. Some of our network
companies may be required to make significant investments and efforts to protect
against or remedy security breaches.

OUR NETWORK COMPANIES ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS RELATED TO RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
THAT COULD INCREASE COST AND UNCERTAINTY.

     Rapid technological changes make it difficult for Internet companies to
remain current with their technical resources in order to maintain competitive
product and service offerings. The markets in which our network companies
operate are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product
and service introductions and evolving industry standards. Significant
technological changes could render existing website technology or other products
and services rapidly obsolete. The Internet's growth and intense competition
exacerbate these conditions.

     If we or our network companies do not successfully respond to continuing
technological developments or do not respond in a cost-effective way, our
business, financial condition and operating results will be adversely affected.
To be successful, we and our network companies must adapt to the rapidly
changing markets by continually improving the responsiveness, services and
features of our network companies' various products and services and by
developing new features to meet customer needs.

OUR NETWORK COMPANIES COULD BE REQUIRED TO COLLECT ADDITIONAL TAXES ON INTERNET
SALES, WHICH WOULD INCREASE THEIR COSTS OF DOING BUSINESS.

     Our network companies do not currently collect sales or other similar taxes
for shipments of goods into states within the U.S. other than the states where
each is located, or on shipments of goods into other countries. However, one or
more additional states or countries into which our network companies' products
are sold may seek to impose sales tax collection obligations on products sold
over the Internet. If one or more of these states or countries successfully
assert that our network companies should collect sales or other taxes on the
sale of merchandise, their cost of doing business would increase and the
products they sell would become more expensive and thus less attractive to
customers.

                                       18
<PAGE>


ADDITIONAL GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS MAY INCREASE THE COSTS OF DOING BUSINESS FOR
OUR NETWORK COMPANIES AND US.

     Government regulations and legal uncertainties may place financial burdens
on our business and the businesses of our network companies. Because of the
Internet's popularity and increasing use, new laws and regulations may be
adopted. These laws and regulations may cover issues such as the collection and
use of data from website visitors and related privacy issues, pricing, content,
copyrights, trademarks, online gambling, distribution and quality of goods and
services. Currently, the law governing Internet transactions remains largely
unsettled, even in areas in which there has been some legislative action. It may
take years to determine whether and how existing laws such as those governing
intellectual property, privacy, libel, sexually explicit material and taxation
apply to the Internet. The adoption or modification of laws or regulations
relating to the Internet could adversely affect our business and the business of
our network companies by increasing our and their costs and administrative
burdens. In addition, privacy-related regulation of the Internet could interfere
with the strategies of our network companies that collect and use personal
information as part of their marketing efforts or businesses.

     Laws and regulations directly applicable to communications or commerce over
the Internet are becoming more prevalent. The United States Congress has
recently enacted Internet laws regarding children's privacy, copyrights,
taxation and the transmission of sexually explicit material. The European Union
has enacted its own data protection and privacy directive, which required all 15
European Union Member States to implement laws relating to the processing and
transmission of personal data. We and our network companies must comply with
these new regulations in both Europe and the United States, as well as any other
regulations adopted by other countries where we or they may do business. In
addition, the growth and development of the market for online commerce may
prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws, both in the United
States and abroad. Compliance with any newly adopted laws may prove difficult
for us and may negatively affect our business.

                         RISKS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO DECLINE.

     If our stockholders sell a substantial number of our shares in the public
market during a short period of time, our stock price could decline
significantly. After this offering, a total of ____________________ shares of
our common stock will be outstanding. All the shares sold in this offering will
be freely tradable. As a result of contractual lock-up restrictions, the
remaining _________________ shares of our common stock outstanding after this
offering will become available for public sale as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
      DATE OF AVAILABILITY FOR SALE                   NUMBER OF SHARES                   OUTSTANDING AFTER OFFERING
- --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------    ------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                                        <C>
Immediately after the date of this                                                                            %
prospectus............................

90 days after the date of this
prospectus, if our stock trades at
predetermined levels..................

120 days after the date of this
prospectus, if our stock trades at
predetermined levels..................

At various times after 180 days from the
date of this offering, assuming the
availability for sale of all the shares
discussed above and subject, in some
cases, to volume limitations..........
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>


     Shares acquired upon the exercise of options can generally be publicly sold
immediately, subject to contractual restrictions that expire 180 days after this
offering. As of January 31, 2000, 6,958,000 shares of our common stock were
subject to vested stock options, 193,055,550 were subject to unvested stock
options and 64,085,700 remained available for grant under our stock plans. If a
large number of these shares are sold as they become tradable our stock price
could decline.

WE HAVE BROAD DISCRETION TO USE THE OFFERING PROCEEDS, AND WE MAY NOT USE THESE
PROCEEDS IN A WAY WITH WHICH OUR STOCKHOLDERS AGREE.

     The net proceeds of this offering are not allocated for specific uses other
than to generally further our business of creating, building and operating
businesses in markets involving interactive communications, and to acquire or
increase our interests in these businesses, along with other general corporate
purposes. Our management can spend most of the proceeds from this offering in
ways with which our stockholders may not agree.

OUR STOCK PRICE IS LIKELY TO BE HIGHLY VOLATILE AS A RESULT OF MARKET FACTORS.

     The market price for our stock is likely to be highly volatile because the
stock market in general, and the market for Internet-related stocks in
particular, has been highly volatile. The trading prices of many technology and
Internet-related company stocks have reached historical highs within the last
year and have reflected valuations substantially above historical levels. During
the same period, the stocks of these companies have been highly volatile and
have recorded lows well below their historical highs. Our stock may not trade at
the same levels as other Internet stocks, and Internet stocks in general may not
sustain their current market prices. We anticipate the following factors, among
others, will contribute to our stock price's volatility:

     o    changes in the financial estimates or investment considerations of
          securities analysts regarding us; and

     o    fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes.

     These factors are beyond our control and may decrease the market price of
our stock regardless of our operating performance.

THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT ARE BASED ON OUR
CURRENT EXPECTATIONS, ESTIMATES AND PROJECTIONS BUT ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE
PERFORMANCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES.

     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking
statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current
expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, our beliefs and our
assumptions. Words such as "anticipates", "expects", "intends", "plans",
"believes", "seeks", and "estimates", and variations of these words and similar
expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks,
uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and
difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from
those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. These risks and
uncertainties include those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
prospectus. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which reflect our management's view
only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake
no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of
new information, future events or otherwise.


                                       20

<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to us from the sale of the _________________ shares of
common stock offered by us are estimated to be $ _____________ , or $
_____________ if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $________ per share
and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.

     We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to create, build and
operate, or to acquire and increase our interests in, businesses in markets
involving interactive communications. In addition, we intend to use a portion of
the net proceeds for general corporate purposes. Pending use of the net proceeds
for the above purposes, we intend to invest the funds in direct or guaranteed
obligations of the United States.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We
currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future.


                                       21
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the following information:

     o    our actual capitalization as of January 31, 2000,

     o    our pro forma capitalization after giving effect to the conversion of
          all 23,686,010 outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock
          into 236,860,100 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
          offering, and the authorization of 10,000,000,000 shares of $0.001 par
          value common stock and 100,000,000 shares of undesignated $0.001 par
          value preferred stock, and

     o    our pro forma as adjusted capitalization giving effect to the pro
          forma adjustments and the sale of _________ shares of common stock in
          this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $_______
          per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
          offering expenses payable by us.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA,
                                                                                ACTUAL     PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
Capital lease obligations, less current portion...........................   $   30,439   $   30,439   $
Convertible preferred stock, no par value; actual - 28,452                   -----------  -----------  --------------
   shares authorized, 23,686 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma and
   pro forma as adjusted - none authorized, issued or outstanding.........      892,782           --             --

SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY:
Undesignated preferred stock, actual - no par value, 9,548
   shares authorized, none issued or outstanding; pro forma and
   pro forma as adjusted - $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares
   authorized, none issued or outstanding.................................           --           --
Common stock; actual - no par value; 1,100,000 shares authorized,
   551,476 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma -
   $0.001 par value 10,000,000 shares authorized, 788,336 shares issued
   and outstanding; pro forma as adjusted - shares
   issued and outstanding.................................................      387,689          788
Additional paid-in capital................................................           --    1,279,683
Notes receivable from shareholders........................................      (38,304)     (38,304)
Deferred stock compensation...............................................     (239,892)    (239,892)
Accumulated other comprehensive income....................................      144,816      144,816
Retained earnings.........................................................       83,475       83,475
                                                                             -----------  -----------  --------------
Total shareholders' equity................................................      337,784    1,230,566
                                                                             -----------  -----------  --------------
Total capitalization......................................................   $1,261,005   $1,261,005   $
                                                                             ===========  ===========  ==============
</TABLE>

This table excludes the following shares:

     o    200,013,550 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options with
          a weighted-average exercise price of $1.22 per share as of January 31,
          2000;

     o    64,085,700 shares of common stock available for issuance under our
          stock option plans as of January 31, 2000;

     o    21,850,350 shares underlying options granted between February 1, 2000
          and March 15, 2000 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.94;

     o    2,220,081 shares of common stock issued between February 1, 2000 and
          March 31, 2000; and

     o    14,880,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
          Series D preferred stock issued between February 1, 2000 and
          March 31, 2000.

     The table above includes 107,575,000 shares of common stock subject to a
right of repurchase by us as of January 31, 2000. See "Management--Stock Plans",
"Description of Capital Stock" and Notes 13 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     The net tangible book value of our common stock on January 31, 2000 was
$736,258,000, or approximately $0.93 per share. Net tangible book value per
share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of capital stock outstanding, both of which are
calculated after assuming the conversion of all 23,686,010 shares of our
convertible preferred stock outstanding as of January 31, 2000 into 236,860,100
shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. Dilution in net
tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per
share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the
net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately afterwards.
After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us, our net tangible book value would have been $ , or approximately
$ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible
book value of $ per share to new investors.
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>

        Assumed initial public offering price per share.........................                    $
           Net tangible book value per share as of January 31, 2000.............     $0.93
           Increase per share attributable to new investors.....................
        As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering........
        Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors..........                    $
</TABLE>

       The following table sets forth, as of January 31, 2000, the differences
between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total price
and average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors
in this offering, before deducting expenses payable by us, using the assumed
initial public offering price of $        per share.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   SHARES PURCHASED                 TOTAL CONSIDERATION            AVERAGE
                             ------------------------------    ------------------------------     PRICE PER
                                 NUMBER         PERCENTAGE         AMOUNT         PERCENTAGE         SHARE
                             --------------  --------------    ---------------  -------------    -------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>                <C>
Existing stockholders...                              %                                 %          $
New investors...........
                             --------------  --------------    ---------------  -------------
  Total.................                          100%           $                   100%           $
                             ==============  ==============    ===============  =============
</TABLE>

       If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to         ,
or approximately         % of the total number of shares of our common stock
outstanding after this offering.

     The tables above exclude the following shares:

     -    200,013,550 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options with
          a weighted-average exercise price of $1.22 per share as of January 31,
          2000;

     -    64,085,700 shares of common stock available for issuance under our
          stock option plans as of January 31, 2000;

     -    21,850,350 shares underlying options granted between February 1, 2000
          and March 15, 2000 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.94;

     -    2,220,081 shares of common stock issued between February 1, 2000 and
          March 31, 2000; and

     -    14,880,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of
          Series D preferred stock issued between February 1, 2000 and
          March 31, 2000.

     The tables above include 107,575,000 shares of common stock subject to a
right of repurchase by us as of January 31, 2000. See "Management--Stock Plans",
"Description of Capital Stock" and Notes 13 and 14 of Notes to Financial
Statements.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations", and the consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of
operations data set forth below for each of the fiscal years ended January 31,
1998, 1999 and 2000, and the consolidated balance sheet data at January 31, 1999
and 2000 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data set
forth below for the period from March 14, 1996 (inception) through January 31,
1997 and the consolidated balance sheet data at January 31, 1997 and 1998 are
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in
this prospectus. Our historical consolidated results of operations are not
necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              FOR THE PERIOD
                                              FROM MARCH 14,
                                                  1996
                                               (INCEPTION)
                                                 THROUGH                     YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                               JANUARY 31,     ----------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997               1998              1999             2000
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>               <C>                <C>              <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
   OPERATIONS DATA:

Revenues..................................   $            --   $            154   $          805   $        21,158
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Operating Expenses:
   Cost of revenues (1)...................               303                172               82            28,380
   Sales and marketing (2)................               386              2,002            1,940            70,129
   Product development (3)................               615              3,484            1,554            10,798
   General and administrative (4).........               971              5,623            4,732            36,738
   Stock-based compensation...............               135                233            3,910           109,150
   Amortization of goodwill and other
     intangibles..........................                --                 49               79             7,149
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Total operating expenses..................             2,410             11,563           12,297           262,344
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Operating income (loss)...................            (2,410)           (11,409)         (11,492)         (241,186)
Realized gains on sales of marketable
   securities.............................                --                 --            2,250           201,959
Gain on stock issuance by a network
   company................................                --                 --               --            22,658
Other income, net.........................                 3                216            5,307            92,003
Interest income (expense), net............                68               (142)              71             5,691
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Income (loss) before income taxes,
   minority interest and equity in the
   income (loss) of affiliates............            (2,339)           (11,335)          (3,864)           81,125
Income tax benefit (expense)..............                (3)             3,528            2,358           (86,245)
Minority interest.........................               116              1,022              572            95,537
Equity in the income (loss) of
   affiliates, net of tax.................              (144)              (271)              51            28,067
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Net income (loss).........................            (2,370)            (7,056)            (883)          118,484
Deduction for beneficial conversion
   feature................................                --                 --               --            (9,724)
Repurchase of convertible preferred stock.                --                 --               --            (3,777)
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
   shareholders...........................   $        (2,370)  $         (7,056)  $         (883)  $       104,983
                                             ================  =================  ===============  ================
Net income (loss) per share applicable to
   common shareholders:
     Basic................................   $         (0.01)  $          (0.02)  $           --   $          0.25
     Diluted..............................   $         (0.01)  $          (0.02)  $           --   $          0.15
Shares used to calculate net income
   (loss) per share applicable to common
   shareholders:
     Basic................................           322,232            334,760          352,083           423,525
     Diluted..............................           322,232            334,760          352,083           695,312
Unaudited pro forma net income per share
   applicable to common shareholders:
     Basic................................                                                         $          0.18
     Diluted..............................                                                         $          0.15
Shares used to calculate unaudited pro forma
   net income per share applicable to common
   shareholders:
     Basic................................                                                                 571,215
     Diluted..............................                                                                 695,312
</TABLE>


                                       24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        AT JANUARY 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997               1998              1999             2000
                                             ----------------  -----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:

<S>                                          <C>               <C>                <C>              <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.................   $         1,084   $          3,826   $        6,339   $       601,474
Working capital...........................               329             (2,653)           1,106           562,024
Total assets..............................             2,461             16,666           47,552         1,674,383
Convertible preferred stock...............             3,450             12,154           13,652           892,782
Total shareholders' equity................   $         1,480   $          9,257   $       17,668   $       337,784
- ------------------
     (1)  Excludes $0, $0 and $169 of stock based compensation charges for the
          years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

     (2)  Excludes $0, $0 and $1,066 of stock based compensation charges for the
          years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

     (3)  Excludes $0, $27 and $6,165 of stock based compensation charges for
          the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

     (4)  Excludes $233, $3,883 and $101,750 of stock based compensation charges
          for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
</TABLE>


                                       25
<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, THE ACCURACY OF WHICH
INVOLVES RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. WE USE WORDS SUCH AS "ANTICIPATES",
"BELIEVES", "PLANS", "EXPECTS", "FUTURE", "INTENDS" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS TO
IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS FOR MANY REASONS,
INCLUDING THE RISKS FACED BY IDEALAB! DESCRIBED IN "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

OVERVIEW

     idealab! is a new form of enterprise that creates, builds and operates
businesses that use the power of real-time interactive communications, including
the Internet, telephony, cable and wireless, to satisfy what we believe are
unmet market needs. We generate ideas for new Internet-related businesses. Each
idea is tested and modeled and, if the results of the testing suggest that the
idea will form the basis for a successful business, we form and capitalize a new
entity, recruit a management team, provide space in our open plan facilities,
and provide on-going strategic guidance, creative design, web development,
accounting, legal and administrative services to the newly formed network
company. We operate each business as a separate company rather than as a
division. In some cases, due to various circumstances, we may acquire equity
interests in companies started by others. We intend to continue establishing
additional facilities around the world where we can match our best ideas with
talented people to create new companies. In each new location we intend to
duplicate the organization of our functional teams to promote the consistent
execution of the idealab! method.

     Most of our network companies that are in an early stage of development
incurred substantial losses in fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000 and are expected to
continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. None of our network
companies has paid cash dividends during our period of ownership and we do not
expect them to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. We have experienced
operating losses in each of fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000 and expect to report
operating losses for the foreseeable future. We have, however, reported net
income in fiscal year 2000 and have experienced significant earnings volatility
from period to period due to one-time transactions and other events incidental
to our ownership interests in our network companies. These transactions and
events are described in more detail under "Realized gains on sales of marketable
securities", "Gain on stock issuance by a network company" and "Other income,
net" and include dispositions of, and changes to, our network company ownership
interests and dispositions of our holdings of marketable securities. We do not
know, however, whether we will report net income in any future periods.

     Certain items that gave rise to net income in fiscal 2000, including
realized gains on sales of marketable securities, are unlikely to generate
significant net income in future periods because we view ourselves as long-term
holders of equity interests in our network companies, and because we intend to
avoid registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940. For a more detailed
discussion, see "Risk Factors--Risks particular to us--Fluctuations in our
quarterly results are likely and could cause our stock price to decline" and
"--We may have to take actions that are disruptive to our business strategy to
avoid registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940".

     We evaluate the carrying value of our ownership interests in each of our
network companies on a continual basis for possible impairment based on progress
toward the achievement of business plan objectives and milestones, the value of
our ownership interest in each network company relative to our carrying value,
the financial condition and prospects of the network company, and other relevant
factors. The business plan objectives and milestones that we will consider
typically include, among others, those related to financial performance, such as
achievement of planned financial results and completion of capital raising
activities, and those that are not primarily financial in nature, such as the
launching of a website, the hiring of key employees, the number of people who
have registered to be part of the network company's web community and the number
of visitors to the network company's website per month. The fair value of our
ownership interests in privately held network companies will generally be
determined by reference to the prices paid by third parties for ownership
interests in the network company, to the extent


                                       26
<PAGE>

third party ownership interests exist, or on the achievement of business plan
objectives and the milestones described above. To date, we have not experienced
any significant impairment writedowns.

     Because a number of our network companies are not majority-owned
subsidiaries, changes in the value of our interests in them and the
income (loss) and revenue attributable to them could require us to register as
an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 unless we take
action to avoid being required to register or receive an exemption from
registration. For a more detailed discussion of some of the actions we may be
required to take and that could result in gains or losses upon the disposition
of certain ownership interests see "Risk Factors--Risks particular to us--We may
have to take actions that are disruptive to our business strategy to avoid
registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940".

     The presentation and content of our consolidated financial statements are
largely a function of the presentation and content of the financial statements
of our network companies. We are responsible for the presentation and content of
our consolidated financial statements, and each of our network companies is
responsible for the presentation and content of its financial statements. To the
extent any of our network companies changes the presentation or content of its
financial statements due to changes in accounting standards or otherwise, the
presentation and content of our consolidated financial statements may also
change. The reporting periods of our network companies generally coincide with
the calendar year. We account for our ownership interests in our network
companies utilizing the quarterly and annual financial information as reported
by network companies pursuant to their fiscal year-ends. Accoringly, the
financial results of network companies included in our consolidated financial
statements generally reflect a reporting lag period of one-month. Organizations
responsible for promulgating accounting standards are currently reviewing the
classification of, and accounting for, various financial statement items by a
number of e-commerce companies. The review by these organizations could result
in new standards or additional authoritative guidance that could require changes
in the presentation and content of the financial statements of our network
companies and, therefore, of our company. We and our network companies will
adjust our accounting and classification methods if required.

MANAGEMENT FEES

     We receive management fees from the general partners of certain venture
capital funds. We are a managing member of idealab! Capital Management I, L.L.C.
("ICM I"), the sole general partner of idealab! Capital Partners I-A, L.P. and
idealab! Capital Partners I-B, L.P. (the "ICM I Funds"), which was formed in
March 1998. In return for providing our services as a managing member of ICM I,
we are entitled to receive an annual management fee of $400,000, subject to a
significant decrease after March 2003.

     idealab! Capital Management II, L.L.C. ("ICM II") was formed in August 1999
and serves as the general partner of three venture capital funds: idealab!
Capital Partners II-A, L.P., idealab! Capital Partners II-B, L.P. and idealab!
Capital Principals Fund, L.P. (the "ICM II Funds"). idealab! Capital Management
Services, L.L.C. was formed to provide various administrative and other services
to ICM II and the ICM II Funds. We are a managing member of ICM II and idealab!
Capital Management Services, L.L.C. In return for providing our service as a
managing member of these entities, we are entitled to receive an annual
management fee of $4.1 million, payable quarterly in advance, subject to a
significant decrease after August 2004.

EFFECT OF VARIOUS ACCOUNTING METHODS ON OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The various interests that we acquire in our network companies are
accounted for under one of three methods: consolidation method, equity method
and cost method. The applicable accounting method is determined on a case by
case basis and is generally based upon our ownership percentage of voting
securities in each network company, as well as our degree of influence over each
network company. The accounting method used to account for our ownership
interests in network companies could change in any quarter as a result of our
acquisitions or dispositions of ownership interests or third party investments
in our network companies.


                                       27
<PAGE>

   CONSOLIDATION METHOD

     Network companies which we effectively control are accounted for under the
consolidation method of accounting. Effective control is generally determined
based on an ownership interest of greater than 50% of the network company's
outstanding voting securities and the ability to control the network company's
Board of Directors. Under this method, a network company's results of
operations are reflected within our Consolidated Statements of Operations and
its financial position is reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Participation
of other network company shareholders in the net assets and earnings or losses
of a consolidated network company is presented as "Minority interest" on our
Consolidated Balance Sheets and our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Minority interest adjusts our consolidated results of operations to reflect only
our share of the earnings or losses of consolidated network companies.

     At January 31, 1999 and 2000, our network companies accounted for under the
consolidation method included the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         VOTING OWNERSHIP
                                                                            JANUARY 31,
                                                              --------------------------------------
                 COMPANY                IN NETWORK SINCE            1999                2000
        --------------------------  ------------------------- ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                 <C>                        <C>                <C>
         CarsDirect.com...........  October 1998                     77%                66%
         dotTV....................  October 1999                     --                 50
         EntryPoint...............  July 1998                        74                 55
         FreeMusic.com............  September 1999                   --                 88
         HomePage.com.............  April 1999                       --                 56
         Jackpot.com..............  October 1999                     --                 81
         MyHome.com...............  June 1999                        --                 70
         z.com....................  October 1999                     --                 51
</TABLE>

     We have also created several companies that have not yet been launched or
are in very early stages of development. We have omitted these companies from
the table above because their financial results are not material to ours. In
January 2000, we sold our ownership interest in Free-PC to eMachines, Inc. in
exchange for 12,265,514 shares of eMachines, Inc. common and preferred stock and
warrants to purchase 5,256,651 shares of eMachines, Inc. common stock. Prior to
this sale we owned more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of
Free-PC, and therefore we consolidated the results of operations of Free-PC with
our own results of operations for the period from the inception of Free-PC in
January 1999 through the date of the sale. Subsequent to the date of the sale,
our interest in eMachines has been accounted for under the cost method.

     Generally, our economic and voting ownership percentages in our network
companies are approximately equal. However, at January 31, 2000, our economic
ownership of CarsDirect.com was 44%, which included 100% of the outstanding
shares of the CarsDirect.com Class B common stock. Each share of Class B common
stock entitles us to 20 votes and is voted together as a single class with the
shares of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock, each share of which entitles its
holder to one vote.

   EQUITY METHOD

     Network companies whose results we do not consolidate, but over whom we
exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of
accounting. Whether or not we exercise significant influence with respect to a
network company depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among
others, representation on the network company's board of directors and an
ownership interest which is generally 20% to 50% of the outstanding voting
securities of the network company.

     Under the equity method of accounting, a network company's results of
operations are not reflected within our Consolidated Statements of Operations;
however, our share of the earnings or losses of the network company, which is
generally limited to the carrying value of our ownership interest in the network
company, is presented as "Equity in the income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax"
on our Statements of Operations. For those network companies accounted for
using the equity method in which our ownership interest includes preferred stock
or other securities which have priority in liquidation to other junior
securities, we determine our share of the network company's losses based on the
change in

                                       28
<PAGE>


our claim on the network company's net assets, in accordance with "Emerging
Issues Task Force Issue ("EITF") No. 99-10 "Percentage used to Determine the
Amount of Equity Method Losses".

     At January 31, 1999 and 2000, our network companies accounted for under the
equity method included:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     VOTING OWNERSHIP
                                                                        JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                 COMPANY                IN NETWORK SINCE          1999           2000
         -------------------------  ------------------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                 <C>                        <C>            <C>
         eVoice...................  December 1999                  --%            31%
         FirstLook.com............  May 1998                       96             44
         GoTo.com.................  September 1997                 28             27
         iExchange.com............  February 1999                  --             44
         Intranets.com............  January 1997                   15             33
         OpenSales.com............  February 1998                  70             46
         PayMyBills.com...........  June 1999                      --             50
         PETsMART.com.............  March 1999                     --             21
         Sameday.com..............  May 1999                       --             46
         Swap.com.................  April 1997                     33             44
         Utility.com..............  November 1998                  44             34
</TABLE>

     We have representation on the boards of directors of each of the above
network companies. In addition to ownership of voting equity securities, we also
periodically make advances to our network companies in the form of promissory
notes or convertible notes. Advances outstanding to equity method network
companies at January 31, 2000 were $12.1 million.

     The results of operations of FirstLook.com and OpenSales.com were
consolidated with our results of operations for the three month period ended
April 30, 1999. During the second quarter of fiscal 2000 our ownership interest
in each of these companies was reduced below 50% due to third party investment.
Effective May 1, 1999, we have accounted for our ownership interests in each
of these network companies using the equity method.

     At January 31, 2000, we also had ownership interests in ICM I, ICM II,
idealab! Capital Principals Fund, L.L.P. and eHatchery, LLC, each of which is
accounted for using the equity method. As described above, ICM I and ICM II are
general partners in several venture capital funds which generally invest in
Internet-related businesses and have made investments in certain of our network
companies and in our convertible preferred stock. Our equity in the income or
loss of ICM I and ICM II reflects our share of the net profits or losses of ICM
I and ICM II, which includes ICM I and ICM II's proportionate share of the
unrealized appreciation or depreciation of certain investment holdings of the
ICM I Funds and the ICM II Funds. We eliminate profits and losses attributable
to the funds' investment holdings in network companies that we account for using
the consolidation or equity method. Any profits and losses on the funds'
investment holdings in these network companies are recognized when realized in
the form of a sale of the underlying shares by the funds or by us. Additionally,
we eliminate the portion of ICM I's equity in the income of the ICM I Funds
which is attributable to the appreciation or depreciation on holdings by the ICM
I Funds in our convertible preferred stock. For a more detailed discussion of
our relationship with ICM I and ICM II see "Related Party Transactions--Venture
Capital Affiliations".

   COST METHOD

     Our ownership interest in network companies not accounted for under the
consolidation or equity methods of accounting are accounted for under the cost
method of accounting. Under the cost method, we do not include our share of the
network company's earnings or losses in our Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Our ownership interest is included in our Consolidated Balance
Sheets at our original acquisition cost, and charges are recognized in our
Consolidated Statements of Operations if events or circumstances indicate that
an other than temporary impairment of the carrying value has occurred.

     Our ownership interests in network companies accounted for under the cost
method that have readily determinable fair values based on quoted market prices
and that are not restricted as to sale for a period of one year beyond the
balance sheet date are accounted for in accordance with Statement of

                                       29
<PAGE>


Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities".

     At January 31, 1999 and 2000, our network companies accounted for under the
cost method included:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     VOTING OWNERSHIP
                                                                       JANUARY 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------
                   COMPANY             IN NETWORK SINCE          1999                2000
         ---------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>                  <C>
         Centra Software............  June 1996           less than      1%   1ess than      1%
         Cooking.com................  April 1998                        28                   6
         eMachines..................  January 2000                      --                  10
         eToys.com..................  June 1997                         21                  12
         eve.com....................  October 1998                      33                  17
         jobs.com...................  July 1999                         --                   2
         NetZero....................  March 1999                        --                   5
         PeopleLink.................  May 1996                          16                  11
         Ticketmaster
            Online-CitySearch.......  June 1996                          1                   1
         Tickets.com................  January 1997                      37                   5
         WeddingChannel.com.........  March 1997                        14                   7
</TABLE>

     As of January 31, 2000, we owned voting stock in all companies accounted
for under the cost method. In addition to our investments in voting equity
securities, we also periodically make advances to our network companies in the
form of promissory notes. Advances outstanding to cost method network companies
at January 31, 2000 were $611,000.

     As of January 31, 2000, we also had an investment in Dynafund, L.P., which
makes investments in Internet companies, accounted for using the cost method.

FISCAL 2000 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1999

     During fiscal 2000, our operating loss was primarily affected by the growth
of our operations, primarily reflecting an increase in headcount, management
fees earned for providing management services to ICM I and ICM II, and by the
operating results of the following network companies which represented the
substantial majority of our revenues and expenses for the year:

     o    CarsDirect.com -- CarsDirect.com was formed in October 1998 and began
          offering vehicles directly to online consumers in December 1998 and
          officially launched its enhanced site in May 1999. More than half of
          the transactions completed by CarsDirect.com through December 31, 1999
          occurred during the three months ended December 31, 1999. During
          fiscal 2000, CarsDirect.com acquired AutoData Marketing Systems, a
          company which is primarily focused on licensing decision-making
          support tools and content to the automotive and related industries in
          North America, and Potamkin Auto Center, Ltd., that is engaged in the
          sale and lease of new and used automobiles and light trucks at
          traditional storefront locations.

     o    Free-PC -- Free-PC was formed in January 1999 and in June 1999 began
          providing consumers with free computers while offering online
          advertisers a means to reach those consumers. We sold our interest in
          Free-PC to eMachines in January, 2000. The results of Free-PC's
          operations are consolidated with our results of operations for the
          period from inception through the sale.

     o    EntryPoint -- We created EntryPoint in July 1998. In May 1999
          EntryPoint acquired PointCast Inc., an existing business that had
          launched its Internet news and information service in February 1996.
          EntryPoint primarily generates revenues from the sale of advertising
          on its free toolbar that delivers timely personalized news and
          information to the desktop.


                                       30
<PAGE>

     o    HomePage.com -- HomePage.com commenced operations in May 1999 and is a
          leading provider of outsourced homepage solutions to corporate
          clients including: AOL's ICQ, About.com, Qwest, Discovery.com,
          PETsMART.com and other e-businesses.

Several other network companies accounted for using the consolidation method of
accounting were created during the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2000
and had limited operations during fiscal 2000. A significant portion of the
costs of such network companies was attributable to sales and marketing and
general and administrative costs incurred primarily to develop organizational
infrastructure and fund early stage promotional and advertising costs.

     During fiscal 1999, our operating loss was primarily attributable to the
growth of our operations and the creation and growth of EntryPoint. Other
majority-owned network companies were in the early stages of their business
cycle and therefore were incurring significant promotional and advertising costs
and therefore were generating operating losses.

     REVENUES

     Revenues are primarily comprised of trade revenues generated by our
consolidated network companies and management fees for serving as a managing
member of ICM I and ICM II. Our consolidated network companies generally derive
revenue from the sale of tangible products and the sale of advertising on the
respective network companies' websites or services.

     CarsDirect.com recognizes as revenues the price its customer pays it for a
vehicle following the delivery of the vehicle to the customer, provided that
collection of the resulting receivable is probable. CarsDirect.com believes that
presentation, as its revenues, of the price its customer pays for a vehicle
appropriately reflects the risks, and rewards, of its business model. In
addition, CarsDirect.com believes such presentation appropriately reflects the
substance of the transaction and its legal rights and obligations. Upon receipt
of a customer order, CarsDirect.com enters into a legally enforceable commitment
to acquire a specific vehicle from a new car dealer to fulfill that customer
order. Such commitment obligates CarsDirect.com to pay the dealer for the
specific car regardless of whether the customer pays CarsDirect.com. The
customer has the right to cancel an order anytime prior to accepting delivery of
the specific car. CarsDirect.com sets the price of the vehicle to the customer,
and the price is not based on a formula related to the price CarsDirect.com pays
for the vehicle. Customers conduct their business directly with CarsDirect.com
and have no influence over which supplier CarsDirect.com uses. CarsDirect.com's
cost and payment terms are fixed, and are independent of the price and terms
customers pay it for vehicles. Prior to delivery of the vehicle to the customer,
CarsDirect.com bears the inventory risk for the vehicles it commits to acquire;
CarDirect.com has the sole legal right to direct the disposition of the vehicles
it commits to acquire; CarsDirect.com has an insurable interest as beneficial
owner in the vehicles it commits to acquire; and CarsDirect.com is responsible
for taxes that may be assessed on a vehicle it commits to acquire.
CarsDirect.com bears the risk of return of the vehicle if a customer defaults on
the sale or if the customer returns the vehicle in accordance with applicable
law. CarsDirect.com does not have the right to return the vehicle to its
supplier in those instances and CarsDirect.com establishes a reserve for
estimated customer returns. Upon delivery of the vehicle to the customer,
CarsDirect.com bears credit and other risks related to the customer's payment
obligation.

     In transactions with its customers that do not include the foregoing
characteristics, CarsDirect.com recognizes as net revenues the difference
between the amount its customer pays and the cost of the vehicle.

     In fiscal 2000, our total revenues were $21.2 million, consisting of $18.7
million of trade revenue and $2.5 million of management fees from ICM I and ICM
II. CarsDirect.com revenues were $15.2 million during fiscal 2000, consisting of
gross revenues from vehicle transactions of $17.9 million, net revenues from
vehicle transactions of $(4.3) million and other revenues of $1.6 million.
During the period from the inception of CarsDirect.com to December 31, 1999,
CarsDirect.com primarily recorded transactions with online vehicle customers on
a net basis. Accordingly, CarsDirect.com's reported revenues do not reflect the
total value of its vehicle transactions. Revenues generated in fiscal 2000 by
EntryPoint ($2.1 million) and Free-PC ($1.2 million) were generally derived from
the sale of advertising including the sale of banner advertisements, referral of
users to other websites and a start page agreement. The increase in

                                       31
<PAGE>

management fees during fiscal 2000 was attributable to management fees earned
from ICM II which was formed in August 1999.

     During fiscal 1999, our revenues of $805,000 were primarily comprised of
management fees of $346,000 from ICM I, which was formed in March 1998, and
$134,000 of advertising revenues generated by Guide.com, a consolidated network
company which provided an online guide to restaurants and other Internet
content. Guide.com was merged into Free-PC in March 1999.

   OPERATING EXPENSES

     COST OF REVENUES. Our cost of revenues consist primarily of the cost of
revenues of our consolidated network companies. Our cost of revenues for fiscal
2000 was $28.4 million comprised primarily of the cost of revenue of
CarsDirect.com ($17.5 million), EntryPoint ($5.2 million) and Free-PC ($3.3
million). Cost of revenues for CarsDirect.com consists primarily of obligations
to franchise dealers for vehicles and other direct costs related to licensing
arrangements. Cost of revenues for EntryPoint primarily includes costs
associated with the operation of the EntryPoint network, which consists of
payroll and related expenses and expenses for facilities and equipment, content
costs and costs associated with the production of advertisements. Free-PC's cost
of revenues consists primarily of Internet service provider costs to support
Free-PC's users.

     SALES AND MARKETING. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
advertising and marketing costs, promotional costs and the compensation and
benefits paid to personnel engaged in marketing, customer service and sales
functions, in each case incurred by our consolidated network companies, and to a
lesser extent, incurred by us.

     Our sales and marketing expenses were $70.1 million during fiscal 2000, the
majority of which were sales and marketing expenses of CarsDirect.com ($33.4
million), Free-PC ($20.1 million), EntryPoint ($4.0 million) and HomePage.com
($4.1 million). These companies made significant investments in sales and
marketing costs in order to build positive brand awareness, build user base,
attract and retain new customers and to build the operating infrastructure to
support their anticipated growth. Also included in sales and marketing expenses
were customer acquisition costs incurred by Free-PC commencing in June 1999.
Free-PC's business model included distributing free personal computers and free
Internet access to its users. As a result, during fiscal year 2000, $18.1
million was recorded by Free-PC as sales and marketing expenses representing the
cost of the computers distributed to users. We sold our interest in Free-PC in
January 2000. Therefore such costs will not recur.

     Several of our other consolidated network companies incurred advertising
costs primarily for online advertising to build brand awareness, the majority of
which was incurred during the holiday season. As existing network companies
continue to introduce new products and expand sales, we expect to incur
significant promotional expenses, as well as expenses related to the hiring of
additional sales and marketing personnel and increased advertising expenses. We
anticipate that these costs will continue to increase substantially in future
periods.

     Sales and marketing expenses were $1.9 million during fiscal 1999,
primarily attributable to EntryPoint ($1.1 million) and the sales and marketing
costs of several newer consolidated network companies in the start-up phase.

     PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. Product development expenses are comprised primarily
of payroll and related expenses incurred by our network companies to develop new
or improved technologies designed to improve the performance and reliability of
their websites and services.

     During fiscal 2000, product development expenses of $10.8 million were
incurred primarily by EntryPoint ($3.9 million), CarsDirect.com ($2.1 million)
and Free-PC ($2.1 million). EntryPoint's product development expenses were
primarily related to the integration of PointCast's network information service
with the various technologies in development at EntryPoint. Product development
expenses incurred by CarsDirect.com relate primarily to contracted services for
early stage website development, content and the automation of transaction and
fulfillment processing. We anticipate that our network companies will
continue to devote substantial resources to product development and that these
expenses may substantially increase in future periods.


                                       32
<PAGE>

       Fiscal 1999 product development expenses of $1.6 million were primarily
attributable to the payroll and overhead costs associated with our employees who
are engaged in product development activities not performed for any particular
network company.

       GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of payroll and related expenses for executive, finance, legal,
business development and administrative personnel; facilities; professional
services, including legal, accounting and consulting; travel and other general
corporate expenses, in each case incurred by our network companies and, to a
lesser extent, incurred by us. General and administrative costs were $36.7
million in fiscal 2000 and were primarily incurred by CarsDirect.com ($22.8
million), Free-PC ($3.5 million), EntryPoint ($2.4 million) and HomePage.com
($1.3 million). These network companies required significant general and
administrative expenditures to develop their management and operational
infrastructure. During fiscal 2000, we incurred $8.5 million in general and
administrative expenses, reflecting the growth of our operations. We anticipate
that our consolidated general and administrative expenses will continue to
increase significantly as we expand our operations and create new network
companies and as existing network companies continue to grow and expand their
administrative staffs and infrastructures.

       General and administrative expenses were $4.7 million during fiscal 1999
and were primarily incurred by us, and included settlement and legal costs
associated with certain disputes.

       STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION. In fiscal 2000, stock-based compensation
expenses were $109.2 million, compared to $3.9 million in fiscal 1999
representing the amortization of deferred stock compensation. This increase was
primarily due to significant grants of stock options and sales of restricted
common stock during fiscal 2000 at prices less than the deemed fair value of our
common stock for accounting purposes.

     Certain sales to employees of common stock that is subject to repurchase
and grants of stock options to employees have been considered compensatory for
financial accounting purposes. We recorded an aggregate of $259.5 million of
deferred stock-based compensation in fiscal 2000 in connection with sales and
grants to employees. This deferred compensation represents the difference
between the deemed fair value of our common stock for accounting purposes and
the sales price of the common stock that is subject to repurchase or the
exercise price of the stock options, both determined on the date of the sale or
the grant. Deferred stock compensation is being amortized over the applicable
vesting periods of the common stock that is subject to repurchase or stock
options, generally four years. Stock-based compensation expense was $49.1
million during fiscal 2000 in connection with these sales and grants. We
anticipate significant stock-based compensation expenses in future periods as
the deferred compensation is amortized over the vesting periods. Annual
amortization of deferred stock compensation for options granted and common stock
sold to employees that is subject to repurchase, as of January 31, 2000, is
currently estimated to be $125.4 million in fiscal 2001, $51.8 million in fiscal
2002, $26.3 million in fiscal 2003 and $6.9 million in fiscal 2004.

       We also recorded deferred stock compensation of $63.9 million during
fiscal 2000 in connection with stock options granted to non-employees. The
determination of the fair value of such options was made using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model and the deemed fair value of our common stock for
accounting purposes. Deferred stock compensation for such option grants is being
amortized over the applicable vesting periods and is adjusted each reporting
period based on the deemed fair value of our common stock. Stock-based
compensation expenses were $40.8 million during fiscal 2000 in connection with
these stock option grants to non employees. We anticipate significant
stock-based compensation charges related to stock option grants to non-employees
in future periods as the deferred compensation is amortized over the vesting
periods. We may also be subject to significant increases or decreases in the
level of stock-based compensation based on changes in the fair value of our
common stock.

       Stock-based compensation for fiscal 2000 also includes stock-based
compensation expenses of network companies, comprised primarily of
CarsDirect.com ($14.3 million). Certain of the stock option grants made by
CarsDirect.com provide for accelerated vesting in the event of an initial public
offering of CarsDirect.com or a change of control of CarsDirect.com.

       We are subject to employer payroll taxes on employee exercises of
non-qualified stock options. Assuming the fair market value of our common stock
were equal to an assumed initial public offering

                                       33
<PAGE>

price of $ ____________ at the time all outstanding vested non-qualified stock
options were exercised, employer payroll taxes on unrealized gains related to
these options would be approximately $ million. These taxes would be recorded as
a charge to operations in the period such options are exercised based on actual
gains realized by employees. Net proceeds that we would receive upon the
exercise of such options would approximate $ ____________ million. We may
receive tax deductions for gains realized by employees on the exercise of such
stock options. Our quarterly results of operations and cash flows could vary
significantly depending on the actual period in which these stock options are
exercised.

     AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES. Amortization of goodwill
and other intangibles increased to $7.1 million in fiscal 2000 from $79,000 in
fiscal 1999. Goodwill includes the excess of the purchase price of ownership
interests in consolidated network companies over our proportionate share of the
underlying net assets of network companies which are accounted for using the
consolidation method and goodwill resulting from purchase business combinations.
During fiscal 2000, we recorded $85.0 million of goodwill and $3.0 million of
amortization expense related to purchase business combinations, primarily
CarsDirect.com's acquisitions of AutoData Marketing Systems and Potamkin Auto
Center, Ltd., and increased ownership interest in Potamkin Auto Center, Ltd and
CD1Financial.com and EntryPoint's acquisition of PointCast. We also recorded
$29.4 million of goodwill and $1.8 million of amortization expense related to
the excess of the purchase price of ownership interests in consolidated network
companies over our proportionate share of the underlying net assets. We
currently expect goodwill amortization to be $35.3 million in fiscal 2001
without giving effect to additional purchase business combinations or
acquisitions of ownership interests.

   OTHER INCOME

     REALIZED GAINS ON SALES OF MARKETABLE SECURITIES. Realized gains on sales
of marketable securities increased to $202.0 million for fiscal 2000 from $2.3
million for fiscal 1999. During fiscal 2000, we sold 3,815,000 shares of eToys
common stock realizing a gain of $193.0 million. We also sold our remaining
ownership interest in Shopping.com as a result of a tender offer and realized a
gain of $9.0 million. During fiscal 1999, we sold 251,000 common shares of
Shopping.com and 118,000 common shares of Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch, Inc.
resulting in realized gains of $2.3 million. Since our inception in March 1996,
we have sold interests in six companies. It is not part of our business strategy
to generate income by selling interests in our network companies. We do not
expect to realize significant gains on sales of marketable securities in future
periods.

     GAIN ON STOCK ISSUANCE BY A NETWORK COMPANY. Gain on stock issuance by a
network company was $22.7 million for fiscal 2000 representing the net increase
in our proportionate share of the dollar amount of GoTo.com's equity resulting
from stock issued by GoTo.com in connection with its initial public offering.
There was no gain on stock issuance by a network company during fiscal 1999. In
fiscal 2000 GoTo.com raised approximately $94.8 million of net proceeds by
issuing 6.9 million shares at $15.00 per share. As a result of the GoTo.com
initial public offering, our percentage interest in the outstanding voting
securities of GoTo.com was reduced from 25% to 20%. We recorded a provision for
$9.2 million of deferred income taxes as a result of the gain. We believe there
is a substantial likelihood that transactions, in which a network company we
account for under the consolidation or equity method of accounting issues shares
of its common stock to the public, will occur in the future, and we expect to
record gains or losses related to such transactions.

     OTHER INCOME, NET. Other income, net increased to $92.0 million for fiscal
2000 compared to $5.3 million for fiscal 1999 primarily as a result of our sale
of Free-PC to eMachines in fiscal 2000. Other income, net consists of income
related to transactions and other events that affect our ownership interests in
network companies but are incidental to our operations in general. Other income,
net may include, among other items, gains or losses on the sales of all or a
portion of our ownership interests and impairment charges related to our
ownership interests in network companies. During fiscal 2000, we sold our
interest in Free-PC in exchange for common and convertible preferred securities
of eMachines and warrants to purchase eMachines common stock. The fair market
value of the eMachines shares and warrants was used in determining a gain of
$90.8 million.

     Other income, net of $5.3 million for fiscal 1999 resulted primarily from
the deconsolidation of Intranets.com.and GoTo.com.


                                       34
<PAGE>

       INTEREST INCOME. Interest income increased to $8.4 million for fiscal
2000 from $120,000 for fiscal 1999, reflecting an increase in average cash and
cash equivalent balances.

       INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense increased to $2.7 million for fiscal
2000 from $49,000 for fiscal 1999, primarily due to an increase in average
borrowings during fiscal 2000. Fiscal 2000 interest expense includes interest on
debt and capital leases incurred by EntryPoint ($396,000) and dotTV ($414,000).

    INCOME TAXES

       Our income tax expense was $86.2 million in fiscal 2000. Our effective
tax rate differs from the federal statuatory tax rate primarily as result of the
provision for state taxes, the effects of nondeductible stock-based compensation
charges, outside basis differences attributable to network companies which are
not consolidated for tax purposes, and net operating losses attributable to
consolidated network companies which have been written-off or which have not
been benefited. Our income tax benefit was $2.4 million in fiscal 1999,
reflecting an effective tax rate of 61%. Our effective tax rate in fiscal 1999
differs from the federal statuatory tax rate for the same reasons stated above
and due to adjustments to valuation allowance necessary to reflect deferred tax
items.

    MINORITY INTEREST

       Minority interest reflects minority shareholders' proportionate interest
in the earnings or losses of the network companies that we consolidate. Minority
interest increased to $95.5 million for fiscal 2000 from $572,000 for fiscal
1999, primarily reflecting minority shareholders interest in the losses of
CarsDirect.com ($46.6 million), Free-PC ($27.6 million), EntryPoint ($11.6
million), HomePage.com ($6.8 million) and MyHome.com ($1.8 million), all of
which experienced losses during fiscal 2000 due to the continued investment by
these companies in the development of their products and services.

    EQUITY IN THE INCOME (LOSS) OF AFFILIATES, NET OF TAX

       Equity in the income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax results from our
significant minority ownership interest in network companies and investment
funds that are accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method of
accounting, our proportionate share of each affiliate's income or loss and the
amortization of the excess of our investment over our proportionate share of
each network company's net assets is included in equity in the income (loss) of
affiliates. Equity in the income of affiliates, net of tax for fiscal 2000 of
$28.1 million was primarily comprised of our proportionate share of the net
income of ICM I ($41.2 million), offset by our proportional share of the losses
of PETsMART.com ($4.2 million), GoTo.com ($2.4 million), PayMyBills.com ($1.6
million) and Sameday.com ($1.4 million) and includes the amortization of
goodwill related to our interests in these companies.

       As the general partner of two venture capital funds, ICM I's net income
includes equity in the income of the ICM I Funds, the results of which include
unrealized appreciation or depreciation in the fair value of certain equity
securities held by the ICM I Funds. ICM I's net income is primarily the result
of the unrealized appreciation of the equity securities held by the ICP funds,
several of which completed initial public offerings during fiscal 2000.

       We expect that network companies accounted for under the equity method
will continue to invest in the development of their products and services and to
recognize operating losses, which will result in future charges recorded by us
to reflect our proportionate share of such losses. Additionally, we recorded
$347.7 million during fiscal 2000 of goodwill representing the excess of the
purchase price of our ownership interests over our proportionate share of the
net assets of equity method network companies. We currently expect goodwill
amortization to be approximately $71.6 million in fiscal 2001 without giving
effect to additional acquisitions of significant minority interests in network
companies which are accounted for using the equity method which may occur
subsequent to January 31, 2000.

       Equity in income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax of $51,000 for fiscal
1999 was primarily comprised of our proportionate share in the net income of ICM
I ($314,000), offset by the losses of GoTo.com ($59,000), cooking.com ($62,000)
and eve.com ($44,000).


                                       35
<PAGE>

FISCAL 1999 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1998

       Results of operations during fiscal 1999 were primarily attributable to
our core operations, management fees earned from providing management services
to ICM I which began operations in March 1998, the results of EntryPoint, which
began operations in August of 1998, and several other consolidated network
companies which were in the start-up phase. Our results of operations were also
impacted by the deconsolidation of Intranets.com which for the period prior to
deconsolidation was a licensor of software to end-users and resellers which was
accounted for using the consolidation method during periods prior to fiscal
1999. During the first quarter of fiscal 1999, Intranets.com issued convertible
preferred stock and, as a result, our ownership interest in the outstanding
voting securities of Intranets.com was reduced from 59% to 19%. On February 1,
1998, we began accounting for our ownership interest in Intranets.com using the
cost method of accounting. Our consolidated operating results for fiscal 1998
include net revenue of $70,000 and operating losses of $5.3 million from
Intranets.com.

Revenues

       Consolidated revenues increased to $805,000 for fiscal 1999 from $154,000
for fiscal 1998. The increase was primarily attributable to management fees of
$346,000 earned from ICM I, which commenced operations in March 1998, and
$134,000 of revenue from Guide.com, a consolidated network company which
generated advertising revenue from its online guide to restaurants and other
various Internet content. Fiscal 1998 revenues were primarily generated by
Intranets.com.

Operating Expenses

       COST OF REVENUES. Cost of revenues decreased to $82,000 for fiscal 1999
from $172,000 for fiscal 1998 as a result of the deconsolidation of
Intranets.com.

       SALES AND MARKETING. Fiscal 1999 sales and marketing expenses of $1.9
million primarily related to the early stage promotional and advertising costs
of $1.1 million associated with the launch of EntryPoint. Fiscal 1998 expenses
of $2.0 million included $832,000 of sales and marketing expenses of
Intranets.com with no comparable amount in fiscal 1999 due to the
deconsolidation discussed above. Sales and marketing expenses of our internal
staff, which relate primarily to public relations and promotional efforts,
decreased to $282,000 for fiscal 1999 from $393,000 for fiscal 1998 due to a
reduction in advertising expenditures.

       PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. Fiscal 1999 product development expenses of $1.6
million were primarily attributable to the payroll and overhead costs associated
with our employees who are engaged in product development activities not
performed for any particular network company. Product development expenses for
fiscal 1998 of $3.5 million were primarily comprised of $2.1 million in costs
associated with the development of Intranets.com packaged intranet software
products. No comparable costs for Intranets.com are reflected in our fiscal 1999
results of operations due to the deconsolidation of Intranets.com.

       GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. Fiscal 1999 of $4.7 million general and
administrative expenses were primarily comprised of $2.1 million in payroll and
other overhead costs incurred at the corporate level and includes $915,000
related to the settlement of certain employment related lawsuits. Fiscal 1998
expenses of $5.6 million primarily consisted of general and administrative
expenses of Intranets.com of $2.4 million and $1.9 million of expenses incurred
by us.

       STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION. Stock-based compensation was $3.9 million
during fiscal 1999 compared to $233,000 for 1998 representing the amortization
of deferred stock compensation for stock options granted to employees and
non-employees. The increase was primarily attributable to additional grants of
stock options and an increase in the deemed fair value of our common stock for
accounting purposes.

       AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES. Amortization expense increased
to $79,000 for fiscal 1999 from $49,000 for fiscal 1998. The increase related to
amortization resulting from our acquisitions of domain names during fiscal 1999.


                                       36
<PAGE>

    OTHER INCOME

       REALIZED GAINS ON SALES OF MARKETABLE SECURITIES. During fiscal 1999, we
sold 251,000 common shares of Shopping.com and 118,000 common shares of
Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch, Inc. resulting in realized gains of $2.3
million. Since our inception in March 1996, we have sold interests in six
companies. It is not part of our business strategy to generate income by selling
interests in our network companies. We do not expect to realize significant
gains on marketable securities in future periods.

       OTHER INCOME, NET. During fiscal 1999, we recorded a gain in connection
with the deconsolidation of Intranets.com in the amount of $5.3 million
representing our share of the losses of Intranets.com recorded during the period
that Intranets.com was accounted for using the consolidation method, in excess
of our ownership interest in Intranets.com.

       During fiscal 1999, our percentage ownership of the outstanding voting
securities of GoTo.com, a consolidated network company, was diluted from 80% to
45% as a result of the issuance of 8,312,000 shares of convertible preferred
stock by GoTo.com. As a result, we began accounting for our ownership interest
in GoTo.com using the equity method of accounting rather than the consolidation
method. We recorded a gain of $243,000 representing our share of the losses of
GoTo.com recorded during the period that GoTo.com was accounted for using the
consolidation method, in excess of our ownership interest in GoTo.com.

       During fiscal 1998, our percentage ownership of the outstanding voting
securities of eToys, a consolidated network company, was diluted from 61% to 37%
as a result of the issuance of 6,318,000 shares of preferred stock by eToys. As
a result, we began accounting for our ownership interest eToys using the equity
method of accounting rather than the consolidation method. We recorded a gain of
$124,000 which represents our share of the losses in excess of our ownership
interest in eToys, recorded during the period that eToys was consolidated.

       INTEREST INCOME. Interest income increased to $120,000 for fiscal 1999
from $36,000 for fiscal 1998 primarily reflecting increased income associated
with higher average corporate cash and cash equivalent balances in fiscal 1999
as compared to the prior year.

       INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense decreased to $49,000 for fiscal 1999
from $178,000 for fiscal 1998. Fiscal 1998 interest expense included $151,000 of
interest on convertible notes payable and demand notes payable of Intranets.com.
No comparable costs for Intranets.com are reflected in our fiscal 1999 results
of operations due to the deconsolidation of Intranets.com.

    INCOME TAXES

    Our income tax benefit was $2.4 million in fiscal 1999 as compared to $3.5
million in fiscal 1998. We established a valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets attributable to net operating losses generated in fiscal 1998 due
primarily to our limited operating history. During fiscal 1999, we reduced the
valuation allowance to reflect net deferred tax items and operating results.

    MINORITY INTEREST

       Minority interest decreased to $572,000 for fiscal 1999 from $1.0 million
for fiscal 1998. Minority interest for fiscal 1999 was primarily comprised of
minority shareholders interest in the losses of EntryPoint and Guide.com.
Minority interest for fiscal 1998 was comprised of minority shareholders
interest in the losses of several network companies including Intranets.com,
EntertainNet and Tickets.com.

    EQUITY IN THE INCOME (LOSS) OF AFFILIATES, NET OF TAX

       Equity in the income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax for fiscal 1999 of
$51,000 was primarily comprised of equity in the income of ICM I of $314,000,
which had equity in the income of the ICP Funds due to unrealized appreciation
on certain of the ICP Funds investment holdings, offset by equity in the losses
of GoTo.com ($59,000), Cooking.com ($62,000), eve.com ($44,000) and other
network companies in the early stages of development. Equity in losses of
affiliates, net of tax of $271,000 for fiscal 1998 was


                                       37
<PAGE>

primarily comprised of equity in the losses of Shopping.com and the
WeddingChannel.com, both of which were in the early stages of development.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

       We have funded our operations with a combination of proceeds from equity
issuances, proceeds from the sales of ownership interests in network companies
and borrowings under credit facilities.

       As of January 31, 2000, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately
$601.5 million consisting almost entirely of funds raised in private placements
of securities. This amount represented an increase of $595.2 million from $6.3
million as of January 31, 1999. As of January 31, 2000, we have committed
capital of $21.0 million to our affiliated venture capital funds. In addition,
our obligations under our office leases in New York and Boston are
collateralized by letters of credit totaling $4.4 million issued by Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A. We have entered into an agreement to purchase for $4.1 million, the
property currently under lease in Pasadena, which houses our corporate facility.
There were no material capital asset purchase commitments as of January 31,
2000.

     Cash used in investing activities primarily reflects the acquisition of
ownership interests in and advances to new or existing network companies, offset
in fiscal 2000 by the proceeds of $202.7 million from the sales of a portion of
our marketable securities. During fiscal 2000, we used $204.4 million to acquire
interests in new or existing network companies, excluding cash used by our
consolidated network companies to acquire businesses. We expect this amount to
increase significantly in fiscal 2001.

       From February 1, 2000 through March 31, 2000, we have paid a total of
approximately $51.7 and have committed to pay a total of an additional $150
million to acquire interests in new and existing network companies. The amount
and timing of our expenditures to acquire interests in network companies may
vary significantly due to factors, such as each company's development of its
business plans and objectives and its progress toward achievement of its
performance goals, as well as additional funding available to it from
third-party sources.

       We believe the proceeds from this offering and our available cash will
enable us to acquire interests in and establish a significant number of new
network companies during the 12-month period following this offering. However,
during this period, we may seek additional capital in the private or public
equity or debt markets to enable us to further expand our acquisitions of
ownership interests and to create, build and operate network companies. On a
longer-term basis, we expect to periodically access the capital markets to
obtain the funds we need to support our operations and the continued growth and
operations of our network companies. If additional funds are raised through the
issuance of equity securities, or if our equity securities are issued to acquire
new network companies, our existing shareholders may experience significant
dilution. For the foreseeable future, we expect to incur increasing losses, we
do not expect to receive cash distributions from our network companies and we do
not plan to sell our network company interests. Moreover, because of the
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may not be able to sell
securities of our network companies to raise capital were we to so choose. Our
long-term capital requirements will depend in large part on the number of
network companies that we create and in which we acquire interests, the amounts
we pay for interests and the timing of these payments. Management's plans and
the related capital requirements will depend on various factors, such as
developments in our markets and the availability of acquisition and
entrepreneurial opportunities. We may not be able to obtain financing when we
need it on acceptable terms, or at all. If we require, but are unable to obtain,
additional financing in the future on acceptable terms, our ability to execute
our business strategy, respond to changing business or economic conditions,
withstand adverse operating results and compete effectively will be impaired.

SELF TENDER OFFER

       In August 1999, we offered to repurchase shares of our stock from all of
our shareholders, at a price per share of $1.50. We repurchased 10.4 million
shares of our common stock, including convertible preferred stock on an
as-converted basis, from our shareholders, for an aggregate of approximately
$15.6 million. The repurchase gave these shareholders the opportunity to obtain
liquidity for their shares, which would otherwise not have been available unless
and until our common stock became publicly traded and


                                       38
<PAGE>

their shares were no longer subject to any applicable lock-up agreements
restricting their sale. None of our officers or directors tendered shares into
the offer.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

       Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" (SFAS No. 133), establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging. In July
1999, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities--Deferral of the Effective Date of
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133" (SFAS No. 137), was
issued. SFAS No. 137 deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 133 from fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 1999 to fiscal years beginning after June 15,
2000. Because we do not currently hold any derivative instruments and do not
engage in hedging activities, the impact of adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not
currently expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.

       In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements"
("SAB 101"), which provides additional guidance related to applying generally
accepted accounting principles in financial statements. In March 2000, the SEC
issued Staff Accounting Bulleting 101A, which requires implementation of SAB 101
no later than June 30, 2000. The adoption of SAB 101 is not expected to have a
significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flow.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

       We do not hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in hedging
activities. Also, we do not hold any variable interest rate debt or lines of
credit and thus have minimal exposure to interest rate fluctuations.

       We are exposed to equity price risks on the equity securities of our
publicly traded network companies. Our public holdings at January 31, 2000
include equity positions in companies in the Internet industry sector, including
eToys, GoTo.com, Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch, NetZero and Tickets.com. All
of these companies have experienced significant historical volatility in their
stock prices. We typically do not attempt to reduce or eliminate our market
exposure on these securities. A 20% adverse change in equity prices, based on a
sensitivity analysis of our public holdings as of January 31, 2000, would result
in an approximate $288 million decrease in the fair value of our interests in
publicly traded network companies. A significant portion of the value of the
potential decrease in equity securities, or $244 million, consisted of our
holdings in GoTo.com and eToys.

       The carrying values of financial instruments, including cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value
because of the short maturity of these instruments.

       We have historically had very low exposure to changes in foreign currency
exchange rates, and as such, have not used derivative financial instruments to
manage foreign currency fluctuation risk. As we expand globally, the risk of
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation may dramatically increase. Therefore,
in the future, we may consider utilizing derivative instruments to mitigate such
risks.


                                       39
<PAGE>


                                    BUSINESS

     THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS RELATING TO THIRD-PARTY
ESTIMATES OF THE GROWTH OF THE INTERNET, INTERNET ADVERTISING AND ONLINE
COMMERCE MARKETS AND SPENDING. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD NOT PLACE UNDUE
RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH APPLY ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF
THIS PROSPECTUS.

IDEALAB! OVERVIEW

       idealab! is a new form of enterprise that creates, builds and operates
companies that use the power of real-time interactive communications to satisfy
often previously unidentified market needs. Our unique organizational structure
is designed to enable each company in our network to achieve focus and strength
in its market as an independent entity, but also allows it to benefit from our
network of companies and the strengths of the centralized services we provide.
We believe that this structure creates a balance of centralization and
decentralization that enables each network company to execute its business plan
with greater speed and focus. Most of our companies are based on ideas we
generate internally, although from time to time we may consider ideas brought to
us by other entrepreneurs or acquire interests in existing Internet companies
that are strategically important to our network.

       We provide our network companies with strategic expertise, operational
assistance from our various in-house departments and third-party service
providers, access to our business relationships both inside and outside the
idealab! network and financial support. By providing these services, we enable
the entrepreneurs managing the idealab! businesses to concentrate primarily on
the rapid execution of their business plans. In addition, our operating methods
are designed to promote commercial relationships and the exchange of information
and best practices among our network companies. We plan to continue using our
collective knowledge and resources to create new business ideas and to actively
develop the business models, strategies, operations and management teams of all
our network companies.

       We initially house most of our companies in one of our open-plan
facilities, currently located in Pasadena, Silicon Valley, New York, Boston and
London. These facilities are designed to foster a collaborative process among
the companies housed in each location. The idealab! network currently includes
seven public companies and 28 private companies, including interactive
communications infrastructure and services companies such as GoTo.com,
HomePage.com and PayMyBills.com, and Internet commerce and content companies
such as CarsDirect.com, eToys and FirstLook.com.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    GROWTH AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF THE INTERNET AND INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS

       The Internet has emerged as a global medium, enabling millions of people
worldwide to share information, communicate and conduct business electronically.
International Data Corporation estimates that the number of Internet users will
grow from approximately 256 million worldwide at the end of 2000 to
approximately 502 million by the end of 2003. As a result of this dramatic
increase in the number of Internet users, the dollar volume of commerce
conducted over the Internet is expected to continue growing, as is the need for
infrastructure and services to effectively serve this growing population of
Internet users. Forrester Research estimates that the total value of goods and
services purchased on the Internet by businesses and consumers will increase
from approximately $406 billion in 2000 to approximately $2.7 trillion in 2004,
and International Data Corporation estimates that Internet business
infrastructure spending will increase from approximately $190 billion in 1999 to
$917 billion in 2003. At the same time, the proliferation of other real-
time interactive communications technologies such as Internet telephony, cable
and wireless devices has created new opportunities to satisfy unmet market
needs.

    OPPORTUNITIES FOR EMERGING INTERNET AND INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES

       The Internet's growth into a mass medium has created tremendous
opportunities for new companies that can take advantage of the efficiencies it
provides in order to meet market demands. Online and traditional businesses can
use real-time interactive communications to obtain accurate,


                                       40
<PAGE>

real-time information, create more efficient markets and add a dynamic and
collaborative dimension to their relationships with customers, suppliers and
trading partners. Individuals are also increasingly using the Internet to
streamline various household functions and to reduce their costs for consumer
goods and other expenditures. We believe that there are significant
opportunities for companies that can empower businesses and consumers to realize
the efficiencies made possible by the Internet.

    CHALLENGES FACING EMERGING INTERNET AND INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES

       Emerging companies face many challenges in their pursuit of success. For
the reasons described below, we believe that many of these challenges are
greatly intensified for Internet-related businesses:

       DEVELOPING A SUCCESSFUL BUSINESS MODEL. Companies must develop business
       models that capitalize on the Internet's unique and rapidly evolving
       capabilities to provide solutions demanded by consumers and businesses.
       This requires the relevant Internet experience and strategic vision to
       evaluate the viability of a given business model, the flexibility to
       adapt business models to address emerging opportunities and the ability
       to quickly establish relationships with potential suppliers, customers
       and strategic partners.

       BUILDING CORPORATE INFRASTRUCTURE. To support rapid growth and achieve a
       competitive advantage, emerging Internet companies must quickly develop
       systems and procedures in a wide range of functional areas, including
       sales and marketing, operations, information technology, accounting,
       legal, business development, executive recruiting and human resources.
       This typically requires key personnel to assume responsibility for many
       of these functional areas simultaneously until sufficient expertise can
       be brought in-house or suitable service providers identified.

       FINDING GREAT PEOPLE. Internet companies require management and technical
       personnel with expertise in each functional area, a deep understanding of
       the opportunities presented by the Internet, the ability to manage rapid
       growth and the flexibility to adapt to the changing Internet marketplace.
       Competition for people with the skills required in the Internet
       marketplace is intense, and the best employees demand compensation
       commensurate with their skills.

       ADAPTING TO RAPIDLY CHANGING MARKETS. Intense competition, low barriers
       to entry and the continual creation of new technologies and business
       models characterized the evolution of the Internet. Individual companies
       must navigate these risks on their own, often committing to business
       models or technology platforms without adequate information, or without
       the strategic relationships that would enable them to rapidly adapt their
       businesses to changing market conditions.

THE IDEALAB! METHOD

       idealab! is a new form of enterprise designed to focus exclusively on
market growth in the Internet industry and other interactive communications
markets. We operate each business in our network as a separate company rather
than as a division of idealab!. As a result, each business retains the
adaptability and entrepreneurialism of a small company while benefiting from the
economies of scale, information sharing and other synergies associated with
inclusion in our network. In addition, each network company has its own pool of
equity to provide a compelling incentive to recruit and retain top talent.

       We believe that we provide our companies with all of the necessary
resources to meet the challenges faced by emerging Internet companies in their
formation, development and growth. Our experience in creating, building and
operating businesses enables us to quickly and efficiently bring innovative new
companies to market and to build our existing companies into market leaders. The
idealab! method consists of:

       -   idea generation, selection and analysis;

       -   company building and operational support; and

       -   strategic guidance and direction.


                                       41
<PAGE>

    IDEA GENERATION

       We create most of our ideas for companies internally through frequent
brainstorming sessions. For several reasons, including the following, we believe
that we are in a unique position to create superior ideas internally:

       -   the creativity of our idea team;

       -   our people have accumulated operating experience throughout their
           careers by helping to develop ideas into mature companies;

       -   the vibrant environment in our open-plan facilities, which encourages
           our people to discuss ideas and share lessons learned;

       -   our idea selection process, which both filters and improves ideas by
           refining the business model of each network company; and

       -   our continuous process of prototyping and developing new business
           concepts.

Examples of companies created through our idea generation process include
CarsDirect.com, FirstLook.com and GoTo.com.

       We also gather ideas externally from individuals and teams that come to
us with passion and industry experience in a particular field. We believe we are
in a strong position to attract high-quality external ideas because of the
entrepreneur-friendly environment we have created. Furthermore, we believe that
the mentoring and services that we provide are very attractive to people and
teams with passion for creating, building and operating world-class companies.
Our services and infrastructure provide an environment that can substantially
improve a company's time-to-market and potential for success. In considering
Internet business ideas brought to us by others and evaluating investments in
and acquisitions of Internet companies, we apply the same strict criteria we
would apply to our own ideas, and we consider whether we could add value to the
development of the business by redefining its business model to create
previously unexploited growth opportunities. Examples of companies we have
started in collaboration with others include PayMyBills.com and eLease.com.

   IDEA SELECTION AND ANALYSIS

       We apply a number of criteria in choosing whether to create or acquire a
business. We apply these criteria during our idea selection process, where each
idea is analyzed and weighed against other ideas for prioritization in advance
of company building. Our analysis includes an evaluation of the following
criteria:

       -   Does the business address a large, previously unidentified market
           need, or does it have a significantly better solution for an already
           identified market need?

       -   Does the business satisfy the need in a unique way, with a business
           model that we believe is superior to the other solutions?

       -   Is the business model scalable, with increasing operating
           efficiencies as the business grows?

       -   Are there sufficient barriers to entry, and can the business grow
           fast enough to benefit from a first-mover advantage?

       -   Will the business's customers have an incentive to refer new
           customers to the business's offerings?

       -   Does the business have a sustainable competitive advantage, such as
           network effects that make the business' offering increasingly
           valuable as more customers use it?

       -   Can the business provide an attractive value proposition to
           potential strategic partners?

If an idea or business ranks highly with respect to these criteria, we evaluate
whether the business would contribute to the overall strength of the idealab!
network. One example of a single idealab! company that has created a variety of
synergies in our network is OpenSales. OpenSales has provided software and


                                       42
<PAGE>

related consulting and customization services to a variety of network companies,
including FirstLook.com, MyHome.com and Sameday.com.

         In some cases, we use our internal prototyping staff to test ideas in
real-world scenarios. We use the feedback from this testing to evaluate and
refine the ideas. For example, when EntryPoint was preparing to launch its
electronic payment service, our prototyping group was able to create and test
the effectiveness of various branding strategies through the simultaneous launch
of different banner ad campaigns. Based on the click-through rates achieved by
each campaign, we decided to launch EntryPoint's service with a focus on user
convenience rather than security, discounts or merchant acceptance.

    COMPANY BUILDING AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT

       At all stages of a network company's growth, our internal management team
continually communicates the best practices we have learned by providing
management mentoring, market intelligence and operational support. While our
company building and operational support process is broadly supported by our
entire organization, it is primarily driven by the Presidents of the five
idealab! facilities, who are also members of our Executive Committee. The
Presidents are closely supported in this effort by our Managing Directors, our
Entrepreneurs-in-Residence and our operational Vice Presidents in the finance,
legal, development, marketing, design, public relations, recruiting and
operations areas. The Managing Directors serve as management mentors and
occasionally as interim senior executives of our network companies. The
Entrepreneurs-in-Residence serve as founding executives and management leaders
of network companies in early stages of development. The Vice Presidents each
run service organizations that assist our network companies in the areas of
their respective disciplines.

       Our organizational goal is to achieve an optimal balance between
centralization and decentralization. We believe that synergy among our companies
is achieved at many levels. As the corporate network hub, we are able to observe
and encourage relationships between our companies. We enable our entrepreneurs
to concentrate primarily on the rapid execution of their business plans by
providing them with operational support and access to idealab!'s collective
resources. We believe that the support we provide to our companies reduces the
rate at which they consume capital, slowing the need for additional dilutive
investments. We supply operational support to our companies in several areas,
including:

       SHARED IDEALAB! FACILITIES. Our facilities in Pasadena, Silicon Valley,
New York, Boston and London are designed to foster an open, collaborative
process among all the companies in each facility. The proximity of the companies
encourages the formal and informal sharing of knowledge and best practices and
allows us to provide our network services conveniently and effectively.

       SHARING OF RESOURCES AND BEST PRACTICES AMONG NETWORK COMPANIES. Our
network provides an environment for informal and formal collaboration among our
companies. Early stage companies in particular benefit from the collective
experience of the professionals at idealab! and the other companies who have
addressed issues similar to those facing them. The CEOs and other department
heads of our network companies gather regularly to share knowledge and discuss
issues of common interest. Personnel from various functional areas, including
marketing, sales, human resources, and technology, also meet regularly to
exchange ideas and leverage their combined experience. All our network companies
have access to our intranet, which contains valuable information about web
development and management information systems, accounting and human resources
procedures and network-wide marketing and business development arrangements. Our
companies also collaborate formally with one another. Several of our network
companies advertise on and distribute their products and services through other
network company websites.

       SALES, MARKETING AND BRAND MANAGEMENT. We believe that the marketing
expertise and assistance we offer our network companies enables them to
establish their brands and draw traffic to their websites more quickly than many
stand-alone competitors. We provide guidance to our companies' sales, marketing,
product positioning and advertising efforts through regular meetings attended by
the appropriate staff from each of our network companies. We employ a marketing
staff to coordinate marketing resources for all our companies. We also provide
our network companies with a centralized


                                       43
<PAGE>

clearinghouse for marketing-related information, access to market research,
advertising services, public relations functions, including promotion of our
companies as members of the idealab! network, and logo design and related
branding services.

       EXECUTIVE RECRUITING. As an idea advances beyond the prototype stage, we
recruit a team to launch and develop the project. Our internal recruiting
department and referral system identify and place talent in each new network
company. Because highly skilled people are a significant factor in each
company's success, we believe that our recruiting function provides us a
strategic advantage in launching new companies and enhancing the success of our
existing network companies. After developing a new business idea and
capitalizing a new idealab! company, we typically reserve a significant portion
of the company's equity for distribution to the entrepreneurs and other
employees.

       We employ experienced recruiters who coordinate the hiring needs of our
companies and act as a central resource for employment. In calendar 1999, our
recruiters placed more than 200 employees in our network. We also draw qualified
candidates from a range of other sources, including the extensive contacts of
our management team and candidates referred from our other network companies. In
addition, we sometimes hire executives at idealab! who, after being mentored in
the idealab! method and culture, then take positions in our network companies.
For example, Jeffrey Brewer served as a member of idealab!'s
entrepreneur-in-residence program and subsequently became the Chief Executive
Officer of GoTo.com. We believe that this flow of experienced executives allows
us to operate our network companies with consistent vision and culture and
promotes communication across our network.

       WEB DEVELOPMENT AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. We maintain a large, highly
experienced technology team of professionals dedicated to helping our companies
with all facets of their initial and continuing web development process and
information systems strategies. Many of our network companies share software
tools initially developed by the idealab! technology team, freely exchanging
improvements with other network companies. We also offer our companies access to
common information technology systems that enable them to cost-effectively
manage their electronic mail hosting, website hosting and other functions. Due
in part to the web-related resources we offer to newly formed idealab!
companies, we believe that our companies are often able to substantially reduce
the costs associated with launching their websites and substantially shorten
their times to launch.

       LEGAL, FINANCE, ACCOUNTING AND HUMAN RESOURCES. We employ more than 25
seasoned legal, finance and accounting professionals who provide guidance to our
companies in areas such as intellectual property protection, contracts, domain
name negotiations, licensing, deal structuring and negotiating, corporate
finance, accounting, treasury functions and financial reporting. We also provide
significant administrative and human resources assistance to our companies,
including advice and support on tax preparation, payroll, benefits, hiring,
human resource compliance, orientation and termination. We host seminars on
topics such as recent accounting pronouncements affecting Internet companies,
trademark and domain name protection, employment law issues and stock option
administration for all the relevant employees of our companies. In addition, as
a result of the economies of scale provided by the idealab! network, we enable
our network companies to obtain favorable rates on insurance, health benefits
and other services. We also enable our companies to gain access to resources and
discounted rates with professional service providers including accounting firms,
law firms and public relations agencies.

       FINANCIAL SUPPORT. We help our companies raise capital from third parties
by introducing them to appropriate investors. Through our affiliated venture
capital funds and the relationships our management team maintains with a broad
range of current and potential investors, we are able to match providers of
capital with appropriate business opportunities in our network. We also provide
direct financial support in the form of early-stage investments and
participation in later financing rounds.

    STRATEGIC GUIDANCE AND DIRECTION

       At inception and throughout their lifecycles, we provide our network
companies with the collective knowledge and expertise of our senior management
and the combined power of our network. We believe that the strategic guidance
and direction we provide to our companies enhances their ability to formulate
viable business models, manage rapid growth and adapt quickly to the changing
marketplace.


                                       44
<PAGE>

       We supply strategic guidance and direction to companies in the following
areas:

       BUSINESS MODEL ANALYSIS AND STRATEGY. We provide strategic direction and
market intelligence to our network companies concerning topics such as market
positioning and competitive trends. We do this at several levels within our
organization. Our senior executives participate in frequent formal and informal
communications with executives at the companies. When a large competitor of
Intranets.com launched a product that competed directly with Intranets.com's
previous product, we organized a series of meetings with senior executives of
Intranets.com to reposition the company. Our involvement was instrumental in the
relaunch of Intranets.com's website within 60 days. Similarly, Tim Gray, the
former chief executive officer of WeddingChannel.com and now a Managing Director
of idealab!, recently stepped in as acting chief executive officer of MyHome.com
in order to adapt the company's business model in light of customer feedback and
competitive conditions.

       We also provide experienced consulting through our
entrepreneurs-in-residence and other experienced idealab! professionals. For
example, prior to joining CarsDirect.com as chief operating officer, Christine
Bucklin, one of our former entrepreneurs-in-residence, worked closely with the
company to improve sales efficiencies, evaluate and negotiate alliances and
identify management priorities. We also employ experienced financial analysts
who are available to help particular companies model their businesses and
identify the key drivers of their financial results. In addition, our internal
prototyping staff is available to help later-stage businesses evaluate
alternative business solutions by testing new ideas in real-world scenarios.
Network companies can use the data generated by these tests to evaluate the
viability of innovative approaches.

       ACTIVE INVOLVEMENT WITH NETWORK COMPANIES' OPERATIONS. Our senior
executives serve on the boards of a substantial majority of the companies in our
network, and in many cases more than one of our executives serves on a company's
board. Through board representation and ongoing consultation with our network
companies, we take an active role in the ongoing oversight and strategic
management of our network companies. For example, Bob Kavner, one of our Vice
Chairmen, served as chairman of the board of GoTo.com until January 2000. Mr.
Kavner continues to serve on GoTo.com's board of directors, and participates in
regular one-on-one meetings with GoTo.com's chief executive officer to discuss
strategic and operational issues facing the company.

       COLLABORATION AMONG NETWORK COMPANIES. We strongly encourage cooperation
and collaboration among our network companies and the sharing of information
through both formal and informal communications. Because we operate companies
that address different market needs, our companies frequently look to other
companies within the network to provide necessary goods or services. For
example, Jackpot.com operates an online slot machine where users can win
advertiser-related prizes in exchange for viewing advertising. Jackpot.com
negotiated favorable rates with several idealab! companies for placement on the
slot machine in connection with its launch, lending credibility to the launch
and providing the network companies with a cost-effective tool for customer
acquisition.

       BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT. idealab!'s environment and culture promote the
sharing of knowledge, relationships and business opportunities among our network
companies. Several of our executives were involved in Internet business
development roles before joining idealab!. We assist our companies in
evaluating, structuring and negotiating joint ventures, strategic alliances,
joint marketing agreements, acquisitions and other transactions. For example,
Lawrence Gross, one of our Vice Chairmen, assisted EntryPoint in its acquisition
of PointCast by negotiating the transaction with EntryPoint's chief executive
officer and managing the integration of the companies. Business development
staff from all of our companies share information via network-wide electronic
mail lists and through periodic meetings hosted by idealab!.

STRATEGY

       Our objective is to enhance the value of the idealab! network by
continually creating new business ideas and actively developing the strategies,
operations and management teams of our network companies throughout their
lifecycles. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this objective include:

       CONTINUE TO CREATE AND ACQUIRE NEW IDEALAB! COMPANIES. We intend to
continue creating and building new Internet businesses and evaluating potential
strategic acquisitions to increase the overall


                                       45
<PAGE>

value of the idealab! network. Before any new business idea becomes an idealab!
network company, or before we pursue any strategic acquisition, our internal
strategy teams must first demonstrate that the idea or business has the
potential to become a market leader. Any strategic acquisition or new business
idea must add value to the idealab! network. In addition to creating and
acquiring Internet businesses, we intend to pursue opportunities in other
growing markets that involve real-time interactive communications.

       ENHANCE EXISTING NETWORK VALUE. As the idealab! network grows and
matures, we intend to expand the breadth and effectiveness of our existing
network efficiencies and increase cooperation and intra-network commercial
arrangements. As the Internet matures and competition among Internet companies
increases, we anticipate that our shared resources and intra-network
collaboration will offer our network companies even more compelling advantages
over companies operating independently.

       MAINTAIN LONG-TERM INTERESTS IN OUR NETWORK COMPANIES. We believe that we
can enhance stockholder value by engaging in business through an integrated
network of companies in which we own significant stakes over the long term. We
intend to generate revenues and income primarily from the operation of our
network companies. On a limited number of occasions, we have sold interests in
our companies when we no longer had the ability to significantly influence their
operations, and we may be faced with circumstances in the future that make it
appropriate to sell part or all of our interest in a particular company.

       CAPITALIZE ON THE STRENGTH OF OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM. idealab! has an
integrated management team with diverse experience and skills as its core
strength. Our management team includes people who have created, built, operated
and advised companies across a broad range of sizes and industries. We recruit
and motivate our team by providing a challenging, intense, collaborative,
rewarding and open atmosphere. The continual creation of new companies and
evolution of existing companies in our network provides ongoing challenge. The
pace of change provides intensity. At every level, we promote sharing of
knowledge across our network. Our shared incentives, physical architecture and
philosophy foster an open atmosphere that we believe is attractive to talented
people.

       Our management team is composed of six senior executive officers, nine
corporate and regional officers, 18 managing directors, 14 operational vice
presidents and six entrepreneurs-in-residence, as described under "Management".
We intend to continue to expand our management team by attracting top talent,
and to capitalize on its diverse strengths to create, build and operate
companies that enhance the value of our network.

       ESTABLISH IDEALAB! FACILITIES IN STRATEGIC LOCATIONS. We intend to
replicate our business method in multiple locations. We will consider opening
idealab! facilities in areas where we can attract people with creative,
technical and business talent to create and work with our network companies. In
new idealab! facilities, we intend to create an open floor plan environment
similar to that of idealab! Pasadena in order to promote a similar collaborative
environment. We also intend to staff these idealab! facilities with key people
from idealab! Pasadena to ensure the propagation of our method and culture. We
have opened facilities in Silicon Valley, New York, Boston and London to take
advantage of opportunities in these locations.

       EXPAND BRAND AWARENESS. We believe that our method, including our
collective knowledge and resources, significantly differentiates our companies
from their competitors. To ensure longer-term success, we must continue to
invest in branding the idealab! method, our network companies and the value of
our overall network. We believe that the idealab! brand currently enjoys
significant public recognition. We intend to enhance public awareness of our
brand by increasing our existing marketing efforts and continuing to develop
successful network companies.


                                       46

<PAGE>

THE IDEALAB! NETWORK

     Our network companies' products and services generally fall into two
categories: Internet commerce and content and interactive communications
infrastructure and services. The following table summarizes, as of January 31,
2000, our network of companies and our ownership of each. Our ownership
percentages are calculated based on the outstanding common stock of each network
company, treating preferred stock and other convertible securities on an
as-converted basis, but excluding the effect of options and warrants.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           OUR         IDEALAB!
                                                                                        OWNERSHIP      COMPANY
              CATEGORY AND NAME                      DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS            PERCENTAGE      SINCE
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                           INTERNET COMMERCE AND CONTENT

<S>                                        <C>                                             <C>           <C>
  CarsDirect.com.......................... Resource for researching, financing             44%           1998
           WWW.CARSDIRECT.COM              and purchasing new cars and related
                                           services.

  Cooking.com............................. Resource and retailer for cooking                6%           1998
           WWW.COOKING.COM                 enthusiasts.

  eToys................................... Superstore for children's toys, books,          12%           1997
           WWW.ETOYS.COM                   music and games.

  eve.com................................. Retailer for prestige beauty and                17%           1998
           WWW.EVE.COM                     personal care products.

  FirstLook.com........................... Resource that provides video and                44%           1998
           WWW.FIRSTLOOK.COM               music distributors with highly
                                           targeted audiences.

  FreeMusic.com........................... Resource for music enthusiasts and              88%           1999
           WWW.FREEMUSIC.COM               recording artists incorporating music
                                           and related content distribution and
                                           advertising.

  iExchange.com........................... A marketplace for trading                       44%           1999
           WWW.IEXCHANGE.COM               financial opinions.

  Jackpot.com............................. Online slot machine exchanging                  81%           1999
           WWW.JACKPOT.COM                 prizes for viewed advertising.

  jobs.com................................ Resource for recruitment and                     2%           1999
           WWW.JOBS.COM                    employment opportunities.

  MyHome.com.............................. Superstore for furniture and fixtures.          70%           1999
           WWW.MYHOME.COM

  PETsMART.com............................ Superstore for pet supplies.                    21%           1999
           WWW.PETSMART.COM

  Swap.com................................ An online merchandise trading site for          44%           1997
           WWW.SWAP.COM                    people under eighteen.
</TABLE>


                                       47

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                        <C>                                        <C>           <C>
  Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch.......... Guide to local content and services        1%            1996
           WWW.TICKETMASTER.COM            including live event ticketing, local
           WWW.CITYSEARCH.COM              auctions and online personals.


  Tickets.com............................. Retailer of event and travel tickets.      5%            1997
           WWW.TICKETS.COM

  Utility.com............................. Service that provides small business       34%           1998
           WWW.UTILITY.COM                 and residential customers with the
                                           opportunity to reduce their electricity
                                           bills.

  WeddingChannel.com...................... Resource for wedding content and           7%            1997
           WWW.WEDDINGCHANNEL.COM          bridal registry services.

  z.com   ................................ Online original programming entertainment  51%           1999
                                           company.
           WWW.Z.COM

                               INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

  Centra Software......................... Provides live collaboration                less than     1996
           WWW.CENTRA.COM                  solutions for businesses.                  1%

  dotTV   ................................ Provides Internet domain name              50%           1999
           WWW.DOT.TV                      registration services; exclusive
                                           registry and registrar for second
                                           level domain names with the ".tv"
                                           top-level domain.

  eMachines............................... Personal computer manufacturer             10%           2000
           WWW.EMACHINES.COM               offering embedded Internet
                                           advertising.

  EntryPoint.............................. Offers free tool-bar that delivers timely  55%           1998
           WWW.ENTRYPOINT.COM              personalized information to the
                                           desktop.

  eVoice  ................................ Provider of Internet-enhanced              31%           1999
           WWW.EVOICE.COM                  telecommunications solutions for
                                           businesses and consumers.

  GoTo.com................................ Operates an online marketplace that        27%           1997
           WWW.GOTO.COM                    introduces consumers and businesses
                                           to advertisers.

  HomePage.com............................ Delivers home page solutions to            56%           1999
           WWW.HOMEPAGE.COM                ebusinesses and consumers.

  Intranets.com........................... Offers free, secure intranet sites to      33%           1997
           WWW.INTRANETS.COM               small businesses for private
                                           communication, scheduling,
                                           collaboration and purchasing.

  NetZero                                  Offers free full-service Internet          5%            1999
           WWW.NETZERO.COM                 access while delivering high-value,
                                           always-on advertising content.


                                       48
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                        <C>                                        <C>           <C>
  OpenSales............................... Provides open-source e-commerce            46%           1998
           WWW.OPENSALES.COM               software with proprietary
                                           enhancements.

  PayMyBills.com.......................... Enables consumers to manage                50%           1999
           WWW.PAYMYBILLS.COM              and pay bills, collect auction payments
                                           and send money via email.

  PeopleLink.............................. Provides outsourced community              11%           1996
           WWW.PEOPLELINK.COM              services, such as instant messaging,
                                           chat, message boards and mailing
                                           lists, for large websites.

  Sameday.com............................. Connects consumers with same-day           46%           1999
           WWW.SAMEDAY.COM                 delivery purchasing options and
                                           provides fulfillment and delivery
                                           services for Internet retailers and their
                                           customers.
</TABLE>

       Because we own super-voting stock in CarsDirect.com, we controlled 66% of
the voting power of CarsDirect.com as of January 31, 2000 although our
percentage ownership was 44% as of that date. We also own minority interests in
several other Internet companies, including Dynafund, eCall, eHatchery, The
Learning Network, NetShepherd and Smart Games, and we have formed several
additional network companies that are in very early stages of development.

       Set forth below are brief descriptions of selected idealab! interactive
communications infrastructure and services and Internet commerce and content
companies that exemplify the idealab! method of creating, building and operating
network companies.

    INTERNET COMMERCE AND CONTENT COMPANIES

       CARSDIRECT.COM. CarsDirect.com provides many of the products and services
traditionally involved in the acquisition of a new car, including research,
financing, vehicle purchase and, in certain markets, delivery. CarsDirect.com is
an online resource that addresses the automobile purchasing process from start
to finish, so that a car buyer can research and configure all desired automobile
options, receive a competitive up-front price, submit a purchase request online
and in certain markets, have the selected vehicle delivered to any location.

       After a time-consuming and frustrating attempt to buy a new automobile at
a dealership, Bill Gross generated the idea for CarsDirect.com. Mr. Gross'
fundamental concept for CarsDirect.com was to be a trusted advisor and
intermediary for the automobile purchaser and to ensure that every step of the
process was conducted in a manner that involved the lowest level of anxiety and
the greatest degree of enjoyment. We launched CarsDirect.com in October 1998.
CarsDirect.com began offering vehicles directly to online consumers in December
1998 and has been ranked the number one online car buying site by Gomez Advisors
for three consecutive quarters. Lawrence Gross, one of our Vice Chairmen, served
as CarsDirect.com's acting chief operating officer for several months until that
position was filled by Christine Bucklin. We have also been closely involved in
the raising of more than $336 million in capital for CarsDirect.com and helped
to recruit the company's new chief executive officer. Howard Morgan, one of our
Vice Chairmen and the chairman of the board of directors of CarsDirect.com,
played a significant role in its acquisition of an all-makes showroom based in
the New York City area.

       ETOYS. eToys is a leading online superstore focused exclusively on
products for children and babies, including toys, video games, software, videos,
music, clothes and baby-related products. By combining an expertise in products
for children and babies, a commitment to excellent customer service and the
benefits of Internet retailing, eToys is able to deliver a unique shopping
experience to consumers. eToys offers an extensive selection of
competitively-priced children's products, with over 100,000 items representing
more than 750 brands. eToys' website features detailed product information,
helpful shopping services and innovative merchandising delivered through
easy-to-use web pages. In addition,

                                       49
<PAGE>


eToys offers customers the convenience and flexibility of shopping 24 hours a
day, seven days a week, with reliable product delivery and a focus on customer
service.

       eToys was created and launched at the idealab! Pasadena facility in 1997.
Several of eToys' early employees were employees of idealab! who were focusing
on creating, building and operating the company in its early stages. eToys was
one of the first retail concepts that we launched and has served as a model for
how other online retailers can successfully compete against larger, more
recognized bricks-and-mortar retailers. In May 1999, eToys completed an initial
public offering. Our percentage interest in eToys decreased over the course of
1999 and our representation on the eToys board ended late in 1998. However,
these particular aspects of our relationship with eToys are not typical of our
application of the idealab! method.

       FIRSTLOOK.COM. FirstLook.com provides consumers with a convenient
destination for discovering and previewing new music and other entertainment
products, while providing advertisers--e-tailers, record labels and home video
distributors--with an efficient, performance-based way to reach consumers.
FirstLook.com has created a new business model involving its Preview Marketing
Network. In addition to being able to browse and sample music and movies at the
FirstLook.com website, consumers can do the same at FirstLook.com affiliate
sites where FirstLook's proprietary "charts" are featured. FirstLook.com has a
patent application pending for its unique business processes. The FirstLook.com
website went "live" in September 1999, with available previews of over 800 new
songs from CDs released by both major and independent record labels. In March
2000, FirstLook.com began previewing home video products, including movies and
television programming in the DVD and VHS formats. In its first six months of
activity, FirstLook.com enrolled more than 200,000 members and enrolled more
than 40 individual advertisers.

       FirstLook.com was conceived in March 1999 when Bill Gross and Rand
Bleimeister, FirstLook.com's founder and chief executive officer, decided to
create a digital marketplace around music and other entertainment products. The
idealab! organization has assisted FirstLook.com with recruiting services. We
also assisted FirstLook.com with its site design through our in-house design
management team. Through our marketing department, we have facilitated
considerable cost savings for FirstLook.com in purchasing goods and services. In
addition, FirstLook.com achieves cost savings by purchasing online advertising
through idealab!-negotiated reduced "block" pricing.

    INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES COMPANIES

       GOTO.COM. GoTo.com operates an online marketplace that introduces
consumers and businesses who search the Internet for advertisers who provide
those products, services and information. Advertisers participating in its
marketplace include retail merchants, wholesale and service businesses and
manufacturers. GoTo.com facilitates these introductions through its search
service, which enables advertisers to bid in an ongoing auction for priority
placement in its search results. Advertisers pay GoTo.com for each
click-through, so advertisers bid only on keywords relevant to the products,
services or information that they offer. Because each advertiser chooses the bid
amount and advertisement placement that is optimal for its business, GoTo.com
believes its marketplace provides advertisers with a cost-effective way to
target consumers. Consumers access the GoTo.com search service both at its
website and through its affiliates, a network of websites that have integrated
the GoTo.com search service into their sites or that direct consumer traffic to
GoTo.com's site. With the acquisitions of a comparison shopping engine and a
comprehensive auction service, we believe GoTo.com now operates a comprehensive
and relevant way for consumers to find products and services and advertisers to
economically reach targeted self qualified leads.

       Frustrated with the slow, cumbersome, inaccurate search returns generated
by other search engines, we devised a way to allow users to obtain relevant
search returns quickly and easily by allowing content providers and advertisers
to bid for keywords in their relevant categories. This model also created a
dynamic, continuous bidding system by which businesses could monitor and
increase their bids for keywords to maintain prominent positions. We created and
launched GoTo.com during 1998 and placed Jeffrey Brewer, a former idealab!
executive, as GoTo.com's chief executive officer. In addition, we developed the
original GoTo.com search technology, launched an innovative branding campaign
and

                                       50
<PAGE>

aggressively promoted GoTo.com on the websites of our other network companies.
In June 1999, GoTo.com completed an initial public offering.

       HOMEPAGE.COM. HomePage.com is a leading application service provider, or
ASP, of personalized web page solutions for ebusinesses. HomePage.com's flexible
and proprietary "Powered by HomePage.com" system uses a combination of FreeBSD
and Linux operating systems to create a high-performance, easy-to-use and
reliable personal publishing experience. HomePage's corporate clients include
About.com, ArtistDirect.com, Discovery Channel Online, AOL.com's ICQ and
PETsMART.com.

       We initially created HomePage.com in April 1999 to satisfy an unmet
market demand stemming from the growing numbers of Internet neophytes who wanted
a personal presence on the web but did not know how to build a homepage. A few
months into HomePage's operation, working closely with idealab!'s senior
management, HomePage refocused its business strategy to emphasize the provision
of outsourced home page services to client businesses seeking to build customer
retention, traffic and loyalty. HomePage.com now works closely with corporate
clients to customize a home page offering for their users. HomePage.com
continues to provide direct person home page client services, but such activity
largely serves as a test bed for further development of HomePage's utilities and
services. Bill Gross acted as the initial chief executive officer of
HomePage.com, and all of the early technology development and marketing efforts
were conducted by idealab! prior to the recruitment of professionals into
HomePage.com.

       PAYMYBILLS.COM. PayMyBills.com is a leading online personal bill
management service that enables consumers to automate bill paying processes by
providing them with secure viewing and payment of all of their bills.
PayMyBills.com is a complete solution, offering consumers a simple, fast and
paperless experience.

       We were first introduced to PayMyBills.com through one of our Vice
Chairmen, Howard Morgan. We helped PayMyBills.com formulate their business plan
and provided initial capital to form the company. We relocated the company's two
initial employees from Philadelphia to our Pasadena facility, where we provided
them with the administrative, legal, financial and accounting support we provide
all companies within our facilities. We also provided extensive strategic
guidance and worked to build the company's operating model and help management
drive down customer acquisition costs using our marketing techniques. We
launched PayMyBills.com in July 1999. Due to our combined efforts, within three
months the company was actively serving customers nationwide and had paid more
than $3.7 million in active bill balances.

VENTURE CAPITAL AFFILIATIONS

       In addition to our Internet-related network companies, we are affiliated
with five venture funds that invest primarily in Internet companies, including
some companies in the idealab! network. The venture funds are: idealab! Capital
Partners I-A, L.P., idealab! Capital Partners I-B, L.P., idealab! Principals
Fund, L.P., idealab! Capital Partners II-A, L.P., and idealab! Capital Partners
II-B, L.P. We have a 50% voting interest in idealab! Capital Management I,
L.L.C. and idealab! Capital Management II, L.L.C., the companies that manage
these venture funds. An independent professional venture capital fund manager
holds the other 50% voting interest in the two management companies.

       The five affiliated venture funds, which are housed in our Pasadena
headquarters, provide a potential funding source for companies in the idealab!
network. In addition, even if we elect not to acquire an interest in a company,
we can often establish a relationship with it by referring it to our affiliated
venture funds as a candidate for investment.

COMPETITION FACING US

       We face competition from service and capital providers including
publicly-traded Internet companies, venture capital companies, large
corporations and Internet holding companies. Many of these competitors have
greater financial resources and brand name recognition than we do. Although we
believe our method and our brand differentiate us from our competitors,
competition from these companies may limit our opportunity to hire quality
entrepreneurs and other personnel to launch and

                                       51
<PAGE>


support companies, or to acquire interests in attractive companies brought
to our attention by others. If we are unable to hire quality entrepreneurs and
other personnel to launch and work at our companies, or to acquire interests in
attractive companies, we may not be able to meet our objective of expanding the
idealab! network.

COMPETITION FACING OUR NETWORK COMPANIES

     Competition for Internet products, services and personnel is intense. As
the markets for Internet infrastructure, services, commerce and content grow, we
expect that competition will intensify. Barriers to entry are generally low, and
competitors may be able to offer products and services at a relatively low cost.

     In addition, our network companies compete with other Internet companies,
including our other network companies, to attract and retain talented employees
with relevant experience, and some of them also compete to attract and retain a
critical mass of buyers and sellers. Several companies offer solutions that
compete with those offered by one or more or our network companies, and we
expect that additional companies will offer competing solutions on a stand-alone
or combined basis in the future. Although we intend to launch and acquire new
businesses that are complementary to the companies in our network, on occasion
competition among our companies has arisen as a result of business combinations
or other developments. For a more detailed discussion of the competition facing
our companies, see "Risk Factors--Risks facing our network companies--Various
idealab! companies may fail if competitors provide superior Internet-related
offerings".

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES

     We have developed various software applications for use within our network.
Our trademarks, patent applications and Internet domain names are an extremely
important part of our business. Likewise, the trademarks, patentable inventions
and domain names used by our network companies are important parts of their
businesses. From time to time, we also register or acquire domain names that we
believe may be useful to us or our network companies in the future. Risks
regarding our intellectual property rights and those of our network companies
are described in more detail under "Risk Factors--Risks facing our network
companies--Claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties against
our network companies could cause them to incur expenses or become involved in
litigation".

GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES

     There are currently few laws or regulations directed specifically at
Internet businesses. However, because of the Internet's popularity and
increasing use, new laws and regulations may be adopted. These laws and
regulations may cover issues such as the collection and use of data from website
visitors and related privacy issues, pricing, content, copyrights, trademarks,
online gambling, distribution, taxation and the quality of goods and services.
The enactment of any additional laws or regulations may impede the growth of the
Internet and Internet businesses, which could decrease the revenue of our
network companies and place additional financial burdens on them.

     Laws and regulations directly applicable to electronic commerce and
Internet communications are becoming more prevalent. For example, Congress
recently enacted laws regarding online copyright infringement and the protection
of information collected online from children. Although these laws may not have
a direct adverse effect on our business or those of our network companies, they
add to the legal and regulatory burden faced by Internet commerce and content
companies. Other specific areas of legislative activity are:

     o    TAXES. Congress enacted a three-year moratorium, ending on October 21,
          2001, on the application of "discriminatory" or "special" taxes by the
          states on Internet access or on products and services delivered over
          the Internet. Congress further declared that there will be no federal
          taxes on electronic commence until the end of the moratorium. However,
          this moratorium does not prevent states from taxing activities or
          goods and services that the states would otherwise have the power to
          tax. Furthermore, the moratorium does not apply to certain state taxes
          that were in place before the moratorium was enacted.

                                       52
<PAGE>


     o    ONLINE PRIVACY. Both Congress and the Federal Trade Commission are
          considering regulating the extent to which companies should be able to
          use and disclose information they obtain online from consumers. If any
          regulations are enacted, Internet companies may find some marketing
          activities restricted. Also, the European Union has directed its
          member nations to enact much more stringent privacy protection laws
          than are generally found in the United States and has threatened to
          prohibit the export of some personal data to United States companies
          if similar measures are not adopted. Such a prohibition could limit
          the growth of foreign markets for United States Internet companies.
          The Department of Commerce is negotiating with the Federal Trade
          Commission to provide exemptions from the European Union regulations,
          but the outcome of these negotiations is uncertain.

     o    REGULATION OF COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES. To some extent, the rapid
          growth of the Internet in the United States has been due to the
          relative lack of government intervention in the marketplace for
          Internet access, which may not continue in the future. For example,
          several telecommunications carriers are seeking to have
          telecommunications over the Internet regulated by the Federal
          Communications Commission in the same manner as other
          telecommunications services. Additionally, local telephone carriers
          have petitioned the Federal Communications Commission to regulate
          Internet service providers in a manner similar to long distance
          telephone carriers and to impose access fees on these providers. Some
          Internet service providers are seeking to have broadband Internet
          access over cable systems regulated in much the same manner as
          telephone services, which could slow the deployment of broadband
          Internet access services. Because of these proceedings or others, new
          laws or regulations could be enacted which could burden Internet
          infrastructure and services companies and slow the rapid expansion of
          the Internet and its availability to new users.

     o    INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940. The Investment Company Act of 1940
          provides a set of regulations for companies engaged primarily in the
          business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in
          securities. A company may become subject to regulation under the
          Investment Company Act if it owns "investment securities" with a value
          exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets. Although we are in the
          business of creating, building and operating new Internet companies,
          we could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act
          if enough of our interests in network companies are considered
          investment securities under the Investment Company Act. Regulations
          applicable to investment companies are inconsistent with our
          fundamental business strategy of promoting collaboration among our
          network companies. In order to avoid these regulations, we may have to
          take actions that we would not otherwise choose to take. For a more
          detailed discussion of some of the actions we might have to take, see
          "Risk Factors--Risks Particular to Us--We may have to take actions
          that are disruptive to our business strategy to avoid registration
          under the Investment Company Act of 1940".

     o    CYBERSQUATTING. In 1999, Congress enacted anti-cybersquatting
          legislation to address the practice of domain name piracy. The
          legislation is designed to limit the practice of registering an
          Internet address of an established trademark with the hopes of selling
          the Internet address to the affected company. The legislation also
          includes a prohibition on the registration of a domain name that is
          the name of another living person, or a name that is confusingly
          similar to that name. The scope of this legislation has not been
          precisely defined. We, or our network companies, may be subject to
          liability based on our or their use of domain names or trademarks that
          allegedly infringe the rights of third parties.

     o    OTHER REGULATIONS. The growth of the Internet and electronic commerce
          may lead to the enactment of more stringent consumer protection laws.
          The Federal Trade Commission may use its existing jurisdiction to
          police electronic commerce activities, and it is possible that the
          Federal Trade Commission will seek authority from Congress to regulate
          certain online activities. The Federal Trade Commission has already
          issued for public comment proposed regulations governing the
          collection of information online from children.


                                       53
<PAGE>

     Generally applicable laws may affect us and our network companies. The
exact applicability of many of these laws to Internet infrastructure and
services companies and Internet commerce and content companies, however, is
uncertain.

EMPLOYEES

     As of March 31, 2000, we had 198 full-time employees. Our future success
depends, in part, on our and our network companies' continuing ability to
attract, train and retain highly qualified management, technical and marketing
personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no
assurance that we or our network companies will be able to recruit and retain
sufficient numbers of qualified personnel. None of our employees is represented
by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our
relations with our employees to be good.

EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND WEBSITE

     Our principal executive office is located at 130 W. Union Street, Pasadena,
California, 91103, and our telephone number is (626) 585-6900. We maintain a
website at www.idealab.com. The information on our website is not part of this
prospectus.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The former Chief Operating Officer of CarsDirect.com filed a complaint on
September 30, 1999 in Los Angeles County Superior Court, naming CarsDirect.com,
CD1Financial, a subsidiary of CarsDirect.com, Bank One and us as defendants. The
complaint alleged a single cause of action for breach of contract against
CD1Financial, and claims for intentional and negligent interference with
contract against us, CarsDirect.com, and Bank One. The plaintiff, Gregory
Brogger, claimed in the suit that CD1Financial, at the urging of the other
defendants, breached a purported employment agreement with CD1Financial by
terminating him without cause. As a result, Mr. Brogger claimed he is entitled
to a 5.75% ownership interest in CD1Financial, an amount he estimated to be
worth $33 million. In addition, he sought general and compensatory damages,
punitive damages and his costs of suit. Following the filing of the complaint,
we and the other defendants agreed to mediate and arbitrate Mr. Brogger's
claims. Mr. Brogger dismissed his action on January 14, 2000 without prejudice.
The parties have unsuccessfully mediated the case, and they are now proceeding
to a binding arbitration of Mr. Brogger's claims in June 2000. We have denied
that we are liable to Mr. Brogger in any amount, and we intend to vigorously
defend against Mr. Brogger's allegations.

     On October 22, 1999, Trilogy Software and Carorder.com filed an action in
the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas asserting
claims against CarsDirect.com and AutoData Marketing Systems Incorporated, a
subsidiary of CarsDirect.com. In the complaint, Trilogy alleges that
CarsDirect.com and AutoData have infringed Trilogy's U.S. patent entitled
"Method and Apparatus for Maintaining and Configuring Systems," and that such
infringement is wilful. Trilogy and Carorder.com also allege that CarsDirect.com
and AutoData tortiously interfered with a license agreement between Trilogy and
Intellichoice relating to automobile industry data. Trilogy seeks, among other
things, triple damages in an unspecified amount, preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief and attorneys' fees and costs. CarsDirect.com and AutoData
have filed an answer to the complaint denying the material allegations and
asserting defenses including, among others, that the Trilogy patent is invalid,
unenforceable and not infringed. CarsDirect.com intends to vigorously defend
itself against the allegations.

FACILITIES

     We lease approximately 161,000 square feet of space in Pasadena,
California, approximately 22,000 square feet of space in Silicon Valley,
California, approximately 50,000 square feet of space in New York City,
approximately 22,000 square feet of space in Boston and the surrounding area and
approximately 5,000 square feet of space in London. We believe that our
facilities are currently adequate, but may be inadequate to sustain our
anticipated growth and that of the idealab! network companies housed in our
facilities through the 2002 fiscal year. We believe that we will be able to
obtain adequate space to support our anticipated operating needs on commercially
reasonable terms.


                                       54


<PAGE>


                                   MANAGEMENT

IDEALAB! MANAGEMENT TEAM

       idealab!'s management team is comprised of people with diverse experience
and skills who have created, built, operated and advised companies across a
broad range of sizes and industries. We recruit and motivate our management team
by providing a challenging, intense, collaborative, rewarding and open
atmosphere. Our shared incentives, physical architecture and philosophy foster
an open atmosphere that we believe is attractive to talented people. The
following table sets forth information with respect to our officers, directors
and key employees as of April 7, 2000. Executives listed as Managing Directors
include both Managing Directors and Associate Managing Directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    NAME                         AGE                             POSITION/LOCATION
- -----------------------------------------       -----    ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

<S>                                               <C>     <C>
Bill Gross...............................         41      Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Marcia Goodstein.........................         35      President, Chief Operating Officer, President, idealab!
                                                          Pasadena and Director

Lawrence Gross...........................         38      Vice Chairman, President, idealab! Europe and Director
Bruce Johnston...........................         40      President, idealab! Boston
Robert Kavner............................         56      Vice Chairman, President, idealab! Silicon Valley and Director
Howard Morgan............................         54      Vice Chairman, President, idealab! New York and Director
Benjamin M. Rosen........................         66      Director
John F. Welch, Jr. ......................         64      Director

                                             CORPORATE AND REGIONAL OFFICERS

Tom Hughes...............................         49      Chief Design Officer
David Ishaq..............................         41      Chief Operating Officer, idealab! Europe
Douglas McPherson........................         38      Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Bradley Ramberg..........................         36      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Hugh Shytle..............................         37      Chief Operating Officer, idealab! Boston
Brian Steel..............................         40      Chief Operating Officer, idealab! Silicon Valley
Stephanie Streeter.......................         42      Chief Operating Officer, idealab! Pasadena
Jim Winget...............................         44      Chief Technology Officer
Andy Zimmerman...........................         45      Chief Operating Officer, idealab! New York

                                                    MANAGING DIRECTORS

Jonathan Axelrad.........................         37      idealab! Silicon Valley
David Bohigian...........................         30      idealab! New York
David Cohen..............................         38      idealab! Pasadena
Craig Frances............................         33      idealab! Pasadena
Tim Gray.................................         32      idealab! Pasadena
David Hernand............................         33      idealab! Pasadena
Joel Hyatt...............................         43      idealab! Silicon Valley
Paul Jen.................................         33      idealab! Pasadena
Edward Lambert...........................         39      idealab! Pasadena
Josh Leibowitz...........................         29      idealab! New York
Belden Menkus............................         44      idealab! Europe
Lars Perkins.............................         40      idealab! Boston
Gregg Rotenberg..........................         33      idealab! Pasadena
Heath Schiesser..........................         32      idealab! Pasadena
Thomas Shull.............................         48      idealab! Pasadena
Andrew Stern.............................         28      idealab! New York
Bill Trenchard...........................         25      idealab! Silicon Valley
Caroline Whitfield.......................         35      idealab! Europe

</TABLE>


                                       55
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    NAME                         AGE                             POSITION/LOCATION
- -----------------------------------------       -----    ---------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                               <C>     <C>
                                                     VICE PRESIDENTS

Scott Banister...........................         24      Vice President Ideas
Teresa Bridwell..........................         32      Vice President Corporate Communications
Kristen Ding.............................         31      Vice President Design
Jeremy Eskenazi..........................         37      Vice President Talent Acquisition
Joseph Essas.............................         28      Vice President Company Development
Rich Fagen...............................         42      Vice President Administrative Services
John Fessenden...........................         29      Senior Vice President Technology
Jon Gonzales.............................         34      General Counsel, Operating Companies and Vice President Legal
Gary Horwitz.............................         39      Vice President Real Estate
Julie Mazman.............................         36      Vice President Marketing
Greg Murphy..............................         29      Vice President Company Development
Lizette Perez............................         34      Vice President Legal
Rick Powell..............................         32      Vice President Administration
Reed Sturtevant..........................         43      Vice President Technology

                                                ENTREPRENEURS-IN-RESIDENCE

Mark Kingdon.............................         37      idealab! New York
Christina Ohly...........................         31      idealab! Boston
John Rigos...............................         32      idealab! New York
Andrew Skarupa...........................         34      idealab! Pasadena
Nalini Sri-Kumar.........................         42      idealab! Pasadena
Scott Weiss..............................         34      idealab! Silicon Valley
</TABLE>


                     SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

       BILL GROSS founded idealab! in March 1996 and has served as our Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and as a director since that time. Mr.
Gross served as our President from March 1996 to March 2000. Since March 1998,
he has served as a managing director of idealab! Capital Management I, LLC.
Prior to idealab! he started a number of companies. In high school, Mr. Gross
started Solar Devices, a firm which sold plans and kits for solar energy
products. In college at the California Institute of Technology, he patented a
new loudspeaker design and formed GNP Loudspeakers Inc. After graduating from
California Institute of Technology, Mr. Gross and his brother Lawrence started
GNP Development Inc., which made a natural language product for Lotus 1-2-3
called HAL. In 1995, Lotus Development Corporation acquired GNP. From February
1986 to March 1991, he was a software entrepreneur at Lotus Development. In
1991, Mr. Gross started Knowledge Adventure, an educational software publisher
that was eventually sold to Havas. Mr. Gross serves on the boards of directors
of approximately 20 of our public and private network companies, including
GoTo.com, NetZero and Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch. He is also a member of the
board of trustees of the California Institute of Technology. Mr. Gross received
his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the California Institute of Technology.

       MARCIA GOODSTEIN founded idealab! with Bill Gross in March 1996 and has
been our Chief Operating Officer since May 1998, a director since May 1999 and
our President and the President, idealab! Pasadena since March 2000. Prior to
joining idealab!, Ms. Goodstein worked in business development and marketing
from July 1994 to June 1995 for Enfish Corporation, a software development
company. From February 1991 to July 1994, she worked for Gemstar Development
Corporation, where she was responsible for media licensing for North America and
licensing, marketing and distribution in South America. Prior to that, Ms.
Goodstein worked from July 1986 to February 1991 at a California Institute of
Technology research facility. She is a graduate of Pomona College.

       LAWRENCE GROSS has served as President, idealab! Europe since March 2000,
and as one of our Vice Chairmen and as a director since April 1999. Prior to
joining idealab!, Mr. Gross was the president &

                                       56
<PAGE>


chief executive officer of Knowledge Adventure, a company he founded with his
brother Bill Gross in 1991. Following the acquisition of Knowledge Adventure,
Mr. Gross served as senior vice president of Cendant Software and president of
Davidson & Associates from 1997 to 1999. He worked as a software engineer and
development manager at the Lotus Development Company from 1986 to 1991. Mr.
Gross holds a B.S. in computer science from the California Institute of
Technology and is a graduate of the Executive Program for Growing Companies at
the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

       BRUCE JOHNSTON has served as President, idealab! Boston since March 2000,
and served as one of our Managing Directors from September 1999 to March 2000.
Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Johnston worked for TA Associates, a leading
late-stage, technology-oriented private equity firm, where he served as a vice
president from July 1992 to January 1996 and as a principal from January 1996
through August 1999. From June 1988 to June 1992, Mr. Johnston worked at Lotus
where he was most recently a general manager. He received his B.S. in Electrical
Engineering from Duke University and received an M.B.A. in Finance and Marketing
from Pennsylvania State University.

       ROBERT KAVNER has served as President, idealab! Silicon Valley since
March 2000 and as one of our Vice Chairmen and a director since January 1999.
From September 1996 to December 1998, he served as president and chief executive
officer of On Command Corporation, a public company with $240 million in annual
sales. From September 1995 to August 1996, Mr. Kavner provided consulting
services in new media markets. From June 1994 to September 1995, Mr. Kavner
served as an advisor to Creative Artists Agency. From May 1984 to May 1994, he
served as an Executive Vice President of AT&T, where he acted as Chief Executive
Officer of Multimedia Products and Services. Mr. Kavner currently serves on the
board of directors of the following public companies: Fleet Financial Group,
Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch, GoTo.com and Jupiter Communications. Mr. Kavner
received his B.B.A. in Business Management from Adelphi University and attended
the Advanced Management Program at Dartmouth University.

       HOWARD MORGAN, PH.D. has served as President, idealab! New York since
March 2000 and as a director since February 1999. He served as one of our Vice
Chairmen on a consulting basis from January 1997 to March 2000, and has
continued this role as an employee since March 2000. Since 1989, Dr. Morgan has
served as President of Arca Group, Inc., a consulting and investment management
firm specializing in the areas of computers and communications technologies. Dr.
Morgan was a professor of decision sciences at the Wharton School of the
University of Pennsylvania and a professor of computer science at the Moore
School of the University of Pennsylvania from 1972 through 1986. He serves as a
director for a number of public companies, including Cylink Corporation,
Franklin Electronic Publishers, Inc., Infonautics Corporation, Inc.,
MyPoints.com, Segue Software Corporation, Tickets.com and Unitronix Corporation.
Dr. Morgan received his Ph.D. in operations research from Cornell University and
his B.S. in Physics from the City University of New York.

       BENJAMIN M. ROSEN has served as a Director of idealab! since April 2000.
Mr. Rosen co-founded Compaq Computer Corporation in 1982, and has served as
Chairman of the Board and in executive capacities at Compaq since 1983. Mr.
Rosen also serves as Vice Chairman of the Board of Trustees of California
Institute of Technology, and on several other public company and nonprofit
organization boards.

       JOHN F. WELCH, JR. has served as a director of idealab! since March 2000.
Since 1981, Mr. Welch has served as the chairman and chief executive officer of
General Electric Company. From 1960 to 1981, he held various positions at
General Electric. Mr. Welch received his B.S. degree in chemical engineering
from the University of Massachusetts and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in chemical
engineering from the University of Illinois.


                         CORPORATE AND REGIONAL OFFICERS

       TOM HUGHES founded idealab! with Bill Gross in March 1996 and has served
as our Chief Design Officer since that time, and as a director until March 2000.
Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Hughes was retained by IBM from September 1992 to
March 1996 as a design consultant. From October 1985 to August 1992, he served
as director of creative development for Lotus. From December 1982 to October
1985, Mr. Hughes served as worldwide creative director for business products,
including Macintosh, creating the award-winning and internationally acclaimed
identity for Macintosh and the graphical and


                                       57
<PAGE>

type elements which the Apple corporate identity later adopted and still
employs. Mr. Hughes was senior art director at Polaroid from April 1978 to
December 1982 and served as art director at The Boston Herald newspaper from
April 1977 to April 1978. He attended University of Massachusetts, The Museum
School at Boston, and Northeastern University, where he studied English,
Painting and Architecture.

       DAVID ISHAQ has served as Chief Operating Officer idealab! Europe since
March 2000 and served as Managing Director with specific responsibility for
European expansion from July 1999 through February 2000. Prior to joining
idealab!, Mr. Ishaq was a partner at the private equity fund Knowledge Universe
from 1997 to 1999. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Ishaq served variously as chief
operating officer and chief financial officer of Capella Films, Inc., a feature
film development, production, sales and distribution company. Mr. Ishaq was
involved in an advisory capacity with a wide range of companies in the media,
real estate and retail industries from 1989 to 1993. In 1984, he was a principal
in the leveraged buyout of Sabre International, Gillette's surgical instruments
division, which he co-led until its sale in 1988. Mr. Ishaq holds an L.L.B.
degree from the London School of Economics and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business
School.

       DOUGLAS MCPHERSON has served as our Vice President and General Counsel
since May 1999 and as our Secretary since March 2000. Prior to joining idealab!,
he served as chief legal officer and vice president, business development for
Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch and its predecessor company, CitySearch, from
July 1996 until June 1999. From November 1992 to July 1996, Mr. McPherson was
with the law firm of Heller Ehrman White & McAuliffe. From September 1991 to
September 1992, he served as a law clerk for a federal district judge. Mr.
McPherson holds a B.A. from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, an
M.A. from the University of California, Berkeley and a J.D. from Stanford Law
School.

       BRADLEY RAMBERG has served as our Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer since April 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Ramberg served as chief
financial officer and vice president of finance and administration for
Ticketmaster Online-CitySearch and its predecessor company, CitySearch from
April 1996 to May 1999. From January 1994 to April 1996, he was vice president
of finance and operations for the Fresh Gourmet Company, a joint venture between
CPC International, Inc. and Prepco. Mr. Ramberg holds an A.B. from Brown
University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

       HUGH SHYTLE has served as Chief Operating Officer, idealab! Boston since
February 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Shytle served as a general partner
at Tribeca Partners, a private equity investment company where he worked from
May 1999 to February 2000. From January 1993 to May 1999, Mr. Shytle was a
managing director at SG Cowen Securities where, as a research analyst, he
covered technology services companies. From May 1989 to January 1993, he served
as chief operating officer of Restrac, an enterprise software company. Mr.
Shytle holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
an S.M. in Management from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology.

       BRIAN STEEL has served as Chief Operating Officer, idealab! Silicon
Valley since August 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Steel was with On
Command Corporation, serving as president and chief operating officer from
December 1998 to August 1999, as chief operating officer and chief financial
officer from September 1996 to December 1998, and as a director for all three
years of his tenure. From January 1993 to August 1996, Mr. Steel was with
Pacific Telesis Group and several affiliated companies, most recently TELE-TV as
its executive vice president and chief financial officer. From June 1986 to
December 1992, Mr. Steel worked for Shearson Lehman Brothers, where he
co-managed the real estate merchant banking group. Mr. Steel received his B.A.
in economics from Duke University.

       STEPHANIE STREETER has served as Chief Operating Officer, idealab!
Pasadena since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Ms. Streeter worked for
Avery Dennison beginning in June 1985. Most recently, she served as vice
president office products worldwide from June 1996 to January 2000 and as vice
president/general manager from 1991 to 1996. She served as director of marketing
from 1990 to 1991 and worked in business and product management from 1985 to
1990. From 1983 to 1985, Ms. Streeter served as a product manager for Decision
Data Computer Corporation. From 1980 to 1983, she worked for Xerox. Ms. Streeter
received her B.A. in Political Science from Stanford University.

       JIM WINGET has served as our Chief Technology Officer since August 1999.
Prior to joining idealab!, he worked for Silicon Graphics Inc. from October 1986
to August 1999, serving most recently as


                                       58
<PAGE>

vice president and chief scientist in corporate research and development. From
May 1985 to October 1986, Dr. Winget was a consultant in the division of
radiation oncology and a research assistant professor in biomedical engineering
at Duke University. From June 1983 to October 1986, he was a consultant at
Sutherland, Sproull, and Associates, Inc. Dr. Winget received his B.S. in
Engineering from the University of Cincinnati, and his M.S. and Ph.D., both in
Applied Mechanics, from the California Institute of Technology.

       ANDY ZIMMERMAN has served as Chief Operating Officer, idealab! New York
since February 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Zimmerman served as the
global leader of eBusiness consulting services for PricewaterhouseCoopers and as
a member of the global consulting executive committee from July 1998 to January
2000. From July 1998 to June 1999, Mr. Zimmerman was the Americas leader and a
managing partner for information, communications and entertainment practice for
PricewaterhouseCoopers, and from January 1995 to July 1998 served as the global
leader for the telecommunications and media consulting practice at
PricewaterhouseCoopers. He received his B.A. from Haverford College and his M.S.
from New York University's Stern Business School.

                               MANAGING DIRECTORS

       JONATHAN AXELRAD has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Silicon
Valley since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Axelrad worked at the
law firm Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, which he joined as an associate in
June 1990. He was admitted as a member in January 1995 and served in that role
through January 2000. Mr. Axelrad was named co-chair of the firm's
venture/investment fund group in September 1999. He received his B.A. from
Wesleyan University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.

       DAVID BOHIGIAN has served as a Managing Director for idealab! New York
since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Bohigian was a managing
director of the Washington, D.C.-based Internet incubator, VenCatalyst, where he
worked from August 1999 to December 1999. From October 1995 to June 1999, Mr.
Bohigian served as a director of Jefferson Partners, L.L.C., a Washington,
D.C.-based venture capital firm where he helped found Global Network Architects,
now Consortio. Mr. Bohigian received his B.A. from Washington & Lee University
and his J.D. from Washington University.

       DAVID COHEN has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena since
January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Cohen was president of Camelot Fund
from February 1999 through December 1999. From March 1981 through December 1998,
he worked for Pacific Holding Co., serving most recently as chief investment
officer. During this time, he also served as senior vice president in charge of
acquisitions and investments for Dole Food Company. From August 1986 to October
1989, Mr. Cohen was an associate at the investment banking firm of Lazard Freres
and Co. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Boston University and a
M.Phil. from Cambridge University.

       CRAIG FRANCES has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena
since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Dr. Frances was co-founder and
vice president health partnerships of yourPharmacy.com from August 1998 to
October 1999. In July 1997, he co-founded Expert Consensus Guidelines, LLC, a
company that surveys expert physicians across the country about "best practices"
to create diagnostic and therapeutic algorithms, where he worked through
December 1999. From July 1996 to June 1997, Dr. Frances was the chief medical
resident at University of California, San Francisco where he designed and
implemented hospital administration programs. From July 1995 to June 1996, he
created a series of books, the Saint-Frances Guides, with Williams & Wilkins.
Dr. Frances received his B.A. from Cornell University and his M.D. from Cornell
Medical School.

       TIM GRAY has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena since
December 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Gray co-founded WeddingChannel.com
and served as its chief executive officer from October 1996 to October 1999.
From December 1995 to October 1996, Mr. Gray practiced law with the Los Angeles
law firm of Riordan & McKinzie. Mr. Gray received his B.A. in Political Science
from the University of California at Irvine and his J.D. from the Georgetown
University Law Center.

       DAVID HERNAND has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena
since April 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Hernand was with the law firm
of Latham and Watkins from October 1994 to April 2000. Mr. Hernand was a Partner
in Latham's corporate department specializing in mergers and acquisitions and
corporate securities transactions, and served as Co-Chair of the firm's Venture
&


                                       59
<PAGE>

Technology Group. Mr. Hernand holds a B.A. from the University of California
at Los Angeles and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.

       JOEL HYATT has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Silicon Valley
since January 2000. Mr. Hyatt has been a lecturer in entrepreneurship at
Stanford University's Graduate School of Business since September 1998. He is
the founder and former chairman of Hyatt Legal Plans and served as its chief
executive officer from June 1990 to April 1997. From November 1977 to August
1997, Mr. Hyatt was a senior partner of Hyatt Legal Services, a company which he
co-founded. He received his A.B. from Dartmouth College and his J.D. from Yale
Law School.

       PAUL JEN has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena since
January 2000. He has served as vice president of Meridian Ventures, a provider
of advice and interim senior management to leading companies including Barney's
New York, Federated Department Stores and LVMH, since September 1991. Mr. Jen
holds a B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley and an M.B.A. from
Columbia University.

       EDWARD LAMBERT has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena
since January 2000. He has served as chief financial officer of Meridian
Ventures, a provider of advice and interim senior management to leading
companies including Barney's New York, Federated Department Stores and LVMH,
since September 1991. Mr. Lambert holds a B.S. from the California Institute of
Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

       JOSH LEIBOWITZ has served as a Managing Director for idealab! New York
since December 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Leibowitz worked for
McKinsey & Co. from October 1997 to December 1999 where he was a member of the
New York e-commerce and e-marketing leadership team. Mr. Leibowitz received his
A.B. in Economics from the University of Chicago and holds an M.B.A. from
Harvard Business School.

       BELDEN MENKUS has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Europe since
February 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Menkus founded Aim Bridge in
December 1998, where he served as managing director through February 2000. The
company delivered "launch pad services," helping large corporations launch
innovative new Internet concepts. From June 1997 to September 1998, Mr. Menkus
served as vice president, business development Europe for Nextera, an
international professional services firm. From September 1991 to February 1997,
he worked for CSC Index, a Business Reengineering consulting firm in its US,
London and Japan offices, most recently as a vice president. From September 1984
to March 1991, Mr. Menkus worked for McKinsey & Company in the U.S. and London,
where he focused on strategy development and implementation. Mr. Menkus holds a
A.B. from Brown University and an M.S.M. from the Sloan School of Management at
the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

       LARS PERKINS has served as a Managing Director of idealab! since December
1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Perkins co-founded Webhire in 1982 with
$200,000 of seed capital, served as its chief executive officer from 1986 to
1998, and has served as its chairman since 1986. Webhire completed an initial
public offering in 1996.

       GREGG ROTENBERG has served as a Managing Director for idealab!, Pasadena
since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Rotenberg founded
yourPharmacy.com and served as its president from March 1998 to October 1999.
From July 1996 to March 1998, he was managing director of ESI VisionCare, Inc. .
From November 1991 to May 1994, Mr. Rotenberg created and managed a virtual
reality division of Edison Brothers Stores, a Fortune 500 company. Mr. Rotenberg
received his B.S. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and
his M.M. from the Northwestern University's J. L. Kellogg Graduate School of
Management.

       HEATH SCHIESSER has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena
since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Schiesser worked as vice
president of business development and co-founder of yourPharmacy.com from August
1998 to October 1999. From August 1993 to August 1998, he was with McKinsey &
Co. as an engagement manager. Mr. Schiesser worked for Alamo Group, a
manufacturing concern, from June 1989 to July 1991 as assistant to the
president. He received his B.A. from Trinity University and his M.B.A. from
Harvard Business School.


                                       60
<PAGE>

       THOMAS SHULL has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Pasadena
since January 2000. He has served as chief executive officer of Meridian
Ventures, a provider of advice and interim senior management to leading
companies including Barney's New York, Federated Department Stores and LVMH,
since December 1990. Mr. Shull holds a B.S. from the United States Military
Academy and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

       ANDREW STERN has served as a Managing Director for idealab! New York
since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, he was a managing director and
principal of VenCatalyst, the Washington, D.C.-based Internet incubator, where
he worked from August 1999 to December 1999. From February 1999 to July 1999,
Mr. Stern was vice president of marketing for AppNet, Inc., a global provider of
e-commerce solutions. In February 1997, Mr. Stern founded LOGEX International,
LLC, an e-commerce solutions provider where he served as president until April
1998 when the company was acquired by AppNet. From January 1996 to February
1997, Mr. Stern served as vice president of operations and member of the senior
management committee for The Olympus Group and held various positions with
Burson-Marsteller and The Advisory Board Company. From January 1995 until
January 1996, he acted as a regional manager for the Advisory Board Company. Mr.
Stern received his B.A. in Political Science from Vanderbilt University.

       BILL TRENCHARD has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Silicon
Valley since October 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Trenchard was a lead
program manager at Microsoft from April 1999 to October 1999. He served as CEO
of Jump Networks, Inc. from February 1998 until its acquisition in April 1999 by
Microsoft. From January 1996 to February 1998, Mr. Trenchard was president of
The Gateways Group, LLC, an Internet consulting firm. He served as president of
Gateways.com, an Internet local destination site from January 1995 to January
1996. Mr. Trenchard received his B.A. from Cornell University.

       CAROLINE WHITFIELD has served as a Managing Director for idealab! Europe
since February 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Ms. Whitfield was chief
executive officer of London-based Internet incubator silliconwharf.com from June
1999 to February 2000. From January 1997 to May 1999, she served as european
business head of Hasbro, Inc. launching a combination of U.S.-sourced and
locally based opportunities. From January 1992 to December 1996, Ms. Whitfield
worked in South America, the Netherlands and the U.K. in global marketing for
Unilever PLC. She spent several years in international strategy consulting in
the U.K. France and U.S. first for Braxton Associates from June 1986 to August
1988, and then for the International Strategy Group of PricewaterhouseCoopers
from September 1988 to December 1990. Ms. Whitfield holds an M.A. in Law from
Christ Church, Oxford University and an M.B.A. from INSEAD, France.

                                 VICE PRESIDENTS

       SCOTT BANISTER has served as our Vice President Ideas since August 1999.
Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Banister was a full-time Internet startup advisor
and investor following the acquisition of LinkExchange by Microsoft in November
1998. From February 1995 to December 1998, Mr. Banister served as vice president
of technology for Submit It!/ListBot, a company he founded in February 1995. In
June 1998, the company was acquired by LinkExchange, which was subsequently
acquired by Microsoft in November 1998. In July 1997, Mr. Banister co-founded
Impulse Buy Network, which was acquired by Inktomi in April 1999. He studied
Computer Science at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign before leaving
to pursue his passion for Internet ideas and business models.

       TERESA BRIDWELL has served as our Vice President Corporate Communications
since March 2000, joining us in November 1999 as Director of Corporate
Communications. Prior to joining us, Ms. Bridwell was vice president of
corporate communications for MetaCreations Corporation from May 1996 through
November 1999. From December 1993 through May 1996, she was manager of marketing
communications for State Street Global Advisors in Boston. Ms. Bridwell began
her public relations career in New York in 1992 with Connors Communications, a
public relations agency specializing in high technologies. From September 1990
through September 1992, she was an editor for Glamour and Omni magazines. Ms.
Bridwell received her B.S. in journalism from the University of Kansas.


                                       61
<PAGE>

      KRISTEN DING has been with idealab! since February 1998, serving as a
designer, then as creative director of Free-PC and most recently, as our Vice
President Design. Prior to joining idealab!, she served as vice president of
design of CitySearch from October 1995 to December 1997. From December 1994 to
October 1995, Ms. Ding served as senior art director of AND Interactive
Communications. She received her B.A. in Psychology and Design from Stanford
University and her B.F.A. in Graphic Design and Packaging from Art Center
College of Design.

       JEREMY ESKENAZI has served as our Vice President Talent Acquisition since
April 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, he served as director of strategic growth
and talent acquisition for Amazon.com Holdings, Inc. from September 1999 to
February 2000. From July 1994 to September 1999, Mr. Eskenazi worked for
Universal Studios, Inc., serving most recently as corporate director for
workforce planning and strategic staffing beginning in June 1997. From July 1994
to June 1997, as director of professional staffing, he developed and implemented
global executive staffing strategies for Universal Studios' diverse entities.
Mr. Eskenazi holds a B.S. from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona.

       JOSEPH ESSAS has served as our Vice President Company Development for
idealab! Pasadena since November 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Essas
served as vice president of web development and technology for Tickets.com from
January 1998 to November 1999. From May 1995 to January 1998, Mr. Essas served
as director of Web Technology for Interwise Inc., a developer of Web-based
distance learning software and services. Mr. Essas served as a developer and
project manager on tank simulation projects for the Israeli Defense Force from
August 1991 to April 1995. He attended Jerusalem College of Technology.

       RICH FAGEN has served as our Vice President Administrative Services since
November 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Fagen worked for the California
Institute of Technology from November 1984 through October 1999, serving as
director of information technology services from April 1990 through October
1999. From June 1979 to November 1984, Mr. Fagen worked at the Jet Propulsion
Laboratory where he served in various capacities including member of the
technical staff and manager of user services. He holds a B.A. in Economics from
the University of California, Los Angeles.

       JOHN FESSENDEN has been with idealab! since January 1997, serving as our
Senior Vice President Technology since January 1999 and as Director of
Technology from January 1997 to January 1999. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr.
Fessenden worked as a developer from January 1995 to January 1997 at Underground
Networks, which was acquired by Boxtop Entertainment during his tenure.

       JON GONZALES has served as our General Counsel, Operating Companies and
Vice President Legal for idealab! Pasadena since May 1999. From September 1996
until May 1999, he was with the law firm of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati.
From December 1995 until August 1996, Mr. Gonzales was with the law firm of
Testa Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP. From June 1992 until December 1995, he was with
the law firm of Bingham Dana LLP. Mr. Gonzales is a Certified Public Accountant
and holds a B.B.A. in accounting and an M.P.A. (Taxation) from the University of
Texas at Austin, and a J.D. from Stanford Law School.

       GARY HORWITZ has served as our Vice President Real Estate since March
2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Horwitz worked for Mattel, Inc. from
February 1989 through March 2000. As vice president of real estate from May 1999
to March 2000, Mr. Horwitz was responsible for the management of Mattel's global
real estate portfolio. From June 1996 through April 1999, he served as managing
director of real estate at Mattel, and from February 1993 through May 1996, he
was Mattel's director of real estate. From January 1991 through January 1993,
Mr. Horwitz was assistant general counsel and from February 1989 to December
1990, he was senior attorney for Mattel. From September 1987 to January 1989,
Mr. Horwitz was an attorney with the law firm of Weissburg & Aronson. He holds a
B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles and a J.D. from the
University of Southern California.

       JULIE MAZMAN has served as our Vice President Marketing since March 2000.
Prior to joining us, she was vice president of strategy at eCompanies LLC from
September 1999 to January 2000. From August 1991 through November 1997 and from
September 1998 through March 1999, Ms. Mazman worked for the Sara Lee
Corporation, most recently as a brand strategist for its Champion Authentic
Athletic Approval division in Italy. From January 1998 to August 1998, she
worked for the Eastpak Corporation as the director of consumer marketing. She
received her B.A. in Economics from Dartmouth


                                       62
<PAGE>

College and her M.M. in Finance and Marketing from Northwestern University's
J.L. Kellogg School of Management.

       GREG MURPHY joined idealab! as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence in December
1999 and has served as our Vice President Company Development for idealab!
Silicon Valley since March 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Murphy worked for On
Command Corporation from October 1993 to December 1999, serving most recently as
vice president of regional operations. From November 1997 to December 1998 he
served as vice president of product management, and from February 1995 to
October 1997, he held director roles in video programming and operations. Mr.
Murphy started his career with On Command as assistant to the chairman. Mr.
Murphy received his B.A. from Amherst College and his M.A. from Stanford
University.

       LIZETTE PEREZ has served as our Vice President Legal for idealab! Boston
since March 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Ms. Perez served as general counsel
of JuniorNet Corporation from September 1999 to March 2000. From September 1993
until September 1999, she was an associate in the corporate department and then
a partner-elect at the law firm Goodwin, Procter & Hoar, LLP. Ms. Perez holds a
B.A. in Political Science from the University of Rochester and a J.D. from
Boston University School of Law.

       RICK POWELL has served as our Vice President Administration for idealab!
New York since January 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, he was a managing
director and principal of VenCatalyst, the Washington, D.C.-based Internet
incubator, where he worked from August 1999 to December 1999. From January 1992
to August 1999, Mr. Powell worked for Burson-Marsteller, a communications
consulting firm where he was appointed to the role of chief knowledge officer
worldwide in June 1998. Mr. Powell received his B.A. in Political Science and a
B.B.A. in Business/Finance from Southern Methodist University.

       REED STURTEVANT has served as our Vice President Technology for idealab!
Boston since March 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Sturtevant was chief
technology officer and co-founder of Radio Active Media Partners, Inc. from June
1999 to February 2000. From September 1995 to May 1999, he was chief technology
officer of Radnet, Inc. a company he also co-founded. Mr. Sturtevant worked for
Lotus Development Corporation from April 1986 to September 1995, serving most
recently as director of product management for InterNotes. From June 1992 to
October 1994, he was a consulting engineer and from May 1986 to June 1992, he
worked in the graphics products group at Lotus. Mr. Sturtevant began his career
as a software engineer, working at the Strategic Planning Institute from
September 1978 to June 1981, and then as an architect for Graphic
Communications, Inc. from July 1981 to April 1986. He attended the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology.

                           ENTREPRENEURS-IN-RESIDENCE

       MARK KINGDON has served as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for idealab! New
York since April 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Kingdon was a partner at
PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he worked since September 1988. During his time at
PricewaterhouseCoopers, Mr. Kingdon served as retail consulting leader for the
Americas beginning in September 1996 and then as global e-business leader
responsible for strategy and planning, marketing, public relations, knowledge
management and communications from May 1999 to March 2000. Mr. Kingdon was also
a member of the ten person global executive team in PricewaterhouseCoopers' $5
billion management consulting services division. He holds a B.A. in Economics
from the University Of California, Los Angeles and a M.B.A. from the Wharton
School at the University of Pennsylvania.

       CHRISTINA OHLY has served as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for idealab!
Boston since February 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, she was vice president,
creative development for Oxygen Media from October 1998 to February 2000. From
September 1995 to October 1998, Ms. Ohly served as vice president creative
director, advertising and sponsored content for iVillage. She holds a B.A. from
Williams College.

       JOHN RIGOS has served as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for idealab! New
York since March 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, Mr. Rigos was founder,
president and chief executive officer of Cductive.com from June 1997 to February
2000. From January 1991 to November 1995, he served as vice president of


                                       63
<PAGE>

Jesup & Lamont Capital Partners. From June 1989 to December 1990, he was a
financial analyst with Prudential Bache Capital Funding. Mr. Rigos holds a B.A.
in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from INSEAD,
France.

       ANDREW SKARUPA has served as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for idealab!
Pasadena since April 2000. Prior to this position, from April 1999 to March
2000, Mr. Skarupa served as vice president of finance for Free-PC, an idealab!
network company that was acquired by eMachines in January 2000. From November
1998 to March 1999, he served as vice president of finance for us. From November
1992 to October 1998, Mr. Skarupa worked for MiniMed, Inc., first as controller
and then as general manager and director of pharmacy. Mr. Skarupa is a Certified
Public Accountant and holds a B.S. in Mathematics/Applied Science from the
University of California at Los Angeles and an M.B.A. from UCLA's Anderson
School of Business.

       NALINI SRI-KUMAR has served as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for idealab!
since March 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, she was a partner from March 1997
to March 2000 at Siena Partners. From September 1982 to March 1997, Ms.
Sri-Kamur worked for McKinsey & Co., where she served as a partner from June
1988 to March 1997. At McKinsey, she focused on new product/business development
and business turnaround. Ms. Sri-Kamur received her B.A. in Economics from
Barnard College and her M.B.A. from Columbia University.

       SCOTT WEISS has served as an Entrepreneur-in-Residence for idealab!
Silicon Valley since March 2000. Prior to joining idealab!, from April 1999 to
January 2000, Mr. Weiss served as chief executive officer of Projectgreen.com,
an e-commerce company in the fresh produce marketplace. From October 1996 to
September 1999, Mr. Weiss served as director of business development for
Hotmail/Microsoft. From August 1995 to July 1996, he was a consultant for
McKinsey & Co., where he focused on high technology engagements. From August
1983 to May 1988, Mr. Weiss served as manager of finance and business
development for Electronic Data Systems. He holds a B.S.B.A. in Finance from the
University of Florida and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

       Bill Gross and Lawrence Gross are brothers. No other family relationships
exist among our directors and executive officers.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

       Our bylaws provide for a board of directors consisting of between four
and seven members. We currently have seven directors, and we intend to expand
the size of our board and add one non-employee director within 90 days
following this offering. Executive officers are appointed by the board of
directors on an annual basis and serve until their successors have been duly
elected and qualified.

BOARD COMMITTEES

       We intend to establish an audit committee and a compensation committee of
our board of directors within 90 days following the offering.

       The audit committee will review our internal accounting procedures and
consult with and review the services provided by our independent accountants.
Our audit committee will be composed of at least three directors who are not our
employees.

       The compensation committee will review and recommend to our board of
directors the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and other
employees. A majority of our compensation committee will be directors who are
not our employees.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

       Until the establishment of the compensation committee, our board of
directors as a whole will continue to perform the functions to be delegated to
the compensation committee. During fiscal 2000, the following members of our
executive officers served in interim positions in other companies: Lawrence
Gross served as acting chief operating officer of CarsDirect.com, acting chief
executive officer of Entrypoint and MyHome.com and acting President of Swap.com;
and Robert Kavner served as acting chief executive officer of Entrypoint. No
other executive officer of idealab! serves as a member of the


                                       64
<PAGE>

board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more
executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

       Directors currently do not receive any cash compensation from us for
their service as members of our board of directors. We granted John F. Welch,
Jr. an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise
price of $1.87 per share in March 2000 in connection with his election as a
director. We granted Benjamin M. Rosen an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $5.10 per share in April 2000 in
connection with his election as a director.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

       The table below summarizes for fiscal 2000 the compensation earned for
services rendered to us in all capacities by our Chief Executive Officer and our
three other executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 in
fiscal 2000. These officers are referred to in this prospectus as the "named
executive officers". No individual who would otherwise have been includable in
such table on the basis of total compensation earned during fiscal 2000 has
resigned or otherwise terminated his or her employment during fiscal 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 LONG-TERM
                                                                               COMPENSATION
                                                                                  AWARDS
                                                                              ----------------
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION        SECURITIES
                                                   --------------------------    UNDERLYING        ALL OTHER
          NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITIONS                SALARY        BONUS         OPTIONS       COMPENSATION(3)
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------- ----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
Bill Gross
   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
     Board of Directors..........................  $    250,000   $       --      150,000,000   $         94,280
Marcia Goodstein
   President, Chief Operating Officer and
     President, idealab! Pasadena(1).............       189,867           --        5,850,000             93,355
Lawrence Gross(2)
   Vice Chairman and President, idealab! Europe..       208,333           --               --             21,086
Robert Kavner
   Vice Chairman and President, idealab! Silicon
     Valley......................................       250,000           --        2,100,000             35,550
</TABLE>

- ------------

(1)  Ms. Goodstein's annual salary became $250,000 effective in August 1999.

(2)  Mr. Gross began his employment with us in April 1999, and his annual salary
     is $250,000.

(3)  Represents our incremental costs associated with the named executive
     officers' personal usage of aircraft leased by us.


                                       65

<PAGE>

   OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to stock
options granted to each of the Named Executive Officers in fiscal 2000,
including the potential realizable value over the ten-year term of the options,
based on assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10% over the exercise
price, compounded annually. These assumed rates of appreciation comply with the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our
estimates of our future stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option
exercises will depend on the future performance of our common stock. All options
were granted under our 1999 Executive Stock Plan. All options are exercisable
pursuant to vesting schedules with a maximum vesting term of four years. Vesting
of options is generally contingent upon the optionee's continued employment with
us.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                % OF TOTAL                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                  NUMBER OF       OPTIONS                                  ANNUAL RATES OF
                                  SECURITIES     GRANTED TO    EXERCISE                STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                                  UNDERLYING     EMPLOYEES      PRICE                      FOR OPTION TERM
                                   OPTIONS          IN           PER      EXPIRATION   ---------------------------------
NAME                               GRANTED      FISCAL YEAR     SHARE       DATE              5%               10%
- -----------------------------  ---------------- ------------  ----------- -----------  ---------------- ----------------
<S>                            <C>                     <C>    <C>            <C>       <C>              <C>
Bill Gross...................  150,000,000             69.3%  $    1.275     7/29/09   $  120,276,097   $   304,803,245
Marcia Goodstein.............    5,850,000              2.7        1.275     7/29/09        4,690,768        11,887,327
Lawrence Gross...............           --               --           --          --               --                --
Robert Kavner................    2,100,000              1.0        1.275     7/29/09        1,683,865         4,267,245
</TABLE>


   AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES DURING THE LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END
   OPTION VALUES

     The following table sets forth information with respect to exercisable and
unexercisable options held as of January 31, 2000 by the Named Executive
Officers. The amounts under "Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at
January 31, 2000" were calculated by determining the difference between $2.20
per share, the fair market value of our common stock as of January 31, 2000 as
determined by our board of directors, and the per share exercise price.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                              SHARES                       UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                           ACQUIRED ON      VALUE                OPTIONS AT                IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                             EXERCISE      REALIZED           JANUARY 31, 2000                JANUARY 31, 2000
                          ------------- --------------  -----------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                        EXERCISABLE(1) UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
                                                        ------------  ---------------  --------------- ----------------
<S>                                  <C> <C>              <C>                      <C>  <C>             <C>
Bill Gross...............            --  $         --     150,000,000              --   $ 138,750,000   $            --
Marcia Goodstein ........            --            --       5,850,000              --       5,411,250                --
Lawrence Gross...........            --            --              --              --              --                --
Robert Kavner............            --            --       2,100,000              --       1,942,500                --
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
(1)  Includes options that are unvested but which may be exercised early. Any
     shares issued upon such exercise would be subject to our right of
     repurchase at the original purchase price to the extent that the shares
     remained unvested at the time of exercise.

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASES

     In fiscal 2000, Bill Gross and Lawrence Gross purchased 20,000,000 and
22,100,000 shares of our common stock for $0.035 per share, in each case subject
to our right to repurchase the shares upon the termination of the executive's
employment with us. Our right to repurchase the shares lapses, with respect to
Bill Gross as to 20% of the underlying shares on the date of purchase and as to
an additional 20% on each succeeding anniversary of the date of purchase, and
with respect to Lawrence Gross, as to 20% on the date of purchase and as to an
additional 5% on the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter. Bill Gross and
Lawrence Gross paid the purchase price for these shares by delivering to us full
recourse notes in the principal amounts of $700,000 and $773,500, respectively.
Each of these notes bears interest at 7% per annum compounded semi-annually and
is secured by the purchased shares. Each note has a term of four years, but is
due immediately upon payment of dividends to the executive in an amount greater
than the principal and interest then owed. In addition, in fiscal 2000, two
corporate and regional officers and one vice president purchased an aggregate of
11,500,000 shares of common stock subject to similar rights of repurchase at a
weighted average price of $0.035 per share.


                                       66
<PAGE>


EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

     All of our executive officers are "at-will" employees, and their employment
may be terminated at any time at the discretion of our board of directors. We
have entered into severance agreements with Robert Kavner, Howard Morgan and
Lawrence Gross. These agreements provide that in the event their employment with
us is terminated without cause, these officers will be entitled to accelerated
vesting under their respective option agreements and/or restricted stock
purchase agreements such that, to the extent their options have not then vested
and/or their restricted stock then remains subject to our repurchase right as to
a total of 10 million shares, their options and/or restricted stock will become
immediately vested as to an aggregate of 10 million shares immediately upon such
termination.

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

     Our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that our directors,
officers and other employees may be indemnified to the fullest extent authorized
by Nevada law. We believe that these provisions will assist us in attracting or
retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors or officers.

     The Nevada Revised Statutes, or the NRS, empowers a corporation to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, including an
action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation. We can
indemnify against expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner
he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests. In
the case of an action by or in the right of our company, no indemnification may
be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is found by a court to
be liable to us or for amounts paid in settlement to us, except to the extent
that the court determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses.

     The NRS further provides that, to the extent a director or officer of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any
action, suit or proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses
reasonably incurred by him or her in his or her defense.

     Indemnification provided for under Nevada law is not exclusive of any other
rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled and the scope of
indemnification continues as to directors, officers, employees or agents who
have ceased to hold such positions. Finally, Nevada law empowers us to purchase
and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of a
director, officer, employee or agent against any liability asserted against or
incurred by him or her in any such capacity whether or not we would have the
authority to indemnify him or her against such liabilities and expenses. Our
bylaws authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial
arrangements on behalf of our directors, officers, employees and agents.

     We have entered into agreements with our directors and executive officers
pursuant to which we have agreed, among other things, to indemnify them against
liabilities they incur by reason of their status as our directors and executive
officers to the fullest extent permitted under Nevada law.

STOCK PLANS

   1996 STOCK PLAN

     Our 1996 Stock Plan provides for the granting to employees of incentive
stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), and for the granting to employees, directors and
consultants of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights ("SPRs").
The amended and restated 1996 Stock Plan was approved by our board of directors
and stockholders in April 1999. Unless terminated sooner, the 1996 Stock Plan
will terminate automatically in 2006. A total of 150,000,000 shares of common
stock were reserved for issuance under the 1996 Stock Plan. As of January 31,
2000, options to purchase 13,643,400 shares were outstanding under the 1996
Stock Plan with a weighted exercise price of $0.245.


                                       67
<PAGE>


     Rights granted under the 1996 Stock Plan are generally not transferable by
a participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The
1996 Stock Plan provides that, in the event of our merger with or into another
corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each outstanding
option may be assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation. If the
successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the outstanding options,
each option will become fully vested and exercisable, for a period of fifteen
(15) days, after which the option will terminate. Our board of directors has the
authority to amend or terminate the 1996 Stock Plan, except that no such action
may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under the 1996
Stock Plan.

   1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN

     Our 1999 Employee Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors and
stockholders in July 1999. The 1999 Employee Stock Plan's purpose and material
terms are substantially identical to the 1996 Stock Plan with the exception that
the 1999 Employee Stock Plan allows for nonstatutory option grants at exercise
prices equal to at least 85% of the fair market value of the common stock as
determined in good faith by our board of directors. The 1999 Employee Stock Plan
was adopted by our board of directors and stockholders in July 1999 and is
intended to replace the 1996 Stock Plan for options granted to employees after
June 1999. A total of 90,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved for
issuance under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan. In addition, the number of shares
authorized for issuance under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan will increase
annually on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year
2001, by an amount equal to the lesser of ____ % of the outstanding shares of
our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or
______ shares. As of January 31, 2000, options to purchase 24,751,150 shares
were outstanding under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan with a weighted average
exercise price of $1.402.

     The 1999 Employee Stock Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors
or a committee of the Board, which committee shall, in the case of options
intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code, consist of two or more "outside directors" within
the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Administrator has the power to
determine the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the
number of shares subject to each option, the exercisability thereof and the form
of consideration payable upon such exercise. The 1999 Employee Stock Plan will
terminate in 2009. The Board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate
the 1999 Employee Stock Plan, provided that no such action may affect any share
of common stock previously issued and sold or any option previously granted
under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan.

     Options granted under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan generally must be
exercised by three months after the optionee's separation from us or, if the
optionee's separation occurs without cause prior to our initial public offering,
within the earlier of twelve months after separation or the effective date of
the registration statement for our initial public offering, but in no event
later than the expiration of the option's ten-year term. The exercise price of
all incentive stock options granted under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan must be
at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1999
Employee Stock Plan is determined by the administrator, but with respect to
nonstatutory stock options intended to qualify as "performance-based
compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the exercise
price must at least be equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of grant. For any participant who owns stock with more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of our outstanding capital stock, the exercise price
of any incentive stock option granted must be at least 110% of the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the term of any incentive
stock option must not exceed five years. The terms of all other options granted
under the 1999 Employee Stock Plan may not exceed ten years.

   1999 EXECUTIVE STOCK PLAN

     Our 1999 Executive Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors and
stockholders in July 1999. The 1999 Executive Plan is substantially identical in
its material terms to the 1996 Plan and the 1999 Employee Plan, with the
exception that the 1999 Executive Plan allows for nonstatutory option grants,
including grants to 5% or greater holders at exercise prices equal to at least
85% of the fair


                                       68
<PAGE>


market value of the underlying common stock as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors. The 1999 Executive Plan was adopted by our board of
directors and stockholders in July 1999. The 1999 Executive Plan was adopted to
provide a separate vehicle for certain executive bonus/compensatory grants
issued after June 1999. A total of 175,000,000 shares of common stock were
reserved for issuance under the 1999 Executive Plan. As of January 31, 2000,
options to purchase 161,619,000 shares were outstanding under the 1999 Executive
Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $1.275.

   EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     Concurrently with this offering, we intend to adopt an employee stock
purchase plan that provides eligible employees the opportunity to purchase
shares of our common stock at a discount through payroll deductions.


                                       69


<PAGE>

                           RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

INVESTMENTS IN IDEALAB! AND NETWORK COMPANIES

     The following table summarizes the material terms of private placement
transactions since the beginning of fiscal 2000 other than stock option
exercises, in which our directors, executive officers and major stockholders and
related persons purchased shares of our stock or the stock of our majority-owned
subsidiaries for more than $60,000. In each preferred stock transaction, the
director, executive officer, major stockholder or related person purchased stock
at the same price and on the same terms as independent third-party investors
purchasing stock at the same time. Preferred stock is shown on an as-converted
basis in the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           NUMBER OF        AGGREGATE
                           ISSUER                  CLASS OF STOCK            SHARES      PURCHASE PRICE
                 ---------------------------  -------------------------  --------------- ----------------
<S>              <C>                          <C>                        <C>             <C>
BILL GROSS

                 idealab!                     Common (1)                     20,000,000   $      700,000
                                              Series C Preferred             40,000,000       12,000,000
                                              Series D Preferred              3,000,000       30,000,000
                 Homepage.com                 Series B Preferred                125,000          250,000
                 MyHome.com                   Series B Preferred                125,000          187,500
                 MyLife.com                   Series B Preferred                125,000          125,000
                 PayMyBills.com               Series B Preferred                125,000          187,500
                 Sameday.com                  Series A Preferred                125,000          187,500


LAWRENCE GROSS

                 idealab!                     Common (1)                     22,100,000          773,500
                 Sameday.com                  Series A Preferred (2)             50,000           75,000

ROBERT KAVNER

                 PETsMART.com                 Series C Preferred                 38,400           64,128

HOWARD MORGAN

                 idealab!                     Common                             30,000           66,000
                 idealab!                     Series D Preferred                250,000        2,500,000

BRADLEY RAMBERG

                 idealab!                     Common (1)                      5,000,000          175,000
                                              Series D Preferred (3)             75,000          750,000
                                              Series D Preferred (4)             50,000          500,000

BENJAMIN ROSEN

                 Homepage.com                 Series B Preferred                 50,000          100,000
                 MyHome.com                   Series B Preferred                 66,666          100,000
                 MyLife.com                   Series B Preferred                100,000          100,000
                 PayMyBills.com               Series B Preferred                 66,666          100,000
                 Sameday.com                  Series A Preferred                 66,667          100,000

IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT FUNDS
                 idealab!                     Series D Preferred (5)          1,500,000       15,000,000
</TABLE>
- -------------

     (1)  Shares subject to repurchase by us at the original purchase price upon
          termination of the executive's employment to the extent not vested at
          the time of termination.
     (2)  Shares purchased by Barry Volpert, Mr. Gross' brother-in-law.
     (3)  Shares purchased by a trust of which Mr. Ramberg's parents are
          trustees.
     (4)  Shares purchased by Coldwater Investments L.L.C., of which Mr. Ramberg
          and his parents and siblings are members.


                                       70
<PAGE>


     (5)  Includes 1,317,750 shares purchased by idealab! Capital Partners II-A,
          L.P., 45,000 shares purchased by idealab! Capital Partners II-B, L.P.,
          and 137,250 shares purchased by idealab! Capital Principals Fund, L.P.

PURCHASES OF STOCK FROM DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table summarizes the material terms of transactions since the
beginning of fiscal 2000 in which we purchased shares of our stock or the stock
of our network companies from our directors, executive officers, major
stockholders and related persons for more than $60,000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 CLASS OF        NUMBER OF         AGGREGATE
                                    ISSUER        STOCK           SHARES         PURCHASE PRICE
                            ----------------- --------------  ----------------  -----------------
<S>                         <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
  ROBERT KAVNER..........           GoTo.Com         Common           375,871        $30,069,680

  HOWARD MORGAN..........           GoTo.Com         Common            66,667          5,333,360 (1)
                                   FirstLook         Common           100,000             66,000 (2)
</TABLE>

- ----------------
     (1)  Includes $2,833,360 and 25,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock,
          which are convertible into 250,000 shares of our common stock and were
          valued at $100.00 per share in third-party sales at the same time as
          the transaction.
     (2)  Represents 30,000 shares of our common stock, which had a fair market
          value of $2.20 per share at the time of the transaction as determined
          by our board of directors.

VENTURE CAPITAL AFFILIATIONS

     We are affiliated with two families of venture capital funds that have an
aggregate amount of capital commitments payable during the term of such funds
equal to $469.0 million. As of January 31, 2000, these funds had received
capital contributions equal to $152.2 million.

     INTERESTS IN ICP I FUNDS. We are a managing member of idealab! Capital
Management I, L.L.C. ("ICM I"), the sole general partner of idealab! Capital
Partners I-A, L.P. and idealab! Capital Partners I-B, L.P. (the "ICP I Funds").
ICM I and the ICP I Funds were formed in March 1998. The ICP I Funds have an
aggregate capitalization of $105.0 million. Of this amount, we have committed
$505,000 indirectly through our capital commitment to ICM I, and Bill Gross has
committed $10,000 indirectly through his capital commitment to ICM I. In
addition, Bill Gross has committed $1.0 million directly as a limited partner of
idealab! Capital Partners I-A and Benjamin Rosen, along with two trusts of which
his children are beneficiaries, have committed an aggregate of $2.0 million
directly as limited partners of idealab! Capital Partners I-B. $46,000 of our
capital commitment to ICM I was satisfied through a capital contribution to ICM
I of 27,018 shares of our Series B preferred stock. $290,000 of Bill Gross'
capital commitment to idealab! Capital Partners I-A was satisfied through
capital contributions to idealab! Capital Partners I-A of 170,588 shares of our
Series B preferred stock owned by him. $416,000 of our capital commitment and
$9,000 of Bill Gross' capital commitment to ICM I, $870,000 of Bill Gross'
capital commitment to idealab! Capital Partners I-A and $1.1 million of the
capital commitments of Benjamin Rosen and his children's trusts to idealab!
Capital Partners I-B had been satisfied as of January 31, 2000.

     INTERESTS IN ICP II FUNDS. We are a managing member of idealab! Capital
Management II, L.L.C. ("ICM II"), the sole general partner of idealab! Capital
Partners II-A, L.P., idealab! Capital Partners II-B, L.P., and idealab! Capital
Principals Fund, L.P. (the "ICP II Funds"). ICM II and the ICP II Funds were
formed in August 1999. The ICP II Funds have an aggregate capitalization equal
to $364.0 million, of which we have committed $25.5 million, including $470,000
indirectly through our capital commitment to ICM II and $25.0 million directly
through our capital commitment as limited partners of idealab! Capital
Principals Fund. Barry Volpert, the brother-in-law of Lawrence Gross, has
committed $1.0 million and Benjamin Rosen, along with two trusts of which his
children are beneficiaries, have committed an aggregate of $2.0 million,
directly as limited partners of idealab! Capital Partners II-A. Our, Barry
Volpert's, Benjamin Rosen's and his children's trusts' commitments are payable
in cash. $97,000 of our capital commitment to ICM II, $4.25 million of our
capital commitment to idealab! Capital Principals Fund, $180,000 of Barry
Volpert's capital commitment to idealab! Capital Partners II-A and $360,000 of
the capital commitments of Benjamin Rosen and his children's trusts to idealab!
Capital Partners II-A had been satisfied as of January 31, 2000.




                                       71
<PAGE>

       MANAGEMENT OF ICP FUNDS. The ICP I Funds and the ICP II Funds
(collectively, the "ICP Funds") were formed primarily to make venture capital
investments in emerging growth companies. The investment activities of the ICP I
Funds and the ICP II Funds are controlled exclusively by ICM I and ICM II,
respectively. We and Bill Gross together hold 50% of the total managing member
voting rights of each of ICM I and ICM II. As a result, the ICP Funds generally
can neither acquire nor dispose of investment assets without our and Bill Gross'
consent. Bill Gross has agreed to vote his managing member interests in the same
manner as we vote ours so long as he continues to control us. Subject to
limitations set forth in the governing documents of the ICP Funds: (1) we are
indirectly subject to fiduciary duties to the ICP Funds in the exercise of our
managing member voting rights; and (2) subject to our own prior right to
participate in financings conducted by our network companies, we are required to
use our reasonable best efforts to cause our network companies to offer the ICP
Funds the opportunity to participate in these financings. Under some
circumstances, an ICP Fund may not invest in a network company without the
approval of an independent advisory committee or the fund's limited partners.
The ICP Funds do not limit their investments to network companies.

       CARRIED INTEREST IN ICP I FUNDS. ICM I holds a carried interest in the
ICP I Funds, that, on a blended basis, represents the right to receive 17.4% of
the net profits generated by the ICP I Funds over their entire term. Our
interest in ICM I entitles us to receive 43.5% of ICM I's carried interest
profits, and Bill Gross' interest in ICM I entitles him to receive 0.9% of ICM
I's carried interest profits. Accordingly, through our and Bill Gross' interest
in ICM I, we hold a carried interest which represents the right to receive 7.6%
of the net profits of th ICP I Funds on a blended basis, and Bill Gross holds a
carried interest which represents the right to receive 0.2% of the net profits
of the ICP I Funds on a blended basis. These blended figures are based on the
assumption that the two ICP Funds, which have made differing investments, will
achieve identical returns. Accordingly, the actual return realized by ICM I will
be based on the actual separate investment returns of the two ICP I Funds. In
addition, our and Bill Gross' indirect capital commitment to the ICP I Funds
through ICM I entitles us and Bill Gross to a share of the ICP I Funds' profits
and losses in proportion to the amount of our respective indirect capital
commitments in the same manner as other investors. Bill Gross' direct capital
commitment as a limited partner of idealab! Capital Partners I-A and the direct
capital commitments of Benjamin Rosen and his children's trusts as limited
partners of idealab! Capital Partners I-B also entitle them to shares of the
profits and losses of those funds in proportion to the amounts of their direct
capital commitments in the same manner as other investors.

     MANAGEMENT FEES FROM ICP I FUNDS. ICM I is entitled to receive an annual
management fee from the ICP I Funds equal to 2.39% of their total committed
capital, subject to a significant decrease in the annual management fee rate
following the fifth year of each fund's term. ICM I is required to apply its
management fee income to pay the day-to-day operating expenses of the ICP I
Funds and pay certain fees and salaries to its members, including an annual fee
of $400,000 to us. In the event that ICM I has an excess management fee income
after paying such fees, salaries and expenses, we are entitled to 43.12% of the
excess and Bill Gross is entitled to 0.88% of the excess.

       CARRIED INTEREST IN ICP II FUNDS. ICM II holds a carried interest in
idealab! Capital Partners II-A and idealab! Capital Partners II-B that, on a
blended basis, represents the right to receive 19.4% of the net profits
generated by such funds over their entire term. This 19.4% amount will
retroactively increase to 29.1% if the internal rate of return to the funds'
investors reaches 25.0%. The 19.4% and 29.1% amounts are based on the assumption
that idealab! Capital Partners II-A and idealab! Capital Partners II-B, which
have made differing investments, will achieve identical returns. Accordingly,
the actual return realized by ICM II will be based on the actual separate
investment returns of idealab! Capital Partners II-A and idealab! Capital
Partners II-B. ICM II holds a carried interest in idealab! Capital Principals
Fund that represents a right to receive 10.0% of the net profits generated by
the Principals Fund over its entire term. This 10.0% figure will retroactively
increase to 15.0% if the internal rate of return to the Principals Fund's
investors reaches 25.0%. It is not currently clear whether the internal rate of
return to investors in any of the ICP II Funds will meet the 25.0% rate needed
to trigger ICM II's higher carried interest rate.

       Our interest in ICM II entitles us to receive 47.5% of ICM II's carried
interest profits. Accordingly, through our interest in ICM II we hold a carried
interest which represents the right to receive approximately 9.3% to 13.9% of
the net profits of idealab! Capital Partners II-A and idealab! Capital Partners
II-B on a blended basis, and approximately 4.8% to 7.2% of the net profits of
idealab! Capital



                                       72
<PAGE>


Principals Fund, depending in each case on whether these funds' internal rates
of return exceed 25.0%. The 9.3% to 13.9% blended range is based on the
assumption that idealab! Capital Partners II-A and idealab! Capital Partners
II-B, which have made differing investments, achieve identical returns. Our
actual share of the returns of the ICP II funds will be based on the separate
investment returns of idealab! Capital Partners II-A and idealab! Capital
Partners II-B. In addition, our indirect capital commitment to the ICP II Funds,
our direct capital commitment as a limited partner of idealab! Capital
Principals Fund, and Barry Volpert's, Benjamin Rosen's and his children's
trusts' direct capital commitments as limited partners of idealab! Capital
Partners II-A entitle us, Barry Volpert, Benjamin Rosen and his children's
trusts to shares of these funds' profits and losses proportionate to the amount
of our and their respective capital commitments in the same manner as any other
investor.

     MANAGEMENT FEES FROM ICP II FUNDS. We are also a managing member of
idealab! Capital Management Services, L.L.C. (ICMS), an entity which provides
back-office and similar services to ICM II and the ICP II Funds. In this
capacity, we are entitled to receive 47.5% of all management fees paid by the
ICP II Funds. The ICP II Funds, other than idealab! Capital Principals Fund, pay
ICMS an annual management fee equal to 2.5% of the funds' total committed
capital, subject to a significant decline in the annual management fee rate
following the fifth year of each fund's term. The annual management fee for
idealab! Capital Principals Fund is 1.25% of its total committed capital,
subject to a significant decline following the fifth year of its term. We have
no capital commitment to ICMS and have no other interest in its profits or
losses.

     Limited partner interests in the ICP Funds other than idealab! Capital
Principals Fund are held primarily by institutional investors, some of whom also
hold our stock. Interests in ICM I, ICM II and idealab! Capital Principals Fund
not held by us or Bill Gross are held by investment professionals actively
involved in the management and operation of the ICP Funds, or by entities
affiliated with these professionals. ICM I and ICM II, together with the ICP
funds, will hold between 4% and 5% of our outstanding stock immediately
following this offering. We have not yet determined whether we will participate
in the formation or management of additional venture capital funds.

INDEBTEDNESS

     The following table summarizes the material terms and payment status of the
loans made by us to our directors, executive officers and affiliates since the
beginning of fiscal 2000. Each of these loans is or was full recourse and bears,
or, if paid in full, bore interest at a rate of 7% per annum, compounded
annually, and is or was secured by collateral at least equal in fair market
value to the principal amount of the loan on the date the loan was made. Each
loan is or was due upon the earlier of four years from the date it was made or,
if the loan was made in connection with the exercise of options or the purchase
of restricted stock, upon the payment of cash dividends to the stockholder in an
amount greater than the principal and interest then owed. All loans not listed
as having been paid remain outstanding in full, and unless otherwise indicated
all loans listed as having been paid were paid in full on the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             LARGEST PRINCIPAL                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                             AMOUNT OUTSTANDING              OUTSTANDING AS OF
        NAME                               SINCE FEBRUARY 1, 1999              MARCH 31, 2000
       -------                            -------------------------        -----------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                       <C>
       BILL GROSS.......................               $30,700,000               $30,700,000
       MARCIA GOODSTEIN.................                   292,500                   250,000
       LAWRENCE GROSS...................                   618,800                   618,800
       TOM HUGHES.......................                   300,000                   300,000
       BRUCE JOHNSTON...................                 2,550,000                 2,550,000
       ROBERT KAVNER....................                   430,000                   430,000
       HOWARD MORGAN....................                   420,000                   410,000
       BRADLEY RAMBERG..................                   175,000                   140,000
</TABLE>

     All remaining principal amounts outstanding as of March 31, 2000 are for
loans made in connection with early exercises of stock options or in connection
with purchases of our common or preferred stock. We believe that all of these
transactions were on terms as favorable to us as we would have received from
unaffiliated third parties.

     Any future transactions between us and our officers, directors and
principal shareholders and their affiliates will be approved by a majority of
the board of directors, including a majority of the independent and
non-interested directors.


                                       73

<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of January 31, 2000, and as adjusted to reflect
our sale of shares in this offering, by the following individuals or groups:

     o    each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of
          our outstanding stock;

     o    each of our executive officers;

     o    each of our directors; and

     o    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

     The address for each stockholder listed in the following table is c/o
idealab!, 130 West Union Street, Pasadena, California 91103. Except as otherwise
indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named
in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all
shares of common stock held by them.

     Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on
788,335,687 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2000, as
adjusted to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
preferred stock into 236,860,100 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
offering.

     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently
exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2000 are deemed
outstanding. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage ownership of any other person. In computing the number
of shares beneficially owned by a person, shares of common stock that are
subject to our right of repurchase at the original exercise price paid per
share, or such shares that are subject to exercisable but unvested options, are
included. Unvested options are immediately exercisable upon grant, provided that
upon the optionee's cessation of service, any unvested shares are subject to
repurchase by us at the original exercise price paid per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              PERCENT BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                             ------------------------------
                                                              SHARES
                                                           BENEFICIALLY         BEFORE           AFTER
                           NAME                                OWNED           OFFERING        OFFERING
                        -----------                       ----------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>            <C>
5% STOCKHOLDERS
Bill Gross(1) .........................................       390,140,900           41.58%                %
Karen Gross(2) ........................................       151,808,400           19.26
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Marcia Goodstein(3) ...................................        32,363,000            4.07
Howard Morgan(4) ......................................        31,380,000            3.97
Robert Kavner(5) ......................................        25,966,000            3.29
Lawrence Gross(6) .....................................        24,012,000            3.05
Thomas Hughes(7).......................................        20,000,000            2.54
Benjamin Rosen.........................................         7,941,180            1.01
Bradley Ramberg(8).....................................         5,036,500               *

All directors and executive officers as a group
(7 people)(9) .........................................       536,839,580           79.39
</TABLE>

- --------------------
     *    Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

     (1)  Includes 16,000,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000, 150,000,000 shares underlying an
          exercisable but unvested option as of 60 days after January 31, 2000
          and 209,000 shares held in trust for certain family members of Mr.
          Gross. Also includes

                                       74
<PAGE>


          38,976,010 shares held by the ICP I Funds and ICP II Funds. Mr. Gross
          is a managing member of entities that control these Funds. Mr. Gross
          disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the ICP I Funds
          and ICP II Funds except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the
          Funds.
     (2)  Includes 104,500 shares held in trust for certain family members of
          Ms. Gross.
     (3)  Includes 7,000,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000, 5,850,000 shares underlying exercisable
          but unvested options as of 60 days after January 31, 2000, 900,000
          held in trust for certain family members of Ms. Goodstein's, and
          10,000,000 shares held by a private foundation of which Ms. Goodstein
          is trustee.
     (4)  Includes 11,000,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000 and 2,100,000 shares underlying an
          exercisable but unvested option as of 60 days after January 31, 2000.
     (5)  Includes 11,000,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000, 2,100,000 shares underlying an
          exercisable but unvested option as of 60 days after January 31, 2000
          and 100,000 shares owned by Mr. Kavner's spouse of which 60,000 shares
          are subject to our right of repurchase as of 60 days after January 31,
          2000.
     (6)  Includes 13,260,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000.
     (7)  Includes 6,000,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000.
     (8)  Includes 3,000,000 shares subject to our right of repurchase as of 60
          days after January 31, 2000 and 50,000 shares owned by Coldwater
          Investments, L.L.C., of which Mr. Ramberg is a managing member. Mr.
          Ramberg disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by
          Coldwater Investments, L.L.C. except to the extent of his pecuniary
          interest in Coldwater Investments, L.L.C.
     (9)  Includes an aggregate of 67,260,000 shares subject to our right of
          repurchase as of 60 days after January 31, 2000.


                                       75
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

       Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue
10,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and
100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.
Set forth below is a description of the common stock and preferred stock that
may be issued under our articles of incorporation to be effective upon
consummation of this offering.

COMMON STOCK

       The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time
to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that
purpose. See "Dividend Policy". In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution
rights of preferred stock then outstanding, if any. The holders of our common
stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights.
There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common
stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

       Upon consummation of this offering, all 3,450,000 shares of our Series A
preferred stock, 5,717,135 shares of our Series B preferred stock, 6,000,000
shares of our Series C preferred stock and 8,518,875 shares of our Series D
preferred stock outstanding as of January 31, 2000 will be automatically
converted into common stock on a 10-for-1 basis. Immediately following the
offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without action by the
stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and
to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be
greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the
actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights
of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the
specific rights of the holders of such preferred stock. However, the effects
might include, among other things:

       o   restricting dividends on the common stock;

       o   diluting the voting power of the common stock;

       o   impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

       o   delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without
           further action by the stockholders.

       Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will
be outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred
stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

       Under an investor rights agreement, the holders of 84,605,200 shares of
common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock outstanding as of
January 31, 2000 have the following rights with respect to registration of all
of their shares under the Securities Act. Because these shares can be registered
under the rights agreement, we call them registrable securities. Under these
registration rights, beginning 180 days from the effective date of an initial
public offering of common stock, and for the twelve month period thereafter, in
the event that we elect to register any of our shares of common stock for
purposes of effecting any public offering, the holders of registrable securities
are entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration,
subject to the right of the managing underwriter to reduce the number of shares
proposed to be registered in view of market conditions. Additionally, beginning
on the date when we become eligible to register shares for public resale on Form
S-3, and for the twelve month period thereafter, holders of a majority of the
then outstanding registrable securities may require us to


                                       76
<PAGE>

register their shares for public resale on Form S-3, provided that we are not
obligated to effect more than one such registration in any twelve month period
and provided further that the anticipated aggregate offering price of the
securities to be registered is at least $50.0 million (net of underwriting
discounts and commissions). We will be responsible for all expenses in
connection with the first two registrations on Form S-3 (other than underwriting
discounts and commissions). If not terminated earlier, all such registration
rights will terminate at such time as the holder is entitled to sell all
registrable securities held by it in a three month period pursuant to Rule
144(k) of the Securities Act.

NEVADA LAW AND ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS PROVISIONS AFFECTING
STOCKHOLDERS

       Our articles of incorporation, bylaws and the laws of the State of Nevada
governing corporations may have the effect, either alone or in combination with
each other, of making more difficult or discouraging a tender offer, change in
control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our board of directors.

       ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENT. Our bylaws provide advance notice
requirements for stockholders to submit nominations for the election of
directors or other proposals to be voted on by our stockholders. These
requirements include providing information about the proposed nominee or
proposal and the giving of notice to our secretary 120 days prior to the
distribution of a proxy statement to our stockholders in connection with the
meeting at which the nominee or proposal is to be voted upon.

       The advance notice requirements for nominations of directors and
stockholder proposals will have the effect of making it more difficult for
stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. These
provisions could also have the effect of discouraging a third party from
initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to
obtain control of us.

       NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Our articles of incorporation
require that all stockholder action be taken at a stockholders' meeting. Our
bylaws provide for annual meetings and special meetings of stockholders. Special
meetings of stockholders may be called by (1) the board of directors, (2) the
chairman of the board or (3) the chief executive officer and president.

       These provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws are intended
to:

       o   reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal;

       o   discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an
           actual or threatened change of our control; and

       o   discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights.

       These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging others
from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may
inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from
actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions also may have the effect
of preventing changes in our management.

       CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS. Sections 78.378 through 78.3793 of the Nevada
Revised Statutes (the NRS) provide that an acquiring person who acquires a
controlling interest in an issuing corporation may only exercise voting rights
on any control shares if they are conferred by a majority vote of the issuing
corporation's disinterested stockholders at a special meeting of stockholders
held upon the request and at the expense of the acquiring person. In addition,
our articles of incorporation require that any transaction or series of related
transactions that result in the transfer of 50% or more of our outstanding
voting power be approved by two-thirds of our outstanding shares entitled to
vote. In the event that the acquiring person is accorded full voting rights and
acquires control shares with at least a majority of our voting power, any of our
stockholders who did not vote in favor of authorizing voting rights for the
control shares, is entitled to payment for the fair value of his or her shares.

       For purposes of the above provisions, acquiring person generally means
any person who, individually or in association with others, acquires or offers
to acquire, directly or indirectly, a controlling interest in an issuing
corporation. Controlling interest means the ownership of outstanding voting
shares of an issuing corporation sufficient, but for the provisions of NRS
78.378 through 78.3793, to enable the

                                       77
<PAGE>

acquiring person, individually or in association with others, directly or
indirectly, to exercise at least one-fifth of the voting power of the issuing
corporation in the election of directors. Control shares means those outstanding
voting shares of an issuing corporation which an acquiring person and those
persons acting in association with an acquiring person acquires or offers to
acquire in an acquisition and those shares that are acquired within 90 days
immediately preceding the date when the acquiring person became an acquiring
person. Issuing corporation means a corporation that is organized in Nevada, has
200 or more stockholders, at least 100 of whom are stockholders of record and
residents of Nevada, and does business in Nevada directly or through an
affiliated corporation. If the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the
corporation provide that the above provisions do not apply, then the above
provisions are not applicable. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws,
however, currently do not exclude us from the restrictions imposed by these
provisions.

       BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS. Sections 78.411
through 78.444 of the NRS restrict the ability of a Nevada corporation with more
than 200 stockholders to engage in any combination with an interested
stockholder for three years from when the interested stockholder acquires shares
that cause such stockholder to become an interested stockholder, unless the
combination or the purchase of shares by the interested stockholder was approved
by the board of directors before such stockholder became an interested
stockholder. If the combination was not previously approved, the interested
stockholder may only effect a combination after the three-year period if such
stockholder receives approval from a majority of the disinterested shares or the
offer meets fair price criteria under the NRS. Interested stockholder means any
person, other than the resident domestic corporation or its subsidiaries, who is
(1) the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting
power of the outstanding voting shares of the resident domestic corporation or
(2) an affiliate or associate of the resident domestic corporation and (3) was,
at any time within three years before the date in question, was the beneficial
owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then
outstanding shares of the resident domestic corporation. The above provisions do
not apply to any combination of a corporation whose current articles of
incorporation expressly state that the corporation is not to be governed by
these provisions. Our articles of incorporation currently do not exclude us from
these restrictions.

       APPLICABILITY OF CALIFORNIA LAW. We are currently subject to Section 2115
of the California General Corporation Law. Section 2115 provides that,
regardless of a company's legal domicile, some provisions of California
corporate law will apply to that company if more than 50% of its outstanding
voting securities are held of record by persons having addresses in California
and the majority of the company's operations occur in California. For example,
while we are subject to Section 2115, stockholders may cumulate votes in
electing directors. This means that each stockholder may vote a number of votes
equal to the number of candidates, multiplied by the number of votes to which
the stockholder's shares are normally entitled, in favor of one candidate. The
ability to cumulate votes potentially enables minority stockholders to elect
some members of the board of directors. When we are no longer subject to Section
2115, cumulative voting will not be allowed and a holder or holders of 50% or
more of our voting stock will be able to control the election of all directors.
In addition, Section 2115 has the following effects:

       o   it allows the removal of directors with or without cause with
           majority stockholder approval;

       o   it places limitations on our distribution of dividends;

       o   it extends additional rights to dissenting stockholders in any
           reorganization, including a merger, sale of assets or exchange of
           shares; and

       o   it provides for stockholder information rights and required filings
           in the event we effect a sale of assets or complete a merger.

       We anticipate that after this offering our common stock will be listed on
The Nasdaq National Market, and that we will have at least 800 stockholders of
record by the record date for our annual meeting of stockholders in 2000.
Assuming that these two assumptions prove true, we will cease to be subject to
Section 2115 as of the record date for our 2000 annual meeting of stockholders.


                                       78
<PAGE>


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

       The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is               .

LISTING

       We have applied for listing of our shares on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol "ILAB".


                                       79

<PAGE>

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

       Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock and
there can be no assurance that a significant public market for the common stock
will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial
amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding
options and warrants, in the public market following this offering could
adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair
idealab!'s ability to raise capital through sale of its equity securities. As
described below, the resale of ___________ of our currently outstanding shares
will be contractually restricted for a period following this offering. Sales of
substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the
restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our
ability to raise equity capital in the future.

       Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding ____________
shares of common stock based upon shares outstanding as of January 31, 2000,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares
and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants prior to completion of this
offering. Of these shares, the ___________ shares sold in this offering will be
freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act except for any
shares purchased by our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under
the Securities Act. The remaining 788,335,687 shares of common stock held by
existing stockholders as of January 31, 2000 are "restricted shares" as that
term is defined in Rule 144.

          Of these restricted shares are subject to lock-up agreements providing
that, with limited exceptions, the stockholder will not offer, sell, contract to
sell or otherwise dispose of any common stock or any securities that are
convertible into common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. As a result
of these lock-up agreements, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for
sale under the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, none of these shares
will be resellable until 181 days after the date of this prospectus. However,
with respect to our directors, officers and holders of a majority of our shares,
this restriction shall terminate as to 15% of the shares after 90 days and an
additional 20% of the shares after 120 days after the date of this prospectus,
subject to delays as a result of the timing of our earnings releases and
compliance with insider trading policies, in the event that, at such dates, the
reported last sale price of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market is at
least twice the initial public offering price for a period of time ending on
such dates. If these early releases occur, approximately _____________ and
____________ of the shares originally covered by lock-up agreements will become
available for sale on the 90th and the 120th days following the date of this
prospectus, subject to the restrictions described above.

       Beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately
_________________ restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public
market, all of which are subject to volume limitations under Rule 144, except
________ shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) and _______ shares eligible
for sale under Rule 701. Of those restricted shares not eligible for sale
beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, ______________ restricted
shares will be eligible for sale on or prior to July 31, 2000, and
____________ restricted shares will be eligible for sale on or prior to January
31, 2001, all of which are subject to volume limitations under Rule 144. In
addition, as of January 31, 2000, there were outstanding options to purchase
200,013,550 shares of common stock, some of which may be exercised prior to
this offering. All such options and warrants are subject to lock-up agreements.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in their sole discretion and at any time without
notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up
agreements.

       In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days
after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned
restricted shares for at least one year including the holding period of any
prior owner except an affiliate would be entitled to sell within any three-month
period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

       o    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which
            will equal approximately _____________ shares immediately after this
            offering; or

       o    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
            four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with
            respect to such sale.


                                       80
<PAGE>

       Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public
information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been
our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years
including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is entitled
to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

       Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance
upon Rule 144 but without compliance with restrictions, including the holding
period requirement, of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director of or
consultant to us who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or
contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701
permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without
complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further
provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144
without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are
required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling
such shares. However, Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and will
only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up
agreements or no sooner than 90 days after the offering upon obtaining the prior
written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

       Following the effectiveness of this offering, we will file a registration
statement on Form S-8 registering shares of common stock subject to outstanding
options or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. As of January 31,
2000, options to purchase a total of 200,013,550 shares were outstanding and
64,085,700 shares were reserved for future issuance under our stock plans.
Common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding vested options or issued under
our purchase plan, other than common stock issued to our affiliate, is available
for immediate resale in the open market.

       Also beginning six months after the date of this offering, holders of
84,605,200 restricted shares outstanding as of January 31, 2000 will be entitled
to certain registration rights for sale in the public market. See "Description
of Capital Stock Registration Rights". Registration of such shares under the
Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates,
immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.


                                      81


<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

       idealab! and the underwriters named below have entered into an
underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to
certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number
of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
are the representatives of the underwriters.


                      UNDERWRITERS                              NUMBER OF SHARES
                      ------------                              ----------------
    Goldman, Sachs & Co....................................
    Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation....
    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith..................
                       Incorporated........................
    FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.....................
    Thomas Weisel Partners LLC.............................
                                                                ----------------
         Total.............................................
                                                                ================

       If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in
the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional
              shares from idealab! to cover such sales. They may exercise that
option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the
underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion
as set forth in the table above.

       The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts
and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by idealab!. Such amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to
purchase additional shares.

                                                       PAID BY IDEALAB!
                                                       ----------------
                                                 NO EXERCISE      FULL EXERCISE
                                                 -----------      -------------
       Per Share..............................  $                $
       Total..................................  $                $

       Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered
at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a
discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. Any
such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to
certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $     per share from the
initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial
offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other
selling terms.

       idealab!, its directors, officers and holders of a majority of our shares
have agreed with the Underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common
stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock
during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written
consent of the representatives; provided, however, that this restriction shall
terminate as to 15% of the shares after 90 days and an additional 20% of the
shares after 120 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to delays as a
result of the timing of idealab!'s earnings releases and compliance with insider
trading policies, in the event that, at such dates, the reported last sale price
of idealab!'s common stock on the Nasdaq National Market is at least twice the
initial public offering price specified in this prospectus for a certain period
of time ending on such dates. This agreement does not apply to any existing
employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion
of certain transfer restrictions.

       Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares.
The initial public offering price will be negotiated among idealab! and the
representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, will be idealab!'s historical performance, estimates of the business
potential and earnings prospects of idealab!, an assessment of idealab!'s
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses.


                                       82
<PAGE>


       Application has been made for quotation of the common stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "ILAB".

       In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short
sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by
short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares then they are required to purchase in the offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made for the purpose of
preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while
the offering is in progress.

       The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold
by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.

       These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the
underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq
National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

       At the request of idealab!, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at
the initial public offering price, up to                shares of common stock
for certain directors, stockholders, employees and associates of idealab! There
can be no assurance that any of the reserved shares will be so purchased. The
number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will
be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold. Any reserved shares not so
purchased will be offered to the general public on the same basis as the other
shares offered hereby.

       The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares offered.

       Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, one of the representatives of the
underwriters, was organized and registered as a broker-dealer in December 1998.
The following disclosure is included because Thomas Weisel Partners LLC was
organized within the past three years. Since December 1998, Thomas Weisel
Partners LLC has been named as a lead or co-manager on 153 filed public
offerings of equity securities, of which 109 have been completed, and has acted
as a syndicate member in an additional 88 public offerings of equity securities.
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC does not have any material relationship with idealab!
or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons, except with respect to
its contractual relationship with idealab! pursuant to the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with this offering.

       idealab! estimates that its share of the total expenses at the offering,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$        million.

       idealab! has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


                                       83

<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for
idealab! by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo
Alto, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Shearman & Sterling, Menlo Park, California. As of the date of this
prospectus, an investment partnership composed of certain current and former
members of and persons associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
Professional Corporation, as well as certain individual attorneys of this firm,
beneficially own an aggregate of 2,007,750 shares of idealab!'s common stock.

                                     EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements of idealab! and its subsidiaries as
of January 31, 1999 and 2000 and for each of the three years in the period ended
January 31, 2000 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance
on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on
the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of eVoice, Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and
September 30, 1999 and for the periods from December 7, 1998 (inception) to
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999 included in this
Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of Intranets.com, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and
1998 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998
included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of Perga Capital Incorporated as of April 30, 1998
and 1999 and for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 1999
included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The consolidated financial statements of AutoData Marketing Systems
Incorporated and its subsidiaries as of April 30, 1998 and 1999 and for each of
the two years in the period ended April 30, 1999 included in this Prospectus
have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of PointCast Incorporated as of December 31, 1997
and 1998 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998
included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of Potamkin Auto Center, Ltd. as of December 31,
1998 and September 30, 1999 and for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 included in this Prospectus have been so
included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent
accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and
accounting.

     The financial statements of GoTo.com, Inc. at December 31, 1998 and 1999
and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1999 appearing in
this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial statements of idealab! Capital Management I, LLC at December
31, 1998 and 1999 and for the period from March 20, 1998 (inception) to December
31, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1999 appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.


                                       84

<PAGE>

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock offered by this
prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration
statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration
statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, see
the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Any document
we file with the Commission may be read and copied at the Commission's public
reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois.
Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the
public reference rooms. Our filings with the Commission are also available to
the public from the Commission's Web site at http://www.sec.gov.

     Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information
and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and,
accordingly, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and
other information will be available for inspection and copying at the
Commission's public reference rooms, and the World Wide Web site of the
Commission referred to above.


                                       85
<PAGE>


                                           INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                     IDEALAB!
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PAGE
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................    F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets..............................................................................    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations....................................................................    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)................................................    F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)...................................................    F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................................................................    F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................    F-9

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information - Basis of Presentation........................................    F-37
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Consolidated Statement of Operations..............................    F-39
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information....................................    F-40


                                                   EVOICE, INC.

                                                                                                             PAGE

Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................    F-42
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................    F-43
Statements of Operations.................................................................................    F-44
Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)..................    F-45
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................................    F-46
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-47



                                                  GOTO.COM, INC.

                                                                                                             PAGE

Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................    F-57
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................    F-58
Statements of Operations.................................................................................    F-59
Statements of Stockholders' Equity.......................................................................    F-60
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................................    F-61
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-62


                                        IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC

                                                                                                             PAGE

Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................    F-73
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................    F-74
Statements of Operations.................................................................................    F-75
Statements of Changes in Members' Equity.................................................................    F-76
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................................    F-77
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-78

</TABLE>


                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                                                INTRANETS.COM, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PAGE
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................    F-82
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................    F-83
Statements of Operations.................................................................................    F-84
Statements of Cash Flows ................................................................................    F-85
Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit...........................    F-86
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-87



                                            PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED

                                                                                                             PAGE

Auditors' Report.........................................................................................    F-95
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................    F-96
Statements of Operations and Deficit.....................................................................    F-97
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................................    F-98
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................    F-99



                                      AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED

Auditors' Report........................................................................................    F-105
Consolidated Balance Sheets.............................................................................    F-106
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Deficit.........................................................    F-107
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................    F-108
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................................................    F-109


                                              POINTCAST INCORPORATED

                                                                                                             PAGE

Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................   F-119
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................   F-120
Statements of Operations.................................................................................   F-121
Statements of Shareholders' Deficit......................................................................   F-122
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................................   F-123
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................   F-124



                                            POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.

                                                                                                             PAGE

Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................   F-137
Balance Sheets...........................................................................................   F-138
Statements of Operations.................................................................................   F-139
Statements of Shareholders' Equity.......................................................................   F-140
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................................   F-141
Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................   F-142
</TABLE>

                                      F-2
<PAGE>


The following report is in the form that will be signed upon (i) the completion
of the Company's reincorporation in the State of Nevada as described in Note 23
of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and (ii) a determination
that the Company is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as described in
Note 21 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Woodland Hills, California

April 10, 2000

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of idealab!:

       In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity,
comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of idealab! and its subsidiaries (the
"Company") at January 31, 1999 and 2000 and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31,
2000 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States,
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

Woodland Hills, California

April 10, 2000, except for the information in
paragraph 2 of Note 23, as to which the date is _______________ , 2000
and paragraph 6 of Note 21, as to which the date is ________________ , 2000.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                                                  SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                                              JANUARY 31,            EQUITY
                                                                        -------------------------  JANUARY 31,
                                                                           1999         2000           2000
                                                                        -----------  ------------ ---------------
ASSETS                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents.........................................   $    6,339   $   601,474
   Accounts receivable, net..........................................           77        14,760
   Short-term marketable securities..................................           --        70,526
   Inventory.........................................................           --        12,080
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................          161         7,399
                                                                        -----------  ------------
     Total current assets............................................        6,577       706,239
Fixed assets, net....................................................        2,313        18,569
Ownership interests in network companies.............................        2,286       614,292
Marketable securities................................................       35,832       179,239
Goodwill, net........................................................           --       109,587
Other assets.........................................................          544        46,457
                                                                        -----------  ------------
     TOTAL ASSETS....................................................   $   47,552   $ 1,674,383
                                                                        ===========  ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable..................................................   $    1,286   $    26,285
   Income taxes payable..............................................           --        87,249
   Accrued expenses..................................................        3,818        26,105
   Short term borrowings.............................................           --         1,061
   Note payable to a related party...................................          300            --
   Current portion of capital lease obligations......................           67         3,515
                                                                        -----------  ------------
     Total current liabilities.......................................        5,471       144,215
Capital lease obligations, less current portion......................           39        30,439
Deferred income taxes................................................        9,692       116,413
Minority interest....................................................        1,030       152,750
Convertible preferred stock, no par value; 28,452 shares authorized
   at January 31, 2000, 9,451 and 23,686 shares issued and
   outstanding at January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively;
   liquidation preference and redemption value of $13,652 and
   $883,058 at January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively;
   pro forma--none authorized, issued or outstanding.................       13,652       892,782  $         --

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)..............................

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, no par value; 9,548 shares authorized at January 31,
   2000, no shares issued or outstanding; pro forma-$0.001 par value;
   100,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding.............           --            --            --
Common stock, no par value; 1,100,000 shares authorized at January 31,
   2000; 448,654 and 551,476 shares issued and outstanding at
   January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively; pro forma --$0.001 par
   value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 788,336 shares issued
   and outstanding...................................................       15,366       387,689             788
Additional paid-in capital...........................................           --            --       1,279,683
Notes receivable from shareholders...................................       (1,665)      (38,304)        (38,304)
Deferred stock compensation..........................................       (6,387)     (239,892)       (239,892)
Accumulated other comprehensive income...............................       20,663       144,816         144,816
Retained earnings (deficit)..........................................      (10,309)       83,475          83,475
                                                                        -----------  ------------ ---------------
   Total shareholders' equity........................................       17,668       337,784  $    1,230,566
                                                                        -----------  ------------ ===============
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY......................   $   47,552   $ 1,674,383
                                                                        ===========  ============
</TABLE>

          SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1998              1999             2000
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>              <C>
REVENUES
   Trade revenues................................................   $           154   $          459   $        18,643
   Management fees from related parties..........................                --              346             2,515
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
     Total revenues..............................................               154              805            21,158
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
   Cost of revenues (excluding $0, $0 and $169 of stock-based
     compensation charges for the years ended January 31, 1998,
     1999 and 2000, respectively)................................               172               82            28,380
   Sales and marketing (excluding $0, $0 and $1,066 of stock-
     based compensation charges for the years ended January 31,
     1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively)..........................             2,002            1,940            70,129
   Product development (excluding $0, $27 and $6,165 of stock-
     based compensation charges for the years ended January 31,
     1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively)..........................             3,484            1,554            10,798
   General and administrative (excluding $233, $3,883 and
       $101,750 of stock-based compensation charges for the
       years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
       respectively).............................................             5,623            4,732            36,738
   Stock-based compensation......................................               233            3,910           109,150
   Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles................                49               79             7,149
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
     Total operating expenses....................................            11,563           12,297           262,344
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
     Operating income (loss).....................................           (11,409)         (11,492)         (241,186)
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   Realized gains on sales of marketable securities..............                --            2,250           201,959
   Gain on stock issuance by a network company...................                --               --            22,658
   Other income, net.............................................               216            5,307            92,003
   Interest income...............................................                36              120             8,386
   Interest expense..............................................              (178)             (49)           (2,695)
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                                                 74            7,628           322,311
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interest and equity
  in the income (loss) of affiliates.............................           (11,335)          (3,864)           81,125
   Income tax benefit (expense)..................................             3,528            2,358           (86,245)
   Minority interest.............................................             1,022              572            95,537
   Equity in the income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax.........              (271)              51            28,067
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Net income (loss)................................................            (7,056)            (883)          118,484
Deduction for beneficial conversion feature......................                --               --            (9,724)
Repurchase of convertible preferred stock........................                --               --            (3,777)
                                                                    ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders..............   $        (7,056)  $         (883)  $       104,983
                                                                    ================  ===============  ================
Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders:
   Basic.........................................................   $         (0.02)  $           --   $          0.25
   Diluted.......................................................   $         (0.02)  $           --   $          0.15
Shares used to calculate net income (loss) per share applicable
   to common shareholders:
   Basic.........................................................           334,760          352,083           423,525
   Diluted.......................................................           334,760          352,083           695,312
Unaudited pro forma net income per share applicable to
   common shareholders:
   Basic.........................................................                                      $          0.18
   Diluted.......................................................                                      $          0.15
Shares used to calculate unaudited pro forma net income
   per share applicable to common shareholders:
   Basic.........................................................                                              571,215
   Diluted.......................................................                                              695,312

</TABLE>

          SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       NOTES                    ACCUMULATED               TOTAL
                                         COMMON STOCK    ADDITIONAL  RECEIVABLE    DEFERRED        OTHER     RETAINED  SHAREHOLDERS'
                                       -----------------   PAID IN      FROM        STOCK      COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS     EQUITY
                                        SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL  SHAREHOLDERS COMPENSATION     INCOME     (DEFICIT)   (DEFICIT)
                                       ------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------  ------------- --------- -------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1997........... 326,500  $    465  $         $            $       (65)  $            $  (2,370) $     (1,970)

Issuance of common stock for cash and
services..............................  24,434       483                                                                        483
Deferred stock compensation...........               407                                (407)                                    --
Amortization of deferred stock
compensation..........................                                                   233                                    233
Net unrealized appreciation of
   marketable securities..............                                                                4,474                   4,474
Effect of network companies' equity
transactions..........................               937                                                                        937
Net loss..............................                                                                         (7,056)       (7,056)
                                       ------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------  ------------- ---------  ------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1998........... 350,934     2,292                                (239)         4,474    (9,426)       (2,899)

Issuance of common stock for services.   1,470        30                                                                         30
Deferred stock compensation...........            10,058                             (10,058)                                    --
Amortization of deferred stock
compensation..........................                                                 3,910                                  3,910
Exercise of stock options.............  96,250     1,665                  (1,665)                                                --
Net unrealized appreciation of
   marketable securities..............                                                               16,189                  16,189
Effect of network companies' equity
transactions..........................             1,321                                                                      1,321
Net loss..............................                                                                           (883)         (883)
                                       ------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------  ------------- --------- -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1999........... 448,654    15,366                  (1,665)     (6,387)        20,663   (10,309)       17,668

Issuance of common stock..............     664     5,311                                                                      5,311
Exercise of stock options and warrants  59,400    35,757                 (35,208)                                               549
Tax benefit of stock option exercises.               715                                                                        715
Issuance of common stock subject to
   repurchase.........................  53,600     1,876                  (1,876)                                                --
Payments on notes receivable from
   shareholders.......................                                       375                                                375
Deferred stock compensation...........           323,471                            (323,471)                                    --
Amortization of deferred stock
compensation..........................                                                89,966                                 89,966
Repurchase and retirement of stock...  (10,842)     (261)                     70                              (14,976)      (15,167)
Net unrealized appreciation of
   marketable securities..............                                                              124,153                 124,153
Effect of network companies' equity
   transactions.......................             5,454                                                                      5,454
Deduction for beneficial conversion
   feature............................                                                                         (9,724)       (9,724)
Net income............................                                                                         118,484      118,484
                                       ------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------  ------------- --------- -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 2000........... 551,476   387,689                 (38,304)   (239,892)       144,816    83,475       337,784
Assumed conversion of convertible
   preferred stock (unaudited)........ 236,860   892,782                                                                    892,782
Reincorporation in State of Nevada
   and change in par value of
   common stock (unaudited)...........        (1,279,683) 1,279,683                                                               --
                                       ------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------  ------------- --------- -------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 2000, PRO
FORMA
   (UNAUDITED)........................ 788,336  $    788 $1,279,683 $    (38,304)$  (239,892)  $    144,816  $ 83,475  $  1,230,566
                                       ======= ========= ========== ============ ============  ============= ========= =============
</TABLE>

          SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                           -------------------------------------
                                                                              1998        1999         2000
                                                                           ----------- -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>          <C>
NET INCOME (LOSS).......................................................   $   (7,056) $     (883)  $   118,484
                                                                           ----------- -----------  ------------

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME BEFORE TAX

   Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities.....................        7,550      29,539       411,396
   Realized gains.......................................................           --      (2,250)     (201,959)

TAX RELATED TO OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   Unrealized holding gain on marketable securities.....................       (3,076)    (12,016)     (167,438)
   Realized gains.......................................................           --         916        82,154
                                                                           ----------- -----------  ------------
     Other comprehensive income, net of tax.............................        4,474      16,189       124,153
                                                                           ----------- -----------  ------------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS).............................................   $   (2,582) $   15,306   $   242,637
                                                                           =========== ===========  ============
</TABLE>

          SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                    IDEALAB!

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                                    1998       1999       2000
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
     Net income (loss).........................................................   $ (7,056)  $   (883)  $118,484
     Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
      net cash used in operating activities:
       Stock-based compensation................................................        233      3,910    109,150
       Depreciation and amortization...........................................        250        585     10,344
       Gain on stock issuance by a network company.............................         --         --    (22,658)
       Realized gains on sale of marketable securities.........................         --     (2,250)  (201,959)
       Other income, net.......................................................       (216)    (5,307)   (92,003)
       Equity in the (income) loss of affiliates, net of tax...................        271        (51)   (28,067)
       Minority interest.......................................................     (1,022)      (572)   (95,537)
       Deferred income taxes...................................................     (3,536)    (2,366)    (4,578)
     Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions and
      deconsolidations of network companies:
       Accounts receivable.....................................................        (79)       (51)   (13,338)
       Inventory...............................................................         --         --    (12,080)
       Accounts payable........................................................      2,154        512     24,247
       Accrued expenses........................................................       (233)     3,703     22,438
       Income taxes payable....................................................         --         --     87,249
       Other assets and liabilities............................................       (296)      (420)   (35,247)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

           Net cash used in operating activities...............................     (9,530)    (3,190)  (133,555)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     Capital expenditures......................................................     (1,368)    (1,785)   (16,916)
     Purchase of ownership interests in network companies, net of cash acquired       (920)    (1,100)  (238,704)
     Proceeds from sales of marketable securities..............................         --      3,402    202,715
     Reduction in cash due to deconsolidation of network companies.............        (29)    (2,770)   (16,939)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

           Net cash used in investing activities...............................     (2,317)    (2,253)   (69,844)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     Issuance of notes payable.................................................      3,872         --         --
     Repayments of capital lease obligations...................................        (36)       (91)    (1,734)
     Issuance of common stock..................................................        483         30        549
     Issuance of convertible preferred stock...................................      8,704      1,452    636,253
     Repurchase of common and convertible preferred stock......................         --         --    (15,650)
     Borrowings................................................................         --      2,510      9,381
     Issuance of note payable to a related party...............................         --        300         --
     Repayment of note payable to a related party..............................         --         --       (300)
     Note receivable from a related party......................................         --         --     (9,283)
     Repayment of note receivable from a related party.........................         --         --      9,283
     Payments on shareholder notes.............................................         --         --        375
     Issuance of stock by consolidated network companies.......................     1,566      3,755     169,660
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

           Net cash provided by financing activities...........................    14,589      7,956     798,534
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS......................................      2,742      2,513    595,135

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.................................      1,084      3,826      6,339
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR.......................................   $  3,826   $  6,339   $601,474
                                                                                  =========  =========  =========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW ACTIVITIES
  Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest .................................................................   $    178   $     49   $  2,842
     Income taxes..............................................................          8          8          8

</TABLE>

          SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                       F-8
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


1.     DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY

         Bill Gross' idealab! ("idealab!" or the "Company"), a California
corporation, was incorporated on March 14, 1996. The Company is primarily
engaged in the process of creating, building and operating interactive
communications businesses and identifying Internet business opportunities. In
addition to internally developed businesses, the Company has acquired ownership
interests in existing businesses which are strategically important to idealab!'s
overall network of companies. As of January 31, 2000, the Company had ownership
interests in more than 35 companies ("network companies") engaged in various
interactive communications businesses. The Company also has ownership interests
in entities that serve as the general partner of venture capital funds that
invest in emerging growth companies.

       As described in Note 23, the Company will change its name to idealab! and
reincorporate in the State of Nevada prior to the closing of the planned initial
public offering of its common stock.

2.     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

       The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and certain controlled entities. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

       The reporting periods of the Company's network companies generally
coincide with the calendar year. The Company accounts for its ownership
interests in such network companies utilizing the quarterly and annual financial
information as reported by network companies pursuant to their fiscal year-ends.
Accordingly, the financial results of network companies included in the
Company's consolidated financial statements generally reflect a reporting lag
period of one-month.

    ACCOUNTING FOR OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN NETWORK COMPANIES

       The Company's ownership interests in network companies are accounted for
under one of three methods: consolidation, equity or cost. The applicable
accounting method is generally determined based on several factors including the
Company's ownership interest in the outstanding voting securities of the network
company, representation on the network company's Board of Directors and the
extent of the Company's involvement in the management of the network company.

     CONSOLIDATION. Network companies which the Company effectively controls are
accounted for under the consolidation method of accounting. Effective control is
generally determined based on an ownership interest of greater than 50% of the
network company's outstanding voting securities and the ability to control the
network company's Board of Directors. Under this method, a network company's
results of operations are reflected within the Company's Consolidated Statements
of Operations and its financial position is reflected in the Company's
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Participation of other network company shareholders
in the net assets and earnings or losses of a consolidated network company is
reflected in "minority interest" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets
and Statements of Operations.

       The amount by which the Company's carrying value exceeds its share of the
underlying net assets of network companies accounted for under the consolidation
method is recorded as goodwill in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets
and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the underlying
assets. The related amortization expense is reflected in the Company's operating
expenses on a consolidated basis.

       EQUITY METHOD. Network companies that are not accounted for under the
consolidation method, but over which the Company exercises significant
influence, are accounted for under the equity method. Whether or not the Company
exercises significant influence with respect to a network company depends on


                                      F-9
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the
network company's Board of Directors and an ownership interest which is
generally between 20% to 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the network
company. Under the equity method, a network company's results of operations are
not reflected within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations;
however, the Company's share of the earnings or losses of the network company,
which in the case of losses is generally limited to the carrying value of the
Company's ownership interest in the network company, is reflected in the caption
"Equity in the income (loss) of affiliates, net of tax" in the Company's
Consolidated Statements of Operations. For those network companies accounted for
using the equity method in which the Company's ownership interest includes
preferred stock or other securities which have priority in liquidation to other
junior securities, the Company determines its share of the network company's
earnings or losses based on the change in the Company's claim on the network
company's net assets, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
("EITF") No. 99-10 "Percentage used to Determine the Amount of Equity Method
Losses".

       The amount by which the Company's carrying value exceeds its share of the
underlying net assets of network companies accounted for under the equity method
is amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the underlying
assets, generally three to five years. Amortization expense is reflected as an
adjustment to the Company's share of the network companies' earnings or losses.

       COST METHOD. Network companies not accounted for under the consolidation
or equity method are accounted for under the cost method. Under this method, the
Company's share of the earnings or losses of the network company is not included
in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. However, charges are recognized in
the Consolidated Statement of Operations if events or circumstances indicate a
permanent impairment of the carrying value.

       The Company's ownership interests in network companies accounted for
under the cost method which have readily determinable fair values based on
quoted market prices and which are not restricted as to sale for a period of one
year beyond the Company's balance sheet date are accounted for in accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities". These ownership
interests are classified as Marketable Securities in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

       Ownership interests in network companies accounted for under the cost
method which do not have readily determinable fair values or which are
restricted as to sale for a period of one year beyond the balance sheet date are
stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company continually
evaluates the carrying values of its ownership interests for indications of
impairment based on several factors including the fair value of the ownership
interest relative to its cost and the financial condition and near-term
prospects of the underlying network company.

    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original
maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

    MARKETABLE SECURITIES

       Marketable securities consists of equity securities that have a readily
determinable fair value and are not restricted as to sale within one year beyond
the Company's balance sheet date. In accordance with its stated objectives, the
Company generally intends to be a long term owner of these securities and
therefore such securities have been categorized as available-for-sale, as
defined by SFAS No. 115, for each of the periods presented. Marketable
securities are carried at fair value, based on quoted market prices, with net
unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, reported as a component of accumulated
other comprehensive


                                      F-10
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

income in shareholders' equity. The cost of marketable securities sold is based
on the specific identification method.

    INVENTORY

       Inventory is comprised primarily of inventory of CarsDirect.com, Inc.,
one of the Company's consolidated network companies, and consists primarily of
new vehicles that are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
using the specific identification method.

    FIXED ASSETS

       Fixed assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization, computed on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives
of the assets, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
depreciated using the shorter of the estimated useful life of the related asset
or the lease term. Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
incurred.

    GOODWILL

       Goodwill represents the excess cost over the fair value of the net assets
of companies acquired and the amount by which the Company's ownership interests
in network companies accounted for under the consolidation method exceeds its
share of the underlying net assets of such network companies. Goodwill is
amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods expected to be benefited
ranging from three to ten years.

    OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

       The Company and its consolidated network companies have acquired the
rights to certain identifiable intangible assets, including domain names, which
are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Such assets, which are
included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the
underlying asset, generally three years.

   REVENUE RECOGNITION

       CarsDirect.com recognizes as revenues the price its customer pays it for
a vehicle following the delivery of the vehicle to the customer, provided that
collection of the resulting receivable is probable. CarsDirect.com believes that
presentation, as its revenues, of the price its customer pays for a vehicle
appropriately reflects the risks, and rewards, of its business model. In
addition, CarsDirect.com believes such presentation appropriately reflects the
substance of the transaction and its legal rights and obligations. Upon receipt
of a customer order, CarsDirect.com enters into a legally enforceable commitment
to acquire a specific vehicle from a new car dealer to fulfill that customer
order. Such commitment obligates CarsDirect.com to pay the dealer for the
specific car regardless of whether the customer pays CarsDirect.com. The
customer has the right to cancel an order anytime prior to accepting delivery of
the specific car. CarsDirect.com sets the price of the vehicle to the customer,
and the price is not based on a formula related to the price CarsDirect.com pays
for the vehicle. Customers conduct their business directly with CarsDirect.com
and have no influence over which supplier CarsDirect.com uses. CarsDirect.com's
cost and payment terms are fixed, and are independent of the price and terms
customers pay it for vehicles. Prior to delivery of the vehicle to the customer,
CarsDirect.com bears the inventory risk for the vehicles it commits to acquire;
CarsDirect.com has the sole legal right to direct the disposition of the
vehicles it commits to acquire; CarsDirect.com has an insurable interest as
beneficial owner in the vehicles it commits to acquire; and CarsDirect.com is
responsible for taxes that may be assessed on a vehicle it commits to


                                      F-11
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

acquire. CarsDirect.com bears the risk of return of the vehicle if a customer
defaults on the sale or if the customer returns the vehicle in accordance with
applicable law. CarsDirect.com does not have the right to return the vehicle to
its supplier in those instances and CarsDirect.com establishes a reserve for
estimated customer returns. Upon delivery of the vehicle to the customer,
CarsDirect.com bears credit and other risks related to the customer's payment
obligation.

       In automobile transactions with its customers that do not include the
foregoing characteristics, CarsDirect.com recognizes as net revenues the
difference between the amount its customer pays and the cost of the vehicle.
CarsDirect.com revenues also include licensing revenue, extended warranty
commissions and finance fee income related to automobile sales. Licensing
revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis over the license period, generally
ranging from three to twelve months. Depending upon the nature of extended
warranty contracts sold, commissions on extended warranties are either
recognized as revenue ratably over the lives of the underlying contracts or when
our obligations to refund any portion of the commissions upon customer
termination expires. Finance fees are recognized as revenue upon acceptance of
the customer's credit by the financing institution.

       The Company also derives a significant portion of revenue from
EntryPoint, Inc. formerly Launchpad Technologies, Inc. ("EntryPoint"), and
Free-PC, Inc. ("Free-PC" -- see Note 15 which describes the sale of our
ownership interest in Free-PC), two of the Company's majority-owned network
companies. These companies derive revenue principally from the sale of
advertising, including the sale of banner advertisements and referrals of users
to other websites. These network companies obligations typically include the
guarantee of a minimum number of impressions or the satisfaction of other
performance criteria. Advertising revenue is recognized as the impressions are
displayed or as click-throughs occur, depending on the contract terms, provided
that no significant company obligations remain and collection of the related
receivable is probable. To the extent minimum guaranteed impressions or other
performance criteria are not met, recognition of the corresponding revenues is
deferred until the remaining guaranteed impressions or other performance
criteria are met. Referral revenues are recognized as referrals are made to
other websites, provided that no significant company obligations remain and
collection of the related receivable is probable.

       The Company provides services to certain affiliated companies which are
general partners in various venture capital funds (see Note 6). Management fees
for providing such services are recorded as earned.

    SALES AND MARKETING COSTS

       The Company expenses advertising media costs as incurred and advertising
production costs upon first airing or printing of the underlying advertisement.
Advertising expense was $423,000, $329,000 and $34,576,000 for the years ended
January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, and is included in sales and
marketing expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

       Included in sales and marketing expenses has been the cost of personal
computers given away to users by FreePC, Inc., a consolidated network company,
in exchange for a 30-month user agreement. The Company considers the cost of the
computers as the cost of procuring users and recognizes the expense upon
delivery of the computer to the user. For the year ended January 31, 2000, the
Company recorded approximately $18,100,000 of such costs. No such costs were
incurred during the year ended January 31, 1999.

    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS

       Product development costs are costs incurred to develop, enhance, manage,
monitor and operate the Company's web sites and related technologies. Such costs
are expensed as incurred unless certain criteria


                                      F-12
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


for capitalization are met. To date, costs subject to capitalization have not
been significant and, therefore, have not been capitalized.

    GAIN OR LOSS ON ISSUANCES OF STOCK BY NETWORK COMPANIES

       Pursuant to the Securities Exchange Commission's Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 84, at the time a network company accounted for under the
consolidation or equity method of accounting sells its stock to a third party at
a price per share which is different than the Company's carrying value per
share, the Company's share of the network company's net equity changes. If, at
that time, the network company is not a newly-formed, non-operating entity, nor
a research and development, start-up or development stage company, nor is there
question as to the network company's ability to continue in existence, the
Company records the change in its share of the network company's net equity as a
non-operating gain or loss in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains
and losses on the issuance of stock by network companies which are not included
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are recorded in Shareholders'
Equity, net of tax.

    INCOME TAXES

       Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method
whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the
differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of the
Company's assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established, when
necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their expected realizable amount.

    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

       Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income
(loss) applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding excluding the unvested portion of common
stock which is subject to repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per share is
computed by dividing the net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders by
the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the
dilutive effect, if any, of options, convertible preferred stock and
common stock subject to repurchase. Common share equivalents are included in the
computation of diluted net income (loss) per share only when the effect of their
inclusion would be dilutive.

    PRO FORMA SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE (UNAUDITED)

       Unaudited pro forma shareholders' equity at January 31, 2000 reflects the
automatic conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock outstanding
and the change in the par value of the Company's common stock in connection with
the reincorporation in the State of Nevada (See Note 23) at January 31, 2000
as if each had occurred as of that date. Unaudited pro forma basic net income
per share for the year ended January 31, 2000 is computed by dividing the net
income applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding excluding the unvested portion of common stock which
is subject to purchase, including the pro forma effects of the automatic
conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock into shares of the
Company's common stock effective upon the closing of the Company's initial
public offering as if such conversion occurred on February 1, 1999 or at the
date of issuance if later.

    CONCENTRATION OF RISK

       The Company is potentially subject to credit risk with respect to its
cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable balances. The Company
deposits cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions

                                      F-13
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

and, at times, such balances may be in excess of the federal deposit insurance
limits. The Company generally does not require collateral from its customers.

       As of January 31, 2000, 15% of the Company's accounts receivable balance
is due from one party.

    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and short term borrowings approximate their fair value due to
the short maturity of these instruments.


    ACCOUNTING FOR IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

       In accordance with SFAS No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of", the Company
records an impairment loss on long-lived assets used in operations when
indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated
to be generated by those assets are less than the asset's carrying amount. If
the Company determines that an asset is impaired, an impairment loss is recorded
to reduce the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value, which is
generally based on undiscounted cash flows.

    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

       The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements
in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion ("APB")
No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and complies with the
disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is recognized over the
vesting period of the related instrument based on the difference, if any,
between the deemed fair value for accounting purposes of the Company's common
stock and the exercise price on the date of grant. The Company accounts for
stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123
and EITF Issue No. 96-18 "Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to
Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or
Services".

    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

       Comprehensive income is the change in equity of a business enterprise
during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from
non-owner sources. Excluding net income, the Company's source of comprehensive
income is derived from net unrealized changes in the value of its marketable
securities. Reclassification adjustments result from the recognition in net
income of realized gains or losses that were included in comprehensive income in
prior periods.

    SEGMENT INFORMATION

       SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information", mandates the use of the management approach in the determination
of reportable segments. The management approach designates the internal
organization that is used by management for allocating resources and assessing
performance as the source of the Company's reportable segments. SFAS No. 131
also requires disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and
major customers. The Company currently operates in one industry segment.

    ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and


                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

       SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities", establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts and for hedging. In July 1999, SFAS No. 137, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities - Deferral of the Effective Date
of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133", was issued. SFAS No.
137 deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 133 from fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 1999 to fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. Because the
Company does not currently hold any derivative instruments and does not engage
in hedging activities, the impact of adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not currently
expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

       In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements"
("SAB 101"), which provides additional guidance related to applying generally
accepted accounting principles in financial statements. In March 2000, the SEC
issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101A, which requires implementation of SAB
101 no later than June 30, 2000. Management does not believe that adoption of
SAB 101 will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

3.     OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN NETWORK COMPANIES

       The following table summarizes the Company's ownership interests in
network companies accounted for under the equity method or cost method of
accounting, classified according to applicable accounting methods at January 31,
1999 and 2000. The cost basis column represents the Company's original
acquisition basis of the underlying ownership interests less any impairment
charges.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           JANUARY 31, 1999                         JANUARY 31, 2000
                                ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
                                  CARRYING VALUE         COST BASIS         CARRYING VALUE        COST BASIS
                                -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                             <C>                  <C>                 <C>                  <C>
          Equity Method........ $            1,056   $           1,578   $          488,047   $         435,035
          Cost Method..........              1,230               1,484              126,245             126,846
                                -------------------  ------------------  -------------------  ------------------
                                $            2,286   $           3,062   $          614,292   $         561,881
                                ===================  ==================  ===================  ==================
</TABLE>

       At January 31, 2000, the Company's carrying value of its ownership
interests in network companies accounted for under the equity method exceeded
its share of the underlying equity in the net assets of such companies by
$346,420,000, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization expense of
$1,274,000 related to this difference is included in "Equity in the income
(loss) of affiliates, net of tax" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the year ended January 31, 2000. The Company's carrying value of
its ownership interests in network companies accounted for under the equity
method did not exceed its share of the underlying equity in the net assets of
such companies at January 31, 1999.

       The Company includes advances to network companies accounted for under
the equity method and cost method in the carrying value of its ownership
interests. Such amounts are comprised of receivables for services provided, cash
advances in the form of short term loans to fund certain costs of the network
companies and convertible notes. Advances to network companies generally do not
bear interest and are payable on demand. As of January 31, 1999, the Company had
$108,000 and $126,000 in advances to network companies accounted for under the
equity method and cost method, respectively. As of January 31, 2000, the Company
had $12,072,000 and $611,000 in advances to network companies accounted for
under the equity method and cost method, respectively.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


       At January 31, 2000, the Company's ownership interest in GoTo.com, Inc.
("GoTo.com"), the only network company accounted for using the equity method
which is publicly traded, was approximately $1,000,854,000 based on quoted
market prices.

       The following summarized financial information for network companies and
other affiliates accounted for under the equity method of accounting at January
31, 1999 and 2000 has been compiled from the financial statements of the
respective network companies and other affiliates:

       BALANCE SHEETS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           JANUARY 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                     1999                2000
                                                              ------------------- -------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>
        Current assets........................................$           52,602  $          279,389
        Non-current assets....................................             7,948             184,360
                                                              ------------------- -------------------
             Total assets.....................................$           60,550  $          463,749
                                                              =================== ===================

        Current liabilities...................................$           12,418  $           82,618
        Non-current liabilities...............................               673               4,717
        Convertible preferred stock...........................            66,719             220,045
        Shareholders' equity (deficit)........................           (19,260)            156,369
                                                              ------------------- -------------------
             Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.......$           60,550  $          463,749
                                                              =================== ===================
</TABLE>

       RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998                1999                2000
                                       ------------------- -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                  <C>
        Revenues....................   $              588  $          27,086    $          43,741
                                       =================== ===================  ==================

        Net income (loss)...........   $           (2,075) $         (36,535)   $          79,328
                                       =================== ===================  ==================
</TABLE>

4.     MARKETABLE SECURITIES

       Marketable securities consist of equity securities and are carried at
fair value based on quoted market prices. The Company did not have any realized
losses on any sales of marketable securities. The following tables provide
certain additional information related to the Company's marketable securities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                  1999                2000
                                                           -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                  <C>
         Adjusted cost basis.............................  $             993    $           5,334
                                                           ===================  ==================
         Fair value......................................  $          35,832    $         249,765
                                                           ===================  ==================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998                1999                2000
                                       ------------------- -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                  <C>
        Gross unrealized:
           Gains....................   $           7,550   $          29,840    $         424,037
                                       =================== ===================  ==================
           Losses...................   $              --   $             301    $          12,641
                                       =================== ===================  ==================
</TABLE>

5.     BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

       In May, 1999, EntryPoint completed its acquisition of PointCast
Incorporated ("PointCast") pursuant to an agreement and plan of reorganization.
PointCast offers current news and information services to viewers

                                      F-16
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

and corporations using the Internet and corporate intranets. As consideration
for the purchase, EntryPoint issued shares of its convertible preferred stock
(valued at approximately $6,000,000) to the stockholders of PointCast and paid
them $1,000,000 in cash.

       In July 1999, CarsDirect.com acquired AutoData Marketing Systems
Incorporated ("AutoData") through the purchase of all of the outstanding shares
of its parent, Perga Capital Incorporated. AutoData has designed and populated
an automotive information data warehouse that serves as the basis for licensing
vehicle content to various customers. The aggregate purchase price of $8,765,000
was comprised of $6,820,000 in cash, $265,000 in acquisition costs and 210,000
shares of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock with an estimated fair value for
accounting purposes of $1,680,000. Additional cash consideration may be paid by
CarsDirect.com based on the level of AutoData's net income during periods
subsequent to the acquisition. The contingent consideration, if any, will be
recorded as an increase to the purchase price at the time that the contingency
is resolved. In connection with the purchase, CarsDirect.com issued 390,000
shares of restricted Class A common stock valued at $3,120,000 to two former
owners of AutoData, which vest over 4 years, subject to continued employment of
these individuals, and subject to acceleration in the event of an IPO by
CarsDirect.com or a change of control transaction, as defined. Such restricted
Class A common stock has been accounted for by CarsDirect.com as stock-based
compensation, which will be amortized over each employees' service period.
During the year ended December 31, 1999, CarsDirect.com recorded $325,000 of
stock-based compensation charges related to the amortization of deferred stock
compensation by CarsDirect.com.

       In October 1999, CarsDirect.com acquired certain assets of Potamkin Auto
Center Ltd. ("Potamkin"). Potamkin is engaged in the sale and lease of new and
used automobiles and also offers extended warranties and financing arrangements.
The aggregate purchase price of $14,145,000 was comprised of 1,250,000 shares of
CarsDirect.com's Class A common stock with an estimated fair value for
accounting purposes of $13,750,000 and $395,000 in acquisition costs. In
conjunction with the acquisition, CarsDirect.com issued 400,000 shares of
restricted Class A common stock with an estimated fair value for accounting
purposes of $4,400,000 to the sellers, including a key employee of Potamkin. The
shares will be distributed in quarterly increments commencing on December 31,
1999 and ending on September 30, 2002, subject to continued employment by the
current employee on the dates specified; accordingly, such stock has been
accounted for by CarsDirect.com as stock-based compensation, which will be
amortized over the employee's service period. During the year ended December 31,
1999, CarsDirect.com recorded $251,000 of stock-based compensation charges
related to the amortization of deferred stock compensation by CarsDirect.com.

       During 1999, CarsDirect.com entered into an agreement to form and operate
CD1Financial.com LLC ("CD1Financial"), a joint venture formed to provide
automotive related financial products to customers of CarsDirect.com. In
connection with this agreement, CarsDirect.com issued to the minority member of
the joint venture a warrant to purchase an amount of shares of CarsDirect.com
Class A common stock to be determined based upon the combined value of
CD1Financial and CarsDirect.com at the time of the occurrence of certain events.
In December 1999, CarsDirect.com acquired the minority member's 49% interest in
CD1Financial and terminated the master and operating agreement which governed
CD1Financial for $32,875,000 in cash. The terms of the warrant were also
modified to make the warrant non-forfeitable and immediately exercisable into
2,085,970 shares of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock with an exercise price
of $0.01 per share. The estimated fair value of the warrant for accounting
purposes was approximately $29,579,000 and has been accounted for as part of the
purchase price of the additional interest in CD1Financial and included in
goodwill.

       These acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method,
and, accordingly, the purchase prices have been allocated to the assets
purchased and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values at the dates of
acquisition. The portion of the purchase price allocated to goodwill will be
amortized

                                      F-17
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

on a straight line basis over three years for PointCast, AutoData and
CD1Financial and over ten years for Potamkin. The fair value of the identifiable
intangible assets acquired from AutoData, CD1Financial and Potamkin will be
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, ranging from
six months to ten years.

       The purchase prices of these acquisitions were allocated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     POINTCAST        AUTODATA        POTAMKIN     CD1 FINANCIAL
                                                   --------------  ---------------  -------------- --------------
                                                                                                   --------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
        Tangible assets............................$       8,329   $        1,268   $          71    $     1,706
        Liabilities assumed........................       (6,204)          (1,048)             --             --
        Identifiable intangibles...................           --            1,095           2,390             71
        Goodwill...................................        4,875            7,450          11,684         60,677
                                                   --------------  ---------------  -------------- --------------
        Purchase price.............................$       7,000   $        8,765   $      14,145    $    62,454
                                                   ==============  ===============  ============== ==============
</TABLE>

       The Company's consolidated results of operations incorporate the results
of operations of PointCast, AutoData, Potamkin and CD1Financial commencing on
the dates of acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma combined information
presents the combined results of operations of the Company as if these
acquisitions had occurred on the first day of each respective period. The
unaudited pro forma combined information does not necessarily reflect the
results of operations that would have occurred had the Company, PointCast,
AutoData, CD1Financial and Potamkin constituted a single entity during such
periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                        ----------------------------
                                                                            1999           2000
                                                                        -------------- -------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>
Revenues................................................................$      55,516  $    135,504
                                                                        ============== =============
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item.............................$     (10,404) $     90,371
                                                                        ============== =============
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders.....................$    (10,404)  $     94,508
                                                                        ============== =============
Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders:

   Basic................................................................$      (0.03)  $       0.22
   Diluted..............................................................$      (0.03)  $       0.14
</TABLE>

6.     INVESTMENT IN CERTAIN INVESTMENT ADVISORY FIRMS

       idealab! Capital Management I, L.L.C. ("ICM I") was formed in March 1998
to serve as the general partner of two venture capital funds: idealab! Capital
Partners I-A, L.P. ("ICP Fund I-A") and idealab! Capital Partners I-B, L.P.
("ICP Fund I-B") (collectively the "ICM I Funds"). The ICM I Funds have received
aggregate capital commitments of $105,051,000. ICM I has a 1% capital commitment
in each of the ICM I Funds and is entitled to 18.2% of the net profits, as
defined, of the ICM I Funds on a blended basis. The ICM I Funds are managed by
ICM I and are bound by the terms of a limited partnership agreement which
describes the ICM I Fund's investment policy. The ICM I Funds invest in idealab!
network companies and entities that are not affiliates of the Company in
accordance with the terms of the investment policy. In certain situations, the
ICM I Funds' investment in a network company is subject to approval from an
independent advisory committee of the respective ICM I Fund's limited partners.

       ICM I is managed, controlled and operated exclusively by its managing
members with any action or decision for, in respect of or on behalf of ICM I
requiring the approval of a majority in interest of its managing members. The
Company, together with its CEO, control 50% of the managing member interest in
ICM I. The Company is entitled to 43.5% of the profits and losses of ICM I. As
consideration for providing management services, the Company is also entitled to
an annual management fee equal to 0.5% of the aggregate capital committed to the
Funds not to exceed $400,000.



                                      F-18
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

       idealab! Capital Management II, L.L.C. ("ICM II") was formed in August
1999 to serve as the general partner of idealab! Capital Partners II-A, L.P.
("ICP Fund II-A"), idealab! Capital Partners II-B, L.P. ("ICP Fund II-B"), and
the idealab! Capital Principals Fund, L.P. ("Principals Fund") (collectively the
"ICM II Funds"). The ICM II Funds have received aggregate capital commitments of
$363,940,000. ICM II has a 0.15%, 1% and 1% capital commitment in ICP Fund II-A,
ICP Fund II-B and the Principals Fund, respectively. ICM II is entitled to
receive 19.4% of the net profits, as defined, of ICP Fund II-A and ICP Fund
II-B, on a blended basis, which is subject to retroactive adjustment to 29.1% if
the Funds achieve a specified internal rate of return. ICM II is also entitled
to receive 10% of the net profits, as defined, of the Principals Fund which is
subject to retroactive adjustment to 15% if the Principals Fund achieves a
specified internal rate of return. The investment policies of the ICM II Funds
are generally similar to those of the ICM I Funds.

       ICM II is managed, controlled and operated exclusively by its managing
members with any action or decision for, in respect of or on behalf of ICM II
requiring the approval of a majority in interest of its managing members. The
Company controls 50% of the managing member interest in ICM II, has a 50%
capital commitment and is entitled to 50% of the profits and losses of ICM II.
As consideration for providing management services, the Company is also entitled
to an annual management fee, payable quarterly in advance, equal to 50% of the
management fee earned by ICM II pursuant to the limited partnership agreements
of the ICM II Funds. The ICM II Funds pay management fees to ICM II based on a
percentage of the aggregate capital commitment to the ICM II Funds.

       The Company accounts for its ownership interest in each of ICM I and ICM
II under the equity method. The Company's equity in the income or loss of ICM I
and ICM II reflects the participation in the net profits of ICM I and ICM II,
which includes ICM I and ICM II's proportionate share of the unrealized
appreciation or depreciation of certain investment holdings of the ICM I Funds
and the ICM II Funds. The Company eliminates profits and losses attributable to
the Funds' investment holdings in network companies which the Company accounts
for using the consolidation or equity method. These profits and losses will only
be recognized upon realization in the form of a sale of the underlying shares by
the Funds or by the Company. Additionally, the Company eliminates the portion of
ICM I's equity in the income of the ICM I Funds which is attributable to the
appreciation or depreciation on holdings by the ICM I Funds in the Company's
convertible preferred stock.

       The Company also has a limited partnership interest in the Principals
Fund and has made a capital commitment of $25,000,000 of the aggregate committed
capital of $33,333,000, of which the Company has paid $4,250,000 as of January
31, 2000. The Company is entitled to 64% of the Principal Fund's profit and
losses, unless a target internal rate of return is not achieved, at which time
idealab!'s entitlement will retroactively adjust to 67.5%.

       The Company's equity in the net income of ICM I was $314,000 and
$41,231,000 during the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000. The carrying value
of the Company's equity interest in ICM I was $738,000 and $47,408,000 at
January 31, 1999 and January 31, 2000. The Company's equity in the net loss of
ICM II was $551,000 during the year ended January 31, 2000. The carrying value
of the Company's equity interest in ICM II was $(455,000) at January 31, 2000.
During the year ended January 31, 2000 the Company received a distribution from
ICM I comprised of $2,000,000 in cash and equity securities with a value of
$20,909,000 on the date of the distribution.

7.     DECONSOLIDATION OF NETWORK COMPANIES

       During the three years in the period ended January 31, 2000, the Company
has experienced reductions in the ownership interests in certain of its
consolidated network companies to below 50%, primarily due to the issuance of
additional voting securities by the network companies, generally with priority


                                      F-19
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

in liquidation preference to the securities owned by the Company. During periods
prior to the reduction in the Company's ownership interest to below 50%, the
Company consolidated the operating results and assets and liabilities of the
network company. At the date of deconsolidation, the Company has recorded gains
equal to the amount, if any, by which the cumulative losses of the network
company recorded by idealab! exceeded the cost of the Company's ownership
interest in the network company. Gains recorded in connection with the
deconsolidation of network companies are included in Other Income in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

       During the quarter ended January 31, 1998, the Company's ownership
interest in the common stock of eToys, Inc. ("eToys") was reduced from 61% to
37% as a result of the issuance of shares of convertible preferred stock by
eToys. The Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended
January 31, 1998 includes eToys net revenue of $0 and operating losses of
$381,000. As a result of the deconsolidation of eToys, during the year ended
January 31, 1998, the Company recorded a gain of $124,000.

       During March 1998, Intranets.com, Inc. ("Intranets"), formerly
IntraNetics, Inc., issued shares of its convertible preferred stock for total
cash proceeds of approximately $5,452,000 and the conversion of $2,831,000 of
convertible notes payable, plus accrued interest. As a result of these
transactions the Company's ownership interest in the common stock of Intranets
was reduced from 59% to 19%. The Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the year ended January 31, 1998 includes Intranets net revenue of $70,000
and operating losses of $5,357,000. As a result of the deconsolidation of
Intranets, during the year ended January 31, 1999, the Company recorded a gain
of $5,259,000.

       During the quarter ended July 31, 1998, the Company's ownership interest
in GoTo.com was reduced from 80% to 45% as a result of the issuance of shares of
convertible preferred stock by GoTo.com. The Company's Consolidated Statement of
Operations for the year ended January 31, 1998 includes GoTo.com net revenue of
$22,000 and operating losses of $119,000. As a result of the deconsolidation of
GoTo.com, the Company recorded a gain of $243,000.

       During the quarter ended July 31, 1999, the Company's ownership interest
in FirstLook, Inc. ("FirstLook"), formerly MusicNow, Inc., was reduced from 96%
to 45% as a result of the issuance of shares of common stock by FirstLook. The
Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended January 31,
1999 includes FirstLook net revenue of $0 and operating losses of $254,000. As
a result of the deconsolidation of FirstLook, during the year ended January 31,
2000 the Company recorded a gain of $332,000.

8.     GAIN ON STOCK ISSUANCE BY A NETWORK COMPANY

       During the year ended January 31, 2000, the Company recorded a pre-tax
gain of $22,658,000 representing the net increase in the Company's proportionate
share of the dollar amount of GoTo.com's equity resulting from stock issued by
GoTo.com in connection with it's initial public offering ("IPO"). GoTo.com, an
online marketplace where advertisers bid for introductions to consumers seeking
information, services and products, raised $94,800,000 of net proceeds by
issuing 6,900,000 shares of common stock at $15.00 per share. As a result of the
IPO the Company's percentage interest in the outstanding voting securities of
GoTo.com decreased from 25% to 20%. The Company recorded $9,222,000 of deferred
income taxes as a result of the gain.

9.     EFFECT OF NETWORK COMPANIES' EQUITY TRANSACTIONS

       During the three years in the period ended January 31, 2000, several of
idealab's network companies issued common and preferred stock to third parties
at a price per share that was greater than the Company's average carrying value
per share on the date of the financing. Due to the fact that the


                                      F-20
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


underlying network companies did not have significant operating histories or
revenues at the time of the financings, or other factors as described in Note 2,
the increase in the Company's proportionate share of the dollar amount of the
underlying network company's equity has been recorded, net of tax, as an equity
transaction under the heading "Effect of network companies' equity
transactions".

       During the year ended January 31, 1998, these gains resulted primarily
from the initial public offering of 1,300,000 shares of Shopping.com common
stock which raised net proceeds of $10,289,000 and reduced the Company's
ownership interest from 22% to 15%. At the time of the transaction
Shopping.com's ability to continue as a going concern was in question. The
Company recorded a gain of $770,000, net of tax of $530,000.

       During the year ended January 31, 1999 these gains resulted primarily
from several issuances of securities by our network companies, each of which was
not significant.

       During the year ended January 31, 2000 these gains resulted primarily
from the following transactions:

       o   The Company's ownership interest in CarsDirect.com was impacted by
           the issuances by CarsDirect.com of Class A common stock and warrants
           in connection with the acquisitions of AutoData, Potamkin and
           CD1Financial which are described in Note 5. The Company recorded an
           aggregate gain of $2,131,000, net of tax of $1,462,000, as a result
           of these transactions based on the deemed fair value for accounting
           purposes of the CarsDirect.com Class A common stock and warrants
           issued in connection with these acquisitions. These issuances of
           stock and warrants by CarsDirect.com decreased the Company's
           ownership interest in the outstanding voting securities of
           CarsDirect.com by approximately three percentage points.

       o   PetsMart.com issued shares of convertible preferred stock for net
           proceeds of $55,406,000 which reduced the Company's ownership
           interest from 28% to 22%. The Company recorded a gain of $757,000,
           net of tax of $519,000.

10.    BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               JANUARY 31,
                                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                                            1999          2000
                                                                                        ------------- -------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
        Accounts receivable, net:
           Accounts receivable..........................................................$         92  $     15,268
           Allowance for doubtful accounts..............................................         (15)         (508)
                                                                                        ------------- -------------
                                                                                        $         77  $     14,760
                                                                                        ============= =============
        Fixed assets, net:
           Computer equipment and software..............................................$      1,028  $     12,543
           Office equipment and furniture...............................................         334         2,954
           Vehicles.....................................................................          --         1,453
           Leasehold improvements.......................................................       1,668         5,200
                                                                                        ------------- -------------
                                                                                               3,030        22,150
        Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization.................................        (717)       (3,581)
                                                                                        ============= =============
                                                                                        $      2,313  $     18,569
                                                                                        ============= =============
</TABLE>

       Total depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets was $201,000,
$506,000 and $3,195,000 for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively. Fixed assets include $204,000 and $4,863,000 of computer equipment
acquired under capital leases at January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively, and
$88,000 and $1,038,000 of accumulated depreciation on such assets.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


       Allowance for doubtful accounts increased for additional reserves of $0,
$15,000 and $674,000 for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively, and decreased for write-offs of $0, $0 and $181,000 for the years
ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

<TABLE>

                                                                                               JANUARY 31,
                                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                                            1999          2000
       Goodwill, net:                                                                   ------------- -------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
           Goodwill.....................................................................$         --  $    114,370
           Less: accumulated amortization...............................................          --        (4,783)
                                                                                        ------------- -------------
                                                                                        $         --  $    109,587
                                                                                        ============= =============
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


        Accrued Expenses:

<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
           Book overdrafts..............................................................$         --  $     12,016
           Liability under an inventory supply agreement................................          --         5,638
           Deferred revenue.............................................................          58         2,504
           Deposit for convertible preferred stock......................................       2,500            --
           Payroll expenses.............................................................          78         1,268
           Deferred rent................................................................         144           624
           Accrued legal settlement.....................................................         790            --
           Other accrued expenses.......................................................         248         4,055
                                                                                        ------------- -------------
                                                                                        $      3,818  $     26,105
                                                                                        ============= =============
</TABLE>


11.    SHORT TERM BORROWINGS

    LINE OF CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS

       In July 1999, the Company entered into an $8 million revolving promissory
note (the "Promissory Note") with a financial institution. The Promissory Note
is collateralized by certain marketable securities owned by the Company and
expires on May 21, 2000, if not renewed. Borrowings under the Promissory Note
accrue interest at the Eurodollar Rate, as defined, plus one percent (7.125% at
January 31, 2000) and interest payments are due monthly. The Promissory Note
does not have any restrictive covenants, however, the Company must maintain
adequate collateral, as defined in a separate Pledge Agreement, in relation to
the outstanding borrowings. At January 31, 2000, no amounts were outstanding
under the Promissory Note.

    BORROWINGS

       EntryPoint has a note payable to an insurance company which bears
interest at the rate of 9.7% per annum and is collateralized by EntryPoint's
property and equipment; at January 31, 2000, $992,000 was outstanding. Principal
and interest payments of $107,000 are due monthly through October 2000.

12.    MINORITY INTEREST

       In October 1999, CarsDirect.com, a consolidated network company, issued
convertible preferred stock, some of which was purchased by the Company. The
preferred stock is convertible on a one-to-one basis, subject to antidilution,
into shares of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock at the option of the holder
at any time. Any shares which have not been converted will automatically convert
upon the effective date of a qualifying initial public offering of
CarsDirect.com Class A common stock, as defined, which raises at least $20
million at a per share offering price of at least $7.00. The preferred
shareholders are entitled to vote based on the number of Class A common shares
into which the preferred shares are convertible. The holders of the preferred
shares are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to
$1.26 per share per annum when and if declared by the Board of Directors of
CarsDirect.com. The preferred


                                      F-22
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


shares are redeemable by CarsDirect.com upon the sale of all or substantially
all of its assets or the acquisition of CarsDirect.com by another entity by
means of merger or consolidation resulting from the transfer of 50% or more of
CarsDirect.com's voting power. Additionally, as described in Note 5,
CarsDirect.com issued Class A common stock and a warrant to purchase Class A
common stock in connection with certain business acquisitions. At January 31,
2000, the minority interest balance attributable to CarsDirect.com, net of the
minority shareholders' share of CarsDirect.com's losses, was $141,591,000.

     In October 1999, HomePage.com, a consolidated network company, issued
convertible preferred stock to third parties. The preferred stock is convertible
on a one-to-one basis, subject to antidilution, into shares of HomePage.com
common stock at the option of the holder at any time. Any shares of preferred
stock which have not been converted will automatically convert upon the
effective date of a qualifying initial public offering of HomePage.com common
stock, as defined, which raises at least $15,000,000. The preferred shareholders
are entitled to vote based on the number of common shares into which the
preferred shares are convertible. The holders of the preferred shares are
entitled to receive noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to $0.16 per
share per annum when and if declared by the Board of Directors of HomePage.com.
The preferred shares are redeemable by HomePage.com upon the sale of all or
substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of HomePage.com by another
entity by means of merger or consolidation resulting from the transfer of 50% or
more of HomePage.com's voting power. At January 31, 2000, the minority interest
balances attributable to HomePage.com, net of the minority shareholders' share
of HomePage.com's losses, was $8,915,000.

13.    CAPITALIZATION

     As of January 31, 2000, the Company was authorized to issue 1,138,000,000
shares of stock, comprised of 1,100,000,000 shares of common stock, no par
value, and 38,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value. The authorized
shares of preferred stock may be offered in one or more series. The Company's
Board of Directors is authorized to determine the rights of each offering of
preferred stock including, among other terms, dividend rights, voting rights,
conversion rights, redemption prices and liquidation preferences, if any.

   COMMON STOCK

     In December 1999, the Company's Board of Directors declared a stock split
of ten shares for every one share of common stock effective for common
shareholders of record as of December 30, 1999. Accordingly, the accompanying
financial statements and footnotes have been restated for all periods presented
to reflect the stock split.

     During the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000, the Company issued
96,250,000 and 25,777,000 shares, respectively, of common stock to certain
employees and directors upon the early exercise of stock options in exchange for
the issuance of full recourse promissory notes. Under the terms of the related
common stock agreements, the Company has the right to repurchase any unvested
shares at the exercise price in the event the employee or director ceases to be
an employee or director of the Company. The repurchase option lapses in the same
amounts and on the same dates that the options would have vested had they not
been exercised early.

     During the year ended January 31, 2000, the Company sold 53,600,000 shares
of common stock to certain executive employees in exchange for the issuance of
full recourse promissory notes. Under the terms of the restricted common stock
purchase agreements, the Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares
at the original issue price in the event the employee ceases to be an employee
of the Company. The repurchase option lapses at the rate of 20% of the common
shares immediately, subject to certain adjustments, with the remainder vesting
over a four year period. The Company has accounted for


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

the difference between the deemed fair value of the Company's common stock for
accounting purposes and the purchase price of the common stock on the date of
issuance as compensation, and accordingly has recorded $15,003,000 as deferred
stock compensation in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet which is being
amortized over the vesting period. During the year ended January 31, 2000,
stock-based compensation included amortization of $7,891,000 of such deferred
stock compensation.

       The holders of these common shares have all the rights of a common
shareholder including the right to vote the shares held and receive any
dividends declared thereon. During the year ended January 31, 2000, the Company
repurchased and retired 3,249,000 shares of common stock pursuant to its
repurchase option. The shares were repurchased at their original issue price. At
January 31, 2000, 107,575,000 shares of common stock were subject to repurchase.

    CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

       The following table summarizes the Series A, Series B, Series C and
Series D activity for each of the three years in the period ended January 31,
2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  SERIES A              SERIES B             SERIES C              SERIES D
                             -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
                              SHARES     AMOUNT    SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT
                             ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                              <C>    <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>    <C>            <C>    <C>
Balance at January 31, 1997.     3,450  $  3,450
Issuance of Series B........                          5,120  $   8,704
                             ---------- --------- ---------- ----------
Balance at January 31, 1998.     3,450     3,450      5,120      8,704
Issuance of Series B........                            881      1,498
                             ---------- --------- ---------- ----------
Balance at January 31, 1999.     3,450     3,450      6,001     10,202
Issuance of Series C........                                               6,000  $  18,000
Issuance of Series D........                                                                     8,519  $ 851,889
Beneficial conversion
   feature..................                                                          9,724
Repurchase of Series B......                           (284)      (483)
                             ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Balance at January 31, 2000.     3,450  $  3,450      5,717  $   9,719     6,000  $  27,724      8,519  $ 851,889
                             ========== ========= ========== ========== ========= ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>


     Redeemable convertible preferred stock consists of the following at January
31, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                    LIQUIDATION
                                                                            SHARES                      AND
                                                                -------------------------------     REDEMPTION
                                                                 AUTHORIZED       OUTSTANDING          VALUE
                                                                -------------    --------------    --------------
<S>                                                                   <C>                <C>       <C>
         Series A convertible..............................            3,450             3,450     $       3,450
         Series B convertible..............................            6,002             5,717             9,719
         Series C convertible..............................            6,000             6,000            18,000
         Series D convertible..............................           13,000             8,519           851,889
         Undesignated......................................            9,548                --                --
                                                                -------------    --------------    --------------
                                                                      38,000            23,686     $     883,058
                                                                =============    ==============    ==============
</TABLE>


     Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the holder's option, into
such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is
determined by dividing $1.00, in the case of Series A, $1.70, in the case of
Series B, $3.00, in the case of Series C, and $100.00, in the case of Series D,
by the conversion price, as defined. At January 31, 2000, the conversion price
of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D Preferred Stock was $0.10,
$0.17, $0.30, and $10.00, respectively, such that each share of convertible
preferred stock is convertible into ten shares of common stock. In December
1999, the Company amended its Articles of Incorporation such that in the event
of the issuance of additional shares of common stock, subject to certain
exclusions, at a price per share less than the conversion price for any series
of convertible preferred stock in effect on the date of such issuance, the
conversion price for such


                                      F-24
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


series of convertible preferred stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such
issuance, to the price per share of the common stock issued. The conversion
price is also subject to adjustment based on certain other anti-dilution
provisions. Each share of preferred stock shall automatically convert into
shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon
the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
aggregate proceeds of which exceed $100,000,000 to the Company. As of January
31, 2000, the Company was required to reserve and keep available, out of its
authorized but unissued shares of common stock, 236,860,000 shares for
conversion of preferred stock.

       In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A, Series B,
Series C and Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive, on parity with
each other and prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or
surplus funds to the holders of the common stock, an amount per share equal to
$1.00, $1.70, $3.00 and $100.00 per share, respectively, plus an amount equal to
any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. Liquidation is also deemed to
include the Company's sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the
acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger or consolidation
resulting from the transfer of 50% or more of the Company's voting power. The
holders of common stock are entitled to the remaining assets, if any, on a pro
rata basis.

       The Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D preferred shareholders are
entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred
stock can be converted. The preferred stock generally votes together with the
common stock and not as a separate class. The Company's Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation includes certain provisions which require a
majority vote of the holders of the Series D preferred shareholders, voting
separately as a class, with respect to certain actions of the Board of Directors
including: (1) changing the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series D
preferred stock; (2) authorizing, creating or issuing any shares of any class or
series of stock having any preference or priority superior as to dividends,
liquidation or conversion over Series D preferred stock; or (3) approving a
consolidation or merger of the corporation with or into any other corporation,
or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation, or a
series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the
corporation is disposed of, without consideration or for a consideration per
share less than the Conversion Price for the Series D preferred stock in effect
on the date of and immediately prior to such approval. The Company's Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation also includes certain provisions which
require the approval of more than 50% of the holders of the Series A, Series B
and Series C preferred shareholders, voting separately as a class, with respect
to certain actions of the Board of Directors including changing the rights,
preferences and privileges of the Series A, B and C preferred shareholders.

       The holders of each series of preferred stock are entitled to receive
noncumulative dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors. In all
cases, if dividends are declared and paid to preferred shareholders they must
have at least the same terms as dividends declared and paid to common
shareholders. No dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors during
the period from March 14, 1996 (inception) to January 31, 2000.

       The Company recorded a deduction for the beneficial conversion feature
associated with the Series C convertible preferred stock, based on the deemed
fair value of the Company's common stock on the issuance date of the Series C
convertible preferred stock. The Series C preferred stock was convertible at
the date of issuance and therefore the full amount of the beneficial conversion
feature was accreted in the year ended January 31, 2000.


                                      F-25
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


    WARRANT

       In August 1998, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares
of common stock at $0.095 per share to a non-employee. The warrant was fully
vested on the date of grant and was exercised in March 1999. The fair value of
the warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

    NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM SHAREHOLDERS

       Notes receivable from shareholders of $1,665,000 and $38,304,000 at
January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively, represent interest bearing notes
receivable from certain employees in connection with their purchase of shares of
the Company's common stock, as described above. The notes bear interest at the
annual rate of 7.00% compounded semi-annually with accrued interest due
annually. The notes issued generally have a four year term, however, are payable
immediately if cash dividends in excess of the principal and interest owed are
paid to the shareholder.

    SHARES REPURCHASED

       In September 1999, the Company purchased and retired 7,593,500 shares of
common stock and 284,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock from
investors at per share prices of $1.50 and $15.00, respectively, for a total of
$15,650,000.

14.    STOCK OPTION PLANS

       The Company currently has three stock option plans in effect: the 1996
Employee Stock Plan (the "1996 Plan"), the 1999 Employee Stock Plan (the "1999
Plan" and, collectively the "Employee Plans") and the 1999 Executive Stock Plan
(the "1999 Executive Plan" and, together with the Employee Plans, the "Plans").
The Plans provide for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to the Company's
or its subsidiaries' employees or consultants and the grant of incentive stock
options to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Stock purchase rights
may also be granted under the terms of the Plans.

       The Company's Board of Directors administer the Plans, select the
individuals to whom options will be granted, determine the number of options to
be granted and the term and exercise price of each option. Incentive stock
options granted pursuant to the terms of the Plans cannot be granted with an
exercise price of less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant
(110% if the award is issued to a 10% or more shareholder). Nonstatutory stock
options granted pursuant to the terms of the Plans cannot be granted with an
exercise price of less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant
(110% for awards granted pursuant to the terms of the Employee Plans issued to a
10% or more shareholder). The term of the options granted under the Plans cannot
be greater than 10 years; 5 years for certain optionees who have an ownership
interest in the Company or one of its subsidiaries. Options granted generally
vest 20% immediately or upon 6 month anniversary, subject to certain
adjustments, with the remaining balance vesting evenly on each of the next four
anniversary dates of the date of grant. Options are immediately exercisable for
common stock, with the unvested portion of the common stock subject to
repurchase by the Company at the exercise price until the option vesting period
is complete (see Note 13). An aggregate of 150,000,000, 90,000,000 and
175,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the
1996 Plan, the 1999 Plan and the 1999 Executive Plan, respectively. As of
January 31, 2000, stock purchase rights have not been granted under the terms of
the Plans.


                                      F-26
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


       The following table summarizes the activity of the Company's stock option
plans during each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1998                  1999                   2000
                                           --------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------
                                                       WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED                WEIGHTED
                                                       AVERAGE                AVERAGE                 AVERAGE
                                            NUMBER OF  EXERCISE   NUMBER OF   EXERCISE   NUMBER OF    EXERCISE
                                             SHARES      PRICE      SHARES      PRICE      SHARES       PRICE
                                           ----------- --------- ------------ --------- ------------- ----------
<S>                                             <C>    <C>            <C>     <C>           <C>       <C>
Options outstanding, beginning of the year      55,790 $   0.010      73,837  $   0.012      44,430   $   0.014
Granted...................................      27,104     0.016      71,063      0.020     216,587       1.289
Exercised.................................          --        --     (96,250)     0.017     (57,900)      0.616
Canceled / forfeited......................      (9,057)    0.010      (4,220)     0.013      (3,103)      0.036
                                           ------------           -----------           -------------
Options outstanding, end of the year, all
   of which are exercisable...............      73,837     0.012      44,430      0.014     200,014       1.221
                                           ============           ===========           =============
Options available for grant, end of year..      76,163                 9,320                 64,086
                                           ============           ===========           =============
</TABLE>


       The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding, all of which are exercisable, at January 31, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                               -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 WEIGHTED AVERAGE         WEIGHTED
                                                                     REMAINING             AVERAGE
                                                 NUMBER OF       CONTRACTUAL LIFE         EXERCISE
         RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                 SHARES        (NOT IN THOUSANDS)          PRICE
         ----------------------------------    --------------   --------------------    --------------
<S>      <C>                                        <C>                       <C>       <C>
         $ 0.01 - $ 0.04................              9,644                   7.25      $       0.02
         $ 0.80.........................              4,000                   9.38      $       0.80
         $ 1.28 - $ 1.87................            186,370                   9.53      $       1.29
</TABLE>


       Options granted to employees during the years ended January 31, 1999 and
2000 resulted in total deferred stock compensation of $7,795,000 and
$244,537,000, respectively which has been included in shareholders' equity. This
deferred compensation represents the difference between the deemed fair value of
the Company's common stock for accounting purposes and the exercise price of
these options at the date of grant. The deferred stock compensation will be
recognized as stock-based compensation over the vesting period of the related
options. During the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000, such stock-based
compensation was $1,967,000 and $41,234,000, respectively.

       During the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the Company
granted 8,753,420, 2,862,940, and 2,885,460 options, respectively, to
non-employees. The fair value of these options is being re-measured over the
vesting periods and $407,000, $2,263,000 and $63,931,000 during each of the
years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, has been recorded as
deferred stock compensation. The fair value was determined and remeasured using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model assuming a volatility of 80%, an option
life of 10 years (adjusted as applicable), a dividend yield of 0% and varying
risk free interest rates which approximated 6%. The amortization, which is
included in stock-based compensation in the accompanying Consolidated Statement
of Operations, is being charged to operations over the vesting period of the
related option grant, generally four years. Such amortization was $233,000,
$1,943,000, and $40,841,000 for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively.

       The Company's consolidated network companies typically maintain separate
stock option plans. During the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the
Company's stock-based compensation expense included $0, $0 and $19,184,000,
respectively, of stock-based compensation recorded by consolidated network
companies.


                                      F-27
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


     The Company applies APB No. 25 and related interpretations to account for
stock options granted to employees and directors. Had compensation cost been
recognized pursuant to the fair value approach of SFAS No. 123, the Company's
pro forma net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share applicable to common
shareholders would have been as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                                           1998          1999          2000
                                                                        ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>          <C>
          Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders:
             As reported............................................... $    (7,056)    $    (883)   $  104,983
             SFAS 123 pro forma........................................ $    (7,132)    $    (963)   $   88,263
          Net income (loss) per share applicable to common
           shareholders:
             As reported:
                 Basic................................................. $     (0.02)    $      --    $     0.25
                 Diluted............................................... $     (0.02)    $      --    $     0.15
             SFAS 123 pro forma:
                 Basic................................................. $     (0.02)    $      --    $     0.21
                 Diluted............................................... $     (0.02)    $      --    $     0.13
</TABLE>


     These pro forma amounts may not be representative of future disclosures
since the estimated fair value of stock options is amortized to expense over the
vesting period, and additional options may be granted in future years.

     The per share weighted-average fair value of options issued by the Company
to employees where the exercise price equaled the deemed fair value of the
Company's common stock on the grant date during the year ended January 31, 1998
was approximately $0.01. During the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000 the
per share weighted average fair value of options issued by the Company to
employees where the exercise price was below the deemed fair value of the
Company's common stock for accounting purposes was approximately $0.12 and
$1.64. The minimum fair value of each stock option grant has been estimated on
the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the
following weighted average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                                           1998         1999         2000
                                                                        ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>
          Risk-free interest rate......................................        6.2%         4.8%          5.9%
          Expected life (in years).....................................          8            8             8
          Dividend yield...............................................         --           --            --
          Expected volatility..........................................         --           --            --
</TABLE>


                                      F-28
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


15.    OTHER INCOME, NET

       Other income, net consists of the following for the years ended January
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1998             1999              2000
                                                       ---------------  ----------------  ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>               <C>
          Deconsolidation of eToys, Inc..............  $          124   $            --   $           --
          Deconsolidation of Intranets.com...........              --             5,259               --
          Deconsolidation of GoTo.com................              --               243               --
          Deconsolidation of FirstLook...............              --                --              332
          Sale of ownership interest in
             Free-PC, Inc............................              --                --           90,783
          Other, net.................................              92              (195)             888
                                                       ---------------  ----------------  ---------------
                                                       $          216   $         5,307   $       92,003
                                                       ===============  ================  ===============
</TABLE>


       See Note 7 for a description of the gains resulting from
deconsolidations.

       In January 2000, eMachines, Inc. ("eMachines") completed a transaction
whereby one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries was merged with and into Free-PC.
In connection with the acquisition, eMachines issued 21,630,000 shares of common
and convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 9,270,000 shares of
eMachines common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common and
convertible preferred stock of Free-PC. In connection with this transaction, the
Company's 57% interest in Free-PC was converted into common and convertible
preferred shares of eMachines and a warrant to purchase shares of eMachines
common stock. The eMachines stock and warrants were valued at $97,391,000 on the
date of the exchange resulting in a gain of $90,783,000. The Company's ownership
interest in eMachines is accounted for using the cost method.

16.    INCOME TAXES

       The income tax benefit (expense) for the years ended January 31, 1998,
1999 and 2000, consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           CURRENT        DEFERRED         TOTAL
                                        --------------  -------------- --------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>            <C>
          January 31, 1998:
             Federal.................   $         --    $       3,037  $       3,037
             State...................             (8)             499            491
                                        --------------  -------------- --------------
                                        $         (8)   $       3,536  $       3,528
                                        ==============  ============== ==============
          January 31, 1999:
             Federal.................   $         --    $       2,032  $       2,032
             State...................             (8)             334            326
                                        --------------  -------------- --------------
                                        $         (8)   $       2,366  $       2,358
                                        ==============  ============== ==============
          January 31, 2000:
             Federal.................   $    (72,330)   $      (1,627) $     (73,957)
             State...................        (18,493)           6,205        (12,288)
                                        --------------  -------------- --------------
                                        $    (90,823)   $       4,578  $     (86,245)
                                        ==============  ============== ==============
</TABLE>


                                      F-29
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


       Deferred tax assets and liabilities, all of which are classified as
non-current, are comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                     ---------------------------------
                                                          1999             2000
                                                     ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
          Deferred tax assets:
          Tax basis in excess of financial
             reporting basis of investments in
             network companies.....................  $        1,064   $        19,630
          Stock-based compensation.................           1,138            21,356
          State taxes..............................              --             6,472
          Net operating loss carryforward..........           7,513            19,594
                                                     ---------------- ----------------
             Total gross deferred tax assets.......           9,715            67,052
          Less: valuation allowance................          (4,497)          (19,594)
                                                     ---------------- ----------------
             Net deferred tax assets...............           5,218            47,458
                                                     ---------------- ----------------
          Deferred tax liabilities:
          Financial reporting basis in excess of
             tax basis of investments in network
             companies.............................            (734)          (64,411)
          Financial reporting basis in excess of
             tax basis of available-for-sale
             securities............................         (14,176)          (99,460)
                                                     ---------------- ----------------
          Total gross deferred tax liabilities.....         (14,910)         (163,871)
                                                     ---------------- ----------------
          Net deferred tax liability...............  $       (9,692)  $      (116,413)
                                                     ================ ================
</TABLE>

       The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes
determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to
pretax income from continuing operations as a result of the following
differences:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                    ------------------------------------
                                                      1998        1999         2000
                                                    ----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Income tax benefit (expense) at federal
   statutory rates...............................   $   3,967   $   1,352   $   (28,394)
Difference in income tax benefit (expense)
 resulting from:

State taxes, net of federal......................       1,059         321        (4,669)
Stock-based compensation.........................          --        (520)      (12,126)
Valuation allowance, consolidated network company
   losses not benefited..........................      (2,946)     (1,367)      (15,096)
Write off, consolidated subsidiary losses not
   benefited.....................................        (416)       (233)      (38,928)
Basis difference in subsidiaries not
   consolidated for tax purposes.................       2,531       1,174        12,968
Valuation allowance..............................        (667)      1,631            --
                                                    ----------  ----------  ------------
Actual income tax benefit (expense)..............   $   3,528   $   2,358   $   (86,245)
                                                    ==========  ==========  ============
</TABLE>

       The Company files its income tax return on a calendar year basis. The
Company does not include its less than 80% owned subsidiaries in its
consolidated income tax return. As a result, taxable income and losses of less
than 80% owned subsidiaries do not offset each other or that of the Company.
Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against net
operating losses for its proportionate share of


                                      F-30
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


its less than 80% owned network companies due to uncertainty surrounding the
timing of the realization of such losses by those network companies.

       The net increase (decrease) in the valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets is $3,613,000, $(264,000), and $15,096,000 for the years ended January
31, 1998, 1999, and 2000, respectively. The increases primarily relate to
additional reserves for the net operating loss carryforwards of the Company's
less than 80% owned subsidiary companies which are not consolidated
for tax purposes (as discussed above).

       Net operating loss carryforwards of the Company and its share of its less
than 80% owned subsidiaries totaled approximately $18,438,000 and $48,087,000 at
January 31, 1999 and January 31, 2000, respectively. Their use is limited to
future taxable earnings of the Company and the subsidiaries. The net operating
losses have 20 and 8 year carryforward periods for federal and state income tax
purposes, respectively. If certain substantial changes occur with respect to the
ownership of the Company or its less than 80% owned subsidiary companies, there
could be an annual limitation on the amount of the net operating loss
carryforward which can be utilized.

       Excluded from the tax benefit and tax provision but included in deferred
tax liabilities is the effect of network companies' equity transactions of
approximately $644,000, $908,000, and $3,750,000 for the years ended January 31,
1998, 1999, and 2000, respectively. Also excluded from the tax benefit and tax
provision but included in deferred tax liabilities is the unrealized holding
gains from the increase in market value of the Company's marketable securities
of approximately $3,076,000, $11,100,000, and $85,284,000 for the years ended
January 31, 1998, 1999, and 2000, respectively.

17.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       Trade revenues for the year ended January 31, 1999 and 2000 included
$49,000 and $83,000 of revenue generated from transactions with network
companies which are accounted for using the equity method. Revenues for the year
ended January 31, 1998 did not include any revenue generated from Network
Companies which are accounted for using the equity method.

       The Company provides facilities and various services, including executive
recruiting, web development, information technology, legal, finance, accounting
and human resources, to certain of its network companies. The Company charges
each of these network companies a monthly fee at rates which approximate the
cost of providing such facilities and services. During the years ended January
31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the Company charged certain of its equity method
network companies aggregate fees of $42,000, $453,000 and $1,541,000,
respectively, for these facilities and other services. See also Note 3 which
describes amounts due from network companies which are accounted for using the
equity method at January 31, 1999 and 2000.

       In February 1999, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with one
of its network companies which is accounted for using the equity method. In
December 1999, both parties agreed to terminate this agreement and enter into a
separate sublease agreement commencing in January 2000 and expiring in October
2004. Total remaining minimum sublease income due pursuant to the terms of the
sublease is approximately $6,100,000. During the year ended January 31, 2000,
the Company recorded $364,000 of sublease income from this Network Company.

       In October 1999, the Company issued an equity method network company
which is accounted for using the equity method a promissory note in the amount
of $1,962,007 which accrued interest at the rate of 7% per annum. The note
financed the Company's purchase of an additional interest in the network company
and was collateralized by the underlying convertible preferred stock. The note,
including accrued


                                      F-31
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

interest, was paid in full prior to January 31, 2000. The Company recorded
interest expense of $33,000 on this note during the year ended January 31, 2000.

       During the year ended January 31, 2000, the Company issued promissory
notes to its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer with total principal amounting
to $9,283,000. Each of the promissory notes accrued interest at the rate of 7%
per annum compounded semi-annually and was payable on the earlier of demand by
the Company or December 31, 1999. During December 1999, all of the notes,
including accrued interest, were paid in full. The Company recorded interest
income of $231,000 on such notes during the year ended January 31, 2000.

       In December 1998, the Company entered into a promissory note with its
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer under which the Company borrowed $300,000
which was payable on demand. The note did not bear interest and was paid in full
by the Company in February 1999.

       See Note 13 for a description of notes receivable from shareholders,
including employees, officers and directors, issued upon the early exercise of
stock options, or the sale of common stock subject to repurchase.

18.    SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       The Company acquired $314,000 of fixed assets under capital leases
during the year ended January 31, 1998.

       The following describes the Company's non-cash financing and investing
activities during the year ended January 31, 1999:

       o   The Company acquired $66,000 of fixed assets under capital leases.

       o   The Company issued notes receivable to shareholders for $1,665,000 in
           connection with the exercise of stock options.

       The following describes the Company's non-cash financing and investing
activities during the year ended January 31, 2000:

       o   The Company acquired $31,568,000 of fixed assets and other intangible
           assets under capital leases.

       o   The Company issued notes receivable to shareholders for $37,084,000
           in connection with the exercise of stock options and the sale of
           common stock subject to repurchase.

       o   The Company issued 2,331,000 shares of Series D convertible
           preferred stock valued at $233,136,000 to acquire ownership interests
           in network companies.

       o   The Company issued 664,000 shares of common stock valued at
           $5,311,000 to acquire an ownership interest in a network company.

       o   The Company issued 5,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred
           stock valued at $500,000 to acquire the rights to a domain name.

       o   The Company cancelled $70,000 in notes receivable from shareholders
           and exercised its right to repurchase restricted common stock.

       o   EntryPoint, a consolidated network company, issued shares of
           convertible preferred stock valued at $6,000,000 and paid $1,000,000
           in cash to acquire PointCast.


                                      F-32
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


     o    CarsDirect.com, a consolidated network company, issued shares of Class
          A common stock valued at $1,680,000 and paid $7,085,000 in cash and
          acquisition costs to acquire Perga Capital Incorporated, the parent
          company of AutoData.

     o    CarsDirect.com, a consolidated network company, issued shares of Class
          A common stock valued at $13,750,000 and paid $395,000 in acquisition
          costs to acquire certain net assets of Potamkin.

     o    CarsDirect.com, a consolidated network company, acquired an additional
          49% interest in CD1Financial and terminated the master and operating
          agreement which governed CD1Financial for $32,875,000 in cash and a
          warrant valued at $29,579,000.

19.    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

       In 1997, the Company established a defined contribution plan that covers
all of its eligible employees. Participants may contribute 1% to 15% of their
eligible pre-tax compensation, as defined. The Company may make discretionary
contributions to the plan. During each of the three years in the period ended
January 31, 2000, the Company has not made any contributions to the plan.


                                      F-33
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


20.    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE APPLICABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

       The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted
net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Year ended January 31,
                                                            ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1998             1999              2000
                                                            ---------------- ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>               <C>
       Numerator:
            Net income (loss).............................  $        (7,056) $          (833)  $       118,484
            Deduction for beneficial conversion feature...               --               --            (9,724)
            Repurchase of convertible preferred
              stock.......................................               --               --            (3,777)
                                                            ---------------- ----------------  ----------------
       Numerator for both basic and diluted net income
              (loss) per share applicable to common
              shareholders................................  $        (7,056) $          (833)  $       104,983
                                                            ================ ================  ================

       Denominator:
            Denominator for basic net income (loss) per
              share--weighted-average shares of
              common stock outstanding....................          334,760          352,083           423,525

            Effect of dilutive securities:
              Stock options and warrants..................               --               --            44,088
              Convertible preferred stock--Series A.......               --               --            34,500
              Convertible preferred stock--Series B.......               --               --            59,062
              Convertible preferred stock--Series C.......               --               --            48,032
              Convertible preferred stock--Series D.......               --               --             6,095
              Common stock subject to repurchase..........               --               --            80,010
                                                            ---------------- ----------------  ----------------
            Dilutive potential common shares..............               --               --           271,787
                                                            ---------------- ----------------  ----------------
       Denominator for dilutive net income (loss) per
                share--adjusted weighted-average
                shares and assumed conversions............          334,760          352,083           695,312
                                                            ================ ================  ================

       Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to
                common stockholders.......................  $         (0.02) $            --   $          0.25

       Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to
                common stockholders.......................  $         (0.02) $            --   $          0.15
</TABLE>

       The per share computations for the years ended January 31, 1998 and 1999
exclude convertible preferred stock, stock options and the unvested portion of
common stock subject to repurchase, because their effects were anti-dilutive.
The numbers of shares of convertible preferred stock, stock options and the
unvested portion of common stock subject to repurchase excluded from the diluted
net loss per share computation were 85,700,000, 73,837,000, and 0, respectively,
for the year ended January 31, 1998 and 94,511,000, 44,430,000 and 6,071,000,
respectively, for the year ended January 31, 1999.



                                      F-34
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)

21.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

       The Company leases facilities under noncancelable operating
leases which expire on various dates through May 2015. The Company leases
certain computer equipment, office furniture and other assets under
noncancelable leases accounted for as capital leases. These leases expire on
various dates through January 2012. Future minimum lease payments as of January
31, 2000 under the leases are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               OPERATING       CAPITAL
                                 LEASES         LEASES
                              -------------  -------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>
2001.......................   $     10,771   $      6,276
2002.......................         12,098          6,057
2003.......................         10,203          4,411
2004.......................          8,487          4,121
2005.......................          7,229          4,100
Thereafter.................         26,959         29,000
Less: imputed interest.....             --        (20,011)
                              -------------  -------------
                              $     75,747         33,954
                              =============
Less: current portion......                        (3,515)
                                             -------------
                                             $     30,439
                                             =============
</TABLE>

     Rent expense under the noncancelable operating leases was approximately
$493,000, $591,000 and $4,223,000 for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and
2000, respectively.

     From time to time, the Company guarantees certain trade payables of its
network companies. As of January 31, 2000, no such guarantees were outstanding.

     In August 1999 idealab! Capital Principals Fund, L.P. ("Principals Fund")
was created for the purpose of making co-investments in securities along with
certain other venture capital funds which are managed by idealab Capital
Management II, L.L.C. (see also Note 6). The Company is a limited partner in the
Principals Fund and has made a capital commitment of $25,000,000, of which
$4,250,000 has been paid as of January 31, 2000.

     The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various claims and legal
actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management
and based on the advice of Counsel, the amount of the ultimate liability with
respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position,
results of operations or cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries.

     The Investment Company Act of 1940 requires registration for companies that
are engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding
or trading in securities. A company may be deemed to be an investment company if
it owns "investment securities" with a value exceeding 40% of the value of its
total assets (excluding government securities and cash items) on an
unconsolidated basis, unless an exemption or safe harbor applies. Securities
issued by companies other than majority-owned subsidiaries are generally
considered investment securities for purposes of the Investment Company Act. At
January 31, 2000, substantially all of the Company's assets on an unconsolidated
basis, excluding government securities and cash items, consisted of equity
interests in majority-owned subsidiaries and equity interests in other
companies. The Company's equity interests in companies that are not
majority-owned subsidiaries could be counted as investment securities. At
January 31, 2000, more than 40% of the value of the Company's total assets on an
unconsolidated basis consisted of securities issued by companies that are not
majority-owned subsidiaries. Therefore, the Company could be considered an
investment company unless the Securities and Exchange Commission issues an order
declaring that the Company is primarily engaged in a business or businesses
other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or is trading in
securities or (ii) the Company does not fall within the definition of investment



                                      F-35
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)--(CONTINUED)


company in Section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act. On January 28, 2000, the
Company filed an application with the Securities and Exchange Commission
requesting a permanent order declaring that the Company is primarily engaged in
a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading
in securities. On March 28, 2000, the Commission granted a temporary order
exempting the Company from all provisions of the Investment Company Act for a
120-day period that ends on July 26, 2000 while it considers the Company's
request for a permanent order.

       Registration as an investment company would subject the Company to
restrictions that are inconsistent with its fundamental business strategy of
equity growth through creating, building and operating interactive
communications companies. The Company may have to take actions, including
buying, refraining from buying, selling or refraining from selling securities,
when it would otherwise not choose to in order to continue to avoid registration
under the Investment Company Act. For example, the Company may have to ensure
that it retain controlling ownership interests in its network companies after
their initial public offerings, which would require the Company to expend
significant amounts of capital that the Company might otherwise use to create or
acquire other companies.

22.    NETWORK COMPANY INTERVENING EVENTS--UNAUDITED

       On January 31, 2000, GoTo.com, Inc., a network company accounted for
under equity method, acquired Cadabra, Inc. for cash, GoTo.com, Inc. common
stock and other acquisition related costs. The increase in the Company's share
of the net assets of GoTo.com resulting from the Cadabra, Inc. acquisition was
approximately $66,000,000 and will be recorded as a gain on stock issuance by
network companies during the first quarter of fiscal year 2001.

23.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS--UNAUDITED

       On April 12, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the filing
of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
that would permit the Company to sell shares of the Company's common stock in
connection with a proposed initial public offering ("IPO"). If the IPO is
consummated under the terms presently anticipated, upon the closing of the
proposed IPO, all of the then outstanding shares of the Company's convertible
preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock on a
ten-for-one basis, subject to anti dilution provisions.

       On April ____ , 2000, the Company's Board of Directors approved the
reincorporation of the Company in the State of Nevada, the change of the
Company's name to idealab!, the authorization of 10,000,000,000 shares of $0.001
par value common stock and 100,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred
stock, all of which will occur prior to the closing of the IPO.

       On March 15, 2000, the Company sold 1,488,000 shares of Series D
convertible preferred stock in exchange for cash and other proceeds totaling
of $118,807,000 and a note receivable of $30,000,000.


                                      F-36
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

                    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                              BASIS OF PRESENTATION

       The unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated statement of
operations for the year ended January 31, 2000 gives effect to each of the
transactions described below as if they had occurred on February 1, 1999. The
pro forma financial information has been prepared on the basis of the
assumptions described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial
information.

       An unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma balance sheet at January
31, 2000 has not been presented as all of the transactions described above
occurred before January 31, 2000 and are reflected in the Company's historical
financial statements.

       In May 1999, EntryPoint, a consolidated network company, acquired all of
the outstanding stock of PointCast Incorporated ("PointCast") for $1,000,000 in
cash and shares of EntryPoint convertible preferred stock with an estimated fair
value of $6,000,000. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase. The
acquisition cost has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on estimates of their respective fair values. The excess of
purchase consideration over the net tangible assets acquired of $4,875,000 has
been allocated to goodwill and is being amortized on a straight line basis over
three years.

       In July 1999, CarsDirect.com, a consolidated network company, acquired
all of the outstanding stock of Perga Capital Incorporated, the parent of
AutoData Marketing Systems Incorporated ("AutoData"). The purchase price of
$8,765,000 was comprised of $7,085,000 in cash, other acquisition related
expenses and issuance of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock with an estimated
fair value of $1,680,000. In connection with the acquisition, CarsDirect.com
issued additional shares of its Class A common stock to two individuals which
will vest over four years, subject to the continuing employment of these
individuals and subject to acceleration in the event of an initial public
offering or change in control transaction of CarsDirect.com. These shares were
valued at $3,120,000 and will be recorded as stock based compensation over the
vesting period of the employees. The acquisition has been accounted for as a
purchase. The acquisition cost has been allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on estimates of their respective fair values. The
excess of purchase consideration over the net tangible assets acquired of
$8,545,000 has been allocated to identifiable intangibles ($1,095,000) and
goodwill ($7,450,000) all of which are being amortized on a straight line basis
over three years.

       In October 1999, CarsDirect.com acquired certain assets and liabilities
of Potamkin Auto Center, Ltd. ("Potamkin") for an aggregate purchase price of
$14,145,000. The purchase price was comprised of CarsDirect.com Class A common
stock with a fair value of $13,750,000 and $395,000 in acquisition related
expenses. In conjunction with the acquisition, CarsDirect.com issued shares of
its Class A common stock valued at $4,400,000 to certain individuals which will
vest equally in quarterly increments commencing on December 31, 1999 and
continuing through September 30, 2002, subject to their continuing employment.
The value of these shares will be recorded as stock based compensation over the
vesting periods. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase. The
acquisition cost has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on estimates of their respective fair values. The excess of
purchase consideration over net tangible assets acquired of $14,074,000 has been
allocated to identifiable intangibles ($2,390,000) and goodwill ($11,684,000)
which are being amortized on a straight line basis over periods ranging from six
months to ten years.

       In May 1999 CarsDirect.com entered into an agreement to form and operate
CD1Financial.com, L.L.C. ("CD1Financial"), a joint venture formed to provide
automotive related financial products to customers of CarsDirect.com. In
connection with this agreement, CarsDirect.com issued to the minority member of
the joint venture a warrant to purchase an amount of shares of CarsDirect.com
Class A common stock to be determined based upon the combined value of
CD1Financial and CarsDirect.com at the time of the occurrence of certain events.
In December 1999, CarsDirect.com acquired the minority member's 49% interest in
CD1Financial and terminated the master and operating agreement which governed
CD1Financial for $32,875,000 in cash. The terms of the warrant were also
modified to make the warrant non-forfeitable and immediately exercisable into
shares of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock with an exercise price of


                                      F-37
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

                    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                       BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED)


$0.01 per share. The estimated fair value of the warrant for accounting purposes
was approximately $29,579,000 and has been accounted for as part of the purchase
price of the additional interest in CD1Financial and included in goodwill. This
acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method. The purchase price was
allocated to the estimated fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible
net assets acquired. The estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible net
assets acquired approximated their historical cost basis. The excess of the
purchase price over the net assets acquired of approximately $60,677,000 was
allocated to goodwill and is being amortized on straight-line basis over an
estimated life of three years.

       In August 1999, the Company increased its minority interest in
Intranets.com, Inc. purchasing convertible preferred stock of Intranets.com,
Inc. for $2,000,000 in cash. The excess of the purchase price over the Company's
share of the underlying net assets acquired, was $1,659,000 and is being
amortized on a straight line basis over three years.

       In October and December 1999, the Company acquired shares of
CarsDirect.com Class B common stock and Series D convertible preferred stock for
$218,422,000 in cash. The excess of the purchase price over the Company's share
of the underlying net assets acquired was $21,850,000 and is being amortized on
a straight line basis over three years.

       In December 1999, the Company acquired a minority interest in eVoice,
Inc. for $30,000,000 in cash. The excess of the purchase price over the
Company's share of the underlying net assets acquired was $5,960,000 and is
being amortized on a straight line basis over three years.

       In January 2000, the Company increased its minority interest in GoTo.com,
Inc. through the purchase of shares of GoTo.com, Inc. common stock. The
aggregate purchase price of $340,256,000 was comprised of $112,456,000 in cash
and 2,278,000 shares of idealab! Series D convertible preferred stock with an
estimated fair value of $227,800,000. The excess of the purchase price over the
Company's share of the underlying net assets acquired was $329,950,000 and is
being amortized on a straight line basis over five years.

       In January 2000, the Company sold its ownership interest in Free-PC to
eMachines, Inc. for approximately 12,265,000 shares of eMachines, Inc. common
and convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase approximately
5,256,000 shares of eMachines, Inc. common stock. Prior to the date of the sale,
the Company had a controlling interest in Free-PC and therefore consolidated the
results of Free-PC for the period from January 1999 (Free-PC's inception) to
January 2000.

       The pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative
purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or
financial position that would have occurred had these transactions been in
effect as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it necessarily
indicative of future operating results or financial position. The audited
historical financial statements of the Company, eVoice, Inc., GoTo.com, Inc.,
Intranets.com, Inc., Perga Capital Incorporated, AutoData, PointCast and
Potamkin are included elsewhere in this Prospectus and the unaudited pro forma
financial information presented herein should be read in conjunction with those
financial statements and related notes.


                                      F-38
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               IDEALAB!
                                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
                                           OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


                                                                       PERGA        AUTO DATA     POTAMKIN
                                          CONSOLIDATED   POINTCAST    CAPITAL       MARKETING       AUTO      DISPOSITION OF
                                             IDEALAB!  INCORPORATED INCORPORATED  INCORPORATED  CENTER, LTD.   FREE-PC INC.
                                          (HISTORICAL) (HISTORICAL) (HISTORICAL)  (HISTORICAL)  (HISTORICAL)   (HISTORICAL)
                                            ---------  ------------ -----------   ------------  ------------   -----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>

Revenues...............................   $    21,158  $     3,836  $        --   $      1,729  $   108,781    $    (1,201)
                                            ---------  -----------  -----------   ------------- ------------   -----------
Operating expenses:
   Cost of revenues....................        28,380        4,657                          58       98,835         (3,320)
   Sales and marketing.................        70,129        3,943                         272        4,913        (20,147)
   Product development.................        10,798        3,815                          --           --         (2,059)
   General and administrative..........        36,738        2,437                       1,284        5,490         (4,422)
   Stock-based compensation............       109,150          435                          --           --         (1,902)
   Amortization of goodwill and other
     intangibles.......................         7,149                                       --           --
                                            ---------  -----------  -----------   ------------  ------------   -----------
     Total operating expenses...........      262,344       15,287                       1,614      109,238        (31,850)
                                            ---------  -----------  -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
     Operating income (loss)............     (241,186)     (11,451)                        115         (457)        30,649
                                            ---------  -----------  -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------

Other income, net.......................      316,620        2,249                          --           --             39
Interest income (expense)...............        5,691       (1,073)                        (17)        (350)          (902)
                                            ---------  -----------  -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------

Income (loss) before income taxes,
   minority interest and equity in the
   income (loss) of affiliates.........        81,125      (10,275)                         98         (807)        29,786
Income tax expense.....................       (86,245)          (5)                        (65)                          1

Minority interest......................        95,537

Equity in the income (loss) of
   affiliates, net of tax..............        28,067                        12
                                            ---------  ------------ -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------

Net income (loss)......................       118,484      (10,280)          12             33         (807)        29,787

Deduction for beneficial conversion
   feature.............................        (9,724)          --          --              --           --             --

Repurchase of convertible preferred stock.     (3,777)          --          --              --           --             --
                                            ---------  ------------ -----------   ------------  -----------    -----------

Net income (loss) applicable to common
shareholders............................. $   104,983  $   (10,280) $        12   $         33  $      (807)   $    29,787
                                            =========  ============ ===========   ============  ===========    ===========

Net income (loss) per share
   Basic................................  $      0.25
   Diluted..............................  $      0.15
Weighted average shares outstanding
   Basic..................................    423,525
   Diluted................................    695,312

<CAPTION>


                                          PRO FORMA           PRO FORMA
                                          ADUSTMENTS          COMBINED
                                         ------------        -----------
<S>                                      <C>                 <C>

Revenues...............................  $         --        $   134,303
                                         ------------        ------------
Operating expenses:
   Cost of revenues....................                          128,610
   Sales and marketing.................           191 (1)         59,301
   Product development.................                           12,554
   General and administrative..........         1,059 (2)(3)      42,586
   Stock-based compensation............         1,616 (4)        109,299
   Amortization of goodwill and other
   intangibles.......................          27,116 (5)         34,265
                                         ------------       ------------
     Total operating expenses...........       29,982            386,615
                                         ------------       ------------
     Operating income (loss)............      (29,982)         (252,312)
                                         ------------       ------------

Other income, net.......................                         318,908
Interest income (expense)...............       (1,970)(6)          1,379
                                         ------------       ------------

Income (loss) before income taxes,
   minority interest and equity in the
   income (loss) of affiliates.........       (31,952)            67,975
Income tax expense.....................        13,100 (7)        (73,214)
Minority interest......................        42,797 (8)        138,334
Equity in the income (loss) of
   affiliates, net of tax..............       (51,416)(9)        (23,337)
                                         ------------       ------------

Net income (Loss)......................       (27,471)           109,758

Deduction for beneficial conversion
   feature.............................            --             (9,724)

Repurchase of convertible preferred stock          --             (3,777)
                                         ------------       ------------

Net income (loss) applicable to common
shareholders.............................$    (27,471)       $    96,257
                                         ============       ============

Net income (loss) per share
   Basic................................                     $      0.17
   Diluted..............................                     $      0.14
Weighted average shares outstanding
   Basic.................................                        573,743(10)
   Diluted...............................                        697,839(10)

</TABLE>


                                            F-39
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!

                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                        COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

     Pro forma adjustments reflect the following in the unaudited pro forma
     condensed combined consolidated statement of operations, giving effect to
     the acquisitions as if they had occurred on February 1, 1999:

(1)  Additional sales compensation of $191 due to employment agreements signed
     in connection with the Potamkin acquisition.

(2)  Additional rent expense of $1,139 due to new lease agreements signed in
     connection with the Potamkin acquisition.

(3)  Net adjustment of $80 to reduce depreciation expense for assets not
     acquired in connection with the Potamkin acquisition.

(4)  Stock-based compensation expense related to the issuance and subsequent
     vesting of the shares of CarsDirect.com Class A common stock issued
     in connection with the AutoData and Potamkin acquisitions,
     respectively as follows:

       AutoData..............................................    $   455
       Potamkin..............................................      1,161
                                                                 -------
                                                                 $ 1,616
                                                                 =======

(5)  Additional amortization expense related to the intangible assets acquired
     in connection with the acquisitions of AutoData, PointCast, Potamkin and
     CD1Financial and the purchase of additional ownership interests in
     CarsDirect.com by the Company and elimination of amortization expense
     recognized in connection with the disposition of the Company's
     ownership interest in Free-PC, as follows:

       PointCast.............................................   $    677
       AutoData..............................................      1,662
       Potamkin.............................................       1,804
       CarsDirect............................................      3,756
       CD1Financial..........................................     19,383
       Free-PC...............................................       (166)
                                                                --------
                                                                $ 27,116
                                                                ========

(6)  Reduction of interest income by $1,970 related to the cash paid in the
     acquisitions of AutoData, CD1Financial and PointCast.

(7)  Income tax expense has been adjusted to reflect the tax effect of the pro
     forma adjustments.

(8)  Additional minority interest to reflect the minority shareholders interest
     in the effects of the adjustments described in notes (1) through (6) above
     and the pre-acquisition results of operations of PointCast, AutoData and
     Potamkin. Also reflects the reduction in minority interest due to the
     disposition of the Company's ownership interest Free-PC.

(9)  Additional equity income (loss) and amortization expense as a component
     thereof related to the purchase of additional ownership interests in
     eVoice Inc., GoTo.com, Inc. and Intranets.


                                      F-40
<PAGE>


                                    IDEALAB!

                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                   COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

(10)      Additional weighted average shares used in the calculation of pro
          forma basic and diluted net income per share applicable to common
          shareholders to reflect the issuance of:

     o    22,780 shares of common stock assuming the conversion of 2,278 shares
          of Series D convertible preferred stock issued in exchange for
          additional ownership interests in GoTo.com as though such shares were
          issued on February 1, 1999,

     o    an aggregate of 14,246 shares of common stock assuming the conversion
          of 1,425 shares of Series D preferred stock, the proceeds from the
          sale of which were used to finance the acquisition of additional
          ownership interests in GoTo.com for $112,460 and in eVoice Inc. for
          $30,000, as though the shares were issued on February 1, 1999,

     o    the automatic conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock
          into shares of the Company's common stock effective upon the closing
          of the Company's initial public offering as if such conversion
          occurred on February 1, 1999 or at the date of issuance if later (see
          Note 2 of Notes to idealab! Consolidated Financial Statements).


                                      F-41
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of eVoice, Inc.
(a development stage company)

       In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related
statements of operations, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and
shareholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of eVoice, Inc. (a development stage company)
at December 31, 1998 and at September 30, 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the period from December 7, 1998 (date of
inception) to December 31, 1998, the nine month period ended September 30, 1999
and for the cumulative period from December 7, 1998 (date of inception) through
September 30, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the
United States, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
February 28, 2000


                                     F-42
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                       1998              1999
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents...................................................   $            10   $         3,415
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets...................................                18               364
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
     Total current assets......................................................                28             3,779
Property and equipment, net....................................................                --             3,455
Internal-use software development costs........................................                --               148
Other assets...................................................................                --               230
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
     Total assets..............................................................   $            28   $         7,612
                                                                                  ================  ================

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
   Notes payable, current......................................................   $           290    $           --
   Accounts payable............................................................               121             1,168
   Accrued liabilities.........................................................                --               286
   Capital lease obligations, current portion..................................                --               220
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
     Total current liabilities.................................................               411             1,674
Capital lease obligations, long-term portion...................................                --               598
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
                                                                                              411             2,272
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
Commitments (Note 6)
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Note 7)................................                --            12,162
Shareholders' equity (deficit):................................................
   Common Stock:  $0.0001 par value; 50,000
     shares authorized; 11,640 and 13,075 shares issued and
     outstanding at December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999...................                 1                 1
Additional paid-in capital.....................................................                10             1,570
Notes receivable from shareholders.............................................                (1)             (116)
Deferred stock-based compensation..............................................                --            (1,089)
Deficit accumulated during the development stage...............................              (393)           (7,188)
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
     Total shareholders' equity (deficit)......................................              (383)           (6,822)
                                                                                  ----------------  ----------------
     Total liabilities, redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and
       shareholders' equity (deficit)..........................................   $           28    $         7,612
                                                                                  ================  ================
</TABLE>


   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-43

<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND NINE MONTH
                         PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 7,
                                                                                                  1998 (DATE OF
                                                                                 NINE MONTH         INCEPTION)
                                                                PERIOD ENDED    PERIOD ENDED         THROUGH
                                                                DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    1998            1999               1999
                                                               ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>              <C>
OPERATING EXPENSES:
   Research and development (excluding amortization of
     deferred stock-based compensation of $193 in 1999)....    $           393  $        3,242  $         3,635
   Sales and marketing (excluding amortization of deferred
     stock-based compensation of $73 in 1999)..............                 --           1,507            1,507
   General and administrative (excluding amortization of
     deferred stock-based compensation of $90 in 1999).....                 --           1,670            1,670
   Amortization of stock-based compensation................                 --             356              356
                                                               ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
     Total operating expenses..............................                393           6,775            7,168
                                                               ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Loss from operations.......................................                393           6,775            7,168
Interest income............................................                 --             104              104
Interest expense...........................................                 --            (124)            (124)
Other income (expense), net................................                 --             (20)             (20)
                                                               ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Net loss...................................................    $           393  $        6,795   $        7,188
                                                               ===============  ===============  ===============
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.






                                      F-44

<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.

                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

  STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
      (DEFICIT) PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 REDEEMABLE
                                                 CONVERTIBLE
                                               PREFERRED STOCK                                              NOTES
                                                  (NOTE 7)            COMMON STOCK          ADDITIONAL    RECEIVABLE
                                             --------------------  -----------------------   PAID-IN        FROM
                                              SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL     SHAREHOLDERS
                                             --------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Issuance of Common Stock to founders ....          --     $    --      10,840      $     1     $     9      $    (1)
Issuance of Series A Convertible
   Preferred Stock, Common Stock and
   Common Stock warrants in connection
   with acquisition of assets ...........         122          --         800           --           1           --
Net loss ................................          --          --          --           --          --           --
                                              -------     -------     -------      -------     -------      -------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 ............         122          --      11,640            1          10           (1)
Issuance of Series A Convertible
   Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs
   of $648 ..............................         970         230          --           --          --           --
Issuance of Series A Convertible
   Preferred Stock warrants .............          --         121          --           --          --           --
Issuance of Series B Convertible
   Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs
   of $8 ................................      17,696      11,392          --           --          --           --
Issuance of Series B Convertible
   Preferred Stock warrants .............          --         419          --           --          --           --
Stock-based compensation for services
   rendered .............................          --          --          --           --          13           --
Repurchase of stock .....................          --          --        (365)          --         (14)          --
Exercise of Stock Purchase Rights .......          --          --       1,800           --         116         (116)
Repayment of notes receivable ...........          --          --          --           --          --            1
Deferred stock-based  compensation ......          --          --          --           --       1,445           --
Amortization of deferred stock-based
   compensation .........................          --          --          --           --          --           --
Net loss ................................          --          --          --           --          --           --
                                              -------     -------     -------      -------     -------      -------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 ...........      18,788     $12,162      13,075      $     1     $ 1,570      $  (116)
                                              =======     =======     =======      =======     =======      =======

<CAPTION>

                                                                            TOTAL
                                                DEFERRED                 SHAREHOLDERS
                                               STOCK-BASED  ACCUMULATED     EQUITY
                                              COMPENSATION    DEFICIT      (DEFICIT)
                                              ------------ ------------ -------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Issuance of Common Stock to founders ....     $    --      $    --      $     9
Issuance of Series A Convertible
   Preferred Stock, Common Stock and
   Common Stock warrants in connection
   with acquisition of assets ...........          --           --            1
Net loss ................................          --         (393)        (393)
                                              -------      -------      -------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 ............          --         (393)        (383)
Issuance of Series A Convertible
   Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs
   of $648 ..............................          --           --           --
Issuance of Series A Convertible
   Preferred Stock warrants .............          --           --          121
Issuance of Series B Convertible
   Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs
   of $8 ................................          --           --           --
Issuance of Series B Convertible
   Preferred Stock warrants .............          --           --          419
Stock-based compensation for services
   rendered .............................          --           --           13
Repurchase of stock .....................          --           --          (14)
Exercise of Stock Purchase Rights .......          --           --           --
Repayment of notes receivable ...........          --           --            1
Deferred stock-based  compensation ......      (1,445)          --           --
Amortization of deferred stock-based
   compensation .........................         356           --          356
Net loss ................................          --       (6,795)      (6,795)
                                              -------      -------      -------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 ...........     $(1,089)     $(7,188)     $(6,282)
                                              =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>


   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-45

<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                       PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND
                   NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                                                                              DECEMBER 7,
                                                                                             1998 (DATE OF
                                                                   PERIOD      NINE MONTH     INCEPTION)
                                                                   ENDED      PERIOD ENDED     THROUGH
                                                                DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    1998          1999           1999
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

<S>                                                             <C>           <C>            <C>
   Net loss                                                     $       (393) $      (6,795) $     (7,188)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
     operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization..........................            --             80            80
       Amortization of stock-based compensation expense.......            --            356           356
       Other non-cash expense.................................           272            102           374
       Changes in current assets and liabilities:
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets............            --           (262)         (262)
         Accounts payable.....................................           121          1,047         1,168
         Accrued liabilities..................................            --            286           286
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------
           Net cash used in operating activities..............            --         (5,186)       (5,186)
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

   Purchase of property and equipment.........................            --         (3,535)       (3,535)
   Capitalized software development costs.....................            --           (148)         (148)
   Acquisition of other assets................................            --           (230)         (230)
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------
           Net cash used in investing activities..............            --         (3,913)       (3,913)
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

   Proceeds from issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred
     Stock, net of issuance costs.............................            --            674           674
   Proceeds from issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred
     Stock, net of issuance costs.............................            --         11,192        11,192
   Proceeds from issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred
     Stock warrants...........................................            --             83            83
   Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock.....................            10             --            10
   Repurchase of Common Stock.................................            --            (13)          (13)
   Proceeds from capital lease................................            --            865           865
   Principal payments on capital lease obligations............            --            (47)          (47)
   Proceeds from note payable.................................            --            100           100
   Repayment of notes payable.................................            --           (350)         (350)
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------
           Net cash provided by financing activities..........            10         12,504        12,514
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................            10          3,405         3,415
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..............            --             10            --
                                                                ------------  -------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....................  $         10 $        3,415  $      3,415
                                                                ============  =============  ============
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-46

<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND
                   NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

1.     THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    THE COMPANY

       eVoice, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Nevada on December 7,
1998 under the name of Talkstar.com, Inc. In April 1999, the Company
reincorporated in the state of Delaware. In December 1999 the Company changed
its name to eVoice, Inc. The Company was incorporated to provide advertising and
voice mail services through Internet and telecommunication networks.

       eVoice is in the development stage. The Company has not commenced its
principal operations and has had no revenues since inception. The Company has
devoted substantially all of its efforts since inception to acquiring and
installing equipment, recruiting and training employees and establishing its
organizational structure.

       The Company has a limited operating history and its prospects are subject
to risks, expenses and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new
and rapidly evolving markets. These risks include the failure to build a
sufficient base of active users of voice mail services necessary to attract
advertisers, the rejection of the Company's products by customers, vendors
and/or advertisers, as well as other risks and uncertainties.

    USE OF ESTIMATES

       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December
31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, cash and cash equivalents consist of bank
deposits, amounts in money market accounts and petty cash. The Company places
its cash with major domestic financial institutions.

    INTERNAL-USE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

       Under the provisions of SOP 98-1, "Software for internal use," the
Company capitalizes costs associated with software developed or obtained for
internal-use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and the
Company's management has authorized further funding for the project which it
deems probable will be completed and used to perform the function intended.
Capitalized costs include only (1) external direct costs of materials and
services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, (2) payroll
and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who
devote time to the internal-use software project, and (3) interest costs
incurred, when material, while developing internal-use software. Capitalization
of such costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is
substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose.

       Research and development costs and other computer software maintenance
costs related to software development are expensed as incurred. Internal-use
software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over two
years, but not exceeding the expected life of the software.

                                       F-47

<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


     The carrying value of software development costs is regularly reviewed by
the Company, and a loss is recognized when the value of estimated undiscounted
cash flow benefit related to the asset falls below the unamorized cost.

     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful lives of the
assets, generally three years, or the lease term of the respective assets.

     LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived
assets based upon expected undiscounted cash flows and recognizes impairment
from the carrying value of long-lived assets, if any, based on the fair value of
such assets.

     INCOME TAXES

     The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method,
which requires, among other things, that deferred income taxes be provided for
temporary differences between the tax base of the Company's assets and
liabilities and their financial statement reported amounts. In addition,
deferred tax assets are recorded for the future benefit of utilizing net
operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards. A valuation
allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than
not that they will not be realized.

     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred.

     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     The Company accounts for employee stock-based compensation arrangements in
accordance with provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and complies with the disclosure
provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Under APB
No. 25, stock-based compensation is based on the difference, if any, on the date
of grant, between the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock and the
exercise price. Deferred stock-based compensation is amortized in accordance
with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 28. The
Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with
the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No 96-18,
"Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for
Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services."

     COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     Comprehensive income, as defined by SFAS No. 130 "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from
nonowner sources. To date, the Company has not had any transactions that are
required to be reported in comprehensive income (loss) as compared to its
reported net loss, and accordingly net loss is equal to comprehensive net loss
for all periods presented.

     RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivatives and
Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards
for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts, and for hedging activities. In July 1999, the


                                      F-48
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

FASB issued SFAS No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities - Deferral of the Effective Date FASB Statement No. 133." SFAS No.
137 deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 133 until fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 2000. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 133 during year ending
December 31, 2001. To date, the Company has not engaged in derivative or hedging
activities.

2.   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

     SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 7,
                                                                                                  1998 (DATE OF
                                                                                  NINE MONTH        INCEPTION)
                                                                PERIOD ENDED     PERIOD ENDED        THROUGH
                                                                DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    1998            1999              1999
                                                               ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
Cash paid for interest......................................               --               23               23
</TABLE>

    SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITY:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 7,
                                                                                                   1998 (DATE OF
                                                                                  NINE MONTH        INCEPTION)
                                                                PERIOD ENDED     PERIOD ENDED        THROUGH
                                                                DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    1998             1999              1999
                                                               ---------------  ----------------  ---------------

<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
Issuance of note payable for Common Stock...................                1                --                1
Issuance of note payable for exercised Stock Purchase Rights               --               116              116
Issuance of Common Stock in connection with assets acquired.                1                --                1
Issuance of options for services............................               --                13               13
Payment of note payable and interest with Series A
   Convertible Preferred Stock..............................               --                90               90
Issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock warrants
   in connection with notes payable.........................               --                38               38
Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for
   services in connection with sale of Series A
   Convertible Preferred Stock..............................               --               198              198
Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock warrants
   for services in connection with sale of Series A
   Convertible Preferred Stock..............................               --               336              336
Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock warrants
   in connection with lease agreement.......................               --                83               83
Deferred stock-based compensation...........................               --             1,445            1,445

</TABLE>

                                      F-49
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

3.   BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                       1998            1999
                                                                                  --------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>
 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:
 Computer equipment...........................................................    $           --  $            617
 Furniture and fixtures.......................................................                --                27
 Construction in progress.....................................................                --             2,891
                                                                                  --------------- ----------------
                                                                                              --             3,535
 Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization..............................                --               (80)
                                                                                  --------------- ----------------
                                                                                  $           --  $          3,455
                                                                                  =============== ================
</TABLE>


     Property and equipment includes $0 and $896 of computer equipment under
capital leases at December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, respectively.
Accumulated amortization of assets under capital leases totaled $0 and $13 at
December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, respectively.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                    1998               1999
                                                                                 --------------   ---------------
<S>                                                                              <C>              <C>
INTERNAL-USE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS, NET:
   Internal-use software development costs...................................    $          --    $           148
   Less: Accumulated amortization............................................               --                 --
                                                                                 --------------   ---------------
                                                                                 $          --    $           148
                                                                                 --------------   ---------------
ACCRUED LIABILITIES:
   Payroll and related expenses..............................................    $          --    $           168
   Other.....................................................................               --                118
                                                                                 --------------   ---------------
                                                                                 $          --    $           286
                                                                                 ==============   ===============
</TABLE>

4.   ASSET ACQUISITION

     In December 1998 the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain
liabilities from Talkstar, Inc, a Nevada Corporation ("Talkstar Nevada"),
previously and subsequently named Manhattan Beach Properties in exchange for 800
shares of Common Stock, 122 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and
warrants to purchase 44 shares of Common Stock of the Company. Talkstar Nevada
was not related to the Company. The transaction was accounted for as a purchase.
The fair value of the consideration paid of $1 exceeded the fair value of assets
acquired and liabilities assumed by $272 and was charged to research and
development expense in the period ended December 31, 1998.

     The Company estimated the value of the acquired assets and believes that
substantially all of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
liabilities assumed is attributable to incomplete technology that had not
reached technological feasibility and for which there is no alternative use and
that does not have identifiable positive cash flow stream. Accordingly due to
the Company's assessment of the stage of completion and lack of alternative
future use the excess purchase price was charged to expense in the period of
acquisition.

                                      F-50
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

5.  INCOME TAXES

    DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                      1998            1999
                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
   Net operating loss carryforwards..........................................    $           --            2,500
   Accruals and reserves.....................................................                --               40
   Research credits..........................................................                --               --
                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
                                                                                             --            2,540
                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
   Internal-use software development costs...................................    $           --  $            --
                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
   Net deferred tax assets...................................................                --            2,540
   Valuation allowance.......................................................                --           (2,540)
                                                                                 --------------- ---------------
                                                                                 $           --  $            --
                                                                                 =============== ===============
</TABLE>

For financial reporting purposes, the Company has incurred a loss in each
period since inception. Based on the available objective evidence, management
believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be
fully realizable. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation
allowance against its net deferred tax assets at December 31, 1998 and September
30, 1999.

     At September 30, 1999, the Company had approximately $6,400 of federal and
$6,400 of state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future
taxable income which expire in varying amounts from 2006 to 2019. Under the Tax
Reform Act of 1986, the amounts of and benefits from net operating loss
carryforwards may be impaired or limited in certain circumstances. Events which
cause limitations in the amount of net operating losses that the Company may
utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership
change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three year period.

6.   COMMITMENTS

     LEASES

     The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating
and capital leases with various expiry dates through 2004. Rent expense for the
period ended December 31, 1998 and nine month period ended September 30, 1999
was $0 and $269, respectively. The terms of the facility lease provide for
rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a
straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense
incurred but not paid.

                                      F-51
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

     FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS UNDER NONCANCELABLE OPERATING AND CAPITAL
LEASES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          CAPITAL      PERATING
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                                                  LEASES        LEASES
- -------------------------                                                                ---------   -----------
      <S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>
      2000.............................................................................   $    347     $     399
      2001.............................................................................        347           441
      2002.............................................................................        366           458
      2003.............................................................................         --           475
      2004.............................................................................         --           122
                                                                                          ---------   -----------
 Total minimum lease payments and sublease income......................................      1,060      $  1,895
                                                                                                      ===========
 Less:  Amount representing interest...................................................       (242)
                                                                                          ---------
 Present value of capital lease obligations............................................        818
 Less:  Current portion................................................................       (220)
                                                                                          ---------
    Long-term portion of capital lease obligations.....................................   $    598
                                                                                          =========
</TABLE>

     The effective interest rate on the Company's capital leases at September
30, 1999 was 19%.

     In June 1999 the Company entered into a two-year agreement with a
telecommunication services provider for telecommunication services and space for
Company equipment. In February 2000 the agreement was terminated by the Company
due to the failure of the service provider to comply with certain terms of the
agreement. Monthly rent expense amounted to $53.

     In July 1999 the Company entered into an agreement with an Internet
services provider for the lease of space for Company equipment. The term of the
lease is not defined. Rent is charged monthly based on the usage of space. In
September 1999 monthly rent expense amounted to $11 including utilities costs.

     In September 1999 the Company entered into three-year capital lease
agreement providing for the lease of equipment for up to $3,000. There were no
transactions associated with this agreement before October 1, 1999.

7.   REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 CONSISTS OF THE
FOLLOWING:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               SHARES
                                                     ---------------------------                     PROCEEDS NET
                                                                                    LIQUIDATION      OF ISSUANCE
   SERIES                                             AUTHORIZED     OUTSTANDING      AMOUNT            COSTS
   ------                                            ------------  -------------  --------------   --------------
   <S>                                               <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>
   A ............................................          1,409          1,092   $       1,092   $         230
   B ............................................         19,010         17,696          11,398          11,392
                                                     ------------  -------------  --------------- ---------------
                                                          20,419         18,788   $      12,490   $      11,622
                                                     ============  =============  =============== ===============
</TABLE>

     The holders of Preferred Stock have various rights and preferences as
follows:

     VOTING

     Each share of Series A and B has voting rights equal to an equivalent
number of shares of Common Stock into which it is convertible and votes together
as one class with the Common Stock.

                                      F-52
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

     As long as at least 25% shares of Convertible Preferred Stock remain
outstanding and 25% of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding,
the Company must obtain approval from a majority of the holders of Convertible
Preferred Stock and a majority of holders of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock voting separately as a class in order to amend the Articles of
Incorporation as related to Convertible Preferred Stock; authorize or issue
shares of any class or Series of stock having any preference or priority as to
dividends, liquidation rights or assets superior to or on parity with any such
preference or priority of the Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock;
declare or pay any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, effect a
merger, consolidation or sale of assets where the existing shareholders retain
less than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving entity. In addition, as long
as at least 25% shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock remain
outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from a majority of the holders of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in order to repurchase any shares of Common
Stock other than shares subject to the right of repurchase by the Company,
change the total number of authorized shares of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock or change the authorized number of directors of the Company.

     DIVIDENDS

     Holders of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to
receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.08 and $0.0515 per
share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Holders of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have preference and priority to any payment
of any dividend on Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The holders of Series A
and B Convertible Preferred Stock will also be entitled to participate in
dividends on Common Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, based
on the number of shares of Common Stock held on an as-if converted basis. No
dividends on Convertible Preferred Stock or Common Stock have been declared by
the Board from inception through September 30, 1999.

     LIQUIDATION

     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
including merger, acquisition or sale of assets where the beneficial owners of
the Company's Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock own 50% or less of
the resulting voting power of the surviving entity, the holders of Convertible
Preferred Stock are entitled to the following:

          (1) Holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to
     receive an amount of $0.6441 per share plus any declared but unpaid
     dividends prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of
     Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock. If the assets and
     funds distributed to the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
     are insufficient to permit payment to such holders, then the entire assets
     or property of the Company legally available for distribution shall be
     distributed ratably to the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

          (2) After payments has been made to the holders of Series B
     Convertible Preferred Stock, holders of Series A Convertible Preferred
     Stock are entitled to receive an amount of $1.00 per share plus any
     declared but unpaid dividends prior to and in preference to any
     distribution to the holders of Common Stock. If the assets and funds
     distributed to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are
     insufficient to permit payment to such holders, then the entire assets or
     property of the Company legally available for distribution shall be
     distributed ratably to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

          (3) After payment has been made to the holders of Series A and B
     Convertible Preferred Stock of the preferential amounts, the remaining
     assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution, are
     distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock and Series A and B
     Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis; provided, however
     that holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to
     receive more than $1.2882 (including Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
     Liquidation Preference) per share; and provided further, that the

                                      F-53
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to receive
more than $2.00 (including Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Liquidation
Preference) per share.

     CONVERSION

     Each share of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at
the option of the holder, according to a conversion ratio, subject to adjustment
for dilution. Each share of Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock
automatically converts into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such
shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio upon: either the
closing of a public offering of Common Stock at a per share price of at least
$2.58 per share with gross proceeds of at least $15,000 upon the consent of the
holders of the majority of each Series of Convertible Preferred Stock.

     At September 30, 1999, the Company reserved 20,732 shares of Common Stock
for the conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock.

     WARRANTS TO PURCHASE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SHARES OF      OUTSTANDING AND
                                                                                     CONVERTIBLE     EXERCISABLE AT
                                                                                      PREFERRED       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              DATE OF ISSUANCE     EXERCISE PRICE      STOCK              1999
                                             ------------------   ---------------  --------------  -----------------
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>              <C>             <C>
Warrants to purchase Series A
   Convertible Preferred Stock
     Series A...........................            March 1999    $         1.00            217                217
     Series A...........................            March 1999              1.00            100                100
                                                                                   --------------  -----------------
       Total............................                                                    317                317
                                                                                   --------------  -----------------
Warrants to purchase Series B
   Convertible Preferred Stock
     Series B...........................              May 1999    $       0.6441            754                754
     Series B...........................              May 1999            0.6441            186                186
                                                                                   --------------  -----------------
       Total............................                                                    940                940
                                                                                   ==============  =================

</TABLE>

     In connection with issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the
Company issued to investors warrants to purchase 217 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock for $1.00 per share in March 1999. Such warrants are
outstanding at September 30, 1999 and expire in 2009. Using the Black-Scholes
pricing model, the Company determined that the fair value of the warrants were
$83 at the date of grant.

     In connection with a note payable that was issued and repaid in the period
ended September 30, 1999, the Company issued warrants to purchase 100 shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for $1.00 per share in March 1999. Such
warrants are outstanding at September 30, 1999 and expire in 2009. Using the
Black-Scholes pricing model, the Company determined that the fair value of the
warrants were $38 at the date of grant. Accordingly, the Company recorded $38 in
interest expense in the nine month period ended September 30, 1999 associated
with these warrants.

     In connection with issuance of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
issuance, the Company issued warrants to purchase 754 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock for $0.6441 per share in May 1999. Such warrants are
outstanding at September 30, 1999 and expire in 2009. Using the Black-Scholes
pricing model, the Company determined that the fair value of the warrants were
$336 at the date of grant. Accordingly, the Company netted $336 against the
proceeds from the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

                                      F-54
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

     In connection with entering into equipment lease agreement, the Company
issued warrants to purchase 186 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
for $0.6441 per share in May 1999. Such warrants are outstanding at September
30, 1999 and expire in 2009. Using the Black-Scholes pricing model, the Company
determined that the fair value of the warrants were $83 at the date of grant.
Accordingly, the Company recorded $83 as deferred financing costs which will be
amortized as interest expense over period of the lease.

8.   COMMON STOCK

     The Company's Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the Company
to issue 50,000 shares of $0.0001 par value Common Stock. A portion of the
shares sold are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company subject to
vesting, which is generally over a four year period from the earlier of grant
date or employee hire date, as applicable, until vesting is complete. At
September 30, 1999, there were 6,709 shares subject to repurchase.

     WARRANTS FOR COMMON STOCK

     In connection with purchase of assets, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 294 shares of Common Stock for $1.00 per share in December 1998. Such
warrants are outstanding at September 30, 1999 and expire in 2008. Using the
Black-Scholes pricing model, the Company determined that the fair value of the
warrants was nil at the date due to the fact that the warrants were
substantially out-of-the-money at the date of issue of grant. Accordingly, the
Company did not record expense associated with these warrants.

9.   STOCK OPTION PLANS

     In February 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Option Plan. Following
the reincorporation in the State of Delaware in April 1999, the Company adopted
a new 1999 Stock Option Plan. The terms of the Plans are similar. The Plans
provide for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the
Company. Options granted under the Plans may be either incentive stock options
or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options ("ISO") may be granted
only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also
employees). Nonqualified stock options ("NSO") may be granted to Company
employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 9,086 shares of Common Stock
for issuance under the Plans.

     Under the Plans the Company may grant stock options or stock purchase
rights which may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less
than 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as
determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that (i) the exercise
price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the estimated
fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, and (ii) the
exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less
than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant,
respectively. Stock purchase rights are exercisable immediately and are subject
to repurchase rights held by the Company which lapse over a maximum period of
four years at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Board of
Directors. To date, options granted generally vest over four years.

     During the nine month period ended September 30, 1999, the Company recorded
$1,445 of deferred stock based compensation for the excess of the deemed fair
market value over the exercise price at the date of grant related to certain
options granted in 1999. The compensation expense is being recognized over the
option vesting period of four years.

                                      F-55
<PAGE>

                                  EVOICE, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          WEIGHTED
                                             SHARES                                                       AVERAGE
                                           AVAILABLE      NUMBER OF                        AGGREGATE      EXERCISE
                                           FOR GRANT        SHARES      EXERCISE PRICE       PRICE         PRICE
                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------- -------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>      <C>              <C>             <C>
Shares reserved at Plans inception......         9,086             --   $           --   $          --   $        --
Options granted.........................        (7,383)         7,383       0.065-0.10             493        0.0668
Options exercised.......................            --         (1,800)           0.065            (117)       0.0650
Options cancelled.......................           498           (498)      0.065-0.10             (33)       0.0663
                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------- -------------
September 30, 1999.....................          2,201          5,085     $ 0.065-0.10       $     343    $   0.0675
                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------- -------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        OPTIONS EXERCISABLE AT
                             OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                    ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                                          WEIGHTED AVERAGE         WEIGHTED                             WEIGHTED
    RANGE OF              NUMBER             REMAINING             AVERAGE             NUMBER           AVERAGE
 EXERCISE PRICE         OUTSTANDING       CONTRACTUAL LIFE      EXERCISE PRICE       OUTSTANDING     EXERCISE PRICE
- ------------------  -------------------  --------------------  -----------------  ------------------ ----------------
<S>                              <C>                   <C>     <C>                            <C>    <C>
$      0.065                     4,741                 9.86    $         0.065                2,740  $        0.065
$      0.100                       344                 9.27    $         0.100                   --              --
                    -------------------  --------------------  -----------------  ------------------ ----------------
                                 5,085                 9.82             0.0675                2,740           0.065
                    ===================  ====================  =================  ================== ================
</TABLE>

     FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

     Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plan been
determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for the awards under a
method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would have been
increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                                                          DECEMBER 7,
                                                                                         1998 (DATE OF
                                                                        NINE MONTHS       INCEPTION)
                                                     PERIOD ENDED          ENDED            THROUGH
                                                     DECEMBER 31,      SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1998              1999              1999
                                                    ----------------  ----------------  ----------------
         <S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>
         Net loss:
         As reported.............................   $          393    $         6,795   $         7,188
                                                    ----------------  ----------------  ----------------
         Pro forma...............................   $          393    $         6,810   $         7,203
                                                    ----------------  ----------------  ----------------
</TABLE>

     The Company calculated the fair value of each option grant on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:
dividend yield at 0%; weighted average expected option term of four years;
volatility of 0%; risk free interest rate of 5.30% to 6.27% for the nine months
period ended September 30, 1999. The weighted average fair value of options
granted during the nine months of 1999 was $0.204.

10.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     In December 1999 the Company issued 4,872 shares of series C and 18,271
shares of series C1 Convertible Preferred Stock and raised $37,978 net of
issuance costs.

                                      F-56

<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
GoTo.com, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of GoTo.com, Inc. as of
December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1999 and
1998 and for the period from September 15, 1997 (inception) through December 31,
1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of GoTo.com, Inc. at December
31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the period from September 15,
1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.

                                 /s/  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California
February 8, 2000




                                      F-57


<PAGE>
                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   --------------------------------
ASSETS                                                                                  1999             1998
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                <C>               <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
    Cash and cash equivalents..................................................    $        11,914   $      16,357
    Short-term investments.....................................................             93,409              --
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance of
      $250 and $86 for 1999 and 1998,
      respectively.............................................................              2,927             356
    Prepaid expenses and other.................................................                851             150
    Prepaid marketing expenses.................................................              2,034           1,741
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
Total current assets...........................................................            111,135          18,604
Property and equipment:
    Furniture and fixtures.....................................................              1,923              17
    Computer hardware..........................................................              9,036           1,302
    Computer software..........................................................              4,234             292
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
                                                                                            15,193           1,611
    Accumulated depreciation and amortization..................................             (2,490)           (275)
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
                                                                                            12,703           1,336
Long-term investments..........................................................              4,932              --
Other assets...................................................................                742              29
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
Total assets...................................................................    $       129,512   $      19,969
                                                                                   ================  ==============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    Accounts payable...........................................................    $        10,465   $       2,816
    Accrued expenses...........................................................              2,562             282
    Deferred revenue...........................................................              2,058             181
    Current portion of debt....................................................                131              --
    Current portion of capital lease obligations...............................                754             110
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
Total current liabilities......................................................             15,970           3,389
Long-term capital lease obligations............................................                768             183
Commitments and contingencies

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
    Convertible Preferred Stock; $0.0001 par value, 10,000 and 20,187 shares
      authorized as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively Series A
      Preferred Stock; Shares issued and
        outstanding--none and 471 as of December 31,
        1999 and 1998, respectively............................................                 --             212
      Series B and C Preferred Stock; Shares issued and
        outstanding--none and 19,022 as of December 31,
        1999 and 1998, respectively............................................                 --          28,433
    Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000 and 45,000
      shares authorized as of December 31, 1999 and
      1998, respectively.......................................................
    Shares issued and outstanding--45,519
      and 10,444 as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,
      respectively.............................................................                  5               1
    Additional paid-in capital on Common Stock.................................            158,799           3,212
    Deferred compensation, net.................................................             (2,584)         (1,318)
    Accumulated deficit........................................................            (43,405)        (14,143)
    Unrealized losses on short-term and long-term
      investments..............................................................                (41)             --
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
Total stockholders' equity.....................................................            112,774          16,397
                                                                                   ----------------  --------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.....................................    $       129,512   $      19,969
                                                                                   ================  ==============
</TABLE>


                                      F-58

<PAGE>
                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                                             YEAR ENDED                   SEPTEMBER 15, 1997
                                             -------------------------------------------  (INCEPTION) THROUGH
                                              DECEMBER 31, 1999     DECEMBER 31, 1998      DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                             --------------------  ---------------------  -------------------
<S>                                          <C>                   <C>                    <C>
Revenue...................................   $            26,809   $               822    $               22
Cost of revenue...........................                 6,213                 1,429                     6
                                             --------------------  ---------------------  -------------------
Gross profit (loss).......................                20,596                  (607)                   16
Operating expenses:
   Marketing, sales and service...........                34,459                 9,645                    65
   General and administrative.............                12,467                 1,655                    24
   Product development....................                 3,689                 1,232                    46
   Amortization of deferred
    compensation..........................                 3,585                 1,199                    --
                                             --------------------  ---------------------  -------------------
                                                          54,200                13,731                   135
                                             --------------------  ---------------------  -------------------
Loss from operations......................               (33,604)              (14,338)                 (119)
Other income:
   Interest income........................                 3,777                   316                    --
   Other income...........................                   566                    --                    --
                                             --------------------  ---------------------  -------------------

Loss before provision for income taxes....               (29,261)              (14,022)                 (119)
Provision for income taxes................                     1                     1                     1
                                             --------------------  ---------------------  -------------------
Net loss..................................   $           (29,262)  $           (14,023)   $             (120)
                                             ====================  =====================  ===================

Pro forma net loss per share..............   $             (0.77)  $             (0.75)
Historical basic and diluted net loss per
share.....................................   $             (1.04)  $             (1.36)   $            (0.01)
Weighted average shares used to compute
   pro forma net loss per share...........                38,219                18,714
Weighted average shares used to compute
   historical basic and diluted net loss
   per share..............................                28,207                10,296                 9,869
</TABLE>

                             SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.


                                      F-59
<PAGE>

                                                  GOTO.COM, INC.
                                        STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   SERIES A        SERIES B AND C        SERIES D
                                  CONVERTIBLE        CONVERTIBLE        CONVERTIBLE
                                PREFERRED STOCK    PREFERRED STOCK    PREFERRED STOCK     COMMON STOCK
                               ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ -------------------
                               SHARES    AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT    SHARES   AMOUNT
                              --------  --------- -------- --------- -------- ---------  ------- ----------
<S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
Issuance of Common Stock....        --  $     --       --  $     --       --  $      --     10,017 $      1
Issuance of Series A
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Net loss....................        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
                               -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997        --        --       --        --       --        --    10,017        1
Issuance of Common Stock for
   cash and services........        --        --       --        --       --        --       427       --
Issuance of Series A
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................       471       212       --        --       --        --        --       --
Issuance of Series B
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock and capital
   contribution.............        --        --    8,312     6,281       --        --        --       --
Issuance of Series C
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................        --        --   10,710    22,152       --        --        --       --
Issuance of warrants for
   services.................        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Stock option compensation...        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Amortization of deferred
   compensation.............        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Net loss....................        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
                               -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998       471       212   19,022    28,433       --        --    10,444        1
Issuance of Common Stock,
   net of issuance costs of
   $8,655...................        --        --       --        --       --        --     6,900        1
Issuance of Series D
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................        --        --       --        --    3,628    24,969        --       --
Conversion of Preferred
   Stock to Common Stock....      (471)     (212) (19,022)  (28,433)  (3,628)  (24,969)   23,121        2
Exercise of common stock
   options and warrants, net
   of repurchases...........        --        --       --        --                        5,054        1
Issuance of warrants and
   options for services.....        --        --       --        --       --        --        --
Stock option compensation...        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Amortization of deferred
   compensation.............        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Unrealized losses on
   short-term and long-term
   investments..............        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
Net loss....................        --        --       --        --       --        --        --       --
                               -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- -------- ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1999        --  $     --       --  $     --       --  $     --    45,519 $      5
                               ======== ========= ======== ========= ======== ========= ======== ==========



<CAPTION>
                                                                UNREALIZED
                                  ADDITIONAL                    LOSSES ON
                                   PAID-IN                     SHORT-TERM
                                  CAPITAL ON                       AND
                                   COMMON        DEFERRED       LONG-TERM     ACCUMULATED
                                    STOCK     COMPENSATION     INVESTMENTS      DEFICIT       TOTAL
                                 ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- ---------
Issuance of Common Stock....     $        242 $               $              $              $    243
Issuance of Series A
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................             --              --             --              --        --
Net loss....................             --              --             --            (120)     (120)
                                ------------ --------------- --------------  -------------- ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997            242              --             --            (120)      123
Issuance of Common Stock for
   cash and services........            286              --             --              --       286
Issuance of Series A
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................             --              --             --              --       212
Issuance of Series B
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock and capital
   contribution.............             77              --             --              --     6,358
Issuance of Series C
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................             --              --             --              --    22,152
Issuance of warrants for
   services.................             90              --             --              --        90
Stock option compensation...          2,517          (2,517)            --              --        --
Amortization of deferred
   compensation.............             --           1,199             --              --     1,199
Net loss....................             --              --             --         (14,023)  (14,023)
                                ------------ --------------- -------------- --------------- ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998          3,212          (1,318)            --         (14,143)   16,397
Issuance of Common Stock,
   net of issuance costs of
   $8,655...................         94,834              --             --              --    94,835
Issuance of Series D
   Convertible Preferred
   Stock....................             --              --             --              --    24,969
Conversion of Preferred
   Stock to Common Stock....         53,612              --             --              --        --
Exercise of common stock
   options and warrants, net
   of repurchases...........          2,044              --             --              --     2,045
Issuance of warrants and
   options for services.....            246              --             --              --       246
Stock option compensation...          4,851          (4,851)            --              --        --
Amortization of deferred
   compensation.............             --           3,585             --              --     3,585
Unrealized losses on
   short-term and long-term
   investments..............             --              --            (41)             --       (41)
Net loss....................             --              --             --         (29,262)  (29,262)
                                ------------ --------------- -------------- --------------- ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1999    $   158,799  $       (2,584) $         (41) $      (43,405) $ 112,774
                                ============ =============== ============== =============== =========
</TABLE>
                                              SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.


                                      F-60

<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 15,
                                                                                       1997
                                                         YEAR ENDED                (INCEPTION)
                                             -----------------------------------     THROUGH
                                              DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1999               1998              1997
                                             ----------------  ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net loss...............................   $       (29,262)  $        (14,023) $           (120)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
     net cash used in operating
     activities:
   Amortization of deferred compensation..             3,585              1,199                --
   Accretion of discounts from the
     purchase of short-term and long-term
     investments..........................            (1,990)                --                --
   Other common stock and warrants expense               246                370                --
   Depreciation and amortization..........             2,247                294                 5
   Changes in operating assets and
     liabilities:
     Accounts receivable..................            (2,571)              (334)              (22)
     Prepaid expenses and other...........              (701)              (150)               --
     Prepaid marketing expenses...........              (293)            (1,741)               --
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses             9,929              3,007                91
   Deferred revenues......................             1,877                181                --
                                             ----------------  ----------------- -----------------
   Net cash used in operating activities..           (16,933)           (11,197)              (46)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of short-term and long-term
     investments, net.....................           (96,392)            (1,554)              (57)
   Capital expenditures for property and
     equipment............................           (12,820)                --                --
   Other assets...........................              (745)                --               (53)
                                             ----------------  ----------------- -----------------
   Net cash used in investing activities..          (109,957)            (1,554)             (110)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from the issuance of Common
     Stock, net...........................            96,880                  6               243
   Proceeds from the issuance of
     Preferred Stock......................            24,969             28,722                --
   Proceeds from lease line...............             1,203                330                --
   Repayments under lease line............              (499)               (37)               --
   Repayment of debt......................              (106)                --                --
                                             ----------------  ----------------- -----------------
   Net cash provided by financing
     activities...........................           122,447             29,021               243
   Net increase (decrease) in cash and
     cash equivalents.....................            (4,443)            16,270                87
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
     of period............................            16,357                 87                --
                                             ----------------  ----------------- -----------------
   Cash and cash equivalents at end of
     period...............................   $        11,914   $         16,357   $            87
                                             ================  ================= =================

   Supplemental disclosures:
   Income taxes paid......................   $             1   $              2  $             --
   Interest paid..........................   $           214   $             11  $             --
</TABLE>


     Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities: During 1999, the Company
acquired approximately $525,000 of equipment under capital leasing arrangements
and approximately $237,000 of equipment under a debt arrangement.

                             SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.


                                      F-61

<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    GENERAL

     GoTo.com operates an online marketplace that introduces consumers and
businesses who search the Internet to advertisers, who provide products,
services and information. Advertisers participating in our marketplace include
retail merchants, wholesale and service businesses and manufacturers. We
facilitate these introductions through our search service, which enables
advertisers to bid in an ongoing auction for priority placement in our search
results. Priority placement means that the search results appear on the page
ranked in descending order of bid price, with the highest bidder's listing
appearing first. Each advertiser pays GoTo.com the amount of its bid whenever a
consumer clicks on the advertiser's listing in our search results. Advertisers
pay GoTo.com for each click-through, so advertisers bid only on keywords
relevant to the products, services or information that they offer. Because each
advertiser chooses the bid amount and advertisement placement that is optimal
for its business, we believe the GoTo.com marketplace provides advertisers with
a cost-effective way to target consumers. Consumers access the GoTo.com search
service both at our Web site and through our affiliates, a network of Web sites
that have integrated the GoTo.com search service into their sites or that direct
consumer traffic to our site. On January 31, 2000, GoTo.com acquired Cadabra
Inc. (Cadabra), an online comparison shopping service that we now call "GoTo
Shopping." We believe GoTo Shopping further facilitates introductions between
consumers and advertisers. GoTo Shopping simplifies the consumers' process of
finding desired products by automating product comparison across multiple
attributes. By enabling consumers to search at the product level, GoTo Shopping
creates more targeted, and therefore highly valuable, advertising opportunities
for our advertisers. As with Web search, we will offer GoTo Shopping at our Web
site as well as through our affiliate network, providing consumers with multiple
points of access to, and advertisers with, multiple points of distribution for
the advertisers' products. The Company operates in one reportable business
segment.

     GoTo.com, Inc. (the Company or GoTo.com) was incorporated on September 15,
1997 in the state of Delaware and officially launched its service on June 1,
1998.

    ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ materially from those
estimates.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue consists of search listing advertisements and banner
advertisements. Banner advertising arrangements are short-term in duration and
have no minimum guarantees. The Company has had no barter transactions.

     Search listing advertising enables the advertisers to determine their
placement within the GoTo.com search term results by placing a bid (the price
they will pay when a user clicks through to their site) for each keyword search
item that they select. The amount of the bid determines the placement of the
advertiser's site within the search results. Search listing advertisement
revenue is determined by multiplying the number of click-throughs on paid search
results by the price bid for the particular keyword listing at the time of the
click-through. Search listing advertising revenues are earned and recognized as
actual click-throughs occur to the extent the customer has deposited sufficient
funds with the Company or provided that the collection of any resulting
receivable is probable.

     Banner advertisement arrangements provide for the Company to receive
specified amounts each time a customer's banner advertisement is made visible to
a user (an impression) and/or each time a user clicks-through to the
advertiser's Web site. Banner advertisement revenue is recognized when earned


                                      F-62
<PAGE>
                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)

under the terms of the contractual arrangement with the advertiser or agency,
provided that collection of the resulting receivable is probable. Under the
terms of these arrangements, revenues are generally earned when the banner
advertisement is displayed or when the click-through occurs. For the year ended
December 31, 1999, banner advertisement revenue constituted less than 10 percent
of our revenue.

    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

     The Company accounts for comprehensive income (loss) using Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income."
SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its
components in financial statements. Comprehensive income, as defined therein,
refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are not included in net
income (loss) but rather are recorded directly in shareholders' equity. Total
comprehensive loss for 1999 approximated net loss.

    COST OF REVENUE

     Cost of revenue consists primarily of fees paid to outside resources that
provide and manage unpaid listings and costs associated with maintaining our Web
site. Cost associated with serving the Web site includes salaries, depreciation
of Web site equipment, co-location charges for equipment, and software licensing
fees.

    AFFILIATES

     The Company enters into short-term agreements with other Internet companies
(affiliates) whereby the Company provides search services within the affiliates'
Web sites or the affiliates provide a link to the Company's site. In some cases,
the Company pays the affiliates fees based on the term of the agreement and the
amount of traffic the Company receives from the Web sites. Some of these fees
are paid at the beginning of the contract resulting in prepaid distribution
affiliate fees and some of the fees are billed during the term of the contracts
resulting in accrued affiliate fees. The fees are charged to marketing and sales
expense ratably over the contract or based on actual traffic received under the
terms of the agreements. A significant portion of the Company's traffic has been
generated from a small number of the Company's larger affiliates, such as
Microsoft through its Internet Explorer browser, and Netscape. The traffic from
these affiliates converts to revenue when consumers click on paid listings.
Therefore, a large portion of the Company's revenue is reliant on these few
affiliates.

     The Company expenses advertising media costs as incurred and production
cost upon first airing or printing. For the years ended December 31, 1999 and
1998 and the period from inception through December 31, 1997, the Company
incurred advertising costs, including affiliate fees, of approximately $30.2
million, $8.8 million and $29,000, respectively.

    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

       Product development expenses consist of expenses incurred by the Company
in the development, creation and enhancement of its Internet site and service.
Product development expenses include compensation and related expenses, costs of
computer hardware and software, and costs incurred in developing features and
functionality of the service. Product development costs are expensed as incurred
or capitalized in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1 "Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" (SOP-98-1).
SOP 98-1 requires that cost incurred in the preliminary project and
post-implementation stages of an internal use software project be expensed as
incurred and that certain costs incurred in the application development stage of
a project be capitalized.

    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

     The Company considers those investments that are highly liquid, readily
convertible to cash and which mature within three months from the original date
of purchase to be cash equivalents. All of the


                                      F-63
<PAGE>
                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)

Company's cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, consisting of
commercial paper and certificate of deposits, are classified as
available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value,
with unrealized gains and losses included in "unrealized losses on short-term
and long-term investments" as a separate component of stockholders' equity net
of applicable income taxes. As of December 31, 1999, the fair value of these
securities approximated cost and the unrealized holding losses was approximately
$41,000. The realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale
investments for the year ended December 31, 1999 were not significant. All
available-for-sale investments generally mature within one year or less, except
for one investment with a fair value of approximately $4.9 million and original
maturity of 28 months.

     The estimated fair value of cash, cash equivalents and short-term and
long-term investments, which approximates the carrying costs as of December 31,
1999, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             CASH AND CASH         SHORT TERM           LONG-TERM
                                               EQUIVALENT          INVESTMENTS         INVESTMENTS
                                           -------------------   ----------------    -----------------
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>                 <C>
        Cash.........................      $            2,289    $            --     $             --
        Commercial Paper.............                   9,625             65,751                4,932
        Certificates of deposit......                      --             27,658                   --
                                           -------------------   ----------------    -----------------
                                           $           11,914    $        93,409     $          4,932
                                           ===================   ================    =================
</TABLE>

    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     The allowance for doubtful account activity for the periods indicated are
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ADDITIONS
                                                  BALANCE AT           CHARGED TO
                                                BEGINNING OF            COSTS AND       BALANCE AT END
                                                    PERIOD               EXPENSES          OF PERIOD
                                              -------------------    ---------------    ------------------
<S>                                           <C>                    <C>                <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
   December 31, 1997....................      $               --     $           --     $              --
   December 31, 1998....................      $               --     $           86     $              86
   December 31, 1999....................      $               86     $          164     $             250
</TABLE>


    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are due from customers
primarily located in the United States. Credit losses have generally been within
management's expectations. At December 31, 1999, no customer represented more
than ten percent of total accounts receivable. At December 31, 1998, one
customer represented 13% of total accounts receivable.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment is stated at cost. Property and equipment consists
of computer hardware, computer software, which includes costs incurred in the
application development stage for computer software developed for internal use,
and furniture and fixtures. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line
method based upon estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 18
months to five years. Equipment under capital leases and leasehold improvements
are recorded at cost. Amortization is provided using the straight-line method
over the shorter of the term of the related lease or estimated useful lives of
the assets.

    LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets in
accordance with SFAS No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." The Company assesses the
impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles whenever


                                      F-64
<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(CONTINUED)

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated
future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual
disposition is less than its carrying amount. No such impairment losses have
been identified by the Company.

    DEFERRED REVENUE

     Deferred revenue represents all payments received from customers in excess
of revenue earned based on line-item click-through activity and will be
recognized as actual click-throughs occur.

    INCOME TAXES

     Income taxes are accounted for under SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes." Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and
liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be
in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation reserves
against deferred tax assets are provided as necessary.

    ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," requires that
stock awards granted subsequent to January 1, 1995 be recognized as compensation
expense based on their fair value at the date of grant. Alternatively, a company
may account for granted stock awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and disclose pro forma
income amounts which would have resulted from recognizing such awards at their
fair value. The Company has elected to account for stock-based compensation
expense under APB No. 25 and make the required pro forma disclosures for
compensation expense (see Note 4).

    EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE COMPUTATION

     Historical basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding excluding the
unvested portion of stock issued in connection with the exercise of such options
subject to repurchase. The effect of outstanding stock options, convertible
preferred stock and unvested stock are excluded from the calculation of
historical diluted net loss per share for the periods presented as their
inclusion would be antidilutive.

     Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed using the
historical weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus
the weighted average number of shares resulting from the assumed conversion of
all outstanding convertible preferred stock as though such conversion occurred
at the beginning of the period or original date of issuance, if later. The
effect of outstanding stock options and unvested stock are excluded from the
calculation of pro forma diluted net loss per share for the periods presented as
their inclusion would be antidilutive.

     Options to purchase approximately 2.8 million and 5.0 million shares of
common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. In
addition, as of December 31, 1999, there were approximately 2.2 million shares
of unvested common stock outstanding that were issued in connection with the
exercise of options and are subject to repurchase.


                                      F-65

<PAGE>

                              GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The following table sets forth the computation of historical basic and
diluted net loss per share and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                PERIOD FROM
                                                                                               SEPTEMBER 15
                                                                          YEAR ENDED          1997 (inception)
                                                            ------------------------------       THROUGH
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1999            1998             1997
                                                            --------------  --------------    ----------------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>               <C>

Numerator:
  Net loss................................................  $     (29,262)  $     (14,023)    $          (120)
                                                            ==============  ==============    ================
Denominator:
   Denominator for historical basic and diluted
     calculation--weighted average share...................         28,207          10,296               9,869
Weighted average effect of pro forma securities:
   Series A Convertible Preferred Stock...................             226             360
   Series B Convertible Preferred Stock...................           3,994           5,403
   Series C Convertible Preferred Stock...................           5,147           2,655
   Series D Convertible Preferred Stock...................             645               -
                                                            --------------  --------------    ----------------
   Denominator for pro forma calculation..................          38,219          18,714
                                                            ==============  ==============    ================
Net loss per share:
   Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share.........  $       (0.77)  $       (0.75)    $            --
   Historical basic and diluted net loss per share........  $       (1.04)  $       (1.36)    $          (0.0)

</TABLE>

    RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to current
year presentation.

2.  INCOME TAXES

     As a result of the net operating losses incurred since inception, no income
tax provision has been recorded except for state minimum taxes of approximately
$1,000 for 1999, 1998 and 1997. The following is a reconciliation of the
statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               SEPTEMBER 15,
                                                                                                  1997
                                                                                               (INCEPTION)
                                                              YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED         THROUGH
                                                             DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 1999           1998              1997
                                                            --------------  ---------------   ----------------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>               <C>

Statutory federal rate...................................            (34)%            (34)%              (34)%
State income taxes (net of
   federal benefit)......................................              (6)             (5)                 (5)
Valuation allowance......................................               36              37                  41
Nondeductible stock compensation.........................                4               3                  --
Other....................................................             --               (1)                 (2)
                                                            --------------  ---------------   ----------------
                                                                      -- %            -- %                -- %
                                                            ==============  ===============   ================
</TABLE>


                                       F-66
<PAGE>

                              GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The components of the deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      DECEMBER 31
                                                            ------------------------------
                                                                 1999              1998
                                                            ----------------  ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards.........................   $       16,739   $       4,955
Other....................................................              350             167
                                                            --------------  --------------
Deferred tax assets......................................           17,089           5,122
Valuation allowance......................................         (17,089)         (5,122)
                                                            --------------  --------------
                                                            $           --   $          --
                                                            ==============  ==============

</TABLE>

     Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of realizing the benefits of
its deferred tax assets in future tax returns, the Company has recorded a
valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

     At December 31, 1999, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $42.0 million available to reduce future federal and state taxable
income, which expire beginning in the years 2017 through 2019 for federal and in
2005 for state. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, the utilization
of the net operating loss carryforwards can be limited based on changes in the
percentage of ownership of the Company.

3.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK

       GoTo.com issued shares of its preferred stock as described below:

       o   In March 1998, GoTo.com issued a total of 471,111 shares of Series A
           Preferred Stock to various investors at a purchase price of $0.45 per
           share.

       o   In May 1998, GoTo.com issued a total of 8,311,688 shares of Series B
           Preferred Stock to various investors at a purchase price of $0.77 per
           share.

       o   In July 1998, November 1998 and December 1998, GoTo.com issued a
           total of 10,710,348 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to various
           investors at a purchase price of $2.076 per share.

       o   In April 1999, GoTo.com issued a total of 3,628,447 shares of Series
           D Preferred Stock to various investors at a purchase price of $6.89
           per share.

     As part of the Series B Preferred Stock financing, Bill Gross, the
Company's founder, paid a consultant 111,111 shares of the Company's Common
Stock owned by him for services provided in connection with the Series B
Preferred Stock financing. The exchange of the founder's shares was recorded at
the fair market value of the Common Stock, on the date of the exchange, as a
contribution to capital and cost of the Series B Preferred financing.

     In June 1999, the Company completed its initial public offering and
issued 6,900,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $15.00
per share. The Company received approximately $94.8 million in cash, net of
underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering costs. Simultaneously
with the closing of the initial public offering, each outstanding share of
Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock was automatically converted into one share
of common stock.

     Upon completion of the Company's initial public offering the number of
common and undesignated preferred shares authorized for issuance changed to
200,000,000 and 10,000,000, respectively.

    WARRANTS

     In September and November of 1998, the Company issued warrants in
exchange for certain consulting services to purchase an aggregate of 63,272
shares of the Company's Common Stock at


                                       F-67
<PAGE>

                              GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

exercise prices ranging from $0.77 to $2.076 per share. In February 1999, the
Company issued additional warrants in exchange for certain consulting and other
services to purchase 41,699 shares of the Company's Common Stock at exercise
prices ranging from $2.076 to $5.00 per share. The warrants were fully
exercisable upon issuance and those warrants not exercised by the warrant
holders for Common Stock prior to our initial public offering on June 18, 1999
were terminated. The deemed fair value of warrants issued in 1999 and 1998 was
$180,000 and $90,000, respectively; these amounts were recorded in general and
administrative expenses in the respective periods.

    DEFERRED STOCK OPTION COMPENSATION

       The excess of the deemed fair value of the Company's Common Stock over
the exercise price of options granted during the year ended December 31, 1999
and 1998 at the date of grant, adjusted for the return of unvested options or
repurchase of restricted stock resulting from employee terminations, amounted to
an aggregate of $4,851,000 and $2,517,000, respectively. The deemed fair value
of the Common Stock was determined by the Company based on the selling prices of
contemporaneous sales of each series of Preferred Stock considering the relative
rights and privileges of each security, the stages of development of the
Company's business and the inherent risks and perceived future potential of the
Company at the time of grant or issuance. The typical vesting period of the
options is 20%, 10% or zero immediately upon grant with the remaining balance
vesting evenly either annually or quarterly over the following four years. The
amortization of deferred compensation is charged to operations on a graded
methodology basis over the vesting period of the options. During the year ended
December 31, 1999 and 1998, deferred compensation amortization of $3,585,000 and
$1,199,000, respectively, was recorded. At December 31, 1999 and 1998, deferred
compensation of $2,584,000 and $1,318,000, respectively, was reflected as a
reduction of stockholders' equity. The deferred compensation amortization
relates only to stock options awarded to employees; the salaries and related
benefits of these employees are included in the applicable cost of revenue or
operating expense line item.

    OTHER STOCK COMPENSATION

     The Company sold or issued 427,195 shares of Common Stock to various
consultants during 1998 at prices less than the deemed fair value of the Common
Stock on the day it was sold. The excess of the deemed fair value of the Common
Stock on the day it was sold aggregating $280,000 was recognized as consulting
expense.

4.  STOCK PLAN AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     The Company's 1998 Stock Plan provides for the granting of options for
the purchase of up to 8,500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock, plus an
annual increase to be added on the first day of the Company's fiscal year
beginning in 2000 equal to the lesser of (i) 7,500,000 shares, (ii) 4% of the
outstanding shares on such date or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the
Board. The increase for fiscal 2000 was determined to be approximately 1.8
million shares. Under terms of the plan, options may be granted to employees,
nonemployee directors or consultants at prices not less than the fair value at
the date of grant. Options granted to nonemployees are recorded at the value of
negotiated services received. All options are immediately exercisable, however,
shares issuable upon exercise of the option vest typically 20%, 10% or zero
immediately upon grant of the option with the remaining balance vesting evenly
either annually or quarterly over the following four years. The Company has the
right to repurchase unvested shares issued upon exercise of the option.


                                       F-68


<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

       Information relating to the outstanding stock options is as follows:

                                                                    WEIGHTED
                                                                     AVERAGE
                                                   SHARES        EXERCISE PRICE
                                              ----------------- ----------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
Outstanding at inception....................                --        $      --
    Granted.................................               115             0.44
    Exercised...............................                --               --
    Canceled................................                --               --
                                              ----------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997............               115             0.44
    Granted.................................             4,888             0.15
    Exercised...............................                --               --
    Canceled................................                (3)            0.15
                                              ----------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998............             5,000             0.16
    Granted.................................             2,979            19.62
    Exercised...............................            (5,035)            0.37
    Cancelled...............................              (114)           11.58
                                              ----------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1999............             2,830        $   19.87
                                              ================

       The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding
and options exercisable at December 31, 1999 (in thousands except per share
data):

                                            OUTSTANDING AND EXERCISABLE
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                     WEIGHTED
                                                      AVERAGE        WEIGHTED
                                                     REMAINING       AVERAGE
                                      NUMBER        CONTRACTUAL      EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES            OF SHARES          LIFE            PRICE
- --------------------------------    -----------    --------------    -----------
$0.15--$0.30....................            852               8.6     $     0.20
                                    ===========    ==============    ===========
$0.75--$6.20....................            609               9.3     $     4.24
                                    ===========    ==============    ===========
$12.00..........................            861               9.4     $    12.00
                                    ===========    ==============    ===========
$39.38--$55.25..................            200               9.7     $    47.10
                                    ===========    ==============    ===========
$108.25.........................            308               9.9     $   108.25
                                    ===========    ==============    ===========

       Options available for future grant totaled 716,324 and 999,529 at
December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. As of January 1, 2000 the Company
added approximately 1.8 million options available for future grant in accordance
with the Company's 1998 Stock Plan.

       The fair value of these options were estimated at the date of grant using
a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 15,
                                                                      1997
                                                                  (INCEPTION)
                                  YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED        THROUGH
                                 DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                     1999            1998             1997
                                 ------------    ------------    --------------
Risk free interest rate.......           5.38%           5.14%             6.00%
Expected lives (in years).....            2.5               4                 4
Dividend yield................             --              --                --
Expected volatility...........           0.80              --                --

       For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. Under SFAS No.
123, the Company would have incurred an additional compensation expense of
approximately $2.4 million, $51,000 and zero for the years ended

                                      F-69
<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the period from inception through December 31,
1997, respectively.

                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 15,
                                                                       1997
                                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                   YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED        THROUGH
                                    DECEMBER        DECEMBER       DECEMBER 31,
                                    31, 1999        31, 1998           1997
                                   ----------      ----------     -------------
Net loss, as reported............  $  (29,262)     $  (14,023)    $        (120)
Pro forma net loss...............     (31,656)        (14,074)             (120)
Pro forma loss per share.........       (0.83)          (0.75)            (0.01)
Pro forma historical basic
   and diluted loss per share....  $    (1.12)     $    (1.37)    $       (0.01)


       Applying SFAS No. 123 in the pro forma disclosure may not be
representative of the effects on pro forma net income (loss) for future years as
options vest over several years and additional awards will likely be made each
year.

       In April 1999, the Board of Directors also approved the establishment,
upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, of the 1999 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (1999 Purchase Plan). The 1999 Purchase Plan initially
reserves 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock for future issuance which will
increase annually by the lesser of 1,000,000 shares, 3% of the outstanding
shares on such date, or a lesser amount determined by the Board. The 1999
Purchase Plan provides for successive six month offering periods and allows
eligible employees to participate in the plan through payroll deductions that
will be used to purchase Common Stock at the end of each six month period for
the lesser of 85% of the price of the Common Stock at the beginning or the end
of the six month offering period.

5.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       During 1997 and 1998, GoTo.com shared facilities and received certain
management services including certain accounting, payroll processing, access to
shared local area computer communications network, and general business
insurance from Bill Gross' idealab!, which, with its affiliate, idealab!
Holdings, L.L.C., is a significant stockholder of GoTo.com. Bill Gross' idealab!
charged a management fee for the use of its facilities and the services
provided. During 1998 and through January 1999, Bill Gross' idealab! provided
certain payroll processing services for GoTo.com and charged a fee for those
services. On February 1, 1999, GoTo.com entered into a lease with Bill Gross'
idealab! for office space. GoTo.com also uses a shared local area computer
communications network. In 1999, GoTo.com entered into a lease agreement with
Bill Gross' idealab! for additional office space. The term of the agreement is
from August 1999 through January 2000. The total management and leasing fee
associated with both facilities was approximately $364,000, $229,000 and $59,000
during the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the period from inception
through December 31, 1997, respectively. From inception through March 1, 1998,
Bill Gross, GoTo.com's founder and a principal of idealab! Holdings, L.L.C. and
Bill Gross' idealab!, was the President and Chief Executive Officer of GoTo.com
and received no compensation for his service. The value of these services was
not material to the financial statements. During March 1998, certain
stockholders provided temporary funding of $2.5 million to GoTo.com which
carried no interest. In early May 1998 this funding was contributed to GoTo.com
in return for Series B Preferred Stock. In December 1999, GoTo.com terminated
both leases in effect during 1999 and entered into an arrangement with Bill
Gross' idealab! for approximately 58,000 square feet of office space. The term
of the lease commenced on January 15, 2000 and will terminate on October 31,
2004 with total lease payments of approximately $7.1 million. Management
believes these amounts are materially representative of the fair value of
services recorded.

       During 1999, GoTo.com recorded approximately $53,000 of search listing
advertising revenue from Bill Gross' idealab!, which, with its affiliate,
idealab! Holdings, L.L.C., is a significant stockholder of

                                      F-70
<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

GoTo.com. During 1999, GoTo.com also recorded approximately $112,000 of search
listing and banner revenue from Cadabra Inc. (Cadabra). Cadabra began listing on
GoTo.com on December 17, 1999 and ceased advertising on GoTo.com on January 13,
2000. On January 31, 2000, GoTo.com acquired Cadabra (See Note 7). Management
believes these amounts are materially representative of the fair value of
advertising services provided.

6.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    LEASES

       The Company leases office space under operating lease agreements expiring
in October 2004. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable
operating leases and present value of future minimum capital lease payments are
as follows (in thousands):

                                                  OPERATING        CAPITAL
                                                    LEASE           LEASE
                                                --------------  ---------------
2000.........................................   $       1,542   $          855
2001.........................................           1,524              807
2002.........................................           1,439               87
2003.........................................           1,439               --
2004.........................................           1,200               --
                                                --------------  ---------------
Total minimum lease payments.................   $       7,144            1,749
                                                ==============
Less amount representing interest............                             (227)
                                                                ---------------
                                                                $        1,522
                                                                ===============

       Total rent expense was approximately $504,000, $116,000 and $2,000 during
the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the period from inception through
December 31, 1997, respectively.

    EQUIPMENT FINANCING ARRANGEMENT

       At December 31, 1999, the Company had a line of credit arrangement with a
leasing institution that provides for a capital equipment lease line of up to a
maximum of $1,500,000. The terms of the agreement include a requirement for the
Company to keep an unrestricted cash balance of no less than $1.0 million at any
time. The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 1999 and 1998. Under this
agreement, $117,000 was available for future financing transactions at December
31, 1999.

       During 1999, the Company obtained an additional equipment financing line
of credit with a lender in the amount of $1.0 million. During 1999, the Company
did not use any of the available credit and accordingly $1.0 million was
available for future financing transactions as of December 31, 1999. As of
January 31, 2000, the Company did not use any of the available credit and did
not renew the financing line of credit.

    OTHER DEBT

       During January 1999, the Company executed a licensing and consulting
agreement with a software vendor for the implementation of a new financial
reporting system. The cost has been financed by an affiliate of the vendor and
will be repaid in quarterly installments of $34,000 through the end of fiscal
2000. Implementation of the system was completed during the third quarter of
1999.

    AFFILIATE COMMITMENTS

       The Company is obligated to make payments totaling $8.7 million and $5.0
million in 2000 and 2001, respectively, under contracts to provide search
services to its affiliates.


                                      F-71
<PAGE>

                                 GOTO.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

    LITIGATION

       We are engaged in litigation that will be expensive to pursue and will be
distracting to our management and other employees. Any adverse developments
resulting from this litigation could seriously harm our business. We believe
that The Walt Disney Company and certain of its affiliates, including Infoseek
Corporation, are infringing our GoTo.com logo. On February 18, 1999, we sued
these companies and two affiliated companies in the United States District Court
for the Central District of California alleging violation of federal trademark
law and unfair competition. Our lawsuit is based on the use by these companies
of a "GO" design mark to provide Internet services, including a search engine in
connection with their "Go Network." We are seeking to prevent these companies
from using this "GO" design mark as well as other remedies. We cannot assure you
that the outcome of this litigation will be favorable to us. For example, we may
not prevail and be able to stop these companies from causing confusion among
consumers and advertisers through continued use of the "GO" design mark. The
defendants have asserted counterclaims against GoTo.com. GoTo.com believes that
the proposed counterclaims are without merit and will defend against them
vigorously. An unfavorable result could affect the value of the Goto.com logo or
even prevent us from using the GoTo.com logo.

       On November 12, 1999, the federal district court in Los Angeles
preliminarily enjoined The Walt Disney Company, Infoseek and related companies
from using their Go Network logo. On November 18, 1999, the Ninth Circuit Court
of Appeals granted the defendants' motion for a stay of the preliminary
injunction pending appeal, and the defendants were permitted to use the Go
Network logo while the Ninth Circuit reviewed the district court's preliminary
injunction order. GoTo.com and the defendants briefed the appeal during
December, and the Ninth Circuit heard oral arguments on the matter on January
19, 2000. On January 27, 2000, the Ninth Circuit vacated the stay and reinstated
the preliminary injunction. No trial date has been set, and despite the issuance
of the preliminary injunction, we cannot assure you that we will ultimately
prevail in this litigation.

7.     EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT (UNAUDITED)

       On January 31, 2000, GoTo.com acquired Cadabra, an online comparison
shopping service. Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, GoTo.com
acquired all of the outstanding shares of capital stock and assumed all
outstanding options to acquire shares of capital stock of Cadabra, for $8.0
million in cash and 3,283,672 shares of GoTo.com common stock, including 214,833
shares to be issued upon exercise of options assumed by GoTo.com. The
acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Under the purchase method of
accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as determined by
GoTo.com at the date of the acquisition. The total purchase price of the
acquisition was approximately $263.1 million and consisted of cash of $8.0
million; GoTo.com common stock of $252.5 million valued at the closing price of
GoTo.com's common stock on the date the acquisition exchange ratio was set, net
of expected proceeds from the exercise of Cadabra stock options assumed by
GoTo.com; and acquisition costs of $2.6 million, primarily for investment
banking, legal and accounting costs. Of the purchase price, $7.6 million was
assigned to in-process research and development to be expensed immediately
following the consummation of the acquisition, $6.0 million was assigned to the
value of purchased technology and other intangibles and will be amortized on a
straight-line basis over three years and $4.4 million was allocated to the net
tangible assets.


                                      F-72

<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Members
idealab! Capital Management I, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of idealab! Capital Management
I, LLC (a limited liability company) as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
related statements of operations, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for
the year ended December 31, 1999 and the period March 20, 1998 (inception)
through December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of idealab! Capital Management I,
LLC at December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations, cash
flows, and changes in members' equity for the year ended December 31, 1999 and
for the period March 20, 1998 (inception) through December 31, 1998, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

                                    /s/Ernst & Young LLP

February 21, 2000
Los Angeles, California


                                      F-73
<PAGE>

                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31
                                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                                       1999             1998
                                                                                  ----------------  -------------
<S>                                                                               <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Investment in Funds, at fair value (cost: 1999--$827,040: 1998--
   $328,311) (NOTE 2)..........................................................   $   142,995,842   $  1,810,238
Cash and cash equivalents......................................................           444,569         30,098
Accounts receivable from affiliate.............................................            21,718        364,363
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment, net........................................            50,286         35,030
Other assets...................................................................            61,191         14,300
                                                                                  ----------------  -------------
Total assets...................................................................   $   143,573,606   $  2,254,029
                                                                                  ================  =============

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.......................................   $       306,098   $     31,526
                                                                                  ----------------  -------------
Total liabilities..............................................................           306,098         31,526

Members' equity:
   Capital accounts............................................................         1,098,706        740,576
   Unrealized appreciation on investment in Funds..............................       142,168,802      1,481,927
                                                                                  ----------------  -------------
Total members' equity..........................................................       143,267,508      2,222,503
                                                                                  ----------------  -------------
Total liabilities and members' equity..........................................   $   143,573,606   $  2,254,029
                                                                                  ================  =============
</TABLE>


                             SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.


                                      F-74
<PAGE>

                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PERIOD
                                                                                                    MARCH 20,
                                                                                                       1998
                                                                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED         THROUGH
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     1999              1998
                                                                                ----------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                <C>                <C>
Income:
   Fair value of securities received.........................................       $66,996,503       $       --
   Realized loss on distribution of securities...............................          (174,955)              --
   Realized loss on sale of securities.......................................          (601,092)              --
   Management fees...........................................................         2,858,123        1,575,966
   Interest..................................................................            37,156           13,651
                                                                                ----------------  ---------------
Total income.................................................................        69,115,735        1,589,617
General and administrative expenses..........................................         2,305,772        1,174,396
                                                                                ----------------  ---------------
Income from operations.......................................................        66,809,963          415,221
Increase in unrealized appreciation on investment in Funds...................       140,686,874        1,481,927
                                                                                ----------------  ---------------
Increase in net assets resulting from operations.............................      $207,496,837       $1,897,148
                                                                                ================  ===============
</TABLE>


                             SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                      F-75

<PAGE>
                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                    STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

Balance at March 20, 1998 (inception)...............    $           --
   Capital contributions............................           325,355
   Increase in net assets resulting from
   operations.......................................         1,897,148
                                                          --------------
Balance at December 31, 1998........................         2,222,503
   Capital contributions............................           571,990
   Capital distributions............................       (67,023,822)
   Increase in net assets resulting from
   operations.......................................       207,496,837
                                                          --------------
Balance at December 31, 1999........................      $143,267,508
                                                          ==============


                             SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                      F-76

<PAGE>


                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                      PERIOD
                                                                                                    MARCH 20,
                                                                                                       1998
                                                                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED        THROUGH
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      1999             1998
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                               <C>                 <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Income from operations........................................................    $  66,809,963       $  415,221
Adjustments to reconcile income from operations to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
     Fair value of securities received........................................      (66,996,503)              --
     Realized loss on distribution of securities..............................          174,955               --
     Depreciation and amortization............................................           34,137            6,423
     Accounts receivable from affiliate.......................................          342,645         (364,363)
     Other assets.............................................................          (46,891)         (14,300)
     Accounts payable.........................................................          274,572           31,526
                                                                                ---------------   ---------------
Net cash provided by operating activities.....................................          592,878           74,507

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investment in Funds...........................................................         (538,355)        (282,380)
Cost of securities sold.......................................................        5,131,011               --
Purchase of furniture, fixtures, and equipment................................          (49,393)         (41,453)
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities...........................        4,543,263         (323,833)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Capital contributions.........................................................          571,990          279,424
Capital distributions.........................................................       (5,293,660)              --
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities...........................       (4,721,670)         279,424
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................................          414,471           30,098
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..............................           30,098               --
                                                                                 ---------------  ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....................................    $     444,569       $   30,098
                                                                                 ===============  ===============
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
The following securities were contributed to the Company in exchange for
   membership interest and subsequently contributed to idealab! Capital
   Partners, I-A, L.P.:
   Bill Gross' idealab! Series B Preferred Stock..............................    $          --       $   45,931
                                                                                 ===============  ===============
The following securities were distributed by the Company to its members:
     Distribution of eToys, Inc. Common Stock (916,532 shares)................    $  46,800,360       $       --
                                                                                 ===============  ===============
     Distribution of GoTo.Com, Inc. Common Stock (186,622 shares).............    $  14,929,803       $       --
                                                                                 ===============  ===============
</TABLE>


                             SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.

                                      F-77

<PAGE>

                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     idealab! Capital Management I, LLC (the Company) was organized and
commenced operations on March 20, 1998, as a limited liability company under the
provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act. The Company was formed
to serve as a constituent general partner of idealab! Capital Partners I-A, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership, and idealab! Capital Partners I-B, LP, a
Delaware limited partnership (collectively, the Funds).

     Investments are accounted for on a fair value basis to reflect the fair
value of the Company's investment in the Funds.

   ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

     Items of profit and loss of the Company are allocated among the members
based either on each members' relative capital commitments or their respective
carried interest percentages depending on the character of the item.

   USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   TAXES BASED ON INCOME

     The operations of the Company will be included in the taxable income of the
individual members and, accordingly, no provision or credit for taxes on the
results of realized operations or net unrealized appreciation or depreciation of
investments of the Company is recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

   MANAGEMENT FEE INCOME

     The Company provides management services to the Funds for an annual fee of
2.5% of the Funds' capital commitments, net of certain securities contributed by
the Company to the Funds at inception. The management agreement provides for the
management fee to be adjusted in future periods as defined in the agreement.

   STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

     The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original
maturity of three months or less, which includes investments in U.S. government
money market mutual funds, to be cash equivalents.

2. INVESTMENT IN FUNDS

     The Company is the general partner of the Funds in which it has a capital
interest of 1%. The investment in Funds is reported at fair value consistent
with the methodology applied in the Funds' financial statements and disclosed
below.


                                      F-78

<PAGE>

                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     Summary information on the Funds is as follows:

                       COMBINED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              DECEMBER 31,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  1999                1998
                                                                            ------------------   ----------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>
Portfolio investments, at fair value (Cost: 1999--$82,727,153;
   1998--$26,521,799)....................................................      $1,015,342,917        $38,066,379
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................            5,647,305          5,267,109
Appropriated cash.......................................................            3,083,243                 --
Receivables.............................................................                6,943            331,582
                                                                            ------------------   ----------------
Total assets............................................................       $1,024,080,408        $43,665,070
                                                                            ==================   ================
Total liabilities.......................................................       $        9,325       $    364,363
Total partners' equity, at fair value...................................        1,024,071,083         43,300,707
                                                                            ------------------   ----------------
Total liabilities and partners' equity..................................       $1,024,080,408        $43,665,070
                                                                            ==================   ================
</TABLE>

                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PERIOD
                                                                                                    MARCH 20,
                                                                                                      1998
                                                                                                   (INCEPTION)
                                                                                YEAR ENDED           THROUGH
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   1999               1998
                                                                             ------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                   <C>
Income:
   Realized gain on distribution of securities............................    $    425,486,865     $          --
   Realized gain on sale of securities....................................          12,114,881                --
   Interest income........................................................             691,826           610,625
   Dividend income........................................................              76,087                --
                                                                             ------------------  ----------------
Total income..............................................................         438,369,659           610,625
Investment expenses:
   Management fees........................................................           2,858,123         1,575,966
   Other general and administrative.......................................             198,462           109,613
                                                                             ------------------  ----------------
Total investment expenses.................................................           3,056,585         1,685,579
Income (loss) from investment operations..................................         435,313,074        (1,074,954)
Increase in unrealized appreciation of portfolio investments..............         921,071,166        11,544,600
                                                                             ------------------  ----------------
Increase in net assets resulting from operations..........................      $1,356,384,240       $10,469,646
                                                                             ==================  ================
</TABLE>

   VALUATION OF PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS IN THE FUNDS

     Investments are stated at fair value as determined by the general partner
of the Funds and unrealized appreciation or depreciation is included in
partners' equity and reflected in the statements of operations.

     In establishing the fair value of nonpublicly traded securities (amounting
to $349,190,347 and $38,066,379 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively),
the general partner takes into consideration the financial condition and
operating results of the portfolio companies, the investment, the price of
subsequent rounds of financing, and other factors the general partner deems
appropriate. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, these estimated
values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a
ready market for nonpublicly traded securities existed, and these differences
could be material. Included in the fair value of nonpublicly traded securities
are Series B and


                                      F-79
<PAGE>

                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

C Preferred Stock of Bill Gross' idealab! Valued at $193,001,451 and $4,670,925
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.

     In establishing the fair value of publicly traded securities that are
subject to trading restrictions (amounting to $666,152,570 and $-0- at December
31, 1999 and 1998, respectively), the general partner takes a 30% discount on
the period end closing price from the appropriate stock exchange. Holdings of
publicly traded securities that are not subject to trading restrictions are
valued at the period end closing price from the appropriate stock exchange.

     Investments made by the Funds, by their nature, are generally considered to
be long-term investments and are not intended to be liquidated on a short-term
basis. In the absence of significant external valuation measures, fair value is
determined by the price at which the investments could change hands, where
neither party to the transaction is under any compulsion to buy or sell and both
have reasonable knowledge of the salient facts. Valuations do not reflect taxes
or other expenses which might be incurred upon disposition. Notes are valued in
combination with any equity investments in the same portfolio company.

3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM AFFILIATE

     Accounts receivable from affiliate consists of expenses paid by the Company
on behalf of the Funds.

4. REQUIRED CAPITAL DUE FROM MEMBERS

     The obligation of the members to pay the required capital in cash at the
times specified is absolute, unqualified and unconditional and, without
limitation, is not conditioned upon the need of the Company for funds or upon
any other member making the cash contributions that they are obligated to make.

5. CONTRIBUTED SECURITIES

     At the inception, the following securities were contributed at their fair
value in exchange for membership interests:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    TYPE OF
   INTEREST       NUMBER OF SHARES          VALUE                         SECURITY
- ----------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                 <C>            <C>
                                                          Bill Gross' idealab! Series B Preferred
 Non- Managing         27,018              $45,931                         Stock
</TABLE>

6. FAIR VALUE OF SECURITIES RECEIVED AND REALIZED LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  FAIR VALUE OF
                                                         NUMBER OF                                 SECURITIES
                  INVESTMENT                               SHARES       BASIS      FAIR VALUE       RECEIVED
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------- ---------- --------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>
eToys, Inc. Common Stock.............................      1,009,717   $  7,225      $51,931,371     $51,924,146
GoTo.com, Inc. Common Stock..........................        186,622     32,401       15,104,758      15,072,357
                                                                                                 ----------------
Total realized gain on securities received...........                                                $66,996,503
                                                                                                 ================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               REALIZED LOSS ON
                                              NUMBER OF                                        DISTRIBUTION OF
                INVESTMENT                      SHARES         BASIS          FAIR VALUE          SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------  ------------- ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>               <C>                    <C>
GoTo.com, Inc. Common Stock...............        186,622     $15,104,758       $14,929,803            $(174,955)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              NUMBER OF                                        REALIZED LOSS ON
                INVESTMENT                      SHARES         BASIS          FAIR VALUE      SALE OF SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------  ------------- ---------------  ----------------  -------------------
<S>                                                <C>      <C>              <C>                       <C>
eToys, Inc. Common Stock..................         93,185   $   5,131,011    $    4,529,919            $(601,092)
</TABLE>


                                      F-80
<PAGE>

                       IDEALAB! CAPITAL MANAGEMENT I, LLC
                          (A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     In accordance with the Company's operating agreement, an annual fee equal
to 0.5 percent of the aggregate capital committed to the Funds (up to a maximum
annual fee of $400,000) is payable to Bill Gross' idealab!, a member of the
Company. For the year ended December 31, 1999 and for the period March 20, 1998
(inception) through December 31, 1998, the Company incurred fees of $400,000 and
$317,000, respectively, which are reflected in general and administrative
expenses.

8. 401(K) PLAN AND TRUST

     The ICM 401(k) Plan and Trust (the Plan) adopted in 1999 by the Company
provides that eligible employees may defer up to 10% of their wages annually. An
employee is eligible to contribute to the Plan on the first day of employment.
In addition, the Company may elect annually to match all or a portion of the
employees' contributions to the Plan. An employee is eligible to share in the
discretionary employer contribution after one year of service and must be
actively employed on the last day of the plan year. No employer contributions
were made to the Plan during 1999.

9. IMPACT OF YEAR 2000 (UNAUDITED)

     The Company experienced no significant disruptions in its software and
computer systems and believes those systems successfully responded to the Year
2000 date change. The Company is not aware of any material problems resulting
from Year 2000 issues, either with its internal systems or those of its
investees. The Company will continue to monitor its software and computer
systems and those of its investees throughout the Year 2000 to ensure that any
latent Year 2000 matters that may arise are addressed promptly.


                                      F-81
<PAGE>
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Intranets.com, Inc. (formerly IntraNetics, Inc.):


       In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related
statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and
stockholders' deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Intranets.com, Inc. (formerly IntraNetics, Inc.) at
December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the
United States which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
June 30, 1999, except for the information
    presented in Note 12 for which the dates are
    August 24, 1999 and November 18, 1999


                                      F-82

<PAGE>

                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ------------------------------    JUNE 30,
                                                                          1997            1998            1999
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents....................................      $    455,159   $    2,030,315   $   1,880,552
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
     $399,000, $153,892 and $230,405 at December 31, 1997,
     December  31, 1998 and June 30, 1999
     (unaudited), respectively..................................            54,451           49,932         116,504
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................            82,448           34,348          31,116
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
       Total current assets.....................................           592,058        2,114,595       2,028,172
Fixed assets, net...............................................           436,298          427,231         388,329
Other assets....................................................                --           30,835          24,355
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
                                                                      $  1,028,356   $    2,572,661   $   2,440,856
                                                                      =============  ===============  ==============
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:

   Convertible notes payable....................................      $  2,830,542   $           --   $          --
   Demand notes payable.........................................         1,041,112          888,889         722,222
   Promissory notes payable-- officer and stockholder...........           653,500               --              --
   Current portion of capital lease obligations.................            71,814           81,921          51,928
   Accounts payable.............................................         1,338,669          206,201         117,066
   Accrued expenses.............................................           251,415          169,858         227,303
   Deferred revenue.............................................                --           13,098          13,098
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
       Total current liabilities................................         6,187,052        1,359,967       1,131,617
Capital lease obligations.......................................            99,846           12,537              --
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
       Total liabilities                                                 6,286,898        1,372,504       1,131,617
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
Commitments (Note 9)............................................
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:
   Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par
     value; 32,000,000 and 35,000,000 shares authorized at
     December 31, 1998 June 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively;
     24,863,994 and 28,818,909 shares issued and outstanding at
     December 31, 1998 and 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively; at
     issuance price plus accretion net of issuance costs
     (liquidation preference of $13,261,467 and $15,788,964 at
     December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 (unaudited),
     respectively)..............................................                --       12,435,088      15,061,751
Stockholder's deficit:
   Series A convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value; 4,000,000
     shares authorized; 166,667 shares issued and
     outstanding at December 31, 1997...........................           250,000               --              --
   Common stock, $.0001 par value; 50,000,000 and 52,000,000
     shares authorized at December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999
     (unaudited),respectively; 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding
     at December 31, 1997; 10,029,500 issued and 8,529,500 outstanding at
     December 31, 1998; 10,035,750 shares issued and 8,535,750 shares
     outstanding at June 30, 1999(unaudited)....................             1,000            1,003           1,004
Additional paid-in capital......................................           249,000               --              --
   Treasury stock, at cost, 1,500,000 shares at December 31, 1998
     and June 30, 1999 (unaudited)..............................                --          (37,500)        (37,500)
Accumulated deficit.............................................        (5,758,542)     (11,198,434)    (13,716,016)
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
       Total stockholders' deficit..............................        (5,258,542)     (11,234,931)    (13,752,512)
                                                                      -------------  ---------------  --------------
       Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock
         and stockholders' deficit..............................      $  1,028,356   $    2,572,661   $   2,440,856
                                                                      =============  ===============  ==============
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.



                                      F-83

<PAGE>
                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          YEAR ENDED            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30,
                                   ------------------------  ------------------------
                                       1997         1998         1998        1999
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue........................... $    69,936  $   300,462  $   224,256  $   345,016
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Costs and expenses:
   Costs of revenue...............      99,705      101,468       41,991       49,663
   Research and development.......   2,088,787    1,545,164      819,549      635,391
   Selling and marketing..........   2,405,597    2,238,900    1,027,582    1,063,592
   General and administrative.....     832,488    1,159,296      566,095      489,333
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                     5,426,577    5,044,828    2,455,217    2,237,979
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss from operations..............  (5,356,641)  (4,744,366)  (2,230,961)  (1,892,963)
Interest expense, net.............    (151,003)     (92,977)     (77,899)       1,732
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss..........................  (5,507,644)  (4,837,343)  (2,308,860)  (1,891,231)
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Accretion of preferred
   stock dividends and issuance
   costs..........................          --     (853,021)    (315,814)    (626,663)
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss attributable to common
   stockholders................... $(5,507,644) $(5,690,364) $(2,624,674) $(2,517,894)
                                   -----------  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-84

<PAGE>


                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            YEAR ENDED                      SIX MONTHS
                                                           DECEMBER 31,                   ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                   ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                       1997            1998            1998            1999
                                                   --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                                       (unaudited)
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
   Net loss ....................................    $(5,507,644)    $(4,837,343)    $(2,308,860)    $(1,891,231)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
     cash used in operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization .............         76,095         179,062          68,236          92,062
     Loss on sale of fixed assets ..............             --           8,810              --              --
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable .....................        (54,451)          4,519         (43,441)        (66,572)
       Prepaid expenses and other current assets        (70,346)         14,865         (14,562)          3,232
       Accounts payable ........................      1,325,930      (1,132,468)       (990,521)        (89,135)
       Accrued expenses ........................        251,415          42,642          93,045          57,445
       Deferred revenue ........................             --          13,098              --              --
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
     Net cash used in operating activities .....     (3,979,001)     (5,706,815)     (3,196,103)     (1,894,199)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchases of fixed assets ...................       (438,324)       (176,405)        (95,327)        (46,680)
   Proceeds from sale and leaseback of fixed
     assets ....................................        141,000              --              --              --
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities .....       (297,324)       (176,405)        (95,327)        (46,680)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
     payable ...................................      2,830,542              --              --              --
   Proceeds from issuance of demand notes
     payable ...................................      1,041,112       1,000,000          50,000              --
   Payments of demand notes payable ............             --      (1,152,223)             --        (166,667)
   Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes
     payable--officer and stockholder ..........        370,000              --              --              --
   Principal payments on promissory notes
     payable--officer and stockholder ..........             --        (653,500)       (653,500)             --
   Payments of capital lease obligations .......        (10,170)        (77,202)        (37,564)        (42,530)
   Proceeds from issuance of Series A
     convertible preferred stock ...............        250,000              --              --              --
   Proceeds from issuance of Series B
     redeemable convertible preferred stock,
     net of issuance costs .....................             --       8,377,326       5,377,324       2,000,000
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock ......        250,000           1,475           1,400             313
   Purchases of treasury stock .................             --         (37,500)        (37,500)             --
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities ......      4,731,484       7,458,376       4,700,160       1,791,116
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents ....................................        455,159       1,575,156       1,408,730        (149,763)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ...             --         455,159         455,159       2,030,315
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .........    $   455,159     $ 2,030,315     $ 1,863,889     $ 1,880,552
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
   Cash paid for interest ......................    $    25,515     $   179,467     $   122,565     $    42,497
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING
AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Assets acquired under capital lease..........    $   159,708
   Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible
     preferred stock upon conversion of Series
     A convertible preferred stock..............                    $   250,000     $  250,000
   Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible
     preferred stock upon conversion of
     convertible notes payable (principal and
     accrued interest)..........................                    $ 2,954,741     $2,954,741
   Conversion of accrued interest on
     convertible notes payable into shares of
     Series B redeemable convertible preferred
     stock......................................                    $   124,199     $  124,199
</TABLE>



   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-85


<PAGE>


                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
            STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
      STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 13, 1997 AND 1998
               AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDING JUNE 30,1999 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              SERIES B                SERIES A
                                       REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE        CONVERTIBLE
                                           PREFERRED STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK         COMMON STOCK
                                       ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------- ADDITIONAL
                                                                                                      PAR       PAID-IN
                                         SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES       VALUE     CAPITAL
                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996........
Issuance of Series A convertible
   preferred stock..................                              166,667   $ 250,000
Issuance of common stock............                                                   10,000,000  $    1,000  $  249,000
Net loss............................
                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997........                              166,667     250,000  10,000,000       1,000     249,000
Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock
   upon conversion of Series A
   convertible preferred stock......      494,365 $   250,000    (166,667)   (250,000)
Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock upon
   conversion of convertible notes
   payable (principal and accrued
   interest).......................     7,655,607   2,954,741
Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock, net
   of issuance costs of $74,953.....   16,714,022   8,377,326
Accretion of preferred stock
   redemption value.................                  853,021                                                    (250,472)
Treasury stock purchased...........
Issuance of common stock
   pursuant to exercise of stock
   options..........................                                                       29,500           3       1,472
Net loss............................
                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998........   24,863,994  12,435,088                          10,029,500       1,003
Issuance of series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock......    3,954,915   2,000,000
Accretion of preferred stock
   redemption value ................                  626,663                                                        (312)
Issuance of common stock
   pursuant to exercise of stock
   options..........................                                                        6,250           1         312
Net loss............................
                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Balance at June 30, 1999
   (unaudited)......................   28,818,909 $15,061,751          --  $       --  10,035,750  $    1,004  $       --
                                       ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========

<CAPTION>



                                         TREASURY STOCK
                                       ----------------------                   TOTAL
                                                                ACCUMULATED  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                         SHARES       COST        DEFICIT      DEFICIT
                                       ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996........                             $ (250,898) $    250,898)
Issuance of Series A convertible
   preferred stock..................                                              250,000
Issuance of common stock............                                              250,000
Net loss............................                             (5,507,644)   (5,507,644)
                                                                 ----------    ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997........                             (5,758,542)   (5,258,542)
Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock
   upon conversion of Series A
   convertible preferred stock......                                             (250,000)
Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock upon
   conversion of convertible notes
   payable (principal and accrued
   interest).......................
Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock, net
   of issuance costs of $74,953.....
Accretion of preferred stock
   redemption value.................                               (602,549)     (853,021)
Treasury stock purchased...........     1,500,000  $  (37,500)                    (37,500)
Issuance of common stock
   pursuant to exercise of stock
   options..........................                                                1,475
Net loss............................                             (4,837,343)   (4,837,343)
                                       ----------  ----------    ----------    ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998........    1,500,000     (37,500)  (11,198,434)   11,234,931)
Issuance of series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock......
Accretion of preferred stock
   redemption value ................                               (626,351)     (626,663)
Issuance of common stock
   pursuant to exercise of stock
   options..........................                                                  313
Net loss............................                             (1,891,231)   (1,891,231)
                                       ----------  ----------    ----------    ----------
Balance at June 30, 1999
   (unaudited)......................    1,500,000  $  (37,500) $(13,716,016) $(13,752,512)
                                       ==========  ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>



   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.



                                      F-86

<PAGE>

                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     NATURE OF THE BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

       Intranets.com, Inc. (formerly IntraNetics, Inc.) (the "Company") was
incorporated in Delaware in December 1996 to design and market a turnkey
integrated suite of intranet business applications. The Company's principal
markets are domestic and international business markets. In June 1999, the
Company decided to discontinue further development and marketing of its packaged
intranet software products and instead commenced the development of a free
hosted intranet service over the internet. In connection with this change in
product direction, the Company legally changed its name to Intranets.com, Inc.

2.     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

       The accompanying financial statements of the Company for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the
accompanying interim financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for
a fair presentation of the Company's financial position, results of operations,
and cash flows at the dates and for the periods indicated, which adjustments
consist only of adjustments of a normal recurring nature.

    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company invests its
excess cash primarily in money market accounts and commercial paper.
Accordingly, these investments are subject to minimal credit and market risk.

       At December 31, 1998, cash equivalents included commercial paper and
money market funds of $1,700,000 and $275,000, respectively. These investments
are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at amortized cost which
approximates fair market value.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

       The Company's revenue is derived from the sale of licenses to use the
Company's software products primarily to end-users and resellers. Revenue from
sales to end-users and resellers is recognized upon delivery provided that no
uncertainties remain relating to the sale, and that collection of the related
receivable is probable.

    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

       Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable.
Management believes its credit policies are prudent and reflect normal industry
terms and business risk. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
customers' financial condition but does not require collateral. Credit losses
have not been significant to date.

    FIXED ASSETS

       Fixed assets are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Equipment held
under capital leases is stated at the lower of the fair value of the equipment
or the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the leases
and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related assets
or the term of the leases.

    ACCOUNTING FOR IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     Long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles held and used are reviewed
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the assets or intangibles may


                                      F-87


<PAGE>

                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


exceed the undiscounted future net cash flow expected to be generated by such
assets. If it is determined that impairment has occurred, the asset is written
down to fair value as determined by market value or discounted cash flow

     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

     Costs incurred in the research and development of the Company's products
are expensed as incurred, except for certain software development costs. Costs
associated with the development of computer software are expensed until
technological feasibility has been established (as defined by SFAS No. 86,
"Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise
Marketed") and are capitalized thereafter until the related product is available
for general release. Costs subject to capitalization during the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998 were not significant.

     ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards to employees and
directors in accordance with Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations.
Accordingly, no compensation expense is recorded for options issued to employees
and directors in fixed amounts and with exercise prices equal to the fair market
value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. The Company has
adopted the disclosure only (Note 7) provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation." All stock-based awards to non-employees are accounted
for at their fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 123.

     INCOME TAXES

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference
between the financial statement and the tax basis of assets and liabilities
using currently enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance against deferred tax
assets is recorded if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more
likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized.

     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period. Components particularly subject to estimation include
accrued expenses and the fair values of the Company's equity instruments. Actual
amounts could differ from those estimates.

3.   FIXED ASSETS

     Fixed assets consist of the following:

                                                                      JUNE 30,
                          ESTIMATED          DECEMBER 31,               1999
                            USEFUL    --------------------------  -------------
                         LIFE (YEARS)     1997          1998        (UNAUDITED)
                         ------------ ------------ -------------
Computer equipment......     2-5      $    336,329  $    374,211   $  420,891
Computer software.......      3             45,074        80,137       80,137
Furniture and fixtures..     2-7            45,166       131,221      131,221
Office equipment........      5             76,099        80,274       80,274
Leasehold improvements..      3              9,725        10,369       10,369
                                      ------------- ------------  -------------
                                           512,393       676,212      722,892
Less-- accumulated
  depreciation and
  amortization..........                   (76,095)     (248,981)    (334,563)
                                      -------------  ------------  -------------
                                      $    436,298    $  427,231   $  388,329
                                      =============  ============  =============

                                      F-88
<PAGE>
                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     At December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 (unaudited), computer equipment and
furniture and fixtures under capital leases were $89,458 and $70,250,
respectively. Accumulated amortization relating to such computer equipment and
furniture and fixtures totaled $44,498, $79,854 and $139,745 for the years ended
December 31, 1997, December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 (unaudited),
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company sold and
leased back certain computer equipment with a net book value of $141,000 from a
third-party lessor for cash proceeds of $141,000.

4.   DEBT

     CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

     In December 1997, the Company entered into a bridge financing agreement
with certain investors for an aggregate amount of $1,355,542. The bridge
financing was interest bearing at an annual rate of 12%. In March 1998, the
financing, together with accrued interest thereon, was converted into 2,746,663
shares of Series B Preferred Stock. (Note 5).

     In addition, the Company issued subordinated convertible notes payable of
$1,475,000 to certain investors. These notes were interest bearing at an annual
rate of 10%. In March 1998, these notes, together with accrued interest thereon,
were converted into 4,908,944 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

     DEMAND NOTES PAYABLE

     In November 1997, the Company entered into two demand notes payable
agreements with a third-party lending institution totaling $1,041,112. In March
1998, the Company refinanced these demand notes into a single note payable due
December 31, 1998 bearing interest at the institution's base lending rate
(8.50%). Under the terms of the agreement, the note payable was collateralized
by a certificate of deposit in the amount of $1,100,000. In September 1998, the
entire note payable was repaid by the Company.

     In August 1998, the Company obtained a $1,000,000 term loan from another
third-party lending institution. Borrowings outstanding under the term loan bear
interest of 8.93% per annum. The term loan is collateralized by the assets of
the Company. Under the terms of the term loan agreement, the Company is required
to comply with certain covenant requirements and to maintain certain financial
ratios. At December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 and during the year ended
December 31, 1998 and the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company was in
violation of certain covenants related to the level of net income and other
ratio covenants. As of June 30, 1999, $722,222 was outstanding under the term
loan (Note 12).

     PROMISSORY NOTES PAYABLE -- OFFICER AND STOCKHOLDER

     During 1996 and 1997, the Company issued subordinated notes payable to one
of its stockholders for advances made to the Company in the aggregate principal
amount of $583,500. In March 1998, the outstanding balance plus accrued interest
at a rate of 8% per annum was repaid by the Company.

     In addition, during 1997, the Company received an advance from an officer
and stockholder of the Company totaling $70,000. The advance was short-term and
bore no interest. In March 1998, the advance was repaid by the Company.

     EQUIPMENT LINE OF CREDIT

     At December 31, 1998, the Company has an equipment line of credit
arrangement with a lender under which the Company may borrow up to $500,000 to
finance fixed asset purchases through June 2002. Borrowings outstanding under
the line of credit bear interest at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5%. All

                                      F-89
<PAGE>
                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

borrowings under the fixed asset line are collateralized by the assets of the
Company. At December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, no balance was outstanding
under this line.

5.   REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In March 1998, the Company granted the holders of Series A convertible
preferred stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") the option to convert their
shares into Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (the "Series B
Preferred Stock") at a rate of one share of Series B Preferred Stock for every
 .3371 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In March 1998, all Series A
stockholders exercised this option and converted a total of 166,667 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock into 494,365 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

     In March and October 1998, the Company issued a total of 16,714,022 shares
of Series B Preferred Stock for total proceeds of approximately $8,452,000. Of
the shares issued in March 1998, 7,655,607 shares were issued in connection with
the conversion of $2,830,542 of convertible notes payable plus accrued interest
and 494,365 shares were issued in connection with the conversion of 166,667
shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

     The Series B Preferred Stock has the following characteristics:

     CONVERSION

          Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible at any time, at
     the option of the holder, into shares of common stock based on the
     applicable conversion rate, currently one to one, subject to certain
     anti-dilution adjustments. All outstanding shares of Series B Preferred
     Stock will automatically convert to common stock upon the closing of a
     qualified public offering of the Company's common stock in which the per
     share price to the public is not less than 300% of the then applicable
     conversion value of the Series B Preferred Stock resulting in gross
     proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000.

     DIVIDENDS

          Holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and
     as declared by the Board of Directors, and in any event upon liquidation,
     dissolution or winding-up of the Company or the redemption of such shares,
     out of funds legally available, dividends at the rate of $.04 per share per
     annum. Cumulative dividends are payable in preference and priority to any
     payment of any dividend on any other class or series of capital stock.
     Through December 31, 1998, no dividends have been declared or paid by the
     Company.

     LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

          In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
     Company, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to
     receive, in preference to the holders of the common stock, an amount per
     share equal to the sum of $0.5057 per share of the Series B Preferred Stock
     held, plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends in respect
     of such share. If the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay the
     Series B stockholders the full amount to which they are entitled, they
     shall receive a distribution of the remaining assets in proportion to the
     respective total amounts they were entitled. Any assets remaining after the
     initial distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall
     be available for distribution ratably among the holders of shares of Series
     B Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of common stock.

                                      F-90
<PAGE>

                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     REDEMPTION

          At any time on or after March 2003, upon the consent of stockholders
     representing a majority of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock,
     such stockholders may redeem all or any portion of the shares of Series B
     Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the greater of $0.5057 per
     share or the fair market value per share.

     VOTING

          Each holder of the Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to the number
     of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such
     holder's shares are convertible at the record date for such vote.

     WARRANTS

     In connection with the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, the
Company entered into a warrant agreement with the holders which allows them to
purchase 233,334 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of
$.15 per share. The warrant is currently exercisable in whole or in part,
subject to certain limitations. The warrant shall expire on the earlier of
December 31, 2006 or a sale of substantially all of the business or assets of
the Company. Upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock into Series B
Preferred Stock, the exercise price for this warrant was repriced to $.025 per
common share and an additional warrant to purchase 327,698 shares of the
Company's common stock at an exercise price of $.025 per share was granted.

     In connection with the issuance of convertible notes payable in 1997, the
Company entered into a warrant agreement with the holders which allows them to
purchase 686,664 shares of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise
price of $.51 per share. The warrant is currently exercisable and expires on
December 31, 2008.

     The value ascribed to each of the above warrants was not material.

6.   COMMON STOCK

     The Company formally issued its founding equity in January 1997.

     Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters
submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Common stockholders are
entitled to receive dividends only when and if declared by the Board of
Directors, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the preferred
stockholders.

     At December 31, 1998, the Company had reserved 4,205,176 shares of common
stock for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding common stock options (Note
7), 1,247,696 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of common
stock warrants, and 24,863,994 shares of common stock for issuance upon the
conversion of preferred stock.

7.   STOCK OPTION PLAN

     During 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997
Plan"). The 1997 Plan provides for the granting of incentive and nonqualified
stock options and common stock to directors, consultants and employees of the
Company. On August 26, 1999, the Company's Board of Directors increased the
maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 1997 Plan from 5,000,000
to 12,560,000.

     For stock options issued under the 1997 Plan, the exercise price of each
stock option shall be specified by the Board of Directors at the time of grant.
However, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than the fair value
of the Company's common stock as determined by the Board of


                                      F-91
<PAGE>
                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

Directors at the date of grant or for a term in excess of ten years. For holders
of more than 10% of the Company's total combined voting power of all classes of
stock, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair
value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant or for a term in excess
of five years. All options granted through December 31, 1998 under the 1997 Plan
were issued at or above fair value as determined by the Board of Directors, vest
either immediately or over a five-year period for employees or over the service
period for nonemployees, and expire ten years from the date of grant.

     During 1997, the Company granted 35,176 options of common stock to
consultants at exercise prices of $0.15 and $0.51 per share in exchange for
services rendered. The value ascribed to these shares was not material. No stock
options were issued to consultants in 1998.

     A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plan as of December
31, 1997 and 1998 and changes during the years then ended is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1997                              1998
                                                      --------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                          NUMBER      WEIGHTED-AVERAGE     NUMBER     WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
                                                        OF SHARES     EXERCISE PRICE     OF SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE
                                                      --------------- ---------------- -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>              <C>            <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year.....................             --  $      --          1,845,176    $     0.15
Granted..............................................      1,847,676       0.15          4,810,000          0.05
Exercised............................................             --                       (29,500)         0.05
Canceled.............................................         (2,500)      0.15         (2,420,500)         0.15
                                                      ---------------                   ----------
Outstanding at end of year...........................      1,845,176       0.15          4,205,176          0.05
                                                      ===============                   ==========
Options exercisable at end of year...................        276,676       0.18            684,176
                                                      ===============                   ==========
Options available for future grant...................      1,654,824                       794,824
                                                      ===============                   ==========
</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1998:

                                 WEIGHTED-
                                 AVERAGE
                                REMAINING
 EXERCISE        NUMBER      CONTRACTUAL LIFE      NUMBER
   PRICE      OUTSTANDING       (IN YEARS)       EXERCISABLE
- ------------  -------------  ------------------  ------------
$      0.05      4,180,000          9.3              659,000
       0.51         25,176          8.9               25,176
              -------------                      ------------
                 4,205,176          9.3              684,176
              =============                      ============

     The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant
using the minimum value method with the following assumptions used for grants in
1998 and 1997: dividend yield of zero, volatility of zero, risk-free interest
rate of 5.0% and 5.9%, respectively, and weighted-average expected option term
of 5 years.

     No compensation expense has been recognized for the Company's stock option
plan under APB Opinion No. 25. Had compensation cost for these awards been
determined based on the fair value at the date of grant consistent with the
method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would not have
differed materially from the amount reported. However, because additional option
grants are expected to be made subsequent to December 31, 1998 and because
options vest over several years, the pro forma effects of applying the fair
value method may be material to reported net income or loss in future years.

     In June 1998, the Company elected to reprice all outstanding common stock
options granted to employees and directors to $.05 which was not less than the
fair market value of common stock as determined by the Company's Board of
Directors.

                                      F-92
<PAGE>

                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


8.   INCOME TAXES

     Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ---------------------------------
                                                                      1997              1998
                                                                 ----------------  ---------------
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards..............................   $     2,324,000   $    4,173,000
Research and development tax credit carryforwards.............           119,000          122,000
Fixed assets..................................................           (15,000)          82,000
                                                                 ----------------  ---------------
Net deferred tax assets.......................................         2,428,000        4,377,000
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance........................        (2,428,000)      (4,377,000)
                                                                 ----------------  ---------------
                                                                 $            --   $           --
                                                                 ================  ===============
</TABLE>

     The Company provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of the net
deferred tax assets since realization of any future benefit from deductible
temporary differences and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards cannot
be sufficiently assured at December 31, 1998.

     At December 31, 1998, the Company had federal and state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $10,300,000 available to reduce future taxable
income and which expire at various dates through 2018. The Company also has
federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of
approximately $80,000 and $60,000, respectively, available to reduce future tax
liabilities and which expire in the year 2018.

     Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial
changes in the Company's ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss
and tax credit carryforwards which could be utilized annually to offset future
taxable income and taxes payable. The amount of this annual limitation is
determined based upon the Company's value prior to an ownership change.

9.   COMMITMENTS

     OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases its facility under a noncancelable operating lease which
expires in January 2000. Rent expense under this lease was $109,274 and $147,891
during the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

     Future minimum payments under noncancelable operating and capital leases as
of December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           OPERATING       CAPITAL
                                                                             LEASE         LEASES
                                                                         -------------- --------------
       YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
       ---------------------------
       <S>                                                               <C>            <C>
       1999............................................................  $    135,586   $     95,035
       2000............................................................        11,299         13,815
                                                                         -------------- --------------
       Total minimum lease payments....................................  $    146,885        108,850
                                                                         ==============
       Less amount representing interest...............................                      (14,392)
                                                                                        --------------
       Present value of minimum lease payments.........................                 $     94,458
                                                                                        ==============
</TABLE>

10.  SAVINGS PLAN

     In January 1997, the Company adopted a retirement savings plan for its
employees pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k)
Plan"). Employees become eligible to participate under the 401(k) Plan upon
completion of three months of service to the Company. Employees may contribute
from 1% to 15% of their salary, up to a maximum annual statutory limit. The
Company is not required to contribute to this plan and has made no contributions
through December 31, 1998.


                                      F-93
<PAGE>

                               INTRANETS.COM, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)


11.  GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

     The Company's revenue was derived from the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                            DECEMBER 31,                    JUNE 30,
                                                     ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                         1997           1998           1998           1999
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Domestic.........................................         66,311        245,169        175,918        312,368
 International....................................          3,625         55,293         48,338         32,648
                                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total.........................................         69,936        300,462        224,256        345,016
                                                     =============  =============  =============  =============
</TABLE>

12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     ISSUANCE OF SERIES C REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     On August 24, 1999, the Company issued 25,716,179 shares of Series C
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series C Preferred Stock") to one
investor for proceeds to the Company of $2,000,000, prior to any fees or
offering costs. The Series C Preferred Stock has substantially identical voting,
dividend, redemption and conversion rights as the Series B Preferred Stock,
except for the redemption amount per share of $0.0777. In the event of any
dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of Series C Preferred
Stock rank equally with the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and are
entitled to receive $0.0777 per share prior to any distributions to holders of
Common Stock.

     In conjunction with the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, the investor
received a warrant to purchase 15,383,090 shares of the Company's Series C
Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.0777 per share. The warrant becomes
exercisable if the Company issues equity securities on or before February 24,
2000 at a pre money company valuation of at least $45,000,000 and receives
aggregate proceeds of at least $5,000,000. A value of $340,970 was ascribed to
the warrant.

     ISSUANCE OF SERIES D REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     On November 18, 1999, the Company issued 35,473,572 shares of Series D
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series D Preferred Stock") at a per
share price of $0.56 for aggregate proceeds of $20,000,000, prior to any fees or
offering costs. The Series D Preferred Stock has substantially identical voting,
dividend, redemption and conversion rights as the Series B and Series C
Preferred Stock except for the redemption amount per share of $0.5638. In the
event of any dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of Series D
Preferred Stock rank equally with the holders of Series B and Series C Preferred
Stock and are entitled to receive $0.5638 per share prior to any distributions
to holders of Common Stock.

     DEBT REPAYMENT (UNAUDITED)

     On December 14, 1999, the Company repaid the remaining balance of
approximately $550,000 outstanding under its term loan.

     WARRANT EXERCISE (UNAUDITED)

     Upon the closing of the Series D Preferred Stock financing the warrant for
the Company's Series C Preferred Stock became exercisable. On February 8, 2000,
the warrant was exercised and the Company received aggregate proceeds of
$1,196,343.


                                      F-94

<PAGE>


                                AUDITORS' REPORT

October 27, 1999


To the Directors of Perga Capital Incorporated (formerly R. L. Perrier
Investments Limited)

       We have audited the balance sheets of PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED as at
April 30, 1998 and 1999, and the statements of operations and deficit, and cash
flows for the years ended April 30, 1998 and 1999. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
In our opinion, these financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as at April 30, 1998 and 1999,
and the results of its operations and its cash flow for the years ended April
30, 1998 and 1999 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
London, Ontario, Canada

                                      F-95


<PAGE>

                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                          AS AT APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

                                                                1998     1999
                                                              -------- --------
  ASSETS

  CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash......................................................  $  3,524 $    862
  Accounts receivable.......................................     4,823    5,383
  Income taxes recoverable (note 7).........................        --   12,942
                                                              -------- --------
                                                                 8,347   19,187

  ADVANCES TO SIGNIFICANTLY INFLUENCED COMPANY (note 3).....   150,675  310,084

  INVESTMENT IN SIGNIFICANTLY INFLUENCED COMPANY (note 4)...        --       --
                                                              -------- --------
                                                              $159,022 $329,271
                                                              ======== ========

  LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

  CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Non-interest bearing advances from a shareholder..........  $223,508 $232,069
                                                              -------- --------
                                                               223,508  232,069
                                                              -------- --------

  SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

  Capital stock.............................................       205      205
  Contributed surplus.......................................   221,583  221,583
  Deficit...................................................  (286,274)(124,586)
                                                              -------- --------
                                                               (64,486)  97,202
                                                              -------- --------
                                                              $159,022 $329,271
                                                              ======== ========


               SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-96


<PAGE>

                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                      STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1998          1999
                                                                                        ------------ -------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
NET SALES REVENUE.....................................................................  $        --  $         --
                                                                                        ------------ -------------

General and administrative expenses...................................................       10,876         8,000
Interest expense......................................................................          652         2,663
Share of loss (income) in significantly influenced company............................       12,623      (159,409)
                                                                                        ------------ -------------
                                                                                             24,151      (148,746)
                                                                                        ------------ -------------

(LOSS) EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES...................................................      (24,151)      148,746
RECOVERY OF INCOME TAXES (note 7).....................................................         (943)      (12,942)
                                                                                        ------------ -------------
NET (LOSS) EARNINGS FOR THE YEAR......................................................      (23,208)      161,688
DEFICIT--BEGINNING OF YEAR.............................................................    (263,066)     (286,274)
                                                                                        ------------ -------------
DEFICIT--END OF YEAR...................................................................  $ (286,274)  $  (124,586)
                                                                                        ============ =============
</TABLE>

               SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-97

<PAGE>

                                            PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                                             STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                                          (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   1998          1999
                                                                                ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>
      OPERATING ACTIVITIES
      Net (loss) earnings for the year.......................................   $   (23,208)  $   161,688
      Items not affecting cash--
         Share of loss (income) in significantly influenced company..........        12,623      (159,409)
                                                                                ------------  ------------
                                                                                    (10,585)        2,279

      Net change in non-cash working capital--
         Increase in accounts receivable.....................................        (4,823)         (560)
         Increase in income taxes receivable.................................            --       (12,942)
         Decrease in income taxes payable....................................       (26,742)           --
                                                                                ------------  ------------
                                                                                    (42,150)      (11,223)
                                                                                ------------  ------------

      FINANCING ACTIVITIES
      Non-interest bearing advances from a shareholder.......................        23,891         8,561
                                                                                ------------  ------------
                                                                                     23,891         8,561
                                                                                ------------  ------------

      NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................................       (18,259)       (2,662)
      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--BEGINNING OF YEAR............................       21,783         3,524
                                                                                ------------  ------------
      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--END OF YEAR..................................   $    3,524   $       862
                                                                                ============  ============
</TABLE>


               SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-98

<PAGE>

                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

1.     NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     Perga Capital Incorporated (the "Company") is a holding company without
significant operations and owns 35.4% of the common shares of AutoData Marketing
Systems Incorporated ("Autodata") which is located in London, Ontario, Canada.
The significantly influenced company is focused primarily on licensing
decision-making support tools and content to the automotive and related
industries in North America.

2.     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    INVESTMENT

       The Company's 35.4% investment in Autodata is accounted for using the
equity method. If an other than temporary decline in value occurs, the
investment would be written down to its net realizable value.

    INCOME TAXES

       The Company follows the deferral method of income tax allocation. Under
this method, timing differences between reported and taxable income result in
provisions for taxes not currently payable.

    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

       All foreign currency denominated accounts of the Company are translated
at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Transactions denominated in
foreign currency occuring during the period are translated at the rate in effect
at the date of the transaction.

    STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

       During the year, the Company retroactively implemented the new
presentation and disclosure requirements regarding cash flow statements per the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants Handbook, section 1540.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS

       The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       The Company's estimate of the fair value of its financial instruments,
which include cash accounts receivable and borrowings, approximates their
carrying value, due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

    USE OF ESTIMATES

       The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect revenues and expenses during the reporting
periods, in addition to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


                                      F-99

<PAGE>

                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

3.    ADVANCES TO SIGNIFICANTLY INFLUENCED COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1998      1999
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Note receivable from Autodata bearing interest at the prime lending rate of the
   Royal Bank of Canada..............................................................  $ 100,000  $ 100,000
Note receivable from Autodata bearing interest at the prime lending rate of the
   Royal Bank of Canada..............................................................     55,000     55,000
Note receivable from Autodata bearing interest at the prime lending rate of the
   Royal Bank of Canada..............................................................    136,750    136,750

                                                                                       ---------  ---------
Note receivable from Autodata bearing interest at the prime lending rate of the
   Royal Bank of Canada..............................................................     29,004     29,004
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                         320,754    320,754
Write-down of advances arising from share of loss in significantly influenced
   company in excess of the investment value (see note 4)............................   (170,079    (10,670)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       $ 150,675  $ 310,084
                                                                                       =========  =========
</TABLE>

       The Company has agreed to waive all interest receivable for 1995 through
1999. All notes are due on demand, however, as the Company has agreed not to
demand payment within the next year, all notes are classified as long-term.

       The Company has been granted the right, at its sole option, subject to
shareholders' approval, to convert the $100,000 and $55,000 notes to equity of
Autodata at the rate of 500 Class "A" special shares, plus 1 common share for
each $500 of notes receivable (see note 9).

       The Company has been granted the option to convert the $29,004 note to
29,000 Class "A" special shares and 372 common shares of Autodata with stated
values of $29,000 and $4, respectively (see note 9).

4.     INVESTMENT IN SIGNIFICANTLY INFLUENCED COMPANY

                                                OWNERSHIP    1998       1999
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------

Investment in Autodata:
Shares.......................................        35.4% $ 130,000  $ 130,000
Equity in cumulative losses..................               (130,000)  (130,000)
                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                           $      --  $      --
                                                           =========  =========

       The Company's investment in Autodata includes $383,378 attributable to
goodwill which is being amortised on a straight-line basis over ten years. The
accumulated amortization balance as at April 30, 1999 is $191,690. The
investment balance is further offset by the cumulative share of losses in the
significantly influenced company. As the Company accounts for its investment in
Autodata on the equity basis, it records its share of the income or loss of
Autodata against the value of its investment in Autodata. To the extent the
cumulative share of the losses of Autodata exceed the value of the investment,
at any time, the excess loss is then charged against any advances made to
Autodata until the investment and advances balances are nil.


                                      F-100
<PAGE>


                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

       The Company's share of Autodata's income has been calculated based on
earnings for the years ended April 30, 1998 and 1999. The following summarized
financial information is disclosed as at April 30, 1998 and 1999 and for the
years then ended:

                                                           1998         1999
                                                       -----------  -----------
              Current assets........................   $   230,043  $   980,803
              Other assets..........................       218,294      493,687
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $   448,337  $ 1,474,490
                                                       ===========  ===========

              Current liabilities...................   $   873,752  $ 1,205,137
              Long-term debt........................       564,004      700,754
              Redeemable special shares.............       429,000      429,000
                                                       -----------  -----------

                                                         1,866,756    2,334,891
              Shareholders' deficit.................    (1,418,419)    (860,401)
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $   448,337  $ 1,474,490
                                                       ===========  ===========

              Revenue...............................   $ 1,903,335  $ 3,721,351
                                                       -----------  -----------

              Expenses..............................     1,830,770    3,163,333
                                                       -----------  -----------

              Net earnings..........................   $    72,565  $   558,018
                                                       ===========  ===========

       The Company has an irrevocable option to purchase a further 53.7% of the
common shares of Autodata for a fixed price from another shareholder (see
note 9).

5.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       During a prior year, the Company entered into a management and consulting
agreement with Autodata, whereby management and consulting fees were payable by
Autodata at the rate of 10% of the first $1,000,000 of annual pre-tax income of
Autodata and 8% of any excess. Management fees have been waived for all years up
to and including 1999.

6.     CAPITAL STOCK

       As at April 30, 1998 and 1999, the share capital of the Company is as
follows:

    AUTHORIZED

       10,000 8% non-cumulative, voting special shares of $.01 each, redeemable
and retractable at $100 each.

       Unlimited common shares.

    ISSUED (see note 9)

                                                                    1998   1999
                                                                   -----  -----

205 Common shares..............................................    $ 205  $ 205
                                                                   =====  =====

7.     INCOME TAXES

       The recovery of income taxes relates to the recovery of previously
provided taxes.


                                     F-101
<PAGE>


                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

8.     UNCERTAINTY DUE TO THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

       The Year 2000 Issue arises because many computerized systems use two
digits rather than four to identify a year. Date-sensitive systems may recognize
the year 2000 as 1900 or some other date, resulting in errors when information
using year 2000 dates is processed. In addition, similar problems may arise in
some systems which use certain dates in 1999 to represent something other than a
date. The effects of the Year 2000 Issue may be experienced before, on or after
January 1, 2000, and, if not addressed, the impact on operations and financial
reporting may range from minor errors to significant systems failure which could
affect an entity's ability to conduct normal business operations. It is not
possible to be certain that all aspects of the Year 2000 Issue affecting the
entity, including those related to the efforts of customers, suppliers, or other
third parties, will be fully resolved.

9.     SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

       Subsequent to the year-end, the Company acquired all of the common shares
from the remaining shareholders of the significantly influenced company,
Autodata.

       Following completion of the above transactions, the Company cancelled all
remaining options to acquire shares and to convert notes receivable to shares so
that no options remain outstanding.

       On May 13, 1999, the Company changed the 205 common shares which were
issued and outstanding to 9,000 common shares. The Articles were also amended by
creating an unlimited number of class "B" special shares and 10,000 class "C"
voting shares.

       On July 27, 1999, the Company was acquired by CarsDirect.com Inc.

       Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company was amalgamated with its
subsidiary companies and continued as Autodata Solutions Company.

       Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company repaid advances from a
shareholder at face value with funds received from the ultimate parent company.

10.    DIFFERENCES FROM UNITED STATES ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

       These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian
generally accepted accounting principles ("Canadian GAAP"). The only significant
difference between Canadian GAAP and U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles ("U.S. GAAP") relates to the share of income of the investment in the
significantly influenced company, Autodata, as there are differences in income
as determined under Canadian GAAP versus U.S. GAAP for Autodata.

       The following adjustments would be required in order to present the
results of operations of Autodata in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

       ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES UNDER U.S. GAAP

       For U.S. GAAP purposes, the benefits of the losses for income tax
       purposes and excess of amortization of capital assets over capital cost
       allowance must be recognized in the financial statements with an
       appropriate valuation allowance established for the portion of the
       benefits not likely to be utilized in the foreseeable future.


                                     F-102
<PAGE>


                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

       Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, the tax benefit of these losses and excess
       amortization of capital assets over capital cost allowance would be:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1998       1999
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
       Tax benefit of losses............................................  $ 567,000  $ 317,600
       Amortization in excess of capital cost allowance.................     61,450     97,500
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                            628,450    415,100
       Valuation allowance..............................................   (628,450)        --
                                                                          ---------  ---------
       Net tax benefit of losses and amortization in excess of capital
          cost allowance................................................  $      --  $ 415,100
                                                                          =========  =========
</TABLE>

       A valuation allowance of 100% of the potential benefit of the losses and
amortization of capital assets in excess of capital cost allowance was
established in 1998 as at the year end 1998 it was not likely that Autodata
would generate sufficient income in the future years before the losses would
expire and Autodata had only generated marginal income before tax in each of the
years 1997 and 1998. In 1999, Autodata generated increased pre-tax income from
operations; Autodata had generated increasing pre-tax profit in each of the last
three years, and the anticipated income in subsequent years was estimated to be
sufficient to utilize the losses before their expiry dates in the carryforward
periods. Accordingly, no valuation allowance was deemed necessary at April 30,
1999.

    ACCOUNTING FOR DEFERRED CHARGES

       Under U.S. GAAP, items recorded as deferred charges under Canadian GAAP,
such as development costs and training costs, are expensed as incurred. Deferred
charges on the Canadian GAAP balance sheet of Autodata in 1999 include costs
related to the development of new products for the company and internally
developed software. The costs in 1998 represent training costs relating to the
proprietary processes of Autodata.

       Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, the deferred charges relating to product
development and training of $98,158 in 1998 and $73,040 in 1999, would have been
expensed, resulting in a reversal of these expenses in the subsequent year for
U.S. GAAP purposes, when the expense was recognized under Canadian GAAP. Costs
of $34,000 relating to internally developed software would have been capitalized
at April 30, 1999, to be amortized over the period of use of the software.

    ACCOUNTING FOR PREPAID LEGAL COSTS

       Under U.S. GAAP, costs relating to legal fees paid for assessment of
contracts relating to the regular business activities of Autodata would be
expensed as incurred. Prepaid expenses at April 30, 1998 and 1999 respectively,
include legal costs of $6,344 and $19,679.

       Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, these prepaid legal fees would have been
expensed in the year incurred, resulting in a reversal of these expenses in the
subsequent year for U.S. GAAP purposes, when the expense was recognized under
Canadian GAAP.

    CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

       The cash flow statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with
International Accounting Standards.


                                     F-103
<PAGE>


                           PERGA CAPITAL INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

       The following summarizes the Company's balance sheets and statements of
       operations prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

       BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1998        1999
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
       ASSETS
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>
          Cash..................................................................   $   3,524   $     862
          Accounts receivable...................................................       4,823       5,383
          Advances to significantly influenced company..........................     113,642     320,754
          Income taxes recoverable..............................................          --      12,942
          Investment in significantly influenced company........................          --     103,573
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
                                                                                   $ 121,989   $ 443,514
                                                                                   =========   =========
       LIABILITIES
          Non-interest bearing advances from a shareholder......................   $ 223,508   $ 232,069
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
                                                                                     223,508     232,069
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
       SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
          Capital stock.........................................................         205         205
          Contributed surplus...................................................     221,583     221,583
          Deficit...............................................................    (323,307)    (10,343)
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
                                                                                    (101,519)    211,445
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
                                                                                   $ 121,989   $ 443,514
                                                                                   =========   =========
</TABLE>

      STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    1998        1999
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>
      Net sales revenue.........................................................   $      --   $      --
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
      General and administrative expenses.......................................      10,876       8,000
      Interest expense..........................................................         652       2,663
      Share of loss (income) in significantly influenced company................      49,656    (310,685)
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
                                                                                      61,184    (300,022)
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
      (Loss) earnings before income taxes.......................................     (61,184)    300,022
      Recovery of income taxes..................................................        (943)    (12,942)
                                                                                   ---------   ---------
      Net (loss) earnings for the year..........................................   $ (60,241)  $ 312,964
                                                                                   =========   =========
      RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

      Opening shareholders' deficit under Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP...........  $  (41,278)
      Adjustments 1998:
         Net loss for the year..................................................     (60,241)
                                                                                  ----------
      Shareholders' deficit as at April 30, 1998................................    (101,519)
      Adjustments 1999:
         Net earnings for the year..............................................     312,964
                                                                                  ----------
      Shareholders' equity as at April 30, 1999.................................  $  211,445
                                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>


                                     F-104

<PAGE>


                                AUDITORS' REPORT

October 27, 1999

To the Directors of
Autodata Marketing Systems Incorporated

     We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of AUTODATA MARKETING
SYSTEMS INCORPORATED as at April 30, 1998 and 1999, and the consolidated
statements of earnings and deficit, and cash flows for the years ended April 30,
1998 and 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require
that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. In our opinion, these
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company as at April 30, 1998 and 1999, and the results
of its operations and its cash flow for the years ended April 30, 1998 and 1999
in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
London, Ontario, Canada


                                     F-105
<PAGE>


                                      AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                           AS AT APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                                          (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        1998            1999
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash............................................................................   $       20,055  $       87,201
Term deposits...................................................................               --         200,000
Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $NIL and
   $21,000 at April 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively)............................          175,936         567,424
Other accounts receivable.......................................................            9,235          64,405
Prepaid expenses................................................................           24,817          61,773
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
                                                                                          230,043         980,803
CAPITAL ASSETS (note 3).........................................................          120,136         386,647
Deferred charges (net of accumulated amortization of $NIL and $98,158 at April
   30, 1998 and 1999, respectively).............................................           98,158         107,040
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
                                                                                   $      448,337  $    1,474,490
                                                                                   =============== ===============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........................................   $      236,412  $      295,623
Deferred revenue................................................................          500,590         909,514
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
                                                                                          737,002       1,205,137
NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES (notes 4 and 14)...............................          700,754         700,754
REDEEMABLE SPECIAL SHARES (note 6)..............................................          429,000         429,000
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
                                                                                        1,866,756       2,334,891
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Capital stock (notes 7 and 14)..................................................           90,717          90,717
Contributed surplus.............................................................          146,347         146,347
Deficit.........................................................................       (1,655,483)     (1,097,465)
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
                                                                                       (1,418,419)       (860,401)
                                                                                   --------------- ---------------
                                                                                   $      448,337  $    1,474,490
                                                                                   =============== ===============
</TABLE>


        SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                     F-106

<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS AND DEFICIT
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         1998            1999
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
NET SALES REVENUE................................................................   $   1,903,335   $   3,721,351
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Cost of sales materials..........................................................         112,010         257,519
Selling, general and administrative expenses.....................................       1,710,193       2,899,379
Interest expense.................................................................           8,567           6,435
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                        1,830,770       3,163,333
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES.....................................................          72,565         558,018
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (note 9)..............................................              --              --
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
NET EARNINGS FOR THE YEAR........................................................          72,565         558,018
DEFICIT - BEGINNING OF YEAR......................................................      (1,728,048)     (1,655,483)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
DEFICIT - END OF YEAR............................................................   $  (1,655,483)  $  (1,097,465)
                                                                                    ==============  ==============
</TABLE>


        SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-107

<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             1998         1999
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net earnings for the year............................................................    $    72,565  $   558,018
Items not affecting cash--
     Amortization of capital assets..................................................         34,997       80,637
     Amortization of deferred charges................................................             --       98,158
     Loss on disposal of capital assets..............................................          2,834           --
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
                                                                                             110,396      736,813
Net change in non-cash working capital (note 10).....................................        138,951      (15,479)
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
                                                                                             249,347      721,334
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Decrease in bank indebtedness........................................................       (100,000)          --
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of capital assets...........................................................        (58,956)    (347,148)
Deferred charges incurred............................................................        (98,158)    (107,040)
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
                                                                                            (157,114)    (454,188)
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..............................................         (7,767)     267,146
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--BEGINNING OF YEAR.........................................         27,822       20,055
                                                                                         ------------ ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--END OF YEAR...............................................    $    20,055  $   287,201
                                                                                         ============ ============
</TABLE>


        SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-108

<PAGE>

                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


1.     NATURE OF OPERATIONS

       AutoData Marketing Systems Incorporated (the "Company") is located in
London, Ontario, Canada. The Company is focused primarily on licensing
decision-making support tools and content to the automotive and related
industries in North America.

       Subsequent to the year end, the Company's parent, Perga Capital
Incorporated, was acquired by CarsDirect.com, Inc., a U.S. company, and the
Company name was changed to Autodata Solutions Company.

2.     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

       The consolidated financial statements include those of the Company and
its wholly-owned subsidiary, Paradigm Publishing Inc.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

       Revenues from contract services are recorded evenly over the period of
the contracts. Terms of the executed contracts, under which the price has been
established and delivery of services has commenced, range from 3 months to 12
months.

    CAPITAL ASSETS

       Capital assets are recorded at cost. Amortization is provided annually at
rates calculated to write-off the assets over their estimated useful lives as
follows:

Computer hardware.....................................    30% declining balance
Computer software.....................................    30% declining balance
Furniture and fixtures................................    20% declining balance
Leasehold improvements................................    20% straight line

    DEFERRED CHARGES

       Deferred charges include direct salary costs relating to the development
of new products and training costs associated with the Company's proprietary
processes. These charges are recorded at cost and amortized against income in
the period in which the related income is earned.

    INCOME TAXES

       The Company follows the deferral method of income tax allocation. Under
this method, timing differences between reported and taxable income result in
provisions for taxes not currently payable.

    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

       All foreign currency denominated accounts of the Company are translated
at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Transactions denominated in
foreign currency occurring during the period are translated at the rate in
effect at the date of the transaction.


                                     F-109

<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)

    STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

       During the year, the Company retroactively implemented the new
presentation and disclosure requirements regarding cash flow statements per the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants Handbook, section 1540.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS

       The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       The Company's estimate of the fair value of its financial instruments,
which include cash and term deposits, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and
borrowings approximates their carrying value. Notes payable to related parties
are interest bearing, but such interest has been waived since 1995. Therefore,
the carrying value is not necessarily representative of fair value. Subsequent
to year-end, notes payable to related parties were repaid in full, at face
value, which establishes the fair value of the debt.

    USE OF ESTIMATES

       The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect revenues and expenses during the reporting
periods, in addition to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3.     CAPITAL ASSETS

                                                      1998
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                                  ACCUMULATED
                                       COST      AMORTIZATION        NET
                                    -----------  --------------  ------------
Computer hardware................   $  117,371   $      59,823   $    57,548
Computer software................       70,022          38,848        31,174
Furniture and fixtures...........       34,102          13,697        20,405
Leasehold improvements...........       21,238          10,229        11,009
                                    -----------  --------------  ------------
                                    $  242,733   $     122,597   $   120,136
                                    ===========  ==============  ============

                                                      1999
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                                  ACCUMULATED
                                       COST      AMORTIZATION        NET
                                    -----------  --------------  ------------
Computer hardware................   $  195,298   $      88,776   $   106,522
Computer software................       76,405          49,157        27,248
Furniture and fixtures...........       48,450          19,213        29,237
Leasehold improvements...........      269,726          46,086       223,640
                                    -----------  --------------  ------------
                                    $  589,879   $     203,232   $   386,647
                                    ===========  ==============  ============


                                     F-110
<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


4.     NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

       As at April 30, the following amounts were due to shareholders of the
Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    LONG TERM                                       1998          1999
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
    <S>                                                                          <C>           <C>
    8% note payable to a shareholder, secured by a general security agreement
    (maximum $400,000)........................................................   $   350,000   $   350,000
    Note payable to a shareholder bearing interest at the prime lending rate
    of the Royal Bank of Canada (Note 14(i))..................................       100,000       100,000
    Note payable to a shareholder bearing interest at the prime lending rate
    of the Royal Bank of Canada...............................................        30,000        30,000
    Note payable to  shareholder bearing interest at the prime lending rate
    of the Royal Bank of Canada...............................................        55,000        55,000
    Note payable to a shareholder bearing interest at the prime lending rate
    of the Royal Bank of Canada...............................................       136,750       136,750
    Note payable to a shareholder bearing interest at the prime lending rate
    of the Royal Bank of Canada...............................................        29,004        29,004
                                                                                 ------------  ------------
                                                                                 $   700,754   $   700,754
                                                                                 ============  ============
</TABLE>

       The shareholders have agreed to waive all interest for 1995 through 1999.
All notes are payable on demand, however as note holders have agreed not to
demand payment within the next year, all notes are classified as long-term.

       The Company has granted the right to the holders of the first 4 long-term
notes, as set out above, at their sole option, subject to shareholders'
approval, to convert this debt to equity of the Company at the rate of 500 Class
"A" special shares, plus 1 common share for each $500 of debt (see Note 14
(iv)).

       The Company has granted to the holder of the 6th note above, the option
to convert this debt to 29,000 Class A Special shares and 372 common shares with
stated values of $29,000 and $4, respectively (see Note 14 (iv)).

5.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    REGULAR BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS

       The Company received services from a shareholder during the ordinary
course of business, with a value of $7,600 (1998 - $11,400). An unpaid balance
of $32,404 (1998 - $31,454) due to the shareholder is included in accounts
payable and accrued liabilities.

    MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

       During a prior year, the Company entered into a management and consulting
agreement with shareholders, whereby management and consulting fees were payable
to the shareholders at the rate of 13% of the first $1,000,000 of annual pre-tax
income and 8% of any excess. Management fees have been waived for all years up
to and including 1999.


                                     F-111
<PAGE>

                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


6.     REDEEMABLE SPECIAL SHARES

    AUTHORIZED

       426 5% cumulative, non-voting, convertible, redeemable, and retractable
preference shares.

       Unlimited non-cumulative, non-participating, non-voting redeemable Class
"A" special shares.

    ISSUED (SEE NOTE 14)
                                                          1998        1999
                                                       ----------  ----------
       429,000 Class "A" special shares.............    $429,000    $429,000
                                                       ==========  ==========

7.     CAPITAL STOCK

       As at April 30, 1998 and 1999, the share capital of the Company is as
follows:

    AUTHORIZED

       Unlimited common shares.


    ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING (SEE NOTE 14)

                                                         1998        1999
                                                       ----------  ----------
       1,109 Common shares..........................    $90,717     $90,717
                                                       ==========  ==========

8.     LINE OF CREDIT

       At April 30, 1999, the Company had an available bank line of credit of
$100,000. As security for this line, a shareholder has guaranteed this amount
and the shareholder has placed a term deposit receipt in the amount of $100,000
with the Company's banker. The balance of the line of credit at April 30, 1999
is Nil (1998 - Nil). Subsequent to the year end this line of credit was
cancelled.

9.     INCOME TAXES

                                                         1998         1999
                                                      ----------  -----------

       Income tax provision at statutory rates......  $  16,200   $  124,450
       Application of loss carryforwards............    (16,200)    (124,450)
                                                      ----------  -----------
                                                      $      --   $       --
                                                      ==========  ===========

       Non-capital losses available for carryforward to future accounting
periods which may be applied to reduce income taxes otherwise payable expire as
follows:

       July 27, 1999.................................. $   139,310
       April 30, 2000.................................     231,923
       April 30, 2001.................................     147,970
       April 30, 2002.................................     192,235
                                                       ------------
                                                       $   711,438
                                                       ============

       The Company has also recorded amortization for accounting purposes in
excess of capital cost allowance for tax purposes in the amount of $218,294
(1998 - $137,657).

       The Company estimates that non-refundable investment tax credits
amounting to approximately $7,848 arising from the purchase of research and
development assets are available for the reduction of income taxes payable in
future years.


                                     F-112
<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


       The potential benefits relating to the available losses, additional
capital cost allowances, and investment tax credits have not been recorded in
the financial statements.

       Losses in the amount of approximately $558,000 (1998 - $73,000) have been
utilized during the year to offset the tax provision that would be otherwise
payable.

10.    NET CHANGE IN NON-CASH WORKING CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 1998          1999
                                                                              -----------  -------------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>
(Increase) decrease in--
     Trade accounts receivable.............................................   $  147,918   $   (391,488)
     Other accounts receivable.............................................       (9,235)       (55,170)
     Prepaid expenses......................................................      (14,105)       (36,956)
Increase (decrease) in--....................................................
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..............................      (73,918)        59,211
     Deferred revenue......................................................       88,291        408,924
                                                                              -----------  -------------
                                                                              $  138,951   $    (15,479)
                                                                              ===========  =============
</TABLE>


11.    CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

       a)  Under the terms of various leases for equipment and premises, the
           Company is committed to the following lease payments:

                                                                            $
                                                                      ----------
Year ended April 30,   2000.........................................     132,840
                       2001.........................................     102,331
                       2002.........................................      47,634
                       2003.........................................       2,288

       b)  Contingency

       The Company, along with CarsDirect.com, Inc. ("CarsDirect.com"), was
named in an action for patent infringement on October 22, 1999. The complaint
alleges that CarsDirect.com and the Company have infringed, and are infringing,
upon another company's patent. Specifically, the claim alleges that the method
which defendants use to configure consumers' vehicles and vehicle options
infringes upon their patent. The claimant seeks damages, preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, and attorney's fees and costs.

       CarsDirect.com and the Company will defend the lawsuit on two grounds:
that the claimant's patent is invalid, and, in the alternative, the defendants
have not infringed the patent. CarsDirect.com and the Company do not believe
that this lawsuit will have a material averse effect on their respective
companies and intend to vigorously defend themselves.

12.    UNCERTAINTY DUE TO THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

       The Year 2000 Issue arises because many computerized systems use two
digits rather than four to identify a year. Date-sensitive systems may recognize
the year 2000 as 1900 or some other date, resulting in errors when information
using year 2000 dates is processed. In addition, similar problems may arise in
some systems which use certain dates in 1999 to represent something other than a
date. The effects of the Year 2000 Issue may be experienced before, on or after
January 1, 2000, and, if not addressed, the impact on operations and financial
reporting may range from minor errors to significant systems failure which could
affect an entity's ability to conduct normal business operations. It is not
possible to be certain that all aspects of the Year 2000 Issue affecting the
entity, including those related to the efforts of customers, suppliers, or other
third parties, will be fully resolved.


                                     F-113
<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


13.    SEGMENTED INFORMATION

       The Company operates primarily in one industry segment, data collection
and licensing.

    GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        1998            1999
                                                                                    --------------  -------------
    REVENUES

<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
           Canada................................................................   $     818,434   $  1,153,619
           Europe................................................................          38,067        223,281
           United States.........................................................       1,046,834      2,344,451
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                    $   1,903,335   $  3,721,351
                                                                                    ==============  =============
</TABLE>


       The Company derives revenues from a number of customers. One customer
represents approximately $743,000 for 1999. Amounts receivable from this
customer were approximately $191,000 at April 30, 1999. Amounts receivable from
two different customers were approximately $40,000 and $147,000 at April 30,
1998 and April 30, 1999, respectively.

14.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

       Subsequent to year-end, the shareholders approved a reorganization of the
Company's capitalization as follows:

       i)     The $100,000 note payable as set out in note 4 above was converted
              to the following:

              o  45,000 Class "A" special shares with stated value of $45,000

              o  90 common shares

              o  Note payable to shareholder of $55,000

       ii)    One of the shareholders acquired all of the common shares from the
              remaining shareholders.

       iii)   The Company redeemed 100% of its Class "A" shares, for
              consideration of $474,000 in the form of a new promissory note
              payable to its shareholder.

       iv)    Following completion of the above transactions, the Company
              cancelled all remaining options to acquire shares and to convert
              debt to shares so that no options remain outstanding.

       Subsequent to the year-end the Company was amalgamated with its parent
and subsidiary companies and continued as Autodata Solutions Company.

       Subsequent to the year-end the Company repaid its notes payable to
related parties at their face value with funds received from the ultimate parent
Company.

15.    DIFFERENCES FROM UNITED STATES ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

       These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles ("Canadian GAAP"). The
following adjustments would be required in order to present these financial
statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
("U.S. GAAP").

    ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES UNDER U.S. GAAP

             For U.S. GAAP purposes, the benefits of the losses for income tax
       purposes and excess of amortization of capital assets over capital cost
       allowance must be recognized in the


                                     F-114
<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


       financial statements with an appropriate valuation allowance established
       for the portion of the benefits not likely to be utilized in the
       foreseeable future.

             Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, the tax benefit of these losses and
       excess amortization of capital assets over capital cost allowance would
       be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           1998         1999
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
 Tax benefit of losses................................................................  $  567,000   $   317,600
 Amortization in excess of capital cost allowance.....................................      61,450        97,500
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
                                                                                           628,450       415,100
 Valuation allowance..................................................................    (628,450)           --
                                                                                        -----------  ------------
 Net tax benefit of losses and amortization in excess of capital cost allowance.......  $       --   $   415,100
                                                                                        ===========  ============
</TABLE>


             A valuation allowance of 100% of the potential benefit of the
       losses and amortization of capital assets in excess of capital cost
       allowance was established in 1998 as at the year end 1998 it was not
       likely that the Company would generate sufficient income in the future
       years before the losses would expire and the Company had only generated
       marginal income before tax in each of the years 1997 and 1998. In 1999,
       the Company generated increased pre-tax income from operations; the
       Company had generated increasing pre-tax profit in each of the last three
       years and the anticipated income in subsequent years was estimated to be
       sufficient to utilize the losses before their expiry dates in the
       carryforward periods. Accordingly, no valuation allowance was deemed
       necessary at April 30, 1999.

    ACCOUNTING FOR DEFERRED CHARGES

             Under U.S. GAAP, items recorded as deferred charges under
       Canadian GAAP, such as development costs and training costs. are
       expensed as incurred. Deferred charges on the Canadian GAAP balance
       sheet in 1999 include costs related to the development of new products
       for the Company and internally developed software. The costs in 1998
       represent training costs relating to the proprietary processes of the
       Company.

              Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, items recorded as deferred charges
       relating to product development and training of $98,158 in 1998, and
       $73,040 in 1999, would have been expensed, resulting in a reversal of
       these expenses in the subsequent year for U.S. GAAP purposes when the
       expense was recognized under Canadian GAAP. Costs of $34,000 relating to
       internally developed software would have been capitalized at April 30,
       1999, to be amortized over the period of use of the software.

    ACCOUNTING FOR PREPAID LEGAL COSTS

             Under U.S. GAAP, costs relating to legal fees paid for assessment
       of contracts relating to the regular business activities of the Company
       would be expensed as incurred. Prepaid expenses at April 30, 1998 and
       1999 respectively, include legal costs of $6,344 and $19,679.

              Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, these prepaid legal fees would have
       been expensed in the year incurred resulting in a reversal of these
       expenses in the subsequent year for U.S. GAAP purposes when the expense
       was recognized under Canadian GAAP.

    INTEREST WAIVED ON NOTES PAYABLE

              Under U.S. GAAP, interest on notes payable that is waived by the
       holder, who is a shareholder, is considered to be a capital contribution
       and recorded as an increase in contributed surplus. During the years 1995
       to 1999, the shareholders waived all interest owing on the note payable
       (see note 4). The interest expense that was waived amounted to $43,000
       (1995), $51,700 (1996), $46,600 (1997), $47,400 (1998), and $51,600
       (1999).



                                     F-115
<PAGE>

                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


             Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, interest expense of $47,400 and
       $51,600 would have been recorded for the years 1998 and 1999,
       respectively. A corresponding increase in contributed surplus would have
       been recorded in each year. Additionally, contributed surplus would have
       been increased in prior years by $141,300 with a corresponding interest
       expense which would have increased the deficit balance at April 30, 1997
       by $141,300.

    MANAGEMENT FEES

             Under U.S. GAAP, management fees that have been waived (see note 5)
       by shareholders would be treated as contributed surplus. For the years
       1997, 1998, and 1999, the Company generated pre-tax income and,
       therefore, certain shareholders were entitled to receive management fees,
       which were waived (see note 5). Management fees waived amounted to $4,350
       (1997), $9,433 (1998) and $72,542 (1999).

             Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP, management fees expense would have
       been $9,433 (1998) and $72,542 (1999) with a corresponding increase in
       contributed surplus. In addition, the management fee waived in 1997 would
       have increased contributed surplus and the deficit at April 30, 1997 by
       $4,350.

    ACCOUNTING FOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

             Under U.S. GAAP, convertible debt with a non-detachable conversion
       feature that is considered, at the date of issue, to be a beneficial
       conversion feature requires financial statement recognition of the
       intrinsic value of such feature. All of the Company's notes payable,
       excluding the note payable of $136,750, were issued as convertible debt
       with a beneficial conversion feature in a prior year. The conversion
       feature for four of the notes payable totalling $535,000 allows for the
       debt holder to convert the debt into equity of the Company at the rate of
       500 Class `A' special shares plus 1 common share for $500 of debt, or
       1,070 common shares. The remaining convertible debt of $29,004 is
       convertible into $29,000 of Class `A' Special shares and 372 common
       shares.

             The value of the common shares, corresponding to the beneficial
       conversion feature amounts to $124,004 based on the fair value of the
       shares at the time the convertible debt was issued.

             As a result, under U.S. GAAP, the impact of the beneficial
       conversion feature would have resulted in the allocation of the proceeds
       received when the debt was issued between the debt and the beneficial
       conversion feature. The debt would initially have been recorded at a
       discounted value of $440,000 and the beneficial conversion feature would
       have been recorded at $124,004. As the option to convert the debt was
       exercisable upon issuance of the debt, U.S. GAAP would have required that
       the discount on the face value of the debt be recorded as interest
       expense upon issuance, with a corresponding increase in the face amount
       of the debt.

    CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

             The cash flow statements have been prepared on a basis consistent
       with International Accounting Standards.


                                     F-116
<PAGE>


                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


              The following summarizes the Company's balance sheets and
       statements of operations in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

    BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1998           1999
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C>
    ASSETS
           Cash and term deposits.............................................   $     20,055   $    287,201
           Trade accounts receivable..........................................        175,936        567,424
           Other accounts receivable..........................................          9,235         64,405
           Prepaid expenses...................................................         18,473         42,094
           Capital assets.....................................................        120,136        386,647
           Intangible assets..................................................             --         34,000
           Deferred tax asset.................................................             --        415,100
           Deferred charges...................................................             --             --
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                                 $    343,835   $  1,796,871
                                                                                 =============  =============
    LIABILITIES
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...........................   $    236,412   $    295,623
           Deferred revenue...................................................        500,590        909,514
           Notes payable to related parties...................................        700,754        700,754
           Redeemable special shares..........................................        429,000        429,000
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                                    1,866,756      2,334,891
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
    SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
           Capital stock......................................................         90,717         90,717
           Contributed surplus................................................        348,830        472,972
           Beneficial conversion feature......................................        124,004        124,004
           Deficit............................................................     (2,086,472)    (1,225,713)
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                                   (1,522,921)      (538,020)
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                                 $    343,835   $  1,796,871
                                                                                 =============  =============
</TABLE>

    STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1998           1999
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C>
    Net sales revenue.........................................................   $  1,903,335   $  3,721,351
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
    Cost of sales materials...................................................        112,010        257,519
    Selling, general and administrative expenses..............................      1,824,128      2,960,138
    Interest expense..........................................................         55,967         58,035
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                                    1,992,105      3,275,692
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
    (Loss) earnings before taxes..............................................        (88,770)       445,659
    Recovery of income taxes..................................................             --        415,100
                                                                                 -------------  -------------
    Net (loss) earnings for the year..........................................   $    (88,770)  $    860,759
                                                                                 =============  =============
</TABLE>


                                     F-117
<PAGE>

                     AUTODATA MARKETING SYSTEMS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999--(CONTINUED)
                         (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)


    RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                              <C>
    Opening shareholders' deficit under Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP...........   $  (1,490,984)
    Adjustments 1998:
       Net loss for the year..................................................         (88,770)
       Increase in contributed surplus
         Interest waived on notes payable to related parties..................          47,400
         Management fees waived...............................................           9,433
                                                                                 --------------
    Shareholders' deficit as at April 30, 1998................................      (1,522,921)
    Adustments 1999:
       Net earnings for the year..............................................         860,759
       Increase in contributed surplus
         Interest waived on notes payable to related parties..................          51,600
         Management fees waived...............................................          72,542
                                                                                 --------------
    Shareholders' deficit as at April 30, 1999................................   $    (538,020)
                                                                                 ==============
</TABLE>


                                     F-118

<PAGE>


                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of PointCast Incorporated:

       In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related
statements of operations, of shareholders' deficit and of cash flows present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PointCast
Incorporated at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States, which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
March 26, 1999, except for Note 11
which is as of May 27, 1999

                                     F-119


<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                MARCH 31,       ---------------------------------
                                                                   1999              1998             1997
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents..............................    $    3,883,000    $    8,511,000   $     7,767,000
   Short-term investments.................................                --                --        12,438,000
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $687,000 (unaudited), $957,000
     and $604,000.........................................           787,000         1,516,000         4,362,000
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets..............           762,000         1,346,000           864,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
     Total current assets.................................         5,432,000        11,373,000        25,431,000
Property and equipment, net...............................         5,079,000         5,750,000         7,438,000
Investment in subsidiary..................................                --           106,000           738,000
Notes receivable from shareholder.........................                --         2,000,000         2,000,000
Other assets..............................................           137,000           283,000           131,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
     Total assets.........................................    $   10,648,000    $   19,512,000   $    35,738,000
                                                              ===============   ===============  ================
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE
SECURITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
   Notes payable and capital lease obligations, current...    $    1,367,000    $    1,390,000   $     1,450,000
   Accounts payable.......................................         4,023,000         4,250,000         6,220,000
   Accrued expenses.......................................         2,564,000         3,154,000         2,289,000
   Deferred revenue.......................................           816,000           688,000         3,669,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
     Total current liabilities............................         8,770,000         9,482,000        13,628,000
Notes payable and capital lease obligations, long-term....        15,228,000        15,567,000         3,820,000
Other liabilities.........................................           825,000           553,000           715,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
     Total liabilities....................................        24,823,000        25,602,000        18,163,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par
   value,19,500,000 shares designated, 17,413,316
   (unaudited), 17,663,316 and 17,452,790 shares issued
   and outstanding........................................        66,985,000        69,326,000        66,785,000
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred
   stock warrants.........................................         3,000,000         3,000,000         3,000,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
                                                                  69,985,000        72,326,000        69,785,000
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Shareholders' deficit:
   Preferred stock, 20,200,000 shares authorized,
     19,500,000 shares designated as mandatorily
     redeemable convertible preferred stock...............                --                --                --
   Common stock, no par value 50,000,000 authorized;
     9,313,331 (unaudited), 9,261,365 and 8,381,625
     shares issued and outstanding........................         2,725,000         4,190,000         2,310,000
   Accumulated deficit....................................       (88,267,000)      (79,755,000)      (50,357,000)
   Deferred stock compensation............................          (846,000)       (2,704,000)       (3,963,000)
   Other..................................................         2,228,000          (147,000)         (200,000)
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
     Total shareholders' deficit..........................       (84,160,000)      (78,416,000)      (52,210,000)
                                                              ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
       Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit........    $   10,648,000    $   19,512,000   $    35,738,000
                                                              ===============   ===============  ================
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-120

<PAGE>

                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ------------------------------- --------------------------------
                                                      1999            1998            1998             1997
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
REVENUE:
   Advertising (includes related party
     revenue of $0 (unaudited), $648,000
     (unaudited), $1,541,000 and $527,000;
     see Note 3)..............................   $   2,393,000   $   4,742,000   $   15,915,000   $   15,015,000
   Development, license and other fees
     (includes related party revenue of
     $40,000 (unaudited), $25,000
     (unaudited), $469,000 and $457,000; see
     Note 3)..................................          56,000         197,000        1,157,000        2,303,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
     Total revenue............................       2,449,000       4,939,000       17,072,000       17,318,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
COST OF REVENUE:
   Advertising................................       3,088,000       2,451,000       10,229,000        6,928,000
   Development, license and other fees........              --          21,000          177,000          413,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
     Total cost of revenue....................       3,088,000       2,472,000       10,406,000        7,341,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
Gross profit/(loss)...........................        (639,000)      2,467,000        6,666,000        9,977,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
   Sales and marketing........................       2,487,000       4,271,000       17,178,000       20,636,000
   Product development........................       3,148,000       2,879,000       10,212,000       10,515,000
   General and administrative.................       1,481,000       1,169,000        5,838,000        7,582,000
   Amortization of stock-based compensation...         379,000         596,000        2,523,000          865,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
     Total operating expenses.................       7,495,000       8,915,000       35,751,000       39,598,000
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
Loss from operations..........................      (8,134,000)     (6,448,000)     (29,085,000)     (29,621,000)

Interest and other income.....................         172,000         336,000        1,079,000        1,049,000
Interest expense..............................        (410,000)       (110,000)        (626,000)        (277,000)
Loss from investment in subsidiary............        (106,000)       (173,000)        (632,000)        (262,000)
                                                 --------------- --------------- ---------------  ---------------
Net loss......................................   $  (8,478,000)  $  (6,395,000)  $  (29,264,000)  $  (29,111,000)
                                                 =============== =============== ===============  ===============
</TABLE>
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                     F-121
<PAGE>
                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMMON STOCK
                                 -------------------  ACCUMULATED   DEFERRED STOCK
                                 SHARES      AMOUNT      DEFICIT      COMPENSATION     OTHER        TOTAL
                                ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------------  ----------  ------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>               <C>          <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996.   7,158,368  $ 441,000  $(21,113,000)     $        --  $       --  $(20,672,000)
Issuance of common stock in
   connection with the
   exercise of stock options
   in exchange for cash and
   notes receivable..........   1,223,257  1,622,000            --       (1,018,000)   (200,000)      404,000
Unearned stock compensation
   expense recorded in
   connection with Executive
   Agreement (Note 6)........          --         --            --       (3,563,000)               (3,563,000)
Stock compensation expense...          --    247,000            --          618,000                   865,000
Accretion of mandatorily
   redeemable convertible
   preferred stock
   redemption value..........          --         --      (133,000)              --                  (133,000)
Net loss.....................          --         --   (29,111,000)              --               (29,111,000)
                                ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------------  ----------  ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997.   8,381,625  2,310,000   (50,357,000)      (3,963,000)   (200,000)  (52,210,000)
Issuance of common stock in
   connection with the
   exercise of stock options
   in exchange for cash and
   notes receivable..........   1,181,759    921,000            --                     (147,000)      774,000
Repurchase of unvested stock.    (102,019)  (105,000)           --               --                  (105,000)
Cancellation of note
   receivable in exchange
   for repurchase of
   common stock..............    (200,000)  (200,000)           --                      200,000            --
Unearned stock compensation
   expense...................          --  1,264,000            --       (1,264,000)                       --
Stock compensation expense...          --         --            --        2,523,000                 2,523,000
Accretion of mandatorily
   redeemable convertible
   preferred stock
   redemption value..........          --         --      (134,000)              --                  (134,000)
Net loss.....................          --         --   (29,264,000)              --               (29,264,000)
                                ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------------  ----------  ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998.   9,261,365  4,190,000   (79,755,000)      (2,704,000)   (147,000)  (78,416,000)
Issuance of common stock in
   connection with the
   exercise of stock options
   in exchange for cash and
   note receivable (unaudited).    54,208     13,000            --               --                    13,000
Repurchase of unvested
   stock (unaudited).........      (2,242)        --            --               --                        --
Reversal of unearned stock
   compensation expense
   (unaudited)...............          -- (1,478,000)           --        1,478,000                        --
Unearned stock compensation
   expense (unaudited).......          --         --            --               --                        --
Cancellation of unvested
   Series E mandatorily
   redeemable convertible
   preferred
   stock (unaudited).........          --         --            --                    2,375,000     2,375,000
Stock compensation
   expense (unaudited).......          --         --            --          380,000                   380,000
Accretion of mandatorily
   redeemable convertible
   preferred stock
   redemption value
   (unaudited)...............          --         --       (34,000)              --                   (34,000)
Net loss (unaudited).........          --         --    (8,478,000)              --                (8,478,000)
                                ----------  --------  ------------  ---------------  ----------  ------------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1999
   (UNAUDITED)...............   9,313,331 $2,725,000  $(88,267,00O)     $  (846,000) $2,228,000  $(84,160,000)
                                =========  =========  ============  ===============  ==========  ============
</TABLE>
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                     F-122
<PAGE>

                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                                    1999             1998            1998              1997
                                                --------------  --------------- ----------------  ---------------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net loss...................................   $  (8,478,000)  $   (6,395,000)  $  (29,264,000)    $ (29,111,000)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
     cash used in operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization............         868,000          831,000        3,525,000         2,723,000
     Loss from investment in subsidiary.......         106,000          173,000          632,000           262,000
     Amortization of stock-based compensation.         379,000          596,000        2,523,000           865,000
     Amortization of non-cash prepaid
       advertising expenses...................              --          100,000          400,000         2,276,000
     Changes in current assets and
       liabilities:
       Accounts receivable....................         729,000        1,155,000        2,846,000        (1,217,000)
       Prepaid expenses and other assets......         727,000         (450,000)        (558,000)           87,000
       Accounts payable.......................        (227,000)        (226,000)      (1,970,000)        3,135,000
       Accrued expenses.......................        (592,000)         698,000          865,000         1,186,000
       Deferred revenue.......................         128,000       (1,458,000)      (2,776,000)        2,010,000
       Other liabilities......................         276,000          (80,000)        (367,000)          715,000
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
         Net cash used in operating activities      (6,084,000)      (5,056,000)     (24,144,000)      (17,069,000)
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of short-term investments.........              --       (2,511,000)      (2,550,000)      (21,090,000)
   Maturity of short-term investments.........              --       12,414,000       14,988,000        32,335,000
   Investment in subsidiary...................              --               --               --        (1,000,000)
   Purchase of property and equipment.........        (197,000)        (419,000)      (1,837,000)       (6,180,000)
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
         Net cash (used in) provided by
           investing activities...............        (197,000)       9,484,000       10,601,000         4,065,000
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock,
     net of issuance costs and repurchases....          13,000           80,000          669,000           404,000
   Proceeds from issuance of mandatorily
     redeemable convertible preferred stock,
     net of issuance costs....................              --        2,000,000        1,986,000        15,791,000
   Repayment of borrowings....................        (360,000)        (331,000)      (2,813,000)       (1,669,000)
   Proceeds from issuance of notes payable....              --               --       14,500,000         4,786,000
   Repayment (issuance) of amounts due from
     shareholder..............................       2,000,000          421,000          (55,000)       (2,000,000)
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
         Net cash provided by
           financing activities...............       1,653,000        2,170,000       14,287,000        17,312,000
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
   cash equivalents...........................      (4,628,000)       6,598,000          744,000         4,308,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year       8,511,000        7,767,000        7,767,000         3,459,000
                                                 --------------  ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year......   $   3,883,000    $  14,365,000   $     8,511,000  $     7,767,000
                                                 ==============  ===============  ===============  ================
Supplemental cash flow information:

   Cash paid for interest.....................   $      56,000    $      73,000   $       500,000  $       277,000
                                                 ==============  ===============  ===============  ================
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-123

<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    THE COMPANY

       PointCast Incorporated, (the "Company"), was incorporated in California
in July 1992. In February 1996, the Company launched the PointCast Network
offering current news and information services to viewers and corporations via
the Internet and corporate intranets. The Company operates in one business
segment.

    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

       The financial statements include the accounts of PointCast; its
majority-owned subsidiary, PointCast Japan L.L.C. ("PointCast Japan") is not
consolidated. During 1997, the Company and the minority shareholder established
PointCast Japan, a joint venture to offer the Company's services in Japan. The
Company contributed $1.0 million of cash and certain rights to technology and
trademarks for use in Japan in consideration of its 60% ownership interest. The
minority shareholder contributed $2.0 million in cash in exchange for its 40%
ownership interest. No gain was recognized on the formation of the joint
venture.

       The Company's investment in PointCast Japan is accounted for using the
equity method as the provisions of the joint venture agreement provides the
minority shareholder with certain participating and protective rights, which may
impact the Company's ability to control the joint venture's operations. As the
participating and protective rights of the minority shareholder lapse over the
term of the agreement, the Company will continue to monitor this investment and
the accounting method used. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the
joint venture will pay to the minority shareholder a management fee equal to 47%
of the joint venture's revenue over the two-year life of the administrative
services and management agreement. For the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1997, such management fees were $400,000 and $0, respectively.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS

       Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial
statements to conform to the current period presentation.

    USE OF ESTIMATES

       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

       Advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising space on the
PointCast Network. Advertising revenue is recognized in the period the
advertisement is displayed, provided no significant Company obligations remain
and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. Company obligations
typically include guarantees of a minimum number of "billable deliveries," a
measurement of the number of times an advertisement is downloaded to a unique
user of the PointCast Network. To the extent minimum billable delivery
guarantees are met, the Company recognizes revenue for the billable deliveries
provided or, if an amount has been invoiced in the excess of the billable
deliveries provided, the Company defers recognition of the corresponding revenue
until the minimum billable delivery guarantees are satisfied. Deferred revenue
primarily represents billings in excess of revenue recognized on advertising
contracts. For the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the years
ended

                                     F-124
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

December 31, 1998 and 1997, advertising revenue represented 98% (unaudited), 96%
(unaudited), 93% and 87% of total revenue, respectively. Revenue from the sale
of certain advertising space on the PointCast Network is shared with third
parties under the terms of certain agreements. Where the Company shares
collection risk and is not responsible for invoicing or collection of the
receivable, the Company recognizes only its pro rata share of revenue from the
contract. Development, license and other fees primarily consist of channel
development fees from the Company's agreements with partners ("Industry Insider
Agreements") and fees for the customization of versions of the PointCast Network
Client. Fees for the development of industry specific channels and customization
of the PointCast Network Client are recognized using the completed contract
method.

       During 1997, the Company licensed software under noncancelable license
agreements. Revenue from perpetual software license agreements was recognized
upon shipment of the software if there were no significant post-delivery
obligations, if collection was probable, and if payment was due within one year.
Revenue from post-contract support services was recognized ratably over the term
of the support period. The Company's PointCast Network Client is provided to
users without charge and the Company does not expect revenue from the licensing
of software or post-contract support to be a significant component of revenue in
the future.

    COST OF ADVERTISING REVENUE

       Cost of advertising revenue is expensed as incurred and includes the
costs to run the Company's Central Broadcasting Facility and the costs
associated with licensed content.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

       The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of
three months or less from the purchase date to be cash equivalents. Those with
original maturities greater than three months and current maturities less than
twelve months from the balance sheet date are considered short-term investments,
and those with maturities greater than twelve months from the balance sheet date
are considered long-term investments.

       Short-term investments in marketable securities are classified as
available-for-sale and consist primarily of high-grade commercial paper and debt
instruments of U.S. Government agencies. The fair value of the investments
approximates cost.

    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

       Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a
concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, short-term
investments and accounts receivable. Substantially all of the Company's cash,
cash equivalents and short-term investments are invested in high-grade
commercial paper and debt instruments of U.S. Government agencies. The Company's
accounts receivable have been derived primarily from revenue earned from
customers located in the United States and are denominated in U.S. dollars. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial
condition and generally requires no collateral. The Company maintains an
allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon the expected
collectibility of accounts receivable.

       During the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, no single customer
accounted for more than 10% of total revenues.

       At March 31, 1999 one customer accounts for 19% (unaudited) of total
accounts receivable, while another customer accounts for 12% (unaudited) of
total accounts receivable.

       At December 31, 1998, one customer accounts for 13% of total accounts
receivable. At December 31, 1997, no single customer accounted for more than 10%
of total accounts receivable.

                                     F-125
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS

       Product development costs are expensed as incurred until achieving
technological feasibility has been established. To date, the Company's software
has been available for general release concurrent with the establishment of
technological feasibility and, accordingly, no costs have been capitalized.

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

       Property and equipment are stated at historical cost. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, generally three to five years, or the shorter of the lease term or the
estimated useful life of the respective assets, if applicable.

    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

       The Company continually monitors events and changes in circumstances that
could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including intangible
assets, may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances are
present, the Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by
determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through
undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the total of the future cash flows
is less than the carrying amount of those assets, the Company recognizes an
impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value
of the assets.

    ADVERTISING EXPENSE

       Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $70,000
(unaudited), $476,000 (unaudited), $1,925,000 and $4,844,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively.

    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

       The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements
in accordance with provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," ("APB No. 25") and complies with the
disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," ("SFAS No. 123"). Under APB No. 25,
compensation expense is recognized based on the difference, if any, on the date
of grant between the fair value of the Company's stock and the amount an
employee must pay to acquire the stock. The compensation expense is recognized
over the option vesting period.

    OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

       Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive
income (loss) and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income
(loss) as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period
from nonowner sources. No items were included in other comprehensive income
(loss) during the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, and for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

    SEGMENT REPORTING

       In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 ("SFAS 131"),
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
establishes standards for the way companies report financial and descriptive
information about their operating segments. The Company offers current news and

                                     F-126
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

information services to viewers and corporations via the Internet and corporate
intranets and, accordingly operates in one reportable segment as defined in SFAS
131.

    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

       In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 98-1, "Software for Internal Use,"
which provides guidance on accounting for the cost of computer software
developed or obtained for internal use. SOP No. 98-1 is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. Costs of computer
software developed or obtained for internal use were not material for the three
months ended March 31, 1999.

2.     BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   MARCH 31,    -----------------------------
                                                                     1999           1998            1997
                                                                --------------- --------------  -------------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:
   Computer and equipment....................................   $    9,303,000  $   9,113,000   $  8,314,000
   Furniture and fixtures....................................        2,529,000      2,529,000      1,549,000
   Leasehold improvements....................................        1,315,000      1,315,000      1,257,000
                                                                --------------- --------------  -------------
                                                                    13,147,000     12,957,000     11,120,000
   Less:  Accumulated depreciation...........................       (8,068,000)    (7,207,000)    (3,682,000)
                                                                --------------- --------------  -------------
                                                                $    5,079,000  $   5,750,000   $  7,438,000
                                                                =============== ==============  =============
</TABLE>

       Property and equipment included $698,000 of fixed assets under capital
leases at March 31, 1999 (unaudited), December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Accumulated amortization of such assets was $698,000 (unaudited), $519,000 and
$286,043 at March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   MARCH 31,    -----------------------------
                                                                     1999           1998           1997
                                                                 -------------  -------------- --------------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
ACCRUED EXPENSES:
   Administrative expenses..................................     $    728,000   $   1,000,000  $     750,000
   Payroll and related expenses.............................        1,652,000       1,944,000      1,456,000
   Other....................................................          184,000         210,000         83,000
                                                                 -------------  -------------- --------------
                                                                 $  2,564,000   $   3,154,000  $   2,289,000
                                                                 =============  ============== ==============
</TABLE>

3.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    INDUSTRY INSIDER AGREEMENTS

       During 1998 and 1997, the Company entered into Industry Insider
Agreements with certain shareholders of the Company's outstanding common stock
at December 31, 1998. Management believes that the terms of these agreements
were similar to those terms given to unaffiliated Industry Insider partners. For
the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 and during the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company recognized $40,000 (unaudited), $25,000
(unaudited), $469,000 and $457,000, respectively, of revenue from Industry
Insider Agreements with related parties.

                                     F-127
<PAGE>

                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

    ADVERTISING REVENUE

      For the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company recognized advertising revenue
from certain shareholders in the amount of $0 (unaudited), $648,000 (unaudited),
$1,541,000 and $527,000, respectively, in exchange for cash. The Company
believes that the terms of advertising contracts with related parties were
similar to those given on orders of similar size to unaffiliated customers.

    MANAGEMENT FEES

       Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the joint venture will
pay to the Company a management fee; accordingly for the three months ended
March 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the
Company recorded management fees totaling $125,000 (unaudited), $125,000
(unaudited), $500,000 and $125,000, respectively.

    NOTE RECEIVABLE DUE FROM SHAREHOLDER

       Under the terms of a 1997 employment agreement with the Company's Chief
Executive Officer (the "CEO Agreement"), the Company in October 1997 entered
into two full recourse notes receivable amounting to $2,000,000. The notes
issued are further secured by approximately 375,000 shares of Series E
mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, bear interest at the rate of
6.01% compounded semi-annually and are due no later than 2002. The notes were
classified as Notes receivable from shareholder in the accompanying balance
sheet at December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997. The note was repaid in full in
March 1999.

       In 1997, a loan for $421,000 was made in connection with the purchase of
Series E mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock by the Chief
Executive Officer. The loan was recorded as a reduction of the carrying value of
mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 1997 and was
repaid in full in March 1998. In 1998, a further loan for $477,000, which bore
interest at a rate of 4.21% compounded semi-annually was made to the Chief
Executive Officer and was repaid in full in March 1999.

4.     BORROWINGS

       At December 31, 1998, the Company had $14,500,000 payable pursuant to
various notes payable due on March 31, 2000. The various notes payable bear
interest at a variable rate based on a 90-days libor rate plus a 4.5% margin
which increases by 0.5% on selected 90-days periods (9.75%-9.88% at December 31,
1998). The notes are secured by a general collateral on all of the assets of the
Company. In addition, the Company will issue warrants to the lenders if the
notes payable remain outstanding on selected future dates (see Note 8).

       At December 31, 1997, the Company had $1,439,000 payable under a line of
credit with a financial institution. The line of credit was repaid in 1998.

       At March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had $1,780,000
(unaudited), $2,053,000 and $3,079,000, respectively, of borrowings outstanding
under a note payable due to an insurance company. The note payable bears
interest at an annual rate of 9.7% and is secured by the Company's property and
equipment. The Company is required to make monthly payments of principal and
interest of $107,000 through October 2000.

       At December 31, 1996, the Company had loans outstanding totaling
$1,088,000 payable to a bank. The loans were repaid during 1997.

                                     F-128
<PAGE>

                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

       At March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had $316,000
(unaudited), $404,000 and $752,000, respectively, for equipment leased with
various expiration dates through 2001. The capital lease agreements charge
interest at rates ranging up to eleven percent per annum.

       As of December 31, 1998, the maturities under the note payable and
capital leases are as follows:

       YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
       ----------------------------
       1999....................................      $   1,390,000
       2000....................................         15,531,000
       2001....................................             36,000
                                                   ----------------
                                                        16,957,000
       Less:  Current portion..................          1,390,000
                                                   ----------------
       Long-term portion.......................       $ 15,567,000
                                                   ================

5.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    OPERATING LEASES

       The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases with various expiration dates through 2002. Rent expense for
the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, and for the years ended December
31, 1998 and 1997 was $420,000 (unaudited), $394,000 (unaudited), $2,136,000 and
$1,751,000, respectively. The terms of a facility lease and certain equipment
leases provide for rental payments that increase over the term of the lease. The
Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period,
and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

       Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases and
future minimum sub-lease rental income under noncancelable operating leases are
as follows:

                                                 OPERATING         SUB-LEASE
       YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                   LEASES           INCOME
       ---------------------------             ---------------  --------------
       1999.................................   $    3,028,000   $    (898,000)
       2000.................................        2,546,000        (610,000)
       2001.................................        2,577,000              --
       2002.................................        2,701,000              --
       Thereafter...........................               --              --
                                               ---------------  --------------
       Total................................   $   10,852,000   $  (1,508,000)
                                               ===============  ==============

    LITIGATION

       From time to time, the Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims
in the ordinary course of business, including claims against the Company of
alleged infringement of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property
rights and challenges to the validity or enforceability of certain intellectual
property rights held by the Company. The Company has received inquiries from
patent holders alleging that elements of The PointCast Network infringe their
rights and offering to license such patents to the Company. Legal standards
relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual
property rights in Internet-related industries are evolving. Accordingly, the
ultimate outcome of intellectual property claims against the Company and the
ability of the Company to defend against such claims are difficult to predict.
However, the Company is not currently aware of any legal proceedings or claims
that the Company believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a
material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.

                                     F-129
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

6.     MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

       Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock at March 31, 1999
(unaudited) consists of the following series:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           SHARES
                                             -----------------------------------     LIQUIDATION
                  SERIES                        AUTHORIZED        OUTSTANDING          AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------   -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>         <C>
A.........................................          6,500,000         6,421,385   $     4,025,000
B.........................................          4,000,000         3,674,446         5,170,000
C.........................................          1,500,000         1,456,554         2,913,000
D.........................................          5,300,000         3,810,527        36,200,000
E.........................................          2,900,000         2,050,404        19,479,000
                                             -----------------  ----------------  ----------------
                                                   20,200,000        17,413,316   $    67,787,000
                                             =================  ================  ================
</TABLE>

       A summary of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock
outstanding as of March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997 and changes during
the periods then ended is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     CANCELLATION
(SHARES)    OUTSTANDING                   OUTSTANDING                  OUTSTANDING   DURING THREE    OUTSTANDING
               AS OF                         AS OF                        AS OF       MONTHS ENED       AS OF
            DECEMBER 31,   ISSUANCES IN   DECEMBER 31,  ISSUANCES IN   DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,
 SERIES        1996            1997          1997            1998          1998           1999           1999
           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
<S>           <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
A.........    6,421,385             --      6,421,385             --      6,421,385              --     6,421,385

B.........    3,674,446             --      3,674,446             --      3,674,446              --     3,674,446

C.........    1,456,554             --      1,456,554             --      1,456,554              --     1,456,554

D.........    3,810,527             --      3,810,527             --      3,810,527              --     3,810,527

E.........           --      2,089,878      2,089,878        210,526      2,300,404        (250,000)    2,050,404
           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------- -------------- -------------- -------------
             15,362,912      2,089,878     17,452,790        210,526     17,663,316        (250,000)   17,413,316
           =============  =============  =============  ============= ============== ============== =============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     ACTIVITY DURING
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS
(DOLLARS)       AS OF                        AS OF                         AS OF          ENDED
             DECEMBER 31,  ACTIVITY IN    DECEMBER 31,   ACTIVITY IN    DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,      AS OF MARCH
 SERIES         1996           1997           1997           1998           1998          1999             1999
            ------------- -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------- --------------    ------------
<S>         <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>
A.........  $  3,999,000  $         --   $  3,999,000   $         --   $  3,999,000  $           --     $ 3,999,000

B.........     5,153,000            --      5,153,000             --      5,153,000              --       5,153,000

C.........     2,912,000            --      2,912,000             --      2,912,000              --       2,912,000

D.........    35,234,000       133,000(1)  35,367,000        134,000(1)  35,501,000          34,000(1)   35,535,000

E.........            --    19,354,000(2)  19,354,000      2,407,000(3)  21,761,000      (2,375,000)(4)  19,386,000
            ------------- -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------- --------------    ------------
            $ 47,298,000  $ 19,487,000   $ 66,785,000   $  2,541,000   $ 69,326,000  $   (2,341,000)     $66,985,000
            ============= =============  =============  =============  ============= ==============    ============
</TABLE>

(1)  accretion of difference between carrying value and redemption value (as
     discussed herein)
(2)  issuance of shares, net of loan made to Chief Executive Officer for
     purchase of a portion of the shares issued (see Note 3)
(3)  issuance of shares and repayment of loan made to Chief Executive Officer
     (see Note 3)
(4)  cancellation of unvested shares

                                     F-130
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

       The holders of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock have
various rights and preferences as follows:

    VOTING

       Each share of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock has
voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which
it is convertible and votes together as one class with the common stock.

       As long as any of the shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible
preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from the
holders of at least 55% of the shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible
preferred stock in order to alter the articles of incorporation as they relate
to mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, change the authorized
number of shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
authorize or issue other equity having a preference over the preferred stock
with respect to voting dividends, redemption, or upon liquidation, repurchase
any shares of common stock other than shares subject to the right of repurchase
by the Company, pay any dividends on common stock, or change the authorized
number of directors.

    DIVIDENDS

       Holders of Series A, B, C, D and E mandatorily redeemable convertible
preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the rate of
$0.062, $0.14, $0.20, $0.95 and $0.95 per share, respectively, when and if
declared by the Board of Directors. The holders of the Series A, B, C, D and E
mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock will also be entitled to
participate in dividends on common stock, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on a converted
basis. No dividends on mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock or
common stock have been declared by the Board from inception through March 31,
1999.

    LIQUIDATION

       In the event of any acquisition, liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company, or in the event of a sale of greater than 50% of the assets of
the Company, the holders of Series A, B, C, D, and E mandatorily redeemable
convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount of $0.6268,
$1.4069, $2.00, $9.50 and $9.50 per share, respectively, plus any declared but
unpaid dividends prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders
of common stock. After payment has been made to the holders of the mandatorily
redeemable convertible preferred stock of the full liquidation amount, any
remaining assets of the Company would be distributed with equal priority and pro
rata among the holders of common stock.

    CONVERSION

       Each share of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock is
convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder
subject to adjustment for dilution. Each share of mandatorily redeemable
convertible preferred stock automatically converts into common stock at the then
prevailing conversion ratio upon the closing of a public offering of common
stock with gross proceeds in excess of $20,000,000.

    REDEMPTION

       The holders may request that the shares of mandatorily redeemable
convertible preferred stock be redeemed at any time after June 3, 2001. Shares
of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock may be redeemed at a price
equal to the original issue price, subject to adjustment for dilution and
declared but unpaid dividends. The difference between the carrying value of
shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and their
redemption value is being accreted through June 3,

                                     F-131
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

2001. Accretion is charged directly to accumulated deficit and totaled $34,000
(unaudited), $134,000 and $133,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and
for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

    OTHER

       In connection with a lease agreement, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 39,419 shares of Series B mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred
stock during 1995. The warrants are exercisable at a price of $1.4069 per share
and expire on July 31, 2002. Management determined that the value of the
warrants at the date of grant was insignificant.

       In connection with an advertising agreement under the terms of which the
Company received certain advertising space during December 1996, the Company
issued immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 1,052,632 shares of the
Company's Series D mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock at a per
share price of $9.50 of which warrants to purchase 526,316 shares expire in 1999
and warrants to purchase 526,316 shares expire in 2001, subject to provisions
for acceleration of the expiration date due to an initial public offering or the
acquisition of the Company. The Company calculated the fair value of the
warrants, which approximated the value of advertising received at the date of
grant, as $3,000,000 (using an established option pricing model) which was
recorded as prepaid advertising. The Company is recognizing the advertising
expense over the greater of straight-line over the advertising period or as such
advertising is used by the Company. The Company has recorded advertising expense
of $400,000 and $2,276,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, related to the advertising agreement which is included in sales
and marketing in the accompanying statement of operations.

       Under the terms of the CEO Agreement, the Chief Executive Officer
received 375,000 shares of the Company's Series E mandatorily redeemable
convertible preferred stock at the date of hiring. The shares were subject to
repurchase by the Company in the event of termination for any reason; provided,
however, that such repurchase right lapsed as to 93,750 shares on November 1,
1998, and lapses as to 7,812 shares on the 1st day of each month thereafter. The
Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $3,563,000 in connection with
the Executive Agreement based on the price of preferred shares sold to
unaffiliated investors in contemporaneous transactions. The deferred stock
compensation is being amortized over the vesting period of the shares. Deferred
compensation expense of $379,000 (unaudited), $463,000 (unaudited), $1,704,000
and $309,000 was amortized during the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998
and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Additionally,
the Chief Executive Officer purchased 125,000 shares of the Company's Series E
mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock at $9.50 per share under the
Executive Agreement. The purchase price of the shares was similar to that paid
by unaffiliated investors in contemporaneous transactions.

       In conjunction with the resignation of the Chief Executive Officer in
March 1999, the Company entered into a Cessation of Employment Agreement (the
"Agreement") with the Chief Executive Officer. At the date of his resignation,
125,000 shares of the Series E mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred
stock that had been granted to the Chief Executive Officer were fully vested.

7.     COMMON STOCK

       A portion of the outstanding shares are subject to a right of repurchase
by the Company at the original price paid by the purchaser subject to vesting,
which is generally over a four year period from the earlier of grant date or
employee hire date, as applicable. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were
148,087 and 448,746, respectively, shares subject to repurchase.

                                     F-132
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

       As of March 31, 1999, the Company has reserved shares of common stock as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       <S>                                                                               <C>
       Conversion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock
         (unaudited)..............................................................       17,413,000
       Exercise of common stock and mandatorily redeemable convertible
         preferred stock warrants (unaudited).....................................        1,405,000
       Options under stock option plan (Note 8) (unaudited).......................       10,334,000
                                                                                      ---------------
       Total shares reserved......................................................       29,152,000
                                                                                      ===============
</TABLE>

8.     COMMON STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

       In 1994, the Company adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). The
Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of
the Company. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock
options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options ("ISO") may be
granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also
employees). Nonqualified stock options ("NSO") may be granted to Company
employees and consultants.

       Options under the Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and
at prices no less than 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date
of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that (i)
the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the
estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, and (ii)
the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be
less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant,
respectively. Options are exercisable immediately and if exercised prior to
vesting subject to a repurchase option which expires over the four year vesting
period. To date, options granted generally vest over four years.

       In connection with certain option grants and stock issues during the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company recognized unearned
compensation totaling $1,264,000 and $1,018,000, respectively, which is being
amortized over the four year vesting periods of the related options.
Amortization expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1997 totaled approximately $819,000 and $309,000, respectively.

       In 1997, approximately, 200,000 of such options were exercised by the
holder in exchange for a full recourse note receivable. The note bears interest
at an annual rate of 6.01%, is due on October 21, 2001 and was recorded in Other
Shareholders' Equity in the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 1997.
Amounts outstanding under the note totaled $200,000 at December 31, 1997. The
loan was canceled in 1998 in exchange for the repurchase of the 200,000 shares
by the Company at an amount equal to the original exercise price.

       In 1998, a further 220,000 of such options were exercised by another
holder in exchange for a full recourse note receivable. This note bears interest
at an annual rate of 6.01%, is due on April 15, 2001 or ninety days following
termination and was recorded in Other Shareholders' Equity in the accompanying
balance sheet at December 31, 1998. During the year, the Company terminated the
services of this individual, however this loan remained outstanding at year end.
No allowance for this loan was made at December 31, 1998 as management believes
the amount owed is collectible.

       During 1997, the Company accelerated the vesting of common stock options
for certain executives in connection with severance agreements and recorded
compensation expense of $247,000. Such compensation expense represents the
difference between the exercise price and the then-deemed fair value of the
shares on the date that vesting was accelerated.

       In conjunction with the $14,500,000 of note payable entered into in 1998,
the Company will issue warrants to purchase common stock to the holders of these
notes if the amounts remain outstanding on the following selected dates.
Provided the notes remain outstanding after March 31, 1999, the Company

                                     F-133
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

will issue 1,799,775 warrants and an additional 359,955 warrants in each of the
five subsequent months. The warrants which bear an exercise price of $0.01
expire on March 31, 2004 if not exercised.

       During 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase 312,500 shares of
the Company's common stock to partnerships associated with two directors. The
warrants have an exercise price of $5.00, which the Company believes represents
the fair value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant, and expire in
2002. The warrants were issued in exchange for services by a director as an
acting Chief Executive Officer while the Company completed its search for a
Chief Executive Officer. The director received no cash compensation for his
services. Management determined that the value of the warrants at the date of
grant was not material.

       A summary of options outstanding under the Plan and certain other options
noted below outstanding as of March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997 and
changes during the periods then ended is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                                            -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                               MARCH 31,     --------------------------------
                                                                 1999             1998             1997
                                                            ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year..........................       5,831,000        7,245,000        4,099,000
   Granted................................................              --        2,287,000        4,919,000
   Exercised..............................................         (54,000)      (1,182,000)      (1,223,000)
   Canceled...............................................      (2,108,000)      (2,519,000)        (550,000)
                                                            ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Outstanding at end of year................................       3,669,000        5,831,000        7,245,000
Weighted average fair value of options granted
   during the year........................................   $          --   $         4.25   $         3.49
</TABLE>

       At March 31, 1999, 6,665,000 options were available for grant under the
Plan.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         OPTIONS VESTED AT
                        OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AT MARCH 31, 1999 (UNAUDITED)            MARCH 31, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                    -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                                         WEIGHTED AVERAGE         WEIGHTED                             WEIGHTED
    RANGE OF            NUMBER              REMAINING             AVERAGE            NUMBER            AVERAGE
 EXERCISE PRICE       OUTSTANDING        CONTRACTUAL LIFE      EXERCISE PRICE      OUTSTANDING      EXERCISE PRICE
- ------------------  ----------------   ---------------------  -----------------  ----------------  -----------------
<S>                       <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>              <C>
     $0.00 - 0.54           386,000           1.2                  $0.33                 262,000        $0.30
      0.55 - 1.09           392,000           0.5                   1.00                  82,000         1.00
      1.10 - 3.29         1,007,000           3.3                   2.77                 234,000         2.43
      3.30 - 5.49         1,884,000           2.1                   4.54               1,010,000         4.12
                    ----------------                                             ----------------
                          3,669,000                                                    1,588,000
                    ================                                             ================
</TABLE>

    FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

       Had the Company's stock based compensation cost been determined based on
the minimum value at the grant dates for the awards under a method prescribed by
SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would have been increased to the pro forma
amounts indicated below:

                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                            1998                   1997
                                      ------------------   ------------------
Net loss:
   As reported...................           $29,264,000          $29,111,000
                                      ==================   ==================
   Pro forma.....................           $30,405,000          $30,253,000
                                      ==================   ==================

                                     F-134
<PAGE>


                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

       The Company calculated the minimum value of each option grant on the date
of grant using the minimum value method with the following assumptions: no
dividend yield, weighted average expected option term of 2.75 years; risk free
interest rate of 4.99% and 5.51% for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

9.     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

       In 1995, the Company adopted a 401(k) Plan that is intended to qualify
under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The
401(k) Plan covers substantially all of the Company's employees. Participants
may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to this plan, up to
the statutory maximum amount. Through March 31, 1999, the Company has made no
discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

10.    INCOME TAXES

       No provision for income taxes was recorded from inception through
December 31, 1998 as the Company incurred net operating losses during the
period. The components of the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 1998 and
1997 were as follows:

                                                        DECEMBER 31,

                                              ---------------------------------
                                                   1998              1997
                                              ---------------   ---------------

Net operating loss carryforwards...........      $26,600,000       $16,020,000
Cumulative temporary differences...........        1,375,000         1,305,000
Tax credit carryforwards...................        1,829,000         1,059,000
                                              ---------------   ---------------
                                                  29,804,000        18,384,000
Less: Valuation allowance..................      (29,804,000)      (18,384,000)
                                              ---------------   ---------------
Net deferred tax asset.....................   $           --    $           --
                                              ===============   ===============

       Management believes that, based on a number of factors including the
absence of taxable income to date, the available objective evidence creates
sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets
such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded.

       At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $68,000,000 of
federal and $31,000,000 of California net operating loss carryforwards available
to offset future taxable income. The federal loss carryforwards expire through
the year 2018 and the California loss carryforwards expire at various dates from
1999 through the year 2002. Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the amounts of and
benefits from net operating loss carryforwards may be impaired or limited in
certain circumstances. Events which cause limitations in the amount of net
operating losses that the Company may utilize in any one year include, but are
not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over
a three year period. During 1997, in connection with the sale of preferred
stock, the Company triggered a limitation, and as a result at December 31, 1998
was limited to utilizing approximately $11,000,000 of federal net operating
losses annually to offset taxable income.

11.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

       On April 19, 1999, the Company sold a 41% interest in its PointCast Japan
L.L.C. joint venture ("joint venture") to the minority shareholder in the joint
venture, for approximately $2.25 million in cash. The Company recorded a gain of
$2.25 million in income as the carrying amount of the investment was $0 at the
time of the sale. The Company's remaining interest in the joint venture is 19%
and will continue to account for the investment under the equity method as it
continues to have the ability to exercise significant influence over the joint
venture's operating and financial policies.

                                     F-135
<PAGE>

                             POINTCAST INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

       On May 10, 1999, the $14.5 million notes payable due on March 31, 2000
was forgiven by the Company's creditors pursuant to the Settlement Agreement and
Full and Final Release. In addition to the forgiveness of the loan and accrued
interest, the creditors also made a cash payment of $4.5 million to the Company;
the Company's obligations to issue warrants, (see Note 8) were also discharged
by the creditors. An extraordinary gain of approximately $19.7 million was
recorded in income in May 1999 as a result of this transaction. The creditors
terminated all financial interests in the Company and there are no continuing
obligations by the Company to the creditors.

       In May 1999, the Company cancelled the note receivable issued in
connection with the 220,000 stock option exercise (see Note 8) and the
underlying shares were forfeited by the shareholder.

       On May 27, 1999, Launchpad Technologies, Inc. ("Launchpad"), a majority
owned subsidiary of idealab! Holdings L.L.C., which is a wholly owned subsidiary
of Bill Gross' idealab!, completed its acquisition of PointCast Incorporated
("PointCast") pursuant to an agreement and plan of reorganization dated May 10,
1999; Launchpad was subsequently renamed EntryPoint. As consideration for the
purchase, Entrypoint issued to the stockholders of PointCast 4,316,547 shares of
EntryPoint Preferred Series E stock and paid them $1 million in cash The
Preferred Series E stock was valued at approximately $6 million based on the
deemed fair value of the shares issued on the date the transaction was
announced. The total purchase price was approximately $7 million.


                                     F-136

<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of CarsDirect.com, Inc.

     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Potamkin Auto Center, Ltd. (the
"Company") at December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and
the nine month period ended September 30, 1999 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States, which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
December 22, 1999


                                     F-137

<PAGE>


                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 1998               1999
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>
ASSETS

Current assets

   Cash................................................................    $        116,614   $         121,312
   Accounts receivable, net............................................           3,939,367           3,387,117
   Inventories.........................................................          10,391,356           7,949,884
   Due from related parties............................................             113,922              33,152
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........................             380,900             358,332
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
     TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..............................................          14,942,159          11,849,797
Property and equipment, net............................................           7,009,853           6,915,743
Other assets...........................................................             113,808             113,808
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
     TOTAL ASSETS......................................................    $     22,065,820   $      18,879,348
                                                                           =================  ==================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities

   Book overdrafts.....................................................    $      2,169,175   $         427,924
   Floor plan notes payable............................................          10,027,706           8,377,902
   Accounts payable....................................................             891,919           1,143,372
   Accrued expenses and other liabilities..............................           1,387,558           1,528,665
   Current maturities of long-term debt................................             181,448             192,296
   Due to related parties..............................................              20,308              22,871
   Note payable to shareholders........................................                  --             500,000
   Deferred revenue....................................................           1,594,409           1,625,814
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
     TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.........................................          16,272,523          13,818,844
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities...........................           5,441,474           5,301,131
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES.................................................          21,713,997          19,119,975
                                                                           =================  ==================

Stockholders' equity (deficit)
   Common stock, no par value, 100 shares authorized; 70 issued and
     outstanding.......................................................                  --                  --

   Additional paid-in capital..........................................           1,900,000           1,900,000
   Accumulated deficit.................................................          (1,548,177)         (2,140,627)
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
     TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)..............................             351,823            (240,627)
                                                                           -----------------  ------------------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)..............    $     22,065,820   $      18,879,348
                                                                           =================  ==================
</TABLE>


   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-138

<PAGE>

                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED      FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         --------------------------  -------------------------
                                             1997          1998         1998          1999
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
Revenues
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
   Vehicle sales.......................  $152,617,145  $130,635,912  $94,644,249  $102,203,465
   Other revenues, net.................     3,199,410     3,812,088    2,874,659     2,923,729
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
     TOTAL REVENUES....................   155,816,555   134,448,000   97,518,908   105,127,194
Cost of sales, including floor plan
   note interest of approximately
   $820,000, $791,000, $611,000
   (unaudited) and $441,000,
   respectively........................   140,623,616   120,925,182   87,321,179    95,120,180
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
     GROSS PROFIT......................    15,192,939    13,522,818   10,197,729    10,007,014
Selling, general and administrative....    13,459,175    12,806,989    9,647,558    10,033,848
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
     INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS.....     1,733,764       715,829      550,171       (26,834)
Interest expense.......................       571,692       467,801      355,080       327,511
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
     Income (loss) before income taxes.     1,162,072       248,028      195,091      (354,345)
Provision for state and local income
   taxes (Note 2)......................       138,421        33,471       33,471        23,579
                                         ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
     NET INCOME (LOSS).................  $  1,023,651  $    214,557  $   161,620  $   (377,924)
                                         ============  ============  ===========  ============
</TABLE>


   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-139

<PAGE>

                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      COMMON STOCK
                                      --------------   ADDITIONAL                    TOTAL
                                      ISSUED             PAID-IN   ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                      SHARES  AMOUNT     CAPITAL     DEFICIT    EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                      ------  ------  -----------  -----------  ----------------
<S>                                       <C> <C>     <C>          <C>          <C>
Balances, December 31, 1996.........      70  $   --  $ 1,900,000  $  (884,409) $      1,015,591

Distribution to shareholders........      --      --           --     (443,000)         (443,000)

Net income for 1997.................      --      --           --    1,023,651         1,023,651
                                      ------  ------  -----------  -----------  ----------------

Balances, December 31, 1997.........      70      --    1,900,000     (303,758)        1,596,242

Distribution to shareholders........      --      --           --   (1,458,976)       (1,458,976)

Net income for 1998.................      --      --           --      214,557           214,557
                                      ------  ------  -----------  -----------  ----------------

Balances, December 31, 1998.........      70      --    1,900,000   (1,548,177)          351,823

Distribution to shareholders........      --      --           --     (214,526)         (214,526)

Net loss for the nine months ended
   September 30, 1999...............      --      --           --     (377,924)         (377,924)
                                      ------  ------  -----------  -----------  ----------------
Balances, September 30, 1999........      70  $   --  $ 1,900,000  $(2,140,627) $       (240,627)
                                      ======  ======  ===========  ===========  ================
</TABLE>


   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-140

<PAGE>

                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                             1997           1998           1998           1999
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
   Net income (loss).................................    $  1,023,651   $    214,557   $    161,620   $   (377,924)
   Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net
     cash provided by operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization...................         147,357        139,337         96,673        102,661
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities
       Accounts receivable...........................       2,001,265        206,152       (147,293)       552,250
       Inventories...................................      (5,337,316)     3,384,678      3,060,057      2,441,472
       Prepaid expenses and other
         current assets..............................        (187,447)        (2,679)      (119,632)        22,568
       Other assets..................................          (5,625)            --             --             --
       Floor plan notes payable......................       6,816,777     (3,449,660)    (2,906,038)    (1,649,804)
       Accounts payable .............................         251,106       (232,331)       308,140        251,453
       Accrued expenses and other liabilities........        (120,013)       473,473         (5,219)       141,107
       Due to related parties, net...................        (225,073)       165,230        174,426         83,333
       Deferred revenue..............................         630,400        180,844        135,633         31,405
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Net cash provided by operating activities............       4,995,082      1,079,601        758,367      1,598,521
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Cash flows from investing activities
   Purchase of property and equipment................         (80,801)       (33,863)       (25,610)        (8,551)
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Net cash used in investing activities................         (80,801)       (33,863)       (25,610)        (8,551)
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Cash flows from financing activities
   Book overdrafts...................................      (3,991,154)       635,439        746,686     (1,741,251)
   Repayments of long-term debt......................        (492,675)      (154,696)      (115,085)      (129,495)
   Advances from related parties.....................              --             --             --        500,000
   Distribution to shareholders......................        (443,000)    (1,458,976)    (1,294,577)      (214,526)
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Net cash used in financing activities................      (4,926,829)      (978,233)      (662,976)    (1,585,272)
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
(Decrease) increase in cash .........................         (12,548)        67,505         69,781          4,698
   Cash, beginning of year...........................          61,657         49,109         49,109        116,614
                                                         -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
   Cash, end of year.................................          49,109   $    116,614   $    118,890   $    121,312
                                                         =============  =============  =============  ==============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

   Interest paid ....................................    $  1,308,092   $  1,262,903   $    984,187   $    820,261
                                                         =============  =============  =============  ==============
   Income taxes paid.................................    $    164,250   $    106,470   $    106,470   $     42,143
                                                         =============  =============  =============  ==============
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-141

<PAGE>

                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   BACKGROUND

     The Potamkin Auto Center, Ltd. (the "Company") is engaged in the sale of
new and used automobiles and light trucks of numerous manufacturers. In
addition, the Company arranges financing for and sells extended warranties to
vehicle customers. The Company operates from a central location in Manhattan
with remote sales locations in Westbury, Brooklyn and until April 1999, Nanuet,
New York.

     Approximately 50% of the common stock of the Company was owned by Robert
Potamkin and Alan Potamkin who have similar or greater ownership interests in
various entities (herein referred to as the Potamkin Companies or "related
parties") engaged in the sale of new and used automobiles and light trucks and
related products and services.

     On October 19, 1999, CarsDirect.com, Inc. ("CarsDirect.com") acquired from
the Company certain tangible and intangible assets and substantially all of the
business of the Company in exchange for common stock of CarsDirect.com. These
financial statements exclude any effect of the transaction.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    CASH

     Cash accounts that have book overdrafts are reclassified to current
liabilities in the financial statements.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenues are recognized by the Company when vehicles are delivered to
consumers.

    OTHER REVENUES

     Other revenues include finance fee income, net of estimated chargebacks,
and extended warranty commissions, net of historical cancellation experience.

     Finance fee income represents revenue earned by the Company for notes
placed with financial institutions in connection with customer vehicle
financing. Finance fee income is recognized as income upon acceptance of the
credit by the financial institution. The Company is charged back a portion of
these fees should the customer terminate or prepay the contracts prior to making
the first three payments to the financial institution. The estimated allowance
for these chargebacks ("chargeback reserve") is based upon the Company's
historical experience.

     Extended warranty commissions represent commissions earned from third-party
extended warranty companies for the sale of third party extended warranty
policies to the Company's customers. The Company defers the commission revenue
received from the extended warranties, net of estimated cancellations,
and recognizes such amounts as revenue ratably over the lives of the
underlying contracts. Costs directly related to sales of these contracts are
deferred and charged to expense proportionately as revenues are recognized.

    INVENTORIES

     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. The Company uses the
last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method for new vehicles and the specific
identification method for used vehicles.


                                     F-142
<PAGE>

                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization
are computed using the straight-line method over the respective lives of the
assets. The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S><C>
Buildings.............................................................................................39 years

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment................................................................5 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements...........................Economic life or life of the lease term, whichever is shorter
</TABLE>

     When depreciable assets are sold or retired, the related cost and
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. Any gains or losses are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying
statement of operations. Such amounts were not material for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 1998
(unaudited) and 1999, respectively. Major additions and betterments are
capitalized. Maintenance and repairs that do not materially improve or extend
the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expenses as
incurred.

    LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain related intangibles for
impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of the assets may not be fully recoverable.

    ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL COSTS

     Advertising and promotional costs are expensed as incurred and are included
in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements
of operations. Advertising and promotional costs for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 1998
(unaudited) and 1999 amounted to approximately $2,340,000, $2,777,000,
$1,744,000 and $2,177,000, respectively.

    INCOME TAXES

     The Company has elected to be taxed for federal income tax purposes under
the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code by unanimous consent
of their shareholders. Under these provisions, the Company does not pay
corporate income taxes on its taxable income. Instead, the shareholders are
individually liable for the federal income taxes on the Company's income. The
Company periodically makes shareholder distributions to fund personal tax
liabilities resulting from the Company's taxable income. A provision for state
and local income taxes is included in the financial statements since S
Corporation elections are not recognized for state and local income tax
purposes.

    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The fair value of financial instruments is determined by reference to
various market data and other valuation techniques, as appropriate. Unless
otherwise disclosed, the fair value of financial instruments, including cash,
accounts receivable, floor plan notes payable, accounts payable and accrued
liabilities, approximates their recorded values due primarily to the short-term
nature of their maturities. Management believes that the fair value of the
Company's long-term debt approximates its recorded value based on the variable
nature of the related interest rates.


                                     F-143
<PAGE>
                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

    USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION

     The diversity of the Company's customers and suppliers reduces the risk
that a severe impact will occur in the near term as a result of changes in its
customer base, competition or sources of supply. The Company's operations
currently are concentrated in the northeastern United States. A severe economic
downturn in the northeastern United States could negatively impact the Company's
operating results. Due to the Company's geographic concentration, management
cannot assure that unanticipated events will not have a negative impact on the
Company.

    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The unaudited financial statements presented herein have been prepared by
the Company without audit and, in the opinion of management, contain all
adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments necessary to
present the results of its operations and cash flows for the nine month period
ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited) fairly and on a basis consistent with the
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the nine month
period ended September 30, 1999.

3.   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     Accounts receivable consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                            1998                   1999
                                                                    ---------------------  ----------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                    <C>
Contracts in transit............................................    $          3,765,686   $           3,066,967
Finance income and other receivables............................                 223,681                 370,150
                                                                    ---------------------  ----------------------
   Total........................................................               3,989,367               3,437,117
Less finance income chargebacks reserve.........................                 (50,000)                (50,000)
                                                                    ---------------------  ----------------------
                                                                    $          3,939,367   $           3,387,117
                                                                    =====================  ======================
</TABLE>

     Contracts in transit primarily represent receivables from financial
institutions that provide funding for customer vehicle financing. These
receivables are normally collected within 30 days of the sale of the related
vehicle. Finance income receivables represent amounts due from financial
institutions earned from arranging financing with the Company's customers.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to contracts in transit and finance
income receivables are limited primarily to financial institutions.


                                     F-144
<PAGE>
                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

4.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1998                 1999
                                                                     ------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                 <C>
New vehicles.....................................................    $       4,921,856   $        3,835,319
Used vehicles....................................................            5,634,606            4,255,443
                                                                     ------------------  -------------------
   Total before LIFO reserve.....................................           10,556,462            8,090,762
Less LIFO reserve................................................             (165,106)            (140,878)
                                                                     ------------------  -------------------
Net inventories..................................................    $      10,391,356   $        7,949,884
                                                                     ==================  ===================
</TABLE>

     As previously noted, inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.
The Company uses the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method for new vehicles and the
specific identification method for used vehicles.

     During 1998 and 1999, inventory quantities were reduced, which resulted in
liquidations of LIFO inventory layers carried at lower costs which prevailed in
the prior years. The effect of the liquidations was not significant to any of
the periods presented.

5.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1998                   1999
                                                                     ------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                 <C>
Land.............................................................    $       3,847,826   $        3,847,826
Buildings and leasehold improvements.............................            3,324,970            3,324,970
Furniture, fixture and equipment.................................              537,183              545,734
                                                                     ------------------  --------------------
   Total.........................................................            7,709,979            7,718,530
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...................             (700,126)            (802,787 )
                                                                     ------------------  --------------------
                                                                     $       7,009,853   $        6,915,743
                                                                     ==================  ====================
</TABLE>

6.   FLOOR PLAN NOTES PAYABLE

     The Company's floor plan agreements are with Chrysler Financial Corporation
and provide financing for purchases of substantially all new and certain used
vehicles.

     Floor plan notes payable reflect amounts for the purchase of specific
vehicle inventory and consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1998                 1999
                                                                     ------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                 <C>
Chrysler Financial Corporation with interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%
   at December 31, 1998 and LIBOR plus 1.75% at September 30, 1999   $     10,027,706    $        8,377,902
                                                                     ==================  ====================
</TABLE>

     The floor plan agreements grant the lender a collateral interest in the
specific inventory and certain other assets of the Company, and generally
require the repayment of debt upon the sale of the vehicle. At December 31, 1998
and September 30, 1999, new and used vehicle inventory financed under floor plan
agreements are pledged as collateral under these agreements.


                                     F-145
<PAGE>
                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The weighted average annual interest rate on the floor plan borrowings was
7.9% and 7.8% for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the nine month period
ended September 30, 1999, respectively.

7.   LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1998                 1999
                                                                    -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                  <C>
Mortgage, 7.72% (adjustable every fifth year), monthly interest
   and principal payment of $36,700, matures January 1, 2015.....   $        4,067,374   $        3,973,702
Mortgage, 7.72 (adjustable every fifth year), monthly interest
   and principal payment of $14,040, matures January 1, 2015.....            1,555,548            1,519,725
                                                                    -------------------  -------------------
   Total long-term debt..........................................            5,622,922            5,493,427
Less current maturities of long-term debt........................             (181,448)            (192,296)
                                                                    -------------------  -------------------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities.....................   $        5,441,474   $        5,301,131
                                                                    ===================  ===================
</TABLE>

     The mortgages described above are collateralized by certain land and
buildings with a net book value of approximately $6,700,000 and $6,600,000 at
December 31, 1998 and September 30, 1999, respectively.

     Scheduled maturities of long-term are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- --------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>
1999...................................................................................  $           46,747
2000...................................................................................             195,962
2001...................................................................................             211,437
2002...................................................................................             228,566
2003...................................................................................             246,849
2004...................................................................................             266,595
Thereafter.............................................................................           4,297,271
                                                                                         -------------------
                                                                                         $        5,493,427
                                                                                         ===================
</TABLE>

8.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company provides medical benefits to its employees after the first
ninety days of employment. Medical benefit coverage for family members and
dental coverage for employees and their family members are paid by the employee.
The Company's total costs for medical benefits were approximately $232,000,
$329,000, $259,000 and $333,000 for the the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998 and the nine month periods ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999,
respectively.

9.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company has several demand notes payable to its shareholders in
aggregate amounts of $500,000 at September 30, 1999. As these notes are payable
on demand, they have been classified as current liabilities on the accompanying
balance sheet. Interest on these notes accrues at rates generally consistent
with the floor plan note interest rate. Interest expense recorded by the Company
related to these notes was approximately $15,000 for the nine month period ended
September 30, 1999.

     The Company participates in a casualty insurance program (coverage for
property damage, loss from theft and umbrella liability coverage) administered
by the Potamkin Companies. The total costs of


                                     F-146
<PAGE>
                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

this program are allocated to the participating companies based upon various
methodologies depending upon the type of coverage, including historical claims,
value of property and number of employees and net revenue. The Company's total
costs for this program were $181,000, $196,000, $158,000 and $86,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine month periods ended
September 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999, respectively.

     The Company has vehicle purchases and sales with related parties, which are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                       ----------------------------------    -----------------------------------
                                        DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                            1997               1998                1998              1999
                                       ---------------    ---------------    ----------------   ----------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
 Purchases........................     $   18,756,000     $    9,844,000     $      7,930,000   $      5,269,000
 Sales............................     $    3,063,000     $      318,000     $        240,000   $        131,000
</TABLE>

     The statements of operations include the costs of certain administrative
and other services provided by the Potamkin Companies. These services include
accounting, treasury, tax, human resources, legal, information systems and other
related costs. These costs are allocated to the Company based upon the estimated
percentage of the personnel time spent on Company matters. The amounts of such
costs allocated were $148,000, $144,000, $114,000 and $185,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine month periods ended September 30,
1998 (unaudited) and 1999, respectively. In addition to these amounts,
commencing in 1998, the Potamkin Companies have charged the Company a general
management fee amounting to approximately $85,000, $151,000, and $113,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1998 and the nine month periods ended September 30,
1998 (unaudited) and 1999, respectively.

10.  COMMITMENTS

     The Company leases certain of the land and building where its dealership
operations are located under operating lease agreements with related parties.
The property leases are noncancelable and generally have renewal options in
series of five-year renewals subject to renewal under essentially the same terms
and conditions as the original lease.

     The aggregate minimum rental commitments for all noncancelable operating
leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                                                 AMOUNT
- ---------------------------                                                           ----------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>
1999 (three months)................................................................   $      247,010
2000...............................................................................        1,021,004
2001...............................................................................        1,048,300
2002...............................................................................        1,083,529
2003...............................................................................        1,112,909
2004...............................................................................          975,957
Thereafter.........................................................................          505,914
                                                                                      ----------------
                                                                                      $    5,994,623
                                                                                      ================
</TABLE>

     Rent expense under all operating leases approximated $949,000, $968,000,
$725,000 and $734,000 for for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the
nine month periods ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999, respectively.

     The Company has guaranteed certain leases between related parties and third
parties.

     The Company has guaranteed the floor plan notes payable between a related
party and a third party. The floor plan notes payable is used to provide
financing for the purchase of vehicles.


                                     F-147
<PAGE>
                           POTAMKIN AUTO CENTER, LTD.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

11.  OTHER

     In April 1999, the Company closed its Nanuet, NY sales office. Included in
selling, general and administrative expenses is approximately $214,800 to
provide for the portion of the Company's lease commitment related to the closed
sales office which management estimates will not be recouped through sub-lease
to a third party. For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the nine
month periods ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999, this sales office
had total revenues of approximately $7,828,000, $5,819,000, $4,364,000 and
$2,078,000 and gross profit of approximately $515,000, $376,000, $275,000 and
$130,000, respectively.

12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     As previously noted, on October 19, 1999 CarsDirect.com acquired from the
Company certain tangible and intangible assets and substantially all of the
business of the Company in exchange for common stock of CarsDirect.com.





                                      F-148


<PAGE>

     [Set forth on the inside back cover is a picture of the opening screen from
idealab!'s web page.]

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

=======================================================     ========================================================
<S>                                                         <C>

     No dealer, salesperson or any other person is
authorized to give any information or to represent
anything not contained in this prospectus. You must
not rely on any unauthorized information or
representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell                                      Shares
only the shares offered hereby, and only under
circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful
to do so. The information contained in this prospectus                              [LOGO]
is current only as of its date.

                   ---------------

                  TABLE OF CONTENTS                                               Common Stock

                                                   PAGE
Prospectus Summary..............................    3
Risk Factors....................................    7                            ----------
Use of Proceeds.................................   21
Dividend Policy.................................   21                            PROSPECTUS
Capitalization..................................   22
Dilution........................................   23                            ----------
Selected Consolidated Financial Data............   24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results
   of Operations................................   26
Business........................................   40                       GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
Management......................................   55                   DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
Related Party Transactions......................   70                        MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Principal Stockholders..........................   74                        ROBERTSON STEPHENS
Description of Capital Stock....................   76                    THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.................   80
Underwriting....................................   82                Representatives of the Underwriters
Legal Matters...................................   84
Experts.........................................   84
Additional Information..........................   85
Index to Financial Statements...................  F-1

                   ---------------

       Through and including ________________ , 2000
(the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers effecting transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in the underwritten offering,
may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in
addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an
unsold allotment or subscription.

=======================================================     =======================================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

       The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by idealab! in connection with
the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the
SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

                                                           AMOUNT TO
                                                            BE PAID
                                                           ---------
            SEC registration fee .......................   $  79,200
            NASD filing fee ............................      30,500
            Nasdaq National Market listing fee .........       *
            Printing and engraving expenses.............       *
            Legal fees and expenses ....................       *
            Accounting fees and expenses ...............       *
            Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses ...       *
            Transfer agent and registrar fees ..........       *
            Miscellaneous fees .........................       *
                                                           ---------
                 Total .................................   $   *
                                                           =========
- ---------
* To be supplied by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

       Sections 78.7502 and 78.751 of the Nevada General Corporation Law provide
for the indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents in
terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under some circumstances for
liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Article _____________
of our articles of incorporation (Exhibit 3.1(b) hereto) provides for
indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the
extent and under the circumstances permitted by Sections 78.7502 and 78.751 of
the Nevada General Corporation Law. We have also entered into agreements with
our directors and officers that will require us, among other things, to
indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or
service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

       The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) provides for indemnification by
ourselves, our underwriters and our directors and officers of the underwriters,
for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act,
and affords rights of contribution with respect thereto.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

        From January 31, 1997 through the date of this Registration Statement,
the registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

       (a) From May 1997 through June 1998 the registrant issued and sold an
aggregate of 5,717,305 shares of Series B preferred stock to 28 purchasers. The
aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares was $9,719,419.

       (b) Between February and May 1999 the registrant issued and sold an
aggregate of 6,000,000 shares of Series C preferred stock to 7 purchasers. The
aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares was $18,000,000.

       (c) In April and May 1999, the registrant issued and sold 11,500,000
shares of common stock to three of its executives pursuant to restricted stock
purchase agreements. The aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares
was $3,727,500.



                                      II-1
<PAGE>


       (d) Between December 1999 and March 2000, the registrant issued and sold
an aggregate of 10,006,950 shares of Series D preferred stock to 111 purchasers.
The aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares consisted of
$765,559,500 in cash, $234,135,500 in securities of other public and private
companies and $1,000,000 in other forms of non-cash consideration.

       (e) In January 2000, the registrant issued and sold 663,917 shares of our
common stock to seven purchasers in exchange for 2,213,065 shares of
Firstlook.com, Inc. common stock.

       (f) In February 2000, the registrant issued and sold 1,730,000 shares of
common stock to one purchaser in exchange for certain intellectual property
assets associated with Metasearch.com.

       (g) In March 2000, the registrant issued and sold 200,000 shares of
common stock to one purchaser in exchange for certain intellectual property
assets associated with Big.com.

       (h) In March 2000, the registrant issued and sold 365,846 shares of
common stock to 22 purchasers in exchange for 483,000 shares of HomePage.com,
Inc. common stock.

       (i) As of January 31, 2000, an aggregate of 131,127,250 shares of common
stock had been issued upon exercise of options under the registrant's 1996 Stock
Plan and 20,127,500 shares of common stock had been issued upon exercise of
options under the registrant's 1999 Employee Stock Plan.

       The issuances of the securities described in (a)-(h) above were deemed to
be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in
reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
The issuances of the securities described in (i) above were deemed to be exempt
from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the
Securities Act as transactions by an issuer in compensatory circumstances. All
of the securities were acquired by the recipients for investment and with no
view toward the resale or distribution thereof. In each instance, the recipients
were sophisticated investors or employees of ours, the offer and sales were made
without any public solicitation and the stock certificates bear restrictive
legends. No underwriter was involved in the transactions and no commissions were
paid. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the
registrant, to information about the registrant.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>


ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

       (a) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
- ------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
   1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1*        Form of Articles of Incorporation of registrant
   3.2*        Form of Bylaws of registrant
   4.1*        Specimen common stock certificate
   5.1*        Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10.1         1996 Stock Plan
  10.2         1999 Employee Stock Plan
  10.3         1999 Executive Stock Plan
  10.4         Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 19, 1999 by and between Lawrence Gross
               and the registrant
  10.5         Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 by and between Robert Kavner and the
               registrant
  10.6         Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 by and between Howard Morgan and the
               registrant
  10.7         Promissory Note dated March 10, 2000 by and between Bill Gross
               and the registrant
  10.8         Security Agreement dated March 10, 2000 by and between Bill Gross
               and the registrant
  10.9         Investor Rights Agreement dated January 28, 2000 among registrant and purchasers of
               registrant's Series D preferred stock
  10.10        First Amendment to Lease dated August 7, 1997 by and between Typecraft, Inc. and registrant
               for premises located at 130 and 132 W. Union Street in Pasadena, CA
  10.11        Lease dated March 3, 1997 by and between Typecraft, Inc. and registrant for premises located
               at 130 and 132 W. Union Street in Pasadena, CA
  10.12        Lease dated January 24, 1998 by and between Typecraft, Inc. and registrant for premises
               located at 140 W. Union Street in Pasadena, CA
  10.13        First Amendment to Lease Abstract for premises located at 2nd, 3rd and 8th floors of 74 N.
               Pasadena Avenue in Pasadena, CA
  10.14        Sub-Sublease Agreement dated as of September 15, 1999 by and between Countrywide Home Loans,
               Inc. and registrant for premises located at 55 South Lake Avenue in Pasadena, CA
  10.15        Lease Agreement dated June 17, 1999 by and between Parsons Information & Technology Group
               Inc. and registrant for premises located at 74 North Pasadena Avenue in Pasadena, CA
  10.16        Assignment and Assumption of Lease Agreement dated as of January 7, 2000 by and between
               Tellme Networks, Inc. and registrant for premises located at 380 Portage Avenue in Palo Alto,
               CA
  10.17        Sublease Agreement dated December 23, 1999 by and between 675 Ownership LLC and registrant
               for premises located at 675 Sixth Avenue, New York, NY
  10.18        Office Building Lease by and between Eastwest Property Fund, L.P., as Landlord and registrant
               as Tenant
  21.1         List of subsidiaries
  23.1         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.3         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.4         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.5         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.6         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.7         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.8*        Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in
               Exhibit 5.1)
  23.9         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.10        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


  24.1         Power of Attorney (included on page II-5)
  27.1         Financial data schedule
- --------
*To be filed by amendment.

       (b) Financial Statement Schedules

       Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set
forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes
thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates
in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

       Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of
this Registration Statement or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered
hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.


                                      II-4

<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

       PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF PASADENA,
STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON THE 17TH DAY OF APRIL, 2000.

                                        IDEALAB!

                                        By: /s/ BILL GROSS
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                         Bill Gross
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

       KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below hereby constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Bill Gross
and Bradley Ramberg, each of them acting individually, as his or her
attorney-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her any and
all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including, without limitation,
post-effective Amendments and any amendments or abbreviated registration
statements increasing the amount of securities for which registration is being
sought) to this Registration Statement, with all exhibits and any and all
documents required to be filed with respect thereto, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any regulatory authority, granting unto such
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she
might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done.

       PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED BELOW.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                                        DATE
- -------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------      --------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                                                       <C>
 /s/ BILL GROSS                      Chief Executive Officer and Director(Principal            April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------      Executive Officer)
 Bill Gross


 /s/ BRADLEY RAMBERG                 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------      (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 Bradley Ramberg


 /s/ MARCIA GOODSTEIN                Director                                                  April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------
 Marcia Goodstein


 /s/ LAWRENCE GROSS                  Director                                                  April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------
 Lawrence Gross


 /s/ ROBERT M. KAVNER                Director                                                  April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------
 Robert M. Kavner


 /s/ HOWARD MORGAN                   Director                                                  April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------
 Howard Morgan


 /s/ BENJAMIN M. ROSEN               Director                                                  April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------
 Benjamin M. Rosen


 /s/ JOHN F. WELCH, JR.              Director                                                  April 17, 2000
- -------------------------------
 John F. Welch, Jr.
</TABLE>
                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
- ------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
   1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1*        Form of Articles of Incorporation of registrant
   3.2*        Form of Bylaws of registrant
   4.1*        Specimen common stock certificate
   5.1*        Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10.1         1996 Stock Plan
  10.2         1999 Employee Stock Plan
  10.3         1999 Executive Stock Plan
  10.4         Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 19, 1999 by and between Lawrence Gross
               and the registrant
  10.5         Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 by and between Robert Kavner and the
               registrant
  10.6         Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 by and between Howard Morgan and the
               registrant
  10.7         Promissory Note dated March 10, 2000 by and between Bill Gross and the registrant
  10.8         Security Agreement dated March 10, 2000 by and between Bill Gross and the registrant
  10.9         Investor Rights Agreement dated January 28, 2000 among registrant and purchasers of
               registrant's Series D preferred stock
  10.10        First Amendment to Lease dated August 7, 1997 by and between Typecraft, Inc. and registrant
               for premises located at 130 and 132 W. Union Street in Pasadena, CA
  10.11        Lease dated March 3, 1997 by and between Typecraft, Inc. and registrant for premises located
               at 130 and 132 W. Union Street in Pasadena, CA
  10.12        Lease dated January 24, 1998 by and between Typecraft, Inc. and registrant for premises
               located at 140 W. Union Street in Pasadena, CA
  10.13        First Amendment to Lease Abstract for premises located at 2nd, 3rd and 8th floors of 74 N.
               Pasadena Avenue in Pasadena, CA
  10.14        Sub-Sublease Agreement dated as of September 15, 1999 by and between Countrywide Home Loans,
               Inc. and registrant for premises located at 55 South Lake Avenue in Pasadena, CA
  10.15        Lease Agreement dated June 17, 1999 by and between Parsons Information & Technology Group
               Inc. and registrant for premises located at 74 North Pasadena Avenue in Pasadena, CA
  10.16        Assignment and Assumption of Lease Agreement dated as of January 7, 2000 by and between
               Tellme Networks, Inc. and registrant for premises located at 380 Portage Avenue in Palo Alto,
               CA
  10.17        Sublease Agreement dated December 23, 1999 by and between 675 Ownership LLC and registrant
               for premises located at 675 Sixth Avenue, New York, NY
  10.18        Office Building Lease by and between Eastwest Property Fund, L.P., as Landlord and registrant
               as Tenant
  21.1         List of subsidiaries
  23.1         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.3         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.4         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.5         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.6         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.7         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.8*        Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in
               Exhibit 5.1)
  23.9         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.10        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


  24.1         Power of Attorney (included on page II-5)
  27.1         Financial data schedule
- --------
*To be filed by amendment.



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1
                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                                 1996 STOCK PLAN

     1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and
retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to
promote the success of the Company's business. Options granted under the Plan
may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by
the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be
granted under the Plan.

     2. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a) "ADMINISTRATOR" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall
be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          (b) "APPLICABLE LAWS" means the requirements relating to the
administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S.
federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation
system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of
any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are
granted under the Plan.

          (c) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (e) "COMMITTEE" means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board
in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          (f) "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Company.

          (g) "COMPANY" means Bill Gross' idealab!, a California corporation.

          (h) "CONSULTANT" means any person (including a Director) who is
engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or
advisory services to such entity.

          (i) "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

          (j) "DISABILITY" means total and permanent disability as defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

          (k) "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service
Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of
absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the
Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.
For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days,
unless


<PAGE>

reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.
If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is
not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option
held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and
shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither
service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be
sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (l) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

          (m) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of Common
Stock determined as follows:

               (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq
National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for
the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in
THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or such other source as the Administrator deems
reliable;

               (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized
securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value
shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock
on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

               (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the
Administrator.

          (n) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

          (o) "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

          (p) "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company within
the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

          (q) "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (r) "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written or electronic agreement between
the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual
Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the
Plan.

          (s) "OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAM" means a program whereby outstanding
Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          (t) "OPTIONED STOCK" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a
Stock Purchase Right.

          (u) "OPTIONEE" means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock
Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

          (v) "PARENT" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (w) "PLAN" means this 1996 Stock Plan.

          (x) "RESTRICTED STOCK" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant
to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

          (y) "SERVICE PROVIDER" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

          (z) "SHARE" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
accordance with Section 12 below.

          (aa) "STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT" means a right to purchase Common Stock
pursuant to Section 11 below.

          (bb) "SUBSIDIARY" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be subject to option
and sold under the Plan is 15,000,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but
unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

          If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable
without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option
Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become
available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has
terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon
exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to
the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan,
except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at
their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future
grant under the Plan.

     4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) ADMINISTRATOR. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a
Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply
with Applicable Laws.

          (b) POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. Subject to the provisions of the Plan
and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to
such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the
Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

               (i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

               (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock
Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

               (iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each
such award granted hereunder;

               (iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

               (v) to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock
Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not
limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase
Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any
vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction
or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock
relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in
its sole discretion, shall determine;

               (vi) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option
may be settled in cash under subsection 9(e) instead of Common Stock;

               (vii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then
current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered
by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;

               (viii) to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

               (ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans
established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under
foreign tax laws;

               (x) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by
electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise
of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market
Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the
Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to
be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares
withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions
as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

               (xi) to modify or amend each Option or Stock Purchase Right; and

               (xii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards
granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (c) EFFECT OF ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION. All decisions, determinations
and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
Optionees.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     5. ELIGIBILITY.

          (a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be
granted to Employees or Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be
granted only to Employees.

          (b) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either
an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However,
notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market
Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under
all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such
Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this
Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order
in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be
determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

          (c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall
confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's
relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in
any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such
relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     6. TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the
Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner
terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

     7. TERM OF OPTION. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option
Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years
from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted
to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing
more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5)
years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the
Option Agreement.

     8. OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

          (a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator,
but shall be subject to the following:

               (i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

                    (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such
Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise
price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.

                    (B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise
price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

               (ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

                    (A) granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant
of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary,
the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share
on the date of grant.

                    (B) granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share
exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on
the date of grant.

               (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with
a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or
other corporate transaction.

          (b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by
the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be
determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash,
(2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares
acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more
than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on
the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to
which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company
under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with
the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making
its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator
shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to
benefit the Company.

     9. EXERCISE OF OPTION.

          (a) PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Any Option
granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such
times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth
in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to Officers,
Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less
than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.
Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted
hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not
be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

               An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:
(i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option
Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full
payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full
payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the
Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued
upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if
requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.
Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books
of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right
to vote or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the
Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option; provided, however, that the
Optionee shall have the right to receive any


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

distributions or dividends paid to a shareholder of the Company up to the number
of Shares vested on such dated. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued)
such Shares, and any distributions or dividends thereon, promptly after the
Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right
for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as
provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

               Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in
the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for
sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is
exercised.

          (b) TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER. If an Optionee
ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option
within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least
thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option
as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the
Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months
following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination,
the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by
the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such
Option shall revert to the Plan.

          (c) DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service
Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his
or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement
(of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time
in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12)
months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination,
the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified
herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall
revert to the Plan.

          (d) DEATH OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider,
the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the
Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is
vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the
term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee's
estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest
or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the
Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's
termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the
entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall
immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the
time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by
such Option shall revert to the Plan.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          (e) BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy
out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such
terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the
Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

     10. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. The Options
and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,
transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of
descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the
Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     11. STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.

          (a) RIGHTS TO PURCHASE. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either
alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan
and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines
that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the
offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions
related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be
entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such
person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all
respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of
Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock
purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

          (b) REPURCHASE OPTION. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise,
the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase
option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the
purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or
Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the
Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser
to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the
Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by
Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case
lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of
purchase.

          (c) OTHER PROVISIONS. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall
contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the
Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

          (d) RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Once the Stock Purchase Right is
exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder
and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records
of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be
made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of
the Plan.

     12. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE.

          (a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option or


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been
authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock
Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan
upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as
the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or
Stock Purchase Right, shall be adjusted as the Administrator may determine, in
its sole discretion, as equitably required to prevent dilution or enlargement of
the rights of Optionees that would otherwise result from any reacapitalization
or other change in the capital structure of the Company. The conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the
Adminstrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and
conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of
shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of
any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option
or Stock Purchase Right.

          (b) DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each
Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed
transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to
have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Purchase Right until
fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock
covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right
would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide
that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares,
provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in
the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an
Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed action.

          (c) MERGER OR ASSET SALE. In the event of a merger of the Company with
or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of
the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed
or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a
Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock
Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise
the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including
Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option
or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of
assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the
Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the
Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of
fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase
Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of
this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed
if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the
right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the
Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or sale of
assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property)
received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each
Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered
a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that
if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely
common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may,
with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to
be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each
Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be
solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair
market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock
in the merger or sale of assets.

     13. TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. The date of grant
of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on
which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock
Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice
of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option
or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of
such grant.

     14. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Board may at any time amend, alter,
suspend or terminate the Plan.

          (b) SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Board shall obtain shareholder approval
of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with
Applicable Laws.

          (c) EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. No amendment, alteration,
suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee,
unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator,
which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.
Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise
the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the
Plan prior to the date of such termination.

     15. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

          (a) LEGAL COMPLIANCE. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and
delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further
subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

          (b) INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. As a condition to the exercise of an
Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to
represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being
purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or
distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
representation is required.

     16. INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY. The inability of the Company to obtain
authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is
deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale
of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which
such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

     17. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall
at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     18. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the
shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is
adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner
required under Applicable Laws.

     19. INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES AND PURCHASERS. The Company shall provide to
each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan,
not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee or purchaser
has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case
of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period
such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The
Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose
duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent
information.


                                      -11-



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2
                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                            1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN

     1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and
retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to
promote the success of the Company's business. Options granted under the Plan
may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by
the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be
granted under the Plan.

     2. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a) "ADMINISTRATOR" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall
be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          (b) "APPLICABLE LAWS" means the requirements relating to the
administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S.
federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation
system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of
any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are
granted under the Plan.

          (c) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (e) "COMMITTEE" means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board
in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          (f) "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Company.

          (g) "COMPANY" means Bill Gross' idealab!, a California corporation.

          (h) "CONSULTANT" means any person who is engaged by the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

          (i) "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

          (j) "DISABILITY" means total and permanent disability as defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

          (k) "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service
Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of
absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the
Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.
For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days,
unless
<PAGE>


reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.
If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is
not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option
held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and
shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither
service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be
sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (l) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

          (m) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of Common
Stock determined as follows:

               (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq
National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for
the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in
THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or such other source as the Administrator deems
reliable;

               (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized
securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value
shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock
on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

               (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the
Administrator.

          (n) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

          (o) "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

          (p) "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company within
the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

          (q) "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (r) "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written or electronic agreement between
the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual
Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the
Plan.

          (s) "OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAM" means a program whereby outstanding
Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.

          (t) "OPTIONED STOCK" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a
Stock Purchase Right.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          (u) "OPTIONEE" means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock
Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

          (v) "PARENT" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (w) "PLAN" means this 1999 Employee Stock Plan.

          (x) "RESTRICTED STOCK" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant
to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

          (y) "SERVICE PROVIDER" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

          (z) "SHARE" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
accordance with Section 12 below.

          (aa) "STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT" means a right to purchase Common Stock
pursuant to Section 11 below.

          (bb) "SUBSIDIARY" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option
and sold under the Plan is 9,000,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but
unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

     If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable
without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option
Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become
available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has
terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon
exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to
the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan,
except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at
their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future
grant under the Plan.

     4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) ADMINISTRATOR. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a
Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply
with Applicable Laws.

          (b) POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. Subject to the provisions of the Plan
and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to
such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the
Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

               (i) to determine the Fair Market Value;


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


               (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock
Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

               (iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each
such award granted hereunder;

               (iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

               (v) to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock
Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not
limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase
Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any
vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction
or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock
relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in
its sole discretion, shall determine;

               (vi) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option
may be settled in cash under subsection 9(e) instead of Common Stock;

               (vii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then
current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered
by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;

               (viii) to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

               (ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans
established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under
foreign tax laws;

               (x) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by
electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise
of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market
Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the
Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to
be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares
withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions
as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

               (xi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards
granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (c) EFFECT OF ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION. All decisions, determinations
and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
Optionees.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


     5. ELIGIBILITY.

          (a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be
granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Employees.

          (b) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either
an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However,
notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market
Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under
all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such
Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this
Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order
in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be
determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

          (c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall
confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's
relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in
any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such
relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     6. TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the
Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner
terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

     7. TERM OF OPTION. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option
Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years
from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted
to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing
more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5)
years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the
Option Agreement.

     8. OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

          (a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator,
but shall be subject to the following:

               (i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

                    (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such
Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise
price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.

                    (B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise
price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.

               (ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


                    (A) granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant
of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary,
the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share
on the date of grant.

                    (B) granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share
exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on
the date of grant.

               (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with
a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or
other corporate transaction.

          (b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by
the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be
determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash,
(2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares
acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more
than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on
the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to
which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company
under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with
the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making
its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator
shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to
benefit the Company.

     9. EXERCISE OF OPTION.

          (a) PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Any Option
granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such
times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth
in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to Officers,
Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less
than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.
Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted
hereunder to Officers and Directors shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of
absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

          An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i)
written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option
Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full
payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full
payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the
Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued
upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if
requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.
Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books
of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right
to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist
with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The
Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the
Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued,
except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

          Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the
number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for
sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is
exercised.

          (b) TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER. If an Optionee
ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option
within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least
thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option
as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the
Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months
following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination,
the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by
the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such
Option shall revert to the Plan.

          (c) DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service
Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his
or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement
(of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time
in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12)
months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination,
the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified
herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall
revert to the Plan.

          (d) DEATH OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider,
the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the
Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is
vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the
term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee's
estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest
or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the
Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's
termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the
entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall
immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the
time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by
such Option shall revert to the Plan.

          (e) BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy
out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such
terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the
Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

     10. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. The Options
and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,
transferred, or disposed of in any


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be
exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     11. STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.

          (a) RIGHTS TO PURCHASE. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either
alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan
and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines
that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the
offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions
related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be
entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such
person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all
respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of
Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock
purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

          (b) REPURCHASE OPTION. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise,
the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase
option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the
purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or
disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the
Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser
to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the
Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by
Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case
lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of
purchase.

          (c) OTHER PROVISIONS. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall
contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the
Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

          (d) RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Once the Stock Purchase Right is
exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder
and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records
of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be
made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of
the Plan.

     12. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE.

          (a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of
Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to
which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have
been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each
such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately
adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common
Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or
decrease in


                                      -8-
<PAGE>


the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of
consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of
the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly
provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price
of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

          (b) DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each
Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed
transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to
have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Purchase Right until
fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock
covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right
would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide
that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares,
provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in
the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an
Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed action.

          (c) MERGER OR ASSET SALE. In the event of a merger of the Company with
or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of
the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed
or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a
Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock
Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise
the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including
Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option
or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of
assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the
Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the
Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of
fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase
Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of
this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed
if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the
right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the
Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or sale of
assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property)
received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each
Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered
a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a
majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such
consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common
stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with
the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be
received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share
of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely
common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market
value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the
merger or sale of assets.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


     13. TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. The date of grant
of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on
which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock
Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice
of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option
or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of
such grant.

     14. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Board may at any time amend, alter,
suspend or terminate the Plan.

          (b) SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Board shall obtain shareholder approval
of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with
Applicable Laws.

          (c) EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. No amendment, alteration,
suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee,
unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator,
which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.
Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise
the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the
Plan prior to the date of such termination.

     15. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

          (a) LEGAL COMPLIANCE. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and
delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further
subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

          (b) INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. As a condition to the exercise of an
Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to
represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being
purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or
distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
representation is required.

     16. INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY. The inability of the Company to obtain
authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is
deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale
of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect
of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority
shall not have been obtained.

     17. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall
at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     18. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the
shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is
adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner
required under Applicable Laws.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


     19. INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES AND PURCHASERS. The Company shall provide to
each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan,
not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee or purchaser
has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case
of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period
such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The
Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose
duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent
information.


                                      -11-



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                            1999 EXECUTIVE STOCK PLAN

     1.   PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract
and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial
responsibility, to provide additional ince ntive to Employees, Directors and
Consultants and to promote the success of the Company's business. Options
granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock
Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock
Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

     2.   DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a) "ADMINISTRATOR" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall
be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          (b) "APPLICABLE LAWS" means the requirements relating to the
administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S.
federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation
system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of
any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are
granted under the Plan.

          (c) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (e) "COMMITTEE"  means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board
in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

          (f) "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Company.

          (g) "COMPANY" means Bill Gross' idealab!, a California corporation.

          (h) "CONSULTANT" means any person who is engaged by the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

          (i) "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

          (j) "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service
Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of
absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the
Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.
For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days,
unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or
contract. If reemployment


<PAGE>

upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so
guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by
the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be
treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a
Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to
constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (k) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

          (l) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of Common
Stock determined as follows:

              (i) If the Common Stock is listed  on any  established stock
exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq
National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for
the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in
THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or such other source as the Administrator deems
reliable;

              (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized
securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value
shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock
on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

              (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the
Administrator.

          (m) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify as
an incentive stock option  within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

          (n) "NONSTATUTORY STOCK  OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an  Incentive Stock Option.

          (o) "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company within
the meaning of Section  16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

          (p) "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (q) "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written or electronic agreement
between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an
individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.

          (r) "OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAM" means a program whereby outstanding
Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.

          (s) "OPTIONED STOCK" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or
a Stock Purchase Right.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

          (t) "OPTIONEE" means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock
Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

          (u) "PARENT" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (v) "PLAN" means this 1999 Stock Plan.

          (w) "RESTRICTED STOCK" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant
to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

          (x) "SECTION 16(b)" means Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

          (y) "SERVICE PROVIDER" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

          (z) "SHARE" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
accordance with Section 12 below.

          (aa)"STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT" means a right to purchase Common Stock
pursuant to Section 11 below.

          (bb)"SUBSIDIARY" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be subject to option
and sold under the Plan is 17,500,000 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but
unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

          If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable
without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option
Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become
available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has
terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon
exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to
the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan,
except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at
their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future
grant under the Plan.

     4.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee
appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with
Applicable Laws.

          (b) POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. Subject to the provisions of the Plan
and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to
such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the
Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

              (i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

              (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock
Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

              (iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such
award granted hereunder;

              (iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

              (v) to determine the terms and  conditions, of any Option or Stock
Purchase  Right  granted  hereunder.

              (vi) to  determine whether and under what circumstances an Option
may be settled in cash under subsection 9(f) instead of Common Stock;

              (vii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then
current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered
by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;

              (viii) to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

              (ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind  rules and  regulations
relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans
established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under
foreign tax laws;

              (x) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations
by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a
Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market
Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the
amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to
have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such
conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

              (xi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards
granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (c) EFFECT OF ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION. All decisions, determinations
and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
Optionees.

     5.   ELIGIBILITY.

          (a) Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be
granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Employees.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

          (b) Each Option shallbe designated in the Option Agreement as either
an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However,
notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market
Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under
all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such
Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this
Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order
in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be
determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

          (c) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall
confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's
relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in
any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such
relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     6.   TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the
Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner
terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

     7.   TERM OF OPTION. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option
Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years
from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted
to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing
more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5)
years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the
Option Agreement.

     8.   OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.

          (a) The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator,
but shall be subject to the following:

              (i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

                  (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such
Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise
price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.

                  (B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise
price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the
date of grant.

              (ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option the per Share
exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on
the date of grant.

              (iii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with
a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or
other corporate transaction.

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

          (b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by
the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be
determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash,
(2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares
acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more
than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on
the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to
which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company
under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with
the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making
its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator
shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to
benefit the Company.

     9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

          (a) PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Any Option
granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at
such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set
forth in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to
Officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate
of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are
granted. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

              An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:(i)
written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option
Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full
payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full
payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the
Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued
upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if
requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.
Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books
of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right
to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist
with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The
Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the
Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right
for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as
provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

              Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in
the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for
sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is
exercised.

          (b) TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER. If an Optionee
ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option
within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least
thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of
termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option
as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the
Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months
following the Optionee's termination. If, on the

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option,
the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the
Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option
within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and
the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

          (c) DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service
Provider as a result of the Optionee's disability, the Optionee may exercise his
or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement
(of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of
termination, but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. In the absence of a specified time
in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12)
months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination,
the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall
terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

              If such disability is not a "disability" as such term is defined
in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such
Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive
Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock
Option on the day three months and one day following such termination.

          (d) DEATH OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider,
the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the
Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is
vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the
term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee's
estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest
or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the
Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's
termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the
entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall
revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified
herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall
revert to the Plan.

          (e) BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy
out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on
such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate
to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

     10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. Options and
Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,
transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of
descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the
Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     11.  STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.

          (a) RIGHTS TO PURCHASE. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either
alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan
and/or cash awards made outside

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock
Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or
electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer,
including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase,
the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such
offer. The purchase price for the Shares subject to the Stock Purchase Right
shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time the
Stock Purchase Right is granted. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

          (b) REPURCHASE OPTION. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise,
the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase
option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the
purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or
disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the
Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser
to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the
Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by
Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case
lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five years from the date of
purchase.

          (c) OTHER PROVISIONS. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall
contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the
Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

          (d) RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Once the Stock Purchase Right is
exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder
and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records
of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be
made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of
the Plan.

     12   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE.

          (a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action
by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered
by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of
Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to
which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have
been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each
such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately
adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common
Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of
the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of
consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly
provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with

                                       -8-
<PAGE>

respect to, the number or price of shares of Common  Stock  subject to an Option
or Stock Purchase Right.

          (b) DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each
Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed
transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or
Stock Purchase Right shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action.

          (c) MERGER. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into
another corporation, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be
assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor
corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. If, in such
event, an Option or Stock Purchase Right is not assumed or substituted for, the
Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate as of the date of the closing of
the merger. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase
Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger, the option or right
confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock
subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger,
the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property)
received in the merger by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the
effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of
consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of
the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received
in the merger is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its
Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation,
provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or
Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or
Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or
its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by
holders of Common Stock in the merger.

     13.  TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. The date of
grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date
on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock
Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice
of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an
Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the
date of such grant.

     14.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Board may at any time amend, alter,
suspend or terminate the Plan.

          (b) SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Board shall obtain shareholder approval
of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with
Applicable Laws.

          (c) EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. No amendment, alteration,
suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee,
unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator,
which agreement must be in writing and signed by the

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the
Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with
respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

     15.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

          (a) LEGAL COMPLIANCE. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and
delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further
subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

          (b) INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. As a condition to the exercise of an
Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to
represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being
purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or
distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
representation is required.

     16.  INABILITY  TO OBTAIN  AUTHORITY. The  inability  of the  Company to
obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority
is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and
sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in
respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite
authority shall not have been obtained.

     17.  RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company, during the term of this Plan,
shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     18.  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the
shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is
adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner
required under Applicable Laws.

     19.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES AND PURCHASERS. The Company shall provide
to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the
Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee or
purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in
the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the
period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements.
The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees
whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent
information.

                                       -10-

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                       RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of April 19, 1999 between Bill Gross' idealab!, a
California corporation (the "Company") and Lawrence S. Gross (the "Purchaser").

WHEREAS the Purchaser is an employee of the Company and his continued
participation is considered by the Company to be important for the Company's
continued growth; and

WHEREAS in order to give the Purchaser an opportunity to acquire an equity
interest in the Company as an incentive for the Purchaser to participate in the
affairs of the Company, the Company is willing to sell to the Purchaser and the
Purchaser desires to purchase 2,210,000 (Two Million Two Hundred Ten Thousand)
shares of Common Stock according to the terms and conditions hereof.

THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1.   SALE OF STOCK. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the
     Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase an aggregate of 2,210,000 (Two Million
     Two Hundred Ten Thousand) shares of the Company's Common Stock
     (individually or collectively, the "Shares"), at the price of $0.35 (Thirty
     Five Cents) per share for an aggregate purchase price of $773,500 (Seven
     Hundred Seventy Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars) (the "Purchase
     Price").

2.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. Purchaser has delivered to the Company $154,700
     (One Hundred Fifty Four Thousand Seven Hundred Dollars) in cash and a
     promissory note in the amount of $618,800 (Six Hundred Eighteen Thousand
     Eight Hundred Dollars) (the "Note") as payment of the Purchase Price of the
     Shares. The Note is attached as Exhibit E. The Note is secured pursuant to
     the terms of a Security Agreement dated as of April 19th 1999 (the
     "Security Agreement")

3.   ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Upon receipt by the Company of the Purchase Price, the
     Company shall issue duly executed certificates evidencing the Shares in the
     name of the Purchaser. Vested Shares (the "Vested Shares") (initially,
     442,000 Shares) will be delivered to Purchaser and unvested shares (the
     "Unvested Shares") (initially, 1,768,000 Shares) will be held in escrow
     until expiration of the Company's Repurchase Option as described in this
     Agreement.

4.   REPURCHASE OPTION.

     (1)  All Unvested Shares, and any stock dividends or stock distributions
          paid thereon (collectively, the "Restricted Shares"), are subject to
          the Company's Repurchase Option (as defined below). Vested Shares
          whether held by Purchaser or by Escrow Holder shall not be considered
          Restricted Shares.

     (2)  In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the
          Purchaser's employment with or services to the Company for any or no
          reason (including death or

<PAGE>

          disability) (a "Termination") before all of the Restricted Shares
          become Vested Shares and are released from the Repurchase Option under
          Section 5, the Company shall, upon the date of the Termination (as
          reasonably fixed and determined by the Company) have an irrevocable,
          exclusive option (the "Repurchase Option") for a period of 90 (ninety)
          days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Restricted
          Shares (i.e., those which have not vested and become Vested Shares and
          thus have not been released from the Repurchase Option at such time)
          at the original purchase price per share ($0.35).

     (3)  The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written
          notice to the Purchaser or his executor (with a copy to the Escrow
          Holder (as defined below)) and, at the Company's option, (i) by
          delivery to the Purchaser or his executor with such notice of a check
          in the amount of the repurchase price for the Restricted Shares being
          repurchased, or (ii) by cancellation by the Company of an amount of
          the Purchaser's indebtedness to the Company equal to the repurchase
          price for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, or (iii) by a
          combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and
          cancellation of indebtedness equals such repurchase price. Upon
          delivery of such notice and the payment of the repurchase price in any
          of the ways described above within the ninety (90) day period, the
          Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Restricted
          Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or
          relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and
          transfer to its own name the number of Restricted Shares being
          repurchased by the Company.

     (4)  Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Restricted
          Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more
          employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other
          persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company's
          repurchase rights under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of
          such Restricted Shares.

5.   RELEASE OF SHARES FROM REPURCHASE OPTION.

     (1)  As of the date of this Agreement 442,000 (Four Hundred Forty Two
          Thousand) Shares are Vested Shares which are not subject to the
          Repurchase Option.

     (2)  The remaining Shares that are initially subject to the Repurchase
          Option shall vest and become Vested Share in equal increments of
          110,500 (One Hundred Ten Thousand Five Hundred) Shares each, quarterly
          over sixteen (16) quarters, beginning June 30, 1999 and ending March
          31, 2003, subject, in each case, to a Termination not having occurred
          on or prior to the applicable vesting date. Vested Shares are no
          longer Restricted Shares or subject to the Repurchase Option and are
          deemed released from such Repurchase Option.

     (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Termination occurs prior to
          October 5, 2000, for any reason other than (A) a voluntary termination
          by the Purchaser, or (B) a termination for "Cause" (as defined below),
          the number of Shares equal to the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          difference between 1,000,000 (One Million) and the number of Shares
          which are already vested as of the date of Termination shall become
          immediately vested as of the date of Termination. "Cause" shall mean
          (i) any act of personal dishonesty taken by the Purchaser in
          connection with his or her responsibilities to the Company, or (ii)
          Purchaser's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony; or
          (iii) a willful act by the Purchaser which constitutes misconduct and
          is injurious to the Company.

     (4)  Upon the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
          corporation, entity or person or the sale of all or substantially all
          of the Company's assets to another corporation, entity or person,
          where immediately after such merger, consolidation or sale of assets,
          less than 50% of the capital stock or equity interests in such other
          corporation, entity or person are owned by persons who owned in the
          aggregate greater than 50% of the capital stock of the Company
          immediately before such merger, consolidation or sale of assets, the
          surviving entity shall assume the rights and obligations of the
          Repurchase Option and the Purchaser shall remain subject to the
          conditions set forth herein.

6.   RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER. Except for the escrow described in Section 7 or
     transfer of the Restricted Shares to the Company or its assignees
     contemplated by this Agreement, or transfer of Restricted Shares to
     Purchaser's family members or trusts established by Purchaser for himself
     and his family members as permitted below, none of the Unvested Shares nor
     any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or
     otherwise disposed of in any way until they become vested and are therefore
     released from the Company's Repurchase Option in accordance with the
     provisions of this Agreement. It is agreed that the Purchaser may transfer
     Restricted Shares to any such family member or to a trust for the Purchaser
     and/or his family members, provided that such transferee(s) execute(s) an
     agreement acknowledging the application of this Agreement, including the
     applicability of the Repurchase Option to Restricted Shares and the
     requirement that Restricted Shares remain in escrow as provided herein.

7.   ESCROW OF SHARES.

     (1)  The Restricted Shares issued under this Agreement shall be held by the
          Secretary of the Company as escrow holder ("Escrow Holder"), along
          with a stock assignment executed by the Purchaser in blank, until they
          become Vested Shares and are therefore released from the Company's
          Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement

     (2)  The Escrow Holder is hereby directed to permit transfer of the
          Restricted Shares held by Escrow Holder only in accordance with this
          Agreement or instructions signed by both parties. In the event the
          Escrow Holder desires further instructions, he shall be entitled to
          rely upon directions executed by a majority of the authorized number
          of the Company's Board of Directors and by the Purchaser. The Escrow
          Holder shall have no liability for any act or omission hereunder while
          acting in good faith in the exercise of his own judgment.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     (3)  If the Company or any assignee exercises its Repurchase Option
          hereunder, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such
          option exercise from the proposed transferee, shall take all steps
          necessary to accomplish such transfer.

     (4)  When the Repurchase Option has been exercised or expires unexercised,
          or a portion of the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares and are
          released from such Repurchase Option, the Escrow Holder shall (a)
          promptly cause new certificates to be issued for such Vested Shares
          and for the remaining Restricted Shares, if any, (b) promptly deliver
          the certificate for the Vested Shares to the Purchaser (subject to the
          requirements of delivery of certificates under the Security Agreement
          to the Pledgeholder under the Security Agreement with respect to
          Vested Shares, if any, that then remain subject to the Security
          Agreement) and (c) retain the certificate for any remaining Restricted
          Shares that are still subject to the Repurchase Option.

     (5)  Subject to the terms hereof, the Purchaser shall have all the rights
          of a stockholder with respect to Restricted Shares while they are held
          in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the
          Restricted Shares and receive any dividends declared thereon. If, from
          time to time during the term of the Company's Repurchase Option, there
          is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the
          Restricted Shares, or (ii) any merger or sale of all or substantially
          all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all
          new, substituted or additional securities to which the Purchaser is
          entitled by reason of his ownership of the Restricted Shares shall be
          immediately subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Holder
          and included thereafter as "Restricted Shares" for purposes of this
          Agreement and the Company's repurchase option.

8.   LEGENDS. The share certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares issued
     hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legends:

     (1)  "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR
          INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR
          DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED
          WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN
          OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION
          IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933."

     (2)  "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN
          ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE
          STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE
          COMPANY."

     (3)  Any legend required to be placed thereon by applicable state
          securities laws.

9.   INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. In connection with the purchase of the Shares,
     the Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     (1)  He is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition
          and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
          informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the securities. He is
          purchasing these securities for investment for his own account only
          and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any
          "distribution" thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of
          1933 (the "Securities Act").

     (2)  He understands that the securities have not been registered under the
          Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which
          exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of
          his investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, he
          understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange
          Commission (the "Commission"), the statutory basis for such exemption
          may not be present if his representations meant that his present
          intention was to hold these securities for a minimum capital gains
          period under the tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for a market rise,
          for a sale if the market does not rise, or for a year or any other
          fixed period in the future.

     (3)  He further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be
          held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the
          Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. He
          further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no
          obligation to register the securities. He understands that the
          certificate evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend
          which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are
          registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of
          counsel for the Company.

     (4)  He is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Commission, promulgated
          under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of
          securities acquired in a non-public offering subject to the
          satisfaction of certain conditions.

     (5)  He further acknowledges that in the event all of the requirements of
          Rule 144 are not met, compliance with Regulation A or some other
          registration exemption will be required; and that although Rule 144 is
          not exclusive, the staff of the Commission has expressed its opinion
          that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than
          in a registered offering and other than pursuant to Rule 144 will have
          a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from
          registration is available for such offers or sales and that such
          persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at
          their own risk.

10.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. The Purchaser agrees, in connection with the
     Company's initial public offering of the Company's securities, (i) not to
     sell, make short sales of, loan, grant any options for the purchase of, or
     otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company held by the
     Purchaser (other than those shares included in the registration) without
     the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriters managing such
     initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities for up to
     one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration
     and (ii) further agrees to execute any agreement reflecting the provisions
     of clause (i) above as may be requested by the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     underwriters at the time of the public offering. Despite the foregoing, the
     restrictions on the Purchaser will be no greater than the least restrictive
     restrictions required of any other executive officer of the Company.

11.  ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLIT. All references to the number of Shares, Vested
     Shares, Unvested Shares, Restricted Shares and the Purchase Price of the
     Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any
     stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Restricted Shares which
     may be made by the Company after the date of this Agreement.

12.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (1)  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of
          California without reference to its conflict of law provisions. This
          Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with
          respect to the current purchase of Common Stock by the Purchaser, may
          only be modified or amended by a writing signed by both parties and
          satisfies all of the Company's obligations to the Purchaser with
          regard to the issuance or sale of securities.

     (2)  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by
          either the Company or the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this
          Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered
          personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage
          prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties
          set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a
          party may request by notifying the other in writing.

          Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company's address
          with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

     (3)  The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be
          transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants
          and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be
          enforceable by the Company's successors and assigns. Purchaser may
          only transfer Restricted Shares or interests therein as permitted by
          this Agreement.

     (4)  Either party's failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this
          Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such
          provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from
          enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights
          granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a
          waiver of either party's right to assert all other legal remedies
          available to it under the circumstances.

     (5)  Both parties agree upon request to execute any further documents or
          instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent
          of this Agreement.

     (6)  The Purchaser understands that he (and not the Company) shall be
          responsible for his own federal, state, local or foreign tax liability
          and any of the other tax consequences that may arise as a result of
          the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

          Purchaser shall rely solely on the determinations of his tax advisors
          or his own determinations, and not on any statements or
          representations by the Company or any of his agents, with regard to
          all such tax matters. The Purchaser has notified the Company in
          writing that the Purchaser is filing an election pursuant to Section
          83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with the
          Internal Revenue Service. The Purchaser will provide a copy of such
          filing to the Company.

     (7)  THE PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE
          THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE
          COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE
          ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF
          THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL
          UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION
          25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS
          OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH
          QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first set forth above.

PURCHASER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS DOCUMENT REPRESENTS THE
DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PURCHASER AND THE COMPANY WITH REGARD TO THE
ISSUANCE OF COMPANY SECURITIES TO THE PURCHASER AND THAT IT SUPERSEDES ANY OTHER
AGREEMENT, EITHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, RELATING TO THE PURCHASER'S RIGHTS TO COMPANY
SECURITIES. PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL FUTURE
ISSUANCES OF COMPANY SECURITIES TO THE PURCHASER MUST BE APPROVED BY THE
COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EVIDENCED BY AN EXECUTED WRITTEN AGREEMENT IN
ORDER TO BECOME BINDING ON THE COMPANY.

BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!
a California corporation              PURCHASER:  LAWRENCE S. GROSS


By:  -------------------------        -------------------------------
      Marcia Goodstein,               (Signature)
      Chief Operating Officer

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                      ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

April 19, 1999

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, Lawrence S. Gross, hereby sell, assign and transfer to
__________________ (___________) shares of the Common Stock of Bill Gross'
idealab! (the "Company") standing in my name on the books of the Company
represented by Certificate No.__________ and do hereby irrevocably constitute
and appoint Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, attorney, to transfer said stock
on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Assignment Separate from Certificate may only be used in accordance with
and pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated April
19, 1999.

                                                   ____________________________
                                                   Lawrence S. Gross

















INSTRUCTION: PLEASE DO NOT FILL IN ANY BLANKS OTHER THAN THE SIGNATURE LINE. THE
PURPOSE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IS TO ENABLE THE COMPANY TO EXERCISE THE REPURCHASE
RIGHT SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT WITHOUT REQUIRING ADDITIONAL SIGNATURE ON THE
PART OF PURCHASER.
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Security Agreement is made as of April 19, 1999 between Bill Gross'
idealab!, a California corporation ("Pledgee"), and Lawrence S. Gross
("Pledgor").

                                    RECITALS

     Pursuant to Pledgor's election to purchase Shares under the Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 19, 1999 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"),
between Pledgor and Pledgee under Pledgee's 1999 Stock Plan, and Pledgor's
election under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement to pay for such shares
in part with his promissory note (the "Note"), Pledgor has purchased 2,210,000
(Two Million Two Hundred Ten Thousand ) shares of Pledgee's Common Stock (each
individually, a "Share," and collectively, the "Shares") at a price of $0.35
(Thirty Five Cents) per share, for a total purchase price of $773,500 (Seven
Hundred Seventy Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars). Initially, 442,000 (Four
Hundred Forty Two Thousand) Shares are vested (individually and collectively the
"Vested Shares") and 1,768,000 (One Million Seven Hundred Sixty Eight Thousand)
Shares are unvested (individually and collectively the "Unvested Shares") The
Note, initially in the amount of $618,800 (Six Hundred Eighteen Thousand Eight
Hundred Dollars), and the obligations thereunder are as set forth in EXHIBIT E
to the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

     1. CREATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. In consideration of the
transfer of the Unvested Shares to Pledgor under the Stock Purchase Agreement,
Pledgor, pursuant to the Delaware Commercial Code, hereby pledges all Unvested
Shares (herein sometimes referred to as the "Collateral") represented in whole
or part by certificate numbers C-885, duly endorsed in blank or with executed
stock powers, and herewith delivers said certificates to the Secretary of
Pledgee ("Pledgeholder"), who shall hold said certificate subject to the terms
and conditions of this Security Agreement.

     The pledged stock (together with an executed blank stock assignment for use
in transferring all or a portion of the Unvested Shares to Pledgee if, as and
when required pursuant to this Security Agreement) shall be held by the
Pledgeholder as security for the repayment of the Note, and any extensions or
renewals thereof, to be executed by Pledgor pursuant to the terms of the Stock
Purchase Agreement, and the Pledgeholder shall not encumber or dispose of such
Unvested Shares except in accordance with the provisions of this Security
Agreement.

     2. PLEDGOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS. To induce Pledgee to enter into
this Security Agreement, Pledgor represents and covenants to Pledgee, its
successors and assigns, as follows:

        (a) PAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS. Pledgor will pay the principal sum of the
Note secured hereby, together with interest thereon, at the time and in the
manner provided in the Note.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>


        (b) ENCUMBRANCES. The Unvested Shares are free of all other
encumbrances, defenses and liens, and Pledgor will not further
encumber the Unvested Shares without the prior written consent of Pledgee.

        (c) MARGIN REGULATIONS. In the event that Pledgee's Common Stock is now
or later becomes margin-listed by the Federal Reserve Board and Pledgee is
classified as a "lender" within the meaning of the regulations under Part 207 of
Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation G"), Pledgor agrees to
cooperate with Pledgee in making any amendments to the Note or providing any
additional collateral as may be necessary to comply with such regulations.

     3. VOTING RIGHTS. During the term of this pledge and so long as all
payments of principal and interest are made as they become due under the terms
of the Note, Pledgor shall have the right to vote all of the Unvested Shares
pledged hereunder.

     4. STOCK ADJUSTMENTS. In the event that during the term of the pledge any
stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other changes are declared or
made in the capital structure of Pledgee, all new, substituted and additional
unvested shares or other unvested securities issued by reason of any such change
shall be delivered to and held by the Pledgee under the terms of this Security
Agreement in the same manner as the then remaining Unvested Shares originally
pledged hereunder. In the event of substitution of such securities, Pledgor,
Pledgee and Pledgeholder shall cooperate and execute such documents as are
reasonable so as to provide for the substitution of such Collateral and, upon
such substitution, references to "Unvested Shares" in this Security Agreement
shall include the substituted unvested shares of capital stock of Pledgor as a
result thereof.

     5. OPTIONS AND RIGHTS. In the event that, during the term of this pledge,
subscription options or other rights or options shall be issued in connection
with the pledged Unvested Shares, such rights, and options shall be the property
of Pledgor and, if exercised by Pledgor, all new unvested stock or other
unvested securities so acquired by Pledgor as it relates to the pledged Unvested
Shares then held by Pledgeholder shall be immediately delivered to Pledgeholder,
to be held under the terms of this Security Agreement in the same manner as the
then remaining Unvested Shares pledged.

     6. DEFAULT. Pledgor shall be deemed to be in default of the Note and of
this Security Agreement (the "Default") in the event:

        (a) Payment of principal or interest on the Note shall be delinquent for
a period of 10 (ten) days or more; or

        (b) Pledgor fails to perform any of the covenants set forth in the Stock
Purchase Agreement or contained in this Security Agreement for a period of 10
days (ten) after written notice thereof from Pledgee.

     In the case of an event of Default, as set forth above, Pledgee shall have
the right to accelerate payment of the Note upon notice to Pledgor, and Pledgee
shall thereafter be entitled to pursue its remedies under the Delaware
Commercial Code.

     7. RELEASE OF COLLATERAL. Subject to any applicable contrary rules under
Regulation G, there shall be released from this pledge from time to time a
portion of the pledged Shares held by Pledgeholder hereunder upon payments of
the principal of the Note. The number of the pledged Shares which shall be
released shall be that number of full Shares which bears the same proportion

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

to the initial number of Shares pledged hereunder as the payment of principal
bears to the initial full principal amount of the Note. Certificates for
released shares shall be delivered to Pledgor in accordance with the Stock
Purchase Agreement.

     8. WITHDRAWAL OR SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL. Pledgor shall not sell,
withdraw, pledge, substitute or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
Collateral without the prior written consent of Pledgee.

     9. TERM. The within pledge of Unvested Shares shall continue until the
payment of all indebtedness secured hereby, at which time the remaining pledged
stock shall be promptly delivered to Pledgor, subject to the provisions for
prior release of a portion of the Collateral as provided in paragraph 7 above.

     10. INSOLVENCY. Pledgor agrees that if a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding is instituted by or against it, or if a receiver is appointed for the
property of Pledgor, or if Pledgor makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, the entire amount unpaid on the Note shall become immediately due and
payable, and Pledgee may proceed as provided in the case of Default.

     11. PLEDGEHOLDER LIABILITY. In the absence of willful or gross negligence,
Pledgeholder shall not be liable to any party for any of his acts, or omissions
to act, as Pledgeholder.

     12. INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that the
enforceability or invalidity of any provision or provisions of this Security
Agreement shall not render any other provision or provisions herein contained
unenforceable or invalid.

     13. SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that all of the terms
of this Security Agreement shall be binding on their respective successors and
assigns, and that the term "Pledgor" and the term "Pledgee" as used herein shall
be deemed to include, for all purposes, the respective designees, successors,
assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

     14. GOVERNING LAW. This Security Agreement shall be interpreted and
governed under the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules,
of Delaware.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Security Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

"PLEDGOR"
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Signature


                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Lawrence S. Gross

Address:                                  16155 High Valley Place
                                          --------------------------------------

                                          Encino, CA 91436
                                          --------------------------------------



"PLEDGEE"                                 BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!
                                          a California corporation


                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Signature


                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Print Name


                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Title

"PLEDGEHOLDER"
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Secretary of Bill Gross' idealab!





                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E

                                      NOTE

$618,800                                                          Pasadena, CA
                                                                April 19, 1999

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Lawrence S. Gross (the "Obligor") promises to pay to Bill
Gross' idealab!, a California corporation (the "Company"), or order, the
principal sum of $618,800 (Six Hundred Eighteen Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars),
together with interest on the unpaid principal hereof from the date hereof at
the rate of 7% (seven percent) per annum, compounded annually.

     1. Interest only shall be paid annually on each of March 31, 2000, 2001,
2002 and 2003 with all principal and remaining interest due on March 31, 2003.
Any cash dividends or cash liquidations due from the Company on the shares of
Common Stock then held by the Obligor shall be paid by Obligor to the Company to
be applied first to any accrued or other interest due and then to principal of
this Note. Payment of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of
the United States of America.

     2. On the date Obligor ceases to be a service provider (i.e. an employee,
director or consultant) for the Company, payment for all outstanding principal
under this Note (and all interest accrued on this Note) shall be due and
payable.

     3. Obligor may prepay the principal or interest on this Note at any time.

     4. This Note is secured in part by a pledge of the Company's Common Stock
under the terms of a Security Agreement of even date herewith and is subject to
all the provisions thereof.

     5. The holder of this Note shall have full recourse against the
undersigned, and shall not be required to proceed against the collateral
securing this Note in the event of default.

     6. Should any action be instituted for the collection of this Note, the
reasonable costs and attorneys' fees therein of the holder shall be paid by the
undersigned.



                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Lawrence S. Gross


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                                 1996 STOCK PLAN

                    STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT -- EARLY EXERCISE


     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1996 Employee
Stock Plan (the "Plan") shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock
Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

I.   NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

     Name:    Bob Kavner

     Address: ------------------------

              ------------------------

     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company,
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as
follows:

     Grant Number                                      29

     Date of Grant                                     January 1, 1999

     Vesting Commencement Date                         January 1, 1999

     Exercise Price per Share                          $0.20

     Total Number of Shares Granted                    2,000,000

     Total Exercise Price                              $400,000

     Type of Option:                                   NSO

     Term/Expiration Date:                             January 29, 2009

     VESTING SCHEDULE.

     This Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and shall vest
according to the following vesting schedule:


<PAGE>

     a. 20% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on Vesting
Commencement Date.

     b. The remaining Shares subject to this Option shall vest in equal
increments of 5% quarterly thereafter over a four (4) year period, beginning
three (3) months following this Option's Vesting Commencement Date, subject to
Optionee's continuing to be a Service Provider on each vesting date.

     c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Optionee's employment is terminated
within 18 months of the Vesting Commencement Date for any reason other than (A)
a voluntary termination by the Optionee, or (B) a termination for "Cause" (as
defined below), the number of Shares equal to the difference between 1,000,000
Shares and the number of Shares which is vested as of the employment termination
date shall become immediately vested as of the employment termination date.
"Cause" shall mean (i) any act of personal dishonesty taken by the Optionee in
connection with his or her responsibilities to the Company, or (ii) Optionee's
conviction of, or plea of NOLO CONTENDERE to, a felony, or (iii) a willful act
by the Optionee which constitutes misconduct and is injurious to the Company.

     TERMINATION PERIOD:

     This Option may be exercised, to the extent it is then vested, for three
months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon death or Disability
of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised, to the extent it is then vested,
for one year after Optionee ceases to be Service Provider. In no event shall
this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

     II. AGREEMENT

     1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option")
to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the
exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise
Price"), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is
incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the
event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

     If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"),
this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in
Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the
$100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a
Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSO").

     2. EXERCISE OF OPTION. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

          a. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

               (i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this
Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set
forth in the Notice of Grant. Alternatively, at the election of the Optionee,
this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares which
have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company's
repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement,
attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-1).


                                       2
<PAGE>

               (ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested
Shares, the Optionee shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

               (iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

         b. Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of
an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Notice")
which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with
respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations
and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be
accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised
Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company
of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise
Price.

               No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option
unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming
such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered
transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with
respect to such Shares.

     3. OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS. In the event the Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option
is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with
the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or
her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT
B, and shall read the applicable rules of the Commissioner of Corporations
attached to such Investment Representation Statement.

     4. LOCK-UP PERIOD. Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the
Company or any representative of the underwriters (the "Managing Underwriter")
in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer
any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such
other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and
agreed to in writing by the Company) (the "Market Standoff Period") following
the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the
Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply only to the first registration
statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that
includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an
underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing
restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

     5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by
any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

          a. cash or check;

          b. consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless
exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan;


                                        3
<PAGE>

          c. surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired
upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
(6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the
date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares;
or

          d.      promissory note.

     6. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE. This Option may not be exercised until such
time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable
Law.

     7. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may not be transferred in any
manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may
be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the
Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors,
administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

     8. TERM OF OPTION. This Option may be exercised only within the term set
out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in
accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

     9. TAX CONSEQUENCES. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of
this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option
and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE
TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A
TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

          a. EXERCISE OF NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION. There may be a regular
federal income tax liability upon the exercise of an NSO. The Optionee will be
treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax
rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised
Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an
Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from
Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable
taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation
income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse
to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of
exercise.

          b. EXERCISE OF ISO. If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be
no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option,
although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on
the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to
the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the
Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

          c. EXERCISE OF ISO FOLLOWING DISABILITY. If the Optionee ceases to be
an Employee as a result of a disability that is not a total and permanent
disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted
on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an ISO within three
months of such termination for the ISO to be qualified as an ISO.


                                       4
<PAGE>

          d. DISPOSITION OF SHARES. In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held
for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be
treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case
of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least
one year after exercise and at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain
realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital
gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are
disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of Grant,
any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income
(taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the
Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market
Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of
the Exercised Shares. Different rules may apply if the Shares are subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code) at
the time of purchase. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain,
short-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

          e. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES. If the Option
granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise
disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the
later of (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one
year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the
Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be
subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income
recognized by the Optionee.

          f. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES PURCHASED PURSUANT TO
OPTIONS. With respect to the exercise of an Option for unvested Shares, an
election (the "Election") may be filed by the Optionee with the Internal Revenue
Service, within 30 days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to
Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the
purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of
purchase. In the case of an NSO, this will result in a recognition of taxable
income to the Optionee on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any,
of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares, at the time the Option is
exercised over the purchase price for the Exercised Shares. Absent such an
election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Optionee at the time
or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an ISO,
such an election will result in a recognition of income to the Optionee for
alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the
excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares, at the time
the Option is exercised, over the purchase price for the Exercised Shares.
Absent such an election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and
recognized by Optionee at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase
Option lapses. Optionee is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her
own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the
advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form
of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-5 for reference.

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE
COMPANY'S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE
REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON OPTIONEE'S
BEHALF.

     10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their
entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the
Optionee's


                                       5
<PAGE>

interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and
Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but
not the choice of law rules of California.

     11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES
THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED
ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH
THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES
HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO
NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A
SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL
NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO
TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR
WITHOUT CAUSE.

     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he
or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts
this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee
further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address
indicated below.

OPTIONEE:                                          BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!




- ------------------------------                     -----------------------------
Signature                                          By


Bob Kavner
- ------------------------------                     -----------------------------
Print Name                                         Name, Title


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                            1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN

                                EXERCISE NOTICE

Bill Gross' idealab!
130 W. Union Street
Pasadena, CA 91103
Attention: President

     1. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Effective as of today, January 29, 1999, the
undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option (the
"Option") to purchase 2,000,000 shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of
Bill Gross' idealab! (the "Company") under and pursuant to the Bill Gross'
idealab! 1999 Employee Stock Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement
dated January 1, 1999 (the "Option Agreement").

     2. DELIVERY OF PAYMENT. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full
purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.

     3. REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has
received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to
abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

     4. RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the optioned stock,
notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the
Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment
shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior
to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

     5. COMPANY'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Before any Shares held by Optionee or
any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the "Holder") may
be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of
law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to
purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the
"Right of First Refusal").

          a. NOTICE OF PROPOSED TRANSFER. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver
to the Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating: (i) the Holder's bona
fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each
proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee"); (iii) the number
of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide
cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the
Shares (the "Offered Price"), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the
Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

          b. EXERCISE OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. At any time within thirty (30)
days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by
giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than
all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed
Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c)
below.


<PAGE>

          c. PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price ("Purchase Price") for the
Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be
the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash,
the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

          d. PAYMENT. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option
of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or
a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in
the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination
thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the
times set forth in the Notice.

          e. HOLDER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER. If all of the Shares proposed in the
Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the
Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may
sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the
Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is
consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or
other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and
that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this
Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed
Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the
Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the
Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right
of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise
transferred.

          f. EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN FAMILY TRANSFERS. Anything to the contrary
contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the
Shares during the Optionee's lifetime or on the Optionee's death by will or
intestacy to the Optionee's immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the
Optionee's immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section.
"Immediate Family" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or
antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or
other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the
provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such
Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

          g. TERMINATION OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The Right of First Refusal
shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the
Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     6. TAX CONSULTATION. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse
tax consequences as a result of Optionee's purchase or disposition of the
Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants
Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the
Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     7. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS.

          a. LEGENDS. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall
cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto,
to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together
with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or
federal securities laws:

          THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
          SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
          OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL
          REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL
          SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
          TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

          THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY
          THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE
          BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF
          WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH
          TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON
          TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

          b. STOP-TRANSFER NOTICES. Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue
appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and
that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.

          c. REFUSAL TO TRANSFER. The Company shall not be required (i) to
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as
owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so
transferred.

     8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Company may assign any of its rights under
this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and the terms and
conditions of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors
and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set
forth, the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon
Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
assigns.

     9. INTERPRETATION. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this
Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to
the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.
The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding
on all parties.

     10. GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. This Exercise Notice is governed by the
internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.


                                       3
<PAGE>

     11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein
by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement
constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and
agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by
means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.



Submitted by:                                     Accepted by:

OPTIONEE:                                         BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!



- ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
Signature                                         By

Bob Kavner
- ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
Print Name                                        Name, Title

ADDRESS:                                          ADDRESS:
- -------                                           -------
                                                  130 W. Union Street
                                                  Pasadena, CA 91103

                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Date Received


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE:      Bob Kavner

COMPANY:       BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

SECURITY:      COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:        2,000,000  Shares

DATE:          January 29, 1999

     In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the
undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

     a. Optionee is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is
acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee's own account only and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").

     b. Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute
"restricted securities" under the Securities Act and have not been registered
under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee's
investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands
that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis
for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee's representation was
predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the
minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale,
for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or
for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee
further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they
are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such
registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that
the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee
understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted
with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are
registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Company, and with any other legend required under applicable
state securities laws.

     c. Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each
promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public
resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly from the
issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the
time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt
from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any
market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may
be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by
Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made


<PAGE>

through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions
directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of
certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being
sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in
Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

     In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time
of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited
circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale
to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were
sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the
Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the
Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the
Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

     d. Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable
requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the
Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration
exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144
and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement
securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to
Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an
exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such
persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so
at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any
such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

                                                  Signature of Optionee:



                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Date: January 29, 1999


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C-1

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                            1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN

                       RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT is made between Bob Kavner (the "Purchaser") and Bill Gross'
idealab! (the "Company") as of January 29, 1999.

     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1999 Employee
Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

     A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number 29) granted to
Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Option Agreement dated January 1,
1999 by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the
"Option"), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference,
Purchaser has elected to purchase 1,600,000 of those shares of Common Stock
which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option
Agreement ("Unvested Shares"). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the
Option Agreement which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to
herein as the "Shares".

     B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser's
election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which
sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares
acquired upon exercise of the Option.

     I. REPURCHASE OPTION.

     (a) If Purchaser's status as a Service Provider is terminated for any
reason, including for cause, death, and Disability, the Company shall have the
right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser's personal
representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser's Unvested Shares as of
the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares
(the "Repurchase Option").

     (b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its
Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser
(or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety
(90) days of the termination, a notice in writing indicating the Company's
intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date for closing
not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice. The closing
shall take place at the Company's office. At the closing, the holder of the
certificates for the Unvested Shares being transferred shall deliver the stock
certificate or certificates evidencing the Unvested Shares, and the Company
shall deliver the purchase price therefor.

     (c) At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Unvested
Shares to a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself of this
option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and address of the
bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company's office.


<PAGE>

     (d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option
conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following
the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

     (e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting
schedule contained in Optionee's Option Agreement.

     2. TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SHARES; ESCROW.

     (f) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company,
or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares
as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the
Company.

     (g) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser's Unvested Shares
upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section
1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by
the Company as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and
transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the
Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this
Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such other
person designated by the Company, the share certificates representing the
Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank,
attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-2. The Unvested Shares, stock assignment and any
dividends paid to the Purchaser upon the Unvested Shares shall be held by the
secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company
and Purchaser attached as EXHIBIT C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its
Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as
this Agreement no longer is in effect. As a further condition to the Company's
obligations under this Agreement, the spouse of the Purchaser, if any, shall
execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as
EXHIBIT C-4. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall
promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing
such Shares, and any dividends paid thereon, in the escrow agent's possession
belonging to the Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all
further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the escrow agent shall
nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as escrow agent if so
required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

     (h) The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do
or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in
good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

     (i) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer
imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee
shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise
Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased
by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

     3. OWNERSHIP, VOTING RIGHTS, DUTIES. This Agreement shall not affect in any
way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except
as specifically provided herein.

     4. LEGENDS. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder
shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required
under applicable federal and state securities laws):


                                       2
<PAGE>

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE
SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

     5. ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLIT. All references to the number of Shares and
the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately
adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, cash dividend or any other
dividend paid to the holders of the Company's common Stock and other change in
the Shares which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan
after the date of this Agreement.

     6. NOTICES. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by
registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company,
and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

     7. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and
the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs,
legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

     8. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has
been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested
Shares, an election (the "Election") may be filed by the Purchaser with the
Internal Revenue Service, WITHIN 30 DAYS of the purchase of the exercised
Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on
any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair
Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock
Option, this will result in a recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on
the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value
of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase
price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be
measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company's
Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an
Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative
minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of
the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is
exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an
Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by
Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses.
Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax
consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability
of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election
under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-5 for reference.

     PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT
THE COMPANY'S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN
IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON
PURCHASER'S BEHALF.

     9. REPRESENTATIONS. Purchaser has reviewed with his own tax advisors the
federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such
advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of
its agents. Purchaser understands that he (and not the Company) shall be
responsible for his


                                       3
<PAGE>

own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

     Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and is familiar with
its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding,
conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any
questions arising under this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set
forth above.

OPTIONEE:                                    BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!



- --------------------------------             -----------------------------------
Signature                                    By

Bob Kavner
- --------------------------------             -----------------------------------
Print Name                                   Name, Title



Dated: January 29, 1999


                                       5
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT C-2

                      ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, Bob Kavner, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
Bill Gross' idealab! (____________________) shares of the Common Stock of Bill
Gross' idealab! standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented
by Certificate No. C- _____ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint ____________________________ to transfer the said stock on the books of
the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement between Bill Gross' idealab! and the undersigned dated
January 29, 1999.

Dated:                                   Signature:
                                                   -----------------------------













INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.
The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its
"repurchase option," as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional
signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT C-3

                            JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

Corporate Secretary
130 W. Union Street
Pasadena, CA 91103
Attention:  Secretary

Dear:______________________:

     As Escrow Agent for both Bill Gross' idealab! (the "Company"), and the
undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the "Purchaser"), you are hereby
authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the
terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") between
the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

     1.   In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred
to collectively for convenience herein as the "Company") exercises the Company's
repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to
Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to
be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the
principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably
authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in
accordance with the terms of said notice.

     2.   At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments
necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares
being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the
certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or
its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by
cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock
being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company's repurchase option.

     3.   Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any
certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any
additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement.
Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser's
attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect
to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such
securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated,
including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky
authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of,
the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall
exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the
stock is held by you.

     4.   Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per
calendar year, unless the Company's repurchase option has been exercised, you
will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many
shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company's repurchase option.
Within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser's continuous employment by or
services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will
deliver to Purchaser a certificate or


<PAGE>


certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant
to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to
exercise of the Company's repurchase option.

     5.   If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your
possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser,
you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all
further obligations hereunder.

     6.   Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked
only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

     7.   You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are
specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or
refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You
shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as
Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith,
and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys
shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

     8.   You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings
given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation,
excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly
authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In
case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not
be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or
corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order,
judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside,
vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

     9.   You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity,
authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to
execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called
for hereunder.

     10.  You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the
Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any
documents deposited with you.

     11.  You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts
as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your
obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay
such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

     12.  Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you
shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by
written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company
shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

     13.  If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection
with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the
necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

     14.  It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect
to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held
by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession
without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such
disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the
parties concerned or by a final


                                       2
<PAGE>


order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time
for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under
no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

     15.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing
and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in
the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and
fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the
following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten
days' advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

     16.  By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto
only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a
party to the Agreement.

     17.  This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

     18.  These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.


                                       3
<PAGE>



PURCHASER:                               BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!


- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Signature                                By


BOB KAVNER
- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Print Name                               Name, Title


ESCROW AGENT



- -----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Secretary,
Bill Gross' idealab


Dated:


                                       4
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT C-4

                                CONSENT OF SPOUSE

     I,_______________________, spouse of Bob Kavner, have read and approve the
foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement"). In
consideration of granting of the right to my spouse to purchase shares of Bill
Gross' idealab!, as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my
attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement
and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have
any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the
community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect
in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing
Agreement.

Dated:                                   Signature:
                                                   -----------------------------



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Security Agreement is made as of January 29, 1999 between Bill Gross'
idealab!, a California corporation ("Pledgee"), and Bob Kavner ("Pledgor").

                                    RECITALS

     Pursuant to Pledgor's election to purchase Shares under the Option
Agreement dated January 1, 1999 (the "Option"), between Pledgor and Pledgee
under Pledgee's 1999 Stock Plan, and Pledgor's election under the terms of the
Option to pay for such shares with his promissory note (the "Note"), Pledgor has
purchased 2,000,000 shares of Pledgee's Common Stock (the "Shares") at a price
of $ 0.20 per share, for a total purchase price of $400,000. The Note and the
obligations thereunder are as set forth in EXHIBIT E to the Option.

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

     1.   CREATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. In consideration of the
transfer of the Shares to Pledgor under the Option Agreement, Pledgor, pursuant
to the California Corporations Code, hereby pledges all of such Shares (herein
sometimes referred to as the "Collateral") represented by certificate number
CS- _______, duly endorsed in blank or with executed stock powers, and herewith
delivers said certificate to the Secretary of Pledgee ("Pledgeholder"), who
shall hold said certificate subject to the terms and conditions of this Security
Agreement.

     The pledged stock (together with an executed blank stock assignment for use
in transferring all or a portion of the Shares to Pledgee if, as and when
required pursuant to this Security Agreement) shall be held by the Pledgeholder
as security for the repayment of the Note, and any extensions or renewals
thereof, to be executed by Pledgor pursuant to the terms of the Option, and the
Pledgeholder shall not encumber or dispose of such Shares except in accordance
with the provisions of this Security Agreement.

     2.   PLEDGOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS. To induce Pledgee to enter
into this Security Agreement, Pledgor represents and covenants to Pledgee, its
successors and assigns, as follows:

          (a)  PAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS. Pledgor will pay the principal sum of
the Note secured hereby, together with interest thereon, at the time and in the
manner provided in the Note.

          (b)  ENCUMBRANCES. The Shares are free of all other encumbrances,
defenses and liens, and Pledgor will not further encumber the Shares without the
prior written consent of Pledgee.

          (c)  MARGIN REGULATIONS. In the event that Pledgee's Common Stock is
now or later becomes margin-listed by the Federal Reserve Board and Pledgee is
classified as a "lender" within the meaning of the regulations under Part 207 of
Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation G"), Pledgor agrees to
cooperate with Pledgee in making any amendments to the Note or providing any
additional collateral as may be necessary to comply with such regulations.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>


     3.   VOTING RIGHTS. During the term of this pledge and so long as all
payments of principal and interest are made as they become due under the terms
of the Note, Pledgor shall have the right to vote all of the Shares pledged
hereunder.

     4.   STOCK ADJUSTMENTS. In the event that during the term of the pledge any
stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other changes are declared or
made in the capital structure of Pledgee, all new, substituted and additional
shares or other securities issued by reason of any such change shall be
delivered to and held by the Pledgee under the terms of this Security Agreement
in the same manner as the Shares originally pledged hereunder. In the event of
substitution of such securities, Pledgor, Pledgee and Pledgeholder shall
cooperate and execute such documents as are reasonable so as to provide for the
substitution of such Collateral and, upon such substitution, references to
"Shares" in this Security Agreement shall include the substituted shares of
capital stock of Pledgor as a result thereof.

     5.   OPTIONS AND RIGHTS. In the event that, during the term of this pledge,
subscription Options or other rights or options shall be issued in connection
with the pledged Shares, such rights, Options and options shall be the property
of Pledgor and, if exercised by Pledgor, all new stock or other securities so
acquired by Pledgor as it relates to the pledged Shares then held by
Pledgeholder shall be immediately delivered to Pledgeholder, to be held under
the terms of this Security Agreement in the same manner as the Shares pledged.

     6.   DEFAULT. Pledgor shall be deemed to be in default of the Note and of
this Security Agreement in the event:

          (a)  Payment of principal or interest on the Note shall be delinquent
for a period of 10 days or more; or

          (b)  Pledgor fails to perform any of the covenants set forth in the
Option or contained in this Security Agreement for a period of 10 days after
written notice thereof from Pledgee.

     In the case of an event of Default, as set forth above, Pledgee shall have
the right to accelerate payment of the Note upon notice to Pledgor, and Pledgee
shall thereafter be entitled to pursue its remedies under the California
Corporations Code.

     7.   RELEASE OF COLLATERAL. Subject to any applicable contrary rules under
Regulation G, there shall be released from this pledge a portion of the pledged
Shares held by Pledgeholder hereunder upon payments of the principal of the
Note. The number of the pledged Shares which shall be released shall be that
number of full Shares which bears the same proportion to the initial number of
Shares pledged hereunder as the payment of principal bears to the initial full
principal amount of the Note.

     8.   WITHDRAWAL OR SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL. Pledgor shall not sell,
withdraw, pledge, substitute or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
Collateral without the prior written consent of Pledgee.

     9.   TERM. The within pledge of Shares shall continue until the payment of
all indebtedness secured hereby, at which time the remaining pledged stock shall
be promptly delivered to Pledgor, subject to the provisions for prior release of
a portion of the Collateral as provided in paragraph 7 above.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>


     10.  INSOLVENCY. Pledgor agrees that if a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding is instituted by or against it, or if a receiver is appointed for the
property of Pledgor, or if Pledgor makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, the entire amount unpaid on the Note shall become immediately due and
payable, and Pledgee may proceed as provided in the case of default.

     11.  PLEDGEHOLDER LIABILITY. In the absence of willful or gross negligence,
Pledgeholder shall not be liable to any party for any of his acts, or omissions
to act, as Pledgeholder.

     12.  INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that
the enforceability or invalidity of any provision or provisions of this Security
Agreement shall not render any other provision or provisions herein contained
unenforceable or invalid.

     13.  SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that all of the terms
of this Security Agreement shall be binding on their respective successors and
assigns, and that the term "Pledgor" and the term "Pledgee" as used herein shall
be deemed to include, for all purposes, the respective designees, successors,
assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW. This Security Agreement shall be interpreted and
governed under the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules,
of California.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

"PLEDGOR"

                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Signature


                                         BOB KAVNER
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Print Name


Address:                                 ---------------------------------------

                                         ---------------------------------------



"PLEDGEE"                                BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!
                                         a California corporation


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Signature


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Print Name


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Title




"PLEDGEHOLDER"                           ---------------------------------------
                                         Secretary of
                                         Bill Gross' idealab!


                                       -5-
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT E

                                      NOTE

$400,000                                                            Pasadena, CA

                                                                January 29, 1999

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Bob Kavner (the "Obligor") promises to pay to Bill
Gross' idealab!, a California corporation (the "Company"), or order, the
principal sum of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000), together with
interest on the unpaid principal hereof from the date hereof at the rate of
seven percent (7%) per annum, compounded semiannually.

     1.   Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2, (i) interest shall
be paid annually commencing on January 29, 2000, and continuing on the same day
of each successive year thereafter and (ii) unpaid principal on this Note
applicable to the shares that have vested under that certain Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement dated of even date herewith between the Company and the
Obligor (the "Purchase Agreement") on the date of determination (the "Vested
Shares"), and all interest accrued on this Note and not otherwise paid, shall be
due and payable on the earlier to occur of (A) January 29, 2003, (B) the date
the Company pays to the Obligor cash dividends (or a portion of a cash
liquidation) on the shares of Common Stock then held by the Obligor, provided
that if the proceeds from such cash dividend or cash liquidation is not
sufficient to pay the principal and all accrued but unpaid interest attributable
to such Vested Shares, the entire amount of such cash dividend or cash
liquidation shall be paid by Obligor to the Company as partial payment of this
Note or (C) the date the Obligor sells any Vested Shares. If principal and/or
interest are paid pursuant to clause (ii)(B) or (C) above, all unpaid principal
(and interest accruing thereon) shall again be subject to the repayment terms in
clauses (i) and (ii) above. Payment of principal and interest shall be made in
lawful money of the United States of America.

     2.   On the date Obligor ceases to be a service provider (i.e. an
employee, director or consultant) for the Company, (i) payment for all
outstanding principal under this Note applicable to the Vested Shares (and all
interest accrued on this Note) shall be due and payable and (ii) the principal
of this Note attributable to the shares that have not vested under the Purchase
Agreement shall be applied to the Company's payment for such unvested shares
pursuant to Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement.

     3.   Except as set forth above, the Obligor may not prepay the principal or
interest on this Note without the prior written consent of the Company.

     4.   This Note is secured in part by a pledge of the Company's Common Stock
under the terms of a Security Agreement of even date herewith and is subject to
all the provisions thereof.

     5.   The holder of this Note shall have full recourse against the
undersigned, and shall not be required to proceed against the collateral
securing this Note in the event of default.

     6.   Should any action be instituted for the collection of this Note, the
reasonable costs and attorneys' fees therein of the holder shall be paid by the
undersigned.


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Bob Kavner


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                                 1996 STOCK PLAN

                    STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT -- EARLY EXERCISE


         Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1996 Employee
Stock Plan (the "Plan") shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock
Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

I.       NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

         Name:             Howard Morgan

         Address:
                           ------------------
                           ------------------

     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company,
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as
follows:

         Grant Number                                        39

         Date of Grant                                       January 1, 1999

         Vesting Commencement Date                           January 1, 1999

         Exercise Price per Share                            $0.20

         Total Number of Shares Granted                      2,000,000

         Total Exercise Price                                $400,000

         Type of Option:                                     NSO

         Term/Expiration Date:                               January 1, 2009


     VESTING SCHEDULE.

     This Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and shall vest
according to the following vesting schedule:

<PAGE>

          a. 20% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on Vesting
Commencement Date.

          b. The remaining Shares subject to this Option shall vest in equal
increments of 5% quarterly thereafter over a four (4) year period, beginning
three (3) months following this Option's Vesting Commencement Date, subject to
Optionee's continuing to be a Service Provider on each vesting date.

     c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Optionee's employment is terminated
within 18 months of the Vesting Commencement Date for any reason other than (A)
a voluntary termination by the Optionee, or (B) a termination for "Cause" (as
defined below), the number of Shares equal to the difference between 1,000,000
Shares and the number of Shares which is vested as of the employment termination
date shall become immediately vested as of the employment termination date.
"Cause" shall mean (i) any act of personal dishonesty taken by the Optionee in
connection with his or her responsibilities to the Company, or (ii) Optionee's
conviction of, or plea of NOLO CONTENDERE to, a felony, or (iii) a willful act
by the Optionee which constitutes misconduct and is injurious to the Company.

     TERMINATION PERIOD:

     This Option may be exercised, to the extent it is then vested, for three
months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon death or Disability
of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised, to the extent it is then vested,
for one year after Optionee ceases to be Service Provider. In no event shall
this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

II.      AGREEMENT

     1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option")
to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the
exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise
Price"), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is
incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the
event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

          If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock
Option ("ISO"), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option
as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it
exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated
as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSO").

     2. EXERCISE OF OPTION. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

          a. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

               (i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this
Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set
forth in the Notice of Grant. Alternatively, at the election of the Optionee,
this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares which
have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company's
repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement,
attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-1).

                                       2
<PAGE>

               (ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested
Shares, the Optionee shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

               (iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

          b. Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery
of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Notice")
which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with
respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations
and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be
accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised
Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company
of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise
Price.

          No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an
Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws.
Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered
transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with
respect to such Shares.

     3. OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS. In the event the Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option
is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with
the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or
her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT
B, and shall read the applicable rules of the Commissioner of Corporations
attached to such Investment Representation Statement.

     4. LOCK-UP PERIOD. Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the
Company or any representative of the underwriters (the "Managing Underwriter")
in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer
any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such
other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and
agreed to in writing by the Company) (the "Market Standoff Period") following
the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the
Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply only to the first registration
statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that
includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an
underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing
restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

     5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by
any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

          a. cash or check;

          b. consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless
exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan;

          c. surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired
upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
(6) months on the date of surrender, and

                                       3
<PAGE>

(ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate
Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares; or

          d. promissory note.

     6. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE. This Option may not be exercised until such
time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable
Law.

     7. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may not be transferred in any
manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may
be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the
Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors,
administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

     8. TERM OF OPTION. This Option may be exercised only within the term set
out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in
accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

     9. TAX CONSEQUENCES. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of
this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option
and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE
TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A
TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

          a. EXERCISE OF NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION. There may be a regular
federal income tax liability upon the exercise of an NSO. The Optionee will be
treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax
rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised
Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an
Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from
Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable
taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation
income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse
to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of
exercise.

          b. EXERCISE OF ISO. If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be
no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option,
although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on
the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to
the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the
Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

          c. EXERCISE OF ISO FOLLOWING DISABILITY. If the Optionee ceases to
be an Employee as a result of a disability that is not a total and permanent
disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted
on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an ISO within three
months of such termination for the ISO to be qualified as an ISO.

          d. DISPOSITION OF SHARES. In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held
for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be
treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case
of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at

                                       4
<PAGE>

least one year after exercise and at least two years after the Date of Grant,
any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term
capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO
are disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of
Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation
income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference
between the Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and the lesser of (i) the
Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the
sale price of the Exercised Shares. Different rules may apply if the Shares are
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Section 83 of
the Code) at the time of purchase. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital
gain, short-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

          e. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES. If the Option
granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise
disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the
later of (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one
year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the
Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be
subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income
recognized by the Optionee.

          f. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES PURCHASED PURSUANT TO
OPTIONS. With respect to the exercise of an Option for unvested Shares, an
election (the "Election") may be filed by the Optionee with the Internal Revenue
Service, within 30 days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to
Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the
purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of
purchase. In the case of an NSO, this will result in a recognition of taxable
income to the Optionee on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any,
of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares, at the time the Option is
exercised over the purchase price for the Exercised Shares. Absent such an
election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Optionee at the time
or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an ISO,
such an election will result in a recognition of income to the Optionee for
alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the
excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares, at the time
the Option is exercised, over the purchase price for the Exercised Shares.
Absent such an election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and
recognized by Optionee at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase
Option lapses. Optionee is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her
own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the
advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form
of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-5 for reference.

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE
COMPANY'S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE
REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON OPTIONEE'S
BEHALF.

     10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their
entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the
Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and
Optionee. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but
not the choice of law rules of California.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES
THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED
ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH
THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES
HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO
NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A
SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL
NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO
TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR
WITHOUT CAUSE.

     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he
or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts
this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee
further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address
indicated below.

OPTIONEE:                                                   BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Signature                                                   By

HOWARD MORGAN
- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Print Name                                                  Name, Title

                                       6
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                            1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN

                                EXERCISE NOTICE

Bill Gross' idealab!
130 W. Union Street
Pasadena, CA 91103
Attention: President

     1. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Effective as of today, January 29, 1999, the
undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option (the
"Option") to purchase 2,000,000 shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of
Bill Gross' idealab! (the "Company") under and pursuant to the Bill Gross'
idealab! 1999 Employee Stock Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement
dated January 1, 1999 (the "Option Agreement").

     2. DELIVERY OF PAYMENT. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full
purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.

     3. REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has
received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to
abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

     4. RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the optioned stock,
notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the
Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment
shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior
to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

     5. COMPANY'S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Before any Shares held by Optionee or
any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the "Holder") may
be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of
law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to
purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the
"Right of First Refusal").

          a. NOTICE OF PROPOSED TRANSFER. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver
to the Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating: (i) the Holder's bona
fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each
proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee"); (iii) the number
of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide
cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the
Shares (the "Offered Price"), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the
Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

          b. EXERCISE OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. At any time within thirty (30)
days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by
giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than
all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed
Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c)
below.

<PAGE>

          c. PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price ("Purchase Price") for the
Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be
the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash,
the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

          d. PAYMENT. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option
of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or
a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in
the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination
thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the
times set forth in the Notice.

          e. HOLDER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER. If all of the Shares proposed in the
Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the
Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may
sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the
Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is
consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or
other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and
that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this
Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed
Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the
Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the
Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right
of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise
transferred.

          f. EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN FAMILY TRANSFERS. Anything to the contrary
contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the
Shares during the Optionee's lifetime or on the Optionee's death by will or
intestacy to the Optionee's immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the
Optionee's immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section.
"Immediate Family" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or
antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or
other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the
provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such
Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

          g. TERMINATION OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The Right of First Refusal
shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the
Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     6. TAX CONSULTATION. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse
tax consequences as a result of Optionee's purchase or disposition of the
Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants
Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the
Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

                                      2
<PAGE>

     7. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS.

          a. LEGENDS. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall
cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto,
to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together
with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or
federal securities laws:

           THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
           UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE
           OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR
           HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN
           THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF
           THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
           HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

           THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
           CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
           OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN
           THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER
           OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE
           PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND
           RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE
           SHARES.

          b. STOP-TRANSFER NOTICES. Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue
appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and
that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.

          c. REFUSAL TO TRANSFER. The Company shall not be required (i) to
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as
owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so
transferred.

     8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Company may assign any of its rights under
this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and the terms and
conditions of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors
and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set
forth, the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon
Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
assigns.

     9. INTERPRETATION. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this
Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to
the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.
The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding
on all parties.

     10. GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. This Exercise Notice is governed by the
internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

                                       3
<PAGE>


     11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein
by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement
constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and
agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by
means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.



Submitted by:                                               Accepted by:

OPTIONEE:                                                   BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Signature                                                   By

HOWARD MORGAN
- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Print Name                                                  Name, Title

ADDRESS:                                                    ADDRESS:
                                                            130 W. Union Street
                                                            Pasadena, CA 91103

                                                            --------------------
                                                            Date Received

                                       4
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE:         Howard Morgan

COMPANY:          BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

SECURITY:         COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:           2,000,000 Shares

DATE:             January 29, 1999


         In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the
undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:


          a. Optionee is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is
acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee's own account only and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").

          b. Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities
constitute "restricted securities" under the Securities Act and have not been
registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption
therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide
nature of Optionee's investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection,
Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if
Optionee's representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold
these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax
statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the
market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed
period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be
held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities
Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further
acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register
the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the
Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the
Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in
the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and with any other legend
required under applicable state securities laws.

          c. Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144,
each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited
public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly from
the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of
certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule
701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be
exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company
becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer
period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt
under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the
conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made

<PAGE>

through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions
directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of
certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being
sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in
Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

     In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time
of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited
circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale
to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were
sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the
Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the
Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the
Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

          d. Optionee further understands that in the event all of the
applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under
the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration
exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144
and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement
securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to
Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an
exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such
persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so
at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any
such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

                                                     Signature of Optionee:

                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Date: January 29, 1999

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C-1

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                            1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN

                       RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT is made between Howard Morgan (the "Purchaser") and Bill
Gross' idealab! (the "Company") as of January 29, 1999.

     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1999 Employee
Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

     A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number 39) granted to
Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Option Agreement dated January 1,
1999 by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the
"Option"), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference,
Purchaser has elected to purchase 1,600,000 of those shares of Common Stock
which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option
Agreement ("Unvested Shares"). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the
Option Agreement which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to
herein as the "Shares".

     B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser's
election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which
sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares
acquired upon exercise of the Option.

     1. REPURCHASE OPTION.

          (a) If Purchaser's status as a Service Provider is terminated for any
reason, including for cause, death, and Disability, the Company shall have the
right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser's personal
representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser's Unvested Shares as of
the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares
(the "Repurchase Option").

          (b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise
its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to
Purchaser (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be),
within ninety (90) days of the termination, a notice in writing indicating the
Company's intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date
for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice. The
closing shall take place at the Company's office. At the closing, the holder of
the certificates for the Unvested Shares being transferred shall deliver the
stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Unvested Shares, and the
Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor.

          (c) At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the
Unvested Shares to a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail
itself of this option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and
address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company's
office.

<PAGE>

          (d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option
conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following
the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

          (e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the
vesting schedule contained in Optionee's Option Agreement.

     2. TRANSFERABILITY OF THE SHARES; ESCROW.

          (f) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the
Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the
Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from
Purchaser to the Company.

          (g) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser's Unvested
Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under
Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person
designated by the Company as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell,
assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased
by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of
this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such
other person designated by the Company, the share certificates representing the
Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank,
attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-2. The Unvested Shares, stock assignment and any
dividends paid to the Purchaser upon the Unvested Shares shall be held by the
secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company
and Purchaser attached as EXHIBIT C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its
Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as
this Agreement no longer is in effect. As a further condition to the Company's
obligations under this Agreement, the spouse of the Purchaser, if any, shall
execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as
EXHIBIT C-4. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall
promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing
such Shares, and any dividends paid thereon, in the escrow agent's possession
belonging to the Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all
further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the escrow agent shall
nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as escrow agent if so
required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

          (h) The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it
may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while
acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

          (i) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on
transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any
transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the
Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares
purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this
Agreement.

     3. OWNERSHIP, VOTING RIGHTS, DUTIES. This Agreement shall not affect in any
way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except
as specifically provided herein.


     4. LEGENDS. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder
shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required
under applicable federal and state securities laws):

                                       2
<PAGE>

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE
SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

     5. ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLIT. All references to the number of Shares and
the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately
adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, cash dividend or any other
dividend paid to the holders of the Company's common Stock and other change in
the Shares which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section12 of the Plan
after the date of this Agreement.

     6. NOTICES. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by
registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company,
and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

     7. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and
the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs,
legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

     8. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has
been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested
Shares, an election (the "Election") may be filed by the Purchaser with the
Internal Revenue Service, WITHIN 30 DAYS of the purchase of the exercised
Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on
any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair
Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock
Option, this will result in a recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on
the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value
of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase
price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be
measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company's
Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an
Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative
minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of
the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is
exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an
Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by
Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses.
Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax
consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability
of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election
under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-5 for reference.

     PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT
THE COMPANY'S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN
IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON
PURCHASER'S BEHALF.

     9. REPRESENTATIONS. Purchaser has reviewed with his own tax advisors the
federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such
advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of
its agents. Purchaser understands that he (and not the Company) shall be
responsible for his

                                       3

<PAGE>

own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

     Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and is familiar with
its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding,
conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any
questions arising under this Agreement.

                                        4
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set
forth above.

OPTIONEE:                                                   BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!



- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Signature                                                   By

HOWARD MORGAN
- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Print Name                                                  Name, Title


Dated: January 29, 1999

                                       5
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT C-2

                      ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, Howard Morgan, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
Bill Gross' idealab! (_____________________) shares of the Common Stock of Bill
Gross' idealab! standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented
by Certificate No. C-___ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint ___________________________ to transfer the said stock on the books of
the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement between Bill Gross' idealab! and the undersigned dated
January 29, 1999.

Dated:                                    Signature:
                                                    ----------------------------












INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.
The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its
"repurchase option," as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional
signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT C-3

                            JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS


Corporate Secretary
130 W. Union Street
Pasadena, CA 91103
Attention: Secretary

Dear_____________________:

     As Escrow Agent for both Bill Gross' idealab! (the "Company"), and the
undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the "Purchaser"), you are hereby
authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the
terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") between
the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

     1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to
collectively for convenience herein as the "Company") exercises the Company's
repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to
Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to
be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the
principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably
authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in
accordance with the terms of said notice.

     2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments
necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares
being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the
certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or
its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by
cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock
being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company's repurchase option.

     3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any
certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any
additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement.
Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser's
attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect
to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such
securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated,
including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky
authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of,
the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall
exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the
stock is held by you.

     4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per
calendar year, unless the Company's repurchase option has been exercised, you
will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many
shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company's repurchase option.
Within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser's continuous employment by or
services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will
deliver to Purchaser a certificate or

<PAGE>

certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant
to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to
exercise of the Company's repurchase option.

     5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your
possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser,
you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all
further obligations hereunder.

     6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only
by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

     7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are
specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or
refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You
shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as
Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith,
and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys
shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

     8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings
given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation,
excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly
authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In
case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not
be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or
corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order,
judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside,
vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.


     9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity,
authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to
execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called
for hereunder.

     10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the
Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any
documents deposited with you.

     11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as
you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your
obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay
such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

     12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you
shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by
written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company
shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

     13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection
with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the
necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

     14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect
to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held
by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession
without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such
disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the
parties concerned or by a final

                                       2
<PAGE>

order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the
time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be
under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

     15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing
and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in
the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and
fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the
following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten
days' advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

     16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto
only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a
party to the Agreement.

     17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

     18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

                                       3
<PAGE>

PURCHASER:                                                  BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Signature                                                   By

HOWARD MORGAN
- ---------------------------                                 --------------------
Print Name                                                  Name, Title



ESCROW AGENT


- ---------------------------
Secretary
Bill Gross' idealab!

Dated:

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C-4

                                CONSENT OF SPOUSE

     I, ____________________, spouse of Howard Morgan, have read and approve the
foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement"). In
consideration of granting of the right to my spouse to purchase shares of Bill
Gross' idealab!, as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my
attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement
and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have
any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the
community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect
in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing
Agreement.

Dated:                                     Signature:
                                                     ---------------------------

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT


     This Security Agreement is made as of January 29, 1999 between Bill Gross'
idealab!, a California corporation ("Pledgee"), and Howard Morgan ("Pledgor").

                                    RECITALS

     Pursuant to Pledgor's election to purchase Shares under the Option
Agreement dated January 1, 1999 (the "Option"), between Pledgor and Pledgee
under Pledgee's 1999 Stock Plan, and Pledgor's election under the terms of the
Option to pay for such shares with his promissory note (the "Note"), Pledgor has
purchased 2,000,000 shares of Pledgee's Common Stock (the "Shares") at a price
of $ 0.20 per share, for a total purchase price of $400,000. The Note and the
obligations thereunder are as set forth in EXHIBIT E to the Option.

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

     1. CREATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. In consideration of the
transfer of the Shares to Pledgor under the Option Agreement, Pledgor, pursuant
to the California Corporations Code, hereby pledges all of such Shares (herein
sometimes referred to as the "Collateral") represented by certificate number
CS-_____, duly endorsed in blank or with executed stock powers, and herewith
delivers said certificate to the Secretary of Pledgee ("Pledgeholder"), who
shall hold said certificate subject to the terms and conditions of this Security
Agreement.

     The pledged stock (together with an executed blank stock assignment for use
in transferring all or a portion of the Shares to Pledgee if, as and when
required pursuant to this Security Agreement) shall be held by the Pledgeholder
as security for the repayment of the Note, and any extensions or renewals
thereof, to be executed by Pledgor pursuant to the terms of the Option, and the
Pledgeholder shall not encumber or dispose of such Shares except in accordance
with the provisions of this Security Agreement.

     2. PLEDGOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS. To induce Pledgee to enter into
this Security Agreement, Pledgor represents and covenants to Pledgee, its
successors and assigns, as follows:

          (a) PAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS. Pledgor will pay the principal sum of the
Note secured hereby, together with interest thereon, at the time and in the
manner provided in the Note.

          (b) ENCUMBRANCES. The Shares are free of all other encumbrances,
defenses and liens, and Pledgor will not further encumber the Shares without the
prior written consent of Pledgee.

          (c) MARGIN REGULATIONS. In the event that Pledgee's Common Stock is
now or later becomes margin-listed by the Federal Reserve Board and Pledgee is
classified as a "lender" within the meaning of the regulations under Part 207 of
Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation G"), Pledgor agrees to
cooperate with Pledgee in making any amendments to the Note or providing any
additional collateral as may be necessary to comply with such regulations.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     3. VOTING RIGHTS. During the term of this pledge and so long as all
payments of principal and interest are made as they become due under the terms
of the Note, Pledgor shall have the right to vote all of the Shares pledged
hereunder.

     4. STOCK ADJUSTMENTS. In the event that during the term of the pledge any
stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other changes are declared or
made in the capital structure of Pledgee, all new, substituted and additional
shares or other securities issued by reason of any such change shall be
delivered to and held by the Pledgee under the terms of this Security Agreement
in the same manner as the Shares originally pledged hereunder. In the event of
substitution of such securities, Pledgor, Pledgee and Pledgeholder shall
cooperate and execute such documents as are reasonable so as to provide for the
substitution of such Collateral and, upon such substitution, references to
"Shares" in this Security Agreement shall include the substituted shares of
capital stock of Pledgor as a result thereof.

     5. OPTIONS AND RIGHTS. In the event that, during the term of this pledge,
subscription Options or other rights or options shall be issued in connection
with the pledged Shares, such rights, Options and options shall be the property
of Pledgor and, if exercised by Pledgor, all new stock or other securities so
acquired by Pledgor as it relates to the pledged Shares then held by
Pledgeholder shall be immediately delivered to Pledgeholder, to be held under
the terms of this Security Agreement in the same manner as the Shares pledged.

     6. DEFAULT. Pledgor shall be deemed to be in default of the Note and of
this Security Agreement in the event:

          (a) Payment of principal or interest on the Note shall be delinquent
for a period of 10 days or more; or

          (b) Pledgor fails to perform any of the covenants set forth in the
Option or contained in this Security Agreement for a period of 10 days after
written notice thereof from Pledgee.

     In the case of an event of Default, as set forth above, Pledgee shall have
the right to accelerate payment of the Note upon notice to Pledgor, and Pledgee
shall thereafter be entitled to pursue its remedies under the California
Corporations Code.

     7. RELEASE OF COLLATERAL. Subject to any applicable contrary rules under
Regulation G, there shall be released from this pledge a portion of the pledged
Shares held by Pledgeholder hereunder upon payments of the principal of the
Note. The number of the pledged Shares which shall be released shall be that
number of full Shares which bears the same proportion to the initial number of
Shares pledged hereunder as the payment of principal bears to the initial full
principal amount of the Note.

     8. WITHDRAWAL OR SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL. Pledgor shall not sell,
withdraw, pledge, substitute or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
Collateral without the prior written consent of Pledgee.

     9. TERM. The within pledge of Shares shall continue until the payment of
all indebtedness secured hereby, at which time the remaining pledged stock shall
be promptly delivered to Pledgor, subject to the provisions for prior release of
a portion of the Collateral as provided in paragraph 7 above.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     10. INSOLVENCY. Pledgor agrees that if a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding is instituted by or against it, or if a receiver is appointed for the
property of Pledgor, or if Pledgor makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, the entire amount unpaid on the Note shall become immediately due and
payable, and Pledgee may proceed as provided in the case of default.

     11. PLEDGEHOLDER LIABILITY. In the absence of willful or gross negligence,
Pledgeholder shall not be liable to any party for any of his acts, or omissions
to act, as Pledgeholder.

     12. INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that the
enforceability or invalidity of any provision or provisions of this Security
Agreement shall not render any other provision or provisions herein contained
unenforceable or invalid.

     13. SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that all of the terms
of this Security Agreement shall be binding on their respective successors and
assigns, and that the term "Pledgor" and the term "Pledgee" as used herein shall
be deemed to include, for all purposes, the respective designees, successors,
assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

     14. GOVERNING LAW. This Security Agreement shall be interpreted and
governed under the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules,
of California.


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

"PLEDGOR"
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Signature

                                                       HOWARD MORGAN
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Print Name

Address:




"PLEDGEE"                                               BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!
                                                        a California corporation

                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Signature

                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Print Name

                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Title

"PLEDGEHOLDER"
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Secretary
                                                       Bill Gross' idealab!

                                       5
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT E

                                      NOTE

$400,000                                                            Pasadena, CA

                                                                January 29, 1999

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Howard Morgan (the "Obligor") promises to pay to Bill
Gross' idealab!, a California corporation (the "Company"), or order, the
principal sum of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000), together with
interest on the unpaid principal hereof from the date hereof at the rate of
seven percent (7%) per annum, compounded semiannually.


     1. Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2, (i) interest shall be
paid annually commencing on January 29, 2000, and continuing on the same day of
each successive year thereafter and (ii) unpaid principal on this Note
applicable to the shares that have vested under that certain Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement dated of even date herewith between the Company and the
Obligor (the "Purchase Agreement") on the date of determination (the "Vested
Shares"), and all interest accrued on this Note and not otherwise paid, shall be
due and payable on the earlier to occur of (A) January 29, 2003, (B) the date
the Company pays to the Obligor cash dividends (or a portion of a cash
liquidation) on the shares of Common Stock then held by the Obligor, provided
that if the proceeds from such cash dividend or cash liquidation is not
sufficient to pay the principal and all accrued but unpaid interest attributable
to such Vested Shares, the entire amount of such cash dividend or cash
liquidation shall be paid by Obligor to the Company as partial payment of this
Note or (C) the date the Obligor sells any Vested Shares. If principal and/or
interest are paid pursuant to clause (ii)(B) or (C) above, all unpaid principal
(and interest accruing thereon) shall again be subject to the repayment terms in
clauses (i) and (ii) above. Payment of principal and interest shall be made in
lawful money of the United States of America.

     2. On the date Obligor ceases to be a service provider (i.e. an employee,
director or consultant) for the Company, (i) payment for all outstanding
principal under this Note applicable to the Vested Shares (and all interest
accrued on this Note) shall be due and payable and (ii) the principal of this
Note attributable to the shares that have not vested under the Purchase
Agreement shall be applied to the Company's payment for such unvested shares
pursuant to Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement.

     3. Except as set forth above, the Obligor may not prepay the principal or
interest on this Note without the prior written consent of the Company.

     4. This Note is secured in part by a pledge of the Company's Common Stock
under the terms of a Security Agreement of even date herewith and is subject to
all the provisions thereof.

     5. The holder of this Note shall have full recourse against the
undersigned, and shall not be required to proceed against the collateral
securing this Note in the event of default.

     6. Should any action be instituted for the collection of this Note, the
reasonable costs and attorneys' fees therein of the holder shall be paid by the
undersigned.


                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Howard Morgan



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
$30,000,000.00
                                                                    Pasadena, CA
                                                                 March 10, 2000


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Bill Gross (the "Obligor") promises to pay to Bill Gross'
idealab!, a California corporation (the "Company"), or order, the principal sum
of $30,000,000.00 (Thirty Million Dollars), together with interest on the unpaid
principal hereof from the date hereof at the rate of 7% (seven percent) per
annum, compounded annually, on or before April 30, 2000.

1.   Interest shall be paid upon repayment of the principal.

2.   Any cash dividends or cash liquidations due from the Company on the shares
     of capital stock then held by the Obligor shall be paid by Obligor to the
     Company to be applied first to any accrued or other interest due and then
     to principal of this Note.

3.   Payment of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the
     United States of America.

4.   On the date Obligor ceases to be a service provider (i.e. an employee,
     director or consultant) for the Company, payment for all outstanding
     principal under this Note (and all interest accrued on this Note) shall be
     due and payable.

5.   Obligor may prepay the principal or interest on this Note at any time.

6.   The holder of this Note shall have full recourse against the undersigned,
     and shall not be required to proceed against the collateral securing this
     Note in the event of default.

7.   Should any action be instituted for the collection of this Note, the
     reasonable costs and attorneys' fees therein of the Company shall be paid
     by the undersigned.

8.   This Note is secured in part by a pledge of the Company's Common Stock
     under the terms of a Security Agreement of even date herewith and is
     subject to all the provisions thereof.



                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Bill Gross
                                           130 W. Union Street
                                           Pasadena, CA  91103



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Security Agreement is made as of March 10, 2000, between Bill Gross'
idealab!, a California corporation ("Pledgee"), and Bill Gross ("Pledgor").

                                    RECITALS

     In connection with Pledgor's purchase of shares of Pledgee's Series D
Preferred Stock ("Series D Shares") for a total purchase price of $30,000,000,
by payment of a note from Pledgor (the "Note"), Pledgor desires to secure the
purchase of the Series D Shares with the collateral as described below.

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

     1. CREATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. In consideration of the
transfer of the Series D Shares to Pledgor, Pledgor, pursuant to the California
Corporations Code, hereby pledges 50,000,000 shares (the "Shares") of Pledgee's
Common Stock (herein sometimes referred to as the "Collateral") represented by
certificate number CS-651, duly endorsed in blank or with executed stock powers,
and herewith delivers said certificate to the Secretary of Pledgee
("Pledgeholder"), who shall hold said certificate subject to the terms and
conditions of this Security Agreement.

     The pledged stock (together with an executed blank stock assignment for use
in transferring all or a portion of the Shares to Pledgee if, as and when
required pursuant to this Security Agreement) shall be held by the Pledgeholder
as security for the repayment of the Note, and any extensions or renewals
thereof, and the Pledgeholder shall not encumber or dispose of such Shares
except in accordance with the provisions of this Security Agreement.

     2. PLEDGOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS. To induce Pledgee to enter into
this Security Agreement, Pledgor represents and covenants to Pledgee, its
successors and assigns, as follows:

          (a) PAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS. Pledgor will pay the principal sum of the
Note secured hereby, together with interest thereon, at the time and in the
manner provided in the Note.

          (b) ENCUMBRANCES. The Shares are free of all other encumbrances,
defenses and liens, and Pledgor will not further encumber the Shares without the
prior written consent of Pledgee.

          (c) MARGIN REGULATIONS. In the event that Pledgee's Common Stock is
now or later becomes margin-listed by the Federal Reserve Board and Pledgee is
classified as a "lender" within the meaning of the regulations under Part 207 of
Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation G"), Pledgor agrees to
cooperate with Pledgee in making any amendments to the Note or providing any
additional collateral as may be necessary to comply with such regulations.

     3. VOTING RIGHTS. During the term of this pledge and so long as all
payments of principal and interest are made as they become due under the terms
of the Note, Pledgor shall have the right to vote all of the Shares pledged
hereunder.



<PAGE>


     4. STOCK ADJUSTMENTS. In the event that during the term of the pledge any
stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other changes are declared or
made in the capital structure of Pledgee, all new, substituted and additional
shares or other securities issued by reason of any such change shall be
delivered to and held by the Pledgee under the terms of this Security Agreement
in the same manner as the Shares originally pledged hereunder. In the event of
substitution of such securities, Pledgor, Pledgee and Pledgeholder shall
cooperate and execute such documents as are reasonable so as to provide for the
substitution of such Collateral and, upon such substitution, references to
"Shares" in this Security Agreement shall include the substituted shares of
capital stock of Pledgor as a result thereof.

     5. OPTIONS AND RIGHTS. In the event that, during the term of this pledge,
subscription options or other rights or options shall be issued in connection
with the pledged Shares, such rights and options shall be the property of
Pledgor and, if exercised by Pledgor, all new stock or other securities so
acquired by Pledgor as it relates to the pledged Shares then held by
Pledgeholder shall be immediately delivered to Pledgeholder, to be held under
the terms of this Security Agreement in the same manner as the Shares pledged.

     6. DEFAULT. Pledgor shall be deemed to be in default of the Note and of
this Security Agreement in the event:


          (a) Payment of principal or interest on the Note shall be delinquent
for a period of 10 days or more; or

          (b) Pledgor fails to perform any of the covenants set forth in the
Option or contained in this Security Agreement for a period of 10 days after
written notice thereof from Pledgee.

     In the case of an event of Default, as set forth above, Pledgee shall have
the right to accelerate payment of the Note upon notice to Pledgor, and Pledgee
shall thereafter be entitled to pursue its remedies under the California
Corporations Code.

     7. RELEASE OF COLLATERAL. Subject to any applicable contrary rules under
Regulation G, there shall be released from this pledge a portion of the pledged
Shares held by Pledgeholder hereunder upon payments of the principal of the
Note. The number of the pledged Shares which shall be released shall be that
number of full Shares which bears the same proportion to the initial number of
Shares pledged hereunder as the payment of principal bears to the initial full
principal amount of the Note.

     8. WITHDRAWAL OR SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL. Pledgor shall not sell,
withdraw, pledge, substitute or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
Collateral without the prior written consent of Pledgee.

     9. TERM. The within pledge of Shares shall continue until the payment of
all indebtedness secured hereby, at ---- which time the remaining pledged stock
shall be promptly delivered to Pledgor, subject to the provisions for prior
release of a portion of the Collateral as provided in paragraph 7 above.


                                       2
<PAGE>


     10. INSOLVENCY. Pledgor agrees that if a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding is instituted by or against it, or if a receiver is appointed for the
property of Pledgor, or if Pledgor makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, the entire amount unpaid on the Note shall become immediately due and
payable, and Pledgee may proceed as provided in the case of default.

     11. PLEDGEHOLDER LIABILITY. In the absence of willful or gross negligence,
Pledgeholder shall not be liable to any party for any of his acts, or omissions
to act, as Pledgeholder.

     12. INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that the
enforceability or invalidity of any provision or provisions of this Security
Agreement shall not render any other provision or provisions herein contained
unenforceable or invalid.

     13. SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS. Pledgor and Pledgee agree that all of the terms
of this Security Agreement shall be binding on their respective successors and
assigns, and that the term "Pledgor" and the term "Pledgee" as used herein shall
be deemed to include, for all purposes, the respective designees, successors,
assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

     14. GOVERNING LAW. This Security Agreement shall be interpreted and
governed under the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules,
of California.


                                       3
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

"PLEDGOR"
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Signature

                                        BILL GROSS
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Print Name

Address:                                130 WEST UNION STREET
                                        PASADENA, CA 91103


"PLEDGEE"                               BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!
                                        a California corporation


                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Signature

                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Print Name

                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Title



"PLEDGEHOLDER"                          ---------------------------------------
                                        Secretary of
                                        Bill Gross' idealab!



                                       4














<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

                      ===========================

                         BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                       INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                           JANUARY 28, 2000

                      ===========================
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           PAGE

1.  Certain Definitions........................................................1
2.  Restrictions on Transferability............................................3
3.  Restrictive Legend.........................................................3
4.  Notice of Proposed Transfers...............................................4
5.  Registration...............................................................4
    5.2      Company Registration..............................................4
    5.3      Registration on Form S-3..........................................5
    5.4      Subsequent Registration Rights....................................7
    5.5      Expenses of Registration..........................................7
    5.6      Registration Procedures...........................................7
    5.7      Indemnification...................................................7
    5.8      Information by Holder.............................................9
    5.9      Rule 144 Reporting................................................9
    5.10     Termination of Registration Rights...............................10
6.  Lock-Up Agreement.........................................................10
7.  Transfer of Rights........................................................10
8.  Amendment.................................................................11
9.  Governing Law.............................................................11
10. Entire Agreement..........................................................11
11. Notices, etc..............................................................11
12. Counterparts..............................................................12


EXHIBITS

     A    Schedule of Purchasers


                                      -i-
<PAGE>


                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     This Investor Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made effective as of
Januray 28, 2000, by and among Bill Gross' idealab!, a California corporation
(the "COMPANY"), and purchasers of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock listed
on EXHIBIT A hereto (the "PURCHASERS").

                                    RECITALS

     A. The Company and the Purchasers are parties to the Series D Preferred
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of Januray 28, 2000 (the "PURCHASE
AGREEMENT"), whereby the Company will sell, and the Purchasers will buy, Series
D Preferred Stock of the Company.

     B. The obligations of the Company and the Purchasers under the Purchase
Agreement are conditioned, among other things, upon the execution and delivery
of this Agreement by the Company and the Purchasers.

     C. The Company desires to grant to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers
desire to be granted, the rights created herein.

                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants
herein, the receipt and sufficiency are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

     1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the following respective meanings:

          "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other
federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

          "CONVERSION STOCK" means the Company's Common Stock issued or issuable
pursuant to conversion of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock.

          "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or any similar federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

          "HOLDER" means (i) any Purchaser holding Registrable Securities and
(ii) any person holding Registrable Securities to whom the rights under this
Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 7 hereof.
<PAGE>


          "INITIATING HOLDERS" means any Holder or Holders who, in the
aggregate, hold not less than 50% of the Registrable Securities then
outstanding.

          "PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the Company's Series D Preferred Stock
issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

          "QUALIFIED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" shall mean the Company's initial
public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act covering the offer and sale of the Company's Common Stock to the
public with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $100,000,000.

          "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means (i) the Conversion Stock and (ii) any
Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable in respect of any of the
foregoing upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger or
similar event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that securities shall only be treated as
Registrable Securities if and so long as (x) they have not been registered or
sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or
a public securities transaction and (y) the registration rights with respect to
such securities have not terminated pursuant to 5.9.

          The terms "REGISTER," "REGISTERED" and "REGISTRATION" refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in
compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the
effectiveness of such registration statement.

          "REGISTRATION EXPENSES" shall mean all expenses, except as otherwise
stated below, incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 5.1 and 5.2
hereof, including without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing
fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the expense of any special audits incident
to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of
regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the
Company). Registration Expenses shall also include the fees and disbursements
for one special counsel to the selling stockholders, not to exceed $15,000 per
registration.

          "RESTRICTED SECURITIES" shall mean the securities of the Company
required to bear the legends set forth in Section 3 hereof.

          "RULE 144" and "RULE 145" shall mean Rules 144 and 145, respectively,
promulgated under the Securities Act, or any similar federal rules thereunder,
all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

          "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
any similar federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          "SELLING EXPENSES" shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling
commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by
the Holders and, except as set forth above, all fees and disbursements of
counsel for any Holder.

     2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY. The Preferred Stock, the Conversion
Stock and any other securities issued in respect of such stock upon any stock
split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger or similar event, shall not be
sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in
this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the
provisions of the Securities Act. Each Holder or transferee will cause any
proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee or pledgee of any such shares held by
the Holder or transferee to agree to take and hold such securities subject to
the restrictions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

     3. RESTRICTIVE LEGEND. Each certificate representing the Preferred Stock,
the Conversion Stock or any other securities issued in respect of such stock
upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger or similar event,
shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 4 below) be
stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends in substantially the following form
(in addition to any legends required by agreement or by applicable state
securities laws):

               THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
               THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"). SUCH
               SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
               UNDER THE ACT IS IN EFFECT AS TO SUCH TRANSFER OR IN THE OPINION
               OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE MADE PURSUANT TO
               RULE 144 OR REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS OTHERWISE UNNECESSARY
               IN ORDER FOR SUCH TRANSFER TO COMPLY WITH THE ACT.

               THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A
               LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF
               A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT
               BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A
               COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
               ISSUER. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE
               SHARES.

               Each Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its
records and giving stop transfer instructions to any transfer agent of its
capital stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in
this Agreement.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


     4. NOTICE OF PROPOSED TRANSFERS. The holder of each certificate
representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all
respects with the provisions of this Section 4. Without in any way limiting the
immediately preceding sentence, no sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of
Restricted Securities shall be made by any holder thereof to any person unless
such person shall first agree in writing to be bound by the restrictions of this
Agreement. Prior to any proposed sale, assignment, transfer or pledge of any
Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under
the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the holder thereof shall give
written notice to the Company of such holder's intention to effect such
transfer, sale, assignment or pledge. Each such notice shall describe the manner
and circumstances of the proposed transfer, sale, assignment or pledge in
sufficient detail, and, if requested by the Company, the holder shall also
provide, at such holder's expense, either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel
who shall be, and whose legal opinion shall be, reasonably satisfactory to the
Company addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transfer of
the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the
Securities Act, or (ii) a "no action" letter from the Commission to the effect
that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a
recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect
thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to
transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice
delivered by the holder to the Company; provided, however, that the Company
shall not request an opinion of counsel or "no action" letter with respect to
(i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, (ii) a
transaction involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted
Securities by the holder to its constituent partners or members in proportion to
their ownership interests in the holder, or (iii) a transaction involving the
transfer without consideration of Restricted Securities by an individual holder
during such holder's lifetime by way of gift or on death by will or intestacy.
Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above
provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144, the
appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 3 above, except that such
certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if in the opinion of counsel
for such holder and counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order
to establish compliance with any provision of the Securities Act.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of Restricted Securities agrees that
it will not request that a transfer of the Restricted Securities be made or that
the legend set forth in Section 3 be removed from the certificate representing
the Restricted Securities, solely in reliance on Rule 144(k), if as a result
thereof the Company would be rendered subject to the reporting requirements of
the Exchange Act.

     5. REGISTRATION.

          5.1 COMPANY REGISTRATION.

               (a) NOTICE OF REGISTRATION. Beginning 180 days immediately
following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to
securities of the Company, and for the period ending twelve months thereafter,
if the Company shall determine to register any of its equity securities, either
for its own account or the account of a Holder or other holders, other than (i)
a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (ii) a registration
relating solely to a Rule 145


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


transaction, or (iii) a registration in which the only equity security being
registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible debt
securities which are also being registered, the Company will, for the first two
such registrations occuring in such twelve month period:

                    (i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

                    (ii) include in such registration (and any related
qualifications including compliance with Blue Sky laws), and in any underwriting
involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request
or requests, made within ten days after the date of such written notice from the
Company, by any Holder.

               (b) UNDERWRITING. If the registration of which the Company gives
notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the
Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given
pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to
registration pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's
participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of Registrable Securities
in the underwriting shall be limited to the extent provided herein.

          All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such
underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other Holders distributing
their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement
in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting
by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1, if the
managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of
the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the
Registrable Securities to be included in such registration (i) in the case of
the Company's initial public offering, to zero, and (ii) in the case of any
other offering, to an amount no less than 30% of all shares to be included in
such offering. The Company shall so advise all Holders requesting to be included
in the registration and underwriting, and the number of shares of Registrable
Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be
allocated among all the Holders requesting to be included in the registration
and underwriting in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective
amounts of Registrable Securities held by them at the time of filing the
registration statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance
with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number
of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder
disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such person may elect to
withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company.

               (c) RIGHT TO TERMINATE REGISTRATION. The Company shall have the
right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this
Section 5.1 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any
Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

          5.2 REGISTRATION ON FORM S-3.

               (a) REQUEST FOR REGISTRATION. Beginning when the Company first
becomes a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 and for a period ending twenty
four months thereafter, if the


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request that the Company
file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3)
for a public offering of shares of the Registrable Securities the aggregate
price to the public of which, net of underwriting discounts and commissions,
would exceed $50,000,000, and the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form
S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for such an offering, the Company
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities
to be registered for the offering on such form and to cause such Registrable
Securities to be qualified in such jurisdictions as such Holder or Holders may
reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to
effect more than one registration pursuant to this Section 5.2 in any twelve
month period. If such offer is to be an underwritten offer, the underwriters
must be reasonably acceptable to both the Initiating Holders and the Company.
The Company shall inform the other Holders of the proposed registration and
offer them the opportunity to participate. In the event the registration is
proposed to be part of a firm commitment underwritten public offering, the
substantive provisions of Section 5.1(b) shall be applicable to each such
registration initiated under this Section 5.2.

               (b) EXCEPTIONS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall
not be obligated to take any action pursuant to this Section 5.2:

                    (i) Following the filing of, and for 180 days immediately
following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to
securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145
transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan), provided that the
Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to
cause such registration statement to become effective;

                    (ii) Within twelve months after the Company has effected
such a registration pursuant to this Section 5.2(a), and such registration has
been declared or ordered effective; or

                    (iii) If the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders
a certificate signed by the President of the Company (i) giving notice of its
bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the
Commission, or (ii) stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders
for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company's
obligation to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration
statement shall be deferred one or more times for a period not to exceed 180
days from the receipt of the request to file such registration by such
Initiating Holder or Holders, provided that the Company may not exercise this
deferral right more than once per twelve-month period.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


          5.3 SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

               (a) Without the consent of any holder of Registrable Securities
hereunder, the Company may grant to any holder of securities of the Company
registration rights inferior to those granted hereunder.

               (b) The Company shall not enter into any agreement granting any
holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration
rights superior to or on a pari passu basis with the rights granted the Holders
hereunder without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the
Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, without
obtaining any further consent of the holders of Registrable Securities, amend
this Agreement to the extent necessary to grant rights and obligations on a pari
passu basis with the rights and obligations of the Holders to investors in any
subsequent round of financing with respect to the securities purchased by such
investors in such financing.

          5.4 EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION. All Registration Expenses incurred in
connection with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 shall be borne by the Company. Unless
otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on
behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses shall be borne by the
Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so
registered or proposed to be so registered.

          5.5 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. In the case of each registration effected
by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will keep each Holder
advised in writing as to the initiation of such registration and as to the
completion thereof. The Company will:

               (a) Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement
and such amendments and supplements as may be necessary and use commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain
effective for at least 90 days or until the distribution described in the
registration statement has been completed, whichever first occurs; and

               (b) Furnish to the Holders participating in such registration and
to the underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of
copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus
and such other documents as such underwriters may reasonably request in order to
facilitate the public offering of such securities.

          5.6 INDEMNIFICATION.

               (a) The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers
and directors and partners, and each person controlling such Holder within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration
has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, against all expenses, claims,
losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of
the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened,
arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of
a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering
circular or other document, or any amendment or


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, or based on any omission
(or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or any violation by the
Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities laws or any
rule or regulation promulgated under such laws applicable to the Company in
connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse each such
Holder, each of its officers and directors, and each person controlling such
Holder, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such
expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing or defending
any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company
will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss,
damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument
duly executed by such Holder or controlling person, and stated to be
specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity
agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such
untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in
a preliminary prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the
registration statement becomes effective or the amended prospectus is filed with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (the "FINAL PROSPECTUS"), such indemnity
agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder, if a copy of the Final
Prospectus was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim
or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act,
and if the Final Prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to the loss,
liability, claim or damage.

               (b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such
Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration is being
effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, other
holders of the Company's securities covered by such registration statement, each
person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers and directors
and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration
statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or
alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by
the Holder of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities laws or any
rule or regulation promulgated under such laws applicable to the Holder, and
will reimburse the Company, such other Holders, such directors, officers,
persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses
reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with
investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action,
but in the case of the Company or the other Holders or their officers, directors
or controlling persons, only to the extent that such untrue statement (or
alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such
registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each
Holder under this subsection 5.6(b)


                                      -8-
<PAGE>


shall be limited in an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the
shares sold by such Holder, unless such liability arises out of or is based on
willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

               (c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.6
(the "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall
permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any
litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying
Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be
approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be
withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such
party's expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party
to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of
its obligations under this Agreement unless the failure to give such notice is
materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such action
and provided further, that the Indemnifying Party shall not assume the defense
for matters as to which there is a conflict of interest or there are separate
and different defenses. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim
or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party (whose
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), consent to entry of any judgment or
enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term
thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a
release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

               (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are
in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting
agreement shall control.

          5.7 INFORMATION BY HOLDER. The Holder or Holders of Registrable
Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such
information regarding such Holder or Holders, the Registrable Securities held by
them and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may
request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration
referred to in this Agreement.

          5.8 RULE 144 REPORTING. With a view to making available the benefits
of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit
the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, after
such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the
Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

               (a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times
after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

               (b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and
other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting
requirements); and


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


               (c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, to
furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company
as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any
time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement
filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), a
copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such
other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the
possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as the Holder may
reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the
Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

          5.9 TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. The rights granted pursuant to
Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this Agreement shall terminate as to any Holder upon the
earlier of (i) the end of the applicable periods specified in Sections 5.1 and
5.2 and (ii) the date such Holder is able to immediately sell all shares of
Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such
Holder under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

     6. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT. Each Holder and transferee hereby agrees that, in
connection with the first two registrations of the offering of any securities of
the Company under the Securities Act for the account of the Company, if so
requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the
"MANAGING UNDERWRITER"), such Holder or transferee shall not sell or otherwise
transfer any securities of the Company during the period specified by the
Company's Board of Directors at the request of the Managing Underwriter (the
"MARKET STANDOFF PERIOD"), with such period not to exceed 180 days following the
effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the
Securities Act, provided that such Holder shall in any event be subject to the
same Market Standoff Period as imposed on the officers, directors, and holders
of more than 5% of the voting securities of the Company. The Company may impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing
restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period. The Company shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to place similar contractual lock-up
restrictions on all capital stock issued now or hereafter to officers,
directors, employees and consultants of the Company and holders of registration
rights with respect to capital stock of the Company.

     7. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS. The rights granted under Section 5 of this Agreement
may be assigned to any transferee or assignee, other than a competitor or
potential competitor of the Company (as determined in good faith by the
Company's Board of Directors) in connection with any transfer or assignment of
Registrable Securities by the Holder, provided that: (i) such transfer is
otherwise effected in accordance with applicable securities laws and the terms
of this Agreement; (ii) such assignee or transferee acquires at least the lesser
of (A) 500,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, stock
combinations and the like) of Registrable Securities (including Preferred Stock
convertible into Registrable Securities) or (B) thirty three percent (33%) of
the shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock
dividends, stock combinations and the like) initially acquired by the
transferring Holder (including Preferred Stock convertible into Registrable
Securities), (iii) written notice is promptly given to the Company, and (iv)
such transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights granted to the Holders
hereunder may be assigned without compliance with


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


item (ii) above to any constituent partner or member of a Holder which is a
partnership or limited liability company, or to an affiliate (as such term is
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of a Holder which is a corporation,
partnership or limited liability company.

     8. AMENDMENT. Except as otherwise provided herein, additional parties may
be added to this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or
the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written
consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with
Section 5.4 or Section 8, as applicable, shall be binding upon each Purchaser,
Holder of Registrable Securities at the time outstanding, each future holder of
any of such securities, and the Company.

     9. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the
internal laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of laws
provisions.

     10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire
understanding and Agreement among the parties regarding the matters set forth
herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof
shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the successors, assigns,
heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

     11. NOTICES, ETC. All notices and other communications required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by facsimile
transmission, by hand or by messenger, addressed:

          (a) if to a Holder, at such Holder's address as set forth in EXHIBIT
A, or at such other address as such Holder shall have furnished to the Company.

          (b) if to the Company, to:

              _________________
              _________________
              _________________
              Attn:____________
              Fax: ____________

              or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to
the Holders, with a copy to:

              Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
              650 Page Mill Road
              Palo Alto, California  94304-1050
              Attn:  Martin Korman
              Fax:  (650) 493-6811


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


          Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this
Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if
delivered personally, if sent by facsimile, the first business day after the
date of confirmation that the facsimile has been successfully transmitted to the
facsimile number for the party notified, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of
its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly
maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and
mailed as aforesaid.

          12. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall
constitute one instrument.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first set forth above.

"COMPANY"                                     "PURCHASERS"

[__________________________]                  [__________________________]



By: ___________________________________       By: ______________________________

Name: _________________________________       Name: ____________________________

Title: ________________________________       Title: ___________________________



                                              [__________________________]


                                              By: ______________________________

                                              Name: ____________________________

                                              Title: ___________________________






       [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                             SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS
                       (to the Investor Rights Agreement)

                     Name and Address                         Shares
     -----------------------------------------------    -------------------


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

 1ST AMENDMENT TO LEASE BY AND BETWEEN TYPECRAFT, INC. AND IDEALAB!
                                 AUGUST 7, 1997

Whereas Typecraft Inc. (Lessor) and idealab! (Lessee) entered into a lease on
3/3/97 (Lease) for the real property at 130 and 132 W. Union Street in Pasadena
and.

Whereas that lease granted an option(s) to Lessee to take additional space.

Lessee hereby exercises its option to Lease 136 W. Union Street. The lease is
now modified to incorporate the following terms:

          As specified in paragraph 51(c) of lease, base rental for 136 W. Union
          Street shall be $3,850 per month. Base rental for the entire
          Premises consisting now of 130, 132 and 136 W. Union Street shall be
          $15,350 per month.

          As specified in paragraph 51(d) of Lease, the $10,000 paid for the
          Option shall be credited to rent. This equates to 2 months and
          eighteen days of prepaid rent for 136 W. Union.

          As specified in paragraph 51(e) Lessee shall be granted 31.8 months
          (31 months and 24 days) of rent abatement in exchange for completing
          the work outlined in Lease addendum 9.

          For purpose of clarification, accounting for rent abatement and
          prepaid rent for 130, 132 and 136 W. Union, the first rent payment due
          on 130 and 132 W. Union shall be $11,500 on September 1st, 1999. In
          June of 2,000, idealab! will pay $12,783.33 (11,500 + 10 days rent for
          136 W. Union.) Commencing July, 2000 rent payments for 130, 132 and
          136 W. Union shall then be $15,350 due on the first of each month
          throughout the initial term.

          Lease commencement shall be November 8th, 1997 and termination of
          initial term shall be February 28th, 2002.

          As specified in paragraph 5 of Lease, Lessee hereby increases its
          security deposit by an additional $3,850. Lessee's total deposit now
          equals $15,350.

Exercised by Lessee                         Acknowledged by Lessor

IDEALAB!                                    TYPECRAFT, INC.
130 W. Union Street                         2040 E. Walnut Street
Pasadena, CA  91103                         Pasadena, CA  91107


/s/ WILLIAM GROSS            8/12/97        /s/ D. HARRY MONTGOMERY     8/14/97
- --------------------------------------      ------------------------------------
    By William Gross         Date               D. Harry Montgomery     Date



                                            /s/ LEON JASMIN            8/14/97
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                Leon Jasmin            Date


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                           LEASE-SINGLE TENANT-NET

1. BASIC PROVISIONS (Basic Provisions)

     1.1 PARTIES: This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only,
03/03/97 10:09 AM is made by and between TYPECRAFT,INC. ("Lessor") and IDEALAB!
("Lessee"), (collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

     1.2 PREMISES: That certain real property, including all improvements
therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease commonly known
by the street address of 130 AND 132 W. UNION STREET, PASADENA CA 91103 located
in the County of LOS ANGELES State of CALIFORNIA and is identified as PARCELS 7
& 8 OF PAGE 4 OF THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY ASSESSOR'S BOOK OF MAPS NUMBER 5713.
("Premises"). (See Paragraph 2 further provisions.)

     1.3 TERM: FIVE (5) YEARS AND ZERO MONTHS ("Original Term") commencing MARCH
1ST, 1998 ("Commencement Date") and ending FEBRUARY 28TH, 2002 ("Expiration
Date"). (See Paragraph 3 for further provisions.)

          (a) OPTION(S) FOR ADDITIONAL SPACE. Lessee shall have ONE (1) ONE YEAR
OPTION to lease additional space. See paragraphs 39and 51 for additional
provisions)

          (b) OPTION(S) TO RENEW. Lessee shall have TWO FIVE (5) YEAR OPTION(S)
to renew. (See Paragraphs 39 and 52 for additional provisions).

          (c) DELIVERY:
                     130 WEST UNION - UPON MUTUAL LEASE EXECUTION. 132 WEST
UNION - UPON PRESENTATION TO TYPECRAFT BY IDEALAB! OF BUILDING PERMITS. 136 AND
140 WEST UNION- UPON COMMENCEMENT OF OPTION TO LEASE BY IDEALAB! (SEE PARAGRAPHS
39 AND 52 FOR PROVISIONS)

     1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: UPON MUTUAL LEASE EXECUTION ("Early Possession
Date"). (See Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 for further provisions.)

     1.5 BASE RENT: $11,500 PER MONTH,  ("Base Rent"), payable on the 1st day of
each month, commencing JUNE, 1999. (See Paragraph 4 for further
provisions.)

          (a) ABATEMENT: RENT SHALL BE ABATED FOR THE FIRST 31.8 MONTHS OF THIS
LEASE.

     1.6 BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $13,629.00 as Base Rent for the period
OCTOBER AND NOVEMBER 1999.

     1.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $11,500.00 ("Security Deposit). (See Paragraph 5 for
further provisions.)

     1.8 PERMITTED USE: LESSEE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO USE THE PREMISES FOR
GENERAL OFFICE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO A COMPUTER/COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
OR OTHER USE PERMITTED BY THE CITY OF PASADENA (SEE PARAGRAPH 6 FOR FURTHER
PROVISIONS.)

     1.9 INSURING PARTY: LESSEE Is the "Insuring Party" unless otherwise stated
herein. (See Paragraph 8 for further provisions.)

     1.10 REAL ESTATE BROKERS: The following real estate brokers collectively,
the ("Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction and a
consented to by the Parties:

          HORACE MACVAUGH, D.B.A. "MACVAUGH & CO." represents Lessor exclusively
("Lessor's Broker");

          PODLEY, CAUGHEY AND DOAN represents Lessee exclusively ("Lessee's
Broker");

     1.11 GUARANTOR: The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by N/A ('Guarantor'). (See Paragraph 37 for further provisions.)

     1.12 ADDENDA: Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of
Paragraphs 1-9 and Exhibits "A-SITE PLAN," AND "B-PARKING LEASE" all of
which constitute a part of this Lease.

2. PREMISES.

     2.1 LETTING. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases
from Lessor, the Premises, for the term at the rental and upon all of the terms,
covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided
herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease or that may have
been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Lessor and Lessee
agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision
whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

     2.2 CONDITION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and
free of debris on the Commencement Date. Lessor represents to the best of
Lessor's knowledge that there are no underground storage tanks located on the
Premises.

     2.3 COMPLIANCE with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code. Lessor
makes no representation concerning the improvements on the Premises and their
compliance with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and
applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances in effect on the
Commencement Date.

     2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Lessee hereby acknowledges: (a) that it has
been advised by the Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of
the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler
systems, security, environmental aspects, compliance with Applicable Law as
defined in Paragraph 6.3) and the present and future suitability of the Premises
for Lessee's intended use, (b) that Lessee has made such investigation as it
deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility
therefor as the same relate to Lessee's occupancy of the Premises and/or the
term of this Lease, and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of Lessor's agents, has
made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to the said
matters other than as set forth in this Lease. (SEE ADDENDUM #1)

     2.5 LESSEE PRIOR OWNER/OCCUPANT. The warranties made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such
event, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, correct any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

3. TERM.

     3.1 TERM. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this
Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

/s/ Initials Lessor                                        Initials Lessee /s/
                                     1 of 17

<PAGE>


     3.2 EARLY POSSESSION. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the
Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall
be abated for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this
Lease, however, (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real
Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in
effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor
advance the Expiration Date of the original Term.

     3.3 DELAY IN POSSESSION. If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver
possession of the Premises to Lessee as agreed herein by the Early Possession
Date if one is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or, if no Early Possession Date is
specified, by the Commencement Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any
liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or
the obligations of Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such
case, Lessee shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay
rent or perform any other obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease
until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee. If possession of the
Premises is not delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the
Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing to Lessor
within ten (10) days thereafter, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties
shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if
such written notice by Lessee is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day
period, Lessee's right to cancel, this Lease shall terminate and be of no
further force or effect. Except as may be otherwise provided, and regardless of
when the term actually commences, if possession is not tendered to Lessee when
required by this Lease and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid,
the period free of the obligation to Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would
otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and
continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under
the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or
omissions of Lessee.

4. RENT

     4.1 BASE RENT. Lessee shall cause payment of Base Rent and other rent
or charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to be received by
Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, on or
before the day on which it is due under the terms of this Lease. Base Rent and
such other rent and charges for any period during the term hereof which is for
less than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual
number of days of the calendar month involved. Payment of Base Rent and other
charges shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other
persons or at such other addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in
writing to Lessee.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the
Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's faithful
performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay
Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults under
this Lease defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain all or
any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or
to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, cost, expense, loss or
damage (including attorneys' fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason
hereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit,
Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit moneys
with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount
required by this Lease. Any time the Base Rent increases during the term of this
Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional moneys
with Lessor sufficient to maintain the same ratio between the Security Deposit
and Base Rent as those amounts are specified in the Basic Provisions. Lessor
shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate
from general accounts. Lessor shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of
the term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return to Lessee (or,
at Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee's interest herein),
that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Unless
otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit
shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for
its use, or to prepayment for any moneys to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. USE

     6.1 USE. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the purposes
set forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other use which is comparable thereto, no
other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a
manner that creates waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or
occupants of, or causes damage to, neighboring premises or properties. Lessor
hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written
request by Lessee, Lessee's assignees or subtenants, and by prospective
assignees and subtenants of the Lessee, its assignees and subtenants, for a
modification of said permitted purpose for which the premises may be used or
occupied, so long as the same will not impair structural integrity of the
improvements on the Premises, the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is
not significantly more burdensome to the Premises and the improvements thereon,
and is otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to
withhold such consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days give a written
notification of the same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessors
reasonable objections to the change in use.

     6.2 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

          (a) REPORTABLE USES REQUIRE CONSENT. The term "Hazardous
Substance" as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical,
material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of
existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect,
either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the
Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or
welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any
governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for liability of Lessor to any
governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law
theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons,
petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions
thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in, on or about the Premises
which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereafter defined) of Hazardous
Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and compliance in
a timely manner (at Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Law (as
defined in Paragraph 6.3). "Reportable Use" shall mean (i) the installation or
use of any above or below ground storage tank (ii) the generation, possession,
storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires
a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice registrations or
business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority.
Reportable Use shall also include Lessee's being responsible for the presence
in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any
Applicable Law requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying
the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee
may, without Lessor's prior consent, but in compliance with all Applicable Law,
use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by
Lessee in the normal course of Lessee's business permitted on the Premises, so
long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or
neighboring properties to a meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose
Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may (but without any
obligation to do so) condition its consent to the use or presence of any
Hazardous Substance, activity or storage tank by Lessee upon Lessee's giving
Lessor such additional assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable discretion, deems
necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and the environment
against damage, contamination or injury or liability therefrom or therefor,
including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease
expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective
modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit
of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

     (b) DUTY TO INFORM LESSOR. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to
believe, that a Hazardous Substance, or a condition involving or resulting from
same, has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as
previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice
of such fact to Lessor. Lessee shall also immediately give Lessor a copy of any
statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan,
license, claim, action or proceeding given to, or received from any governmental
authority or private party, or persons entering or occupying the Premises
concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, any
Hazardous Substance or contamination in, on, or about the Premises, including
but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Uses
involving the Premises.

          (c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold
Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the
Premises, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages,
liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, permits and
attorney's and consultant's fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous
Substance or storage tank brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under
Lessee's control. Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 6 shall include, but
not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person,
property or under the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of
investigation (including consultant's and attorney's fees and testing), removal,
remediation restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination
therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by
Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease
with respect to Hazardous Substances or storage tanks, unless specifically so
agreed by Lessor in writing at time of such agreement. In a like manner, Lessor
shall indemnify,

/s/ Initials Lessor                                         Initials Lessee /s/

                                    2 of 17

<PAGE>

protect, defend and hold Lessee, its agents and employees harmless from and
against all liability arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance or
storage tank not brought onto the Premises by Lessee, or an agent or employee of
Lessee.

     6.3 LESSEE'S COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Except as otherwise provided in this
Lease, Lessee, shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and
in a timely manner, comply with all "Applicable Law," which term is used in this
Lease to include all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives,
covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of
any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the
recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner
to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i)
industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the
Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use,
generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal,
transportation, storage, spill or release of any Hazardous Substance or storage
tank), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, and whether or not
reflecting a change in policy from any previously existing policy. Lessee shall,
within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor
with copies of all documents and information, including, but not limited to,
permits, registrations, manifests applications, reports and certificates,
evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Law specified by Lessor, and
shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the
Premises to comply with any Applicable Law.

     6.4 INSPECTION - COMPLIANCE. Lessor and Lessor's Lender(s)(as defined
in Paragraph 8.3(a)) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in
the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of
inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee
with this Lease and all Applicable Laws (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and to
employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith and/or to advise
Lessor with respect to Lessee's activities, including but not limited to the
installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any
Hazardous Substance or storage tank on or from the Premises. The costs and
expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same,
unless a Default or Breach of this Lease, violation of Applicable Law, or a
contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Lessee is found to exist
or be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a
governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or contamination. In any such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor
or Lessor's Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such
inspections.

7. MAINTENANCE; REPAIRS; UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS.

     7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

          (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Lessor's
representation as to condition), 2.3 (Lessor's representation as to compliance
with covenants, etc.), 7.2 (Lessor's obligations to repair), 9 (damage and
destruction), and 14 (condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and
expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good
order, condition and repair, structural and non-structural (whether or not such
portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same,
are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee and whether or not the need for
such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or
the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities serving the Premises,
such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting
facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire sprinkler and/or
standpipe and hose or other automatic fire extinguishing system, including fire
alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, fixtures,
walls (interior), ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights,
landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks
and parkways located in, on, about, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee shall
not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on,
under or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer
system) and shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, take all investigatory and/or
remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or
required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance,
security and/or monitoring of the Premises, the elements surrounding same, or
neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee,
or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance and/or storage tank
brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under its control. Lessee, in
keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and
perform good maintenance practices. Lessee's obligations shall include
restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and
all improvements therein or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of
repair. If Lessee occupies the Premises for seven (7) years or more, Lessor may
require Lessee to repaint the exterior of the buildings on the Premises as
reasonably required, but not more frequently than once every seven (7) years.

          (b) Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, procure
and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance
for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in, the inspection,
maintenance and service of the following equipment and improvements, if any,
located on the Premises: (i) heating, air conditioning and ventilation
equipment, (ii) boiler, fired or unfired pressure vessels. (iii) fire sprinkler
and/or standpipe and hose or other automatic fire extinguishing systems,
including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation
systems, (v) roof covering and drain maintenance and (vi) asphalt and parking
lot maintenance.

          (c) (SEE ADDENDUM #2)

     7.2 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Except for the warranties and agreements of
Lessor contained in Paragraphs 2.2 (relating to condition of the Premises), 2.3
(relating to compliance with covenants, restrictions and building code), 9
(relating to destruction of the Premises) and 14 (relating to condemnation of
the Premises), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no
obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, the
improvements located thereon, or the equipment therein, whether structural or
non structural, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee
under Paragraph 7.1 hereof. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of
this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance
and repair of the Premises. Lessee and Lessor expressly waive the benefit of any
statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the
terms of this Lease with respect to, or which affords Lessee the right to make
repairs at the expense of Lessor or to terminate this Lease by reason of any
needed repairs. Notwithstanding the provisions herein, Lessor shall maintain the
exterior walls, foundations, and roof. (SEE ADDENDUM #3) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary, in the lease or addendum thereto, Lessor's obligations
to repair the roof shall commence after approval of a roof inspection by Lessor
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) after Lessee's construction
of its initial improvements have ceased and/or a certificate of occupancy has
been issued by the City of Pasadena.

     7.3 UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES; ALTERATIONS.

          (a) DEFINITIONS; CONSENT REQUIRED. The term "Utility
Installations" is used in this Lease to refer to all carpeting, window
coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security, fire
protection systems, communication systems, lighting fixtures, heating,
ventilating, and air conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or
about the Premises. The term "Trade Fixtures" shall mean Lessee's machinery and
equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The
term ""Alterations" shall mean any modification of the improvements on the
Premises from that which are provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or
deletion. "Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations" are defined as
Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by lessee that are not yet owned
by Lessor as defined in Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations
or Utility Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Lessor's
prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the
contrary in the Lease, Lessee may make alterations to the interior of the
premises (excluding roof) without Lessor's consent so long as they are not
visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the
roof or any existing walls and so long as such Alteration or Utility
Installation does not cost more than $10,000. Lessee shall provide Lessor five
(5) days prior to commencing the construction of any Alteration or Utility
Installation which does not require Lessor's consent.

          (b) CONSENT. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee
shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be
presented to Lessor in written form with proposed detailed plans. All consents
given by Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific
consent shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable
permits required by governmental authorities, (ii) the furnishing of copies of
such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the
Alteration or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work
thereon and (iii) the compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permits
in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations by
Lessee during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike
manner, with good and sufficient materials, and in compliance with any
Applicable Law.

/s/ Initials Lessor                                         Initials Lessee /s/
                                    3 of 17

<PAGE>

Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with as-built plans
and specifications therefor. Lessor may (but without obligation to do so)
condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation that
costs $10,000 or more upon Lessee's providing Lessor with a lien and completion
bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such
Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional
Security Deposit with Lessor under Paragraph 36 hereof. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in the Lease, Lessee shall not be required to remove any general
office use improvements made to the Premises by Lessee.

          (c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims
for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for
Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any
mechanics' or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein.
Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the
commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the
right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by
law. If Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien,
claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect
itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any
such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement
thereof against the Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require, Lessee
shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal
to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim or demand,
indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same, as required by law for the
holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition,
Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor's attorney's fees and costs in
participating in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest
to do so.

     7.4 OWNERSHIP; REMOVAL; SURRENDER; AND RESTORATION.

          (a) OWNERSHIP. Subject to Lessor's right to require their
removal or become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph
7.4, all Alterations and Utility Additions made to the Premises by Lessee shall
be the property of and owned by Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises.
Lessor may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to Lessee to be the
owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all
Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and remain upon
and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

          (b) REMOVAL. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may
require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be
removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding
their installation may have been consented to by Lessor. Lessor may require the
removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or
Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

          (c) SURRENDER/RESTORATION. Lessee shall surrender the Premises
by the end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date,
with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of
debris and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear
and tear excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or
deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice or by
Lessee performing all of its obligations under this Lease. Except as otherwise
agreed or specified in writing by Lessor, the Premises, as surrendered, shall
include the Utility Installations. The obligation of Lessee shall include the
repair, of any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of
Lessee's Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and Alterations and/or Utility
Installations, as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for
Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or
ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as may then be required by Applicable
Law and/or good practice. Lessee's Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of
Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee subject to its obligation to repair and
restore the Premises per this Lease.

8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

     8.1 PAYMENT FOR INSURANCE. Regardless of whether the Lessor or Lessee
is the Insuring Party, Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under this
Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance
carried by Lessor in excess of $1,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy
periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated
to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor
within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice for any amount due.

     8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE.

          (a) CARRIED BY LESSEE. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance
protecting Lessee and Lessor (as an additional insured) against claims for
bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or
arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and
all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis
providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per
occurrence with an "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises"
Endorsement and contain the "Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion" for damage
caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain
any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but
shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured
contract" for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this
Lease. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by
Lessee shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of
any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary
to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose
insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

     8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE-BUILDING, IMPROVEMENTS AND RENTAL VALUE.

          (a) BUILDING AND IMPROVEMENTS. The Insuring Party shall obtain
and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name
of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and to the holders of any mortgages, deeds
of trust or ground leases on the Premises (Lender(s)), insuring loss or damage
to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full
replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time or
the amount required by Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially
reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique
nature, or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than
full replacement cost. If the coverage is available and commercially
appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct
physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless
required by a Lender,* including coverage for any additional costs resulting
from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of
any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any
undamaged sections of the Premises required to be demolished or removed by
reason of the enforcement of any budding, zoning, safety or land use laws as the
result of a covered cause of loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an
agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of
subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual
property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted
U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the
city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a
deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence,
and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured
Loss, as defined in Paragraph 9.1 (c).

          (b) RENTAL VALUE. The Insuring Party shall, in addition,
obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in
the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and Lender(s), insuring the loss
of the full rental and other charges payable by Lessee to Lessor under this
Lease or one (1) year (including all real estate taxes, insurance costs, and any
scheduled rental increases). Said insurance shall provide that in the event the
Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for
such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or
replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year's loss of rental
revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed
valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of
coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income,
property taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise
payable by Lessee, for the next twelve (12) month period. Lessee shall be liable
for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

          (c) ADJACENT PREMISES. If the Premises are part of a larger
building, or if the Premises are part of a group of buildings owned by Lessor
that are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the
premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said
increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the
Premises.

          (d) TENANT'S IMPROVEMENTS. Lessee is the Insuring Party, the policy
carried by Lessee under this Paragraph 8.3 shall insure Lessee owned Alterations
and Utility Installations.

/s/ Initials Lessor                                         Initials Lessee /s/

                                      4 of 17

<PAGE>

     8.4 LESSEE'S PROPERTY INSURANCE. Subject to the requirements of
Paragraph 8.5, Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at
Lessor's option, by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance
coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Lessee Owned Alterations and
Utility Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that
carried by the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3. Such insurance shall be full
replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per
occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the
replacement of personal property or the restoration of Lessee Owned Alterations
and Utility Installations. Lessee shall be the Insuring Party with respect to
the insurance required by this Paragraph 8.4 and shall provide Lessor with
written evidence that such insurance is in force.

     8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Insurance required hereunder shall be in
companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are
located, and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating"
of at least B +, V, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender having a
lien on the Premises, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's
Insurance Guide." Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall
invalidate the insurance policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. If Lessee is
the Insuring Party, Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor certified
copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence
and amounts of such insurance with the insureds and loss payable clauses as
required by this Lease. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to
modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor.
Lessee shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies,
furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing
renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof
to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. If the
Insuring Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be
carried by the Insuring Party under this Paragraph 8, the other Party may, but
shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same, but at Lessee's
expense.

     8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Without affecting any other rights or
remedies, Lessee and Lessor ("Waiving Party") each hereby release and relieve
the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract
or in tort) against the other, for loss of or damage to the Waiving Party's
property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against
under Paragraph 8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to
recover damages shall not be limited by the amount of insurance carried or
required, or by any deductibles applicable thereto, and not withstanding
anything to the contrary in this lease, without regard to the negligence or
willful misconduct of the entity so released.

     8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for Lessor's gross negligence and/or breach of
express warranties, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless
the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners
and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages,
costs, liens, judgments, penalties, permits, attorney's and consultant's fees,
expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in dealing with, the
occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's business, any act,
omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees
and out of any Default or Breach by Lessee in the performance in a timely manner
of any obligation on Lessee's part to be performed under this Lease. The
foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any
claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the
case of claims made against Lessor) litigated and/or reduced to judgment, and
whether well founded or not, in case any action or proceeding be brought against
Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor
shall defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to
Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not
have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified.

     8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other
person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires
appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon
the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part, or from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of
such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not.
Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of
any other tenant of Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or breach of
this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's
business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

     9.1 DEFINITIONS.

          (a) "Premises Partial Damage" shall mean damage or destruction
to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and
Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less
than 50% of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises immediately prior to such
damage or destruction, excluding from such calculation the value of the land and
Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

          (b) "Premises Total Destruction" shall mean damage or
destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations the repair cost of which damage or destruction is 50% or more of
the then Replacement Cost of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction, excluding from such calculation the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

          (c) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction to
improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the
insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts
or coverage limits involved.

          (d) "Replacement Cost" shall mean the cost to repair or
rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their
condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris
removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes,
ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

          (e) "Hazardous Substance Condition" shall mean the occurrence or
discovery of a condition involving the presence of or a contamination by, a
Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the
Premises.

     9.2 PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an
Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage
(but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor's
election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair
of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make the insurance
proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the
insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party
shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible
which is Lessee's responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs
in the event, however, the shortage in proceeds was due to the fact that, by
reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance
coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no
obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the
unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to
cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following
receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor
receive said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day
period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon
as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If
Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within said period, Lessor may
nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter
to make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor
paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full
force and effect. If in such case Lessor does not so elect, then this Lease
shall terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or
destruction. Unless otherwise agreed Lessee shall in no event have any right to
reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such
damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall
be subject to Paragraph 9.3 rather than Paragraph 9.2, notwithstanding that
there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance
shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

     9.3 PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that
is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor's
rights under Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option, either: (i) repair
such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice
to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the
occurrence of

/s/ Initials Lessor                                        Initials Lessee /s/

                                    5 of 17

<PAGE>

such damage of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty
(60) days following the giving of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to
give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall
have the right within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give
written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such
damage totally at Lessee's expense and without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee
shall provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory assurance thereof
within thirty (30) days following Lessee's said commitment. In such event this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make
such repairs as soon as reasonably possible and the required funds are
available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the funds or
assurance thereof within the times specified above, this Lease shall terminate
as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

     9.4 TOTAL DESTRUCTION. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a
Premises Total Destruction occurs (including any destruction required by any
authorized public authority), this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by
Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 8.6.

          (a) In the event of partial damage or destruction to the
Premises and the repair would reasonably be expected to take more than one
hundred and eighty (180) days, Lessee shall have the option to terminate the
lease. Notice shall be provided to Lessor within thirty (30) days of the event
of the damage or destruction.

     9.5 DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM. If at any time during the last six (6)
months of the term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair
exceeds one (1) month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may,
at Lessor's option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the
date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such
damage. Provided, however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this
Lease by, within twenty (20) days following the occurrence of the damage, or
before the expiration of the time provided in such option for its exercise,
whichever is earlier ("Exercise Period"), (i) exercising such option and (ii)
providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance
thereof) needed to make the repairs. If Lessee duly exercises such option during
said Exercise Period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance
thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor's
expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and
provide such funds or assurance during said Exercise Period, then Lessor may at
Lessor's option terminate this Lease as of the expiration of said sixty (60) day
period following the occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to
Lessee of Lessor's election to do so within ten (10) days after the expiration
of the Exercise Period, notwithstanding any term or provision in the grant of
option to the contrary.

     9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

          (a) In the event of damage described in Paragraph 9.2 (Partial
Damage - Insured), whether or not Lessor or Lessee repairs or restores the
Premises, the Base Rent, Real Property Taxes, insurance premiums, and other
charges, if any, payable by Lessee hereunder for the period during which such
damage, its repair or the restoration continues (not to exceed the period for
which rental value insurance is required under Paragraph 8.3(b)), shall be
abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is
impaired. Except for abatement of Base Rent, Real Property Taxes, insurance
premiums, and other charges, if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of
Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim
against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason of any such repair or
restoration.

          (b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the
Premises under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within
ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time
prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to
Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's election
to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the
giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders
and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in
said notice. If Lessor or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the
Premises within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect. "Commence" as used in this Paragraph shall
mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required
plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first
occurs.

     9.7 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

     9.8 TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning
advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor.
Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit
as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms
of this Lease.

     9.9 WAIVE STATUTES. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this
Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises
with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of
any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10. REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

     10.1 (a) PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as
defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Premises during the term of this
Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.1 (b), all such payments shall be made at least
ten (10) days prior to the delinquency date of the applicable installment.
Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes
have been paid. If any such taxes to be paid by Lessee shall cover any period
time prior to or after the expiration or earlier termination of the term
hereof, Lessee's share of such taxes shall be equitably prorated to cover only
the period of time within the tax fiscal year this Lease is in effect, and
Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment after such proration. If
Lessee shall fail to pay any Real Property Taxes required by this Lease to be
paid by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall
reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand.

          (b) ADVANCE PAYMENT. In order to insure payment when due and
before delinquency of any or all Real Property Taxes, Lessor reserves the right,
at Lessor's option, to estimate the current Real Property Taxes applicable to
the Premises, and to require such current year's Real Property Taxes to be paid
in advance to Lessor by Lessee, either: (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the
installment due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable delinquency
date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor
elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be that
equal monthly amount which, over the number of months remaining before the month
in which the applicable tax installment would become delinquent (and without
interest thereon), would provide a fund large enough to fully discharge before
delinquency the estimated installment of taxes to be paid. When the actual
amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly
advance payment shall be adjusted as required to provide the fund needed to pay
the applicable taxes before delinquency. If the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee
under the provisions of this Paragraph are insufficient to discharge the
obligations of Lessee to pay such Real Property Taxes as the same become due,
Lessee shall pay to Lessor, upon Lessor's demand, such additional sums as are
necessary to pay such obligations. All moneys paid to Lessor under this
Paragraph may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear
interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of the
obligations of Lessee under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid to Lessor
under the provisions of this Paragraph may, subject to proration as provided in
Paragraph 10.1(a), at the option of Lessor, be treated as an additional Security
Deposit under Paragraph 5.

     10.2 DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAXES." As used herein, the term
"Real Property Taxes" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment,
general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial
rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,
personal, income, or estate taxes) imposed upon the Premises by any authority
having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal
government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or
other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable
interest of Lessor in the Premises or in the real property of which the Premises
are a part, Lessor's right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's
business of leasing the Premises. The term "Real Property Taxes" shall also
include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein,
imposed by reason of events

/s/ Initials Lessor                                        Initials Lessee /s/

                                    6 of 17

<PAGE>

occurring, or changes in applicable law taking effect, during the term
of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the
Premises or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any
modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by
the Parties.

     10.3 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Premises are not separately assessed,
Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes
for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed,
such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations
assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be
reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

     10.4 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility
Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Lessee shall
cause its Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property
to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of
Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee within ten (10) days
after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to
Lessee's property or, at Lessor's option, as provided in Paragraph 10.1 (b).

11. UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power,
telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the
Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not
separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be
determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered with other premises. (SEE
ADDENDUM #4)

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

     12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED.

          (a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law
assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively,
"assignment" ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or
in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent given under and subject
to the terms of Paragraph 36. In the event an assignment or sublease is made,
50% of profits gained from a assignment or subletting shall go to Lessor.
Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an
assignment requiring Lessor's consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of
fifty one (51%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a
change in control for this purpose. If the change of control is to an entity
that has a greater market capitalization than Lessee, no consent is necessary
and if it is smaller consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any
transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition,
financing, refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or
not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets
occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee,
as hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five
percent (25%) of such Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the
time of the execution by Lessor of this Lease or at the time of the most recent
assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to
said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time
said Net Worth of Lessee was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of
this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may reasonably withhold its consent. "Net
Worth of Lessee" for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of Lessee
(excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.

          (d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee's interest in this Lease
without Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option, be
a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach
without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat
such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor
shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty
(30) days written notice ("Lessor's Notice"), increase the monthly Base Rent to
fair market rental value or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then
in effect whichever is greater. Pending determination of the new fair market
rental value, if disputed by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in
Lessor's Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s)
of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to
the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the
determination thereof. Further, in the event of such Breach and market value
adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held
by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to the then fair market value
(without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for
depreciation or obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and
best use and in good condition), or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price
previously in effect, whichever is greater, (ii) any index-oriented rental or
price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require
that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable to the
time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during
the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new
market rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the market
value adjustment.

          (e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor
shall be limited to compensatory damages and injunctive relief.

          (f) Lessor acknowledges that Lessee's business involves the
provision of capital and services to individuals and companies that are in the
early stages of forming a business (Start-ups) and that these Start-ups will be
occupying the Premises from time to time. Based on this acknowledgment, and not
withstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, so long as the Start-ups
are not paying rent to Lessee, the occupancy of the Premises by these Start-ups
shall not be considered a subletting or assignment requiring Lessor's consent.
If Start-ups do pay rent, it will not constitute subletting if Lessee has a
greater than five (5%)percent equity stake in Start-up.

     12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

          (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, any assignment or subletting shall
not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or
sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease. (,) release Lessee of
any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for
the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.

          (b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance of Lessee's obligations
from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an
assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment
nor the acceptance of any rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

          (c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However,
Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or
any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else
liable on the Lease or sublease and without obtaining their consent, and such
action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or
sublease.

          (d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's obligations
under this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or
any one else responsible for the performance of the Lessee's obligations under
this Lease, including the sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies
against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any
security held by Lessor or Lessee.

          (e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be
in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's examination as to
the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed
assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or
required modification of the Premises, if any. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor
with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be
reasonably requested by Lessor.

          (f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason
of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the
benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each
and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to

/s/ Initials Lessor                                        Initials Lessee /s/

                                    7 of 17

<PAGE>

be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or
sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with
provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically
consented in writing.

     12.3 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or
any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

          (a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect
such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this
Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1)
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive, collect and enjoy the
rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any
other assignment of such sublease to Lessor, nor by reason of the collection of
the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of
Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee
under such sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such
sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach
exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to
Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease.
Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor and shall
pay such rents and other charges to Lessor without any obligation or right to
inquire as to whether such Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or
claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee shall have no right or claim against
said sublessee, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Lessor, for any
such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

          (b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its
obligations under this Lease, Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor
shall undertake the obligations of the Sublessor under such sublease from the
time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease;
provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such Sublessor or for any other prior Defaults
or Breaches of such Sublessor under such sublease.

          (c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the Sublessor under
a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

          (d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

          (e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by
Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee
within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall
have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such
Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES.

     13.1 DEFAULT; BREACH. Lessor and Lessee agree that if an attorney is
consulted by Lessor in connection with a Lessee Default or Breach (as
hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in said
notice as rent due and payable to cure said Default. A "Default" is defined as a
failure by the Lessee to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A "Breach"
is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults, and,
where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by
Lessee to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace
period, shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2
and/or 13.3:

          (a) The vacating of the Premises without the intention to reoccupy
same, or the abandonment of the Premises.

          (b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent or any other monetary payment
required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party,
as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable
evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure
of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or
threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three
(3)days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

          (c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the
failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable written evidence (in duly
executed original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Law per
Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required
under Paragraph 7.1 (b), (iii) the recission of an unauthorized assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1 (b), (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or
37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30,
(vi) the guaranty of the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease if
required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document
requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or
information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of
this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

          d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or
provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof,
that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those
described in subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues
for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of
Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is
such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then
it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Lessee if Lessee
commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes such cure to completion.

          (e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) The making by
lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of
creditors; (ii) Lessee's becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101 or any
successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against
Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession
is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment,
execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is net discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the
event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable
law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity
of the remaining provisions.

          (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to
Lessor by Lessee or any Guarantor of Lessee's obligations hereunder was
materially false.

          (g) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is
guaranteed: (i) the death of a guarantor, (ii) the termination of a guarantor's
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of
such guaranty, (iii) a guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a
bankruptcy filing, (iv) a guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a
guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis,
and Lessee's failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event, to provide Lessor with written
alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing
resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of
Lessee and the guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

     13.2 REMEDIES. If Lessee fails to perform any affirmative duty or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option
(but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's
behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,
insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs
and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option,
may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made
only by cashier's check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee, as
defined in Paragraph 13.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without
limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by
reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

          (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate
and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In
such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the

/s/ Initials Lessor                                       Initials Lessee /s/

                                   8 of 17

<PAGE>

worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the
time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which
the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have
been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be
reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its
obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that
portion of the leasing commission paid by Lessor applicable to the unexpired
term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in
provision (iii) of the prior sentence shall be computed by discounting such
amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the
time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages
caused by Lessee's Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's
right to recover damages under this Paragraph if termination of this Lease is
obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have
the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are
recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve therein the right to recover all or
any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice
and grace period required under subparagraphs 13.1(b), (c) or (d) was not
previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the
case may be, given to Lessee under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of
leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for
grace period purposes required by subparagraph 13.1 (b), (c) or (d). In such
case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs 13.1 (b), (c) or (d) and
under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such
statutory notice, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the
greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer
and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this
Lease and/or by said statute.

          (b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession in
effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's
Breach and abandonment and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee
has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. See
Paragraphs 12 and 36 for the limitations on assignment and subletting which
limitations Lessee and Lessor agree are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or
preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to
protect the Lessor's interest under the Lease, shall not constitute a
termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

          (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to
Lessor under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises
are located.

          (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the
termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from
liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring
or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the
Premises.

     13.3 INDUCEMENT RECAPTURE IN EVENT OF BREACH. Any agreement by Lessor
for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises, or for the
giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus,
inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are hereinafter referred to as "Inducement Provisions," shall be
deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence
of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee, as defined in Paragraph 13.1. In the event
that Lessee does not complete the initial improvements for a particular building
and is in material default of this Lease beyond any period provided for cure,
Lessor shall have the right, in addition to any other damages provided for
herein, to seek damages in the amount of base rent for any abated period of
abated rent applicable to the building containing incomplete initial
improvements.

     13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by
Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur
costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be
extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to,
processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon
Lessor by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering
Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any other sum due from
Lessee shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within five (5) days
after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to
Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of
such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a
fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late
payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event
constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue
amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies
granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether
or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then
notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the
contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance.

     13.5 BREACH BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this
Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation
required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a
reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by
Lessor, and by the holders of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust
covering the Premises whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in
writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation
of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of
Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice
are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach
of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and
thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or
possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%)of the land area not
occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's
option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have
given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice,
within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession)
terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such
possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the
foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of
the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same
proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total
rentable floor area of the building located on the Premises. No reduction of
Base Rent shall occur if the only portion of the Premises taken is land on which
there is no building. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the
Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of
the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award
shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for
the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee
shall be entitled to any compensation separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee's
relocation expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade fixtures. In the event that
this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the
extent of its net severance damages received, over and above the legal and owner
expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the
Premises caused by such condemnation, except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall be responsible for
the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance damages required to
complete such repair. (SEE ADDENDUM #5 AND #6)

15. BROKER'S FEE.

     15.1 The Brokers named in Paragraph 1.10 are the procuring causes of
this Lease.

     15.2 Upon execution of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to
said Brokers jointly, or in such separate shares as they may mutually designate
in writing, a fee as set forth in a separate written agreement between Lessor
and said Brokers (or in the event there is no separate written agreement between
Lessor and said Brokers, the sum of $ separate agreement for brokerage services
rendered by said Brokers to Lessor in this transaction.

     15.3 Unless Lessor and Brokers have otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor
further agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph
39.1) or any Option subsequently granted which is substantially similar to an
Option granted to Lessee in this Lease, or (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises described in this Lease which are substantially
similar to what Lessee would have acquired had an Option herein granted to
Lessee been exercised, or (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises,
with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of the term of this Lease after
having failed to exercise an Option, or (d) if said Brokers are the procuring
cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    9 of 17

<PAGE>

pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Lessor has an
interest, or (e) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of
an escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions, Lessor shall
pay said Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of said Brokers in effect
at the time of the execution of this Lease.

     15.4 Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether
such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to
have assumed Lessor's obligation under this Paragraph 15. Each Broker shall be a
third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of
its interest in any commission arising from this Lease and may enforce that
right directly against Lessor and its successors.

     15.5 Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has
had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers,
if any named in Paragraph 1.10) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease
and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no
broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Brokers is entitled
to any commission or finder's fee in connection with said transaction. Lessee
and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other
harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be
claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of
any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs,
expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

     15.6 Lessor and Lessee hereby consent to and approve all agency
relationships, including any dual agencies, indicated in Paragraph 1.10.

16. TENANCY STATEMENT.

     16.1 Each Party (as "Responding Party" ) shall within ten (10) days
after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party") execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form
similar to the then most current "Tenancy Statement" form published by the
American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information,
confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting
Party.

     16.2 If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, any
part thereof, or the building of which the Premises are a part, Lessee and all
Guarantors of Lessee's performance hereunder shall deliver to any potential
lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee and
such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser,
including but not limited to Lessee's financial statements for the past three
(3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such
lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein
set forth.

17. LESSOR'S LIABILITY. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owner at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a
sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a
transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Lessor
shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused
Security Deposit held by Lessor at the time of such transfer or assignment.
Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and
delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under
this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing,
the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor
shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other than late charges, not received by Lessor within thirty (30) days
following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the
thirty-first (31st) day after it was due at the rate of 12% per annum, but not
exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the late charge
provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Lease contains all
agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each represents and represents to the best of Lessor's
knowledge to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own
investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility
of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of
the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with
respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. NOTICES.

     23.1 All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing
and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or
may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be
deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23.
The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that
Party's address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by
written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes,
except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall,
constitute Lessee's address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to
Lessee. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor
hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such
addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice
to Lessee.

     23.2 Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt
card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular
mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is
addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered
by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day
delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by
facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or
delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof,
provided a copy is also delivered via delivery.

24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term,
covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent
to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the
obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance
of rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding Default or Breach by
Lessee of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the
particular rent so accepted. Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted
by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any
qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith,
which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect
whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the
time of deposit of such payment.

25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26. NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the
Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. (SEE ADDENDUM #7)

27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]


                                    10 of 17

<PAGE>

28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties,
their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the
Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT- NON-DISTURBANCE.

     30.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other
hypothecation or security device (collectively, "Security Device"), now or
hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of which the Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Lessee
agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this
Lease, but that in the event of Lessor's default with respect to any such
obligation, Lessee will give any Lender whose name and address have been
furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor's default and
allow such Lender thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice for the cure
of said default before invoking any remedies Lessee may have by reason thereof.
If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby
superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice
thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such
Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or
recordation thereof.

     30.2 ATTORNMENT. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph
30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and
that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring
prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, or (iii) be bound by
prepayment of more than one (1) month's rent.

     30.3 NON-DISTURBANCE. With respect to Security Devices entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a ["non-disturbance agreement") from
the Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease, including any options to
extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach
hereof and attorney to the record owner of the Premises.

     30.4 SELF-EXECUTING. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30
shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided,
however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a
sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute
such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any
such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance
agreement as is provided for herein.

31. ATTORNEY'S FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) or Broker in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon,
shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees. Such fees may be awarded in the
same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or
proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "Prevailing Party"
shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains
or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise,
settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its
claim or defense. The attorney's fees award shall not be computed in accordance
with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all
attorney's fees reasonably incurred. Lessor shall be entitled to attorney's
fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of
Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action
is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS; SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency,
and upon twenty four (24) hours notice for the purpose of showing the same to
prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations,
repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the building of which
they are a part, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time
place on or about the Premises or building any ordinary "For Sale" signs and
Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred twenty (120) days of the term
hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs. All such
activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. SIGNS. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises, except that Lessee
may, with Lessor's prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such
signs as are reasonably required to advertise Lessee's own business. The
installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to
the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations,
Trade Fixtures and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein,
Lessor reserves all rights to the use of the roof and the right to install, and
all revenues from the installation of, such advertising signs on the Premises,
including the roof as do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Lessee's
business.

35. TERMINATION, MERGER. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee. the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises: provided, however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. CONSENTS.

          (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise provided
herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not
limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' or other consultants' fees)
incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including but not
limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a
Hazardous Substance, practice or storage tank, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor
upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor Subject to
Paragraph 12.2(e) (applicable to assignment or subletting), Lessor may, as a
condition to considering any such request by Lessee require that Lessee deposit
with Lessor an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under
Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will
incur in considering and responding to Lessee's request. Except as otherwise
provided, any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without
interest. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of
the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or
Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver
of any then existing Default or Breach. except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.

          (b) All conditions to Lessor's consent authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged by Lessee as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any
particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by
Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then
reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being
given.

37. GUARANTOR.

     37.1 If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per Paragraph 1.11,
the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such Guarantor shall be in
the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate
Association, and each said Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee
under this Lease, including but not limited to the obligation to provide the
Tenancy Statement and information called for by Paragraph 16.

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    11 of 17

<PAGE>

     37.2 It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee under this Lease if
any such Guarantor fails or refuses, upon reasonable request by Lessor to give
evidence of the due execution of the guaranty called for by this Lease,
including the authority of the Guarantor (and of the party signing on
Guarantor's behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said guaranty, and including
in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its
board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, together with a
certificate of incumbency showing the signature of the persons authorized to
sign on its behalf, (b) current financial statements of Guarantor as may from
time to time be requested by Lessor, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written
confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. QUIET POSSESSION. Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the observance and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and
provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease,
Lessee shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof
subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39. OPTIONS

     39.1 DEFINITION. As used in this Paragraph 39 the word "Option" has the
following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of
Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of
first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other
property of Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other property of
Lessor; p) the right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first refusal to
purchase the Premises, or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or
the right to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to
purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other
property of Lessor.

     39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL TO ORIGINAL LESSEE. Each Option granted to Lessee
in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof,
and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person
or entity other than said original Lessee while the original Lessee is in full
and actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter
assigning or subletting. The Options, if any herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable, either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or
apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner,
by reservation or otherwise.

     39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any Multiple Options
to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the
Prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised 39.4
Effect of Default on options.

          (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period
commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard to
whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1, whether or not the
Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding
the exercise of the Option.

          (b) The period of time within which any Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

          (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee three (3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1 during any
twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if
Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

          (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period
commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard to
whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease. or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1, whether or not the Defaults
are cured during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise
of the Option.

          (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

          (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee three or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve
month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits
a Breach of this Lease.

40. MULTIPLE BUILDINGS. If the Premises are part of a group of buildings
controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by, keep and observe all
reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the
management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds the parking and
reloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the
convenience of other occupants or tenants of such other buildings and their
invitees, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in
connection therewith.

41. SECURITY MEASURES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises. Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. RESERVATIONS. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to
grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and
dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel
maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and
restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by
Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to
effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much
thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this
Lease.

44. AUTHORITY. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, or general or
limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver this Lease on its behalf. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or
partnership, Lessee shall within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46. OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and submission
of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to lease to Lessee. This Lease is
not intended to be binding until executed by all Parties hereto.

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    12 of 17

<PAGE>

47. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the
Parties in interest at the time of the modification. The parties shall amend
this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the
Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not
materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably
required an institutional, insurance company, or pension plan Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the
property, of which the Premises are a part.

48. MULTIPLE PARTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more
than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee the
obligations of such Multiple Parties shall be the joint and several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

49) PARKING. SO LONG AS LESSEE IS NOT IN DEFAULT UNDER THIS LEASE, LESSEE SHALL
HAVE THE RIGHT TO LESSORS INTEREST IN PARKING, IN THE PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT OF
SPACE RENTED BY LESSEE TO LAND AREA OWNED BY LESSOR, AT PARSON'S GARAGE. AS
ANTICIPATED BY THIS LEASE, LESSEE MAY USE 18 SPACES. LESSEE SHALL PAY TO LESSOR
WHEN INVOICED, FEES AS CHARGED BY PARSON'S FOR THIS USE. (SEE EXHIBIT B.) LATE
CHARGES (PARAGRAPH 13.4) SHALL APPLY.

50) IMPROVEMENTS. (SEE ADDENDUM #9)

51 OPTION(S) FOR ADDITIONAL SPACE. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to
lease additional space. Lessee may lease either 136 W. Union Street or 140 W.
Union Street or both 136 and 140 W. Union Street under each and all of the
following terms and conditions:

          (a) Lessee gives to Lessor, and Lessor actually receives on a date
which is prior to March 1st, 1998 (if exercised) by at least three (3) and not
more than six (6) months, a written notice of the exercise of the option(s) to
Lease additional space. If said notification of the exercise of said option(s)
is (are) not so given and received, the option(s) shall automatically expire;
said option(s) may (if more than one) only be exercised consecutively.

          (b) The provisions of paragraph 39, including the provision relating
to default of Lessee set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease are conditions of
this Option;

          (c) The initial base rental for 136 W. Union shall be $3,850 per
month. The initial base rental for 140 W. Union shall be $11,330 per month The
initial base rental for both 136 and 140 W. Union shall be $15,180 per month.

          (d) The consideration for this option shall be $10,000.00. If this
option is exercised, this consideration will be applied to rent, if this option
is not exercised, consideration shall be retained by Lessor.

          (e) If Lessee exercises option, rent for the optioned space shall be
abated for 31.8 months from the commencement of the Option and Lessee will
perform improvements as specified in Addendum 9 (Improvements.)

          (f) All of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where
specifically modified by this option shall apply;

     51.1 BROKER'S FEE. The Real Estate Brokers specified in paragraph 1.10 of
the attached Lease shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each option exercised as
specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the attached Lease.

52 OPTION(S) TO EXTEND. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the
term of this Lease for two (2) additional sixty (60)month period(s) commencing
when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and
conditions:

          (a) Lessee gives to Lessor, and Lessor actually receives on a date
which is prior to the date that the option period would commence (if exercised)
by at least three (3) and not more than six (6) months, a written notice of the
exercise of the option(s) to extend this Lease for said additional term(s), time
being of essence. If said notification of the exercise of said option(s) is
(are) not so given and received, the option(s) shall automatically expire; said
options(s) may (if more than one) only be exercised consecutively;

          (b) The provisions of paragraph 39, including the provision relating
to default of Lessee set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease are conditions of
this Option;

          (c) All of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where
specifically modified by this option shall apply;

          (d) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be
calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

     52.1 COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT(S)(COL).

          (a) On March 1st, 2002, the monthly rent payable under paragraph 1.5
("Base Rent") of the attached Lease shall be adjusted by the cumulative change,
if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the
Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for CPI W (Urban Wage
Earners and Clerical Workers,) for Los Angeles Anaheim Riverside, All Items
(1982-1984=100), herein referred to as "C.P.I." (January 1997 index = 153.6)

          (b) The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph 52. 1(a) of
this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in
paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the
numerator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month 2 (two) months
prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph 52.1(a) above during which the
adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the C.P.I.
of the calendar month which is two (2) months prior to the first month of the
term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 ("Base Month".) The sum so
calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event,
shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month
immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.

          (c) In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I.
shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or
shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall
be used to make such calculation. In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot
agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision
to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rule of said
association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the
parties. The cost of said Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and
Lessee.

     52.2 MARKET RENTAL VALUE ADJUSTMENT(S)(MRV).

          (a) On March 1st, 2007 the monthly rent payable under paragraph 1.5
("Base Rent") of the attached Lease shall be adjusted to the "Market Rental
Value" of the property as follows:

          (b) Four months prior to the Market Rental Value (MRV) Adjustment
Date(s) described above, Lessor and Lessee shall meet to establish an agreed
upon new MRV for the specified term. If agreement cannot be reached, then:

          (c) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable
appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any
associated costs will be split equally between the parties, or

          (d) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately select and pay the
appraiser or broker of their choice to establish a MRV within the next 30 days.
If, for any reason, either one of the appraisals is not completed within the
next 30 days, as stipulated, then the appraisal that is completed at that time
shall automatically become the new MRV. If both appraisals are completed and the
two appraisers/brokers cannot agree on a reasonable average MRV then they shall
immediately select a third mutually acceptable appraiser/broker to establish a
third MRV within the next 30 days. The average of the two appraisals closest in
value shall then become the new MRV. The costs of the third appraisal will be
split equally between the parties.

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    13 of 17

<PAGE>

          (e) In any event, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable
for the month immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment greater than
$1.75 per square foot, NNN.

          (f) Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value as
described in paragraph 52.2:

              (1) the monthly rental sum so calculated for each term as
specified in paragraph 52.2 (a) will become the new "Base Rent" for the purpose
of calculating any further Cost of Living Adjustments as specified in paragraph
52.2 (a) above and;

              (2) the first month of each Market  Rental Value term as
specified in paragraph 52.2 (a) shall become the new "Base Month" for the
purpose of calculating any further Cost of Living Adjustments as specified in
paragraph 52.

     52.3 NOTICE. Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any
escalations other than Fixed Rental Adjustments shall be made as specified in
paragraph 23 of the attached Lease.

     52.4 BROKER'S FEE. The Real Estate Brokers specified in paragraph 1.10
of the attached Lease shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment
specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the attached Lease.

                                 LEASE ADDENDUM

     This Lease Addendum is to that certain Lease - Single Tenant - Net dated
March 3, 1997 for the premises located at 130 and 132 Union Street, Pasadena CA
91103 ("Premises") between Typecraft, Inc. ("Lessor") and Idealab! ("Lessee").

     1. Lessee hereby accepts the Premises in their current condition existing
as of the Lease Commencement Date or date the Lessee takes possession of the
Premises, whichever is earlier, strictly "AS IS", subject to all Applicable Law,
and Lessee accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed
thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto.

     2. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations under paragraph 7.1,
Lessor, at Lessor's option may, but shall not be required to, enter upon the
Premises after fourteen (14) days prior written notice to Lessee, and put the
same in good order, condition and repair, and the cost thereof, together with
interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, shall become due
and payable as additional rent to Lessor together with Lessee's next rental
installment, provided however, that Lessor shall not be permitted to perform
Lessee's obligations under paragraph 7.1 of the Lease if prior to the end of the
notice period set forth in this Lease Addendum paragraph 2.

     3. Any maintenance or repair obligations of Lessor as described in
paragraph 7.2 of this Lease which become necessary or desirable by reason of the
negligence of Lessee, or of Lessee's subtenants, licensees, employees, invitees,
customers or contractors, shall be at Lessee's sole cost and expense; and
provided, further, that if Lessee makes any alteration of or addition to or
performs work of any kind on the foundations, exterior walls, and roof, any
repairs thereof thereafter required due to Lessee's activities shall be at
Lessee's expense.

     4. Lessor may, with reasonable prior written notice to Lessee (or, in an
emergency, with such notice or lack of notice as may be reasonable under the
circumstances), shut off and discontinue those utilities under paragraph 11 of
the Lease whenever such continuance is necessary to make repairs or
alterations. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lessor from any
liens arising from the charges for such utilities or services. Lessor shall not
be liable for any failure or interruption of any utility service furnished to
the Premises and no failure or interruption shall entitle Lessee to terminate
this Lease or to recover any compensatory damages from Lessor, including, but
not limited to, direct, incidental, consequential or other monetary damages of
any type or description.

     5. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 14 of the Lease to the
contrary, it is expressly agreed that any condemnation, taking or dedication of
any portion of the Premises as may be required by any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the erection of improvements on the Premises shall not result
in the abatement, proration, termination or other reduction in the Base Rent to
be paid by Lessee under this Lease so long as any such condemnation, taking or
dedication is required or implemented as part of, or reasonably relate to the
initial construction or erection of Lessee's improvements on the Premises or as
otherwise required by any such governmental agency the continued use and
operation by Lessee of its improvements during the Lease Term.

     6. In the event of a condemnation under paragraph 14 of the Lease, if the
condemnor should take only the right to possession of the Premises for a fixed
period of time or for the duration of an emergency or other temporary condition,
then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraph 14, this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any abatement of rent, but
the

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    14 of 17


amounts payable by the condemnor with respect to any period of time prior to the
expiration or sooner termination of this Lease shall be paid by the condemnor to
Lessor and the condemnor shall be considered a sublessee of Lessee. Landlord
shall apply the amount received from the condemnor applicable to the rent clue
hereunder net of costs of Lessor for the collection thereof, or as much thereof
as may be necessary for the purpose, toward the amount due from Lessee as rent
for that period; and Lessee shall pay the Lessor any deficiency between the
amount less paid by the condemnor and the amount of the rent, or Lessor shall
credit to future rental payments due from Lessee any excess of the amount the
award over the amount of the rent.

     7. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part
thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided
that if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises without Lessor's consent,
the Lessee's Base Rent shall increase by two hundred percent (200%) over the
then current Base Rent.

     8. All of the foregoing initial rental rates shall be subject to further
adjustments as set forth in paragraphs 52.1 and 52.2 of the Lease.

          a) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, and in compliance with all
applicable codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, shall seismically upgrade
the Building and make the roof water tight. Further, at its option, it may
completely reconstruct the Premises. All improvements must be done in accordance
with plans and specifications ("Plans") which Lessee shall submit to Lessor and
which are acceptable to Lessor in its reasonable discretion.

          b) Lessee, at Lessee's sole expense, shall prepare the Plans for its
improvements and, thereafter, shall submit two (2) copies of the Plans to Lessor
for approval.

          c) Lessor shall promptly review and approve the Plans or will note in
writing any required changes and corrections which must be made to the Plans.
Any required changes or corrections must be made by Lessee and the Plans must be
resubmitted to Lessor within seven (7) days after such corrections or changes
have been noted and Lessor shall have seven (7) days from the receipt of the
revised Plans to approve or disapprove thereof.

          d) Once approved by Lessor the Plans shall not be modified or amended
without the prior written consent of Lessee and Lessor. Lessee shall give Lessor
thirty (30) days prior written notice of its intention to commence construction
of any improvements and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of
nonresponsibility in connection with construction of Lessee's improvements.

          e) No Plans, although approved by Lessor, are approved for
architectural or engineering design, and Lessor, by approving such Plans,
assumes no liability or responsibility for such approval.

          f) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for
obtaining any necessary permits, approvals, licenses, bonds or other consents or
agreements required by any governmental agency for the construction of
improvements on the Premises. Lessor will cooperate with Lessee in obtaining any
of the preceding.

          g) Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and against
any and all losses, claims and damages resulting from the failure of Lessee or
its agents or contractors to pay contractors or subcontractors or to discharge
any mechanics liens on the Premises, resulting from construction of Lessee's
improvements. Lessee shall proceed diligently to construct the improvements in
accordance with the approved Plans. Lessee shall contract directly with the
contractors, be in control of the bidding process, direct the work involved, and
be responsible for payment of contractors. Lessee shall further pay for the
costs incurred by Lessor to hire or employ a supervisor or inspector to monitor,
supervise and inspect the work performed by Lessee, the cost for which shall be
agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee prior to the commencement of any construction
by Lessee.

          h) Lessee contractors shall warrant against any leakage caused by
their penetrations of or work upon the roof.

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    15 of 17

<PAGE>

          i) Lessee's improvements and all subsequent additions thereto,
alterations therein and replacements thereof, shall become and remain a part of
the Premises subject to the use and occupancy of Lessee, and none of the same
shall be transferred, removed or materially altered, accept as otherwise
provided in this Lease. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term or upon any
earlier termination of this Lease, all of the improvements shall become the
property of Lessor without payment of any consideration therefore.

/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    16 of 17

<PAGE>

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO YOUR
ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE
CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS TO THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS. STORAGE TANK
OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE REAL
ESTATE BROKER(S) OR THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL
EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT
RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS
TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS
LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE
PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place on the dates specified
above to their respective signatures.

By Lessor:                                          By Lessee:

TYPECRAFT, INC.                                     IDEALAB!

/s/ D. HARRY MONTGOMERY                            /s/ WILLIAM GROSS
- ----------------------------------------            ---------------------------
By: D. Harry Montgomery, Its President              By: William Gross
                                                    130 W. Union Street
                                                    Pasadena, CA 91103
- ----------------------------------------
By: Len Jasmin
2040 E. Walnut Street
Pasadena, CA 91109

(818) 795-8093

                                    Exhibit A

                                      [map]






/s/["ILLEGIBLE"] Initials Lessor              Initials Lessee /s/["ILLEGIBLE"]

                                    17 of 17


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                            LEASE SINGLE TENANT- NET

1. BASIC PROVISIONS (BASIC PROVISIONS)

     1.1 PARTIES: This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only,
01/24/98 2:53 PM is made by and between TYPECRAFT, INC. ("Lessor") and IDEALAB!
("Lessee"), (collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

     1.2 PREMISES: That certain real property, including all improvements
therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly
known by the street address of 140 W. UNION STREET, PASADENA CA 91103 located in
the County of LOS ANGELES State of CALIFORNIA and is identified as PARCEL 5 OF
PAGE 4 OF THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY ASSESSOR'S BOOK OF MAPS NUMBER 5713.
("Premises"). (See Paragraph 2 for further provisions.)

     1.3 TERM: FIVE (5) YEARS AND ZERO MONTHS ("Original Term") commencing
FEBRUARY 1ST, 1998 ('Commencement Date') and ending JANUARY 31ST, 2003
("Expiration Date"). (See Paragraph 3 for further provisions.)

          (a)  OPTION(S) FOR ADDITIONAL SPACE. Lessee shall have N/A OPTION to
               lease additional space

          (b)  OPTION(S) TO RENEW. Lessee shall have ONE (1) FOUR (4) YEAR
               OPTION TO RENEW AND AN ADDITIONAL FIVE-YEAR OPTION. (See
               Paragraphs 39 and 52 for additional provisions).

          (c) DELIVERY:
                      FEBRUARY 1ST, 1998

     1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: N/A ("Early Possession Date"). (See Paragraphs 3.2
and 3.3 for further provisions.)

     1.5 BASE RENT: $10,506 PER MONTH, ("Base Rent"), payable on the 1st day of
each month, commencing FEBRUARY, 1ST, 1998 (See Paragraph 4
for further provisions.) See paragraph 51 regarding Base Rent Increase.

          (a) ABATEMENT: NONE.

     1.6 BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $10,506.00 as Base Rent for the period
FEBRUARY, 1998.

     1.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $10,506.00 ("Security Deposit). (See Paragraph 5 for
further provisions.)

     1.8 PERMITTED USE: LESSEE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO USE THE PREMISES FOR
GENERAL OFFICE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO A COMPUTER/COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
OR OTHER USE PERMITTED BY THE CITY OF PASADENA (SEE PARAGRAPH 6 FOR FURTHER
PROVISIONS.)

     1.9 INSURING PARTY: LESSEE is the "Insuring Party" unless otherwise stated
herein. (See Paragraph 8 for further provisions.)

     1.10 REAL ESTATE BROKERS: The following real estate brokers collectively,
the ("Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction and are
consented to by the Parties:

HORACE MACVAUGH, D.B.A. "MACVAUGH & CO." represents Lessor exclusively
("Lessor's Broker");


          PODLEY, CAUGHEY AND DOAN represents Lessee exclusively ("Lessee's
     Broker");

     1.11 GUARANTOR: The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by N/A ('Guarantor'). (See Paragraph 37 for further provisions.)

     1.12 ADDENDA:. Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of
Paragraphs 1 - 10 AND EXHIBIT "A," LEASE BY AND BETWEEN TYPECRAFT, INC., AND
RESTORATION HARDWARE, all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

2. PREMISES.

     2.1 LETTING. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from
Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms,
covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided
herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may
have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Lessor and
Lessee agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

     2.2 CONDITION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free
of debris on the Commencement Date. Lessor represents to the best of Lessor's
knowledge that there are no underground storage tanks located on the Premises.

     2.3 COMPLIANCE WITH COVENANTS, RESTRICTIONS AND BUILDING CODE. Lessor makes
no representation concerning the improvements on the Premises and their
compliance with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and
applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances in effect on the
Commencement Date.

     2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Lessee hereby acknowledges: (a) that it has
been advised by the Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of
the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler
systems, security, environmental aspects, compliance with Applicable Law, as
defined in Paragraph 6.3) and the present and future suitability of the Premises
for Lessee's intended use, (b) that Lessee has made such investigation as it
deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility
therefor as the same relate to Lessee's occupancy of the Premises and/or the
terms of this Lease, and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of Lessor's agents,
has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to the
said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. (SEE ADDENDUM #1)

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 1 of 16
<PAGE>

     2.5 LESSEE PRIOR OWNER/OCCUPANT. The warranties made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 if Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In
such event, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, correct any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

3. TERM.

     3.1 TERM. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this
Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

     3.2 EARLY POSSESSION. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises
prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated
for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease, however,
(including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and
insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such
period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration
Date of the original Term.

     3.3 DELAY IN POSSESSION. If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession
of the Premises to Lessee as agreed herein by the Early Possession Date, if one
is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or, if no Early Possession Date is specified, by
the Commencement Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor,
nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of
Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not,
except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any
other obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor delivers
possession of the Premises to Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not
delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Lessee
may, at its option, by notice in writing to Lessor within ten (10) days
thereafter, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged
from all obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if such written notice
by Lessee is net received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee's
right to cancel this Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.
Except as may be otherwise provided, and regardless of when the term actually
commences, if possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease
and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, the period free of the
obligation to pay Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed
shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period
equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4. RENT.

     4.1 BASE RENT. Lessee shall cause payment of Base Rent and other rent or
charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to be received by Lessor
in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, on or before
the day on which it is due under the terms of this Lease. Base Rent and all
other rent and charges for any period during the term hereof which is for less
than one (1) full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number
of days of the calendar month involved. Payment of Base Rent and other charges
shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or
at such other addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing to
Lessee.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the
Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's faithful
performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay
Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults under
this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain all
or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor
or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, cost, expense, loss or
damage (including attorneys' fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason
thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit,
Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefor deposit moneys
with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount
required by this Lease. Any time the Base Rent increases during the term of this
Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional moneys
with Lessor sufficient to maintain the same ratio between the Security Deposit
and the Base Rent as those amounts are specified in the Basic Provisions. Lessor
shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate
from its general accounts. Lessor shall, at the expiration or earlier
termination of the term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return
to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option to the last assignee if any, of Lessee's
interest herein), that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by
Lessor. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the
Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or
other increment for its use, or to prepayment for any moneys to be paid by
Lessee under this Lease.

6. USE.

     6.1 USE. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the purposes set
forth in Paragraph 1.8 or any other use which is comparable thereto, and for no
other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a
manner that creates waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or
occupants of, or causes damage to, neighboring premises or properties. Lessor
hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written
request by Lessee, Lessee's assignees or subtenants, and by prospective
assignees and subtenants of the Lessee, its assignees and subtenants, for a
modification of said permitted purpose for which the premises may be used or
occupied, so long as the same will not impair structural integrity of the
improvements on the Premises, the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is
not significantly more burdensome to the Premises and the improvements thereon,
and is otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to
withhold such consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days give a written
notification of the same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's
reasonable objections to the change in use

     6.2 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

          (a) REPORTABLE USES REQUIRE CONSENT. The term "Hazardous Substance" as
used in this Lease shall mean any product substance, chemical, material or waste
whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use,
manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by
itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises is
either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the
environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental
authority, or (iii) a basis for liability of Lessor to any governmental agency
or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory Hazardous
Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum,
gasoline, crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee
shall not engage in any activity in, on or about the Premises which constitutes
a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the
express prior written consent of Lessor and compliance in a timely manner (at
Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Law (as defined in Paragraph
6.3). "Reportable Use" shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or
below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use,
transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit
from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan
is required to be filed with any governmental authority. Reportable Use shall
also include Lessee's being responsible for the presence in, on or about the
Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Law
requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or
neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may, without
Lessor's prior consent, but in compliance with all Applicable Law, use any
ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Lessee in the
normal course of Lessee's business permitted on the Premises, so long as such
use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring
properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to
any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may (but without any obligation to
do so) condition its consent to the use or presence of any Hazardous Substance,
activity or storage tank by Lessee upon Lessee's giving Lessor such additional
assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect
itself, the public, the Premises and the environment against damage,
contamination or injury and/or liability therefrom or therefor, including, but
not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or
earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the
Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

          (b) DUTY TO INFORM LESSOR. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to
believe, that a Hazardous Substance, or a condition involving or resulting from
same, has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as
previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately have written notice
of such fact to Lessor. Lessee shall also immediately give Lessor a copy of any
statement, report, notice registration application permit, business plan,
license, claim, action or proceeding given to, or received from, any
governmental authority or private party, or persons entering or occupying the
Premises, concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to,
any Hazardous Substance or contamination in, on, or about the Premises,
including but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any
Reportable Uses involving the Premises.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 2 of 16
<PAGE>

          (c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold
Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the
Premises, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages,
liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, permits and
attorney's and consultant's fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous
Substance or storage tank brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under
Lessee's control. Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 6 shall include, but
not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person,
property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of
investigation (including consultant's and attorney's fees and testing), removal,
remediation restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination
therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by
Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease
with respect to Hazardous Substances or storage tanks, unless specifically so
agreed by Lessor in writing at time of such agreement. In a like manner, Lessor
shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessee, its agents and employees
harmless from and against all liability arising out of or involving any
Hazardous Substance or storage tank not brought onto the Premises by Lessee, or
an agent or employee of Lessee.

     6.3 LESSEE'S COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Except as otherwise provided in this
Lease, Lessee, shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, fully diligently and in
a timely manner, comply with all "Applicable Law," which term is used in this
Lease to include all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives,
covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of
any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the
recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner
to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i)
industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the
Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use,
generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal,
transportation, storage, spill or release of any Hazardous Substance or storage
tank), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, and whether or not
reflecting a change in policy from any previously existing policy. Lessee shall,
within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor
with copies of all documents and information, including, but not limited to,
permits, registrations, manifests applications, reports and certificates,
evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Law specified by Lessor, and
shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the
Premises to comply with any Applicable Law.

     6.4 INSPECTION - COMPLIANCE. Lessor and Lessor's Lender(s) (as defined in
Paragraph 8.3(a)) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the
case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of
inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee
with this Lease and all Applicable Laws (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and to
employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith and/or to, advise
Lessor with respect to Lessee's activities, including but not limited to the
installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any
Hazardous Substance or storage tank on or from the Premises. The costs and
expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same,
unless a Default or Breach of this Lease, violation of Applicable Law, or a
contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Lessee is found to exist
or be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a
governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or contamination. In any such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor
or Lessor's Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such
inspections.

7. MAINTENANCE; REPAIRS; UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS.

     7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

          (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Lessor's
representation as to condition), 2.3 (Lessor's representation as to compliance
with covenants, etc.), 7.2 (Lessor's obligations to repair), 9 (damage and
destruction), and 14 (condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and
expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good
order, condition and repair, structural and non-structural (whether or not such
portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same,
are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for
such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or
the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities serving the Premises,
such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting
facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire sprinkler and/or
standpipe and hose or other automatic fire extinguishing system, including fire
alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, fixtures,
walls (interior), ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights,
landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks
and parkways located in, on, about, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee shall
not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on,
under or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer
system) and shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, take all investigatory and/or
remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or
required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance,
security and/or monitoring of the Premises, the elements surrounding same, or
neighboring properties, the at was caused or materially contributed to by
Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance and/or storage
tank brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under its control. Lessee, in
keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and
perform good maintenance practices. Lessee's obligations shall include
restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and
all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of
repair. If Lessee occupies the Premises for seven (7) years or more, Lessor may
require Lessee to repaint the exterior of the buildings on the Premises as
reasonably required, but not more frequently than once every seven (7) years.

          (b) Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, procure and
maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for,
and with contractors specializing and experienced in, the inspection,
maintenance and service of the following equipment and improvements, if any,
located on the Premises: (i) heating, air conditioning and ventilation
equipment, (ii) boiler, fired or unfired pressure vessels, (iii) fire sprinkler
and/or standpipe and hose or other automatic fire extinguishing systems,
including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation
systems, (v) roof covering and drain maintenance and (vi) asphalt and parking
lot maintenance.

          (c) (SEE ADDENDUM #2)

     7.2 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Except for the warranties and agreements of
Lessor contained in Paragraphs 2.2 (relating to condition of the Premises), 2.3
(relating to compliance with covenants, restrictions and building code), 9
(relating to destruction of the Premises) and 14 (relating to condemnation of
the Premises), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no
obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, the
improvements located thereon, or the equipment therein, whether structural or
non structural, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee
under Paragraph 7.1 hereof. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of
this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance
and repair of the Premises. Lessee and Lessor expressly waive the benefit of any
statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the
terms of this Lease with respect to, or which affords Lessee the right to make
repairs at the expense of Lessor or to terminate this Lease by reason of, any
needed repairs. Notwithstanding the provisions herein, Lessor shall maintain the
exterior walls, foundations, and roof. (SEE ADDENDUM #3) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the lease or addendum thereto, Lessor's obligations
to repair the roof shall commence after approval of a roof inspection by Lessor
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) after Lessee's construction
of its initial improvements have ceased and/or a certificate of occupancy has
been issued by the City of Pasadena.

     7.3 UTILITY INSTALLATIONS; TRADE FIXTURES; ALTERATIONS.

          (a) DEFINITIONS; CONSENT REQUIRED. The term "Utility Installations" is
used in this Lease to refer to all carpeting, window coverings, air lines, power
panels, electrical distribution, security, fire protection systems,
communication systems, lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The
term "Trade Fixtures" shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment that can be
removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term "Alterations"
shall mean any modification of the improvements on the Premises from that which
are provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, other than Utility
Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. "Lessee Owned
Alterations and/or Utility installations are deemed as Alterations and/or
Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor as defined
in Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility
Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Lessor's prior written
consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the contrary in the
Lease, Lessee may make alterations to the interior of the premises (excluding
roof) without Lessor's consent so long as they are not visible from the outside,
do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls
and so long as such Alteration or

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 3 of 16
<PAGE>

Utility Installation does not cost more than $10,000. Lessee shall provide
Lessor five (5) days prior to commencing the construction of any Alteration or
Utility Installation which does not require Lessor's consent.

          (b) CONSENT. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee
shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be
presented to Lessor in written form with proposed detailed plans. All consents
given by Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific
consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable
permits required by governmental authorities, (ii) the furnishing of copies of
such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the
Alteration or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work
thereon, and (iii) the compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permits
in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations by
Lessee during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike
manner, with good and sufficient materials, and in compliance with all
Applicable Law. Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor
with as-built plans and specifications therefor. Lessor may (but without
obligation to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or
Utility Installation that costs $10,000 or more upon Lessee's providing Lessor
with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the
estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's
posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor under Paragraph 36 hereof.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Lessee shall not be
required to remove any general office use improvements made to the Premises by
Lessee.

          (c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor
or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or
for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanics' or
materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post
notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If
Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or
demand then Lessee shall at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor
and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse
judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the
Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor
a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to one and one-half
times the amount of such contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor
against liability for the same, as required by law for the holding of the
Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may
require Lessee to pay Lessor's attorney's fees and costs in participating in
such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

     7.4 OWNERSHIP; REMOVAL; SURRENDER; AND RESTORATION.

          (a) OWNERSHIP. Subject to Lessor's right to require their removal or
become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 7.4, all
Alterations and Utility Additions made to the Premises by Lessee shall be the
property of and owned by Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor
may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to Lessee to be the owner
of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all
Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and remain upon
and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

          (b) REMOVAL. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may require
that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by
the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding their
installation may have been consented to by Lessor. Lessor may require the
removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or
Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

          (c) SURRENDER/RESTORATION. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the
end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date, with all
of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris and in
good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear
excepted, "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration
that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice or by Lessee
performing all of its obligations under this Lease. Except as otherwise agreed
or specified in writing by Lessor, the Premises, as surrendered, shall include
the Utility Installations. The obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of
any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Lessee's
Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and Alterations and/or Utility
Installations, as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for
Lessee and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or
ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as may then be required by Applicable
law and/or good practice. Lessee's Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of
Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee subject to its obligation to repair and
restore the Premises per this Lease.

8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

        8.1 PAYMENT FOR INSURANCE. Regardless of whether the Lessor or Lessee is
the Insuring Party, Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under this
Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance
carried by Lessor in excess of $1,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy
periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated
to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor
within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice for any amount due.

        8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE.

               (a) CARRIED BY LESSEE. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance
protecting Lessee and Lessor (as an additional insured) against claims for
bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or
arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and
all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis
providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per
occurrence with an "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises"
Endorsement and contain the "Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion" for damage
caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain
any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but
shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured
contract" for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this
Lease. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by
Lessee shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of
any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary
to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose
insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

     8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE-BUILDING, IMPROVEMENTS AND RENTAL VALUE.

          (A) BUILDING AND IMPROVEMENTS. The Insuring Party shall obtain and
keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of
Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and to the holders of any mortgages, deeds
of trust or ground leases on the Premises ("Lender(s)), insuring loss or damage
to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full
replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time or
the amount required by Lenders, but in no event more than the commercially
reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique
nature or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full
replacement cost. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate such
policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or
damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a
Lender),* including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris
removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance
or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of
the Premises required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement
of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered
cause of loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation
provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and
inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance
coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of
Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where
the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause,
the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall
be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss, as defined
in Paragraph 9.1 (c).

          (B) RENTAL VALUE. The Insuring Party shall, in addition, obtain and
keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies, in the name of
Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full
rental and other charges payable by Lessee to Lessor under this Lease one (1)
year (including all real estate taxes, insurance costs, and any scheduled rental
increases). Said insurance shall provide that in the event the Lease is
terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such
coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or
replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year's loss of rental
revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed
valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of
coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income,
property

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 4 of 16
<PAGE>

taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise payable by
Lessee, for the next twelve (12) month period. Lessee shall be liable for any
deductible amount in the event of such loss.

          (c) ADJACENT PREMISES. If the Premises are part of a larger building,
or if the Premises are part of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are
adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums
for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is
caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

          (d) TENANT'S IMPROVEMENTS. Lessee is the Insuring Party, the policy
carried by Lessee under this Paragraph 8.3 shall insure Lessee Owned Alterations
and Utility Installations.

     8.4 LESSEE'S PROPERTY INSURANCE. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph
8.5, Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at Lessor's option,
by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all
of Lessee's personal property, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that carried
by the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3. Such insurance shall be full
replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per
occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the
replacement of personal property or the restoration of Lessee Owned Alterations
and Utility Installations. Lessee shall be the Insuring Party with respect to
the insurance required by this Paragraph 8.4 and shall provide Lessor with
written evidence that such insurance is in force.

     8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are located,
and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at
least B +, V, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender having a lien
on the Premises, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance
Guide." Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate
the insurance policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. If Lessee is the
Insuring Party, Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor certified copies of
policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts
of such insurance with the insureds and loss payable clauses as required by this
Lease. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except
after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall at least
thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with
evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or
Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which
amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. If the Insuring Party
shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by the
Insuring Party under this Paragraph 8, the other Party may, but shall not be
required to, procure and maintain the same, but at Lessee's expense.

     8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Without affecting any other rights or remedies,
Lessee and Lessor ("Waiving Party") each hereby release and relieve the other,
and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort)
against the other, for loss of or damage to the Waiving Party's property arising
out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against under Paragraph
8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall
not be limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any
deductibles applicable thereto, and not withstanding anything to the contrary in
this lease, without regard to the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity
so released.

     8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for Lessor's gross negligence and/or breach of
express warranties, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless
the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners
and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages,
costs, liens, judgments, penalties, permits, attorney's and consultant's fees,
expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in dealing with, the
occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's business, any act,
omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees,
and out of any Default or Breach by Lessee in the performance in a timely manner
of any obligation Lessee's part to be performed under this Lease The foregoing
shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any
action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims
made against Lessor) litigated and/or reduced to judgment, and whether well
founded or not. In case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by
reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall
defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor
and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have
first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified.

     8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other
person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires
appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause, whether the said injury Or damage results from conditions arising upon
the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part, or from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of
such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not.
Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of
any other tenant of Lessor. Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or breach of
this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's
business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

     9.1 DEFINITIONS.

          (a) "PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE" shall mean damage or destruction to the
improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than 50%
of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction, excluding from such calculation the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

          (b) "PREMISES TOTAL DESTRUCTION" shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations the
repair cost of which damage or destruction is 50% or more of the then
Replacement Cost of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction, excluding from such calculation the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

          (c) "INSURED LOSS" shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on
the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations,
which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described
in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits
involved.

          (d) "REPLACEMENT COST" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the
improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition
existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or
laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

          (e) "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITION" shall mean the occurrence or
discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a
Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the
Premises.

     9.2 PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an
Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage
(but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor's
election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair
of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make the insurance
proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the
insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party
shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible
which is Lessee's responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs.
In the event, however, the shortage in proceeds was due to the fact that, by
reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance
coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no
obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the
unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to
cover same, or adequate assurance thereof within ten (10) days following receipt
of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said
funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, the party
responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably
possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Lessor does
not receive such funds or assurance within said period, Lessor may nevertheless
elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to make such
restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any
shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and
effect

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 5 of 16
<PAGE>

If in such case Lessor does not so elect, then this Lease shall terminate sixty
(60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction. Unless
otherwise, agreed Lessee shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from
Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or
destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject
to Paragraph 9.3 rather than Paragraph 9.2, notwithstanding that there may be
some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be
made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

     9.3 PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS. If a Premises Partial Damage that is
not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor's
rights under Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option, either: (i) repair
such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice
to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the
occurrence of such damage of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the
date sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. In the event Lessor
elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee
shall have the right within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to
give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of
such damage totally at Lessee's expense and without reimbursement from Lessor.
Lessee shall provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory assurance
thereof within thirty (30) days following Lessee's said commitment. In such
event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall
proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible and the required
funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the funds
or assurance thereof within the times specified above, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

     9.4 TOTAL DESTRUCTION. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a
Premises Total Destruction occurs (including any destruction required by any
authorized public authority), this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by
Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 8.6.

          (a) In the event of partial damage or destruction to the Premises and
the repair would reasonably be expected to take more than one hundred and eighty
(180) days, Lessee shall have the option to terminate the lease. Notice shall be
provided to Lessor within thirty (30) days of the event of the damage or
destruction.

     9.5 DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM. If at any time during the last six (6) months
or the term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds
one (1) month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may, at
Lessor's option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the
date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such
damage. Provided, however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this
Lease by, within twenty (20) days following the occurrence of the damage, or
before the expiration of the time provided in such option for its exercise
whichever is earlier ("Exercise Period"), (i) exercising such option and
(ii)providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate
assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs. If Lessee duly exercises such
option during said Exercise Period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate
assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at
Lessor's expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such
option and provide such funds or assurance during said Exercise Period, then
Lessor may at Lessor's option terminate this Lease as of the expiration of said
sixty (60) day period following the occurrence of such damage by giving written
notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to do so within ten (10) days after the
expiration of the Exercise Period, notwithstanding any term or provision in the
grant of option to the contrary.

     9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

          (a) In the event of damage described in Paragraph 9.2 (Partial Damage
- - Insured), whether or not Lessor or Lessee repairs or restores the Premises,
the Base Rent, Real Property Taxes, insurance premiums, and other charges, if
any, payable by Lessee hereunder for the period during which such damage, its
repair or the restoration continues (not to exceed the period for which rental
value insurance is required under Paragraph 8.3(b)) shall be abated in
proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired.
Except for abatement of Base Rent, Real Property Taxes insurance premiums and
other charges, if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of Lessee hereunder
shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no clam against Lessor for
any damage suffered by reason of any such repair or restoration.

          (b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises
under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within
ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time
prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to
Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's election
to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the
giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders
and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in
said notice. If Lessor or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the
Premises within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect. "Commence" as used in this Paragraph shall
mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required
plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first
occurs.

     9.7 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

     9.8 TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance
Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall,
in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not
been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms of this
Lease.

     9.9 WAIVE STATUTES. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease
shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with
respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any
present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10. REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

     10.1 (a) PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessee shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as
defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Premises during the term of this
Lease. Subject to Paragraph 10.1 (b), all such payments shall be made at least
ten (10) days prior to the delinquency date of the applicable installment Lessee
shall promptly furnish Lessor with satisfactory evidence that such taxes have
been paid. If any such taxes to be paid by Lessee shall cover any period of time
prior to or after the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof,
Lessee's share of such taxes shall be equitably prorated to cover only the
period of time within the tax fiscal year this Lease is in effect, and Lessor
shall reimburse Lessee for any overpayment after such proration. If Lessee shall
fail to pay any Real Property Taxes required by this Lease to be paid by Lessee,
Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor
therefor upon demand.

          (b) ADVANCE PAYMENT. In order to insure payment when due and before
delinquency of any or all Real Property Taxes, Lessor reserves the right, at
Lessor's option, to estimate the current Real Property Taxes applicable to the
Premises, and to require such current year's Real Property Taxes to be paid in
advance to Lessor by Lessee, either: (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the
installment due, at least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable delinquency
date, or (ii) monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. If Lessor
elects to require payment monthly in advance, the monthly payment shall be that
equal monthly amount which, over the number of months remaining before the month
in which the applicable tax installment would become delinquent (and without
interest thereon), would provide a fund large enough to fully discharge before
delinquency the estimated installment of taxes to be paid. When the actual
amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly
advance payment shall be adjusted as required to provide the fund needed to pay
the applicable taxes before delinquency. If the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee
under the provisions of this Paragraph are insufficient to discharge the
obligations of Lessee to pay such Real Property Taxes as the same become due,
Lessee shall pay to Lessor, upon Lessor's demand, such additional sums as are
necessary to pay such obligations. All moneys paid to Lessor under this
Paragraph may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear
interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of the
obligations of Lessee under this Lease, then any balance of funds paid

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 6 of 16
<PAGE>

to Lessor under the provisions of this Paragraph may, subject to proration as
provided in Paragraph 10.1(a), at the option of Lessor, be treated as an
additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5.

     10.2 DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAXES." As used herein, the term "Real
Property Taxes" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment,
general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial
rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,
personal, income, or estate taxes) imposed upon the Premises by any authority
having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal
government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or
other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable
interest of Lessor in the Premises or in the real property of which the Premises
are a part, Lessor's right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's
business of leasing the Premises. The term "Real Property Taxes" shall also
include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein,
imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes in applicable law taking
effect, during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in
the ownership of the Premises or in the improvements thereon, the execution of
this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or
not contemplated by the Parties.

     10.3 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Premises are not separately assessed,
Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes
for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed,
such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations
assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be
reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

     10.4 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility
Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Lessee shall
cause its Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property
to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of
Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee within ten (10) days
after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to
Lessee's property or, at Lessor's option, as provided in Paragraph 10.1 (b).

11. UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power,
telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the
Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not
separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be
determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered with other premises. (SEE
ADDENDUM #4)

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

     12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED.

          (a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign,
transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively,
"assignment") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in
the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent given under and subject to
the terms of Paragraph 36. In the event an assignment or sublease is made, 50%
of profits gained from a assignment or subletting shall go to Lessor. Consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment
requiring Lessor's consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of fifty one
(51%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in
control for this purpose. If the change of control is to an entity that has a
greater market capitalization than Lessee, no consent is necessary and if it is
smaller consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or
series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing,
refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise) whether or not a formal
assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee s assets occurs, which
results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter
defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such
Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the time of the execution
by Lessor of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which
Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or
transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of
Lessee was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease by
Lessee to which Lessor may reasonably withhold its consent. "Net Worth of
Lessee" for purposes of this Lease snail be the net worth of Lessee (excluding
any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

(d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee's interest in this Lease without
Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default
curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a non-curable Breach without the
necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such
unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Lessor shall
have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30)
days written notice ("Lessor's Notice"), increase the monthly Base Rent to fair
market rental value or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in
effect, whichever is greater. Pending determination of the new fair market
rental value, if disputed by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in
Lessor's Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s)
of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to
the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the
determination thereof. Further, in the event of such Breach and market value
adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held
by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to the then fair market value
(without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for
depreciation or obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and
best use and in good condition), or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price
previously in effect, whichever is greater, (ii) any index-oriented rental or
price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require
that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable to the
time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during
the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new
market rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the market
value adjustment.

          (e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor
shall be limited to compensatory damages and injunctive relief.

          (f) Lessor acknowledges that Lessee's business involves the provision
of capital and services to individuals and companies that are in the early
stages of forming a business (Start-ups) and that these Start-ups will be
occupying the Premises from time to time. Based on this acknowledgment, and not
withstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, so long as the Start-ups
are not paying rent to Lessee, the occupancy of the Premises by these Start-ups
shall not be considered a subletting or assignment requiring Lessor's consent.
If Start-ups do pay rent, it will not constitute subletting if Lessee has a
greater than five (5%) percent equity stake in Start-up.

12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

          (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, any assignment or subletting shall
not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or
sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (iii) release Lessee of
any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for
the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.

          (b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance of Lessee's obligations
from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an
assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment
nor the acceptance of any rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

          (c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However,
Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or
any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else
liable on the Lease or sublease and without retaining their consent, and such
action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or
sublease.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 7 of 16
<PAGE>

          (d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's obligations
under this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or
any one else responsible for the performance of the Lessee's obligations under
this Lease, including the sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies
against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any
security held by Lessor or Lessee.

          (e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be
in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to
the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed
assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or
required modification of the Premises, if any. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor
with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be
reasonably requested by Lessor.

          (f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason
of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the
benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each
and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than
such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

     12.3 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or
any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

          (a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect
such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this
Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1)
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease. Lessee
may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive, collect and enjoy the
rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any
other assignment of such sublease to Lessor, nor by reason of the collection of
the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of
Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee
under such sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such
sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach
exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to
Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease.
Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor and shall
pay such rents and other charges to Lessor without any obligation or right to
inquire as to whether such Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or
claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee shall have no right or claim against
said sublessee, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Lessor, for any
such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

          (b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its
obligations under this Lease, Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor
shall undertake the obligations of the Sublessor under such sublease from the
time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease;
provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such Sublessor or for any other prior Defaults
or Breaches of such Sublessor under such sublease.

          (c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the Sublessor under a
sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

          (d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

          (e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by
Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee
within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall
have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such
Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES.

     13.1 DEFAULT; BREACH. Lessor and Lessee agree that if an attorney is
consulted by Lessor In connection with a Lessee Default or Breach (as
hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in said
notice as rent due and payable to cure said Default. A "Default" is defined as a
failure by the Lessee to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A "Breach"
is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults, and,
where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by
Lessee to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace
period, shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2
and/or 13.3:

          (a) The vacating of the Premises without the intention to reoccupy
same, or the abandonment of the Premises.

          (b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent or any other monetary payment
required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party,
as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable
evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure
of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or
threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three
(3) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

          (c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed
original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Law per
Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required
under Paragraph 7.1 (b), (iii) the recission of an unauthorized assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1 (b), (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or
37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30,
(vi) the guaranty of the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease if
required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document
requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or
information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of
this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

          (d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or
previsions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof,
that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those
described in subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues
for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of
Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is
such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then
it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Lessee if Lessee
commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes such cure to completion.

          (e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) The making by
lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(ii) Lessee's becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101 or any successor
statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the
same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or
receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at
the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not
restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment execution or
other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the
Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not
discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any
provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such
provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the
remaining provisions.

          (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to
Lessor by Lessee or any Guarantor of Lessee's obligations hereunder was
materially false.

          (g) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is
guaranteed: (i) the death of a guarantor, (ii) the termination of a guarantor's
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of
such guaranty, (iii) a guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a
bankruptcy filing, (iv) a guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a
guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis,
and Lessee's failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event, to provide Lessor with written
alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing
resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of
Lessee and the guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 8 of 16
<PAGE>

     13.2 REMEDIES. If Lessee fails to perform any affirmative duty or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option
(but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's
behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,
insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs
and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its option,
may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made
only by cashier's check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee, as
defined in Paragraph 13.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without
limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by
reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

          (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time
of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of
termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have
been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be
reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its
obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that
portion of the leasing commission paid by Lessor applicable to the unexpired
term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in
provision (iii) of the prior sentence shall be computed by discounting such
amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the
time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages
caused by Lessee's Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's
right to recover damages under this Paragraph. If termination of this Lease is
obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have
the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are
recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve therein the right to recover all or
any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice
and grace period required under subparagraphs 13.1 (b), (c) or (d) was not
previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the
case may be, given to Lessee under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of
leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for
grace period purposes required by subparagraphs 13.1 (b), (c) or (d). In such
case, the applicable grace period under subparagraphs 13.1 (b), (c) or (d) and
under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such
statutory notice, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the
greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer
and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this
Lease and/or by said statute.

          (b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's Breach and
abandonment and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee has the
right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. See
Paragraphs 12 and 36 for the limitations on assignment and subletting which
limitations Lessee and Lessor agree are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or
preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to
protect the Lessor's interest under the Lease, shall not constitute a
termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

          (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

          (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination
of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under
any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing
during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

     13.3 INDUCEMENT RECAPTURE IN EVENT OF BREACH. Any agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises, or for the
giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus,
inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are hereinafter referred to as "Inducement Provisions," shall be
deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence
of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee, as defined in Paragraph 13.1. In the event
that Lessee does not complete the initial improvements for a particular building
and is in material default of this Lease beyond any period provided for cure,
Lessor shall have the right, in addition to any other damages provided for
herein, to seek damages in the amount of base rent for any abated period of
abated rent applicable to the building containing incomplete initial
improvements.

     13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs
not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises.
Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within five (5) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue
amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and
reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor
prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not
collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then
notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the
contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance.

     13.5 BREACH BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease
unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required
to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a reasonable
time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor,
and by the holders of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the
Premises whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for
such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has
not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation
is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably
required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach of this Lease
if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter
diligently pursued to completion.

14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called "condemnation" ), this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or
possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the land area
not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's
option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have
given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice,
within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession)
terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such
possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the
foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of
the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same
proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total
rentable floor area of the building located on the Premises. No reduction of
Base Rent shall occur if the only portion of the Premises taken is land on which
there is no building. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the
Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of
the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award
shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for
the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee
shall be entitled to any compensation separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee's
relocation expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade fixtures. In the event that
this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the
extent of its net severance damages received, over and above the legal and other
expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the
Premises caused by such condemnation, except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall be responsible for
the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance damages required to
complete such repair. (SEE ADDENDUM #5 AND #6)

15. BROKER`S FEE. (SEE ADDENDUM #10)

     15.1 The Brokers named in Paragraph 1.10 are the procuring causes of this
Lease.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                  Page 9 of 16
<PAGE>

     15.2 Upon execution of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to said
Brokers jointly, or in such separate shares as they may mutually designate in
writing, a fee as set forth in a separate written agreement between Lessor and
said Brokers (or in the event there is no separate written agreement between
Lessor and said Brokers, the sum of $46,749.80 for brokerage services rendered
by said Brokers to Lessor in this transaction.

     15.3 Unless Lessor and Brokers have otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor
further agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph
39.1) or any Option subsequently granted which is substantially similar to an
Option granted to Lessee in this Lease, or (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises described in this Lease which are substantially
similar to what Lessee would have acquired had an Option herein granted to
Lessee been exercised, or (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises,
with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of the term of this Lease after
having failed to exercise an Option, or (d) if said Brokers are the procuring
cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties pertaining to
the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Lessor has an interest, or
(e) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an
escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions, Lessor shall pay
said Brokers a fee of three (3%) percent of gross rent for the option period.

     15.4 Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether
such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have
assumed Lessor's obligation under this Paragraph 15. Each Broker shall be a
third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of
its interest in any commission arising from this Lease and may enforce that
right directly against Lessor and its successors.

     15.5 Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has
had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers,
if any named in Paragraph 1.10) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease
and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no
broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Brokers is entitled
to any commission or finder's fee in connection with said transaction. Lessee
and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other
harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be
claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of
any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs,
expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

     15.6 Lessor and Lessee hereby consent to and approve all agency
relationships, including any dual agencies, indicated in Paragraph 1.10.

16. TENANCY STATEMENT.

     16.1 Each Party (as "Responding Party") shall within ten (10) days after
written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party") execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form
similar to the then most current "Tenancy Statement" form published by the
American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information,
confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting
Party.

     16.2 If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, any
part thereof, or the building of which the Premises are a part, Lessee and all
Guarantors of Lessee's performance hereunder shall deliver to any potential
lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee and
such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser,
including but not limited to Lessee's financial statements for the past three
(3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such
lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein
set forth.

17. LESSOR'S LIABILITY. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is
a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a
transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Lessor
shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused
Security Deposit held by Lessor at the time of such transfer or assignment.
Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and
delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under
this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing,
the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor
shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other than late charges, not received by Lessor within thirty (30) days
following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the
thirty-first (31st) day after it was due at the rate of 12% per annum, but not
exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the late charge
provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Lease contains all
agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each represents and represents to the best of Lessor's
knowledge to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own
investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility
of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature; quality and character of
the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with
respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. NOTICES.

     23.1 All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing
and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or
may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be
deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23.
The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that
Party's address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by
written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes,
except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall
constitute Lessee's address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to
Lessee. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor
hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such
addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice
to Lessee.

     23.2 Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt
card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular
mail the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is
addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered
by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day
delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by
facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or
delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof,
provided a copy is also delivered via delivery

24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term,
covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent
to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the
obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance
of rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding Default or Breach by
Lessee of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the
particular rent so accepted. Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted
by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any
qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith,
which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect
whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the
time of deposit of such payment.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 10 of 16
<PAGE>

25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26. NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the
Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. (SEE ADDENDUM #7)

27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties
their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the
Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT- NON-DISTURBANCE.

     30.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other
hypothecation or security device (collectively, "Security Device" ), now or
hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of which the Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Lessee
agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this
Lease, but that in the event of Lessor's default with respect to any such
obligation Lessee will give any Lender whose name and address have been
furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor's default and
allow such Lender thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice for the cure
of said default before invoking any remedies Lessee may have by reason thereof.
If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby
superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice
thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such
Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or
recordation thereof.

     30.2 ATTORNMENT. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph
30.3; Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and
that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring
prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, or (iii) be bound by
prepayment of more than one (1) month's rent.

     30.3 NON-DISTURBANCE. With respect to Security Devices entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a "non-disturbance agreement") from the
Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease, including any options to extend
the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof
and attorney to the record owner of the Premises.

     30.4 SELF-EXECUTING. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be
effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however,
that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale,
financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such
further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such
subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31. ATTORNEY'S FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) or Broker in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon,
shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees. Such fees may be awarded in the
same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or
proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "Prevailing Party"
shall include, without limitation a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or
defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise;
settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its
claim or defense. The attorney's fees award shall not be computed in accordance
with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all
attorney's fees reasonably incurred. Lessor shall be entitled to attorney's
fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of
Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action
is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS; SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency,
and upon twenty four (24) hours notice for the purpose of showing the same to
prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations,
repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the building of which
they are a part, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time
place on or about the Premises or building any ordinary "For Sale" signs and
Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred twenty (120) days of the term
hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs. All such
activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. SIGNS. Lessee shall not place any Sign upon the Premises, except that Lessee
may, with Lessor's prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such
signs as are reasonably required to advertise Lessee's own business. The
installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to
the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations,
Trade Fixtures and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein,
Lessor reserves all rights to the use of the roof and the right to install, and
all revenues from the installation of, such advertising signs on the Premises,
including the roof, as do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of
Lessee's business.

35. TERMINATION, MERGER. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises; provided, however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. CONSENTS.

          (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise provided
herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not
limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' or other consultants' fees)
incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including but not
limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a
Hazardous Substance, practice or storage tank, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor
upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor Subject to
Paragraph 12.2(e) (applicable to assignment or subletting), Lessor may, as a
condition to considering any such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit
with Lessor an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under
Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will
incur in considering and responding to Lessee's request. Except as otherwise
provided any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without
interest. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of
the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or
Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver
of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 11 of 16
<PAGE>

          (b) All conditions to Lessor's consent authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged by Lessee as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any
particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by
Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then
reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being
given.

37. GUARANTOR.

     37.1 If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per Paragraph 1.11 the
form of the guaranty to be executed by each such Guarantor shall be in the form
most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and
each said Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease,
including but not limited to the obligation to provide the Tenancy Statement and
information called for by Paragraph 16.

     37.2 It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee under this Lease if any
such Guarantor fails or refuses, upon reasonable request by Lessor to give: (a)
evidence of the due execution of the guaranty called for by this Lease including
the authority of the Guarantor (and of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf)
to obligate such Guarantor on said guaranty, and including in the case of a
corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors
authorizing the making of such guaranty, together with a certificate of
incumbency showing the signature of the persons authorized to sign on its
behalf, (b) current financial statements of Guarantor as may from time to time
be requested by Lessor, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation
that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. QUIET POSSESSION. Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the observance and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and
provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease,
Lessee shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof
subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39. OPTIONS

     39.1 DEFINITION. As used in this Paragraph 39 the word "Option" has the
following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew this lease.

     39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL TO ORIGINAL LESSEE. Each Option granted to Lessee in
this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and
cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person or
entity other than said original Lessee while the original Lessee is in full and
actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter
assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable, either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or
apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner,
by reservation or otherwise.

     39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any Multiple Options to
extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the Prior
Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised 39.4 Effect of
Default on options.

          (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period
commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard to
whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1, whether or not the Defaults
are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the
exercise of the Option.

          (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

          (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee three (3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1 during any
twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if
Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

39.4 EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

          (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period
commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard to
whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1, whether or not the Defaults
are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the
exercise of the Option.

          (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

          (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee three or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve
month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits
a Breach of this Lease.

40. MULTIPLE BUILDINGS. If the Premises are part of a group of buildings
controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by, keep and observe all,
reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the
management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and
unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the
convenience of other occupants or tenants of such other buildings and their
invitees, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in
connection therewith.

41. SECURITY MEASURES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. RESERVATIONS. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to
grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and
dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel
maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and
restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by
Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to
effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much
thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this
Lease.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 12 of 16
<PAGE>

44. AUTHORITY. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, or general or
limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver this Lease on its behalf. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or
partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed previsions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten previsions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46. OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and submission
of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to lease to Lessee. This Lease is
not intended to be binding until executed by all Parties hereto.

47. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the
Parties in interest at the time of the modification. The parties shall amend
this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the
Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not
materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably
required by an institutional, insurance company, or pension plan Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property
of which the Premises are a part.

48. MULTIPLE PARTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more
than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee the
obligations of such Multiple Parties shall be the joint and several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

49) PARKING. SO LONG AS LESSEE IS NOT IN DEFAULT UNDER THIS LEASE, LESSEE SHALL
HAVE THE RIGHT TO LESSORS INTEREST IN PARKING, IN THE PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT OF
THE SPACE RENTED BY LESSEE TO LAND AREA OWNED BY LESSOR, AT PARSON'S GARAGE LATE
CHARGES (PARAGRAPH 13.4) SHALL APPLY.

50) IMPROVEMENTS. (SEE ADDENDUM #9)

51 RENT INCREASE:

     (a) ON EACH ANNIVERSARY OF THE COMMENCEMENT DATE, the monthly rent payable
under paragraph 1.5 ("Base Rent") of the attached Lease shall be adjusted by the
cumulative change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer
Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor
for CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers,) for Los Angeles, Anaheim
Riverside, All Items (1982-1984 =100), herein referred to as "C.P.I." (December
1998 index = 155.3)

     (b) The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph 51.1(a) of this
Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph
1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of
which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month 2 (two) months prior to the
month(s) specified in paragraph 51.1(a) above during which the adjustment is to
take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar
month which is two (2) months prior to the first month of the term of this Lease
as set forth in paragraph 1.3 ("Base Month"). The sum so calculated shall
constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new
monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding
the date for rent adjustment.

     (c) In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be
transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be
discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to
make such calculation. In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on such
alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the
American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said
association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the
parties The cost of sad Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee

52 OPTION TO EXTEND. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the
term of this Lease for one (1) additional forty-eight month period(s) commencing
when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and
conditions: followed by one (1) additional sixty (60) month period

          (a) Lessee gives to Lessor, and Lessor actually receives on a date
which is prior to the date that the opt on period would commence (if exercised)
by at least three (3) and not more than six (6) months a written notice of the
exercise of the opt on(s) to extend this Lease for said additional term(s) time
being of essence, If said notification of the exercise of said option(s) is
(are) not so given and received, the option(s) shall automatically expire; said
option(s) may (if more than one) only be exercised consecutively;

          (b) The provisions of paragraph 39, including the provision relating
to default of Lessee set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease are conditions of
this Option;

          (c) All of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where
specifically modified by this option shall apply;

          (d) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be on
the same terms and conditions as the underlying lease.

     52.1 BROKER'S FEE. The Real Estate Brokers specified in paragraph 1.10 of
the attached Lease shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified
above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the attached Lease.

                                 LEASE ADDENDUM

     This Lease Addendum is to that certain Lease - Single Tenant - Net dated
Saturday, January 24, 1998, for the premises located at 140 W. Union Street,
Pasadena CA 91103 ("Premises") between Typecraft, Inc. ("Lessor") and Idealab!
("Lessee").

     1. Lessee hereby accepts the Premises in their current condition existing
as of the Lease Commencement Date or the date the Lessee takes possession of the
Premises, whichever is earlier, strictly "AS IS", subject to all Applicable Law,
and Lessee accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed
thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto.

     2. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations under paragraph 7.1,
Lessor, at Lessor's option may, but shall not be required to, enter upon the
Premises after fourteen (14) days prior written notice to Lessee, and put the
same in good order, condition and repair, and the cost thereof, together with
interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, shall become due
and payable as additional rent to Lessor together with Lessee's next rental
installment, provided however, that Lessor shall not be permitted to perform
Lessee's obligations under paragraph 7.1 of the Lease if prior to the end of the
notice period set forth in this Lease Addendum paragraph 2.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 13 of 16
<PAGE>

     3. Any maintenance or repair obligations of Lessor as described in
paragraph 7.2 of this Lease which become necessary or desirable by reason of the
negligence of Lessee, or of Lessee's subtenants, licensees, employees, invitees,
customers or contractors, shall be at Lessee's sole cost and expense; and
provided, further, that if Lessee makes any alteration of or addition to or
performs work of any kind on the foundations, exterior walls, and roof, any
repairs thereof thereafter required due to Lessee's activities shall be at
Lessee's expense.

     4. Lessor may, with reasonable prior written notice to Lessee (or, in an
emergency, with such notice or lack of notice as may be reasonable under the
circumstances), shut off and discontinue those utilities under paragraph 11 of
the Lease whenever such continuance is necessary to make repairs or alterations.
Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lessor from any liens arising
from the charges for such utilities or services. Lessor shall not be liable for
any failure or interruption of any utility service furnished to the Premises and
no failure or interruption shall entitle Lessee to terminate this Lease or to
recover any compensatory damages from Lessor, including, but not limited to,
direct, incidental, consequential or other monetary damages of any type or
description.

     5. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 14 of the Lease to the
contrary, it is expressly agreed that any condemnation, taking or dedication of
any portion of the Premises as may be required by any governmental agency having
jurisdiction over the erection of improvements on the Premises shall not result
in the abatement, proration, termination or other reduction in the Base Rent to
be paid by Lessee under this Lease so long as any such condemnation, taking or
dedication is required or implemented as part of, or reasonably related to, the
initial construction or erection of Lessee's improvements on the Premises or as
otherwise required by any such governmental agency for the continued use and
operation by Lessee of its improvements during the Lease Term.

     6. In the event of a condemnation under paragraph 14 of the Lease, if the
condemnor should take only the right to possession of the Premises for a fixed
period of time or for the duration of an emergency or other temporary condition,
then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in paragraph 14, this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any abatement of rent, but
the amounts payable by the condemnor with respect to any period of time prior to
the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease shall be paid by the
condemnor to Lessor and the condemnor shall be considered a sublessee of Lessee.
Landlord shall apply the amount received from the condemnor applicable to the
rent due hereunder net of costs of Lessor for the collection thereof, or as much
thereof as may be necessary for the purpose, toward the amount due from Lessee
as rent for that period; and Lessee shall pay the Lessor any deficiency between
the amount less paid by the condemnor and the amount of the rent, or Lessor
shall credit to future rental payments due from Lessee any excess of the amount
of the award over the amount of the rent.

     7. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part
thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided
that if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises without Lessor's consent,
the Lessee's Base Rent shall increase by two hundred percent (200%) over the
then current Base Rent.

     8. All Of the foregoing initial rental rates shall be subject to further
adjustments as set forth in paragraphs 52.1 and 52.2 of the Lease.

          a) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, and in compliance with all
applicable codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, shall seismically upgrade
the Building and make the roof water tight. Further, at its option, it may
completely reconstruct the Premises. Any improvements must be done in accordance
with plans and specifications ("Plans") which Lessee shall submit to Lessor and
which are acceptable to Lessor in its reasonable discretion.

          b) Lessee, at Lessee's sole expense, shall prepare the Plans for its
improvements and, thereafter, shall submit two (2) copies of the Plans to Lessor
for approval.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 14 of 16
<PAGE>

          c) Lessor shall promptly review and approve the Plans or will note in
writing any required changes and correction which must be made to the Plans. Any
required changes or corrections must be made by Lessee and the Plans must be
resubmitted to Lessor within seven (7) days after such corrections or changes
have been noted and Lessor shall have seven (7) days from the receipt of the
revise Plans to approve or disapprove thereof.

          d) Once approved by Lessor the Plans shall not be modified or amended
without the prior written consent of Lessee and Lessor. Lessee shall give Lessor
thirty (30) days prior written notice of its intention to commence construction
of any improvements an Lessor shall have the right to post notices of
non-responsibility in connection with construction of Lessee's improvements.

          e) No Plans, although approved by Lessor, are approved for
architectural or engineering design, and Lessor, by approving such Plans,
assumes no liability or responsibility for such approval.

          f) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for
obtaining any necessary permits, approvals, licenses, bonds or other consents or
agreements required by any governmental agency for the construction of
improvements on the Premises. Lessee will cooperate with Lessee in obtaining any
of the preceding.

          g) Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and against
any and all losses, claims and damages resulting from the failure of Lessee or
its agents or contractors to pay contractors or subcontractors or to discharge
any mechanics liens on the Premise resulting from construction of Lessee's
improvements. Lessee shall proceed diligently to construct the improvements in
accordance with the approved Plans. Lessee shall contract directly with the
contractors, be in control of the bidding process, direct the work involved, and
be responsible for payment of contractors. Lessee shall further pay for the
costs incurred by Lessor to hire or employ a supervisor or inspector to monitor,
supervise and inspect the work performed by Lessee, the cost for which shall be
agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee prior to the commencement of any construction
by Lessee.

          h) Lessee contractors shall warrant against any leakage caused by
their penetrations of or work upon the roof. j) Lessee's improvements and all
subsequent additions thereto, alterations therein and replacements thereof,
shall become and remain a part of the Premises subject to the use and occupancy
of Lessee, and none of the same shall be transferred, removed or materially
altered, accept as otherwise provided in this Lease. Upon the expiration of the
Lease Term or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, all of the
improvements shall become the property of Lessor without payment of any
consideration therefore.

9. Existing Tenant

          Typecraft is currently leasing the rear portion of the Premises to
Restoration Hardware on a month to month basis. So long as lessee is not in
default under this lease, Lessee shall have the right to Lessor's interest in
both income and rights to cancellation of this lease Typecraft will notify
Restoration Hardware of transaction within five (5) days of lease execution.

10. Broker's Fee

          Brokers shall be paid from rent received.

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 15 of 16
<PAGE>

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND
EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO YOUR
ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE
CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS TO THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS. STORAGE TANK
OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE REAL
ESTATE BROKER(S) OR THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL
EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT
RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS
TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS
LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE
PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place on the dates specified
above to their respective signatures.

By Lessor:                                  By Lessee:

TYPECRAFT, INC.                             130 W. UNION STREET

2040 E. Walnut Street                       Pasadena, CA  91103
Pasadena, CA  91109                         IDEALAB!

/s/ D. HARRY MONTGOMERY,      1/29/98       /s/ WILLIAM GROSS
- -------------------------------------       ---------------------
By: D. Harry Montgomery,      Date          By: William Gross
Its President

/s/ LEN JASMIN                1/31/98
- -------------------------------------
By: Len Jasmin                Date

/s/ BRYNNE A. STALEY          1/30/98
- -------------------------------------
By: Brynne A. Staley          Date

/s/ MEGAN B. MONTGOMERY       1/31/98
- -------------------------------------
By: Megan B. Montgomery       Date

/s/ [illegible]  Initals Lessor                  Initials Lessee /s/ [illegible]
- ---------------                                                  ---------------


                                 Page 16 of 16
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A

                       LEASE - MODIFIED GROSS - short form

1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS ("BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS")
     1.1 PARTIES: This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only. OCTOBER 23,
1995, is made by and between TYPECRAFT, INC., (herein called "Lessor") and
RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC. doing business under the name of , (herein
called"(Lessee").
     1.2 PREMISES: Suite Number(s) N/A, FIRST floors, consisting of
approximately 3,500 rentable feet, more or less, as defined in paragraph 2 and
as shown in Exhibit "A" hereto (the "Premises").
     1.3 BUILDING: Commonly described as being located at 138 W. UNION STREET,
in the City of PASADENA, County of LOS ANGELES State of CALIFORNIA, Zip Code
91103, as described in Exhibit A hereto, and as defined in paragraph 2.
     1.4 USE: WAREHOUSE , subject to paragraph 6.
     1.5 TERM: MONTH TO MONTH commencing NOVEMBER 1ST, 1995 ("Commencement
Date") and ending UPON 90 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE EITHER PARTY, AS DEFINED IN
PARAGRAPH 3.
     1.6 BASE RENT: $2,100 per month, payable on the 1ST day of each month, per
paragraph 4.1
     1.7 BASE RENT INCREASE: On THE ANNIVERSARY OF THE COMMENCEMENT DATE EVERY
YEAR the monthly Base Rent payable under paragraph 1.6 above shall be adjusted
as provided in paragraph 4.3 below.
     1.8 RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $2,100.00 for RENT FROM RENT FROM NOVEMBER
1ST, TO NOVEMBER 31, 1995
     1.9 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $2,100.00
     1.10 LESSEE'S SHARE OF OPERATING EXPENSES INCREASE: N/A % as defined in
paragraph 4.2.
     1.11 BASE YEAR: N/A
     1.12 OPTION TO EXTEND: Lessee shall have N/A option(s) to renew the Lease,
terms and conditions described in Addendum Lessee shall be required to give
Lessor at least 180 days but no more than 210 days prior written notice of its
intent to renew the Lease. This Option is further defined in paragraph 39.
2. PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.
     2.1 PREMISES: The Premises are a portion of a building, herein sometimes
referred to as the "Building" identified in paragraph 1.3 of the Basic Lease
Provision. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which the
same are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon or
thereunder, are herein collectively referred to as the "Building." Lessor hereby
leases to Lessee from Lessor for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the
conditions set forth herein the real property referred to in the Basic Lease
Provisions, paragraph 1.2, as the "Premises," including rights to Common Areas
as hereinafter specified.

3. TERM.
     3.1 TERM. The Term and Commencement Date of this Lease shall be as
specified in paragraph 1.5 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

4. RENT.
     4.1 BASE RENT. Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in paragraph
4.3, and except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the Base Rent for the Premises set forth in paragraph 1.6 of
the Basic Lease Provisions, without offset or deduction. Lessee shall pay Lessor
upon execution hereof the advance Base Rent described in paragraph 1.8 of the
Basic Lease Provision. Rent for any period during the term thereof which is less
than one month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the
calendar month involved. Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United
States to Lessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at
such other place as Lessor may designate in writing.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the
security deposit set forth in paragraph 1.9 of the Basic Lease Provisions as
security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations hereunder. If
Lessee fails to pay rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults
with respect to any provision of this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all
or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any rent or other charge in
default for the payment of any other sum to which Lessor may become obligated by
reason of Lessee's default, or to compensate Lessor for any loss or damage which
Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so uses or applies all or any portion of
said deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor
deposit cash with Lessor in an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to the
full amount then required of Lessee. If the monthly Base Rent shall, from time
to time, increase during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, at the time of
such increase, deposit with Lessor additional money as a security deposit so
that the total amount of the security deposit held by Lessor shall at all times
bear the same proportion to the than current Base Rent as the initial security
deposit bears to the initial Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.6 of the Basic
Lease Provisions. Lessor shall not be required to keep said security deposit
separate from its general accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee's
obligations hereunder, said deposit, or so much thereof as had not heretofore
been applied by Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other
increment for its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last assignees,
if any, of Lessee's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof,
and after Lessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created here
in between Lessor and Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6.      USE.
     6.1 USE. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the purpose set
forth in paragraph 1.4 of the Basic Lease Provisions or any other use which is
reasonably comparable to that use and for no other purpose.
     6.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.
          (a) Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises, in the state existing
on the data that the Lease term commences, not without regard to alterations or
improvements made by Lessee or the use for which Lessee will occupy the
Premises, does not violate any covenants or restriction or record, or any
applicable building code, regulation or ordinance in effect on such Lease term
Commencement Dare. In the event it is determined that this warranty has been
violated, the it shall be the obligation of the Lessor, after written notice
form Lessee, to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost and expense rectify any such
violation.
          (b) Except as provided in paragraph 6.2(a) Lessee shall at Lessee's
expense, promptly comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules,
regulations, orders, covenants, and restrictions of record, and requirements of
any fire insurance underwriters or rating bureaus, now in effect or which may
hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in policy form
that now existing, during the term or any part of the term hereof, relating in
any manner to the Premises and the occupation and use by Lessee of the Premises.
Lessee shall conduct its business in a lawful manner and shall not use or permit
the use of the premises of the Common Areas in any manner that will tend to
create waste or nuisance or shall tend to disturb other occupants of the
Building.
     6.3 CONDITIONS OF PREMISES.
          (a) Lessor shall deliver the premises to Lessee in a clean condition
on the lease Commencement Date (unless Lessee is already in possession.)


                                  Page 1 of 7
<PAGE>

          (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease. Lessee hereby accepts
the Premises and the Building in their condition existing as of the Lease
Commencement Date or the date that Lessee takes possession of the Premises,
whichever is earlier, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and
state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the
Premises, and any easements, covenants, or restrictions of record and accepts
this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any
exhibits attached hereto. Lessee acknowledges that it has satisfied itself by
its own independent investigation that the Premises are suitable for its
intended use, and that neither Lessor not Lessor's agent or agents has made any
representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the
Premises, Common Areas, or Building for the conduct of Lessee's business.

7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS, AND COMMON AREA SERVICES.
     7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.
          (a) Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to
Lessor as additional rent of that portion of the cost on any maintenance of the
Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the
Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear
and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or
replacing wall coverings; the replacement of fluorescent light tubes as
necessary, and to repair or replace any Premises improvements that are not
ordinarily a part of the Building or that are above then Building standards.
Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform
any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise
Lessee's responsibility hereunder.
          (b) On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination,
Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition as received,
ordinary wear and tear excepted, clean and free of debris. Any damage or
deterioration of the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if same
could have been prevented by good maintenance practices by Lessee. Lessee shall
repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of
Lessee's trade fixtures, alterations, furnishing and equipment. Except as
otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee shall leave the air lines, power panels,
electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air conditioning, window
coverings, wall coverings, carpets, wall paneling, ceilings and plumbing in the
Premises and in good operating condition.

     7.2 ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.
          (a) Lessee shall not, without Lessor's prior written consent make any
alterations, improvements, additions, Utility Installations or repairs in, on or
about the Premises, or Building. As used in this paragraph 7.3 the term "Utility
Installations" shall mean carpeting, windows and wall coverings, power panels,
electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air conditioning, plumbing,
and telephone and telecommunication wiring and equipment. At the expiration of
the term, Lessor may require the removal of any or all of said alterations,
improvements, additional and Utility Installations, and the restoration of the
Premises and the Building to their prior condition, at Lessee's expense. Should
Lessor permit Lessee to make its own alterations, improvements, additions or
Utility Installations, Lessee shall use only such contractor as has been
expressly approved by Lessor, and Lessor may require Lessee to provide Lessor,
at Lessee's sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal
to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such improvements, to insure
Lessor against any liability for mechanic's and materialmen's liens and to
insure completion of the work. Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements,
additions or Utility Installations without prior written approval of Lessor, or
use a contractor not expressly approved by Lessor, Lessor may, at any time
during the term of this Lease, require that Lessee remove any part or all of the
same.
          (b) Any alterations, improvements, additional or Utility Installations
in or about the Premises or the Building that Lessee shall desire to make shall
be presented to Lessor in written form, with proposed detailed plans. If Lessor
shall give its consent to Lessee's making such alteration, improvement,
additions or Utility Installation, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon
Lessee acquiring a permit to do so from the applicable governmental agencies,
furnishing a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the commencement of the work, and
compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and
expeditious manner.
          (c) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials
furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in
the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by an mechanic's or
materialmen's lien against the Premises, the Building or the Building, or any
interest therein.
          (d) Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days prior notice
to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Lessee, and Lessor shall have
the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises or the
Building as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the
validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole
expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall pay and satisfy any
such adverse judgement that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement
thereof against the Lessor or the Premises, the Building or the Building, upon
the condition that if Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a
surely bond satisfactory to the Lessor in an amount equal to such contested lien
claim or demand indemnifying Lessor against liability of the same and holding
the Premises, the Building and the Building free for the effect of such lien or
claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor's reasonable
attorney's fees and costs in participating in such action if Lessor shall decide
it is to Lessor's best interest to do so.
          (e) All alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations
(whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of Lessee),
which may be made to the Premises by Lessee, including but not limited to floor
coverings, paneling, doors, drapes, built-ins, moldings, sound attenuation, and
lighting and telephone or communication systems, conduit, wiring and outlets,
shall be made and done in a good and workmanlike manner and of good and
sufficient quality and materials and shall be the property of Lessor and remain
upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the Lease term,
unless Lessor requires their removal pursuant to paragraph 7.3(a). Provided
Lessee is not in default notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph
7.3(e), Lessee's personal property and equipment, other than that which is
affixed to the Premises so it cannot be removed without material damage to the
Premises or the Building, and other than Utility Installations, shall remain the
property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee subject to the provisions of
paragraph 7.2.
          (f) Lessee shall provide Lessor with as-built plans and specifications
for any alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations 7.3
UTILITY ADDITIONS. Lessor reserves the right to install new or additional
utility facilities throughout the Building for the benefit or Lessor or Lessee,
or any other lessee of the Building, including but not in way of limitation,
such utilities as plumbing, electrical systems, communication systems, and fire
protection and defection systems, so long as such installations do not
unreasonably interfere with Lessee's use of the Premises.

8. Insurance; Indemnity
     8.1 LIABILITY INSURANCE

Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, obtain and keep in force the term of this
Lease a policy of Comprehensive General Liability Insurance utilizing an
Insurance Services Office standard form with Board Form General Liability
Endorsement (GL0404), or equivalent, in an amount of not less that $1,000,000
per occurrence of bodily injury and property damage combined or in a greater
amount as reasonably determined by Lessor and shall insure Lessee with Lessor as
an additional insured against liability arising out of the use, occupancy or
maintenance of the Premises. Compliance with the above requirement shall not,
however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder.

     8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE LESSOR. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this lease a policy of Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury
and Broad Form Property Damage Insurance, plus coverage against such other risks
Lessor deems advisable from time to time, insuring Lessor, but not Lessee,
against liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of
the Building in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence.


                                  Page 2 of 7
<PAGE>

     8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE-LESSEE. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, obtain
and keep in force during the term of this Lease for the benefit of Lessee,
replacement cost fire and extended coverage insurance, with vandalism and
malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and earthquake sprinkler leakage
endorsements, in an amount sufficient to cover not less than 100% of the full
replacement cost, as the same may exist from time to time, of all of Lessee's
personal property, fixtures, equipment and tenant improvement.
     8.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE-LESSOR. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during
the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage
to the Building improvement, but not Lessee's personal property, fixtures,
equipment or tenant improvement, in the amount of the full replacement cost
thereof, as the same may exist form time to time, utilizing Insurance Services
Office standard form, or equivalent, providing protection against all perils
included with the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism,
malicious mischief, plate glass, and such other permits as Lessor deems
advisable or may be required by a lender having a lien on the Building. In
addition, Lessor shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Lease,
a policy of rental value insurance covering a period of one year, with loss
payable to Lessor, which insurance shall also cover all Operating Expenses for
said period. Lessee will not be named in any such policies carried by Lessor and
shall have no right to any proceeds therefrom. The policies required by these
paragraphs 8.2 and 8.4 shall contain such deductibles as Lessor or the aforesaid
lender may determine. In the event that the Premises shall suffer an insured
loss as defined in paragraph 9.1 (f) hereof, the deductible amounts under the
applicable insurance policies shall be deemed an Operating Expense. Lessee shall
not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance
policies carried by Lessor. Lessee shall pay the entirety of any increase in the
property insurance premium for the Building over what it was immediately prior
to the commencement of the term of this Lease if the increase is specified by
Lessor's insurance carrier as being caused by the nature of Lessee's occupancy
or any or omission of Lessee.
     8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of liability
insurance policies required under paragraph 6.1 or certificates evidencing the
existence and amounts of such insurance within seven (7) days after the
commencement Date of this Lease. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject
to reduction of coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days
prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to
the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with renewals thereof.
     8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and
relieve the other, and waive their entire right of recovery against the other,
for direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the
perils covered by property insurance carried by such party, whether due to the
negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents, employees, contractors and/or
invitees. If necessary all property insurance policies required under this Lease
shall be endorsed to so provide.
     8.7 INDEMNITY. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor and its
agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and lenders, from and against
any and all claims for damage to the person or property of anyone or any entity
arising from Lessee's use of the Building, or from the conduct of Lessee's
business or from any activity, work or things done, permitted or suffered by
Lessee in or about the Premises or elsewhere and shall further indemnify and
hold harmless Lessor from and against any and all claims, costs and expenses
arising from any breach of default in the performance of any obligation on
Lessee's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any
act or omission of Lessee, or any of Lessee's agents contractors, employees, or
invitees, and from and against all costs, attorney's fees, expenses and
liabilities incurred by Lessor as the result of any such use, conduct, activity,
work, things done, permitted or suffered, breach, default or negligence, and in
dealing reasonably therewith, including but not limited to the defense or
pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein; and in case
any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason of any such matter,
Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same at Lessee's expense by
counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee
in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be
so indemnified. Lessee, as a material part of the consideration to Lessor,
hereby assumes all risk of damage to property of Lessee or injury to persons,
in, upon or about the Building arising from any cause and Lessee hereby waives
all claims in respect thereof against Lessor.
     8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor
shall not be liable for injury to Lessee's business or any loss of income
therefrom or for loss of or damage to the goods, wares, merchandise or other
property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person
in or about the Premises or the Building, nor shall Lessor be liable for injury
to the person of Lessee, Lessee's employees, agents or contractors, whether such
damage or injury is caused by or results from theft, fire, storm, electricity,
gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects
of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting
fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said damage or injury results from
conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or
from other sources or places, or from new construction or the repair, alteration
or improvement of any part of the Building, or of the equipment, fixtures or
appurtenances applicable thereto, and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible, Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
lessee, occupant or user the Building, nor from the failure of Lessor to enforce
the provisions of any lease of any other lessee of the Building.
     8.9 NO REPRESENTATION OF ADEQUATE COVERAGE. Lessor makes no representation
that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified in this paragraph 8
are adequate to cover Lessee's property or obligations under this Lease.

9.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.
     INTENTIONALLY DELETED

10.  REAL PROPERTY TAXES.
     10.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessor shall pay the real property tax, as defined
in paragraph 10.3, applicable to the Building subject to reimbursement by Lessee
of Lessee's Share of such taxes in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
4.2, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 10.2.
     10.2 ADDITIONAL IMPROVEMENTS. Lessee shall not be responsible for paying
any increase in real property tax specific in the tax assessor's records and
work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Building
by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of any other lessee.
Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time that Operating Expenses are
payable under paragraph 4.2(c) the entirety of any increase in real property tax
if assessed solely by reason of additional improvements placed upon the Premises
by Lessee or at Lessee's request.
     10.3 DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAX." As used herein, the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general,
special, or ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental
tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal
income or estate taxes) imposed on the Building or any portion thereof by any
authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city,
county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary,
fire, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as against any
legal equitable interest of Lessor in the Building or in any portion thereof, as
against Lessor's right to rent or other income therefrom and as against Lessor's
business of leasing the Building. The term "real property tax," shall also
include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge (i) in substitution of
partially or totally, any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge hereinabove
included within the definition of "real property tax", or (ii) the nature of
which was hereinabove included within the definition of "real property tax," or
(iii) which is imposed for a service or right not charged prior to June 1, 1978,
or if previously charged, has been increased since June 1, 1978, or (iv) which
is imposed as a result of a change in ownership, as defined by applicable local
statutes for property tax purposes, of the Building or which is added to a tax
or charge hereinbefore included within the definition of real property tax by
reason of such change of ownership, or (v) which is imposed by reason of this
transaction, any modifications or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.

11.  UTILITIES.


                                  Page 3 of 7
<PAGE>

     11.1 SERVICES EXCLUSIVE TO LESSEE. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas,
heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and janitorial service within
Premises and any other services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered
exclusively to the Premises or to the Lessee, together with any taxes thereon.
If any such services are not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall
pay at Lessor's option, either Lessee's Share or a reasonable portion to be
determined by Lessor of all charges jointly metered with other premises in the
Building.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
     12.1 Lessee shall not voluntarily or be operation of law assign, transfer,
mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of Lessee's
interest in the Lease or in the Premises.

13. DEFAULT; REMEDIES
     13.1 DEFAULT. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default of this Lease by Lessee;
          (a) The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee. Vacation of
the Premises shall include the failure to occupy the Premises for a continuous
period of sixty (60) days or more, whether or not rent is paid.
          (b) The breach by Lessee of any of the covenants or provisions of
Paragraphs 7.3(a), (b) or (d) (alterations), 12.1 (assignment or subletting)
13.1 (vacation or abandonment) 13.1(e) (insolvency), 13.1(f) (false statement),
16(a) (estoppel certificate), 30(b) (subordination), 33 (auctions), or 41.1
(easements), all of which are hereby deemed to be material, non-curable without
the necessity of any notice by Lessor to Lessee thereof.
          (c) The failure by Lessee to made any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice
thereof from Lessor to Lessee. In the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a
Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes
such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice required by
this subparagraph.
          (d) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee
other than those reflected in subparagraphs (b) and (c) above, where such
failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice
thereof from Lessor to Lessee: provided however, that if the nature of Lessee's
noncompliance is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required
for its cure, the Lessee shall not be deemed to be in default if Lessee
commenced such sure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
pursues such cure to completion. To the extent permitted by law, such thirty
(30) day notice shall constitute the sole and exclusive notice required to be
given to Lessee under applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes.
          (e)(i) The making by Lessee of any general agreement or general
assignment for the benefit of creditors: (ii) Lessee becoming a "debtor" as
defined in 11U.S.C.ss. 101 or any successor statute thereto unless, in the case
of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60)
days; (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of the
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within (30)
days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days in the event that any provision of this paragraph 13.1(e) is contrary to
any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.
          (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to
Lessor by Lessee, or its successor in interest or by any guarantor of Lessee's
obligation hereunder, was materially false.
          13.2 REMEDIES. In the event of any material default or breach of this
Lease by Lessee, Lessor may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or
demand and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which
Lessor may have be reason of such default.
          (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this lease and the term hereof shall terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee all damages incurred by
Lessor by reason of Lessee's default including, but not limited to the cost of
recovering possession of the Premises; expenses of reletting, including
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney's fees,
and any real estate commission actually paid; the worth at the time of award by
the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for
the balance of the term after the time of such award exceeds the amount of such
rental loss for the same period that Lessee proved could be reasonably avoided;
that portion of the leasing commission paid by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 15
applicable to the unexpired term of this lease.
          (b) Maintain Lessee's right to possession on which case this Lease
shall continue in effect whether or not Lessee shall have vacated or abandoned
the Premises. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to enforce all of Lessor's
rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due hereunder.
          (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.
Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of Lessee
under the terms of this Lease shall bare interest from the date due at the
maximum rate then allowable by law.
     13.3 DEFAULT BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor fails
to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but in no
event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to Lessor and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose
name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Lessee in writing,
specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such obligation; provided,
however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty
(30) days are required for performance then Lessor shall not be in default if
Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently
pursues the same to conclusion.
     13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of Base Rent. Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase of other
sums due thereafter will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such
costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and
late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the terms of any mortgage or
trust deed covering the Building. Accordingly, if any installment of Base Rent,
Operating Expense Increase, or any other sum due from Lessee shall not be
received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within five (5) days after such amount
shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall
pay to Lessor a late charge equal to ten (10%) percent of such overdue amount.
The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable
estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee.
Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver
of Lessee's default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from
exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.
14. CONDEMNATION.
     INTENTIONALLY DELETED
15. BROKER'S FEE.
     (a) The brokers involved in this transaction are HORACE MACVAUGH as
"listing broker" and NONE OTHER as "cooperating broker," Licensed real estate
broker(s). A "cooperating broker" is defined as any broker other than the
listing broker entitled to a share of any commission arising under this Lease.
Upon execution of this Lease by both parties, Lessor shall pay to said brokers
jointly, or in such separate shares as they may mutually designate in writing, a
fee as set forth in a separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), or
in the event there is not separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s)
the sum of SEPARATE AGREEMENT percent of gross rentals, for brokerage services
rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction.
     (b) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but also on
behalf of any person, corporation, association, or other entity having an
ownership interest in said real property or any part thereof, when such fee is
due hereunder. Any transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether such


                                  Page 4 of 7
<PAGE>

transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed
Lessor's obligation under this paragraph 15. Each listing and cooperating broker
shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of this paragraph 15 to the
extent of their interest in any commission arising under this Lease and may
enforce that right directly against Lessor, provided, however, that all brokers
having a right to any part of such total commission shall be a necessary party
to any suit with respect thereto.

     (c) Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that neither
has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the
person(s), if any, whose names are set forth in paragraph 15(a), above), in
connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the
transaction contemplated hereby, and no other broker or person, firm or entity
is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection with said
transaction and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby indemnify and hold the other
harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorney's fees or liability for
compensation or charges which may by any such unnamed broker, finder or other
similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party.
16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

17. LESSOR'S LIABILITY. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title or a lessee's
interest in a ground lease of the Building, and except as expressly provided in
paragraph 15, in the event of any transfer of such title or interest, Lessor
herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers then the grantor) shall be
relived from and after the date of such transfer of all liability as respects
Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed, provided that any funds in the
hands of Lessor or then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which Lessee
has an interest, shall be delivered on the grantee. The obligations contained in
this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject as aforesaid, be binding on
Lessor's successors and assigns, only during their respective periods of
ownership.
18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by
a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.
19. INTEREST OF PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Except as expressly herein provided, any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear interest a the maximum rate
then allowable by law or judgements from the date due. Payment of such interest
shall not excuse or sure any default by Lessee under this Lease; provided,
however, that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee
nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by Lessee.
20. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the obligations to
be performed under this lease.
21. ADDITIONAL RENT. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease, including but not limited to Lessee's Share of Operating
Expense Increase and any other expenses payable y Lessee hereunder shall be
deemed to be rent.
22. INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. No prior
or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter
shall be effective. This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the
parties in interest at the time of the modification. Except as otherwise stated
in this Lease, Lessee hereby acknowledges that neither the real estate broker
listed in paragraph 15 hereof nor any cooperating broker on this transaction nor
the Lessor or any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or
written warranties or representations to Lessee relative to the condition or use
by Lessee of the Premises or the Building and Lessee acknowledges that Lessee
assumes all responsibly regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act, the legal
use and adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all
applicable laws and regulations in effect during the term of this Lease.
23. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified or registered
mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if delivered or addressed to Lessee
or to Lessor at the address noted below or adjacent to the signature of the
respective parties, as the case may be. Mailed noticed shall be deemed given
upon actual receipt at the address required, or forty-eight hours following
deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, whichever first occurs. Either party may
be notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except
that upon Lessees' taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall
constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required
or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted
to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time
hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.
24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof shall be deemed a
waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Lessee of
the same or any other provision. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee. The Acceptance of rent hereunder by
Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any provision
hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless of Lessor's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of
acceptance of such rent.
25. RECORDING. Lessee shall not record this lease.
26. HOLDING OVER. If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of the
Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all provisions of this
Lease pertaining to the obligations of Lessee, except that the rent payable
shall be two hundred percent (200%) of the rent payable immediately preceding
the termination date of this Lease, and all Options, if any, granted under the
terms of this Lease shall be deemed terminated and be of no further effect
during said month to month tenancy.
27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, whenever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.
28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. Each provision of this Lease performable by Lessee
shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.
29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. Subject to any provision hereof restricting
assignment or subletting by Lessee and subject to the provisions of paragraph
17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives,
successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
where Building is located and any litigation concerning this Lease between the
parties hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the Building is
located.

30. SUBORDINATION.

31. ATTORNEY'S FEES.

     31.1 If either party or the broker(s) named herein bring an action to
enforce the terms of hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in
any such action, trial or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to his reasonable
attorneys' fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same
or a separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or
judgement. The provisions of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the
broker named herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.
     31.2 The attorney's fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any
court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorney's fees
reasonably incurred in good faith.
     31.3 Lessor shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees and all other
costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notice of default
and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal transaction is
subsequently commenced in connection with such default.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS.
     32.1 Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter Premises at
reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, performing any services
required of Lessor, showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or
lessee's, taking such safety measures, erecting such scaffolding or other
necessary structures, making such alterations, repairs, improvements or
additions to the premises or to the Building as Lessor may reasonably deem
necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities,
services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long


                                  Page 5 of 7
<PAGE>

as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee's use of the Premises. Lessor
may at any time place on or about the Premises or the Building any ordinary "For
Sale" or "For Lease" signs and Lessor may at any time during the last 120 days
of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease"
signs.
     32.2 All activities of Lessor pursuant to this paragraph shall be without
abatement or rent, nor shall Lessor have any liability to Lessee for the same.
     32.3 Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to
unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than the files, vaults, safes,
and in case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonable appropriate
means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or
detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages
or injuries or interference with Lessee's property or business in connection
therewith.
33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises or the Common Areas
without first having obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to
exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such
consent. The holding of any auction on the Premises or Common Areas in violation
of this Paragraph shall constitute a material default of this Lease.
34. SIGNS. Lessee shall pay for all directory and suite signage. Such signage
shall be to Building's Standard Signage program, meeting Lessor's approval shall
not be unreasonably with held. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the premises
or the Building without Lessor's prior written consent. Under no circumstances
shall Lessee place a sign on any roof of the Office building Project.
35. MERGER. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a
mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a
merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate all or any existing
subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor
of any or all such subtenancies.
36. CONSENTS. Except for paragraphs 33 (auctions) and 34 (signs) hereof,
wherever in this Lease the consent of one party is required to an act of the
other party such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
37. GUARANTOR. In the event that there is a guarantor of this Lease, said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.
38. QUIET POSSESSION. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing
and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part
to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have the quiet possession
of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of
this Lease. The individuals executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor represent
and warrant to Lessee that they are fully authorized and legally capable of
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such execution is binding upon
all parties holding an ownership interest in the Building.
39. OPTIONS.
     INTENTIONALLY DELETED
40. SECURITY MEASURES-LESSOR'S RESERVATION.
     40.1 Lessee hereby acknowledges that Lessor shall have no obligation
whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit
of the Premises or the Building. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the
protection of Lessee, its agents, and invitees and the property of Lessee and of
Lessee's agents and invitees from acts of third parties. Nothing herein
contained shall prevent Lessor, at Lessor's sole option, from providing security
protection for the Office building Project or any part thereof in which event
the cost thereof shall be included within the definition of Operating Expenses,
as set forth in paragraph 4.2(b).
     40.2 Lessor shall have the following rights:
          (a) To change the name, address or title of the Building or building
in which the Premises are located upon not less that 90 days prior written
notice;
          (b) To, at Lessee's expense, provide and install Building Standard
graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as
Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate;
          (c) To permit any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business
as long as such exclusive does not conflict with any rights expressly given
herein;
          (d) To place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably
deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the buildings or the
Office building Project or no pole signs in the Common Areas.
     40.3 Lessee shall not:
          (a) Use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building
or the Building or their name(s) in connection with Lessee's business.
          (b) Suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof
of the Building.

41.     EASEMENTS.
          41.1 Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant
such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable,
and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restriction, so long as any
easements, rights, dedication, Maps and restrictions do not unreasonably
interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee shall sign any of the
aforementioned documents upon request of Lessor and failure to do so shall
constitute a material default of this lease without the need for further notice
to Lessee.
          41.2 The obstruction of Lessee's view, air or light by any structure
erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, in
no way affects this Lease or imposes any liability upon Lessor. 42. PERFORMANCE
UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of
money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions hereof, the
party against whom the obligations to pay the money is asserted shall have the
right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded as
a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of the party
to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there
was no legal obligation on the part of the said party to pay such sum or any
part thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much
thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this
Lease.

43. AUTHORITY. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or general or limited
partnership, Lessee, and each individual executing this lease on behalf of such
entity represent and warrant that such individual is duly authorized to execute
and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity. If Lessee is a corporation,
trust or partnership, Lessee shall warrant, within thirty (30) days after
execution of this Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority
satisfactory to Lessor.
44. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provision, Exhibits or addenda of
this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions, if any, shall be
controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.
45. NO OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and
submission of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to Lessee to lease.
This Lease shall become binding upon Lessor and Lessee only when fully executed
by both parties.
46. LENDER MODIFICATION. Lessee agrees to make such reasonable modification to
this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the
Building.
47. MULTIPLE PARTIES. If more than one person or entity is named as either
Lessor or Lessee herein, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
obligations of the Lessor or Lessee herein shall be the joint and several
responsibility of all person or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee,
respectively.
48. WORK LETTER. INTENTIONALLY DELETED.


                                  Page 6 of 7
<PAGE>

County of Los Angeles
Assessor's Map Book 5713
page 4





                                      (Map)









                              "120 W. UNION STREET"
                                 PASADENA, 91103


<PAGE>


49. COMMUNICATIONS. Lessee shall be responsible for telephone/communications
wire and equipment installation. An electrical permit may be required by the
City of Pasadena. This permit will be secured by Lessee's Vendor.

50. ADDENDA.

A) Tenant shall be responsible for installing electrical power to Premises.

51. ATTACHMENTS. Attached hereto are the following documents which constitute a
part of this Lease:

EXHIBIT "A"    FLOOR PLAN



LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND
EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

        IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO
        YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS
        MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL
        ESTATE BROKER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY,
        LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION
        RELATING THERETO; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR
        OWN LEGAL COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

                   LESSOR                                LESSEE

               TYPECRAFT, INC
          C/O D. HARRY MONTGOMERY              RESTORATION HARDWARE, INC.
           2040 E. WALNUT STREET                  15 KOCH ROAD, SUITE J
             PASADENA, CA 91105                  CORTE MADERA, CA 94925
               (818) 795-8093                        (415) 924-1905

/s/ D. HARRY MONTGOMERY  DATE 10/26/95    /s/ TOM CHRISTOPHER   DATE 10/26/95
- ------------------------      --------    --------------------       --------
By: D. HARRY MONTGOMERY,                  BY: TOM CHRISTOPHER,
ITS PRESIDENT                             ITS C.E.O.

                                                   (415) 925-0428 FAX
/s/ LEN JASMIN           DATE 10/26/95
- ------------------------      --------
BY: LEN JASMIN


                                  Page 7 of 7
<PAGE>

                               AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This is an amendment to the lease by and between Typecraft, Inc. (Lessor) and
Restoration Hardware, Inc. (Lessee) for the property at 136 W. Union Street,
Pasadena CA dated October 23d. 1995.

Lessee and Lessor have mutually agreed to relocate the Premises to the rear
section of 140 W. Union Street, consisting of approximately 3,500 square feet.

Lessor shall have a demising wall constructed from the floor to the bottom of
the roof truss.

Lessee's anticipated move date shall be September 7th or shortly thereafter.

All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain the same.

Lessor                                       Lessee

Typecraft, Inc.                              Restoration Hardware, Inc.
2040 E. Walnut Street                        15 Kock Road, Suite J
Pasadena, CA  91107                          Corte Madera, CA  94925

                                             /s/ TOM CHRISTOPHER
- -----------------------------------          ---------------------------------
by: D. Harry Montgomery        date          by: Tom Christopher          date



by: Leon Jasmin                date


<PAGE>

County of Los Angeles
Assessor's Map Book 5713
page 4





                                      (Map)









                              "120 W. UNION STREET"
                                 PASADENA, 91103


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

                                    IDEALAB!

                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ABSTRACT
                            FOR 2ND, 3RD & 8TH FLOORS
                             74 N. PASADENA AVENUE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AMENDMENT DATE                       August 18, 1999

PREMISES                             Entire 2nd, 3rd and 8th Floors, approx.
(ARTICLE 1)                          29,064 rentable square feet each, totaling
                                     87,192 rentable square feet.

POSSESSION                           2nd & 3rd floors - September 7, 1999

FIXTURIZATION PERIOD                 2nd & 3rd floors - 60 days from
(ARTICLE 1)                          possession, extended on a day for day basis
                                     due to delays caused by Lessor or Force
                                     Majeure.

TERM                                 8th floor - 64 months and 1 week
(ARTICLE 1)                          2nd & 3rd floors - 59 months and 3 weeks

COMMENCEMENT                         8th Floor - June 24, 1999
(ARTICLE 1)                          2nd & 3rd Floors - November 7, 1999

LEASE EXPIRATION                     October 31, 2004
(ARTICLE 1)

BASE RENTAL RATE                     8th floor - 6/24/99 to 12/31/99 $1.50 per
(ARTICLE 1)                          rentable square foot, full service gross
                                     ($43,596.00 per month)

                                     1/1/01 to 10/31/04 $1.83* per rentable
                                     square foot, full service gross ($53,187.12
                                     per month).

                                     *THE RENT FOR THE 8TH FLOOR, COMMENCING
                                     1/1/01, WAS REDUCED FROM $1.87 TO $1.83.

                                     2nd & 3rd floors - 11/7/99 to 10/31/04
                                     $1.78 per rentable square foot, full
                                     service gross ($103,467.84 per month).

                                     TOTAL MONTHLY RENT - FLOORS 2, 3 & 8:
                                     11/7/99 TO 12/31/99 = $147,063.84.
                                     1/1/00 TO 10/31/04 = $156,654.96.


                                  Page 1 of 6
<PAGE>

                                             IDEALAB!
                                 FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ABSTRACT
                                     FOR 2ND, 3RD & 8TH FLOORS
                                      74 N. PASADENA AVENUE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARKING                              Additional spaces for 2nd & 3rd floors:
(ARTICLE 1)                          7 per 1000 square feet (407 spaces):
                                     -  10 spaces, designated @ $65 per
                                        space, per month for entire term.
                                     -  397 spaces, non-designated @ $55 per
                                        space, per month for entire term.

                                     Total spaces for floors 2, 3 & 8, as of
                                     11/7/99 to 10/31/04
                                     73 designated.
                                     595 non-designated
                                     ---
                                     668 Total

PARKING RENT                         6/24/99-11/6/99 - $14,955 per month for
(ARTICLE 1)                          designated and non-designated.
                                     11/7/99-10/31/04 - $32,725 per month for
                                     designated and non-designated.

OPERATING EXPENSES                   Base Year 2000

TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE
SHARE (ARTICLE 1)                    34.06%

SECURITY DEPOSIT                     8th floor - $138,670.00, 5%, non-
(ARTICLE 1)                          compounded, interest will be paid annually,
                                     commencing 7/7/01, payable on or before
                                     12/1/02 and December 1st of each year
                                     thereafter.

                                     2nd & 3rd floors - $123,626.00
                                     (one month's rent), 5% non-compounded
                                     interest will be paid on or before 12/1/00,
                                     and December 1st of each year thereafter.

                                     LETTER OF CREDIT - $251,906.00 (two month's
                                     rent). Provided there are no uncured
                                     defaults, Letter of Credit to be reduced by
                                     $125,953.00 as of 11/1/00 and is terminated
                                     as of 11/1/01 provided there are no uncured
                                     defaults.


                                  Page 2 of 6
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!
                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ABSTRACT
                            FOR 2ND, 3RD & 8TH FLOORS
                             74 N. PASADENA AVENUE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS                  "As-is". (Tenant received a $13.30 per
(PARAGRAPH 3, PAGE 3 OF THE          rentable square foot credit for the 2nd &
FIRST AMENDMENT)                     3rd floor, and a $10 per rentable square
                                     foot credit for the 8th floor. Tenant must
                                     spend a minimum of $290,640.00 ($10 per
                                     rentable square foot) on the 8th floor and
                                     a total of $871,920.00 ($15 per rentable
                                     square foot) on the 2nd & 3rd floors, in
                                     order to maintain the reduced rate.

ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING                Tenant has right to sublease; also
(PARAGRAPH 14 OF THE LEASE,          Affiliated Company Exception (Paragraph
PAGE 15)                             14.6 page 17).

EXPANSION OPTIONS                    "First Option Space": Tenant has the right
(PARAGRAPH 6, PAGE 4 OF              to lease 2 additional floors or any
THE FIRST AMENDMENT)                 portion thereof, as these floors become
                                     available. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant
                                     the Offer Notice describing the available
                                     space and its availability. Tenant must
                                     provide Landlord with written notice within
                                     20 business days, after Offer Notice, but,
                                     not earlier than 9 months before Landlord
                                     expects applicable space to be available,
                                     accepting or rejecting the Offer Notice.
                                     Failure by Tenant to deliver notice within
                                     said period shall be deemed a rejection of
                                     the First Option Space and Tenant shall
                                     have no further rights to such space. If
                                     Tenant exercises its option, the term shall
                                     be co-terminus with the remaining term of
                                     the Lease. Base rent, tenant improvements
                                     and the base year shall be determined in
                                     accordance with Section 5.1.4.2 (market
                                     evaluation, arbitration, etc.) of the
                                     Lease. The period to agree on terms shall
                                     be reduced to 15 business days.


                                  Page 3 of 6
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!
                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ABSTRACT
                            FOR 2ND, 3RD & 8TH FLOORS
                             74 N. PASADENA AVENUE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     "Second Option Space": Provided Tenant has
                                     exercised its First Option, Tenant shall
                                     have a Second Option on the remaining
                                     floors of the Building. All of the terms
                                     and conditions of the First Option Space
                                     and Offer Notice shall apply to the Second
                                     Option. If Lessor requires an extension of
                                     the Lease Term, the extended term shall be
                                     for no more than 3 years, depending on the
                                     term remaining on Tenant's existing Lease,
                                     and the Base Rent shall be determined in
                                     accordance with Section 5.1.4.2 (market
                                     evaluation, arbitration, etc.) of the
                                     Lease. If the Second Option Space is
                                     exercised during Tenant's option period,
                                     then Tenant shall be granted one additional
                                     five year option, to be exercised by Tenant
                                     in writing, at least one year from the
                                     expiration of the remaining lease term. The
                                     base rent and other terms shall be in
                                     accordance in Section 5.1.4.2 of the Lease.

                                     If Tenant does not exercise its option for
                                     the Second Option Space, its rights with
                                     respect to the Second Option Space shall
                                     become subordinate to the rights granted to
                                     other tenant(s) who lease new space and/or
                                     expand their premises at the East Annex or
                                     the West Annex of the Parsons Campus after
                                     Tenant's rejection of the Second Option
                                     Space.

                                     The above expansion options are subject to
                                     existing leases, including options existing
                                     at the time of the execution of the First
                                     Amendment.


                                  Page 4 of 6
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!
                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ABSTRACT
                            FOR 2ND, 3RD & 8TH FLOORS
                             74 N. PASADENA AVENUE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BELOW IS A STACKING PLAN FOR THE WEST ANNEX.

TENANT     FLOOR       RENTABLE    TERMINATION     OPTIONS
                        SQ. FT.       DATE

Kaiser     Basement     17,420       07/31/03      2 @ 1 Yr
Kaiser       1st        29,064       10/31/01      1 @ 5 Yrs
Kaiser       4th        29,064       09/30/03      2 @ 1 Yr
Kaiser       7th        29,064       10/30/03      2 @ 1 Yr
Arco      5th & 6th     58,128       09/14/03        None

RENEWAL OPTIONS                      One five year option, at fair market in
(PARAGRAPH 4, PAGE 4 OF THE          accordance with Paragraph 5.1.4.2 of the
FIRST AMENDMENT)                     Lease. Must be exercised by 10/31/03 (one
                                     year in advance).

                                     Pursuant to Tenant's Second Option Space
                                     expansion rights, Tenant shall have an
                                     additional five year renewal option if
                                     Second Option Space expansion has been
                                     exercised during Tenant's first five year
                                     option (see Article 6.2.2 of the First
                                     Amendment to Lease and Article 29.19.5 of
                                     the Lease Agreement).

FEMA RELOCATION                      Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for actual
(PARAGRAPH 7, PAGE                   costs incurred by the Federal Emergency
6 OF THE FIRST AMENDMENT)            Management Authority in its relocation from
                                     the 2nd floor of the West Annex to the East
                                     Annex. Such reimbursement shall not exceed
                                     $50,000 and shall be based on actual costs
                                     verified by copies of invoices. Payment
                                     must be made, to Landlord, within 20 days
                                     of receipt of invoices.


                                  Page 5 of 6
<PAGE>

                                    IDEALAB!
                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ABSTRACT
                            FOR 2ND, 3RD & 8TH FLOORS
                             74 N. PASADENA AVENUE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AFTER-HOURS HVAC                     After-hours HVAC - Exhibit "E" modified
PARAGRAPH 10, PAGE 7 OF              as follows:
THE FIRST AMENDMENT)

                                     HOURLY RATES

                                     1 FLOOR           2 FLOORS         3 FLOORS
                                     -------           --------         --------

Less than 2 hours in
A 24-Hour Period                       $30               $56              $84

2-3 Hours in a
24-Hour Period                         $25               $46              $69

3 or More Hours in
a 24-Hour Period                       $23               $42              $63



BUILDING SIGNAGE                     Tenant has the right, at its sole cost and
(PARAGRAPH 8, PAGE 6 OF              expense, to install a second monument sign
THE FIRST AMENDMENT)                 at the Union Street entrance to the
                                     building.

                                     At the time Tenant has under lease,
                                     sublease or assignment, or any combination
                                     thereof, 4 full floors of the West Annex,
                                     provided Tenant has committed in writing
                                     for a 5th floor when available, then Tenant
                                     shall have the right at its sole cost and
                                     expense, to top of the building signage,
                                     facing Union Street, such signage to be
                                     consistent with the size of Parson's
                                     signage.


                                  Page 6 of 6


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14
                             SUB-SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

     THIS SUB-SUBLEASE AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), dated as of the 15TH day of
September, 1999 for reference purposes only, between Countrywide Home Loans,
Inc., a New York corporation ("Sub-sublessor") and Bill Gross' idealab!, a
California corporation ("Sub-subtenant").

     1. BASIC TERMS.

          1.1 ADDRESS OF SUB-SUBLESSOR:

               Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
               4500 Park Granada
               Attn: Patricia I. Poe
               Mail Stop CH-11
               Calabasas, CA 91302

or such other address as may from time to time be designated by Sub-sublessor in
writing.

          1.2 ADDRESS OF SUB-SUBTENANT:

               Bill Gross' idealab!

               130 Union Street
               Pasadena, CA 91103
               Attn:  Marcia Goldstein, Chief Operating Office

               With copy to:
               Bill Gross' idealab!
               130 Union Street
               Pasadena, CA 91103
               Attn:  Pam Rushman, Facilities Manager

or such other address as may from time to time be designated by Sub-subtenant in
writing.

          1.3 DEMISED PREMISES: The entire fourth floor consisting of
approximately 24,007 rentable square feet of area in the Building as shown on
EXHIBIT "A" attached hereto.


          1.4 BUILDING: The Building in which the Demised Premises are located,
the common address of which is 55 South Lake Avenue, Pasadena, CA.

          1.5 MAIN LEASE: Pasadena Towers Office Lease dated as of September 24,
1990, as amended and assigned by instruments dated June 12, 1992, November 24,
1997 and June 24, 1997 (collectively, the "Main Lease"). Aon Service
Corporation, assignee of Alexander & Alexander of California, Inc.
("Sublessor"), as tenant under the Main Lease

<PAGE>



entered into a Sublease Agreement dated as of November 24, 1997 with
Sub-sublessor (the "Main Sublease"). Sub-sublessor represents and warrants that
true, correct and complete copies of the Main Lease and the Main Sublease,
including all Exhibits and Riders thereto, are attached hereto as EXHIBIT "B."

          1.6 LANDLORD: EOP-Pasadena Towers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (successor in interest to Home Savings of America, F.A.).

          1.7 SUBLESSOR: Aon Service Corporation, assignee of Alexander &
Alexander of California, Inc.

          1.8 SUB-SUBLEASE TERM:

          Commencement Date: Upon delivery of possession of any portion of the
Demised Premises to Sub-subtenant following receipt of Landlord's consent and
Sublessor's consent to this Agreement. Upon delivery of possession of the
Demised Premises and receipt of the consents set forth herein, the Commencement
Date shall be filled in here: SEPTEMBER 16, 1999.

          Expiration Date: December 29, 2001.

          Option to Extend: Provided Sub-sublessor has exercised its option to
extend the Main Sublease, Sub-subtenant shall have one option to extend the
Sub-sublease Term for five (5) years and approximately one (1) month. See
SECTION 32.

          1.9 RENT: All sums, moneys, payments, costs and expenses required to
be paid by Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublessor pursuant to this Agreement.

          1.10 BASIC RENT: $1.80 per rentable square foot per month ($43,212.60
per month).

          1.11 PROVISIONS OF MAIN LEASE NOT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: 1(c),
1(d), 1(g), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), 1(o), 1(p), 1(q), 1(r), 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 1(v),
1(w), 1(x), 1(y), 6(c), 10, 15(b), 21(c), Exhibit C, Exhibit G, Exhibit I,
Exhibit 1, 60, 61, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75, 80, 81, 83,
87, 88(a), 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103.

          1.12 BASE YEAR: 2000 calendar year.


          1.13 SUB-SUBTENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE: 11.6% (which reflects the
ratio of the rentable square feet of the Demised Premises to the rentable square
feet of the Building).

          1.14 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $129,637.80. The Security Deposit shall be
delivered by Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublessor upon execution by Sub-subtenant of
this Agreement and the receipt of Landlord's and Sublessor's consent to this
Agreement, and shall be retained by Sub-sublessor as cash security for the
faithful performance and observance by Sub-


                                       2

<PAGE>



subtenant of the covenants, agreements and conditions of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any law or statute now
existing or hereafter passed (i) except as provided below, Sub-subtenant shall
not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit; (ii) Sub-sublessor
shall not be obligated to hold the Security Deposit in trust or in a separate
account; and (iii) Sub-sublessor shall have the right to commingle the Security
Deposit with its other funds. Sub-sublessor may use, apply or retain the whole
or any part of the Security Deposit to the extent required for the payment of
any Basic Rent or any other sums payable hereunder as to which Sub-subtenant is
in default or to the extent required for the reimbursement to Sub-sublessor of
any sum which Sub-sublessor may expend or may be required to expend by reason of
Sub-subtenant's default with respect to any of the covenants, agreements or
conditions of this Agreement. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used
or applied, Sub-subtenant shall within five (5) days after written demand
therefor deposit cash with Sub-sublessor in an amount sufficient to restore the
Security Deposit to the "Current Amount", as defined below, and Sub-subtenant's
failure to do so shall constitute a material breach of this Sub-sublease. For
the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the
sixth full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date, as defined
herein, the Current Amount shall be $129,637.80; for the period beginning on the
first day of the seventh full calendar month following the Rent Commencement
Date and ending on the last day of the fourteenth full calendar month following
the Rent Commencement Date, the Current Amount shall be $86,425.20; and for the
period beginning on the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following
the Rent Commencement Date, the Current Amount shall be $43,212.60. If
Sub-subtenant is not then in default and has restored the Security Deposit to
the then applicable Current Amount, Sub-sublessor shall apply $43,212.60 of the
Security Deposit to the Basic Rent payable by Sub-subtenant hereunder for the
seventh full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date. If
Sub-subtenant is not then in default and has restored the Security Deposit to
the then applicable Current Amount, Sub-sublessor shall apply $43,212.60 of the
Security Deposit to the Basic Rent payable by Sub-subtenant hereunder for the
fifteenth full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date. If
Sub-subtenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the covenants,
agreements and conditions of this Agreement, the then Current Amount shall be
returned to Sub-subtenant after the date fixed as the expiration of the term
hereof and surrender of the Demised Premises to Sub-sublessor. Sub-subtenant
shall be entitled to receive five percent (5%) annual interest on $43,212.60 of
the Security Deposit during the entire term of this Agreement.

          1.15 PERMITTED USES: General office purposes, development of Internet
companies, and all related uses permitted under the Main Lease.

          1.16 BROKER: Travers Realty.


          2. DEMISE AND TERM. Sub-sublessor hereby sub-subleases to
Sub-subtenant, and Sub-subtenant hereby hires from Sub-sublessor, the Demised
Premises, which Demised Premises are subleased under the Main Sublease to
Sub-sublessor. The term of this Agreement shall be for the period specified in
SECTION 1.8, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the


                                       3

<PAGE>

Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated or extended as herein provided.
Sub-subtenant and Sub-sublessor agree that for the purposes of this Agreement,
the rentable square footage of the Demised Premises shall be as designated in
PARAGRAPH 1.3 and that there shall be no remeasurement of the Demised Premises.
Possession of approximately 12,000 rentable square feet of the Demised Premises
shall be delivered to Sub-subtenant on or before September 13, 1999, and
possession of the remainder of the Demised Premises shall be delivered to
Sub-subtenant on or before October 4, 1999; provided, however, that the
effectiveness of this Agreement shall be subject to receiving Landlord's and
Sublessor's consent to this Agreement.

     3. SUBORDINATE TO MAIN SUBLEASE AND MAIN LEASE. This Agreement is and shall
be subject and subordinate to the Main Sublease, the Main Lease, and to the
matters to which the Main Lease is or shall be subject and subordinate.

     4.  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.

          4.1 Except for the provisions of the Main Lease described in SECTION
1.11, the terms, covenants and conditions of the Main Lease are incorporated
herein by reference so that, except to the extent that they are inapplicable or
modified by the provisions of this Agreement for the purpose of incorporation by
reference, each and every term, covenant and condition of the Main Lease binding
or inuring to the benefit of the Landlord thereunder shall, in respect of this
Agreement, bind or inure to the benefit of Sub-sublessor, and each and every
term, covenant and condition of the Main Lease binding or inuring to the benefit
of the Tenant thereunder shall, in respect of this Agreement, bind or inure to
the benefit of Sub-subtenant, with the same force and effect as if such terms,
covenants and conditions were completely set forth in this Agreement, and as if
the words "Landlord" and "Tenant," or words of similar import, wherever the same
appear in the Main Lease, were construed to mean, respectively, "Sub-sublessor"
and "Sub-subtenant" in this Agreement, and as if the word "Premises," or words
of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Main Lease, were construed to
mean "Demised Premises" in this Agreement, and as if the word "Lease," or words
of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Main Lease, were construed to
mean this "Agreement."

          4.2 Except for the time limits imposed on Sub-subtenant for the
payment of Rent, the time limits contained in the Main Lease for the giving of
notices, making of demands or performing of any act, condition or covenant on
the part of the tenant thereunder, or for the exercise by the tenant thereunder
of any right, remedy or option, are changed for the purposes of incorporation
herein by reference by shortening the same in each instance by four (4) days, so
that in each instance (other than for the times of performance set forth in
Section 25(a) of the Main Lease) Sub-subtenant shall have four (4) days less
time to observe or perform hereunder than Sublessor has as the Tenant under the
Main Lease.

          4.3 Any non-liability, release, indemnity or hold harmless provision
in the Main Lease for the benefit of the Landlord under the Main Lease that is
incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of
Sub-sublessor, Sublessor and the Landlord,


                                       4

<PAGE>

for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Agreement.

          4.4 Any right of the Landlord of access or inspection and any right of
the Landlord under the Main Lease to do work in the Demised Premised under the
Main Lease or in the Building and any right of the Landlord in respect of rules
and regulations shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sub-sublessor,
Sublessor and the Landlord, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in
this Agreement.

          4.5 If any of the express provisions of this Agreement shall conflict
with any of the provisions incorporated by reference, such conflict shall be
resolved in every instance in favor of the express provisions of this Agreement.

     5. PERFORMANCE BY SUB-SUBLESSOR.

          5.1 Any obligation of Sub-sublessor which is contained in this
Agreement by the incorporation by reference of the provisions of the Main Lease
shall be observed or performed by Sub-sublessor using commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the Landlord under the Main Lease to observe and/or perform the
same, and Sub-sublessor shall have a reasonable time to enforce its rights to
cause such observance or performance. Sub-sublessor shall not be required to
furnish, supply or install anything under any article of the Main Lease.
Sub-subtenant shall not in any event have any rights in respect of the Demised
Premises greater than Sub-sublessor's rights under the Main Sublease and the
Main Lease, and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, as to obligations
that pertain to the Demised Premised and are contained in this Agreement by the
incorporation by reference of the provisions of the Main Lease, Sub-sublessor
shall not be required to make any payment or perform any obligation, and
Sub-sublessor shall have no liability to Sub-subtenant for any matter
whatsoever, except for Sub-sublessor's obligation to pay the rent and additional
rent due under the Main Sublease, Sub-sublessor's obligation to comply with the
terms and conditions of the Main Sublease which have not become obligations of
Sub-subtenant pursuant to this Agreement and for Sub-sublessor's obligation to
use commercially reasonable efforts, upon request of Sub-subtenant, to cause the
Sublessor under the Main Sublease to observe and/or perform its obligation under
the Main Sublease and Landlord under the Main Lease to observe and/or perform
its obligations under the Main Lease. Sub-sublessor shall not be responsible
for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or
facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by the
Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning,
water, electricity, maintenance and/or repairs, elevator service and cleaning
service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such
services or facilities shall give rise to any liability on the part of Sub-
sublessor except to the extent caused by Sub-sublessor's failure (a) to pay the
rent and additional rent due under the Main Sublease and to otherwise comply
with the provisions of the Main Sublease, except for provisions that have become
the obligation of Sub-subtenant pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent that
such failure would materially adversely affect Sub-subtenant's use of the
Demised Premises, or (b) to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause
Landlord to perform such obligations under the Main Lease. Sub-sublessor shall
provide to Sub-subtenant true and correct copies of all communications between
Sub-sublessor and the Landlord in connection with Sub-sublessor's performance of
its obligations under this Section.


                                        5

<PAGE>

          5.2 Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement,
Sub-sublessor shall be liable to Sub-subtenant for breach of this Agreement
where:

               (a) Sub-sublessor fails to use commercially reasonable efforts to
cause (i) Sublessor under the Main Sublease to observe, perform and discharge
the obligations of Sublessor thereunder insofar as they pertain to the Demised
Premises, and/or (ii) Landlord under the Main Lease to observe, perform and
discharge the obligations of Landlord thereunder insofar as they pertain to the
Demised Premised;

               (b) (i) Sublessor is excused from performing under the Main
Sublease as a consequence of Sub-sublessor's default thereunder and such default
is not attributable to a corresponding default by Sub-subtenant under this
Agreement and/or (ii) Landlord is excused from performing under the Main Lease
as a consequence of Sub-sublessor's default thereunder and such default is not
attributable to a corresponding default by Sub-subtenant under this Agreement;
or

               (c) Sub-sublessor fails to reasonably cooperate with
Sub-subtenant as required to secure enforcement of the Main Sublease against
Sublessor and/or damages for breach thereof and/or the Main Lease against
Landlord and/or damages for breach thereof.

          5.3 It is the parties' intention that Sub-subtenant shall be provided
all of the utilities and services which the Landlord is obligated to provide
under the Main Lease to the Demised Premises. Certain provisions of the Main
Lease are not incorporated by reference in this Agreement because they pertain
to obligations Landlord is to perform under the Main Lease which Sub-sublessor
is not capable of independently performing under this Agreement. To the extent
these provisions of the Main Lease pertain to the Demised Premises,
Sub-sublessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the
observance and performance thereof by Landlord. It is understood that the
absence of privity of contract between Sub-subtenant and Landlord may
necessitate that Sub-sublessor prosecute in its name, for Sub-subtenant's
benefit, such proceedings at law or equity as may be reasonably required to
enforce such rights and remedies accorded to Sub-subtenant hereunder. In the
event of any such prosecution, Sub-subtenant shall pay all costs of
Sub-sublessor in prosecuting such proceeding, including attorneys' fees and
costs.

          5.4 Sub-subtenant agrees that due to the absence of privity of
contract between Sub-sublessor and Landlord, Sub-sublessor shall be deemed to
have discharged any duty hereunder to use commercially reasonable efforts to
cause Landlord to perform its obligations under the Main Lease if Sub-sublessor
shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause Sublessor to cause
Landlord to so perform.

     6. NO BREACH OF MAIN LEASE. With respect to Sub-subtenant's obligations
under this Sub-sublease, Sub-subtenant shall not do or permit to be done any act
or thing which may constitute a breach or violation of any term, covenant or
condition of the Main Lease by the tenant thereunder, whether or not such act or
thing is permitted under the provisions of this Agreement. Sub-sublessor shall
perform its obligations under the Main Lease and the Main Sublease except to the
extent Sub-subtenant is obligated herein to perform same.


                                       6

<PAGE>

     7. INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

     8. INDEMNITY. Notwithstanding the incorporation by reference of Rider
Section 100 of the Main Lease, Sub-sublessor shall not be responsible, nor shall
Sub-subtenant be relieved of its indemnity obligation, for loss, cost,
liability, damage and expense resulting from the passive negligence (as opposed
to active negligence) of Landlord or its agents, contractors, servants,
employees or licensees. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Sections
19 and 20 of the Main Lease, and Rider Section 100 of the Main Lease, are
incorporated herein by reference such that the terms thereof shall have the same
force as if completely set forth in this Agreement, and as if the words
"Landlord" and "Tenant" wherever they appear therein were construed to mean,
respectively, "Sub-sublessor" and "Sub-subtenant", and as if the words "Lease"
and "Premises" wherever they appear therein were construed to mean,
respectively, "Sub-sublease" and "Demised Premises".

     9. BASIC RENT. From and after December 13, 1999 (the "Rent Commencement
Date"), Sub-subtenant shall pay without deduction or offset, monthly basic rent
("Basic Rent") in the amounts specified in SECTION 1.10.

          Basic Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each month
during the term of this Agreement. Basic Rent and all other amounts payable by
Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublessor (except in the event Sub-subtenant is required
to make such payments to the Landlord) under the provisions of this Agreement
(such amounts other than Basic Rent being herein called the "Additional Rent")
shall be paid when due (within five (5) business days after receipt of demand as
to Additional Rent but without notice as to Basic Rent). Sub-sublessor shall
have the same rights and remedies for the non-payment of Additional Rent as for
the non-payment of Basic Rent. Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid to
Sub-sublessor in lawful money of the United States at the address of
Sub-sublessor set forth at the head of this Agreement or to such other person
and/or at such other address as Sub-sublessor may from time to time designate
by, notice to Sub-subtenant. No payment by Sub-subtenant or receipt by
Sub-sublessor of any lesser amount than the amount stipulated to be paid
hereunder shall be deemed other than on account of the earliest stipulated Basic
Rent or Additional Rent; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or
letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sub-sublessor may accept any
check or payment without prejudice to Sub-sublessor's right to recover the
balance due or to pursue any other remedy available to Sub-sublessor.

     10. RENT ABATEMENT. To the extent that Sub-sublessor receives a rent
abatement relating to the Demised Premises pursuant to the Main Lease Rider No.
1, Paragraph 95, Sub-subtenant shall be entitled to a dollar-for-dollar rent
abatement of rent owing under this Agreement.

     11. OPERATING EXPENSES.

          11.1 Commencing January 1, 2001 and continuing on the first day of
each succeeding month during the Sub-sublease Term, Sub-subtenant shall pay
Sub-subtenant's Proportionate Share of increased Operating Expenses (as the term
"Operating Expenses" is


                                       7

<PAGE>

defined in the Main Lease) for the then current calendar year over Operating
Expenses for the Base Year with respect to the Building. At such time as
Landlord reconciles estimated payments of Operating Expenses in accordance with
the Main Lease, Sub-sublessor likewise shall reconcile the estimated payments of
Operating Expenses to actual amounts thereof adjusted to reflect the assumption
that the Building is 100% occupied for the Base Year and the applicable expense
year. Any amount owed by one party to the other to be paid within thirty (30)
days after Sub-sublessor delivers to Sub-subtenant copies of both the Landlord's
annual reconciliation statement under the Main Lease and Sub-sublessor's
statement of Sub-subtenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses in excess
of the Operating Expenses for the Base Year with respect to the Building. The
provisions of this Section 11.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Agreement.

          11.2 Sub-subtenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses shall
be determined as follows:

               (a) Sub-sublessor shall determine the Operating Expenses which
would be payable by Sub-sublessor under Section 6 of the Main Lease with respect
to the Demised Premises as if the Base Year under the Main Lease were the same
as the Base Year under this Agreement; and

               (b) Sub-subtenant's Proportionate Share under PARAGRAPH 1.13
shall be applied to the increases in Operating Expenses for the Building over
the Base Year.

Subject to PARAGRAPH 11.3 below, Sub-sublessor shall be entitled to rely on the
computations of Operating Expenses made by Landlord under the Main Lease.

          11.3 If Landlord makes any permitted adjustment to Operating Expenses
under the Main Lease after the annual reconciliation has been completed, a
corresponding adjustment shall be made under this Agreement. If requested by
Sub-subtenant, Sub-sublessor will at Sub-subtenant's expense cause Sublessor to
exercise its rights under the Main Lease to inspect and audit Landlord's books
and records pertaining to Operating Expenses.

     12. USE. Sub-subtenant shall use and occupy the Demised Premises for the
use specified in SECTION 1.15 above and for no other purpose.

     13. CONDITION OF DEMISED PREMISES; USE OF FACILITIES. Sub-subtenant is
leasing the Demised Premises "as is." In making and executing this Agreement,
Sub-subtenant has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and
inspections as Sub-subtenant has chosen to make or has made. Sub-subtenant
acknowledges that Sub-sublessor has afforded Sub-subtenant the opportunity for
full and complete investigations, examinations, and inspections. Any
improvements to be made by Sub-subtenant pursuant to this Agreement shall be the
sole responsibility of Sub-subtenant. Sub-sublessor shall vacate the Demised
Premises, including the Computer/Switch Room in the Demised Premises, no later
than October 4, 1999. During the period commencing on September 13, 1999 and
ending October 4, 1999, Sub-sublessor shall at its sole cost and expense
segregate its existing equipment in such Computer/Switch Room in a manner that
prevents Sub-subtenant from gaining access to such equipment without Sub-


                                       8

<PAGE>

sublessor's consent. Sub-sublessor, at its sole cost and expense, shall
segregate the security control systems serving the Demised Premises from the
security control systems serving other premises occupied by Sub-sublessor in the
Building by de-activating Sub-sublandlord's security system access cards with
respect to the Demised Premises and providing Sub-subtenant with use of and full
access to the security systems with respect to the Demised Premises. Upon
reasonable prior notice to Sub-subtenant (except in emergencies), Sub-subtenant
agrees to provide Sub-sublessor with access to such control systems serving the
Demised Premises in the event that Sub-sublessor requires such access to
maintain or repair the control systems serving the other premises occupied by
Sub-sublessor. Sub-subtenant agrees to provide to Sub-sublessor following the
commencement of the term hereof the names of the persons authorized to grant
such access to Sub-sublessor. All furniture in the Demised Premises belonging to
Sub-sublessor shall be removed by Sub-sublessor at its sole expense, provided
that all electricity floor boxes and the conference room table and chairs shall
remain in the Demised Premises and shall be available for use by Sub-subtenant
during the term of this Agreement at no additional cost to Sub-subtenant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Sub-sublessor shall vacate all of
Sub-sublessor's Premises, Sub-sublessor shall leave the security control systems
for use by Sub-subtenant during the Term of this Agreement.

     14. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS. In any instance when Sub-sublessor's consent or
approval is required under this Agreement, Sub-sublessor's refusal to consent to
or approve any matter or thing shall be deemed reasonable if, INTER ALIA, such
consent or approval has not been obtained from the Landlord under the Main Lease
or the Sublessor under the Main Sublease. Otherwise, Sub-sublessor's consent or
approval as required under this Agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed.

     15. NOTICES. All notices, consents, approvals, demands and requests which
are required or desired to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be either (a) personally delivered or (b) sent by United
States postal service, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or (c) sent
by nationally recognized overnight courier. Notices, consents, approvals,
demands and requests which are served upon Sub-sublessor or Sub-subtenant in
the manner provided herein shall be deemed to have been given or served for all
purposes hereunder (i) on the date of delivery if personally delivered or sent
by courier service or (ii) on the date on which such notice, consent, approval,
demand or request shall have been mailed if mailed as aforesaid. All notices,
consents, approvals, demands and requests shall be addressed as specified in
SECTION 1.1 and/or 1.2, or at such other place as the receiving party may from
time to time designate in a notice given in accordance with the provisions of
this Section.

     16. TERMINATION OF MAIN LEASE OR MAIN SUBLEASE. If for any reason the term
of the Main Lease or Main Sublease shall terminate prior to the expiration date
of this Agreement, this Agreement shall thereupon be terminated and
Sub-sublessor shall not be liable to Sub-subtenant by reason thereof unless said
termination shall have been effected because of the breach or default of
Sub-sublessor under the Main Lease, Main Sublease or this Agreement. If the
Landlord or Sublessor wrongfully terminates or attempts to wrongfully terminate
the Main Lease or Main Sublease, Sub-sublessor shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to keep the Main Lease and Main Sublease in full force and effect.


                                       9

<PAGE>

     17. INSURANCE. Sub-subtenant shall maintain throughout the term of this
Agreement the insurance required under the Main Lease to be maintained by
Sublessor relating to the Demised Premises. All insurance maintained by
Sub-subtenant shall name Sub-sublessor, Sublessor and the Landlord as additional
insureds. Sub-subtenant shall deliver to Sub-sublessor, Sublessor and the
Landlord certificates of insurance issued by the carriers or their duly
authorized agents prior to the Commencement Date. Sub-subtenant shall procure
and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration
thereof, and Sub-subtenant shall deliver to Sub-sublessor, Sublessor and the
Landlord such renewal policies or certificates at least ten (10) days before the
expiration of any existing policy. All such policies shall meet the requirements
in the Main Lease and shall be issued by companies of recognized responsibility
licensed to do business in the State of California and all such policies shall
contain a provision whereby the same cannot be canceled or modified unless
Sub-sublessor, Sublessor and the Landlord are given at least 20 days' prior
written notice by certified or registered mail of such cancellation or
modification.

     18. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Sub-subtenant shall, within ten (10) business
days after receipt of each and every request by Sub-sublessor hereto, execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the party that made the request a statement in
writing (a) certifying that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force and
effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and
effect as modified and stating the modifications), (b) specifying the dates to
which the Basic Rent and Sub-subtenant's Proportionate Share of Operating
Expenses (as defined in the Main Lease and adjusted as provided in this
Agreement) have been paid, (c) stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of
Sub-subtenant, Sub-sublessor is in default in performance or observance of its
obligations under this Agreement, and, if so, specifying each such default, (d)
stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the party signing same, any
event has occurred which with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both,
would constitute a default by Sub-sublessor under this Agreement, and, if so
specifying each such event, (e) stating whether Sub-subtenant has exercised any
option(s) to extend the term of this Agreement, and, if so, specifying each such
extension, and (f) any other matter reasonably requested by Sub-sublessor. Any
such statement delivered pursuant to this section may be relied upon by any
prospective assignee or transferee of the leasehold estate under the Main Lease
or the subleasehold estate under the Main Sublease or the sub-subleasehold
estate under this Agreement.

     19. ALTERATIONS. Sub-subtenant shall not make, cause or permit the making
of any alterations, addition, change, replacement, or installation in or to the
Demised Premises without obtaining the prior consent of the Sub-sublessor, and
Sub-subtenant will be required to obtain the consent of the Landlord in each
instance if required under the Main Lease and the Sublessor if required under
the Main Sublease.

     20. RIGHT TO CURE SUB-SUBTENANT'S DEFAULTS. If Sub-subtenant shall at any
time fail to make any payment or perform any other obligation of Sub-subtenant
hereunder, then Sub-sublessor shall have the right, but not the obligation,
after 10 days' notice to Sub-subtenant, or without notice to Sub-subtenant in
the case of any emergency, and without waiving or releasing Sub-subtenant from
any obligations of Sub-subtenant hereunder, to make such payment or perform such
other obligation of Sub-subtenant in such manner and to such extent as
Sub-sublessor shall deem necessary, and in exercising any such right, to pay any
incidental costs


                                       10

<PAGE>

and expenses, employ attorneys, and incur and pay reasonable attorneys' fees.
Sub-subtenant shall pay to Sub-sublessor within five (5) days after receipt of
demand all sums so paid by Sub-sublessor and all incidental costs and expenses
of Sub-sublessor in connection therewith, together with interest thereon at the
rate of one and one-half percent per calendar month or any part thereof or the
then maximum lawful interest rate, whichever shall be less, from the date of the
making of such expenditures until payment shall be made.

     21. BROKERAGE. Sub-subtenant and Sub-sublessor each represent to the other
that it dealt with no broker or other person in bringing about this Agreement
other than the broker(s) listed in SECTION 1.16 above. Sub-sublessor shall be
solely responsible for payment of commissions to such brokers pursuant to
written agreements between Sub-sublessor and such brokers. Sub-sublessor shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sub-subtenant from and against any loss,
liability, damage, cost and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees) in connection with Sub-sublessor's obligation to pay
commissions to such brokers as contained in such written agreements. Each party
hereto shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless, the other party from and
against, any loss, liability, damage, cost and expense (including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) in connection with (a) any claims made
by any other broker or other person for a brokerage commission, finder's fee, or
similar compensation, by reason of or in connection with this Agreement if such
other broker or other person claims to have had dealings with the indemnifying
party and/or (b) the enforcement of the indemnified party's rights under this
Section.

     22. ARBITRATION. Except for any breach of this Agreement for which Sub-
sublessor shall be entitled to file an unlawful detainer action (which shall not
be precluded by this Section 22), any claim demand or cause of action, which
arises out of or is related to this Agreement (collectively, "Claims"), shall be
resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with (i) the Federal Arbitration
Act; (ii) the Code of Procedure ("Code") of the National Arbitration Forum
("NAF") and (iii) this Agreement, which shall control any inconsistency between
it and the Code. The NAF shall provide each party a list of arbitrators and each
party shall have the right to strike one name. The number of arbitrators on the
list will be the number of parties plus one. The decision of an arbitrator on
any Claims submitted to arbitration shall follow applicable substantive law and
be in writing setting forth the findings of fact and law and the reasons
supporting the decision. Such decision shall be final and binding upon the
parties, subject to the right of appeal described below. Judgment upon any
arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The
arbitrator has exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the
applicability or enforceability of this Agreement, including the provisions of
this section. After a demand for arbitration is made, each party may conduct a
limited number of depositions (including the production of documents) by mutual
agreement or as permitted by the arbitrator.

     23. NO WAIVER. The failure of Sub-sublessor or Sub-subtenant to insist in
any one or more cases upon the strict performance or observance of any
obligation of Sub-subtenant or Sub-sublessor hereunder or to exercise any right
or option contained herein shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment
for the future of any such obligation of Sub-subtenant or Sub-sublessor or any
right or option of Sub-sublessor or Sub-subtenant. Sub-sublessor's receipt and
acceptance of Basic Rent or Operating Expenses, or Sub-sublessor's acceptance of
performance of any other obligation by Sub-subtenant, with knowledge of
Sub-subtenant's breach of any


                                       11

<PAGE>

provision of this Agreement, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No
waiver by Sub-sublessor or Sub-subtenant of any term, covenant or condition of
this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and
signed by Sub-sublessor or Sub-subtenant, as the case may be.

     24. COMPLETE AGREEMENT. There are no representations, warranties,
agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties
or their representatives relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which
are not fully expressed in this Agreement. This Agreement cannot be changed or
terminated orally or in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by
both parties.

     25. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement, except as
herein otherwise specifically provided, shall extend to, bind and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives,
heirs, successors and permitted assigns. In the event of any assignment or
transfer of Sub-sublessor's interest in the leasehold estate under the Main
Lease or Main Sublease, the transferor or assignor, as the case may be, shall be
and hereby is entirely relieved and freed of all obligations under this
Agreement arising after the date of such assignment or transfer. No such
assignment or transfer by Sub-sublessor shall be effective unless and until the
assignee or transferee assumes in writing all of Sub-sublessor's obligations
under this Agreement.

     26. THIRD PARTY CONSENTS.

          26.1 This Agreement shall have no effect until the Landlord and
Sublessor shall each have given its written consent hereto. If the Landlord or
Sublessor does not give its consent to this Agreement for any reason whatsoever
on or before thirty (30) days after the date of execution hereof by
Sub-subtenant and Sub-sublessor, then either party may cancel this Agreement by
notice given to the other party.

          26.2 If this Agreement is cancelled pursuant to PARAGRAPH 26.1 of this
Agreement, (i) this Agreement shall be deemed null and void and of no effect,
(ii) if Sub-subtenant is then in possession of all or any part of the Demised
Premises, Sub-subtenant shall (x) immediately quit and surrender to
Sub-sublessor the Demised Premises and (y) remove all of its property, and (iii)
Sub-sublessor shall promptly return to Sub-subtenant the Security Deposit, and
the amount paid by Sub-subtenant upon the execution of this Agreement for the
payment of the first full monthly installment of Basic Rent. Sub-subtenant shall
repair any damage caused by the removal of its property and shall restore the
Demised Premises to their condition prior to the installation of the items so
removed.

     27. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. None of the provisions of this Agreement
shall be construed to accrue to the benefit of, or be enforceable by, any third
party, other than the Landlord and Sublessor.

     28. INTERPRETATION. Irrespective of the place of execution or performance,
this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of California. If any provision of this Agreement or the application
thereof to any person or


                                       12

<PAGE>

circumstances shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that
provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather
shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The captions, headings and
titles, if any, in this Agreement are solely for convenience or reference and
shall not affect its interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed without
regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party
causing this Agreement to be drafted. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or
separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making
same, shall not be dependent on any other provision of this Agreement unless
otherwise expressly provided. All terms and words used in this Agreement shall
mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or other form of
business or legal association or entity.

     29. AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION. Sublessor and Landlord shall not amend or
modify the Main Lease, and Sub-sublessor and Sublessor shall not modify the Main
Sublease, in any way so as to materially or adversely affect Sub-subtenant or
its interest hereunder or in the Demised Premises, materially increase
Sub-subtenant's obligations hereunder or materially restrict Sub-subtenant's
rights hereunder.

     30. QUIET ENJOYMENT; RIGHT TO CURE. Sub-subtenant shall peacefully have,
hold and enjoy the Demised Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, provided that Sub-subtenant pays all Basic Rent and Additional Rent
and performs all of Sub-subtenant's covenants and agreements contained herein.
In the event, however, that Sub-sublessor defaults in the performance or
observance of any of Sub-sublessor's obligations hereunder or under the Main
Sublease or Main Lease, then Sub-subtenant shall give Sub-sublessor notice
specifying in what manner Sub-sublessor has defaulted, and if such default shall
not be cured by Sub-sublessor within thirty (30) days thereafter (except that if
such default cannot be cured within said thirty (30)-day period, this period
shall be extended for an additional reasonable time, provided that Sub-sublessor
diligently commences to cure such default within such thirty (30)-day period and
proceeds diligently thereafter to effect such cure as quickly as possible), then
in addition, Sub-subtenant shall be entitled, at Sub-subtenant's option, to cure
such default and promptly collect from Sub-sublessor Sub-subtenant's reasonable
expenses in so doing (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees
and court costs). Sub-subtenant shall not be required, however, to wait the
entire cure period described herein if earlier action is required to comply with
the Main Lease or Main Sublease or with any applicable governmental law,
regulation or order. Sub-sublessor shall provide copies to Sub-subtenant of all
notices received from Landlord and/or Sublessor.

     31. TERMINATION OF MAIN SUBLEASE BY SUB-SUBLESSOR. Sub-sublessor shall not
voluntarily terminate the Main Sublease during the Term hereof unless and until
Sublessor has agreed in writing to continue this Agreement in full force and
effect as a direct sublease between Sublessor and Sub-subtenant upon and subject
to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement for the balance
of the Term hereof. If Sublessor so consents, Sub-subtenant shall attorn to
Sublessor in connection with any such voluntary termination and shall execute an
attornment agreement in such form as may reasonably be requested by Sublessor;


                                       13

<PAGE>

provided, however, that the attornment agreement does not materially adversely
affect the use by Sub-subtenant of the Demised Premises in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, materially increase Sub-subtenant's obligations under
this Agreement or materially decrease Sub-subtenant's rights under this
Agreement. If this Agreement terminates as a result of Sub-sublessor's default
under the Main Sublease, then, so long as Sub-subtenant is not then in default
beyond any applicable cure period under the terms of this Agreement, this
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as a direct sublease between
Sub-subtenant and Sublessor, upon and subject to all of the terms, covenants and
conditions of the Agreement for the balance of the Term hereof. In such event,
Sub-subtenant shall attorn to Sublessor as set forth in this paragraph.

     32. OPTION TO EXTEND.

          32.1 Provided Sub-sublessor has exercised its option to extend as
provided in the Main Sublease, Sub-subtenant shall have one option to extend the
term of this Agreement for a period of five (5) years and approximately one (1)
month (the "Option Term"), which option shall be exercisable by notice delivered
by Sub-subtenant to Sub-sublessor not less than thirteen (13) months prior to
the Expiration Date. Upon the proper exercise of such Option to extend, the term
of this Agreement shall be extended for a period of five (5) years and
approximately one (1) month, so as to expire on January 31, 2007. The Basic Rent
payable by Sub-subtenant during the Option Term shall be the fair market rental
value as negotiated between Sub-sublessor and Sublessor pursuant to Section 32
of the Main Sublease, provided, however, that in no event shall the Basic Rent
payable during the Option Term be less than the Basic Rent specified in SECTION
1.10. Sub-subtenant shall pay Additional Rent and its Proportionate Share of
Operating Expenses during the Option Term as set forth in this Agreement.

     33. PARKING. Sub-subtenant shall be entitled to 72 parking spaces
(calculated at the rate of 3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of
the Demises Premises) on the terms and conditions set forth in the Main Lease.
Except as otherwise provided herein, all provisions of the Main Lease applicable
to parking privileges are incorporated herein by reference.

     34. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Sub-subtenant shall not assign or encumber
its interest in this Agreement or the Demised Premises, or further sublease all
or any part of the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of
Sub-sublessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or
delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to any restrictions in the Main
Lease or Main Sublease, Sub-subtenant shall have the right upon prior written
notice to Sub-sublessor to assign this Agreement in its entirety or to further
sublease all or any portion of the Demised Premises to: (i) any entity resulting
from a merger or consolidation with Sub-subtenant; or (ii) any entity succeeding
to the business and assets of Sub-subtenant. Sub-sublessor shall be entitled to
receive fifty percent (50%) of any Profits (as hereinafter defined) from any
assignment or further sublease by Sub-subtenant requiring the prior written
consent of Sub-sublessor. As used herein, "Profits" shall mean any rents,
additional charges or other consideration payable to Sub-subtenant by the
subtenant or assignee in excess of Basic Rent and Additional Rent (less
Sub-subtenant's reasonable costs associated with such sublease) payable by
Sub-subtenant under this Agreement. In no event shall any assignment or sublease
by Sub-subtenant (regardless of whether such assignment or sublease required
Sub-sublessor's consent) release or relieve Sub-subtenant from any obligation
under this Agreement.


                                       14

<PAGE>

     35. ATTORNEYS' FEES. In any action between Sub-sublessor and Sub-subtenant
to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing
party in such action shall be awarded, in addition to damages or other relief,
its actual attorneys' fees and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in
connection with such action.

     36. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. Sub-subtenant shall have a right of first offer
(the "Right of First Offer") to sub-sublease, at its option, any additional
premises in the Building subleased by Sub-sublessor as of the date hereof that
Sub-sublessor wishes to sub-sublet during the term hereof ("Additional Space").
Sub-sublessor shall notify Sub-subtenant of its intent to sub-sublet Additional
Space (the "Notice") as well as the number of square feet proposed to be
sub-sublet, and Sub-subtenant shall have ten (10) days to exercise the Right of
First Offer. If Sub-subtenant does not notify Sub-sublessor in writing of its
election to exercise the Right of First Offer within such ten (10) day period,
then Sub-subtenant shall be deemed to have waived the Right of First Offer with
respect to the Additional Space of which it has been notified. If Sub-subtenant
exercises the Right of First Offer, Sub-subtenant shall sub-sublease from
Sub-sublessor the entire Additional Space described in the Notice on the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement, except that the Basic Rent payable
with respect to the Additional Space shall be the amount of Basic Rent per
rentable square foot being paid for the Demised Premises by Sub-sublandlord at
the time Sub-subtenant exercises the Right of First Offer.

     37. REPRESENTATIONS BY SUB-SUBLESSOR. Sub-sublessor represents and warrants
that(a) to Sub-sublessor's best knowledge, the copy of the Main Lease and Main
Sublease attached hereto as "Exhibit B" is true and complete copy of the Main
Lease and the Main Sublease and, except as set forth therein, there are no
additional agreements between Landlord and Sub-sublessor with respect to the
Demised Premises, and (b) to Sub-sublessor's best knowledge, there are no
defaults on the part of Landlord, Sublessor or Sub-sublessor under the Main
Sublease and, to Sub-sublessor's best knowledge, no event has occurred which,
with the giving of notice and the passage of time, would constitute a default
under the Main Sublease.

     38. COUNTERPARTS; FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective and all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall be effective
upon delivery by each party to the other of a facsimile of an executed signature
page, subject to delivery of a signature page bearing an original signature with
24 hours.


                                       15

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sub-sublessor and Sub-subtenant have hereunto executed
this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                    Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.,
                                    a New York corporation


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------

                                    Name:
                                         ---------------------------------------

                                    Its:
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                    Bill Gross' idealab!
                                    a California corporation

                                    By:  /s/ MARCIA GOODSTEIN
                                       -----------------------------------------

                                    Name: Marcia Goodstein
                                         ---------------------------------------

                                    Its: Chief Operating Officer
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                       16


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15






                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX

                               74 N. PASADENA AVE.

                              PASADENA, CALIFORNIA





                                     LESSOR:

                        PARSONS INFORMATION & TECHNOLOGY

                                   GROUP, INC.





                                     LESSEE:

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!


<PAGE>



                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page
<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
ARTICLE 1:        BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS .........................................................................1
                  1.1      Provisions ............................................................................1

ARTICLE 2:        EXHIBITS .......................................................................................3
                  2.1      Enumeration ...........................................................................3

ARTICLE 3:        DESCRIPTION OF THE BUILDING AND PREMISES .......................................................4

                  3.1      The Building ..........................................................................4
                  3.2      Premises ..............................................................................4
                  3.3      Common Areas ..........................................................................5
                  3.4      Restricted Common Areas ...............................................................5

ARTICLE 4:        LEASE TERM .....................................................................................5
                  4.1      Lease Term ............................................................................5
                  4.2      Option to Extend ......................................................................5
                  4.3      Confirmation of Actual Commencement Date ..............................................6
                  4.4      Lessor's Delay in Delivery ............................................................6

ARTICLE 5:        RENT ...........................................................................................6
                  5.1      Rent ..................................................................................6
                  5.2      Building Operating Expenses ...........................................................7
                  5.3      Late Fee ..............................................................................8
                  5.4      Rent ..................................................................................8
                  5.5      Address for Payments ..................................................................8

ARTICLE 6:        TAXES ..........................................................................................9
                  6.1      Real Estate Taxes .....................................................................9
                  6.2      Personal Property Taxes ..............................................................10

ARTICLE 7:        POSSESSION AND USE ............................................................................10
                  7.1      Possession ...........................................................................10
                  7.2      Permitted Uses .......................................................................10
                  7.3      Rules and Regulations ................................................................10

ARTICLE 8:        UTILITIES AND SERVICES ........................................................................10
                  8.1      Lessor's Covenants ...................................................................10
                  8.2      Lessee's Covenants ...................................................................11
                  8.3      Standards for Utilities and Services .................................................11
                  8.4      Lessor's Right to Cease Service ......................................................11

ARTICLE 9:        INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE .......................................................................12
                  9.1      Indemnity by Lessee ..................................................................12
                  9.2      Lessor's Insurance ...................................................................12
                  9.3      Lessee's Insurance ...................................................................12
                  9.4      Assumption of Risk ...................................................................13
                  9.5      Insurance Related Use Restrictions ...................................................13
</TABLE>


                                      (i)
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
ARTICLE 10:       ALTERATIONS ...................................................................................13
                  10.1 Alterations ..............................................................................13
                  10.2 Rights Upon Termination ..................................................................14

ARTICLE 11:       MECHANIC'S LIENS ..............................................................................14
                  11.1     Lessee's Covenants ...................................................................14
                  11.2     Contest of Lien ......................................................................14
                  11.3     Right to Cure ........................................................................14
                  11.4     Notice of Lien .......................................................................14
                  11.5     Notice of Nonresponsibility ..........................................................14

ARTICLE 12:       SIGNAGE  15
                  12.1     Signage Criteria .....................................................................15
                  12.2     Lessor's Approval ....................................................................15
                  12.3     Lessor's Responsibility ..............................................................15
                  12.4     Lessee's Responsibility ..............................................................15

ARTICLE 13:       FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY ................................................................15
                  13.1 Trade Fixtures and Personal Property .....................................................15

ARTICLE 14:       ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGING, AND CHANGE IN

                  OWNERSHIP .....................................................................................15
                  14.1     Definitions ..........................................................................15
                  14.2     Restrictions on Occupancy Transactions ...............................................16
                  14.3     Procedures for Approval of Occupancy Transactions ....................................16
                  14.4     Documentation and Expenses ...........................................................17
                  14.5     Rent Payments by Transferee ..........................................................17
                  14.6     Affiliated Company Exception .........................................................17
                  14.7     Disposition of Profits from Occupancy Transaction ....................................17
                  14.8     Lessee's Liability ...................................................................17

ARTICLE 15:       LESSEE'S CONDUCT OF BUSINESS ..................................................................17
                  15.1     Advertising Prohibition ..............................................................17
                  15.2     Trash and Rubbish ....................................................................18
                  15.3     Conformance with Laws ................................................................18
                  15.4     Safe and Clean Environment ...........................................................18

ARTICLE 16:       REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE .......................................................................18
                  16.1     Lessor's Obligations .................................................................18
                  16.2     Lessee's Obligations .................................................................18
                  16.3     Lessee's Acceptance and Waiver .......................................................18

ARTICLE 17:       RECONSTRUCTION ................................................................................19
                  17.1     Insured Casualty .....................................................................19
                  17.2     Uninsured Casualty ...................................................................19
                  17.3     Abatement of Rent ....................................................................19
                  17.4     Waiver and Notice ....................................................................19
</TABLE>


                                      (ii)
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
ARTICLE 18:       COMMON AREA EXPENSES ..........................................................................19
                  18.1     Responsibility and Payment for Common Area Expenses ..................................19
                  18.2     Definition Common Area Expenses ......................................................19
                  18.3     Liability for Security ...............................................................21
                  18.4     Reserved and Visitor Parking Restrictions ............................................21
                  18.5     Control of Common Areas ..............................................................22

ARTICLE 19:       DEFAULT BY LESSOR .............................................................................22
                  19.1 No Right of Termination ..................................................................22
                  19.2 Limitation of Liability ..................................................................23

ARTICLE 20:       DEFAULT BY LESSEE .............................................................................23
                  20.1     Actions or Omissions Causing Default .................................................23
                  20.2     Legal Notices ........................................................................24
                  20.3     Rent Acceptance, No Waiver ...........................................................24

ARTICLE 21:       REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT .........................................................................24
                  21.1     Lessor Election of Remedies ..........................................................24
                  21.2     Bankruptcy Code Limitations ..........................................................24
                  21.3     Action Without Termination ...........................................................25
                  21.4     Damages Upon Termination .............................................................25
                  21.5     Lessor's Right to Declare Forfeiture .................................................26
                  21.6     Fixtures and Personal Property .......................................................26
                  21.7     No Limitation of Remedies ............................................................26
                  21.8     No Waiver Unless In Writing ..........................................................26

ARTICLE 22:       EMINENT DOMAIN ................................................................................26
                  22.1     Taking Resulting in Termination ......................................................26
                  22.2     Taking Without Termination ...........................................................26
                  22.3     Disposition of Award .................................................................27
                  22.4     Transfer Under Threat of Taking ......................................................27

ARTICLE 23:       ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS .....................................................................27
                  23.1 Recovery to Prevailing Party .............................................................27

ARTICLE 24:       SALE OF PREMISES BY LESSOR ....................................................................27
                  24.1 Release of Lessor ........................................................................27

ARTICLE 25:       SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT, AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE ...........................................27
                  25.1     Subordination ........................................................................27
                  25.2     Attornment ...........................................................................27
                  25.3     Estoppel Certificates ................................................................27

ARTICLE 26:       QUIET ENJOYMENT ...............................................................................28
                  26.1 Quiet Enjoyment ..........................................................................28

ARTICLE 27:       CONSENTS AND APPROVALS ........................................................................28
                  27.1 Lessor's Consent .........................................................................28
                  27.2 Reimbursement for Cost of Approvals ......................................................28
</TABLE>

                                     (iii)
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
ARTICLE 28:       SECURITY DEPOSIT ..............................................................................28
                  28.1     Security Deposit .....................................................................28
                  28.2     Use and Restoration ..................................................................28
                  28.3     Disposition Upon Bankruptcy ..........................................................28
                  28.4     Disposition Upon Sale ................................................................28
                  28.5     Security Deposit Adjustment ..........................................................29

ARTICLE 29:       MISCELLANEOUS .................................................................................29
                  29.1     Captions .............................................................................29
                  29.2     Parties ..............................................................................29
                  29.3     Gender ...............................................................................29
                  29.4     Legal Address ........................................................................29
                  29.5     Construction .........................................................................29
                  29.6     Relationship of Parties ..............................................................29
                  29.7     Severability .........................................................................29
                  29.8     Warranty of Authority.................................................................29
                  29.9     Entire Agreement .....................................................................29
                  29.10    Lessees Selected by Lessor. ..........................................................30
                  29.11    Governing Law; Forum; Construction ...................................................30
                  29.12    Force Majeure ........................................................................30
                  29.13    Use of Name of Building ..............................................................30
                  29.14    Lender Requirements ..................................................................30
                  29.15    Violations by Other Lessees ..........................................................30
                  29.16    Time is of Essence ...................................................................30
                  29.17    Real Estate Broker ...................................................................31
</TABLE>


                                      (iv)
<PAGE>


                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

         Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor,
the following described Premises upon the terms and conditions as set forth in
this Lease Agreement ("Lease").

ARTICLE 1:        BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     1.1 PROVISIONS. The Basic Lease Provisions outline certain major terms
which are supplemented by other Articles of the Lease.

DATE:             JUNE 17, 1999

LESSOR:  Parsons Information & Technology Group Inc.

ADDRESS OF
LESSOR:           100 West Walnut Street
                  Pasadena, California 91124
                  Attn: Finance Department

         With Copy to:

                  Dacam Management Corporation
                  111 Elm Street, Suite 460
                  San Diego, California 92101

LESSEE:  Bill Gross' Idealab!, a California corporation

ADDRESS OF

LESSEE:           Idealab
                  130 W. Union Street
                  Pasadena, California 91103
                  Attn: Pam Rushman

         With Copy to:

                  Marcia Goodstein
                  Chief Operating Officer
                  Idealab
                  130 W. Union Street
                  Pasadena, California 91103


<PAGE>


PREMISES:   The Eighth Floor of the office building located at 74 North Pasadena
            Avenue, Pasadena, California, designated by diagonal lines on the
            floor plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT "A", containing rentable area
            of approximately 29,064 square feet (the "Premises". Lessee's
            "Rentable Area" has been computed by adding to Lessee's useable area
            (measured from dominant face of exterior walls of the Premises to
            centerline of demising walls), Common Areas on Lessee's floor, and
            Lessee's proportionate share of the main lobby of the Building, but
            excluding vertical shafts, stairwells, and mechanical rooms in the
            basement which serve the entire building.

                                (SEE SECTION 3.2)

PERMITTED
USE:        General Offices, including the development of internet companies

                                (SEE SECTION 7.2)

LEASE TERM: Twenty Four (24) Months (SEE SECTION 4.1)

ANTICIPATED
COMMENCEMENT
DATE:       June 24, 1999

                                (SEE SECTION 4.1)

FIXTURIZATION
PERIOD:     Two (2) Weeks

                                (SEE SECTION 4.1)

BASE RENT:  Forty Three Thousand Five Hundred Ninety Six and 00/100
            Dollars ($43,596.00) per month, commencing June 24, 1999 through
            December 31, 1999.

            Fifty Four Thousand Three Hundred Forty Nine and 68/100 Dollars
            ($54,349.68) per month, commencing January 1,2000 through June 30,
            2001.

                               (SEE SECTION 5.1.1)

PARKING
RENT:       Fifty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($55.00) per month for non-designated
            spaces and Sixty Five and 00/100 ($65.00) per month for designated
            spaces during each year of the Lease Term, adjusted as set forth in
            Section 5.1.4.2 in the event of exercise by Lessee of the option
            described in Section 4.2. Parking Rent shall be Fourteen Thousand
            Nine Hundred Eighty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($14,985.00) per month
            during the initial term ($4,095 for designated spaces and $10,890
            for non-designated spaces).


                                       2
<PAGE>



                               (SEE SECTION 5.1.2)

STORAGE
RENT:       Not Applicable

                               (SEE SECTION 5.1.3)

LESSEE'S PROPORTIONATE
SHARE OF BUILDING
OPERATING
EXPENSES:   29,064 divided by 256.005 equals 11.4%.

                                (SEE SECTION 5.2)

RESERVED PARKING
SPACES:     Two Hundred Sixty One (261) spaces, including designated and
            non-designated spaces as follows:

            Designated Spaces:        Sixty Three (63)

            Non-Designated Spaces:    One Hundred Ninety Eight (198)

            Total Reserved Parking:   Two Hundred Sixty One (261)

                               (SEE SECTION 18.4)

SECURITY DEPOSIT:   One Hundred Thirty Eight Thousand Six Hundred Seventy and
                    00/100 Dollars ($138,670.00)

                               (SEE SECTION 28.1)

REAL ESTATE
BROKER
(IF ANY):   Lessee:          Travers Realty
            Lessor:          Dacam Management Corporation

                               (SEE SECTION 29.17)

ARTICLE 2:  EXHIBITS

            2.1 ENUMERATION. The exhibits enumerated in this Article and
                -----------
attached to this Lease are incorporated herein by reference:

                Exhibit A - Floor Plan of the Premises
                Exhibit B - Tenant Improvement Manual
                Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations
                Exhibit D - Acceptance of Premises
                Exhibit E - Standards for Utilities and Services



                                       3
<PAGE>


                  Exhibit F - Designated Parking

ARTICLE 3:  DESCRIPTION OF THE BUILDING AND PREMISES

            3.1 THE BUILDING. As used herein, the term "Building" shall mean
those areas of land and the improvements, landscaping, parking, pedestrian
walkways, and other features commonly referred to as "Parsons West Annex" or
"West Annex", located at common address 74 North Pasadena Avenue, Pasadena,
California. The Building may be altered, or expanded from time to time by
Lessor, provided that no such alteration shall materially affect Lessee's use of
the Premises, parking, or access thereto, or decrease Lessee's rights or
increase Lessee's obligations hereunder.

            3.2 PREMISES. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee hereby
leases from Lessor, for the Lease Term, at the Rent (as such terms are
hereinafter defined), and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth,
the commercial office space described in the Basic Lease Provisions designated
by diagonal lines on the Floor Plan attached as EXHIBIT "A" hereto, and
incorporated by reference herein (the "Premises").

                  3.2.1 The Rentable Area of the Premises set forth in the
Basic Lease Provisions and the location delineated on EXHIBIT "A" are
approximations. Lessor makes no representations as to the exact rentable square
footage or location. By occupancy of the Premises, Lessee acknowledges that it
has inspected the Premises and that the area so inspected is the area hired by
Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

                  3.2.2 The Premises shall include only the appurtenances
specifically granted in this Lease, reserving to Lessor each of the following:

                        3.2.3.1  Areas of the Building not designated for common
 use;

                        3.2.3.2  The space above the ceiling and below the
floor;

                        3.2.3.3  Exterior portions of the Building; and

                        3.2.3.4  The right to install,  maintain,  use,  repair,
and replace pipes, ductwork, conduits, utility lines, mechanical rooms, and
wires in the areas reserved by Lessor, subject to the limitations set forth in
this Section 3.

                  3.2.3 Lessor agrees that where possible all work in the
Premises shall be performed in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere
with the normal business operations of Lessee.

                  3.2.4 The Premises have been improved with certain
leasehold improvements. Responsibilities and procedures for completion of future
improvements (the "Improvements") as set forth in the Tenant Improvement Manual
attached as EXHIBIT "B" hereto and incorporated by reference herein.
Improvements to be completed by Lessee are hereinafter referred to as "Lessee's
Work". Lessee shall abide by procedures and regulations set forth in the Tenant
Improvement Manual for construction of the Improvements. The failure to comply
with such procedures or regulations on a timely basis shall constitute a breach
of this Lease. In the event Lessee exercises the option referred to in Section
4.2, Lessee may, based upon market conditions, be entitled to reimbursement for
certain tenant improvements. In such case, any amounts due Lessee shall be
credited ratably over the first year of the option period as provided in the
Tenant Improvement Manual.

                  3.2.5 Lessor shall be required to complete any improvements
to the Premises required by State and local municipalities to bring the Premises
in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and/or state and local
fire and life safety laws. Lessor shall also thoroughly clean Premises prior to
Lessee's occupancy. Lessor shall replace broken and/or missing ceiling tiles and
carpet tiles with substitutes reasonably available in the marketplace. It is
understood that due to the age of the existing



                                       4
<PAGE>


improvements that there may be variances in color. Except for such requirements
and punch list items addressed to Lessor in writing within thirty (30) days of
occupancy by Lessee, Lessee accepts the Premises on an "as is" basis.

            3.3 COMMON AREAS. The term "Common Areas" as used in this Lease
shall be deemed to include those portions of the Building and other areas that
are designated by Lessor from time to time for the non-exclusive use,
convenience, and benefit of Lessor, Lessee, other lessees of the Building, and
other authorized users. Common Areas shall include, without limitation, exterior
walls of the Building and appurtenances thereto, the main lobby from the parking
garage to the Building, the parking garage, driveways, roadways, sidewalks,
stairways, service bay, pedestrian walkways, elevators, landscaped and planted
areas, open and enclosed courts, museum pieces, artwork, artistic displays, and
landscape and pedestrian easements on public right-of-ways.

            The use and occupation of the Premises by Lessee shall include a
revocable license to use in common with others entitled thereto Common Areas as
may be designated by Lessor from time to time revocable upon breach by Lessee
and Lessee's failure to cure such breach within the applicable cure period.
Lessor reserves the right at any time to relocate the automobile parking areas
and other amenities in the Common Areas and the identity and type of tenancies,
subject to the limitations otherwise set forth herein. Lessee's use of Common
Areas shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, rules and regulations
described in Section 7.3 (the "Rules and Regulations"), attached as EXHIBIT "C"
hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

            3.4 RESTRICTED COMMON AREAS. "Restricted Common Areas" shall include
areas of the Building designated by Lessor from time to time as Restricted
Common Areas. Lessor may restrict certain areas of the Building from free entry
by Lessee or its agents, such as mechanical rooms, or similar areas required for
the orderly management and maintenance of the Building, or which are considered
unsafe or inappropriate for unrestricted entry and use. Restricted Common Areas
not freely accessible to Lessee or its agents may nevertheless be serviced as a
part of the cost of maintaining Common Areas, provided that Lessee shall have no
liability for (i) such services, except for its Proportionate Share of Operating
Expenses set forth in Section 5.2 and (ii) liability for the negligence,
omissions, and willful acts of its employees, agents and contractors otherwise
set forth herein.

ARTICLE 4:  LEASE TERM

            4.1 LEASE TERM. The "Lease Term" shall be the number of months
specified in the Basic Lease Provisions and shall include any extension,
renewal, or holdover thereof. The Lease Term shall commence on the earlier of
the date when Lessee takes occupancy of the Premises or the Anticipated
Commencement Date specified in the Basic Lease Provisions ("Actual Commencement
Date"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall be granted the
"Fixturization Period" specified in the Basic Lease Provisions to complete
alterations to be made by Lessee ("Lessee's Work"). In the event that Lessor
does not deliver the Premises to Lessee in time to allow Lessee the full
Fixturization Period, the Anticipated Commencement Date shall be extended by the
number of days of such delay so that Lessee will have the full Fixturization
Period to complete Lessee's Work.

            If the Actual Commencement Date falls on other than the first day of
the month, the Lease Term shall be extended by the number of days between the
Actual Commencement Date and the first day of the following month. A "Lease
Year" shall be each twelve (12) month period, starting with the first day of the
first full month of the Lease Term, and each twelve (12) month period
thereafter.

            4.2 OPTION TO EXTEND. Lessee shall have the option to extend the
term of this Lease for one (1) additional three (3) year period upon all terms
and conditions set forth in the Lease subject to the following provisions:

                4.2.1 The option to extend shall terminate in the event that
any time during the term of this Lease (i) Lessee failed to pay or caused to be
paid within ten (10) days of written notice any Rent or



                                       5
<PAGE>


charges required by the Lease to be paid; (ii) Lessee has abandoned the
Premises; (iii) Lessee has failed to do or cause to be done any act, other than
the payment of Rent or charges, required by this Lease, which breach is not
cured within the applicable cure period, (iv) Lessee has caused, permitted, or
suffered without Lessor's prior written consent, any act which requires the
consent of Lessor under the terms of this Lease, or (v) Lessee has caused,
suffered, or permitted any act of bankruptcy as defined under the terms of this
Lease.

                4.2.2 Lessee shall exercise its option to extend by delivery of
written notice to Lessor not less than six (6) months prior to expiration of the
initial Lease term. If written notice is not delivered within said time period,
such option shall terminate.

            4.3 CONFIRMATION OF ACTUAL COMMENCEMENT DATE. Lessee agrees to
execute a supplemental agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt in the
form set forth in EXHIBIT "D" attached hereto and incorporated by reference
herein, which shall confirm the Actual Commencement Date.

            4.4 LESSOR'S DELAY IN DELIVERY. If Lessor has not delivered
possession of the Premises by the Anticipated Commencement Date, Lessor shall
not be liable for any damage caused for failing to deliver possession, and this
Lease shall not be void or voidable, but Lessee shall not be liable for Rent as
defined in Section 5.4, until the Actual Commencement Date. If Lessor does not
deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee within one (1) month after the
Anticipated Commencement Date, Lessee may elect to terminate this Lease by
giving written notice to Lessor within ten (10) days after the expiration of
said one (1) month period.

ARTICLE 5:  RENT

            5.1 RENT. Lessee agrees to pay as Rent for the use and occupancy of
the Premises, at the times and in the manner provided herein, on the first day
of each month without set-off or deduction, except as expressly otherwise
provided herein, commencing on the first day of the Lease Term, Base Rent
specified in Section 5.1.1, Parking Rent, except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, specified in Section 5.1.2, if applicable, Storage Rent specified in
5.1.3, if applicable, and Excess Expenses specified in Section 5.2.

                5.1.1  BASE RENT. Lessee shall pay in twelve (12) equal
installments during each Lease Year, monthly in advance, the Base Rent specified
in the Basic Lease Provisions. Base Rent for the first month of the Lease Term
has been delivered to Lessor upon execution and delivery of this Lease. If the
Actual Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of the month, Base
Rent for the second month shall be prorated based upon the number of days
remaining in the month and thirty (30) days.

                5.1.2  PARKING RENT. Lessee shall pay in twelve (12) equal
installments during each Lease year, monthly, in advance, the Parking Rent set
forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Parking Rent for the first month of the
Lease Term has been delivered to Lessor upon execution and delivery of the
Lease. Parking Rent shall be prorated and adjusted in the same manner as Base
Rent under Section 5.1.1. Notwithstanding the Parking Rent set forth herein,
Lessee by written notice delivered to Lessor at least ten (10) days in advance
may, during the first four (4) months of the Lease Term reduce the number of
parking spaces hired with a proportionate reduction of Parking Rent. Any such
reduction shall be effective only on the Commencement Date or the first day of
the month.

                5.1.3  STORAGE RENT. If the description of Lessee's Premises
includes a Storage Area, Lessee shall pay in twelve (12) equal installments
during each Lease year, monthly, in advance, the Storage Rent set forth in the
Basic Lease Provisions. Storage Rent for the first month of the Lease Term has
been delivered to Lessor upon execution and delivery of the Lease. Storage Rent
shall be prorated and adjusted in the same manner as Base Rent under Section
5.1.1.

                5.1.4  RENT DURING OPTION PERIOD. In the event Lessee
exercises the option providedo herein, Base Rent, Parking Rent, and Storage Rent
shall be adjusted as follows:



                                       6
<PAGE>


                        5.1.4.1  Base Rent,  Parking Rent and Storage Rent
shall be adjusted at the inception of the option period to "Fair Market Rent" as
hereinafter defined, but not less than the Base Rent for the immediately
preceding period. Fair Market Rent shall be deemed to include an allowance for
market tenant improvements for the extended term, which amount shall be credited
against Base Rent during the first year of the option period as set forth in the
Tenant Improvement Manual. Fair Market Rent and tenant improvements shall also
take into consideration any reasonable and documented costs incurred by Lessor
in relocating the data and telecom facilities for FEMA if Lessee elects to
relocate.

                        5.1.4.2  Fair  Market  Rent for the Base Rent and
Parking Rent shall reflect actual market rates prevailing in the Pasadena area
and shall be based upon buildings and parking structures of a similar number of
floors, square footage, floor sizes, quality, and age, taking into consideration
all factors influencing actual market rates such as terms of rental escalation,
base year, tenant improvements, and any other concessions. If the parties are
unable to agree on the Fair Market Rent within three (3) months of written
notice by Lessee of its intention to exercise its option to renew, each party
may appoint a consultant who is a licensed broker in the State of California
with knowledge of the Pasadena market, each of which shall be instructed to
arrive at an indication of Fair Market Rent for the Premises and parking. If
such indications are within ten percent (10%) of each other, the average of the
two shall become the Base Rent for the Premises and Parking Rent for the parking
spaces. If the two consultants' indications of Fair Market Rent differ by more
than ten percent (10%), the two consultants shall be asked to select a third
consultant, and the average of the two indications of Fair Market Rent of the
three consultants which are the closest in amount shall become the Fair Market
Rent for the option period. Each party shall pay the fees associated with its
respective consultant. Costs associated with the third consultant shall be
shared equally between Lessee and Lessor.

            5.2 BUILDING OPERATING EXPENSES. In order that the Rent payable
during the Lease Term reflect any increase in Building Operating Expenses, after
December 31, 2000, Lessee shall pay to Lessor as Rent, Lessee's Proportionate
Share (as set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions) of Building Operating
Expenses in excess of those incurred in the calendar year 2000 (the "Base
Year)", as hereinafter set forth:

                5.2.1 Building Operating Expenses shall include all costs
incurred by Lessor to maintain and operate the Building including, but not
limited to, each of the following:

                      5.2.1.1 "Taxes" as set forth in Section 6.1.

                      5.2.1.2 "Utilities and Services" as set forth in
Section 8.1.

                      5.2.1.3 "Insurance" as set forth in Section 9.2.

                      5.2.1.4 "Common Area Expenses" as set forth in
Section 18.1.

                5.2.2 Lessee's Proportionate Share of Building Operating
Expenses in excess of the amount incurred in the Base Year (" Excess Expenses")
shall be computed and paid by Lessee to Lessor as follows:

                      5.2.2.1  Commencing  with the first full  calendar
month after the first Lease Year, Lessee shall pay as Rent an amount equal to
Lessee's Proportionate Share of Excess Expenses. Such payments shall be made in
monthly installments as reasonably estimated by Lessor from time to time. It is
the intention of the parties to estimate the amount of Excess Expenses for each
calendar year and Lessee's Proportionate Share thereof, and to make an
adjustment in the following calendar year based upon Excess Expenses incurred
during the preceding year.

                       5.2.2.2  After  the  end of each  calendar  year,
Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a statement setting forth Lessee's Proportionate
Share of the Excess Expenses for the preceding calendar


                                       7
<PAGE>


year. If Lessee's Proportionate Share of the Excess Expenses for the previous
calendar year exceeds the total of the estimated monthly amount of Excess
Expenses paid by Lessee for such year, Lessee shall pay Lessor the amount of the
deficiency within thirty (30) days of receipt of a statement indicating the
amount due. If the total amount of Excess Expenses paid by Lessee exceeds
Lessee's Proportionate Share of Excess Expenses for such calendar year, Lessor
shall credit against Lessee's next monthly installment(s) of Rent an amount
equal to the difference until the credit is exhausted. If a credit is due from
Lessor to Lessee on the date of termination of the Lease, Lessor shall pay to
Lessee the amount of the credit, reduced by any amounts payable by Lessee to
Lessor, within thirty (30) days of the date of termination. The obligations of
Lessee and Lessor to make payments required under this Section 5.2. shall
survive the termination of the Lease.

                       5.2.2.3  Lessee's Proportionate Share of Excess
Expenses shall be prorated for any partial year.

                       5.2.2.4 In the event that the Building is less than
ninety five percent (95%) occupied in the Base Year, for purposes hereof Base
Year Building Operating Expenses shall be proportionately adjusted to reasonably
reflect Building Operating Expenses if the Building were ninety five percent
(95%) occupied.

                       5.2.2.5 If any dispute  arises as to the amount of
Excess Expenses, Lessee shall have the right, after reasonable notice and at
reasonable times, to inspect accounting records for the Building for the current
and/or immediately preceding Lease Year at the Building or at Lessor's offices.
If, after such inspection, Lessee still disputes the Excess Expenses owed, a
certification as to the proper amount shall be made by Lessor's Certified Public
Accountant, which certification shall be final and conclusive. Lessee agrees to
pay the cost of such certification unless it is determined that Lessor's
original statement overstated Excess Expenses by more than five percent (5%)

            5.3 LATE FEE. If Lessee fails to pay Rent within ten (10) days after
written notice, Lessee and Lessor agree that (i) Lessor will incur additional
expenses in the form of extra collection efforts, handling costs, and potential
impairment of credit on liens for which this Lease is security; (ii) it is
extremely difficult and impractical to ascertain the extent of detriment; (iii)
the amount described herein is and will be reasonable; and, (iv) Lessor shall be
entitled to recover from Lessee as liquidated damages the greater of One Hundred
Dollars ($100) or three percent (3%) of the amount due ("Late Fee"). Past due
amounts shall also bear interest at the prime rate of Bank of America plus three
percent (3%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less
("Lease Interest Rate"). Lessee shall further pay, as Rent, a charge of Fifty
Dollars ($50) for each payment of Rent by check which is returned due to
insufficient funds to reimburse Lessor for Lessor's costs of handling.

            Lessor shall have the right to require that Lessee pay Rent in the
form of a cashier's check or money order if any check of Lessee is not honored
upon presentment to Lessee's bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation
to pay such Late Fee, interest, or to pay by cashier's check shall not alter or
preclude Lessor's right, prior to actual receipt of any delinquent installment
of Rent, to exercise any right or remedy which Lessor may have under the terms
of this Lease. Furthermore, acceptance of any monies by Lessor shall not
constitute a waiver by Lessor of Lessee's breach or prevent Lessor from
exercising any other rights or remedies available to Lessor as provided herein
or by law.

            5.4 RENT. Base Rent, Parking Rent, Excess Expenses and any other
charges due hereunder, are collectively referred to in this Lease as "Rent". If
such amounts or charges are not paid at the time provided in this Lease, they
shall nevertheless be collectible with the next monthly installment of Rent due
thereafter. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to suspend or delay the
payment of any amount or charge at the time the same becomes due and payable
hereunder, or limit any other remedy of Lessor.

            5.5 ADDRESS FOR PAYMENTS. All Rent and other payments due from
Lessee shall be paid to Lessor at the address set forth in the Basic Lease
Provisions, or at such other place as may from time to time be designated by
Lessor in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the next ensuing payment date.



                                       8
<PAGE>


Pending further notice, all payments due hereunder shall be made to Dacam
Management Corporation at 111 Elm Street, Suite 460, San Diego, California
92101. Upon written notice from any first mortgagee that Lessor is in default
pursuant to the terms of any agreement with such lender, Lessee shall pay all
Rent due pursuant to the terms hereof to said lender as directed in the notice.
Any Rent paid pursuant to such written notice shall be credited against Lessee's
obligation for Rent due pursuant to the terms hereof.

ARTICLE 6:  TAXES

            6.1  REAL ESTATE TAXES. Lessor shall pay, subject to partial
reimbursement by Lessee under Section 5.2, all Taxes (hereinafter defined)
assessed or imposed, or which become a lien upon or become chargeable against
the Building and personal property situated in Common Areas. With respect to any
assessment which may be levied against or upon the Building, or which under the
laws then in force may be evidenced by improvement or other bonds, and interest
thereon, and may be paid in annual installments, only the amount of such
installment, with appropriate proration for any partial year, shall be included
within the computation of "Taxes".

            For purposes of this Lease, "Taxes" shall include each of the
following:

                 6.1.1 Any form of assessment, license fee, license tax,
business license tax, commercial rental tax, levy, charge, penalty, possessory
interest tax, public charge, or tax, imposed by any authority having the direct
power to tax, including any city, county, state, or federal government, or any
school, agricultural, lighting, drainage, or other improvement or special
district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the
Premises or the Building.

                 6.1.2 Any tax on Lessor's right to Rent or on other income
from the Premises or the Building, or as against Lessor's business of leasing
the Premises.

                 6.1.3 Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in
substitution of, or in addition to, partially or totally, any assessment, tax,
fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property
tax, it being acknowledged by Lessee and Lessor that Proposition 13 was adopted
by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election and that
assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental
agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road
maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly
provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of
Lessee and Lessor that all such substitute, new, additional and increased
assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition
of Taxes for purposes of this Lease.

                 6.1.4 Any tax allocable to or measured by the area of the
Premises or Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross
income tax or excise tax levied by the state, any political subdivision thereof,
city, or federal government, with respect to the receipt of Rent, or upon or
with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, alteration,
repair, use, or occupancy by Lessee of the Premises, the Building, or any
portion thereof.

                 6.1.5 All costs and fees incurred by Lessor to appeal or
contest the amount or existence of any Taxes, or any governmental imposition or
surcharge imposed or assessed against Lessor, the automobile parking areas and
parking garage.

                 6.1.6 Any tax upon this transaction or any document to
which Lessee is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in
the Premises, and any and all assessments Lessor must pay pursuant to any
covenants, conditions, or restrictions, reciprocal easement agreements, tenancy
in common agreements, or similar restrictions affecting the Building.

                 6.1.7 Taxes shall not include state or federal income,
franchise, inheritance, or estate taxes of Lessor, or its partners.



                                       9
<PAGE>


            6.2 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay before delinquency all
taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed
upon its business operation, its trade fixtures, and other personal property in
or upon the Premises. In the event that any items of personal property are
assessed with the Building, such assessment shall be equitably divided between
Lessor and Lessee to the extent that Lessee shall pay only its equitable
proportion of such assessment. Lessor shall determine the equitable division
based upon the assessor's valuation of items being assessed.

ARTICLE 7:  POSSESSION AND USE

            7.1 POSSESSION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee and
Lessee shall accept the Premises subject to all applicable municipal, county,
and state laws, ordinances, and regulations governing the use of the Premises,
and any covenants or restrictions of record, and accepts this Lease subject to
these and to all other matters disclosed to Lessee and/or in the exhibits
attached hereto. Lessee acknowledges that neither Lessor nor its employees or
agents have made any representations or warranties as to the present or future
suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Lessee's business.

            7.2 PERMITTED USES. Lessee shall use the Premises solely for the
Permitted Uses specified in the Basic Lease Previsions. Lessee shall not use or
permit the Premises to be used for any other use or purpose, without the prior
written consent of Lessor. Lessor's consent to any change of use shall be based
upon Lessor's reasonable judgment that such change does not (i) change the
character of Lessee's use of the Premises; (ii) adversely affect the image of
the Building; or (iii) otherwise adversely, affect other lessees of the
Building.

            Lessee shall not permit any person to use the Premises for any
purpose in violation of the laws, ordinances, regulations, and requirements of
all duly constituted lawful authorities. The Premises shall be kept by Lessee in
a clean and wholesome condition, free of any objectionable noises, odors, or
nuisances.

            Lessee shall not perform any act or carry on any practice which may
injure the Building, be a nuisance or menace to, or disturb the quiet enjoyment
of other lessees in the Building. Lessee will, at its expense, comply with all
requirements with respect to the Premises of insurance underwriters and
governmental authorities, including compliance with requirements for the
Premises necessary to maintain reasonable fire and extended coverage insurance
for the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not be required to
make structural alterations unless required by Lessee's use of, or Alterations
(as defined in Article 10) to, the Premises.

            7.3 RULES AND REGULATIONS. Lessee's use of the Premises shall be
subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit "C". Lessee, its
employees, agents, licensees, and visitors will, at all times, observe and
comply with the Rules and Regulations. Lessor may from time to time reasonably
delete, add, or amend the Rules and Regulations for the use, safety,
cleanliness, and care of the Premises and the Building and for the comfort,
quiet enjoyment, and convenience of all lessees, and their employees, agents,
and customers. Modifications or additions to the Rules and Regulations will be
effective upon notice to Lessee from Lessor, or Lessor's agent. In the event of
any breach of the Rules and Regulations, or any amendments or additions thereto,
Lessor will have all remedies provided in this Lease, or at law or in equity,
including the right to enjoin a breach of the Rules and Regulations. Lessor will
not be liable to Lessee for a violation of the Rules and Regulations by any
other lessee, its employees, agents, visitors, or licensees, or by any other
person. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the
Rules and Regulations, the provisions of the Lease shall govern.

ARTICLE 8:   UTILITIES AND SERVICES

            8.1 LESSOR'S COVENANTS. Provided that Lessee is not in default
hereunder beyond any applicable cure period, Lessor shall provide to the
Premises electricity for normal desk top office and copying equipment, and
heating, ventilation and air conditioning ("HVAC"), Monday through Friday from



                                       10
<PAGE>

8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., except on
holidays. If Lessee desires HVAC at any other time, Lessor shall use reasonable
efforts to furnish such service upon reasonable notice from Lessee and Lessee
shall pay Lessor's cost to operate such equipment as Rent, within thirty (30)
days of receipt of an invoice from Lessor. Lessor's cost shall include, but is
not limited to, utilities, amortization of the cost of mechanical equipment
required to provide such services, additional maintenance costs, staff time to
activate and deactivate such equipment, plus overhead equal to ten percent (10%)
of the total of such expenses (collectively referred to as "HVAC Use Charges").
Specific charges for such expenses are set forth in Exhibit E. Lessor shall
maintain and keep lighted Common Areas of the Building. Lessor shall furnish
janitorial service to the Premises and Common Areas Monday through Friday,
except on holidays. Lessor shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for
any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the Rent be abated
by reason of (i) the installation or interruption of use of any equipment in
connection with the furnishing of any of the foregoing services, (ii) the
failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such services where such failure
or delay is caused by accident or any condition or event beyond the reasonable
control of Lessor, or by the making of necessary repairs or improvements to the
Premises or the Building, or (iii) the limitation, curtailment or rationing of,
or restrictions on, use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy
serving the Premises or the Building. Lessor shall not be liable under any
circumstances for a loss of or injury to property or business, however
occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to failure to furnish any
such services. If Lessee uses heat generating machines or equipment in the
Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the HVAC system,
Lessor reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the
Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and
maintenance thereof, shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor as Rent upon demand.

            8.2 LESSEE'S COVENANTS. Lessee shall not connect any apparatus using
electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises.
Lessee shall not consume water or electric current in excess of that usually
furnished or supplied for the use of Premises as general office space without
first procuring Lessor's written consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The use of supplemental air conditioning equipment for
computer and telephone switching rooms, and space heaters shall be deemed to
require current in excess of that supplied for use as general office space. In
such case, Lessor may have installed a water meter or electrical current meter
to measure the amount of water or electric current consumed, and the cost of any
such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by
Lessee as Rent, within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice from Lessor
indicating the amount due. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost
for such water and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by
a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Lessor at Lessee's expense.

            8.3 STANDARDS FOR UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Standards for Building
Utilities and Services and Rent due from Lessee to Lessor for exceeding such
standards are more particularly set forth in Exhibit F, attached hereto and
incorporated by reference herein.

            8.4 LESSOR'S RIGHT TO CEASE SERVICES. Lessor shall have the right in
its reasonable discretion to reduce, interrupt or cease service of the HVAC,
elevator, plumbing, electrical systems, telephone systems and/or utilities
serving the Premises or the Building because of (i) any accident, emergency,
governmental regulation or Act of God, or (ii) the making of repairs, additions,
alterations or improvements to the Premises or the Building as provided herein
until said repairs, additions, alterations or improvements shall have been
completed.

No such interruption, reduction or cessation of any services or utilities shall
constitute (i) an eviction or disturbance of Lessee's use or possession of the
Premises, (ii) an ejection of Lessee from the Premises, (iii) a breach by Lessor
of any of its obligations, (iv) render Lessor liable for any damages, including
but not limited to any damages or claims arising from any interruption or
cessation of Lessee's business, (v) entitle Lessee to be relieved from any of
its obligations under the Lease, or (vi) result in any abatement of Rent. In the
event of any such interruption, reduction or cessation, Lessor shall use
reasonable diligence to restore such service where it is within Lessor's control
to do so. If an interruption of services



                                       11
<PAGE>


continues for more than five (5) days due to Lessor's failure to make repairs
which Lessor is obligated to make hereunder, Lessee shall have the right to
discontinue the payment of Rent.

ARTICLE 9:  INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

            9.1 INDEMNITY BY LESSEE. Neither Lessor nor any mortgagee of the
Building shall be liable for any damage or liability, or for any injury to or
death of persons, or for damage to property of Lessee or any other person,
provided, however, Lessor may be liable for damages or injury occasioned by the
negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its employees or agents.

            Lessee indemnifies and holds Lessor and its mortgagees harmless from
any liability, on account of any claimed damages or injury and from all liens,
claims, and demands, including reasonable attorney's fees, investigation costs,
and reasonable costs, with respect to any claim or demand, arising out of (i)
the use, condition, operation, or occupation by Lessee of the Premises; (ii) any
repairs, alterations, additions, or changes made by Lessee to the Premises
("Alterations"); (iii) any act, omission, or negligence by Lessee, its
employees, agents, sublessees, invitees, or licensees; or (iv) any failure by
Lessee to comply with the terms or conditions of this Lease. Lessee shall also
hold Lessor harmless from any liability, cost, or expense arising from Lessee's
use or storage in the Premises of any hazardous or toxic substance. Lessee
shall, at Lessee's expense and by counsel satisfactory to Lessor, defend Lessor
in any actin or proceeding arising from any such claim and shall indemnify
Lessor against all costs, attorneys' fees, expert witness fees and any other
expenses incurred in such action or proceeding.

            Lessor indemnifies and holds Lessee harmless from any liability, on
account of any claimed damages or injury and from all liens, claims, and
demands, including reasonable attorney's fees, investigation costs, and
reasonable costs, with respect to any claim or demand, arising out of the
negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its contractors, agents or
employees. Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense and by counsel reasonably
satisfactory to Lessee, defend Lessee in any action or proceeding arising from
any such claim and shall indemnify Lessee against all costs, attorneys' fees,
expert witness fees and any other expenses incurred in such action or
proceeding.

            9.2 LESSOR'S INSURANCE. Lessor shall carry insurance to protect the
Building and Lessor, as Lessor shall from time to time deem necessary, based
upon reasonable for comparable buildings in the Pasadena area. The cost of such
insurance shall be included as a part of Common Area Expenses.

            9.3 LESSEE'S INSURANCE. Lessee's obligations with respect to
insurance shall be as follows:

                9.3.1 Lessee agrees to apply for and obtain from insurance
companies reasonably acceptable to Lessor and authorized to do business in
California with a financial rating of at least A, VI in the most current
available edition of "Best's Insurance Reports", effective from and after the
Actual Commencement Date, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, insurance coverage
as follows:

                      9.3.1.1  Comprehensive  general  liability  coverage
issued in the names of Lessee and Lessor with limits of not less than One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for damage to property and not less than One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) single limit liability for injury to persons with
respect to the Premises, the business operated by Lessee in the Premises, and
the maintenance, use, and condition thereof. Such public liability and property
damage insurance shall specifically insure the performance by Lessee of the
indemnity provided in Section 9.1;

                      9.3.1.2 Insurance covering Improvements included in
Lessee's Work, Alterations, trade fixtures, and personal property in or on the
Premises, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their full
replacement cost, providing protection against any peril included within the
classification "Fire and Extended Coverage", together with protection against
flood, sprinkler damage, vandalism, and malicious mischief. If requested by
Lessor, Lessee shall name Lessor's first mortgagee as loss payee under any such
casualty insurance carried by Lessee. Any policy proceeds



                                       12
<PAGE>


shall be used for the repair and replacement of the property damaged or
destroyed, unless this Lease shall terminate pursuant to Section 17.2. Upon
termination of the Lease following a casualty, Lessee shall be entitled to any
proceeds received for its trade fixtures and personal property, and the balance
shall be paid to Lessor.

                      9.3.1.3 Worker's Compensation as required by law.

                9.3.2 Executed copies of such policies of insurance, or
certificates thereof, shall be delivered to Lessor within ten (10) days after
issuance of each such policy. All policies shall contain a provision that
Lessor, although named as an insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to recovery
under said policies for any loss occasioned to it, its employees and agents by
reason of the negligence of Lessee. As often as any such policy shall expire or
terminate, renewal or additional policies shall be procured and maintained by
Lessee in like type and amount. New policies, or renewals, shall be delivered to
Lessor at least ten (10) business days prior to the expiration of the term of
the existing policy. All policies of insurance delivered to Lessor must contain
a provision that the company writing such policy will give Lessor notice in
writing at least thirty (30) days in advance of any cancellation or lapse, or
the effective date of any reduction in type or amount of coverage. All policies
shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of
coverage which Lessor may carry.

                9.3.3 Lessee's obligation to carry insurance may be brought
within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance
carried and maintained by Lessee, provided, however, (i) Lessor shall be named
as an additional insured thereunder as its interest may appear; (ii) the
coverage required by this Section 9.3 will not be reduced or diminished by
reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance; and (iii) the
requirements set forth herein are otherwise satisfied. If Lessee does not obtain
the insurance coverage as required in this Section 9.3, Lessor may, but it is
not obligated to, secure such coverage and Lessor shall be entitled to
reimbursement for the cost thereof plus interest at the Lease Interest Rate as
Rent.

                9.3.4 Lessee shall report in writing to Lessor any accident
causing property damage reasonably estimated at more than Five Thousand Dollars
($5,000) or involving any injury to a person on the Premises or caused by
Lessee, its employees and/or agents at the Building.

            9.4 ASSUMPTION OF RISK. Lessee, as a material part of the
consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes all risk of damage to Lessee's personal
property or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Premises and the Building
from any cause, except for damage or injury caused by the negligence or willful
acts of Lessor, its employees, agents, and contractors, and Lessee hereby waives
any such claims against Lessor. Lessor, its employees, and agents shall not be
liable for any damage to Lessee's personal property entrusted to Lessor, nor for
loss or damage to Lessee's personal property by theft or otherwise.

            9.5 INSURANCE RELATED USE RESTRICTIONS. Lessee agrees that it will
not do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way increase the rates
for insurance covering the Building, or cause a loss of coverage for the
Building. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor, within thirty (30) days of receipt of
an invoice and supporting documentation from the insurer, the amount of any
increase in premiums charged to Lessor for any insurance carried by Lessor,
which increase results from Lessee's violation of the foregoing restriction,
whether or not Lessor has consented to Lessee's actions. Lessee shall install
any fire extinguishing equipment that Lessor's insurance underwriters or
applicable fire, safety, and building codes and/or regulations may require at
the Premises after Lessee's acceptance thereof.

ARTICLE 10: ALTERATIONS

            10.1 ALTERATIONS. Lessee agrees that it will not make any
Alterations to the Premises without the prior written consent of Lessor, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Lessee shall be responsible for the
entire cost of all permitted Alterations. All Alterations shall be (i) under the
supervision of a competent architect or competent licensed structural engineer;
(ii) made in accordance


                                       13
<PAGE>

with plans and specifications which are approved in writing by Lessor before the
commencement of work; (iii) done in a workmanlike manner by a licensed
contractor approved in writing by Lessor;, and (iv) diligently prosecuted to
completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit
except during the period of work. Any Alterations shall be performed and done
strictly in accordance with all laws and ordinances relating thereto including,
without limitation, all requirements of the City of Pasadena and County of Los
Angeles. In performing any Alterations, Lessee shall have the work performed in
such a manner as not to obstruct access to the Premises or interfere with the
quiet enjoyment of any other lessees in the Building. Upon completion of such
work, Lessee shall file of record, in the office of the Los Angeles County
Recorder, a Notice of Completion as permitted by law. Lessee shall provide to
Lessor, or cause to be provided, a copy of the building permit, building
inspection approvals, and recorded Notice of Completion.

            10.2 RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION. Upon the expiration or earlier
termination of Lessee's leasehold estate, Alterations approved by Lessor shall
not be removed by Lessee, but shall become a part of the Premises and the
property of Lessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor may, at Lessor's
option, require that Lessee remove, at Lessee's expense, Alterations placed in
the Premises by Lessee upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,
if Lessor's approval of such Alterations was conditioned upon such removal.
Lessor may exercise said option as to any or all Alterations, either before or
after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Lessor exercises
such option and Lessee fails to remove the designated items prior to termination
of the Lease, Lessor shall have the right to have such items removed at the
expense of Lessee and charge Lessee Rent for the time during which such items
remain on the Premises after the date of termination. As to any Alterations that
Lessor does not require Lessee to remove, title thereto shall vest in Lessor
without cost to Lessor.

ARTICLE 11: MECHANIC'S LIENS

            11.1 LESSEE'S COVENANTS. Lessee agrees to pay all costs for work
done by it or caused to be done by it in the Premises. Lessee will keep the
Premises and the Building free and clear of all mechanic's and other liens on
account of work done by Lessee or persons claiming under it. Lessee agrees to
indemnify, defend, and save Lessor free and harmless against liability, loss,
damages, costs, attorneys' fees, and all other expenses on account of claims of
lien laborers or materialmen or others for work performed or materials furnished
for Lessee or persons claiming under Lessee.

            11.2 CONTEST OF LIEN. If a lien or notice of the lien is filed with
respect to any work done by or for Lessee, Lessee shall, within ten (10) days of
the filing of such lien or notice, furnish to Lessor adequate security in the
amount of the claim, plus estimated costs and interest, or a bond from a
corporate surety approved in writing by Lessor, in an amount adequate to insure
the discharge of the lien. If, as final judgment establishing the validity of
existence of a lien for any amount is entered, Lessee shall immediately pay the
same.

            11.3 RIGHT TO CURE. If Lessee shall be in default in paying any
charge for which a mechanic's lien claim has been filed and shall not have given
Lessor security to protect the Building and Lessor against such claim of lien,
Lessor may, but shall not be so required to, pay said claim and any costs, and
the amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in
connection therewith, shall be immediately due from Lessee to Lessor as Rent.
Lessee shall pay the same to Lessor with interest at the Lease Interest Rate
from the date(s) of Lessor's payment(s).

            11.4 NOTICE OF LIEN. Should any claim of lien be filed against the
Premises, or any action affecting the title to the Building be commenced, the
party receiving notice of such lien or action shall forthwith give the other
party written notice thereof.

            11.5 NOTICE OF NONRESPONSIBILITY. Lessor, its employees, lender, and
agents shall have the right to go upon and inspect the Premises at all
reasonable times and shall have the right to post and keep posted thereon a
notice of nonresponsibility, or such other notices which Lessor may deem to be
proper for the protection of Lessor's interest in the Premises. At least five
(5) days before the



                                       14
<PAGE>


commencement of any Alterations, Lessee shall give to Lessor written notice of
Lessee's intention to commence work to enable Lessor to post such notice.

ARTICLE 12: SIGNAGE

            12.1 SIGNAGE CRITERIA. Subject to Lessor's reasonable approval as
set forth below, Lessee, at Lessee's expense, shall be permitted to install at
the south pedestrian entrance, a monument or garden wall sign identifying Lessee
in size, color, and content consistent with existing signage.

            12.2 LESSOR'S APPROVAL. Lessee shall not art's, paint, erect or
inscribe any sign, projection, awning, signal or advertisement of any kind to
any part of the Premises or Building, including without limitation, the inside
or outside of windows or doors, without the written consent of Lessor. Lessor
shall have the right to remove any signs or other matter, installed without
Lessor's permission, without being liable to Lessee by reason of such removal,
and to charge the cost of removal to Lessee as Rent, payable within ten (10)
days after receipt of an invoice from Lessor.

            12.3 LESSOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Lessor, at Lessor's expense, shall
identify Lessee's occupancy of the Premises with a directory or other signage in
the main lobby of the Building.

            12.4 LESSEE'S RESPONSIBILITY. Except as otherwise provided herein,
Lessee, at Lessee's expense, shall furnish all signs, including parking signs,
wall signs, and directory identification strips, if any.

ARTICLE 13: FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

            13.1 TRADE FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY. Any trade fixtures and
personal property of Lessee not permanently affixed to the Premises shall remain
the property of Lessee. Lessor agrees that Lessee shall have the right, upon the
expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, to remove its trade
fixtures and other personal property which it stored or installed in the
Premises. At Lessor's option, Lessee shall have the obligation to remove all
trade fixtures and personal property upon expiration or earlier termination of
the Lease Term. Lessee, at its expense, shall immediately repair any damage
occasioned to the Premises by reason of the removal of any such trade fixtures
and personal property and shall, upon the last day of the Lease Term or date of
earlier termination, leave the Premises in a neat and clean condition, free of
debris.

ARTICLE 14: ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGING, AND CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP

            14.1 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Article, the following definitions
shall apply:

                 14.1.1 "Transfer" means any (i) voluntary or involuntary
assignment of Lessee's entire interest, rights, and duties in the Lease or the
Premises, including Lessee's right to use, occupy, and possess the Premises; or
(ii) sublease of Lessee's right to use, occupy, and/or possess the Premises, in
whole or in part.

                 14.1.2 "Encumbrance" means any conditional, contingent, or
deferred assignment or sublease, voluntarily or involuntarily made by Lessee, of
some or all of Lessee's right to use, occupy, and possess the Premises,
including, without limitation, any mortgage, deed, deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, lien, franchise, license, concession, or other security
arrangement.

                 14.1.3 "Change of Control" means the transfer by sale,
assignment, death or incompetency, mortgage, trust, operation of law, or
otherwise of any shares, voting rights, or ownership interests (including
partnership interests) which will result in a change in the identity of the
person or persons exercising, or who may exercise, effective control of Lessee,
unless such change results from



                                       15
<PAGE>


the trading of such shares listed on a recognized public stock exchange and such
trading is not for the purpose of acquiring effective control of Lessee. If
Lessee is a private corporation whose stock becomes publicly held with its
shares listed on a recognized public stock exchange, the transfer of such stock
from private to public ownership shall not be deemed a Change of Control.

                 14.1.4 "Occupancy Transaction" means any Transfer,
Encumbrance, Change of Control, or other arrangement whereby the identity of the
person or persons using, occupying, or possessing the Premises changes or may
change, whether such change be of an immediate, deferred, conditional,
exclusive, nonexclusive, permanent, or temporary nature.

                 14.1.5 "The Transferee" means any proposed assignee,
sublessee, mortgagee, pledgee, or other recipient of Lessee's interest, rights,
or duties in this Lease or the Premises in an Occupancy Transaction.

            14.2 RESTRICTIONS ON OCCUPANCY TRANSACTIONS. Any Occupancy
Transaction shall be subject to restrictions as hereinafter provided.

                 14.2.1 Lessee shall not enter into any Occupancy Transaction
with respect to any of Lessee's interest in the Premises without first procuring
the written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Any attempted Occupancy Transaction without Lessor's written consent shall be
void and confer no rights upon any third person. Lessor reserves the right to
refuse to give such consent unless Lessee remains fully liable for the unexpired
portion of the Lease Term. The consent by Lessor to any assignment or subletting
shall not be construed to relieve Lessee or any Transferee from complying with
the terms of this Article 14 with respect to any future Occupancy Transaction.

                 14.2.2 By way of example and without limitation, Lessor and
Lessee hereby agree that it shall be reasonable for Lessor to withhold its
consent if any of the following situations exist or may exist:

                 (i) The Transferee's proposed use of the Premises is
different than the Permitted Uses described in the Basic Lease Provisions.

                 (ii) In Lessor's reasonable judgment, the Transferee lacks
sufficient ability, management and/or expertise to operate a successful
business.

                 (iii) With respect to a nonaffiliated entity, the net worth
is insufficient to provide Lessor with reasonable assurances regarding the
Transferee's ability to pay the remaining obligations hereunder based upon
reasonably industry standards.

            14.3 PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL OF OCCUPANCY TRANSACTIONS:

                 14.3.1 Should Lessee desire to enter into an Occupancy
Transaction, Lessee shall request in writing Lessor's consent to such Occupancy
Transaction at least fifteen (15) working days before the effective date of such
transaction, and shall provide Lessor with the following:

                 (i)   The particulars of the proposed Occupancy
Transaction, including its nature, all consideration to be paid, the effective
date, terms and conditions, and copies of any offers, agreements, subleases,
letters of commitment or intent, and/or other documents pertaining to such
Occupancy Transaction.

                 (ii)  A description of the identity, net worth, and
previous business experience of the Transferee and the persons involved therein
including, without limitation, copies of the Transferee's latest income
statement, balance sheet, and change-of-financial-position statement (with
accompanying notes and disclosures of all material changes thereto) in audited
form, if available, and certified as accurate by the Transferee.



                                       16
<PAGE>


                 (iii)  Business and financial references of the Transferee
and the persons involved therein.

                 (iv)   Any further information relevant to the Occupancy
Transaction which Lessor may reasonably request.

                 (v)    A statement that Lessee intends to consummate the
Occupancy Transaction if Lessor consents thereto.

                 14.3.2 Within fifteen (15) working days after receipt by
Lessor of the information required by Section 14.3.1 above, Lessor may either:

                 (i)  Consent to the Occupancy Transaction; or

                 (ii) Refuse to consent to the Occupancy Transaction if,
pursuant to Section 14.2 above, Lessor is entitled to withhold its consent.

            14.4 DOCUMENTATION AND EXPENSES. Each Occupancy Transaction to which
Lessor has consented shall be evidenced by an instrument made in written form
reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, executed by Lessee and the Transferee. By
such instrument, the Transferee shall assume and promise to perform the terms,
covenants, and conditions of this Lease which are obligations of Lessee,
including the payment of Rent. Lessee shall, upon demand of Lessor, reimburse
Lessor for Lessor's reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred in
obtaining advice, reviewing, and preparing documentation for each Occupancy
Transaction for which consent has been requested, but not to exceed Five Hundred
Dollars ($500.00).

            14.5 RENT PAYMENTS BY TRANSFEREE. In the event Lessor shall consent
to an Occupancy Transaction, the Transferee shall thereafter pay directly to
Lessor the Rent specified herein.

            14.6 AFFILIATED COMPANY EXCEPTION. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
occupancy of all or part of the Premises by parent, subsidiary, or affiliated
companies of Lessee, or an entity into which Lessor is merged or consolidated,
including an entity which acquires substantially all of the assets of Lessee,
shall not be deemed an Occupancy Transaction provided that such parent,
subsidiary, affiliated company, or entity was not formed as a subterfuge to
avoid Lessee's ob`1 ligations under this Section 14. In such case, Lessee shall
provide Lessor with all information required for an Occupancy Transaction to
enable Lessor to verify compliance with the terms of this exception.

            14.7 DISPOSITION OF PROFITS FROM OCCUPANCY TRANSACTION. In the event
that the Rent due from a transferee in an Occupancy Transaction is greater than
the Rent provided herein, any excess Rent after deducting all expenses incurred
by Lessor and Lessee in consummating such Occupancy Transaction, shall be
payable fifty percent (50%) to Lessor and fifty percent (50%) to Lessee. The
party receiving payment from the Transferee shall pay the other party fifty
percent (50%) of the excess rent within thirty (30) days of receipt.

            14.8 LESSEE'S LIABILITY. Nothing herein contained shall be
constituted to release Lessee from its liability hereunder in the event of an
Occupancy Transaction.

ARTICLE 15: LESSEE'S CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

            15.1 ADVERTISING PROHIBITION. Lessee shall not display or sell
merchandise, or allow tables, aerials, antennae, portable signs, or any other
objects to be stored or placed outside of the walls which demise the Premises.
Lessee shall remove any objects maintained in violation of this Section 15.1
immediately upon notice from Lessor or Lessor shall be entitled to remove said
objects. Within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice from Lessor, Lessee shall
reimburse Lessor for its costs and expenses in removing any of said objects, and
the amount of such reimbursement shall be deemed Rent payable



                                       17
<PAGE>


hereunder. In addition, Lessee shall not solicit in the Building without the
prior written approval of Lessor.

            15.2 TRASH AND RUBBISH. Lessee agrees that all trash and rubbish of
Lessee shall only be deposited within trash receptacles provided by Lessee in
the Premises. Garbage must be in watertight containers that do not permit any
dripping or any odors to escape. Lessor shall cause trash receptacles filled
with normal office refuse to be emptied and trash removed as a part of the
janitorial service, which service shall be charged as a part of Common Area
Expenses. Any extraordinary trash generated by Lessee must be removed from the
Building by Lessee. Should Lessee fail to use the designated trash receptacles
and/or remove any extraordinary trash from the Building within twenty-four (24)
hours after notice from Lessor to do so, Lessor may correct said problem and
Lessee shall pay to Lessor the cost thereof plus a twenty percent (20%)
administrative fee as Rent. Acceptance of any such charges shall not constitute
a waiver by Lessor of Lessee's breach or prevent Lessor from exercising any of
the other rights and remedies available to Lessor hereunder or as provided by
law.

            15.3 CONFORMANCE WITH LAWS. Lessee shall, at its sole cost and
expense, conform to, abide by, and comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances,
rules, and regulations of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over
the Premises. Nothing herein contained shall obligate Lessee for structural
alterations unless required by Lessee's use of, or Alterations to, the Premises
except in connection with its liability for its Proportionate Share of Common
Area Expenses set forth in Section 18.2, as Excess Expenses. Where permits are
required from governmental authorities for a particular operation, such permits
shall be secured before such operation is undertaken.

            15.4 SAFE AND CLEAN ENVIRONMENT. Lessee shall keep the Premises in a
safe, clean, wholesome, and sanitary condition to the reasonable satisfaction of
Lessor, who shall have the right, upon reasonable notice, to enter and inspect
the Premises and the business conducted on the Premises. Should Lessor or any
representative of an appropriate governmental authority determine the Premises
are not being maintained in compliance with the terms of this Lease, Lessor
shall be entitled to put the Premises in a safe, clean, wholesome, and sanitary
condition as required hereunder or by law and o charge expenses thereby incurred
to Lessee as Rent.

ARTICLE 16: REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

            16.1 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Lessor shall maintain in good order,
condition and repair the Building consistent with comparable first class
buildings, except for the obligations of Lessee, and other lessees as
hereinafter set forth.

            16.2 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

                 16.2.1 Lessee, at Lessee's sole expense, shall, except for
services furnished by Lessor pursuant to Article 8 hereof, maintain the Premises
in good order, condition and repair, including the interior surfaces of the
ceilings, walls and floors, all doors, all interior windows, and special items
and equipment installed by or at the expense of Lessee.

                 16.2.2 Lessee shall be responsible for all repairs in and to
the Premises, the Building, and the facilities and systems thereof, the need for
which arises out of (i) errors in design of Lessee's lighting, plumbing and
heating and air conditioning systems, (ii) the installation, removal, use or
operation of Lessee's property in the Premises, (iii) defective workmanship in
the completion of Lessee's Work or Alterations, (iv) the moving of Lessee's
property into or out of the Building, or (v) the willful act, omission, misuse
or negligence of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees.

            16.3 LESSEE'S ACCEPTANCE AND WAIVER. By accepting possession of the
Premises, Lessee accepts the Premises as being in the condition called for by
this Lease, except for such items as Lessee shall advise Lessor in writing
within ten (10) days from the date Lessee accepts possession of the Premises and
latent defects. Lessee hereby waives any provisions of law permitting repairs by
Lessee at




                                       18
<PAGE>

the expense of Lessor, including, without limitation, all rights granted to
Lessee under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of the State of
California.

ARTICLE 17: RECONSTRUCTION

            17.1 INSURED CASUALTY. In the event of damage or destruction of the
Premises by fire, the elements, acts of God, or any other cause, which damage or
destruction is covered by insurance then in effect with respect to the Building,
Lessor shall repair such damage or destruction and this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect. Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly
repair the interior of the Premises, including Improvements included in Lessee's
Work, Alterations, fixtures, furniture, furnishings, and equipment.

            17.2 UNINSURED CASUALTY. In the event the damage or destruction of
the Premises is not fully covered by insurance, Lessor shall have the option to
repair or not to repair the Premises. If Lessor elects to repair the Premises,
this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Lessee, at its sole cost
and expense, shall promptly repair the interior of the Premises, including the
Improvements included in Lessee's Work, Alterations, fixtures, furniture,
furnishings, and equipment. If Lessor elects not to repair the Premises, Lessor
shall give written notice of such election to Lessee within ninety (90) days of
the event of damage or destruction and this Lease shall thereupon terminate.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the repairs cannot reasonably be completed
within a period of six (6) months from the date of damage or destruction, either
party by written notice delivered to the other may terminate this Lease within
thirty (30) days after Lessor has notified Lessee of the schedule for
reconstruction. Lessor shall provide such schedule within sixty (60) days from
the date of such damage or destruction.

            17.3 ABATEMENT OF RENT. In the event that Lessor undertakes repairs,
Lessee shall continue the operation of its business in the Premises during such
repair period, to the extent reasonably practicable from the standpoint of
prudent business management. The Rent due from Lessee to Lessor during the
period such damage or repair continues shall be abated in proportion to the
degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, unless such damage or
repair was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, its
employees or agents. If caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of
Lessee, its employees or agents, Rent shall not be abated. Lessee shall not be
entitled to any compensation or damages from Lessor for any loss of use of the
Premises, Lessee's personal property, or any inconvenience or annoyance
occasioned by such damage, repair, reconstruction, or restoration.

            17.4 WAIVER AND NOTICE. With respect to any partial or total
destruction which Lessor is obligated to restore or elects to restore under any
of the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2,
and Section 1933, Subdivision 4 of the Civil Code of California, are hereby
waived by Lessee. Lessee shall give written notice to Lessor of any damage or
destruction that occurs on the Premises within ten (10) days of such damage or
destruction.

ARTICLE 18: COMMON AREA EXPENSES

            18.1 RESPONSIBILITY AND PAYMENT FOR COMMON AREA EXPENSES. Lessor
shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Common Areas of the Building in a neat,
clean, and orderly condition, properly lighted and landscaped and provide
services in the Premises as are more particularly described in Exhibit F. Common
Area Expenses are included in determining Excess Expenses, which are charged to
Lessee as set forth in Section 5.2.

            18.2 DEFINITION COMMON AREA EXPENSES. The phrase "Common Area
Expenses" shall include the total cost incurred in operating, maintaining, and
managing the Building, including the Common Areas, specifically including each
of the following services:

                 (i)   Salaries and benefits for onsite staff required to
operate and maintain the Building.



                                       19
<PAGE>


                 (ii)   Sanitary control, pest control, janitorial services,
and removal of trash, rubbish, garbage, and other refuse.

                 (iii)  Lighting and utility systems, including incidental
temporary power, which may be provided for the construction of tenant
improvements in the Building.

                 (iv)   Gardening, planting, and landscaping.

                 (v)    Property management fees, but not exceeding property
management fees charged by major real estate firms in the Pasadena area.

                 (vi)   Roof, building, and project signage repairs.

                 (vii)  Parking lot sealing, line, restriping, sweeping, and
cleaning.

                 (viii) Reasonable reserves for replacements and repairs.

                 (ix)   Bookkeeping and/or accounting fees, including any
reports required to be completed by a certified public accounting firm.

                 (x)    Maintenance and repair of any fire protection
systems.

                 (xi)   Directional signs and other markers and bumpers.

                 (xii)  Contractor, installation, and maintenance costs and
expenses pertaining to security for the Building.

                 (xiii) Capital improvements or additions to the Building and
any machinery or equipment installed therein which are required by any
governmental authority or which have the effect of reducing Common Area
Expenses. Lessor shall amortize the cost of any capital improvements or
additions with a life in excess of two (2) years, which capital improvement or
addition costs is in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). In such event,
only the current portion, together with reasonable interest thereon, shall be
charged as a Common Area Expense. Appropriate prorations shall be made for any
partial year during the Lease Term.

                 (xiv)  Capital repairs required to the roof, structure,
mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or any other mechanical or structural
components of the Building. Lessor shall amortize the cost of any capital repair
with a life in excess of two (2) years, which repair cost is in excess of Ten
Thousand Dollars ($10,000). In such event, only the current portion, together
with reasonable interest thereon, shall be charged as Common Area Expenses.
Appropriate prorations shall be made for any partial year during the Lease Term.

                 (xv)   Seasonal and other decorations consistent with
holidays and special events observed in the Pasadena area.

                 (xvi)  Maintenance of street trees and landscaping,
sidewalks, pedestrian walkways, pavement embellishments, and improvements, if
any, in the public right of way which affect the appearance of, or otherwise
benefit, the Building.

                 (xvii) Any costs or expenses incurred in connection with any
changes permitted under the terms of this Lease, repairs, or maintenance of the
Building, including the cost of operation of any additional or replacement
parking.

                 (xviii) Any other reasonable charges resulting from the
operation, maintenance, and management of the Building.




                                       20
<PAGE>

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Common Area Expenses shall not
include:

                 (i)    Any expenditures incurred by Lessor in the expansion
of the Building, or as a part of tenant improvements for any lessee.

                 (ii)   Costs, repairs or other work reimbursed by fire or
other casualty insurance of Lessor, except for the amount of any deductibles.

                 (iii)  Leasing commissions and other expenses incurred in
leasing or procuring new tenants.

                 (iv)   Legal fees, other than those related to the operation
of the Building, planning fees, architectural fees, and engineering fees
incurred in connection with the leasing of the Building.

                 (v)    Any costs in defending any lawsuits with mortgagees
unless caused by an event of default by Lessee or other lessees.

                 (vi)   Any construction allowance paid by Lessor to any
lessee of the Building.

                 (vii)  Any other costs specified herein to be at Lessor's
cost and expense.

                 (viii) Increases in Common Area Expenses exceeding five
percent (5%) per year except for capital repairs resulting from occurrences
beyond the reasonable control of Lessor.

            Lessor shall use due diligence to obtain goods and services required
for the maintenance of the Building at prices competitive in the Pasadena area.

            18.3 LIABILITY FOR SECURITY. Nothing contained herein shall be
deemed to create any liability upon Lessor for any loss of, or damage to, the
property of Lessee, its employees, agents, or customers, or for loss of
property. Lessee acknowledges that if Lessor elects to engage a security service
and/or device, Lessor does not represent or guarantee that Lessee, its
employees, agents or customers will be secure from losses caused by the illegal
acts of third parties and does not assume responsibility to prevent any such
illegal acts. In order to induce Lessor to engage such service and/or device,
Lessee hereby waives any present or future claims Lessee may have against
Lessor, whether known or unknown, for bodily injury or property damage or loss
arising from the performance of such security service. Lessor hereby grants to
Lessee the right to install its own security system and/or provide for a secured
area in the Premises, provided that reasonable access shall be provided Lessor
and its agents to provide the services and such other purposes as are set forth
herein.

            18.4 RESERVED AND VISITOR PARKING RESTRICTIONS.

                 18.4.1 Parking spaces are available in the parking garage
serving the Building (the "Parking Garage"). Lessee has hired spaces on a
designated and non-designated basis as set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions.
Designated spaces, if any, hired by Lessee are identified by diagonal lines on
Exhibit "F", attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. For each
space reserved in the Parking Garage, Lessee has been provided with a magnetic
card, which card Lessee shall maintain in good condition and repair. Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the amount of Twenty Dollars ($20.00) as Rent, in the event
that a magnetic card provided by Lessor to Lessee is lost or damaged.

                 18.4.2 Visitor parking is available on a fee basis in the
Parking Garage. Visitor parking is currently available at a daily rate of Four
Dollars ($4.00) per day. Lessee shall be permitted to purchase from Lessor
visitor tokens or passes for access to and egress from the Parking Garage at a
cost equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the daily rate. Lessor reserves the
right, in its sole discretion, to change the daily rate (and visitor rate
charged to Lessee) based upon market conditions from time to time in the City of
Pasadena.



                                       21
<PAGE>


                 18.4.3 In the event any surcharge or regulatory fee is
imposed by any governmental authority based upon reserved parking at the
Building, Lessee shall (commencing after two weeks' notice to Lessee) pay, per
reserved parking space, such surcharge (or regulatory fee) to Lessor
concurrently with the next monthly installment of rent due for parking.

                 18.4.4 Lessee's automobiles are accepted for parking only.
Lessor assumes no liability for fire, theft, or damage in or to any automobile,
except through the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its employees,
agents, or contractors. Lessor shall not be responsible for articles left in any
automobile, including, but not limited to CB radios, antennas, CD or tape decks,
and compact discs or tape cassettes. No employee of Lessor, or their agents,
have authority to vary or increase Lessor's liability. Notice to Lessor's
employees of personal property left in automobiles poses no liability on Lessor.

                 18.4.5 Lessee shall be liable to Lessor for any loss or
damage to the Property or injury to persons or other property caused by Lessee
or Lessee's agents, employees, or contractors relating to the parking privileges
set forth herein.

                 18.4.6 Lessee may not sell, assign, or sublet any of the
parking rights granted in this Lease, without the prior written consent of
Lessor. Lessor may withhold consent in its sole and absolute discretion.

                 18.4.7 If Lessee has reserved designated spaces, Lessee will
provide Lessor with a list of employees and cars assigned to designated spaces,
updated at least quarterly, and cooperate with Lessor in enforcement of parking
controls set forth in the Rules and Regulations.

                 18.4.8 Lessee, employees, agents, and clients who violate
any of the parking provisions set forth in this Section 18 and the Rules and
Regulations may be ticketed and/or towed, in the sole discretion of Lessor.
Parking tickets shall be payable to the City of Pasadena in accordance with
municipal ordinances. The cost of towing a vehicle owned by Lessee, its
employees, agents and/or clients, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor as Rent
within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice from Lessor.

                 18.4.9 Lessee's rights to designated and non-designated
spaces provided herein shall be available on a twenty four (24) hour basis,
except Holidays and Special Event Days as hereinafter defined. While parking is
available on a twenty four (24) hour basis, designated spaces may be used by
others after 6:00 p.m. and at all times on Special Event Days and Holidays. The
location and type of parking spaces shall be in accordance with general industry
practices as determined from time to time by Lessor. Lessee acknowledges that
certain spaces in the parking garage have been designated for exclusive use by
other lessees. Holidays shall include New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence
Day, Labor Day, thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. Special Event Days shall
include days during which the Rose Bowl is being utilized for UCLA games, Rose
Parade and rose Bowl games, and other weekend days where a major event of the
Rose Bowl results in demand for parking at the West Annex Garage.

            18.5 CONTROL OF COMMON AREAS. Lessor shall have the right to control
the use by Lessee, its employees, agents, and clients, of the Parking areas,
driveways, entrances and exits, sidewalks and pedestrian passageways, and other
designated Common Areas. Lessor may at any time exclude and restrain any person
from use of Common Areas, excepting, however, bona fide clients, patrons, and
suppliers of Lessee and other lessees who use said areas in accordance with the
Rules and Regulations.

ARTICLE 19: DEFAULT BY LESSOR

            19.1 NO RIGHT OF TERMINATION. In the event that Lessee claims that
Lessor is in breach of this Lease or that Lessor has failed to perform any of
the terms, covenants, or conditions contained herein,


                                       22
<PAGE>


Lessee shall give written notice of such claim of breach to Lessor. Lessor shall
have thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice, or such additional time
as may be reasonably required, to cure such breach. Lessor shall not be
considered in breach of this Lease unless this procedure has been followed by
Lessee. In any event, Lessee may not terminate this Lease as a consequence of
any such breach.

            19.2 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Lessee agrees, in the event of any
actual or alleged breach by Lessor, as follows:

                 19.2.1 The sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Lessor's
interest in the Building.

                 19.2.2 No service of process shall be made against any
officer or employee of Lessor (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction
of the corporation).

                 19.2.3 No officer or employee of Lessor shall be required to
answer or otherwise plead to any service of process.

                 19.2.4 No judgment will be taken against any officer or
employee of Lessor.

                 19.2.5 Any judgment taken against any officer or employee of
Lessor may be vacated and set aside at any time effective as of the date such
judgment was entered.

                 19.2.6 No writ of execution  will ever be levied  against the
assets of any officer or employee Lessor.

                 19.2.7 These covenants and agreements are enforceable by
Lessor and by any officer or of Lessor.

                 19.2.8 No action may be brought by Lessee against Lessor, or
its successor, for any claim occurring during a period for which Lessee has
represented in a writing, such as an estoppel certificate, that Lessor is not in
breach of the terms hereof.

                 19.2.9 In no event shall any action be brought by Lessee
against Lessor more than three (3) years after the action or occurrence which is
the basis for the alleged claim.

ARTICLE 20: DEFAULT BY LESSEE

            20.1 ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS CAUSING DEFAULT. The occurrence of any of
the following actions or omissions shall constitute a material breach of this
Lease by Lessee:

                 20.1.1 The failure of Lessee to pay, or cause to be paid
when due, Rent or other charges required by this Lease to be paid by Lessee when
such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice.

                 20.1.2 The legal abandonment of the Premises by Lessee.

                 20.1.3 The failure of Lessee to do, or cause to be done, any
act required by this Lease, other than payment of Rent or other charges, which
failure continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice or, if such
breach cannot reasonably be cured within said ten (10) day period, Lessee fails
to commence curative action within said ten (10) day period and diligently to
pursue the same to completion.

                 20.1.4 Lessee causing, permitting, or suffering, without the
prior written consent of Lessor, any act when this Lease requires Lessor's prior
written consent or prohibits such act.



                                       23
<PAGE>


                 20.1.5 To the extent permitted by law, any act of bankruptcy
caused, suffered, or permitted by Lessee. For purposes of this Lease, "act of
bankruptcy" shall include any of the following:

                 (i)    Any general assignment or general arrangement for the
benefit of creditors;

                 (ii)   The filing of any petition by or against Lessee to
have Lessee adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement
under Title 11 of the United States Code relating to bankruptcy, as amended or
comparable law ("Bankruptcy Code"), unless such petition is filed against Lessee
and dismissed within ninety (90) days;

                 (iii)  The appointment of a trustee or receiver to take
possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located in the Premises or
Lessee's interest in this Lease;

                 (iv)   The attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure
of substantially all of Lessee's assets located in the Premises or Lessee's
interest in this Lease; or

                 (v)    The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement
initially given to Lessor by Lessee, or its successor-in-interest, or by any
guarantor of Lessee's obligations hereunder, was intentionally false.

            20.2 LEGAL NOTICES. Any notice required herein shall be in lieu of,
and not in addition to, any notice required by California Code of Civil
Procedure Section 1161 et. seq. In the event that Lessor issues a three (3) day
notice, notice of abandonment, or comparable document by reason of Lessee's
breach, and Lessee cures such breach, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the
reasonable cost of preparation, delivery, and/or service of any such notice.

            20.3 RENT ACCEPTANCE, NO WAIVER. The acceptance by Lessor of Rent
due hereunder after breach by Lessee shall not constitute a waiver of such
breach, unless a writing to that effect has been delivered to Lessee.

ARTICLE 21: REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

            21.1 LESSOR ELECTION OF REMEDIES. In the event of a breach by
Lessee, in addition to other rights or remedies of Lessor at law or in equity,
Lessor shall have the right, without further notice or demand of any kind, to do
the following:

                 21.1.1 Terminate this Lease and Lessee's right to possession
of the Premises and reenter the Premises and take possession thereof, and Lessee
shall have no further claim to the Premises or under this Lease; or

                 21.1.2 Continue this Lease in effect, re-enter and occupy the
Premises for the account of Lessee, and collect any unpaid Rent or other charges
which have or thereafter become due and payable; or

                 21.1.3 Re-enter the Premises under the provisions of Section
21.1.2 above, and thereafter elect to terminate this Lease and Lessee's right to
possession of the Premises.

            21.2 BANKRUPTCY CODE LIMITATIONS. If Lessor shall not be permitted
to terminate this Lease as hereinabove provided because of the provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code, Lessee, as a debtor-in-possession, or any trustee appointed for
the benefit of Lessee, agrees promptly, within no more than sixty (60) days upon
request by Lessor to the Bankruptcy Court, to assume or reject this Lease.
Lessee on behalf of itself and any trustee agrees not to seek or request any
extension or adjournment of any application by Lessor to assume or reject this
Lease with the Bankruptcy Court. In such event, Lessee, or any trustee for
Lessee, may only assume this Lease if it (i) cures or provides adequate
assurance that the trustee will promptly cure any breach hereunder; (ii)
compensates Lessor or provides adequate



                                       24
<PAGE>

assurance that Lessee will promptly compensate Lessor for any actual pecuniary
loss to Lessor resulting from any breach; and (iii) provides adequate assurance
of performance during the remaining Lease Term of all covenants and conditions
of this Lease to be performed by Lessee. In no event, after the assumption of
this Lease, shall any then-existing breach remain uncured for a period in excess
of ten (10) days. Adequate assurance of performance of this Lease, shall
include, without limitation, reasonable assurance that (i) there is a source of
payment of Rent reserved hereunder; and (ii) the assumption of this Lease will
not breach any provision hereunder. In the event of a filing of a petition under
the Bankruptcy Code by or against Lessee, Lessor shall have no obligation to
provide Lessee with any services required, unless Lessee shall have paid and is
current with all payments of Base Rent, Parking Rent, Excess Expenses, and other
charges provided herein.

            21.3 ACTION WITHOUT TERMINATION. If Lessor re-enters the Premises
under the provisions of either Sections 21.1.2 or 21.1.3 above, Lessor shall not
be deemed to have terminated this Lease or the obligation of Lessee to pay Rent
or other charges thereafter accruing even if Lessee surrenders possession of the
Premises pursuant to a notice under the unlawful detainer statutes, unless
Lessor notifies Lessee in writing of Lessor's election to terminate this Lease.
In the event of any re-entry or retaking of possession by Lessor, Lessor shall
have the right, but not the obligation, to remove all or any part of Lessee's
property in the Premises and to place such property in storage at a public
warehouse at the expense and risk of Lessee. If Lessor elects to re-let the
Premises for the account of Lessee, the Rent received by Lessor from such
re-letting shall be applied as follows:

                 (i)   To the payment of any obligations other than Rent due
hereunder from Lessee to Lessor;

                 (ii)  To the payment of any costs of such re-letting;

                 (iii) To the payment of the cost of any alterations or repairs
to the Premises;

                 (iv)  To the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and

                 (v)   The balance, if any, shall be held by Lessor and
applied in payment of future Rent, as it becomes due.

            If that portion of Rent received from the re-letting which is
applied against the Rent due hereunder is less than the amount of Rent due,
Lessee shall pay the deficiency to Lessor promptly upon demand by Lessor. Such
deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Lessee shall also pay to
Lessor, as soon as determined, any costs incurred by Lessor in connection with
such re-letting or in making alterations and repairs to the Premises reasonably
required to secure a new lessee, which are not covered by any amounts received
from the re-letting.

            21.4 DAMAGES UPON TERMINATION. In the event that Lessor elects to
terminate this Lease under the provisions of either Sections 21.1.1 or 21.1.3
above, Lessor may recover as damages from Lessee the following:

                 21.4.1 The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent
which had been earned at the time of termination. Worth at the time of award"
shall be computed by allowing interest at the Lease Interest Rate from the first
day the breach occurs.

                 21.4.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which
the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessee proves could have been
reasonably avoided. "Worth at the time of award" shall be determined by allowing
interest at the Lease Interest Rate from the first day a breach occurs.

                 21.4.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which
the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessee proves could be reasonably
avoided. "Worth at the time of award" shall be computed by discounting



                                       25
<PAGE>


such amount at the discount rate at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at
the time of award plus one percent (1%).

                 21.4.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the detriment proximately caused by Lessee's failure to perform its
obligations under the Lease or which in the ordinary course of business would be
likely to result therefrom including, but not limited to, expenses of
re-letting, attorneys' fees, real estate commissions, cost of alterations and
repairs, recording fees, filing fees, and any other expenses customarily
resulting from obtaining possession of leased premises and re-leasing.

            21.5 LESSOR'S RIGHT TO DECLARE FORFEITURE. It is understood that all
covenants made by Lessee herein are conditions of this Lease. Therefore, in the
event of any breach of Lessee in fulfilling any covenant, Lessor may at any time
thereafter declare a forfeiture of this Lease. Any holding over thereafter shall
be construed to be a tenancy from month-to-month only, for the same rental and
under the same conditions, except as to Lease Term, as set forth in this Lease.

            21.6 FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY. In the event of abandonment,
subject to the obligations of Lessee under Section 10.2, all of Lessee's
furniture, fixtures, equipment, Alterations, and personal property left on the
Premises shall, at the option of Lessor, be deemed abandoned. In such event,
Lessor shall have the right to take exclusive possession of and use same, free
of charge, and/or dispose of said personal property and is hereby relieved of
any liability in doing so.

            21.7 NO LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. The remedies given to Lessor in this
Article 21 shall be in addition and supplemental to all other rights or remedies
which Lessor may have under laws then in force. Lessee hereby expressly waives
all rights of redemption granted under any present or future laws in the event
that Lessee abandons the Premises or Lessor obtains possession of the Premises
by reason of the violation by Lessee of any covenant of this Lease.

            21.8 NO WAIVER UNLESS IN WRITING. The waiver by Lessor of any breach
of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other
breach. The acceptance of Rent, interest, a Late Fee, or other charges hereunder
by Lessor shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee
of any other term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such charge. No
covenant, term, or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived
by Lessor, unless such waiver is in writing from Lessor.

ARTICLE 22: EMINENT DOMAIN

            22.1 TAKING RESULTING IN TERMINATION. If the Premises, or any part
thereof, are appropriated or taken under the power of eminent domain by any
public or quasi-public authority ("Condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes possession.
In the event that more than ten percent (10%) of the Rentable Area of the
Premises is taken by Condemnation, and if the remaining portion of the Premises
is not reasonably suitable for the conduct of business by Lessee, either Lessor
or Lessee may terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes
possession by delivery of written notice of such election within sixty (60) days
after receipt by such party of notice that said Premises have been condemned or,
in the absence thereof, within ten (10) days after the date of condemning
authority takes possession. In the event of an election to terminate, Lessor and
Lessee shall be released from any obligations hereunder to the other occurring
after the date the condemning authority takes possession.

            22.2 TAKING WITHOUT TERMINATION. If neither Lessor nor Lessee
terminate this Lease, less than ten percent (10%) of the Rentable Area of the
Premises is condemned, or if the remaining portion is reasonably suitable for
the conduct of business by Lessee, Lessee shall continue to occupy that portion
of the Premises which shall not have been condemned as herein provided and the
parties will proceed as follows:



                                       26
<PAGE>


                 (i)   At Lessor's expense, as soon as reasonably possible,
Lessor will restore the Premises;

                 (ii)  Rent shall be reduced on an equitable basis, taking
into account the relative values of the portion remaining; and

                 (iii) Lessor shall be entitled to receive the total award or
compensation in such proceedings, except as otherwise provided in Section 22.3.

            Lessee hereby waives any statutory rights of termination which may
arise by reason of any partial taking of the Premises under the power of eminent
domain.

         22.3 DISPOSITION OF AWARD. In the event of Condemnation, Lessor shall
be entitled to the entire award or compensation from any proceedings with
respect to the Premises, but the Rent and other charges for the last month of
Lessee's occupancy shall be prorated and Lessor agrees to refund to Lessee any
Rent, and other charges paid in advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee
shall have the right to receive compensation or damages for the loss of, or
damage to, fixtures and personal property which Lessee has the right to remove,
goodwill, lost profits, and for relocation costs.

            22.4 TRANSFER UNDER THREAT OF TAKING. A voluntary sale or conveyance
under threat in lieu of condemnation shall be deemed an appropriation or taking
under the power of eminent domain.

ARTICLE 23: ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS

            23.1 RECOVERY TO PREVAILING PARTY. In the event that Lessor or
Lessee shall institute any action or proceeding against the other relating to
the provisions of this Lease, the unsuccessful party in such action agrees to
reimburse the prevailing party for the actual attorneys' fees, legal expenses,
and costs incurred. The parties agree that the actual attorneys' fees and costs
so incurred shall be deemed reasonable.

ARTICLE 24: SALE OF PREMISES BY LESSOR

            24.1 RELEASE OF LESSOR. In the event of a sale or transfer of the
Building by Lessor and the assumption in writing by the transferee of Lessor's
obligations hereunder, Lessor shall be freed of all liability under covenants
contained in or derived from this Lease, or arising out of any act, occurrence,
or omission relating to the Premises and this Lease, which occurs after the
consummation of such sale, transfer, or assignment.

ARTICLE 25: SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT, AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

            25.1 SUBORDINATION. Upon written request of Lessor or its lender,
Lessee will, in writing, subordinate its rights hereunder to the lien of any
mortgage, deed of trust, lease, or easement, now or hereafter placed upon the
Building, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security
thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Lessee is not in breach
hereunder after the expiration of any applicable cure period, this Lease shall
remain in full force and effect and Lessee shall have quiet enjoyment of
possession of the Premises as provided in Section 26.1. Lessee may require, as a
condition of execution of an agreement to subordinate, that the party to whom
such right is granted provide written assurances that Lessee's right of quiet
enjoyment will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in default under the
terms hereof.

            25.2 ATTORNMENT. In the event of any foreclosure or exercise of the
power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Lessor covering the
Building, Lessee shall attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or
sale, and recognize such purchaser as Lessor under this Lease.



                                       27
<PAGE>


            25.3 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within twenty (20) days after written
request therefor by Lessor, Lessee shall execute and deliver a certificate in
such form as may be reasonably required by Lessor, a prospective purchaser of
the Building, assignee, or mortgagee, addressed to any such prospective
purchaser, assignee, or mortgagee, or to Lessor certifying that this Lease is in
full force and effect and that there are no defenses or offsets claimed by
Lessee.

ARTICLE 26: QUIET ENJOYMENT

            26.1 QUIET ENJOYMENT. Lessor agrees that Lessee, upon timely payment
of Rent and performing the other covenants and conditions of this Lease, shall
quietly have and enjoy possession of the Premises during the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27: CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

            27.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT. Wherever this Lease provides that Lessee is
required to obtain Lessor's consent or approval, such consent or approval must
be obtained in advance and shall not be valid or effective unless consented to
or approved expressly in writing. Any such consent or approval by Lessor, or its
designated agent, may be given or denied at the sole and absolute discretion of
any person having the right to give or deny such consent or approval, except as
otherwise provided in this Lease. Lessor's consent to or approval of any act by
Lessee shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Lessor's consent to or
approval of any subsequent similar act by Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in no event shall such consent be unreasonably delayed or withheld.

            27.2 REIMBURSEMENT FOR COST OF APPROVALS. In addition to other
obligations of Lessee set forth herein, Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for
payment made for any municipal or other out of pocket fees or charges assessed
in connection with obtaining and/or processing approvals requested by Lessee
hereunder.

ARTICLE 28: SECURITY DEPOSIT

            28.1 SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee has paid to Lessor the sum specified
in the Basic Lease Provisions as a deposit ("Security Deposit"), receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged. The Security Deposit shall be held by Lessor
without liability for interest as security for the faithful performance by
Lessee of all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. The Security Deposit
may be commingled with other funds of Lessor. The Security Deposit shall not be
mortgaged, assigned, transferred, or encumbered by Lessee, and any act by Lessee
purporting to accomplish same shall be without force and effect and shall not be
binding upon Lessor.

            28.2 USE AND RESTORATION. If Rent or any other sum payable by Lessee
to Lessor hereunder shall be overdue and unpaid, or should Lessor make payments
on behalf of Lessee, or Lessee fails to perform any of the covenants or
conditions of this Lease, then Lessor may, at its option and without prejudice
to any other remedy which Lessor may have on account thereof, apply said
Security Deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary to compensate Lessor,
to the payment of Rent, loss, or damage sustained by Lessor due to such breach
by Lessee. Lessee shall immediately upon demand restore the Security Deposit to
the sum previously deposited. Should Lessee comply with all said covenants and
conditions and promptly pay all rent as it falls due, and any other sums payable
by Lessee to Lessor, the Security Deposit shall be returned in full to Lessee
within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Lease Term.

            28.3 DISPOSITION UPON BANKRUPTCY. In the event of bankruptcy or
other debtor-creditor proceedings against Lessee, any Security Deposit shall be
applied to the payment of Rent and other charges first due to Lessor for the
period prior to the filing of such proceedings.



                                       28
<PAGE>


            28.4 DISPOSITION UPON SALE. Lessor may deliver the Security Deposit
to the purchaser of Lessor's interest in the Premises in the event of the sale
of such interest. With such delivery, Lessor shall be discharged from any
further liability with respect to the Security Deposit. This provision shall
also apply to any subsequent transfers.

            28.5 SECURITY DEPOSIT ADJUSTMENT. In the event of the exercise by
Lessee of the option set forth in Section 4.2 and/or the expansion of Lessee's
Premises pursuant to Section 29.19, which options include Fair Market tenant
improvements and/or increased Rent, the Security Deposit shall be increased, as
appropriate, to provide (i) additional reasonable security, guarantees, and/or
alternative collateral for tenant improvements, commissions and other costs, to
be paid and/or credited by Lessor and (ii) the increased Rent due from Lessee to
Lessor.

ARTICLE 29: MISCELLANEOUS

            29.1 CAPTIONS. The captions of Articles and Sections of this Lease
are for convenience only, and do not in any way limit or amplify the terms,
covenants, and conditions of this Lease.

            28.2 PARTIES. If more than one person or corporation is named as
Lessee in this Lease and executes the same as such, then the word "Lessee"
wherever used in this Lease is intended to refer to all such persons or
corporations, and the liability of such persons or corporations for compliance
with and performance of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease
shall be joint and several.

            29.3 GENDER. The masculine pronoun used herein shall include the
feminine or the neuter, as the case may be, and the use of the singular shall
include the plural.

            29.4 LEGAL ADDRESS. Whenever provision is made under this Lease for
any demand, notice, or declaration of any kind, or where it is deemed desirable
or necessary by either party to give or serve any such notice, demand, or
declaration to the other party, it shall be in writing and sent by United States
Certified Mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by a reputable
courier, addressed to the address(es) set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions.
Either party may change such address by giving written notice by certified or
registered mail to the other.

            29.5 CONSTRUCTION. The parties hereto agree that all the provisions
hereof are to be construed as covenants and agreements, and the words importing
such covenants and agreements shall be construed as though used in each separate
paragraph hereof. All of the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives,
successors, and assigns.

            29.6 RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. It is agreed that nothing contained in
this Lease shall be deemed or construed as creating a partnership or joint
venture between Lessor and Lessee or between Lessor and any other party, or
cause Lessor to be responsible in any way for the debts or obligations of
Lessee, or any other party.

            29.7 SEVERABILITY. It is agreed that if any provision of this Lease
shall be determined to be void by any Court of competent jurisdiction, such
determination shall not affect any other provision of this Lease and all such
other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. It is the intention of
the parties that if any prevision of this Lease is capable of two constructions,
only one of which would render the provision valid, the provision shall have the
meaning which renders it valid.

            29.8 WARRANTY OF AUTHORITY. If Lessee is a corporation, the parties
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessee hereby covenant and warrant that (i)
Lessee is a duly qualified corporation and all steps have been taken prior to
the date hereof to qualify Lessee to do business in California; (ii) all
franchise and corporate taxes have been paid to date; and (iii) all future
forms, reports, fees, and other documents necessary to comply with applicable
laws will be filed and/or paid when due.



                                       29
<PAGE>


            29.9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. No oral agreements exist between the parties
hereto affecting this Lease. This Lease supersedes and cancels any and all
previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements, and understandings,
if any, between Lessor and Lessee, their employees and agents, and none thereof
shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease is and shall be
considered to be the only agreement between the parties. All negotiations and
oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are
included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the
parties and all reliance with respect to such representations is based solely
upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.

            29.10 LESSEES SELECTED BY LESSOR. Lessor reserves the right to
effect such other tenancies in the Building as Lessor, in the exercise of its
sole business judgment, shall determine to best promote the interest of the
Building. Lessee does not rely on the fact, and Lessor does not represent, that
any specific tenant or number of tenants shall occupy space in the Building
during the Lease Term.

            29.11 GOVERNING LAW; FORUM; CONSTRUCTION. The laws of the State of
California shall govern the validity, performance, and enforcement of this
Lease. Should either party institute legal suit or action for enforcement of any
obligation contained herein, it is agreed that the venue of such suit or action
shall be Los Angeles County, California. Although the printed provisions of this
Lease were drawn by Lessor, this Lease shall not be construed either for or
against Lessor or Lessee, but this Lease shall be interpreted in accordance with
the general tenor of the language in an effort to reach the result intended by
the language.

            29.12 FORCE MAJEURE. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to
strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain materials or
reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental action, civil commotion, fire, or
other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party
obligated to perform shall excuse the performance by such party for a period
equal to any such prevention, delay, or stoppage, except obligations imposed
herein upon Lessee with regard to the payment of Rent and other charges.

            29.13 USE OF NAME OF BUILDING. Lessor reserves the right to change
or modify the name of the West Annex or Parsons West Annex as Lessor may desire
from time to time. Lessee acknowledged that the names "Parsons", "Parsons West
Annex", and "West Annex" are proprietary names held by Lessor and not geographic
names. Lessee shall not have or acquire any property right or interest in the
aforementioned names, the logo, or in any other name or logo for the Building,
and shall not use Parsons, Parsons West Annex, or West Annex, the logo, or any
other name or logo of the Building as a part of its tradename, service mark, or
business name, without Lessor's prior written consent.

            29.14 LENDER REQUIREMENTS. The parties agree that whenever Lessor's
approval is requested and/or required and Lessor is first required to secure the
approval of a mortgagee for such request or requirement pursuant to the terms of
any loan agreement or deed of trust, Lessor may disapprove any such request,
subject to applicable law, if the mortgagee fails or refuses to grant such
approval. In such case, Lessor's disapproval shall be deemed reasonable. The
parties agree that this Lease shall be modified at the request of Lessor in any
manner requested by a lender providing financing, provided that no such
modification shall substantially affect the rights of Lessee hereunder and, in
no event, shall such modification change the amount of Rent or other charges
payable by Lessee hereunder.

            29.15 VIOLATIONS BY OTHER LESSEES. Lessor shall not be responsible
to Lessee for the non-enforcement or violation of the provisions of any other
Lease affecting the Building.

            29.16 TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence of each of the
terms and conditions of this Lease.


                                       30
<PAGE>

            29.17 REAL ESTATE BROKER. Lessor and Lessee warrant that each party
has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the
negotiations and/or execution of this Lease, except for the broker(s) listed in
the Basic Lease Provisions, if any. Each party hereby indemnifies and holds the
other harmless from and agrees to defend the other against any costs, expenses,
attorneys' fees, or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed
by any unnamed broker or agent by, reason of any dealings or actions of such
other party.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have duly executed this Lease
as of the date set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions.

LESSEE:

BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!


By:      /S/ MARCIA GOODSTEIN

            MARCIA GOODSTEIN
- ---------------------------------------------
(Please Print Name and Title) CHIEF OP. OFCR.


By:
    -----------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------
(Please Print Name and Title)

LESSOR:

PARSONS INFRASTRUCTURE & TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.


By:      /S/ [illegible]
    -----------------------
                                       31


<PAGE>


                           ADDENDUM TO LEASE AGREEMENT

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!

            29.18 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE. Lessor shall provide Lessee with
reasonable assurances that the building systems are year 2000 compliant (Y2K),
including heating and air conditioning, elevators, parking, and fire and life
safety systems. In the event any of such systems fail to operate correctly with
the transition to the year 2000, Lessor, at Lessor's expense will undertake all
reasonable measures to ensure that the building systems operate correctly.

            29.19 EXPANSION. Lessee may expand its Premises to include floor 2,
or floors 2 and 3, effective January 1, 2000 upon the following terms and
conditions:

                  29.19.1 Lessee's satisfaction of the conditions precedent to,
and exercise of, its option to extend with respect to the Premises in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 4.2 and 5.1.4.

                  29.19.2 Agreement by the parties of (i) Base Rent and Parking
Rent, tenant improvements, parking, and other terms for the expansion area for
the period January 1, 2000 through June 30, 2004 and (ii) additional Security
Deposit, guarantees and/or collateral as more particularly described in Section
28.5.

                  29.19.3 Execution of an Amendment to Lease prior to August
15, 1999, formalizing the expansion of the Premises and agreement by the parties
of the terms as required in this Section.

                  29.19.4 Lessee's option to expand its Premises to include
floor 3 is also subject to (i) Lessor's ability to relocate FEMA at a reasonable
cost to Lessor( taking into consideration FEMA's one year extension)and/or (ii)
Lessee, prior to August 15, 1999, agrees in writing to pay any excess costs to
be incurred by Lessor in connection with such relocation.

                  29.19.5 If Lessor and Lessee agree on terms for expansion of
Lessee's Premises as provided above, such terms shall include one additional
option for a period of five (5) years to be exercised by Lessee by written
notice delivered to Lessor prior to June 30, 2003. In such case, Lessor and
Lessee shall determine Fair Market Rent for Base Rent and Parking Rent for the
second option period based upon the time periods and procedures set forth in
5.1.4.2.

            29.20 NOTICE OF AVAILABLE SPACE. Upon request of Lessee, Lessor
shall provide Lessee with information on existing and projected areas which will
be available for lease in the West Annex. Nothing herein contained shall require
that Lessor lease such areas to Lessee, it being understood that Lessor will
exercise its judgement in connection with future tenancies in the West Annex in
its sole and absolute discretion.



                                       32
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                          WEST ANNEX BUILDING 8TH FLOOR



<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "B"

                            TENANT IMPROVEMENT MANUAL

                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX
                            74 NORTH PASADENA AVENUE

I.       INTRODUCTION

         A.       The Parsons West Annex ("West Annex") has been designed to be
                  a high quality office building. To maintain this quality, it
                  is important that tenant improvements be completed with the
                  least disturbance to other lessees and that the Common Areas
                  be consistently maintained at a high standard.

         B.       This Tenant Improvement Manual is for the mutual benefit of
                  all lessees. In the event of any conflict between the Tenant
                  Improvement Manual and the Lease, the Lease shall govern.

II.      LESSEE'S ARCHITECT

         A.       SELECTION APPROVAL. Lessee shall retain, at Lessee's expense,
                  the services of a licensed architect and/or recognized
                  interior designer ("Lessee's Architect") for the design of
                  the improvements to include interior design, signage,
                  mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems, and utilities.
                  The selection of such firm is at the discretion of Lessee,
                  subject to the reasonable approval of Lessor.

         B.       FIELD MEASUREMENT. If requested, Lessee's Architect will be
                  provided with a copy of Lessor's plans and specifications
                  ("Lessor's Plans"), including a floor plan for the floor on
                  which the Premises is located, and applicable mechanical,
                  electrical, and plumbing drawings which are available to
                  Lessor. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for any costs incurred
                  in reproducing such plans. Lessee's Architect shall be
                  responsible to field measure the Premises and advise Lessor
                  within seven (7) days of receipt of Lessor's Plans of any
                  discrepancies.

         C.       UTILITY VERIFICATION. Lessee's Architect shall verify that the
                  utilities available to the Premises are adequate to satisfy
                  Lessee's requirements.

II.      PLAN SUBMISSION PROCEDURES

         A.       LESSEE'S PRELIMINARY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

                  1.       Within twenty (20) working days after receipt of
                           Lessor's Plans, Lessee shall submit to Lessor for
                           Lessor's approval three (3) sets of preliminary
                           design drawings for the Improvements prepared by
                           Lessee's Architect, which drawings shall indicate
                           Lessee's specific requirements, including, without
                           limitation, fully dimensioned floor plans (Scale 1/4
                           = 1".0") describing in reasonable detail the layout
                           of access to Common Areas and interior partitions,
                           and indicating the proposed use of each enclosed
                           area.

                  2.       Lessor shall approve or disapprove Lessee's
                           preliminary design drawings within five (5) working
                           days after Lessor's receipt thereof. If



<PAGE>


                           disapproved, Lessor shall indicate the reasons and/or
                           corrections required for approval.

         B.       LESSEE'S CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

                  1.       Within fifteen (15) working days after Lessor's
                           approval of Lessee's preliminary design drawings, and
                           subject to Lessee's field measurement of the
                           Premises, Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, submit
                           to Lessor for approval three (3) sets of plans and
                           one (1) set of reproducible plans of fully detailed
                           architectural working drawings and specifications
                           ("Lessee's Construction Plans") prepared by Lessee's
                           Architect describing the Improvements to be completed
                           in the Premises including, without limitation, floor
                           plans (Scale1/4" = 1'.0"), Common Areas, interior
                           partitions, trade fixtures, lighting, electrical
                           outlets; telephone jacks; telecommunication systems;
                           reflected ceiling plan, including ceiling height(s)
                           (Scale1/4" = 1'.0"); plumbing; location, size and
                           details of signage; areas of unusual floor loading;
                           mechanical and electrical requirements; and all other
                           improvements to be performed by Lessee pursuant to
                           Section V thereof ("Lessee's Work").

                  2.       In the event there are any design changes required in
                           securing required permits for completion of Lessee's
                           Work, Lessee shall forthwith provide Lessor with
                           three (3) sets of plans and one (1) set of
                           reproducible plans which describe the required
                           revisions for Lessor's approval. The revised plans
                           shall thereupon become "Lessee's Construction Plans".
                           Lessor shall have five (5) working days after receipt
                           of same within which to examine and to approve or
                           disapprove Lessee's revised Construction Plans. The
                           failure by Lessor to disapprove Lessee's Construction
                           Plans in writing within said five (5) working days
                           shall be deemed an approval thereof.

                  3.       Lessee shall promptly and diligently modify Lessee's
                           Construction Plans until same have been approved by
                           Lessor.

                  4.       Construction of the Improvements specified on
                           Lessee's Construction Plans shall not commence until
                           Lessee's Construction Plans have been approved by
                           Lessor.

                  5.       Lessee shall furnish as-built plans and
                           specifications to Lessor within thirty (30) days
                           after completion of Lessee's Work.

                  6.       If Lessee's Construction Plans are in conflict with
                           terms and conditions of this Tenant Improvement
                           Manual, the Tenant Improvement Manual shall control.

                  7.       Any additional changes, expenses or costs (including
                           architects' fees and attorneys' fees) arising by
                           reason of any subsequent change, modification or
                           alteration of Lessee's Construction Plans, made at
                           the request of Lessor, shall be at the expense of
                           Lessee. No changes, modifications or alterations
                           shall be made to Lessee's Constructions Plans without
                           the prior written consent of Lessor.

                  8.       Lessor's approval of Lessee's Construction Plans, or
                           any work or installation made by Lessee, shall not
                           constitute a warranty or representation by Lessor
                           that Lessee's drawings, work or installations comply
                           with the requirements of any applicable law,
                           ordinance or


                                       2

<PAGE>
                           regulation, or are safe, sound, merchantable or fit
                           for the purpose intended. Lessor shall have no
                           liability to Lessee in the event Lessee is required
                           to change its drawings, or Lessee's Work, to meet
                           applicable governmental requirements or in the event
                           that such drawings or Lessee's Work are defective or
                           cause injury to persons or property.

IV.      LESSEE'S CONTRACTOR

         A.       LICENSED CONTRACTORS. Each contractor and subcontractor
                  engaged by Lessee to perform Lessee's Work ("Lessee's
                  Contractor") shall be licensed in the State of California. The
                  selection of such firm(s) is at the discretion of Lessee,
                  subject to the reasonable approval of Lessor. By approving
                  Lessee's Contractor, Lessor assumes no liability for the work
                  completed by, or other obligation of, Lessee's Contractor.
                  Lessor hereby approves Lucent Technologies as Lessee's
                  Contractor.

         B.       COORDINATION. Lessee's Contractor shall coordinate Lessee's
                  Work with all other work being performed or to be performed at
                  or in connection with the West Annex so that Lessee's Work
                  does not interfere with or delay the completion of such other
                  work or the orderly operation of business by other lessees in
                  the West Annex.

         C.       MATERIAL STORAGE. Lessee's Contractor shall not use any space
                  outside of the Premises and within the West Annex and/or on
                  sidewalks or adjacent streets for storage, handling, or moving
                  of materials and equipment, and/or for the location of any
                  field office or facilities required for construction personnel
                  without the prior written authorization of Lessor.
                  Construction vehicles shall be prohibited from parking in the
                  West Annex parking garage, except in accordance with parking
                  regulations for day parking in the parking garage, or as
                  otherwise authorized by Lessor in writing. Notwithstanding the
                  foregoing, Lessee's Contractor may, during the period of
                  construction, (i) maintain a construction dumpster in the
                  Service Bay in a location designated by Lessor for a period
                  reasonably required for completion of Lessee's Work and (ii)
                  authorize individuals engaged to complete Lessee's Work to use
                  parking passes previously issued to Lessee for the purpose of
                  parking their vehicles in the Parking Garage.

         D.       DEBRIS REMOVAL. Lessee's Contractor shall remove and dispose
                  of all debris and rubbish caused by or resulting from Lessee's
                  Work on a daily basis. No trash receptacles or carts will be
                  allowed to be stored, even temporarily, in the Common Areas,
                  including the parking garage, on sidewalks or adjacent
                  streets. Upon completion of Lessee's Work, Lessee's Contractor
                  shall remove all temporary structures, surplus materials,
                  debris and rubbish remaining within the West Annex which has
                  been brought in or created as a result of Lessee's Work. If
                  Lessee's Contractor shall neglect, refuse or fail to remove
                  any temporary structures, surplus materials, debris and
                  rubbish within twenty-four (24) hours after notice to Lessee
                  from Lessor, Lessor may remove or cause same to be removed,
                  and Lessee shall pay the expense of removal and hold Lessor
                  harmless therefrom.

         E.       INSURANCE - OSHA COMPLIANCE. In addition to the requirements
                  of the Lease, and without any limitation thereof, Lessee's
                  Contractor shall (i) comply with all governmental rules and
                  regulations including applicable OSHA standards and (ii) carry
                  workers' compensation and public liability insurance
                  (including property damage), with limits and in a form
                  approved in advance, ("Course of Construction Insurance") by
                  Lessor and issued by insurance companies approved in advance


                                       3
<PAGE>


                  by Lessor. Lessor, Lessee, the Building Manager, and the
                  contractor and/or subcontractors procuring the insurance shall
                  be named insureds (or named as additional insureds) in each
                  policy of said liability insurance, which policy shall have a
                  cross-liability endorsement or its equivalent. Certificates
                  evidencing the foregoing insurance shall be delivered to
                  Lessor before any work is commenced by Lessee's Contractor and
                  before his equipment and/or materials are brought to the West
                  Annex.

V.       LESSEE'S CONSTRUCTION RESPONSIBILITIES

         A.       LESSEE'S WORK. All remodeling in the Premises shall be
                  performed diligently by Lessee, at Lessee's expense, and in a
                  first class manner. Lessee's Work shall include, but is not
                  limited to, the purchase, installation, and performance of the
                  following additions and modifications, if reflected in
                  Lessee's approved Construction Plans:

                  1.       Interior partitions and glazed walls within the
                           Premises, including drywall and taping on exterior
                           walls and drywall and taping on, and insulation in,
                           demising walls.

                  2.       Ceilings.

                  3.       Interior painting, wallpaper and other finishes.

                  4.       Floor covering and floor finishes, preparations of
                           surfaces to receive same, and any special
                           reinforcing, raised areas or depressions in the
                           concrete floor.

                  5.       Plumbing fixtures and accessories, toilets, water
                           heaters, water treatment systems and drinking
                           fountains with plumbing thereto connected to services
                           as shown in Lessor's Plans. Grease traps will be
                           required for any food preparation areas having pot
                           sinks or other grease producing appliances that
                           discharge grease into the waste system at such
                           location as shall be specified in Lessee's
                           Construction Plans.

                  6.       Internal communications, security, fire detection,
                           and alarm systems.

                  7.       Fixtures and furnishings.

                  8.       Signs.

                  9.       Heating, cooling or ventilating equipment and ducting
                           including revisions required by local building codes
                           or otherwise.

                  10.      Telephone service and equipment, telephone conduit,
                           cabinets and outlets within the Premises, including
                           wiring from the terminal board existing in the
                           telephone room in the basement, through existing
                           conduits which are provided in the Premises, or the
                           addition of conduits from the telephone room, if
                           required.

                  11.      Electrical work and equipment, including lighting.

                  12.      Fire sprinkler system.


                                       4

<PAGE>


         B.       CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY. Lessee shall ensure that Lessee's
                  contractor shall guarantee that portion thereof for which he
                  is responsible against any defects in workmanship and
                  materials for a period of not less then one (1) year from the
                  date of final completion of Lessee's Work. The correction of
                  such work shall include, without limitation, all expenses and
                  corrections to, or in connection with, the structure of the
                  West Annex, should the Building be damaged or affected by
                  defective work or by the repair or replacement of such
                  defective work. All such warranties or guarantees as to
                  materials or workmanship with respect to Lessee's Work shall
                  be contained in Lessee's agreement with Lessee's Contractor.
                  Lessee shall require each contractor to include such
                  warranties or guarantees in each subcontract, and all such
                  warranties or guarantees shall be so written so that same
                  shall inure to the benefit of both Lessee and Lessor, as their
                  respective interests may appear, and so that same may be
                  directly enforced by Lessee or Lessor. Lessee hereby covenants
                  to give to Lessor an assignment or other assurance necessary
                  to perfect such right to permit enforcement by Lessor.

         C.       LESSOR'S INSPECTION. Lessor's prior inspection and written
                  approval shall be a condition precedent to Lessor's acceptance
                  of Lessee's Work as being complete and in accordance with
                  Lessee's Construction Plans. Lessee shall give Lessor at least
                  five (5) working days prior written notice of the anticipated
                  completion date of Lessee's Work. Lessee shall be required to
                  settle and/or bond against any mechanic's or materialman's
                  liens, or other similar liens, filed against the West Annex as
                  a result of Lessee's Work in accordance with the provisions
                  relating to such liens in the Lease. Lessee shall reimburse
                  Lessor in full, and indemnify, defend and hold Lessor harmless
                  from and against any liability, cost or expense incurred by
                  Lessor in connection with any such lien.

         D.       NOTICE OF COMPLETION. Lessee shall, within ten (10) working
                  days after completion of Lessee's Work, execute and file of
                  record, or cause to be filed of record, a notice of completion
                  with respect thereto in a form complying with the applicable
                  provisions of the California Civil Code specifying the name of
                  Lessee's Contractor and the work done. Lessee shall furnish a
                  conformed copy thereof to Lessor upon recordation. If Lessee
                  fails to record said notice, Lessee hereby appoints Lessor as
                  Lessee's attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing and
                  filing same on behalf of Lessee. This power of attorney is
                  coupled with an interest in the Lease and is irrevocable.

VL.      CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS

         To expedite the completion of the Improvements with the least amount of
         inconvenience to all concerned, the following Construction Rules and
         Regulations are applicable to Lessee, its employees, contractors, and
         agents.

         A.       TIMELY COMPLETION. The interior of the Premises shall, as soon
                  as practically possible, be constructed by Lessee at Lessee's
                  expense, in accordance with Lessee's Construction Plans.
                  Lessee agrees to pursue Lessee's Work diligently to
                  completion, complying with all applicable city, county, state
                  and federal laws, ordinances and regulations relating thereto.

         B.       PERMITS. Lessee shall obtain and transmit copies to Lessor of
                  all permits and approvals with respect to Lessee's Work
                  required or given by the City of Pasadena, County of Los
                  Angeles and/or any utility service, unless Lessor shall have
                  already obtained said permit(s) and/or utility service(s).
                  Lessee must

                                       5

<PAGE>


                  furnish evidence of permits to Lessor prior to the
                  commencement of Lessee's Work.

         C.       BOND. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's reasonable
                  discretion, to require Lessee or Lessee's Contractor to
                  furnish a bond or other security in form satisfactory to
                  Lessor covering the prompt and faithful performance of
                  Lessee's Work in an amount equal to one hundred twenty-five
                  percent (125%) of the cost thereof. Lessor hereby waives a
                  bond with respect to Lucent Technologies, and will waive bonds
                  for other contractors with comparable net worth.

         D.       SECURITY. Lessee will be responsible for the security of the
                  Premises during construction and shall take all necessary
                  steps to secure the same. Lessor shall have no liability for
                  any loss or damage, including theft of building materials,
                  equipment or supplies.

         E.       WORKING HOURS. Work in the Premises which does not involve
                  core drilling, saw cutting, or other procedures likely to
                  disturb other lessees shall be completed during regular
                  working hours which shall be 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday
                  through Friday, or such other hours as may be approved by the
                  Building Manager in writing. Work which may affect systems in
                  the Building or disturb other lessees shall be completed at
                  other times arranged in advance with the Building Manager.

         F.       PUBLIC SAFETY. It is the responsibility of Lessee to ensure
                  that Lessee's Contractor exercises caution in matters relating
                  to public safety and to prevent damage to the Building and
                  other leased areas.

         G.       CLEANLINESS OF THE COMMON AREAS. Lessee shall ensure that
                  Lessee's Contractor keeps the Common Areas, including the
                  elevators, stairways, restrooms, garage, sidewalks and
                  adjacent streets in an absolutely clean and neat condition at
                  all times. Drop cloths shall be used whenever reasonable to
                  preclude damage to, or maintain cleanliness in, the Common
                  Areas. If Lessee's Contractor violates this regulation on more
                  than one (1) occasion, or fails to immediately cure such
                  default, Lessor may prohibit Lessee's Contractor from entering
                  the West Annex.

         H.       PROTECTION OF FLOOR AREAS AND ELEVATORS. All supplies,
                  merchandise, materials, equipment or trash being delivered to
                  or removed from the Premises across the Common Areas or within
                  the elevators which requires the use of dollies or handtrucks
                  must be transported on dollies or handtrucks with soft rubber
                  tires.

         I.       FLOOR LOADING. The following limitations shall be observed by
                  the Lessee in the conduct of Lessee's Work:

                  1.       No suspended loads will be attached to the underside
                           of the floor or roof structure, with the exception of
                           normal suspended ceiling and light fixtures, without
                           Lessor's prior written approval.

                  2.       No wall mounted fixtures will be applied to demising
                           walls, other than those approved in writing by
                           Lessor. Lessee acknowledges that the standard steel
                           stud and drywall demising walls are not designed to
                           support wall mounted fixtures. Notwithstanding the
                           foregoing, Lessee shall not be required to remove any
                           existing wall mounted fixtures.


                                       6

<PAGE>


                  3.       No load shall be imposed upon any floor areas of the
                           Premises in excess of the design live load of 100
                           pounds per square foot uniformly distributed.

         J.       RESTROOMS. Restrooms may be used only for personal functions.
                  Cleaning of tools or painting equipment will not be allowed in
                  the restrooms. Utility sinks will contain a water supply, but
                  may not be used for tool or painting equipment cleaning or
                  other construction work.

VII.     LESSOR'S FUNDING OF LESSEE'S WORK

         A.       TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE. Lessor shall not be responsible
                  to fund any tenant improvements during the initial term. In
                  consideration for exercise of the option set forth in Section
                  4.2 by Lessee, Lessor agrees to reimburse Lessee an amount
                  equal to market tenant improvements as determined in
                  accordance with Section 5.1.4.1 ("Tenant Improvement
                  Allowance"). The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be reduced
                  by 4% of the amount which Landlord is required to fund for
                  Lessee's tenant improvements.

         B.       PAYMENT REQUEST. In order to receive credit for the Tenant
                  Improvement Allowance, Lessee shall request such credit from
                  Lessor in writing ("Payment Request"), which Payment Request
                  shall conform with and/or include unconditional lien releases
                  from Lessee's Contractor and a detailed cost breakdown
                  indicating the cost for each trade and a copy of all contracts
                  with Lessee's Contractor.

                  Upon receipt of documentation confirming that cost of
                  improvements completed by Lessee in the Premises exceed the
                  Tenant Improvement Allowance, and Lessee's compliance with
                  other requirements set forth in this Tenant Improvement
                  Manual, Lessor shall credit the Tenant Improvement Allowance
                  in twelve (12) equal monthly installments against Base Rent
                  next due and owing during the option period.


                                       7

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "C"

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX
                            74 NORTH PASADENA AVENUE

I.       GENERAL

         A.       Parsons West Annex is designed as a high quality professional
                  office building. While certain specific requirements for
                  conduct and/or business operations are established by these
                  Rules and Regulations, general rules of courtesy and
                  reasonable business procedures must also be observed in order
                  that the common good of all is served.

         B.       The Rules and Regulations for 74 North Pasadena Avenue,
                  Pasadena, California and the adjacent parking garage,
                  (collectively, the "Building") are intended to ensure the
                  quiet enjoyment of Lessee and other lessees to establish a
                  professional environment for Lessee, its employees, and
                  clients.

         C.       The Rules and Regulations will be revised as necessary from
                  time to time, in Lessor's reasonable judgement, to meet the
                  needs of the majority of the lessees of the Building. If a
                  lessee has suggestions for any revision of the Rules and
                  Regulations, the matter should be brought to the attention of
                  the onsite representative of Lessor ("Building Manager").

         D.       Every lessee is expected to read and be familiar with the
                  Rules and Regulations. Lessee, or its office manager, shall
                  read the Rules and Regulations, execute a statement prepared
                  by Lessor verifying that she/he has read same, and deliver
                  such signature page to the Building Manager.

         E.       The Building Manager may take any reasonable action required
                  to ensure compliance with the Rules and Regulations.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor and/or the Building
                  Manager shall not be responsible or liable to any lessee for
                  the failure to enforce the Rules and Regulations.

         F.       If Lessee, or its employees, observes an infraction of the
                  Rules and Regulations which they believe may have a negative
                  impact on the conduct of their business, Lessee should report
                  this infraction to the Building Manager as soon as possible in
                  order to permit the Building Manager to take effective action.

II.      BUSINESS OPERATIONS

         A.       Lessee, and/or its employees, shall immediately report to the
                  Building Manager any theft, or other illegal activity that is
                  observed in the Building.

         B.       Neither Lessee, nor its employees, agents, visitors, or
                  licensees shall at any time bring to or keep on the Premises
                  any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or
                  substance or any toxic, hazardous or radioactive matter,
                  except combustible fluids or toxic substances required to be
                  used in the ordinary course of business and contained in
                  appropriate containers to prevent a leakage and/or fire.


<PAGE>


         C.       No projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the
                  Premises or the exterior of the Building without the prior
                  written consent of Lessor.

         D.       No curtains, blinds, shades, screens, film or other materials
                  shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with,
                  any window or door of the Premises, without the prior written
                  consent of Lessor.

         E.       Lessee shall not use the Premises for lodging or sleeping or
                  for any immoral or illegal purposes. No one shall be permitted
                  to remain on the Premises who is under the influence of
                  alcohol or drugs. No illegal drugs shall be allowed on the
                  Premises at any time. The violation of this provision shall be
                  considered a material breach of the Lease.

         F.       No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon
                  any of the doors or windows of the Premises by Lessee, nor
                  shall any changes be made to the locks or the mechanism
                  approved and/or installed by Lessor. Lessee must, upon the
                  termination of its tenancy, return to Lessor all keys to the
                  Premises, internal offices, storerooms, and toilet rooms.
                  Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a key to the Premises to
                  permit access during emergencies or provide Lessor with
                  written advise of Lessee's designated representative(s) who
                  will be available at all times to permit access in the case of
                  an emergency. If a key to the Premises is not provided to
                  Lessor, and Lessee's designated representative is not
                  available to permit access for an emergency, Lessee shall be
                  responsible for the cost of damages resulting from a forced
                  entry.

         G.       No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises,
                  provided that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate,
                  soft drinks, and similar drinks for Lessee, its employees,
                  agents and clients shall be permitted in employee break rooms.
                  Lessee shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable
                  odors to be produced on or permeate from the Premises. Lessee
                  shall not obtain or purchase food or beverages at the Building
                  from any vendor or supplier except as approved by Lessor.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may install vending
                  machines in the Premises.

         H.       Lessee shall not use any sound or light producing equipment on
                  the Premises which can be seen or heard outside the Premises,
                  to the end that the quiet enjoyment of other lessees and their
                  clients shall not be disturbed.

         I.       The sidewalks, halls, passages, stairways and elevators shall
                  not be used by Lessee for any purpose other than for ingress
                  to and egress from the Premises. The halls, passages,
                  entrance, elevators, stairways and portions of the roof are
                  not for the use of the general public. Lessor retains the
                  right to control and prevent access thereto from all persons
                  whose presence, in the judgment of Building Manager, shall be
                  prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests
                  of the Building or its lessees. Nothing herein contained shall
                  be construed to prevent access to persons with whom Lessee
                  deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such
                  persons are engaged in illegal activities. Lessee, its
                  employees, agents and clients, shall not go in or upon
                  unauthorized areas of the Building without the written consent
                  of Lessor or the Building Manager.

         J.       The carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or
                  bulky matter of any description must be under the supervision
                  of the Building Manager and take place during non- business
                  hours scheduled with the Building Manager. The persons
                  employed by Lessee for such work must be approved by the
                  Building Manager and provide appropriate insurance as
                  reasonably determined by the Building Manager, based upon the
                  scope of their work. All damages done to the Building by
                  moving or maintaining a safe or other property shall be
                  repaired at the sole expense of Lessee.

         K.       Lessor shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size, and
                  position of all safes, other heavy equipment, file cabinets,
                  file storage areas, and library banks, allowed into the


                                       2

<PAGE>


                  Building.Safes, other heavy equipment, file cabinets, file
                  storage areas, and library banks shall, if considered
                  necessary by Lessor, stand on a platform of such thickness as
                  is necessary to property distribute the weight.

         L.       Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus
                  shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they
                  were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind
                  whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any
                  breakage, stoppage or damage, resulting from the violation of
                  this Rule, by Lessee, its employees, agents, and clients shall
                  be borne by Lessee.

         M.       Deliveries shall be conducted in an expeditious manner. No
                  delivery vehicle shall be left unattended in front of the
                  Building, in parking areas, or at the service bay and loading
                  dock area (the "Service Bay") for more than ten (10) minutes,
                  without the approval of the Building Manager.

         N.       All delivery handtrucks, dollies, and carts shall be equipped
                  with rubber tires and side guards.

         O.       Except with the written consent of Lessor, no person or
                  persons other than those approved by Lessor shall be permitted
                  to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning same. Lessee
                  shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Lessee's
                  carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order
                  and cleanliness. Janitorial service shall include ordinary
                  dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to such work and
                  include shampooing of carpets as reasonably required from time
                  to time. Window cleaning, including the cleaning of inside
                  windows, shall be done only by Lessor or its agents. Lessor
                  shall not be responsible to Lessee for the loss of property
                  from the Premises, however occurring, or for damage done to
                  the effects of Lessee by a janitorial or other contractor, or
                  person, engaged by Lessor to provide services to the Building.

         P.       Lessor will direct electricians as to where and how telephone,
                  computer, and other wires servicing the Premises are to be
                  introduced. No boring or cutting for wires or stringing of
                  wires will be allowed without the written consent of Lessor.

         Q.       Lessee shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar
                  floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor
                  of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Lessor.
                  The expense of removal of any floor covering and repairing any
                  damage resulting from a violation of this Rule by Lessee, its
                  employees, contractors or agents, shall be borne by Lessee.

         R.       Except for usual and customary wall hangings, Lessee shall not
                  mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions,
                  woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any
                  part thereof. Lessee shall pay the cost of repairs resulting
                  from violating the foregoing provision.

         S.       Lessor reserves the right to regulate access of all persons to
                  the Building at such times as Lessor may deem advisable for
                  the protection and safety of the Building and its lessees.
                  Lessor may refuse admission to the Building outside of
                  ordinary business hours to any person not known to Lessor, or
                  its agents, and may require persons admitted to or leaving the
                  Building to register. Any person whose presence in the
                  Building at any time shall, in the sole judgement of Lessor,
                  be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and
                  interests of the Building or its lessees may be denied access
                  to the Building or may be ejected therefrom. Lessor may
                  require any person leaving the Building with any package or
                  other object to exhibit a key from Lessee from whose Premises
                  the package or object is being removed. The establishment and
                  enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any
                  responsibility on Lessor for the protection of Lessee against
                  the removal of property from the Premises. Lessor shall, in no
                  event, be


                                       3

<PAGE>


                  liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission
                  or exclusion from the Building of any person.

         T.       The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the
                  storage of merchandise except as such storage may be
                  incidental to the use of the Premises for general office
                  purposes. No Lessee shall occupy or permit any portion of the
                  Premises to be occupied as an office for a public stenographer
                  or typist or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics,
                  or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber
                  or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau, or as a travel
                  agency, without the consent of Lessor. No Lessee shall sell or
                  permit the sale of any other goods or merchandise in or on the
                  Premises. No Lessee shall engage or pay any employees on the
                  Premises except those actually working for such Lessee on the
                  Premises nor shall any Lessee advertise for laborers giving an
                  address at the Premises.

         U.       Lessee shall see that the doors to the Premises are closed and
                  securely locked before leaving the Building. Lessee must
                  observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or
                  water apparatus are entirely shut off before Lessee or its
                  employees leave the Building. Lessee shall also make sure that
                  all electricity, gas and air are shut off, so as to prevent
                  waste or damage.

         V.       Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor in obtaining maximum
                  effectiveness of the cooling system by closing drapes when the
                  sun's rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Lessee
                  shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient
                  operation of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning
                  system in the Building. Lessee shall not place any
                  obstructions on the air supply or exhaust grilles so as to
                  interfere with air flow.

         W.       All doors opening onto public corridors shall be kept closed,
                  except when in use for ingress and egress. All doors leading
                  to equipment and utility rooms shall be kept closed.

         X.       No bicycles, skateboards, vehicles or animals of any kind
                  shall be brought into or kept in or about the Building.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, bicycles may be brought into
                  the parking garage by employees, and stored in locations
                  designated in the garage for such purpose.

         Y.       Lessee, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the
                  Lease Term, shall deliver to the Lessor keys to the Premises
                  which were furnished to Lessee. In the event of loss of any
                  keys so furnished, Lessee shall pay Lessor the greater of (i)
                  Ten Dollars ($10.00) per key or (ii) the cost of replacing the
                  key(s).

         Z.       Any construction in the Premises shall be subject to the
                  restrictions set forth in the Tenant Improvement Manual.

II.      DELIVERIES

         A.       The carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or
                  bulky matter of any description must be accomplished under the
                  supervision of the Building Manager and take place during
                  non-business hours scheduled with the Building Manager. The
                  persons employed by Lessee for such work must be approved by
                  the Building Manager and provide appropriate insurance as
                  reasonably determined by the Building Manager, based upon the
                  scope of their work.

         B.       The Service Bay is designated for receipt of deliveries or
                  removal of construction materials, trade fixtures, and/or
                  trash and shall be used only for such purposes.


                                       4

<PAGE>


         C.       Whenever possible, deliveries through the lobby which require
                  the use of a cart shall be made before 8:00 a.m. or after 6:00
                  p.m. Deliveries shall be conducted in art expeditious manner.
                  No delivery vehicle shall be left unattended in the Service
                  Bay for more than thirty (30) minutes without the approval of
                  the Building Manager.

         D.       All deliveries to, and removals from, the Premises shall be
                  made on the service elevators.

         E.       No furniture shall be placed in front of the Building, or in
                  any lobby or corridor or balcony, without the prior written
                  consent of the Building Manager. Lessor shall have the right
                  to remove all non-permitted furniture, without notice to
                  Lessee and at the expense of the Lessee.

         F.       All delivery handtrucks, dollies, and carts shall be equipped
                  with rubber tires.

         G.       Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Building or
                  required maintenance of Common Areas resulting from deliveries
                  made to the Premises.

IV.      PARKING

         A.       Lessor shall have exclusive control over the parking garage
                  and vehicular entry and exit. Control of entry and exit may be
                  by personnel and/or equipment reasonably determined by Lessor
                  from time to time.

         B.       Spaces designated for visitor parking shall not be used by
                  Lessee or its employees.

         C.       Lessor shall have the right to designate such portions of the
                  parking garage for the exclusive use of designated lessees,
                  and/or their employees and customers, as Lessor may deem
                  appropriate from time to time.

         D.       Lessor reserves the right to preclude any vehicles from
                  entering the parking garage, or thereafter remove such vehicle
                  from the parking garage, if, in the reasonable judgement of
                  the Building Manager, such vehicle creates an unsafe or
                  unclean environment or otherwise creates a nuisance. Vehicles
                  creating excessive exhaust, leaking oil, or with distasteful
                  language, signage, or advertising displayed on the vehicle
                  will be excluded.

         E.       Any vehicle left in the garage over night must first receive
                  the approval of the Building Manager. If such approval is not
                  first obtained, the Building Manager may remove such vehicle
                  as hereinafter provided.

         F.       Vehicles must be parked entirely within the painted stall
                  lines of a single parking stall.

         G.       All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

         H.       The speed limit within all parking areas shall be five (5)
                  miles per hour.

         I.       Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking,
                  including, but not limited to, aisles, where "no parking"
                  signs are posted, access ramps to the parking garage, and
                  along driveways providing access to the Building.

         J.       Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle in any
                  parking area at the Building is prohibited.


                                       5

<PAGE>


         K.       Lessee shall acquaint all persons to whom Lessee provides
                  parking validation of these Rules and Regulations.

         L.       Every parker is required to park and lock his own vehicle. All
                  responsibility for damage to a vehicle is assumed by the
                  vehicle owner.

         M.       An employee of Lessee who has been provided with a designated
                  space shall not park in other than his/her designated space.

         N.       Any vehicle left in the parking garage or visitor parking area
                  which violates any provision of the Rules and Regulations, or
                  the Lease, may be ticketed for illegal parking by the City of
                  Pasadena and/or removed by the Building Manager to a secured
                  lot without notice to Lessee or the owner of the vehicle. If
                  the person violating the Rules and Regulations is Lessee, its
                  employee, or agent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the cost to
                  remove and store such vehicle as Rent.

IV.      SIGNS

         A.       No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall
                  be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to the
                  Premises or to the outside or inside of the Building without
                  the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessor shall have the
                  right, unless Lessor has given prior written consent, to
                  remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or
                  notice, without notice to and at the expense of Lessee. Lessor
                  shall not be liable in damages for removal of signage not
                  approved in writing by Lessor. All signs or lettering on doors
                  and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at
                  the expense of Lessee, in content and style approved by
                  Lessor, and by a vendor selected by Lessor.

         B.       If directories are provided for the Building, such directories
                  shall be exclusively for the display of the name and location
                  of lessees of the Building. The listing of Lessee on
                  directories shall be in content and style approved by Lessor,
                  at the expense of Lessee.

LESSEE:

BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!




By:      /S/  [illegible]
    ------------------------------------

                                      6

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "D"

                             ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES

                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX
                            74 NORTH PASADENA AVENUE


LESSEE:               Bill Gross' Idealab!

LESSOR:               Parsons Information & Technology Group Inc.

LEASE DATE:

TERM OF LEASE:

ADDRESS OF PREMISES:  8th Floor containing approximately 29,064 rentable sq. ft.
                      located at 74 North Pasadena Avenue, Pasadena,
                      California, 91124.

COMMENCEMENT DATE:    June 24, 1999

EXPIRATION DATE:      June 30, 2001


The Premises are accepted by Lessee as required under the terms of its Lease
Agreement with Lessor. The above described Lease term commences and expires on
the dates set forth above.

LESSEE:

BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!


By:      /S/  [illegible]
    ---------------------------------------

By:
    ---------------------------------------



<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "E"

                      STANDARDS FOR UTILITIES AND SERVICES

                               PARSONS WEST ANNEX
                            74 NORTH PASADENA AVENUE

The furnishing of building services and utilities to Lessee shall be in
accordance with Article 8 of the Lease and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Exhibit "F". Lessor reserves the right to adopt from time to
time such reasonable modifications and additions hereto as Lessor deems
appropriate.

         A. Subject to the full performance by Lessee of all of Lessee's
obligations under the Lease, and excepting legal holidays, Lessor shall, on
Monday through Friday, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and on Saturday, from 8:00
a.m. to 1:00 p.m., ("Normal Hours") provide the following building services:

            1.  Elevator service with one elevator available at all times.

            2.  Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning ("HVAC")
when, in the reasonable judgment of Lessor, it is required for the comfortable
occupancy of the Premises for general office purposes. Lessor shall not be
responsible for any inadequacy of performance of the HVAC system if: (i) the
occupancy of the Premises exceeds standards as set forth by the Pacific Fire
Rating Bureau, (ii) electrical power requirements for Lessee's office equipment
exceed those hereinafter set forth, (iii) Lessee installs partitions or other
installations which interfere with the proper operation of the interior climate
control systems, or (iv) window coverings on exterior windows are not kept fully
closed.

            Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for use of the HVAC system beyond
Normal Hours at Lessor's costs of providing such service including, but not
limited to, utility charges, amortization of the cost of mechanical equipment
required to provide such services, additional maintenance costs, staff time to
activate and deactivate, plus a ten percent (10%) overhead fee. The initial
charges for after Normal Hours HVAC service shall be as follows:

            (i)   Less than 2 hours in a 24-hour period - $30/hour

            (ii)  2 hours in a 24-hour period but less than 3 hours - $25/hour

            (iii) 3 or more hours in a 24-hour period - $23/hour

Lessor may Increase the foregoing rates based upon actual increases in its
actual cost of utilities, labor, and/or maintenance.

            3. Electric current for routine lighting, HVAC, and the
operation of general office machines such as typewriters, dictating equipment,
desk model adding machines, photocopy machines and "small" computers incidental
to the conduct of normal office business, which use 110/220-volt electric power
not to exceed six (6) watts of electricity per rentable square foot per year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, Lessor's cost plus
a 20% administrative fee, for (i) all electrical, gas, and/or water usage
resulting from non-standard equipment, such as mainframe computers and self
contained air conditioning units, and (ii) all electrical consumption exceeding
6 wafts of electricity per rentable square foot per year.

<PAGE>

            4. Water for restrooms and restroom facilities and landscaping.

            5. Janitorial services Monday through Friday (except
legal holidays), provided that (i) the Premises are used consistently with the
terms of the Lease and are kept reasonably in order by Lessee and (ii) said
janitorial services can be performed during the evenings without interference by
Lessee or Lessee's employees. Lessor shall not be responsible or liable for any
act or omission or commission on the part of the persons employed to perform
said janitorial services.

         B. Lessor shall replace electric light bulbs, tubes, and ballasts in
the Premises. Lessor may, in Lessor's sole discretion, adopt a system of
re-lamping and re-ballasting on a basis consistent with good practice.

         C. No electrical or HVAC equipment, or plumbing additions shall be
installed, nor shall any changes be made to the Building's HVAC, electrical or
plumbing systems which would increase the cost of operating the Building or
otherwise adversely affect the Building or such systems without prior written
consent from Lessor, which consent may be withheld by Lessor in its sole
discretion. Lessor reserves the right to designate and/or approve any contractor
proposed by Lessee to modify, alter, or expand HVAC, electrical, or plumbing
systems. Any permitted installations shall be completed in conformity with the
terms and conditions set forth in the Tenant Improvement Manual. Lessee shall
pay for any costs resulting from structural changes necessitated by increased
floor loading and additional equipment required as a result of such
installations.

         D. Lessor shall not provide in the Premises, reception outlets or
television or radio antennas for television or radio broadcast or reception.
Lessee shall not install any such equipment without prior written consent from
Lessor, which consent may be withheld by Lessor in its sole discretion.

         E. Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of Lessor, use
any apparatus, machine or device in the Premises, which will increase the amount
of electricity or water furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general
office space, nor connect to any electric current, except through existing
outlets in the Premises, any apparatus or device for the purpose of using such
electric current in excess of that furnished or supplied for use of the Premises
as general office space.

         F. Lessee's telecommunication requirements shall be accomplished, at
Lessee's sole expense. Lessee shall arrange with the applicable local public
authorities, utility companies and telephone companies, as the case may be, for
the furnishing of, and payment of the cost of, all telephone services required
by Lessee's use of the Premises. Lessee shall pay directly for such telephone
services, including the establishment and connection thereof, at the rates
charged for such services by said authority, telephone company or utility. The
failure of Lessee to obtain or to continue to receive such services for any
reason shall not relieve Lessee of any of its obligations under the Lease, nor
constitute a breach of the Lease by Lessor.

         G. Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor to assure, and to abide by all
requirements which Lessor may adopt from time to time for the proper functioning
and protection of the Building's HVAC, electrical, security, plumbing, and fire
and life safety systems. Lessee shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances
and governmental rules and regulations now in force or which may later be
enacted or promulgated in connection with building services furnished to the
Premises, including, without limitation, any rule or regulation relating to the
HVAC, electrical, security, plumbing, and fire and life safety systems.

         H. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the
Building, which includes the adjacent parking structure, shall be available to
Lessee and its employees at all

                                       2

<PAGE>


times, except times when prevented from entering due to causes beyond the
reasonable control of Lessor such as natural disasters, fire drills, bomb
threats, and other casualties.


                                       3
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "F"

                             WEST PARKING STRUCTURE

                                     LEVEL A


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16

                    LANDLORD'S CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE
            OF PREMISES AT 380 PORTAGE AVENUE, PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA

     EL CAMINO CENTER, A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, as Landlord under the
Lease attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit A, consents to the
Assignment of the Lease by TELLME NETWORKS, INC., Assignor, to BILL GROSS'
IDEALAB!, Assignee, and, contingent upon the execution of the Assignment And
Assumption of Lease Agreement dated of even date herewith by Assignor and
Assignee, a copy of which Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit B, fully and
completely releases Assignor from any and all liability of Assignor for any and
all acts or omissions, liabilities or obligations arising from and after the
Effective Date of the Assignment. Assignee acknowledges that pursuant to
Paragraph 42 of said Lease, in signing this Consent, Landlord has relied upon
the completeness and accuracy of the financial information provided to Landlord
by Assignee, although Landlord acknowledges that its release of Assignor shall
be fully effective notwithstanding any such reliance. Landlord further waives
the requirement to augment the Security Deposit by the Letter of Credit or
Certificate of Deposit as set forth in Paragraph 4 of said Lease.

                                            "Landlord"

                                            EL CAMINO CENTER,
                                            A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: /s/ RICHARD M. JACOBSEN
   -------------------------------
    RICHARD M. JACOBSEN, PARTNER
   -------------------------------
                [Print Name]

   -------------------------------

<PAGE>

                  ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE AGREEMENT (this "Assignment") is dated
as of January 7, 2000 by and between TELLME NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Assignor") and BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!, a California corporation
("Assignee").

WHEREAS, Assignor is Tenant under that certain Office Lease dated October 12,
1999 (the "Lease"), between El Camino Center, a California limited partnership
("Landlord"), and Assignor, as Tenant, for approximately 22,167 rentable square
feet in that certain building (the "Premises") located at 380 Portage Avenue,
California; and

WHEREAS, Assignor desires to assign its interest in the Lease to Assignee and
Assignee desires to assume Assignor's obligations under the Lease.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged, Assignor and Assignee agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE OF ASSIGNMENT. This assignment contained in this Assignment
shall take effect on January 15, 2000 (the "Effective Date"). Assignor shall
give possession of the Premises to Assignee on that date.

2. ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE. Assignor does hereby transfer, assign, convey and
deliver to Assignee its entire right, title and interest in the Lease and the
Premises. Assignor hereby agrees to indemnify Assignee against and hold Assignee
harmless from any and all cost, liability, loss, damage or expense, including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees, arising out of Assignor's breach of the
Lease prior to the Effective Date.

3. ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS. Assignee does hereby accept this assignment and,
for the benefit of Assignor and Landlord, expressly assumes and agrees to
hereafter perform all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of
Assignor under the Lease. Assignee hereby agrees to indemnify Assignor against
and hold Assignor harmless from any and all cost, liability, loss, damage or
expense, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, arising out of or
relating to events occurring after the Effective Date and arising out of
Assignee's obligations as tenant under the Lease or Assignee's breach of the
Lease. If Assignee breaches its obligations under the Lease and (i) Assignor
pays rent to Landlord; and/or (2) fulfills any of Assignee's other obligations
in order to prevent Assignee from being in default, Assignee immediately shall
reimburse Assignor for the amount of rent or costs expended by Assignor together
with interest on those sums at the highest rate allowed by law.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT. The parties acknowledge that Landlord currently holds a
security deposit in the amount of $50,000.00 (the "Security Deposit") pursuant
to the terms of the Lease. Upon execution of this Assignment, Assignee agrees to
pay Assignor in cash the amount of the Security Deposit and upon such payment,
Assignor shall


                                       1.
<PAGE>

release all claims to the Security Deposit, which thereafter will be held by
Landlord for the benefit of Assignee, subject to the provisions of the Lease.

5. ASSIGNMENT REIMBURSEMENT. Upon execution of this Assignment, Assignee agrees
to reimburse Assignor in cash the amount of $34,294.98 for the following costs,
fees, and expenses paid by Assignor:

             A. Ninth Month's Rent (prepaid):      $24,383.70
             B. Design Fees:                       $9,335.00
             C. Tax Reimbursement:                 $576.28
             ---------------------------------------------

             Total:                                $34,294.98

6. BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. Upon execution of this Assignment, Assignee agrees to
pay a commission to Cornish & Carey Commercial in the amount of Two Hundred Five
Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-three and 76/100 Dollars ($205,333.76). Neither
Assignor nor Landlord shall have any obligation to pay commissions to any real
estate broker in connection with this transaction.

7. CONTINGENCY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Assignment
shall be contingent upon the unconditional written consent of Landlord,
including full and complete release of Assignor from all liability satisfactory
to Assignor, which shall be received by the parties no later than the Effective
Date.

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

9. ENFORCEMENT BY LANDLORD. Landlord is a third party beneficiary of this
Assignment. As such, the provisions of this Assignment inure to the benefit of,
and are enforceable by, Landlord.

10. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original.

11. ATTORNEY'S FEES. If there is any legal or arbitration action or proceeding
between the parties to enforce any provision of this Assignment or to protect or
establish any right or remedy of any of the parties, the unsuccessful party to
such action or proceeding will pay to the prevailing party all costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees incurred by such prevailing party
in such action or proceeding and in any appearance in connection therewith, and
if such prevailing party recovers a judgment in any such action, proceeding or
appeal, such costs, expenses and attorney's fees will be determined by the court
or arbitration panel handling the proceeding and will be included in and as a
part of such judgment.

12. NOTICES. Any notices or other communications required or permitted under
this Agreement will be in writing and either served personally or sent by
prepaid, first-class


                                       2.
<PAGE>

mail and addressed to the other party at the address set forth below. Either
party may change its address by notifying the other party of the change of
address.

13. REPRESENTATION OF ASSIGNOR. Assignor holds all of the right, title and
interest of Tenant under the Lease and has the complete and unrestricted power
and the unqualified right to assign the Lease to Assignee, subject to consent of
Landlord.

                                            ASSIGNOR:

                                            TELLME NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware
                                            corporation

                                            By: /s/ J. W. PITTS, III
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name: J.W. PITTS, III
                                                    ---------------------------
                                               Its: VICE PRESIDENT
                                                   ----------------------------


                                            ADDRESS:
                                            977 Commercial Street
                                            Palo Alto, California 94303
                                            Fax: 650-815-0291



                                            ASSIGNEE:

                                            BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!, a California
                                            corporation

                                            By: /s/ BRIAN A.C. STEEL
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name: BRIAN A.C. STEEL
                                                    ---------------------------
                                               Its:  Managing Director &
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     Chief Operating Officer


                                            ADDRESS:
                                            idealab!
                                            501 Macara Avenue
                                            Sunnyvale, California 94086


                                       3.
<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

     This Lease, made this 12TH day of October, 1999 between the El Camino
Center, a California Limited Partnership, hereinafter called Landlord, and
TELLME NETWORKS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, hereinafter called Tenant.

                                   WITNESSETH:

     Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires and takes from
Landlord those certain premises (the "Premises") more particularly described as
follows: Approximately 18,550 square feet of enclosed warehouse and 3,617 square
feet of roofed and fenced open area as outlined in red on Exhibit "A", attached
hereto and incorporated herein by this reference thereto. Premises are further
identified as:

               380 Portage Avenue, Palo Alto, Santa Clara County, California

As used herein the Complex shall mean and include all of the land outlined in
red and described in Exhibit "B", attached hereto, and all of the buildings,
improvements, fixtures and equipment now or hereafter situated on said land.
     Said letting and hiring is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and
conditions hereinafter set forth and Tenant covenants as a material part of the
consideration for this Lease to perform and observe each and all of said terms,
covenants and conditions. This Lease is made upon the conditions of such
performance and observance.

1. USE Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant and Tenant hereby acknowledges that
the prior use of the Premises was for warehousing and distribution, and that any
change in use is subject to the approval of the City of Palo Alto. Landlord is
in the process of obtaining approval from the City of Palo Alto to allow the
Premises to be used for software development and other similar uses. This Lease
is specifically conditioned upon Landlord's obtaining approval from the City of
Palo Alto, by November 1, 1999, for a use of the Premises that will allow Tenant
to conduct Tenant's intended business. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy
of all documents issued by the City of Palo Alto to Landlord which indicate the
City of Palo Alto's approval. In the event Landlord is unable to obtain the City
of Palo Alto's approval for the proposed change in use by November 1, 1999, this
Lease shall be void and of no force and effect between the parties and neither
Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to one another for having entered into this
Lease and Landlord shall return to Tenant any security deposit and Letter of
Credit (if so received). Tenant shall use the Premises only in conformance with
applicable governmental laws, regulations, rules and ordinances and shall
conform to any specific guidelines as issued by the City of Palo Alto. Tenant
shall not do or permit to be done in or about the Premises or the Complex nor
bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or the
Complex anything which is prohibited by or will in any way increase the existing
rate of (or otherwise affect) fire or any insurance covering the Complex or any
part thereof, or any of its contents, or will cause a cancellation of any
insurance covering the Complex or any part thereof, or any of its contents.
Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything in, on or about the Premises
or the Complex which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of
other tenants or occupants of the Complex or injure or annoy them, or use or
allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or
objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance
in, on or about the Premises or the Complex. No physical sale by auction shall
be permitted on the Premises. Tenant shall not place any loads upon the floors,
walls, or ceiling, which endanger the structure, or place any harmful fluids or
other materials in the drainage system of the building, or overload existing
electrical or other mechanical systems. No waste materials or refuse shall be
dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the Premises or outside of
the building in which the Premises are a part, except in trash containers placed
inside exterior enclosures designated by Landlord for that purpose or inside of
the building proper where designated or allowed by Landlord. No materials,
supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials
or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside
the Premises or on any portion of common area of the Complex. No loudspeaker or
other device, system or apparatus which can be heard outside the Premises shall
be used in or at the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the
Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and


                                       1
<PAGE>

hold Landlord harmless against any loss, expense, damage, attorney's fees, or
liability arising out of failure of Tenant to comply with any applicable law.
Tenant shall comply with any covenant, condition, or restriction ("CC&R's")
affecting the Premises. The provisions of this paragraph are for the benefit of
Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or
occupant of the Complex.

2. TERM

     A. Subject to the contingency described in Paragraph 1 above, the term of
this Lease shall be for a period of Seven Years and Two Months (7 and 2/12)
years (unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided) and, subject to
Paragraphs 2(B) and 3, shall commence on the 15th day of November, 1999 and
end on the 14TH day of January, 2007.

     B. Subject to the contingency described in Paragraph 1 above, possession of
the Premises shall be deemed tendered and the term of this Lease shall commence
November 1, 1999.

3. POSSESSION Subject to paragraph 1 above, if Landlord, for any reason
whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of said Premises to Tenant at the
commencement of said term, as hereinbefore specified, this Lease shall not be
void or voidable; no obligation of Tenant shall be affected thereby; nor shall
Landlord or Landlord's agents be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage
resulting therefrom; but in that event the commencement and termination dates of
the Lease, and all other dates affected thereby shall be revised to conform to
the date of Landlord's delivery of possession, as specified in Paragraph 2 (B),
above. The above, is, however, subject to the provision that the period of delay
of delivery of the Premises shall not exceed 45 days from the commencement date
herein (except those delays caused by Acts of God, strikes, war, utilities,
governmental bodies, weather, unavailable materials, and delays beyond
Landlord's control shall be excluded in calculating such period) in which
instance Tenant, at its option, may, by written notice to Landlord, terminate
this Lease.

4. RENT
     A. BASIC RENT. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at such place as Landlord
may designate without deduction, offset, prior notice, or demand, and Landlord
agrees to accept as Basic Rent for the leased Premises the total sum of Three
Million Seven Hundred Eighty-Five Thousand Three Hundred Seventy and 29/100
($3,785,370.29 ) Dollars in lawful money of the United States of America,
payable as follows: $24,383.70 upon execution of this lease, represents the
Basic Rent for the 9th month of the Lease Term

          Month of Lease Term       Total Monthly Basic Rent
                0-8                 $0
                9-20                $24,383.70 (9th month paid)
                21-26               $48,767.40
                27-38               $50,230.42
                39-50               $51,737.33
                51-62               $53,289.45
                63-74               $54,888.14
                75-86               $56,534.78

     B. TIME FOR PAYMENT. In the event that the term of this Lease commences on
a date other than the first day of a calendar month, on the date of commencement
of the term hereof Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from such
date of commencement to the first day of the next succeeding calendar month that
proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between such
date of commencement and the first day of the next succeeding calendar month
bears to thirty (30). In the event that the term of this Lease for any reason
ends on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, on the first day of
the last calendar month of the term hereof Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent
for the period from said first day of said last calendar month to and including
the last day of the term hereof that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder
which the number of days between said first day of said last calendar month and
the last day of the term hereof bears to thirty (30).

     C. LATE CHARGE. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if
Tenant is in default in the payment of rent as set forth in this Paragraph 4
when due, or any part thereof, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, in addition to the
delinquent rental due, a late charge for each rental payment in default ten (10)


                                       2
<PAGE>

days. Said late charge shall equal five (5%) percent of each rental payment so
in default.

     D. ADDITIONAL RENT. Beginning with the commencement date of the term of
this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in addition to the Basic Rent and as
Additional Rent the following:
     (1)  Tenant's proportionate share of all utilities relating to the Complex
          as set forth in Paragraph 11, and
     (2)  Tenant's proportionate share of all Taxes relating to the Complex as
          set forth in Paragraph 12, and
     (3)  Tenant's proportionate share of all insurance premiums relating to the
          Complex, as set forth in Paragraph 15, and
     (4)  Tenant's proportionate share of expenses for the operation,
          management, maintenance and repair of the Building (including common
          areas of the Building) and Common Areas of the Complex in which the
          Premises are located as set forth in Paragraph 7, and
     (5)  All charges, costs and expenses, which Tenant is required to pay
          hereunder, together with all interest and penalties, costs and
          expenses including attorney's fees and legal expenses, that may accrue
          thereto in the event of Tenant's failure to pay such amounts, and all
          damages, reasonable costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by
          reason of default of Tenant or failure on Tenant's part to comply with
          the terms of this Lease. In the event of nonpayment by Tenant of
          Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with
          respect thereto as Landlord has for nonpayment of rent.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, in advance, Tenant's prorata share of an
amount estimated by Landlord to be Landlord's approximate average monthly
expenditure for such Additional Rent items, which estimated amount shall be
reconciled at the end of each calendar year as compared to Landlord's actual
expenditure for said Additional Rent items, with Tenant paying to Landlord, upon
demand, any amount of actual expenses expended by Landlord in excess of said
estimated amount, or Landlord refunding to Tenant (providing Tenant is not in
default in the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease) any amount of estimated payments made by Tenant in excess of Landlord's
actual expenditures for said Additional Rent items.

Tenant's payment for such Additional rent as of the commencement of the term of
this lease shall be Two Thousand One Hundred ($2,100.00) Dollars per month. Any
payments required to be made by Tenant for Additional Rent shall be made by
check or instrument separate from that check or instrument used by Tenant to
make any payments for Basic Rent pursuant to paragraph 4 A.

The respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this paragraph shall
survive the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease, and if
the term hereof shall expire or shall otherwise terminate on a day other than
the last day of a calendar year, the actual Additional Rent incurred for the
calendar year in which the term hereof expires or otherwise terminates shall be
determined and settled on the basis of the statement of actual Additional Rent
for such calendar year and shall be prorated in the proportion which the number
of days in such calendar year preceding such expiration or termination bears to
365.

     E. PLACE OF PAYMENT OF RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT. All Basic Rent hereunder
and all payments hereunder for Additional Rent shall be paid to Landlord at the
office of Landlord at 3201 Ash Street, Palo Alto, California 94306, or to such
other person or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate
in writing.

     F. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with Tenant's execution of this Lease,
Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of Fifty Thousand ($50,000.00)
Dollars. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as a Security Deposit for the
faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of
this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the term hereof. If Tenant
defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not
limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of rent and any of the
monetary sums due herewith, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use,
apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any
other amount which Landlord may spend by reason of Tenant's default or to
compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by
reason of Tenant's default. If any portion of said Deposit is so used or
applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor,
deposit cash with Landlord in the amount sufficient to restore the Security
Deposit to its original amount. Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material
breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this Security
Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to
interest on such Deposit. If Tenant fully and


                                       3
<PAGE>

faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the
Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or at
Landlord's option, to the last assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder) at the
expiration of the Lease term and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the
event of termination of Landlord's interest in this Lease, Landlord shall
transfer said Deposit to Landlord's successor in interest whereupon Tenant
agrees to release Landlord from liability for the return of such Deposit or the
accounting therefor.

In addition to the cash Security Deposit as defined in this paragraph 4.F.
Tenant agrees to tender to Landlord no later than January 2, 2000, an
irrevocable standby Letter of Credit in the amount of $300,000. The form of the
irrevocable standby Letter of Credit must be acceptable to Landlord. The Letter
of Credit must provide that Landlord has the ability to cash or draw the entire
amount solely upon Landlord's representing to the issuing Bank that Tenant is in
an uncured monetary default of the Lease. The Letter of Credit required
hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until December 31st, 2003. In
the event Tenant has not provided Landlord the Letter of Credit as required,
then on January 15, 2000, Tenant agrees to tender to Landlord a Certificate of
Deposit in Landlord's name in the amount of $300,000. Any interest generated by
the Certificate of Deposit during the term of the Lease shall be given to
Tenant.

5. RULES AND REGULATIONS AND COMMON AREA Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Lease and such Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time
prescribe, Tenant and Tenant's employees, invitees and customers shall, in
common with other occupants of the Complex in which the Premises are located,
and their respective employees, invitees and customers, and others entitled to
the use thereof, have the non-exclusive right to use the access roads, parking
areas, and facilities provided and designated by Landlord for the general use
and convenience of the occupants of the Complex in which the Premises are
located, which areas and facilities are referred to herein as "Common Area" This
right shall terminate upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord reserves the
right from time to time to make changes in the shape, size, location, amount and
extent of Common Area. Landlord further reserves the right to promulgate such
reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of the Common Area, and any
part or parts thereof, as Landlord may deem appropriate for the best interests
of the occupants of the Complex. The Rules and Regulations shall be binding upon
Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant, and Tenant shall abide by them
and cooperate in their observance. Such Rules and Regulations may be amended by
Landlord from time to time, with or without advance notice, and all amendments
shall be effective upon delivery of a copy to Tenant. Landlord shall not be
responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of
the Complex of any of said Rules and Regulations.
     Landlord shall operate, manage and maintain the Common Area. The manner in
which the Common Area shall be maintained and the expenditures for such
maintenance shall be at the discretion of Landlord.

6. PARKING Tenant shall have the right to use with other tenants or occupants of
the Complex 80 parking spaces in the common parking areas of the Complex
outlined in red on Exhibit C. Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant's employees,
agents, representatives and/or invitees shall not use parking spaces in excess
of said 80 spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall have the right,
at Landlord's sole discretion, to specifically designate the location of
Tenant's parking spaces within the common parking areas of the Complex in the
event of a dispute among the tenants occupying the building and/or Complex
referred to herein, in which event Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenant's
employees, agents, representatives and/or invitees shall not use any parking
spaces other than those parking spaces specifically designated by Landlord for
Tenant's use. Said parking spaces, if specifically designated by landlord to
Tenant, may be relocated by Landlord at any time, and from time to time.
Landlord reserves the right, at Landlord's sole discretion, to rescind any
specific designation of parking spaces, thereby returning Tenant's parking
spaces to the common parking area. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of
any change in Tenant's parking spaces. Tenant shall not, at any time, park, or
permit to be parked, any trucks or vehicles adjacent to the loading areas so as
to interfere in any way with the use of such areas, nor shall Tenant at any time
park, or permit the parking of Tenant's trucks or other vehicles or the trucks
and vehicles of Tenant's suppliers or others, in any portion of the common area
not designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant. Tenant shall not park not
permit to be parked, any inoperative vehicles or equipment on any portion of the
common parking area or other common areas of the Complex. Tenant agrees to
assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with the parking provision
contained herein. If Tenant or its employees park in other than such designated
parking areas, then Landlord may charge Tenant, as an


                                       4
<PAGE>

additional charge, and Tenant agrees to pay, ten ($10.00) Dollars per day for
each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any area other than that
designated. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord at Tenant's sole expense to tow
away from the Complex any vehicle belonging to Tenant or Tenant's employees
parked in violation of these provisions, or to attach violation stickers or
notices to such vehicles. Tenant shall use the parking areas for vehicle parking
only, and shall not use the parking areas for storage.

7. EXPENSES OF OPERATION, MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COMMON AREAS OF THE
COMPLEX, PREMISES AND BUILDING  IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED As Additional
Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4 D of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord Tenant's proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other
equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of all expenses of operation,
management, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas of the Complex including,
but not limited to, license, permit and inspection fees; security; utility
charges associated with exterior landscaping and lighting (including water and
sewer charges); all charges incurred in the maintenance of landscaped areas,
lakes, parking lots, sidewalks, driveways; maintenance, repair and replacement
of all fixtures and electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems; structural
elements and exterior surfaces of the buildings; salaries and employee benefits
of personnel and payroll taxes applicable thereto; supplies, materials,
equipment and tools; the cost of capital expenditures which have the effect of
reducing operating expenses, provided, however, that in the event Landlord makes
such capital improvements, Landlord may amortize its investment in said
improvements (together with interest at the rate of fifteen (15%) percent per
annum on the unamortized balance) as an operating expense in accordance with
standard accounting practices, provided, that such amortization is not at a rate
greater than the anticipated savings in the operating expenses.
     "Additional Rent" as used herein shall not include Landlord's debt
repayments; interest on charges; expenses directly or indirectly incurred by
Landlord for the benefit of any other tenant; cost for the installation of
partitioning or any other tenant improvements; cost of attracting tenants;
depreciation; interest, or executive salaries.
     Tenant agrees to contract and pay for five-day janitorial service for the
leased Premises and Landlord agrees to maintain the Complex in a first-class
manner.
     Expenses for the operation, management and maintenance of the Premises and
Building shall not include and Tenant shall in no event have any obligation to
perform or to pay directly, or to reimburse Landlord for, all or any portion of
the following repairs, maintenance, improvements, replacements, premiums,
claims, losses, fees, charges, costs and expenses (collectively, "Costs"): Costs
occasioned by the act, omission or violation of any law by Landlord, or its
respective agents, employees or contractors; (b) Costs occasioned by fire,
(except fires caused by Tenant), acts of God, or other casualties or by the
exercise of the power of eminent domain; (c) Interest, charges and fees incurred
on debt; (d) Costs of structural repairs to the Premises (other than repairs or
modifications required because of Tenant's improvements); (e) costs which could
properly be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, except
to the extent amortized over the useful life of the capital item in question.

8. ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES By entry hereunder, Tenant accepts the
Premises as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair and accepts
the building and improvements included in the Premises in their present
condition and without representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition
of such building or as to the use or occupancy which may be made thereof. Tenant
agrees to lease the Premises in an AS-IS condition, and any alteration,
addition, or modification to the Premises shall be made in accordance with this
Paragraph 8 and Paragraph 9 of the Lease and shall be made at Tenant's sole cost
and expense and shall not delay the commencement of Lease nor delay the payment
of any rental due hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
Landlord shall have the right to review and approve Tenant's initial build-out
of the Premises, and Tenant shall only be required to restore the Premises to
the condition and configuration in existence upon completion of the initial
build-out. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed
by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant agrees on the last day of the Lease term, or on
the sooner termination of this Lease, to surrender the Premises promptly and
peaceably to Landlord in good condition and repair (damage by Acts of God, fire
or normal wear and tear excepted), with all interior walls cleaned and repaired
and replaced, if damaged; all floors cleaned and waxed; all carpets cleaned and
shampooed; the air conditioning and heating equipment serviced by a reputable
and licensed service firm and in good operating condition (provided the
maintenance of such equipment has been Tenant's responsibility during the term
of this Lease) together with all alterations, additions and improvements which
may have been made in, to, or on the Premises (except movable trade fixtures
installed at the


                                       5
<PAGE>

expense of Tenant) except that Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord within
thirty (30) days before the end of the term of this Lease whether Landlord
desires to have the Premises or any part or parts thereof restored to their
condition and configuration as when the Premises were delivered to Tenant and if
Landlord shall so desire, then Tenant shall restore said Premises or such part
or parts thereof before the end of this Lease at Tenant's sole cost and expense.
Tenant, on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease,
shall remove all of Tenant's personal property and trade fixtures from the
Premises, and all property not so removed on or before the end of the term or
sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and title
to same shall thereupon pass to Landlord without compensation to Tenant.
Landlord may, upon termination of this Lease, remove all moveable furniture and
equipment so abandoned by Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost, and repair any damage
caused by such removal at Tenant's sole cost. If the Premises be not surrendered
at the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from the delay by Tenant
in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims made
by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay. Nothing contained herein shall
be construed as an extension of the term hereof or as a consent of Landlord to
any holding over by Tenant. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease or
the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of this Lease shall not work as
a merger and, at the option of Landlord, shall either terminate all or any
existing subleases or subtenancies or operate as an assignment to Landlord of
all or any such subleases or subtenancies.

9. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS Tenant shall not make, or suffer to be made, any
alteration or addition to the Premises, or any part thereof, without the written
consent of Landlord first had and obtained by Tenant, but at the cost of Tenant,
and any addition to, or alteration of, the Premises, except moveable furniture
and trade fixtures, shall at once become a part of the Premises and belong to
Landlord. Tenant shall request in writing Landlord's approval of any alterations
or additions to the Premises, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove Tenant's
request for alterations within 5 working days of receipt of Tenant's written
request. At such time as Landlord approves or disapproves Tenant's request for
alterations, Landlord shall also indicate which alterations, if any, must be
removed and restored to the condition of the initial build-out, such restoration
to be performed pursuant to the terms and conditions of Paragraph 8 above. If
Landlord consents to the making of any alteration, addition, or improvement to
or of the Premises by Tenant, the same shall be made by Landlord at Tenant's
sole cost and expense. In the event Landlord elects not to perform the
construction of Tenant's improvements, Landlord shall have the right to review
and approve in writing Tenant's contractor and to set forth reasonable rules and
guidelines that must be followed in the construction of Tenant's improvements.
In the event Landlord performs the construction, Landlord shall receive a
construction fee equal to 10% of the direct cost of construction of the
improvements. Any modifications to the building or building systems as a result
of Tenant's alterations, additions or improvements required by governmental code
or otherwise shall be made at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Tenant shall
retain title to all moveable furniture and trade fixtures placed in the
Premises. All heating, lighting, electrical, airconditioning, partitioning,
drapery, carpeting and floor installations made by Tenant, together with all
property that has become an integral part of the Premises, shall not be deemed
trade fixtures. Tenant agrees that it will not proceed to make any alterations
or additions, without having obtained consent from Landlord to do so, and until
five (5) days from the receipt of such consent, in order that Landlord may post
appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers
for payment for Tenant's improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such
notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work. Tenant
shall, if required by Landlord, secure at Tenant's own cost and expense, a
completion and lien indemnity bond, satisfactory to Landlord, for such work.
Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic's liens file against the
Premises or against the Complex for work claimed to have been done for, or
materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by
Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days alter the filing thereof, at
the cost and expense of Tenant. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be made in
writing and executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

10. MAINTENANCE Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain the
interior of the Premises (including appurtenances) and every part thereof in a
high standard of maintenance and repair, and in good and sanitary condition.
Tenant's maintenance and repair responsibilities herein referred to include, but
are not limited to, all windows, window frames, plate glass, glazing, truck
doors, plumbing systems (such as water and drain lines, sinks, toilets, faucets,
drains, showers and water fountains), electrical systems (such as panels,
conduits, outlets, lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, ballasts), heating
and air-conditioning systems (such as compressors, fans, air handlers, ducts,
mixing boxes, thermostats, time clocks, boilers, heaters, supply and return
grills), store


                                       6
<PAGE>

fronts, roofs, downspouts, all interior improvements within the Premises
including but not limited to wall coverings, window coverings, carpet, floor
coverings, partitioning, ceilings, doors (both interior and exterior, including
closing mechanisms, latches, locks, skylights (if any), automatic fire
extinguishing systems, and all other interior improvements of any nature
whatsoever. Areas of excessive wear shall be replaced at Tenant's sole expense
upon Lease termination. Tenant hereby waives all rights under, and benefits of,
subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Section 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil
Code and under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

Tenant specifically agrees to maintain the interior of the Premises, all
mechanical equipment and plumbing and electrical systems in a first-class
manner. Copies of all maintenance contracts entered into by Tenant shall be
supplied to Landlord on a regular basis. In the event the Premises are damaged
and Landlord has elected to rebuild the Premises, as set forth in paragraph 24
below, then Tenant shall be excused from maintaining the Premises during the
period of rebuilding.

11. UTILITIES OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED
Tenant shall pay promptly,  as the same become due, all charges for water,  gas,
electricity, telephone, telex and other electronic communications service, sewer
service, waste pick-up and any other utilities,  materials or services furnished
directly to or used by Tenant on or about the  Premises  during the term of this
Lease,  including,  without  limitation,  any  temporary  or  permanent  utility
surcharge or other exactions whether or not hereinafter imposed.  Landlord shall
not be liable for and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction
of rent by reason of any  interruption  or failure of  utility  services  to the
Premises  when such  interruption  or failure is caused by  accident,  breakage,
repair, strikes,  lockouts, or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any
nature,  or by any other cause,  similar or  dissimilar,  beyond the  reasonable
control of Landlord.

12 TAXES A. As Additional Rent and in accordance with paragraph 4D of this
Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant's proportionate share of all Real
Property Taxes, which prorata share shall be allocated to the leased Premises by
square footage or other equitable basis, as calculated by Landlord. The term
"Real Property Taxes", as used herein, shall mean (i) all taxes, assessments,
levies and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special,
foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest
required to pay any general or special assessments for public improvements and
any increases resulting from reassessments caused by any change in ownership of
the Complex) now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental
authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy
assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value,
occupancy or use of, all or any portion of the Complex (as now constructed or as
may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or
Landlord's interest therein; any improvements located within the Complex
(regardless of ownership); the fixtures, equipment and other property of
Landlord, real or personal, that are an integral part of and located in the
Complex; or parking areas, public utilities, or energy within the Complex; (ii)
all charges, levies or fees imposed by reason of environmental regulation or
other governmental control of the Complex; and (iii) all costs and fees
(including attorney's fees) incurred by Landlord in contesting any Real Property
Tax and in negotiating with public authorities as to any Real Property Tax. If
at any time during the term of this Lease the taxation or assessment of the
Complex prevailing as of the commencement date of this Lease shall be altered so
that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there
shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the
method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other
cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or
occupancy of the Complex or Landlord's interest therein or (ii) on or measured
by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Complex, on Landlord's
business of leasing the Complex, or computed in any manner with respect to the
operation of the Complex, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall
be included within the meaning of the term "Real Property Taxes" for purposes of
this Lease. If any Real Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated
to the Complex, then only that part of such Real Property Tax that is fairly
allocable to the Complex shall be included within the meaning of the term "Real
Property Taxes". Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Real Property Taxes"
shall not include estate, inheritance, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or
the federal or state net income tax imposed on Landlord's income from all
sources.

Real Property Taxes shall not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay
any portion of any tax or


                                       7
<PAGE>

assessment expense or any increase therein: (a) Levied on Landlord's rental
income, unless such tax or assessment expense is imposed in lieu of real
property taxes; (b) In excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax
or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term;
(c) Attributable to Landlord's net income, transfer, or state taxes.

     B. TAXES ON TENANT'S PROPERTY

(1) Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten days before delinquency, taxes
levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or
about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant's personal property or trade
fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord's property or if the assessed
value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed
upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant and if Landlord, after
written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based on such increased assessment,
which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof,
but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand,
as the case may be, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or
the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment;
provided that in any such event Tenant shall have the right, in the name of
Landlord and with Landlord's full cooperation, to bring suit in any court of
competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under
protest, and any amount so recovered shall belong to Tenant.
(2) If the Tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed, and/or paid
for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as
to become a part thereof, are assessed for Real Property Tax purposes at a
valuation higher than the valuation at which standard office improvements in
other space in the Complex are assessed, then the Real Property Taxes and
assessments levied against Landlord or the Complex by reason of such excess
assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property
of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of 12A(i), above. If the
records of the County Assessor are available and sufficient detailed to serve as
a basis for determining whether said Tenant improvements are assessed at a
higher valuation than standard office improvements in other space in the
Complex, such records shall be binding on both the Landlord and the Tenant. If
the records of the County Assessor are not available or sufficiently detailed to
serve as a basis for making said determination, the actual cost of construction
shall be used.

13. LIABILITY INSURANCE Tenant, at Tenant's expense, agrees to keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy of comprehensive public liability
insurance with limits in the amount of $1,000,000/1,000,000 for injuries to or
death of persons occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Complex, and
property damage insurance with limits of $500,000. The policy or policies
affecting such insurance, certificates of which shall be furnished to Landlord,
shall name Landlord as additional insured, and shall insure any liability of
Landlord, contingent or otherwise, as respects acts or omissions of Tenant, its
agents, employees or invitees or otherwise by any conduct or transactions of any
of said persons in or about or concerning the Premises, including any failure of
Tenant to observe or perform any of its obligations hereunder; shall be issued
by an insurance company admitted to transact business in the State of
California; and shall provide that the insurance effected thereby shall not be
canceled, except upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Landlord. If,
during the term of this Lease, in the considered opinion of Landlord's Lender,
insurance advisor or counsel, the amount of insurance described in this
paragraph 13 is not adequate, Tenant agrees to increase said coverage to such
reasonable amount as Landlord's Lender, insurance advisor or counsel shall deem
adequate.

14. TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY INSURANCE AND WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Tenant shall maintain a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance
in "all risk" form with a sprinkler leakage endorsement insuring the personal
property, inventory, trade fixtures and leasehold improvements within the leased
Premises for the full replacement value thereof. The proceeds from any of such
policies shall be used for the repair or replacement of such items so insured.
        Tenant shall also maintain a policy or policies of worker's compensation
insurance and any other employee benefit insurance sufficient to comply with all
laws.

15. PROPERTY INSURANCE Landlord shall purchase and keep in force and, as
Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4D of this Lease, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord Tenant's proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or
other equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of the cost of policy or
policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Premises and Complex in the
amount of the full replacement value thereof, providing protection against those
perils included within the classification


                                       8
<PAGE>

of "all risks" insurance and flood and/or earthquake insurance, if available,
plus a policy of rental income insurance in the amount of one hundred (100%)
percent of twelve (12) months Basic Rent, plus sums paid as Additional Rent. If
such insurance cost is increased due to Tenant's use of the Premises or the
Complex, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the full cost of such increase. Tenant
shall have no interest in nor any right to the proceeds of any insurance
procured by Landlord for the Complex.
     Landlord and Tenant do each hereby respectively release the other, to the
extent of insurance coverage of the releasing party, from any liability for loss
or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage casualties included in
the releasing party's insurance policies, irrespective of the cause of such fire
or casualty; provided, however, that if the insurance policy of either releasing
party prohibits such waiver, then this waiver shall not take effect until
consent to such waiver is obtained. If such waiver is so prohibited, the insured
party affected shall promptly notify the other party thereof.

16. INDEMNIFICATION Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby
waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of any person or
damage to or destruction of property in or about the Premises or the Complex by
or from any cause whatsoever, including, without limitation, gas, fire, oil,
electricity or leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other
portion of the Premises or the Complex but excluding, howeve, the negligence of
Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, invitees, or contractors. Except as
to injury to persons or damage to property the principal cause of which is the
negligence of Landlord, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and defend
Landlord against any and all expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, in
connection therewith, arising out of any injury to or death of any person or
damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Premises, or
any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever.

17. COMPLIANCE Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with
all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or
requirements now or hereafter in effect; with the requirements of any board of
fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted; and with
any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to law by any public
officer; provided, however, that no such failure shall be deemed a breach of
these provisions if Tenant, immediately upon notification, commences to remedy
or rectify said failure. The judgement of any court of competent jurisdiction or
the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant, whether Landlord be a
party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance
or governmental rule, regulation, requirement, direction or provision, shall be
conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. This paragraph shall not
be interpreted as requiring Tenant to make structural changes or improvements,
except to the extent such changes or improvements are required as a result of
Tenant's use of the Premises. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply
with any and all requirements pertaining to said Premises, of any insurance
organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and
public liability insurance covering the Premises.

18. LIENS Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Complex free from any liens
arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by
Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the
imposition of such lien, cause the same to be released of record, Landlord shall
have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right,
but no obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall
deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums
paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection
therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest at the
prime rate of interest as quoted by the Bank of America.

19. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING Tenant shall not assign, transfer or hypothecate
the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall not
sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant
thereto, or suffer any other person or entity to occupy or use the Premises, or
any portion thereof, without, in each case, the prior written consent of
Landlord which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall respond
to Tenant's request for consent hereunder with 15 days after receiving the
written notice by Tenant. As a condition for granting its consent to any
subletting, Landlord may require that Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as
additional rent, all rents received by Tenant from its subtenants in excess of
the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (after first deducting from
such excess rent Tenant's reasonable costs and expenses of assigning the lease
or subletting all or any portion of the Premises, including the cost of any
special improvements made to the Premises by Tenant specific to said sublease or
assignment, reasonable advertising fees, reasonable brokerage fees, reasonable
legal fees, the unamortized cost of any alterations


                                       9
<PAGE>

or additions made to the Premises which were paid for by Tenant). Tenant shall,
by forty five (45) days' written notice, advise Landlord of its intent to sublet
the Premises or any portion thereof for any part of the term hereof. Upon
receipt of said notice, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, elect to terminate
this Lease as to the portion of the Premises described in Tenant's notice on the
date specified in Tenant's notice. If Tenant intends to sublet the entire
Premises and Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall be
terminated on the date specified in Tenant's notice. If, however this Lease
shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing with respect to less than all the
Premises, the rent, as defined and reserved hereinabove shall be adjusted on a
pro-rata basis to the number of square feet retained by Tenant, and this Lease
as so amended shall continue in full force and effect. In the event Tenant is
allowed to assign, transfer or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises,
with the prior written consent of Landlord, no assignee, transferee or subtenant
shall assign or transfer this Lease, either in whole or in part, or sublet the
whole or any part of the premises, without also having obtained the prior
written consent of Landlord. A consent of Landlord to one assignment, transfer,
hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not
release Tenant from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder to be deemed to be a
consent to any subsequent similar or dissimilar assignment, transfer,
hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person. Any such
assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use without such
consent shall be void and shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant and
shall, at the option of Landlord exercised by written notice to Tenant,
terminate this Lease. The leasehold estate under this Lease shall not, nor
shall any interest therein, be assignable for any purpose by operation of law
without the written consent of Landlord. As a condition to its consent, Landlord
may require Tenant to pay all expenses in connection with the assignment, and
Landlord may require Tenant's assignee or transferee (or other assignees or
transferees) to assume in writing all of the obligations under this Lease and
for Tenant to remain liable to Landlord under the Lease.
Tenant may, without  Landlord's  prior written  consent,  sublet the Premises or
assign the Lease to (a) a  subsidiary,  affiliate  or  corporation  controlling,
controlled by or under common control with Tenant,  (b) a successor  corporation
related to Tenant by merger, consolidation,  nonbankruptcy,  reorganization,  or
government  action,  or (c) a purchases of substantially  all of Tenant's assets
located in the Premises.  A sale or transfer of Tenant's capital stock shall not
be deemed an  assignment,  subletting or any other  transfer of the Lease or the
Premises.  Tenant  shall  in these  instances  remain  fully  liable  for  their
performance of Tenant's obligations under the Lease.

20. SUBORDINATION AND MORTGAGES In the event Landlord's title or leasehold
interest is now or hereafter encumbered by a deed of trust, upon the interest of
Landlord in the land and buildings in which the demised Premises are located, to
secure a loan from a lender (hereinafter referred to as "Lender") to Landlord,
Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or Lender, execute in writing an
agreement subordinating its rights under this Lease to the lien of such deed of
trust, or, if so requested, agreeing that the lien of Lender's deed of trust
shall be or remain subject and subordinate to the rights of Tenant under this
Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord the attorney in fact of
Tenant to execute, deliver and record any such instrument or instruments for and
in the name and on behalf of Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subordination,
Tenant's possession under this Lease shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in
default and so long as Tenant shall pay all rent and observe and perform all of
the provisions set forth in this Lease. Tenant agrees to send to any mortgagees
and/or deed of trust holders, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of
default served by Tenant upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice,
Tenant has been notified, in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents or
otherwise) of the addresses of such mortgages and/or deed of trust holders.
Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default
within the time provided for in this Lease, any such mortgagees and/or deed of
trust holders shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure
such default, or if such default is not reasonably susceptible of cure within
that time, then such additional time as may be reasonably necessary if within
such (30) days, any mortgagee and/or deed of trust holder has commenced and is
diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default, (including but
not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings), in which event this
Lease shall not be terminated when such remedies are being diligently pursued.

21. ENTRY BY LANDLORD Landlord reserves, and shall at all reasonable times have,
the right to enter the Premises to inspect them; to perform any services to be
provided by Landlord hereunder; to submit the Premises to prospective
purchasers, mortgagers or tenants; to post notices of nonresponsibility; and to
alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Complex, all
without abatement of rent; and may erect scaffolding and other necessary
structures in or through the Premises where reasonably required by the character
of the work to be performed; provided, however,


                                       10
<PAGE>

that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with to the least extent that is
reasonably practical. For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all
times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in an
emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the
Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not
under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful
entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive,
of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. Landlord shall also have the
right at any time to change the arrangement or location of entrances or
passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or
other public parts of the Complex and to change the name, number or designation
by which the Complex is commonly known, and none of the foregoing shall be
deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or shall entitle Tenant to
any reduction of rent hereunder. Landlord agrees to respect the confidentiality
of Tenant's business information that may be observed during any such entry.

22. BANKRUPTCY AND DEFAULT The commencement of a bankruptcy action or
liquidation action or reorganization action or insolvency action or an
assignment of or by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any similar action
undertaken by Tenant, or the insolvency of Tenant, shall, at Landlord's option,
constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant. If the trustee or receiver
appointed to serve during a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency
or similar action elects to reject Tenant's unexpired Lease, the trustee or
receiver shall notify Landlord in writing of its election within thirty (30)
days after an order for relief in a liquidation action or within thirty (30)
days after the commencement of any action.
     Within thirty (30) days after court approval of the assumption of this
Lease, the trustee or receiver shall cure (or provide adequate assurance to the
reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that the trustee or receiver shall cure) any
and all previous defaults under the unexpired Lease and shall compensate
Landlord for all actual pecuniary loss and shall provide adequate assurance of
future performance under said Lease to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.
Adequate assurance of future performance, as used herein, includes, but shall
not be limited to: (i) assurance of source and payment of rent, and other
consideration due under this Lease; (ii) assurance that the assumption or
assignment of this Lease will not breach substantially any provision, such as
radius, location, use, or exclusivity provision, in any agreement relating to
the above described Premises.
     Nothing contained in this section shall affect the existing right of
Landlord to refuse to accept an assignment upon commencement of or in connection
with a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or insolvency action or an
assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors or other similar act. Nothing
contained in this Lease shall be construed as giving or granting or creating an
equity in the demised Premises to Tenant. In no event shall the leasehold estate
under this Lease, or any interest therein, be assigned by voluntary or
involuntary bankruptcy proceeding without the prior written consent of Landlord.
In no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset
of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings.
     The failure to perform or honor any covenant, condition or representation
made under this Lease shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant upon
expiration of the appropriate grace period hereinafter provided. Tenant shall
have a period of five (5) days from the date of written notice from Landlord
within which to cure any default in the payment of rental or adjustments
thereto. Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) days from the date of written
notice from Landlord within which to cure any other default under this Lease.
Upon an uncured default of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord shall have the
following rights and remedies in addition to any other rights or remedies
available to Landlord at law or in equity:
          (a) The rights and remedies provided for by California Civil Code
Section 1951.2, including but not limited to, recovery of the worth at the time
of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term
after the time of award exceeds the amount of rental loss for the same period
that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, as computed pursuant to
subsection (b) of said Section 1951.2. Any proof by Tenant under subparagraphs
(2) and (3) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code of the amount of
rental loss that could be reasonably avoided shall be made in the following
manner: Landlord and Tenant shall each select a licensed real estate broker in
the business of renting property of the same type and use as the Premises and in
the same geographic vicinity. Such two real estate brokers shall select a third
licensed real estate broker, and the three licensed real estate brokers so
selected shall determine the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably
avoided from the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award. The
decision of the majority of said licensed real estate brokers shall be final and
binding upon the parties hereto.

          (b) The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code which
allows Landlord to continue the Lease in effect and to enforce all of its rights
and remedies under this Lease, including the


                                       11
<PAGE>

right to recover rent as it becomes due, for so long as Landlord does not
terminate Tenant's right to possession; acts of maintenance or preservation,
efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord's
initiative to protect its interest under this Lease shall not constitute a
termination of Tenant's right to possession.

          (c) The right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant in
accordance with applicable law.

          (d) The right and power, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, to enter the
Premises and remove therefrom all persons and property, to store such property
in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant
and to sell such property and apply such proceeds therefrom pursuant to
applicable California law. Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, may from
time to time sublet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms
(which may extend beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rent and such other
terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable, with the right to
make alterations and repairs to the Premises. Upon each subletting, (i) Tenant
shall be immediately liable to pay Landlord, in addition to indebtedness other
than rent due hereunder, the cost of such subletting, including, but not limited
to, reasonable attorney's fees, and any real estate commissions actually paid,
and the cost of such alterations and repairs incurred by Landlord and the
amount, if any, by which the rent hereunder for the period of such subletting
(to the extent such period does not exceed the term hereof) exceeds the amount
to be paid as rent for the Premises for such period or (ii) at the option of
Landlord, rents received from such subletting shall be applied first to payment
of indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second,
to the payment of any costs of such subletting and of such alterations and
repairs; third to payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if
any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same
becomes due hereunder. If Tenant has been credited with any rent to be received
by such subletting under option (i) and such rent shall not be promptly paid to
Landlord by the subtenant(s), or if such rentals received from such subletting
under option (ii) during any month be less than that to be paid during that
month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord.
Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. For all purposes set forth
in this subparagraph (d), Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed
attorney-in-fact for Tenant, with power of substitution. No taking possession of
the Premises by Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, shall be construed as
an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such
intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subletting without
termination, Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this Lease
for such previous breach.

          (e) The right to have a receiver appointed for Tenant upon application
by Landlord, to take possession of the Premises and to apply any rental
collected from the Premises and to exercise all other rights and remedies
granted to Landlord as attorney-in-fact for Tenant pursuant to subparagraph (d)
above.

23. ABANDONMENT Tenant shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time
during the term of this Lease; and if Tenant shall abandon, vacate or surrender
said Premises, or be dispossessed by the process of law, or otherwise, any
personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall be deemed
to be abandoned, at the option of Landlord, except such property as may be
mortgaged to Landlord.

24. DESTRUCTION In the event the Premises are destroyed in whole or in part from
any cause, Landlord may, at its option:
          (a) Rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the
damage or destruction, or
          (b) Terminate this Lease.
          If Landlord does not give Tenant notice in writing within thirty (30)
days from the destruction of the Premises of its election to either rebuild and
restore them, or to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have
elected to rebuild or restore them, in which event Landlord agrees, at its
expense, promptly to rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to
the damage or destruction. Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in rent while
such repair is being made in the proportion that the area of the Premises
rendered untenantable by such damage bears to the total area of the Premises. If
Landlord does not complete the rebuilding or restoration within one hundred
eighty (180) days following the date of destruction (such period of time to be
extended for delays caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or because of Acts
of God, acts of public agencies, labor disputes, strikes, fires, freight
embargoes, rainy or stormy weather, inability to obtain materials, supplies or
fuels, acts of contractors or subcontractors, or delay of the contractors or
subcontractors dues to such causes or other contingencies beyond the control of
Landlord), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving
fifteen (15) days prior


                                       12
<PAGE>

written notice to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
Landlord's obligation to rebuild or restore shall be limited to the building and
interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the
commencement date of the Lease and shall not include restoration of Tenant's
trade fixtures, equipment, merchandise or any improvements, alterations or
additions made by Tenant to the Premises, which Tenant shall forthwith replace
or fully repair at Tenant's sole cost and expense provided this Lease is not
canceled according to the provisions above.
          Unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant hereby expressly waives
the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and Section 1933, Subdivision 4
of the California Civil Code.
          In the event that the building in which the Premises are situated is
damaged or destroyed to the extent of not less than 33 1/3% of the replacement
cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises
be injured or not. In the event the destruction of the Premises is caused by
Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deductible portion of Landlord's insurance
proceeds.

25. EMINENT DOMAIN If all or any part of the Premises shall be taken by any
public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance
in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to any portion of the Premises so
taken or conveyed on the date when title vests in the condemnor, and Landlord
shall be entitled to any and all payment, income, rent, award or any interest
therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or
conveyance, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for the
value of any unexpired term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing
paragraph, any compensation specifically awarded Tenant for loss of business,
Tenant's personal property, moving cost or loss of goodwill, shall be and remain
the property of Tenant.
          If (i) any action or proceeding is commenced for such taking of the
Premises or any part thereof, or if Landlord is advised in writing by any entity
or body having the right or power of condemnation of its intention to condemn
the Premises or any portion thereof, or if any of the foregoing events occur
with respect to the taking of any space in the Complex not leased hereby, or any
such spaces is so taken or conveyed in lieu of such taking and Landlord shall
decide to discontinue the use and operation of the Complex, or decide to
demolish, alter or rebuild the Complex, then in any of such events Landlord
shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice
thereof within sixty (60) days of the date of receipt of said written advice, or
commencement of said action or proceeding, or taking or conveyance, which
termination shall take place as of the first to occur of the last day of the
calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given or the
date on which title to the Premises shall vest in the condemnor.
          In the event of such a partial taking or conveyance of the Premises,
if the portion of the Premises taken or conveyed is so substantial that the
Tenant can no longer reasonably conduct its business, Tenant shall have the
privilege of terminating this Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of such
taking or conveyance, upon written notice to Landlord of its intention so to do,
and upon giving of such notice this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the
calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given, upon
payment by Tenant of the rent from the date of such taking or conveyance to the
date of termination.
          If a portion of the Premises be taken by condemnation or conveyance in
lieu thereof and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall terminate this Lease as
provided herein, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the
part of the Premises not so taken or conveyed, and the rent herein shall be
apportioned as of the date of such taking or conveyance so that thereafter the
rent to be paid by Tenant shall be in the ratio that the area of the portion of
the Premises not so taken or conveyed bears to the total area of the Premises
prior to such taking.

26. SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD In the event of a sale or conveyance of the
Complex or any interest therein, by any owner of the reversion then constituting
Landlord, the transferor shall thereby be released from any further liability
upon any of the terms, covenants or conditions (express or implied) herein
contained in favor of Tenant, and in such event, insofar as such transfer is
concerned, Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor
in interest of such transferor in and to the Complex and this Lease. This Lease
shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance, and Tenant agrees to
attorn to the successor in interest of such transferor.

27. ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY In the event the interest of Landlord in
the land and buildings in which the leased Premises are located (whether such
interest of Landlord is a fee


                                       13
<PAGE>

title interest or a leasehold interest) is encumbered by deed of trust, and such
interest is acquired by the lender or any third party through judicial
foreclosure or by exercise of a power of sale at private trustee's foreclosure
sale, Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to the purchaser at any such foreclosure
sale and to recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease. In the
event the lien of the deed of trust securing the loan from a Lender to Landlord
is prior and paramount to the lease, this Lease shall nonetheless continue in
full force and effect for the remainder of the unexpired term hereof, at the
same rental herein reserved and upon all the other terms, conditions and
covenants herein contained.

28. HOLDING OVER Any holding over by Tenant after expiration or other
termination of the term of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord
delivered to Tenant shall not constitute a renewal or extension of the Lease or
give Tenant any rights in or to the leased Premises except as expressly provided
in this Lease. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the
term of this lease, with the consent of Landlord, shall be construed to be a
tenancy from month to month, on the same terms and conditions herein specified
insofar as applicable except that the monthly Basic Rent shall be increased to
an amount equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the monthly Basic Rent
required during the last month of the Lease term.

29. CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL Tenant shall at any time upon not less than ten
(10) days' prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver
to Landlord a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified
and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such
modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force
and effect) and the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in
advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant's
knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying
such defaults, if any, are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively
relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises.
Tenant's failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive
upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modifications
except as may be represented by Landlord; that there are no uncured defaults in
Landlord's performance, and that not more than one month's rent has been paid in
advance.

30. CONSTRUCTION CHANGES It is understood that the description of the Premises
and the location of the ductwork, plumbing and other facilities therein are
subject to such minor changes as Landlord or Landlord's architect determines to
be desirable in the course of construction of the Premises, and no such changes,
or any changes in plans for any other portions of the Complex shall affect this
Lease or entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any
liability of Landlord to Tenant. Landlord does not guarantee the accuracy of any
drawings supplied to Tenant and verification of the accuracy of such drawings
rests with Tenant.

31. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM All terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant shall be performed or observed by
Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any reduction of rent. If
Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, or other rent, required to be paid by
it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other term or covenant hereunder on
its part to be performed, and such failure shall continue for five (5) days
after written notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord, without waiving or releasing
Tenant from any obligation of Tenant hereunder, may, but shall not be obligated
to, make any such payment or perform any such other term or covenant on Tenant's
part to be performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary costs of
such performance by Landlord together with interest thereon at the rate of the
prime rate of interest per annum as quoted by the Bank of America from the date
of such payment of performance by Landlord, shall be paid (and Tenant covenants
to make such payment) to Landlord on demand by Landlord, and Landlord shall have
(in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and
remedies in the event of non-payment by Tenant as in the case of failure by
Tenant in the payment of rent hereunder.

32. ATTORNEYS FEES

          (A) In the event that Landlord should bring suit for the possession of
the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of
the breach of any provision of this Lease, or for any other relief against
Tenant hereunder, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's
fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party,
which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued
on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether
or not the action is prosecuted to judgement.

          (B) Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought
against Tenant in connection


                                       14
<PAGE>

with or arising out of Tenant's occupancy hereunder, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including a reasonable
attorney's fee.

33. WAIVER The waiver by either party of the other party's failure to perform or
observe any term, covenant or condition herein contained to be performed or
observed by such waiving party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term,
covenant or condition or of any subsequent failure of the party failing to
perform or observe the same or any other such term, covenant or condition
therein contained, and no custom or practice which may develop between the
parties hereto during the term hereof shall be deemed a waiver of, or in any way
affect, the right of either party to insist upon performance and observance by
the other party in strict accordance with the terms hereof.

34. NOTICES All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations which may be
or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in
writing. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Landlord to
Tenant shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served on
Tenant by leaving the same at the Premises or if sent by United States certified
or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant at the Premises. All
notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Tenant to Landlord shall
be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to Landlord at its offices at 3201 Ash Street, Palo Alto, CA 94306.
Each notice, request, demand advice or designation referred to in this paragraph
shall be deemed received on the date of the personal service or mailing thereof
in the manner herein provided, as the case may be.

35. EXAMINATION OF LEASE Submission of this instrument for examination or
signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease,
and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until its execution
and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant mutually intend
that neither shall have any binding contractual obligations to the other with
respect to the matters referred to herein unless and until this instrument has
been fully executed by both parties.

36. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails
to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no
event earlier than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord
and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises
whose name and address shall have heretofore been furnished to Tenant in
writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations;
provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligations is such than
more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not
be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

37. CORPORATE AUTHORITY

          If Tenant is a corporation (or a partnership) each individual
executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) represents
and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on
behalf of said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with the by-laws of
said corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement)
and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation (or partnership) in
accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant shall, within
thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a certified
copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation authorizing
or ratifying the execution of this Lease.

38. (deleted)
39. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder,
Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that, in the event of
any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:

          (i)       the sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Landlord and
                    Landlord's assets;

          (ii)      no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in
                    any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure
                    jurisdiction of the partnership)

          (iii)     no service of process shall be made against any partner of
                    Landlord (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction
                    of the partnership)

          (iv)      no partner of Landlord shall be required to answer or
                    otherwise plead to any service of process;

          (v)       no judgement shall be taken against any partner of Landlord;

          (vi)      any judgement taken against any partner of Landlord may be
                    vacated and set aside at any


                                       15
<PAGE>

                    time without hearing;

          (vii)     no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets
                    of any partner of Landlord;

          (viii)    these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by
                    Landlord and also by any partner of Landlord.

          (ix)      The term, "Landlord", as used in this section, shall mean
                    only the owner or owners from time to time of the fee title
                    or the tenant's interest under a ground lease of the land
                    described in Exhibit "B", and in the event of any transfer
                    of such title or interest, Landlord herein named (and in
                    case of any subsequent transfers the then grantor) shall be
                    relieved from and after the date of such transfer of all
                    liability as respects Landlord's obligations thereafter to
                    be performed, provided that any funds in the hands of
                    Landlord or the then grantor at the time of such transfer,
                    in which Tenant has an interest, shall be delivered to the
                    grantee. Similarly, the obligations contained in this Lease
                    to be performed by Landlord shall be binding on Landlord's
                    successors and assigns only during their respective periods
                    of ownership. Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing
                    covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant
                    or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or
                    imposed by statute or at common law.

40. BROKERS Tenant warrants that it had dealing with only of the following real
estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Lease:
CORNISH AND CAREY and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who
is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease.

41. SIGNS No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be
inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside of the
Premises or any exterior windows of the Premises without the written consent of
Landlord first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any
unconsented to sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without
notice to and at the expense of Tenant. If Tenant is allowed to print or affix
or in any way place a sign in, on, or about the Premises, then upon expiration
or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and
expense shall both remove such sign and repair all damage in such manner as to
restore all aspects of the appearance of the Premises to the condition prior to
the placement of said sign.
          All approved signs or lettering on outside doors shall be printed,
painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved of
by Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near
the glass of any window, door partition or wall which may appear unsightly from
outside the Premises.

42. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS In the event Tenant tenders to Landlord any information
on the financial stability, credit worthiness or ability of the Tenant to pay
the rent due and owing under the Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to rely
upon the information provided in determining whether or not to enter into this
Lease Agreement with Tenant and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to
Landlord the following: (i) That all documents provided by Tenant to Landlord
are true and correct copies of the original; and (ii) Tenant has not withheld
any information from Landlord which is material to Tenant's credit worthiness,
financial condition or ability to pay the rent; and (iii) all information
supplied by Tenant to Landlord is true, correct and accurate; and (iv) no part
of the information supplied by Tenant to Landlord contains misleading or
fraudulent statements.
          A default under this paragraph shall be a non-curable default on
behalf of Tenant and Landlord shall be entitled to pursue any right or remedy
available to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or available to Landlord
under the laws of the State of California.

43. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

          A. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Material" shall mean any
substance or material which has been determined by any state, federal or local
governmental authority to be capable of posing a risk of injury to health,
safety or property including all of those materials and substances designated or
defined as "hazardous" or "toxic" by (i) the Environmental Protection Agency,
the California Water Quality Control Board, the Department of Labor, the
California Department of Industrial Relations, the Department of Transportation,
the Department of Agriculture, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the
Department of Health and Human Services, the Food and Drug Agency or any other
governmental agency now or hereafter authorized to regulate materials and
substances in the environment, or by (ii) the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq., as
amended; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. 1801, et seq., as
amended; the


                                       16
<PAGE>

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901, et seq., as amended; the
Hazardous Waste Control Law, California Health & Safety Code 25100 et seq., as
amended; Sections 66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California
Administration Code, Division 4, Chapter 30, as amended; and in the regulations
adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to said laws.

          B. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be
improperly or illegally used, stored, discharged, released or disposed of in,
from, under or about the Premises or the Complex, or any other land or
improvements in the vicinity of the Premises or the Complex. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall comply with all
laws relating to Hazardous Materials. If the presence of Hazardous Materials on
the Premises or the Complex caused or permitted by Tenant results in
contamination of the Premises or the Complex or any soil in or about the
Premises or the Complex, Tenant, as its expense shall promptly take all actions
necessary to return the Premises or the Complex to the condition existing prior
to the appearance of such Hazardous Material. The termination of this Lease
shall not terminate or reduce the liability or obligations of Tenant under this
Section, or as may be required by law, to clean up, monitor or remove any
Hazardous Materials from the Premises or the Complex.
          Tenant shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord and its
agents and employees with respect to all claims, damages and liabilities arising
out of or in connection with any Hazardous Material used, stored, discharged,
released or disposed of in, from, under or about the Premises or the Complex,
where said Hazardous Material is or was attributable to the activities of
Tenant, its agents or contractors during the Lease term and whether or not
Tenant had knowledge of such Hazardous Material, including, without limitation,
any cost of monitoring or removal, any reduction in the fair market value or
fair rental value of the Premises or the Complex and any loss, claim or demand
by any third person or entity relating to bodily injury or damage to real or
personal property.
          Tenant shall not suffer any lien to be recorded against the Premises
or the Complex as a consequence of a Hazardous Material, including any so called
state, federal or local "super fund" lien related to the "clean up" of a
Hazardous Material in or about the Premises, where said Hazardous Material is or
was attributable to the activities of Tenant.

          C. In the event Hazardous Materials are discovered in or about the
Premises or the Complex, and Landlord has substantial reason to believe that
Tenant was responsible for the presence of the Hazardous Material, then Landlord
shall have the right to appoint a consultant, at Tenant's expense, to conduct an
investigation to determine whether Hazardous Materials are located in or about
the Premises or the Complex and to determine the corrective measures, if any,
required to remove such Hazardous Materials. Tenant, at its expense, shall
comply with all recommendations of the consultant, as required by law. To the
extent it is determined that Tenant was not responsible for the presence of the
Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any costs incurred
by Landlord and paid by Tenant under the terms of this paragraph 45.C.
          Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any inquiry, test,
investigation or enforcement proceeding by or against Tenant or the Premises or
the Complex concerning a Hazardous Material. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord,
as the owner of the Property, at its election, shall have the sole right, at
Tenant's expense, to negotiate, defend, approve and appeal any action taken or
order issued with regard to a Hazardous Material by an applicable governmental
authority. Provided Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease,
Tenant shall likewise have the right to participate in any negotiations,
approvals or appeals of any actions taken or orders issued with regard to the
Hazardous Material and Landlord shall not have the right to bind Tenant in said
actions or orders.

          D. It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent
to any proposed assignment or subletting if (i) the proposed assignee's or
subtenant's anticipated use of the Premises involves the storage, use or
disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) if the proposed assignee or subtenant has
been required by any prior landlord, lender or governmental authority to "clean
up" Hazardous Material; (iii) if the proposed assignee or subtenant is subject
to investigation or enforcement order or proceeding by any governmental
authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of a Hazardous
Material.

          E. Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, upon the
expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, free of Hazardous Materials
which are or were attributable to Tenant. If Tenant fails to so surrender the
Premises, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all damages
resulting from Tenant's failure to surrender the Premises as required by this
paragraph, including, without limitation, any claims or damages in connection
with the condition of the Premises including, without


                                       17
<PAGE>

limitation, damages occasioned by the inability to relet the Premises or a
reduction in the fair market and/or rental value of the Premises or the Complex
by reason of the existence of any Hazardous Materials, which are or were
attributable to the activities of Tenant, in or around the Premises or the
Complex. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, if any
action is required to be taken by a governmental authority to clean-up, monitor
or remove any Hazardous Materials, which are or were attributable to the
activities of Tenant, from the Premises or the Complex and such action is not
completed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, then at
Landlord's election (i) this Lease shall be deemed renewed for a term commencing
on the expiration date of this Lease and ending on the date the clean-up,
monitoring or removal procedure is completed (provided, however, that the total
term of this Lease shall not be longer than 34 years and 11 months); or (ii)
Tenant shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over and Landlord shall be
entitled to all damages directly or indirectly incurred in connection with such
holding over, including without limitation damages occasioned by the inability
to relet the Premises or a reduction in the fair market and/or fair rental value
of the Premises or the Complex by reason of the existence of the Hazardous
Material.

          F. Upon the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide to Landlord
a complete list of all chemicals, toxic waste or Hazardous Materials employed
by Tenant within the Premises. Throughout the terms of the Lease, Tenant shall
continue to update this list of chemicals, contaminants and Hazardous Materials.

          Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that Landlord is not aware
(without a duty to inspect) of the presence of any Hazardous Materials that
would affect Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, Landlord agrees to hold Tenant harmless from
any cost or expense related to Hazardous Materials that were in existence at the
Premises or Complex prior to the commencement of the Lease or which are not
attributable to Tenant's activities or Tenant's use and occupancy of the
Premises.

44. MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

          a. Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use the
          name of the building for any purpose other than as the address of the
          business conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

          b. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by and construed in
          accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision
          of this Lease shall be invalid, unenforceable or ineffective for any
          reason whatsoever, all other provisions hereof shall be and remain in
          full force and effect.

          c. The term "Premises" includes the space leased hereby and any
          improvements now or hereafter installed therein or attached thereto.
          The term "Landlord" or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the
          plural as well as the singular and the successors and assigns of
          Landlord. The term "Tenant" or any pronoun used in place thereof
          includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms,
          associations, partnerships and corporations, and each of their
          respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted
          assigns, according to the context hereof, and the provisions of this
          Lease shall inure to the benefit of and bind such heirs, executors,
          administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

               The term "person" includes the plural as well as the singular and
          individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations. Words
          used in any gender include other genders. If there be more than one
          Tenant the obligations of Tenant hereunder are joint and several. The
          paragraph headings of this Lease are for convenience of reference only
          and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of
          any provision hereof.

          d. Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its
          provisions.

          e. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant
          shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10)
          days after written demand from Landlord to Tenant, any quitclaim deed
          or other document required by any reputable title company, licensed to
          operate in the State of California, to remove the cloud or encumbrance
          created by this Lease from the real property of which Tenant's
          Premises are a part.

          f. This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments hereto
          constitutes the entire agreement


                                       18
<PAGE>

          between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and this
          agreement and the exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or
          revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and
          Tenant. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that all prior or
          contemporaneous oral agreements between and among themselves and the
          agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are
          merged in or revoked by this agreement.

          g. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form
          memorandum hereof without the consent of the other.

          h. Tenant further agrees to execute any amendments required by a
          lender to enable Landlord to obtain financing, so long as Tenant's
          rights hereunder are not substantially affected.

          i. Paragraph(s) _________ through _________ are/is added hereto and
          are/is included as a part of this Lease.

          j. Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by Landlord and Tenant
          and endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

          k. Tenant covenants and agrees that no diminution or shutting off of
          light, air or view by any structure which may be hereafter erected
          (whether or not by Landlord) shall in any way affect this Lease,
          entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any
          liability of Landlord to Tenant.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this
Lease as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:                               TENANT:






By  /s/[ILLEGIBLE]                      By: /s/[ILLEGIBLE]
   --------------------------------        ---------------------------------


Date:  13 OCT 99                        Date:  10/12/99
     ------------------------------          -------------------------------


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                                   380 PORTAGE

                                   PALO ALTO


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                                   [TRACT MAP]


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17

                                                                       Execution

                               SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                                675 OWNERSHIP LLC

                                       AND

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!,
                            A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION

                            DATED: DECEMBER 23, 1999

PREMISES:         675 SIXTH AVENUE
                  NEW YORK, NEW YORK

LEASE:            THE FIFTH FLOOR AND A PORTION OF THE BASEMENT

EXHIBITS:         A - FIFTH FLOOR PLAN
                  B - LANDLORD'S WORK
                  C - CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
                  D - BASEMENT PLAN
                  E - FOURTH FLOOR PLAN
                  F - ADDITIONAL BASEMENT PLAN


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Article  1        Rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  2        Commencement of Term . . . . . . . . . .
Article  3        Adjustments of Rent  . . . . . . . . . .
Article  4        Electricity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  5        Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  6        Alterations and Installations. . . . . .
Article  7        Repairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  8        Requirements of Law. . . . . . . . . . .
Article  9        Insurance, Loss, Reimbursement,
                       Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  10       Damage by Fire or Other Cause. . . . . .
Article  11       Assignment, Mortgaging, Subletting,
                       Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  12       Certificate of Occupancy . . . . . . . .
Article  13       Adjacent Excavation - Shoring  . . . . .
Article  14       Condemnation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  15       Access to Demised Premises; Changes  . .
Article  16       Conditions of Limitation . . . . . . . .
Article  17       Re-entry by Landlord, Injunction . . . .
Article  18       Damages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  19       Landlord's Right to Perform Tenant's
                       Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  20       Quiet Enjoyment. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  21       Services and Equipment . . . . . . . . .
Article  22       Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  23       Invalidity of any Provision. . . . . . .
Article  24       Brokerage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  25       Subordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  26       Certificate of Tenant. . . . . . . . . .
Article  27       Legal Proceedings, Waiver of Jury Trial.
Article  28       Surrender of Premises. . . . . . . . . .
Article  29       Rules and Regulations. . . . . . . . . .
Article  30       Consents and Approvals . . . . . . . . .
Article  31       Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  32       No Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  33       Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  34       Inability to Perform . . . . . . . . . .
Article  35       No Representations . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>


Article  36       Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . .
Article  37       Arbitration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  38       Indemnity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  39       Memorandum of Lease. . . . . . . . . . .
Article  40       Signs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  41       Additional Space . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  42       Renewal Option . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Article  43       Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . .
Article  44       Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>

     SUBLEASE AGREEMENT made as of this 23 day of December, 1999, between 675
Ownership LLC, having an office at 675 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New
York 10010 (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and Bill Gross' idealab!, a
California Corporation, having an office at 130 West Union Street, Pasadena
California 91103 (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, by lease dated August 29, 1984 (hereinafter called the "Over
Lease"), AVEMER ASSOCIATES (hereinafter called "Over Landlord") leased to
Landlord's predecessor, the building (the "Building") and premises known as 675
Sixth Avenue, New York, New York (the "Premises") (a true and complete copy of
the "Over Lease", with certain deletions as to economic matters, has previously
been exhibited to Tenant); and

     WHEREAS, Tenant desires to hire from Landlord and Landlord desires to
sublet to Tenant a portion of the Premises covered by the Over Lease;

     Landlord hereby leases and Tenant hereby rents from Landlord the entire
fifth floor at the Building as shown on the plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A
(the "demised premises"), for a term (the "Term") commencing on the
"Commencement Date" and ending on the "Expiration Date" (as said terms are
defined in Article 2 hereof) unless the Term shall sooner cease and terminate as
hereinafter provided, and Tenant hereby rents from Landlord (as of the date
specified in Article 41 hereof), a portion of the basement at the Building, in
accordance with Article 41 hereof.

     The parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                      RENT

     1.01. A. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord a fixed annual rent (the "fixed
annual rent") as follows:

YEAR                                FIXED ANNUAL RENT        MONTHLY INSTALLMENT
- ----                                -----------------        -------------------
April 1, 2000 to May 31, 2000       $          -0-           $            -0-
June 1, 2000 to May 31, 2005             1,945,000                    162,083
June 1, 2005 to May 31, 2010             2,150,000                    179,167
June 1, 2010 to May 31, 2015             2,300,000                    191,667


           B. In lieu of operating expense escalations, the fixed annual rent
shall be increased, on June 1, 2001, by $48,125.00 ($4,010.00 per month), and on
each June 1 thereafter


<PAGE>

during the Term, in addition to the regular "step-up increases" set forth in A.
above, by an amount equal to 2.5% of the fixed annual rent, as escalated by the
provision of this sentence, for the immediately preceding twelve month period.
For example, the fixed annual rent shall be increased on June 1, 2003, by 2.5%
of the fixed annual rent payable for the period June 1, 2002 to May 31, 2003, as
previously escalated by the provisions of this Section 1.01(B).

           C. All monthly installments of fixed annual rent shall be paid in
advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term, at the office
of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate, without any setoff or
deduction whatsoever, except such deductions as are specifically referred to in
Articles 10 and 14 hereof. The first full month's installment of fixed annual
rent (which shall be applied against the first payment of fixed annual rent)
shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease. The
payment of fixed annual rent shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date.
Should the Commencement Date fall on any day other than the first of a month,
then the fixed annual rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

     1.02. Tenant shall pay the fixed annual rent and all additional rent
payable hereunder in lawful money of the United States by check (subject to
collection) drawn to Landlord's order on a bank which is a member of the New
York Clearinghouse Association or a successor thereto. All sums, other than
fixed annual rent, payable by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed additional rent
and shall be payable on demand unless other payment dates are hereinafter
provided. Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies (including, without
limitation, the right to commence a summary proceeding) for a default in the
payment of additional rent as for a default in the payment of fixed annual rent
notwithstanding the fact that Tenant may not then also be in default in the
payment of fixed annual rent.

     1.03. If Tenant shall fail to pay when due any installment of fixed annual
rent or any payment of additional rent for a period of seven days after such
installment or payment shall have become due, Tenant shall pay interest thereon
at the Interest Rate (as such term is defined in Article 22 hereof), from the
date when such installment or payment shall have become due to the date of the
payment thereof, and such interest shall be deemed additional rent. The
provisions of this Section 1.03 are in addition to all other remedies available
to Landlord for nonpayment of fixed annual rent or additional rent.


     1.04. If any of the fixed annual rent or additional rent payable under this
Lease shall be or become uncollectible, reduced or required to be refunded
because of any Legal Requirement (as such term is defined in Article 22 hereof),
Tenant shall enter into such agreement(s) and take such other legally
permissible steps as Landlord may request to permit Landlord to collect the
maximum rents which from time to time during the continuance of such Legal
Requirement may be legally permissible and not in excess of the amounts reserved
therefor under this Lease. Upon the termination of such Legal Requirement, (a)
the rents hereunder shall be payable in the amounts reserved herein for the
periods following such termination and (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, to


                                       2

<PAGE>

the maximum extent legally permissible, an amount equal to (i) the rents which
would have been paid pursuant to this Lease but for such Legal Requirement less
(ii) the rents paid by Tenant during the period such Legal Requirement was in
effect.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                              COMMENCEMENT OF TERM

     2.01. (a) The "Commencement Date" of the Term shall be the later of
(i)April 1, 2000; or (ii) the date on which Landlord delivers the demised
premises to Tenant vacant, broom clean, free of tenancies and with Landlord's
Work (as hereafter defined), substantially completed.

           (b) The "Rent Commencement Date" shall be two months after the
Commencement Date.

           (c) The "Expiration Date" of the Term shall be the day before the
15th anniversary of the Commencement Date.

     For purposes of this Lease, a "lease year" shall mean each twelve month
period commencing on the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof.

     2.02. Landlord shall deliver the demised premises to Tenant on the
Commencement Date, vacant, broom clean and free of rights of tenants and
occupants. Landlord shall perform only the work set forth on EXHIBIT B annexed
hereto (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord's Work"). Except for the Landlord's
Work, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work or expend any services
to prepare the demised premises or the Building for Tenant's occupancy. All
other installations, materials and work which may be required by Tenant to
prepare, equip, decorate and furnish the demised premises for Tenant's occupancy
shall be done by Tenant at Tenant's expense and are hereinafter called "Tenant's
Extra Work". All Tenant's Extra Work shall be subject to, and conform with, the
provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, Article 6. Landlord
shall reimburse Tenant for the cost of certain of Tenant's Extra Work, as set
forth in Section 6.09.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                               ADJUSTMENTS OF RENT

     3.01. A. For purposes hereof, the following definitions shall apply:

              (a) The term "Base Tax" shall mean the Taxes actually payable with
respect to the Premises for the July 1, 2000 through June 30, 2001 Tax Year.
Landlord represents


                                       3

<PAGE>

that there are no tax abatements currently in effect which affect the Base Tax.

              (b) The term "Tax Year" shall mean each period of twelve months
which includes any part of the Term which now or hereafter is or may be duly
adopted as the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes of the City of New York.

              (c) The term "Taxes" shall mean (i) all real estate taxes,
assessments, governmental levies, municipal taxes, county taxes, business
improvement district, or any other governmental charge, general or special,
ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind or nature
whatsoever, which are or may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part
of the Premises and the sidewalks, plazas or streets adjacent thereto, including
any tax, excise or fee measured by or payable with respect to any rent, and
levied against Landlord and/or the Premises under the laws of the United States,
the City or State of New York, or any political subdivision thereof, and (ii)
any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord, including payments to attorneys
and appraisers, in contesting any of the items set forth in clause (i) of this
sentence, or the assessed valuations of all or any part of the Premises. If due
to a future change in the method of taxation or in the taxing authority, a new
or additional real estate tax, or a franchise, income, transit, profit or other
tax or governmental imposition, however designated, shall be levied against
Landlord and/or the Premises, in addition to and similar to the types of taxes
included in Taxes, or in substitution in whole or in part for any tax which
would constitute "Taxes", or in lieu of additional Taxes, such tax or imposition
shall be deemed for the purposes hereof to be included within the term "Taxes".
"Taxes" shall not include income, franchise, inheritance, estate, succession,
profit, revenue, gains, gift, mortgage, capital levy, transfer or similar such
taxes imposed upon Landlord.

              (d) The term "Tenant's Tax Share" shall mean 16.66%. (Tenant
occupies one of the six floors in the Building, with no allocation for the
basement space).

              (e) The term "Escalation Statement" shall mean a statement setting
forth the amount payable by Tenant for a specified Tax Year or calendar year, as
the case may be, or for some portion thereof pursuant to this Article 3, which
shall be accompanied with a copy of the most recent available tax bill(s) from
the applicable municipal authority.


           B. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent for each Tax Year
a sum equal to Tenant's Tax Share of the amount by which the Taxes for such Tax
Year exceed the Base Tax (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant's Tax Payment").
Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an annual Escalation Statement (subject to
revision as hereinafter provided) for each Tax Year setting forth Tenant's Tax
Payment for such Tax Year. Tenant's Tax Payment shall be due and payable as
follows: two semi-annual installments, in advance, on the first day of each June
and December of each calendar year. If an annual Escalation Statement is
furnished to Tenant after the commencement of the Tax Year to which it relates,
then (a) until such Escalation Statement is rendered, Tenant shall pay Tenant's
Tax Payment for such Tax Year in installments based upon the


                                      4

<PAGE>

last Escalation Statement rendered to Tenant with respect to Taxes and (b)
Tenant shall, within 10 days after such annual Escalation Statement is furnished
to Tenant, pay to Landlord an amount equal to any underpayment of the
installments of Tenant's Tax Payment theretofore paid by Tenant for such Tax
Year and, in the event of an overpayment by Tenant, Landlord shall permit Tenant
to credit against subsequent payments under this Section 3.01 the amount of such
overpayment. If this Lease shall have theretofore expired, Landlord shall make
such payment directly to Tenant. If there shall be any increase in Taxes for any
Tax Year, whether during or after such Tax Year, Landlord shall furnish a
revised Escalation Statement for such Tax Year to Tenant, and Tenant's Tax
Payment for such Tax Year shall be adjusted and paid in the same manner as
provided in the preceding sentence. If during the Term, Taxes are required to be
paid (either to the appropriate taxing authorities or as tax escrow payments to
a superior mortgagee or to the Over Landlord) in full or in monthly, quarterly,
or other installments, on any other date or dates than as presently required,
then at Landlord's option, Tenant's Tax Payments shall be correspondingly
accelerated or revised so that said Tenant's Tax Payments are due at least 30
days prior to the date payments are due to the taxing authorities or the
superior mortgagee or Over Landlord. The benefit of any discount for any early
payment or prepayment of Taxes shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord
and such discount shall not be subtracted from Taxes.

           C. If Landlord shall receive a refund of Taxes for any Tax Year,
Landlord shall permit Tenant to credit against subsequent payments under this
Section 3.01, Tenant's Tax Share of the refund, but not in excess of Tenant's
Tax Payment paid for such Tax Year. If the Term has expired, Landlord will
promptly make such payment to Tenant directly.

     3.02. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

     3.03. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as additional rent, any
occupancy tax or rent tax hereafter in effect, which Landlord is required to pay
with respect to the demised premises or this Lease, unless such tax is
specifically excluded from Taxes pursuant to the last sentence of Section
3.01(c).

     3.04. If the Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a Tax
Year or if the date of the expiration or other termination of this Lease shall
be a day other than the last day of a Tax Year, then Tenant's Tax Payment for
such partial year shall be equitably adjusted taking into consideration the
portion of such Tax Year falling within the Term. Landlord shall, as soon as
reasonably practicable, cause an Escalation Statement with respect to Taxes for
the Tax Year in which the Term expires to be prepared and furnished to Tenant.

     3.05. In no event shall the fixed annual rent ever be reduced by operation
of this Article 3. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the
provisions of this Article 3 shall survive the termination of this Lease, and
payments shall be made pursuant to this Article 3 notwithstanding the fact that
an Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the expiration or other
termination of the Term.


                                       5

<PAGE>

     3.06. Landlord's failure to render an Escalation Statement with respect to
any Tax Year or Lease Year shall not prejudice Landlord's right to thereafter
render an Escalation Statement with respect thereto or with respect to any
subsequent Tax Year or Lease Year.

     3.07. Each Escalation Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant
unless within 20 days after receipt of such Escalation Statement Tenant shall
notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness of such Escalation Statement,
specifying the particular respects in which such Escalation Statement is claimed
to be incorrect. Any dispute relating to any Escalation Statement, not resolved
within 45 days after the giving of such notice by Tenant, may be submitted to
arbitration by either party pursuant to Article 37 hereof. Pending the
determination of such dispute, Tenant shall pay additional rent in accordance
with the Escalation Statement that Tenant is disputing, without prejudice to
Tenant's position.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                   ELECTRICITY

     4.01. For the period commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant covenants
and agrees to pay directly to the utility company supplying electric current for
the demised premises the amounts due for such electric current consumed,
including by use of the hvac system serving the demised premises, as indicated
by meter(s) measuring Tenant's consumption thereof. As of the Rent Commencement
Date, meters measuring only the electrical consumption utilized on the fifth
floor shall be installed at the Building and the demised premises shall be
serviced with electrical energy.

     4.02. Any additional risers, feeders or other equipment or service proper
or necessary to supply Tenant's electrical requirements, upon written request of
Tenant, may be installed by Tenant at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if in
Landlord's sole and reasonable judgment the same are necessary and will not
cause permanent damage or injury to the Premises or the demised premises or
cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or
unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other
tenants or occupants.

     4.03. Intentionally Omitted.

     4.04. Tenant's use of electric current in the demised premises shall not at
any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors and equipment
in or otherwise serving the demised premises which capacity shall satisfy the
provisions of Section 4.08 hereof. Tenant shall not make or perform or permit
the making or performing of, any alterations to wiring, installations or other
electrical facilities serving the demised premises (to the extent same are
outside of the demised premises) without the prior consent of Landlord in each
instance. Should Landlord grant any such


                                       6

<PAGE>

consent, all additional risers or other equipment required therefor shall be
installed by Tenant and the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant.

     4.05. Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure or
defect in the supply or character of electric energy furnished to the demised
premises by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility
providing the Premises with electricity or for any other reason whatsoever.

     4.06. Tenant covenants and agrees that at no time will the connected
electrical load in the demised premises exceed 8 watts per usable square foot
(excluding hvac), unless otherwise specifically consented to by Landlord.

     4.07 Landlord shall make available for exclusive use by Tenant, without
charge, up to 20% of available space for riser installations. All such
installations shall be performed at Tenant's sole cost and expense and otherwise
in accordance with this Lease.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                       USE

     5.01. The demised premises shall be used as and for executive,
administrative and general offices and uses reasonably ancillary to and
incidental to the foregoing, including a kitchen for the service of food only to
Tenant's employees and guests, and for no other purpose except as aforesaid.

     5.02. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the demised premises or any
part thereof in any way which would violate any of the covenants, agreements,
terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or of the Over Lease or for any
unlawful purposes or in any unlawful manner or in violation of the Certificate
of Occupancy for the demised premises of the Building; and Tenant shall not
permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner or
anything to be done, brought into or kept therein which, in Landlord's
reasonable judgment shall, or tend to, impair or interfere with (because of
noise level, traffic or other-wise) (i) the character, reputation or appearance
of the Building as a high quality office building, (ii) any of the Building
services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning, air conditioning or other
servicing of the Building or the demised premises, or (iii) the use of any of
the other areas of the Building by, or occasion discomfort, inconvenience or
annoyance to, any of the other tenants or occupants of the Building. Tenant
shall not install any electrical or other equipment of any kind which, in the
reasonable judgment of Landlord, might cause any such impairment, interference,
discomfort, inconvenience or annoyance or which might overload the risers or
feeders servicing the demised premises or other portions of the Building.
Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, at Tenant's expense and to the
satisfaction of Landlord, to insulate the demised premises to reduce any noise


                                       7

<PAGE>

generated therein, and to install curtains or blinds on the inside of windows in
the demised premises facing the atrium of the Building.

     5.03 A. Tenant shall not use, play or operate or permit to be used, played
or operated any sound making or sound producing device in the demised premises
except in such manner and under such conditions as shall prevent any noise from
emanating from the demised premises to other areas in the Building or to street
areas outside of the Building;

          B. Tenant agrees to prevent waste matter or refuse to accumulate in or
about the demised premises and shall keep same in a clean and orderly fashion.
Tenant shall arrange for the removal from the demised premises and the Building
of all of its refuse and rubbish, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

          C. Tenant shall not suffer or permit any occupancy or use thereof for
any purpose which shall be unlawful, obscene or pornographic.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                          ALTERATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS

     6.01. Except as set forth in item 8 below, Tenant shall make no
alterations, installations, additions or improvements in or to the demised
premises without Landlord's prior written consent and then only by contractors
or mechanics first approved by Landlord. All such work, alterations,
installations, additions and improvements shall be done at Tenant's sole expense
and at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time
reasonably designate, so as to minimize interference with the rest of the
Building and its tenants.

     Tenant's Extra Work and any future work in the demised premises shall be
done solely in accordance with plans and specifications first approved in
writing by Landlord, and by the Over Landlord if such consent is required under
the provisions of the Over Lease. Landlord will respond to requests for its
approval of such plans and specifications within 15 days of Landlord's receipt
thereof. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any reasonable
costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord's review of
such Tenant's plans and specifications. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold
or delay its consent to requests for such alterations, additions and
improvements.

     Any such approved alterations and improvements shall be performed in
accordance with the foregoing and the following provisions of this Article 6:

          1. All work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner.


                                       8

<PAGE>

          2.   (a) Any contractor employed by Tenant to perform any work
               permitted by this Lease, and all of its subcontractors shall
               agree to employ only such labor as will not result in
               jurisdictional disputes or strikes or cause disharmony with other
               workers employed at the Building. Tenant will inform Landlord in
               writing of the names of any contractors or subcontractors Tenant
               proposes to use in the demised premises at least thirty (30) days
               prior to the beginning of work by such contractors or
               subcontractors, and Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or
               delay its consent to such contractors or subcontractors.

               (b) Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the contractor, as the
               work progresses, the entire cost of supplying the materials and
               performing the work shown on Tenant's approved plans and
               specifications, unless Tenant has a good faith basis for not
               making such payment, and further provided that Tenant nonetheless
               remains in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.02.

          3.   All such alterations shall be performed in compliance with all
               Legal Requirements (as defined in Article 22 hereof) including,
               without limitation, those imposed by the New York City Building
               Department, the New York City Fire Department and O.S.H.A.

          4.   Tenant shall keep the Building and the demised premises free and
               clear of all liens for any work or material claimed to have been
               furnished to Tenant or to the demised premises on Tenant's
               behalf, and all work to be performed by Tenant shall be done in a
               manner which will not unreasonably interfere with or disturb
               other tenants or occupants of the Building.

          5.   During the progress of the work to be done by Tenant, said work
               shall be subject to inspection by representatives of Landlord who
               shall be permitted access and the opportunity to inspect, at all
               reasonable times, but this provision shall not in any way
               whatsoever create any obligation on Landlord to conduct such an
               inspection.

          6.   Prior to commencement of any work, Tenant shall furnish to
               Landlord certificates evidencing the existence of:

               (a) worker's compensation insurance covering all persons employed
               for such work with statutorily required limits; and

               (b) Employer's liability coverage including bodily injury caused
               by disease with limits of not less than $100,000 per employee;


                                       9

<PAGE>

               (c) Comprehensive general liability insurance including but not
               limited to completed operations coverage, products liability
               coverage, contractual coverage, broad form property damage,
               independent contractor's coverage and personal injury coverage
               naming (i) Landlord and Over Landlord, as well as such
               representatives and consultants of them as Landlord shall
               reasonably specify (collectively "Landlord's Consultants"), as
               well as Tenant, as additional insureds, with coverage of not less
               than $5,000,000 combined single limit coverage (or such higher
               limits as Landlord may from time to time impose in its reasonable
               judgment);

               (d) To the extent commercially available at commercially
               reasonable rates, Tenant shall require all contractors engaged or
               employed by the Tenant to indemnify and hold Tenant, Over
               Landlord, Landlord, and Landlord's Consultants harmless in
               accordance with the following clauses:

               "The contractor hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by
               law to assume the entire responsibility and liability for and
               defense of and to pay and indemnify Landlord, Over Landlord,
               Tenant, and Landlord's Consultants against any loss, cost,
               expense, liability or damage and will hold each of them harmless
               from and pay any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage
               (including, without limitation, judgments, attorney's fees, court
               costs, and the cost of appellate proceedings), which any and each
               of them incur because of injury to or death of any person or on
               account of damage to property, including loss of use thereof, or
               any other claim arising out of, in connection with, or as a
               consequence of the performance of the work by the contractor
               and/or any acts or omissions of the contractor or any of its
               officers, directors, employees, agents or sub-contractors or
               anyone directly or indirectly employed by the contractor or
               anyone for whose acts the contractor may be liable as it relates
               to the scope of this Contract, whether such injuries to person or
               damage to property are due or claimed to be due to any negligence
               of the Landlord, Over Landlord, Landlord's Consultants, and/or
               Tenant, its or their employees or agents or any other person."

               The contractor's insurance shall specifically insure the
               foregoing hold harmless provision verbatim.

               (e) Such insurance shall be placed with solvent and responsible
               companies reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord and licensed or
               authorized to do business in the State of New York, with a
               general policy holder's rating of not less than "A" and a
               financial rating of not less than "Class X" as rated in the most
               current available "Bests" Insurance Reports or such other


                                       10

<PAGE>

               comparable publication as may be acceptable to Landlord in the
               event that "Bests" Insurance Reports ceases to publish such
               information, and the policies shall provide that they may not be
               cancelled without 30 days' prior written notice in writing to
               Landlord.

          7.   Movement of all men and materials shall only be done at the
               direction, the times and in the manner reasonably designated by
               Landlord.

          8.   Subject to compliance with the Over Lease, no improvements
               estimated to cost more than $100,000 in the aggregate in any
               calendar year (as reasonably estimated by Landlord's architect or
               engineer or general contractor) shall be undertaken (i) except
               under the supervision of a licensed architect or licensed
               professional engineer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii)
               except after at least 30 days' prior written notice to Landlord
               and receipt of Landlord's consent thereto as provided in this
               Article 6, and (iii) prior to Tenant delivering to Landlord such
               letters of credit or other security, if any, as is required under
               the Over Lease. Notwithstanding the contrary, but subject to
               compliance with the Over Lease, Tenant may perform non-structural
               or non-building system work in the demised premises which are
               estimated to cost less than $100,000, upon notice to, but without
               the prior approval of or submission of plans to, Landlord.

          9.   Tenant shall deliver such performance bonds and completion bonds
               and shall comply with such other provisions relating to
               improvements and alterations, as shall be required under the
               terms of the Over Lease as a condition to the commencement of
               work on any improvements or alterations.

     6.02. Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any
labor or materials furnished to or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and
that no mechanic's or other lien for any such labor or materials shall attach to
or affect the reversion or other estate or interest of Landlord or Over Landlord
in and to the demised premises. Any mechanic's lien filed against the demised
premises or the Building for work claimed to have been done for or materials
claimed to have been furnished to Tenant shall be discharged by Tenant at its
expense within fifteen (15) days after such filing, by payment, filing of the
bond required by law or otherwise. Failure to comply with the provisions of this
Section 6.02 shall constitute a material default by Tenant under this Lease
entitling Landlord to exercise any or all of the remedies provided in this Lease
in the event of Tenant's default.

     6.03. All alterations, installations, additions and improvements made and
installed by Landlord at its expense, including without limitation all work
referred to in Article 2 hereof shall


                                       11

<PAGE>

be the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the
demised premises as a part thereof at the end of the Term.

     6.04. All Tenant's Extra Work and all alterations, installations, additions
and improvements made and installed by Tenant, or at Tenant's expense upon or in
the demised premises which are of a permanent nature and which cannot be removed
without damage to the demised premises or Building shall become the property of
the Landlord, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises
as a part thereof at the end of the Term, except that Landlord shall have the
right at any time up to two months prior to the expiration of the Term to serve
notice upon Tenant that any such alterations, installations, additions and
improvements shall be removed and, in the event of service of such notice,
Tenant will, at Tenant's own cost and expense, remove the same in accordance
with and to the extent of such request, so as to render the demised premises
open and clear "slab to slab", including the repair and restoration of any
damage caused by the making of such alterations, installations, additions and
improvements and/or the removal thereof ("Building Standard"). Tenant shall not
be deemed to have surrendered the demised premises until such work has been
completed and until the provisions of Section 6.05 have been complied with,
whether by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant's expense, and Tenant shall continue
to pay rent, after the expiration of the Term, at the then fair rental value for
the demised premises, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this
Lease until such completion and compliance and shall be liable for any
consequential damages incurred by Landlord as a result of any such holding over
after the expiration of the Term.

     6.05. Where furnished by or at the expense of Tenant, all non-structural
furniture, furnishings and trade fixtures, including without limitation, murals,
machines and equipment, counters, screens, grille work, special panelled doors,
cages, partitions, metal railings, closets, panelling, free standing lighting
fixtures and equipment, drinking fountains, refrigeration and other food related
equipment and air handling equipment, and any other movable property shall
remain the property of Tenant which may at its option remove all or any part
thereof at any time prior to the expiration of the Term. In case Tenant shall
decide not to remove any part of such property, Tenant shall notify Landlord in
writing not less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term,
specifying the items of property which it has decided not to remove. If, within
90 days after the service of such notice, Landlord shall request Tenant to
remove any of said property, Tenant shall at its expense, remove same. As to
such property which Landlord does not request Tenant to remove, the same shall
be, if left by Tenant, deemed abandoned by Tenant and thereupon the same shall
become the property of Landlord.

     6.06. If any alterations, installations, additions, improvements or other
property which Tenant shall have the right to remove or be requested by Landlord
to remove as provided in Sections 6.04 and 6.05 hereof (herein in this Section
6.06 called the "property") are not removed on or prior to the expiration of the
Term, Landlord shall have the right to remove the property and to dispose of the
same without accountability to Tenant and at the sole cost and expense of
Tenant. In case of any damage to the demised premises or the Building resulting
from the removal by


                                       12

<PAGE>

Tenant of the property, Tenant shall repair such damage or, in default thereof,
shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's cost in repairing such damage. This
obligation shall survive any termination of this Lease.

     6.07. Subject to the provisions of this Article 6 Tenant shall, at its sole
cost and expense, redecorate the interior of the demised premises at least once
during the Term. For purposes hereof, the term "redecorate" shall mean only to
repaint or to wallpaper all interior walls in the demised premises and the
ceilings thereof, if appropriate, after having first prepared the surfaces
thereof by stripping off and priming them as appropriate. All redecoration work
shall be done with high-quality materials and where painting is involved, two
coats of paint shall be applied.

     6.08. Tenant shall keep records of each of Tenant's alterations,
installations, additions and improvements costing in excess of $25,000, and of
the cost thereof. Tenant shall, within 30 days after demand by Landlord, furnish
to Landlord copies of such records if Landlord shall require same in connection
with any proceeding to reduce the assessed valuation of the Building, or in
connection with any proceeding instituted pursuant to Article 14 hereof.

     6.09 Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any cost in connection with
Tenant's Extra Work up to an amount equal to $500,000. Reimbursement by Landlord
to Tenant for Tenant's Extra Work shall be made in installments within thirty
(30) days of Tenant making a progress payment to Tenant's contractors (who
provide either "hard" or "soft" services), in accordance with the contract
documents between Tenant and such contractor, copies of which contract and
checks evidencing payment by Tenant shall have been furnished to Landlord, and
each such installment shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of Tenant's progress
payment with respect to which Tenant is being reimbursed and the denominator of
which shall be the total reasonably estimated completed cost of Tenant's Extra
Work. Alternatively, Tenant may require Landlord to pay Tenant's contractors
directly, upon presentation of invoices for work performed, but not more than
once per month. Landlord shall retain 10% of each such payment which retainage
shall be paid to Tenant only upon completion of Tenant's Extra Work in
accordance with the terms of this Lease and upon submission to Landlord of
documents reasonably satisfactory to Landlord evidencing that such Tenant's
Extra Work has been fully and properly completed, that all amounts due for
materials and labor have been paid in full and that all other conditions
reasonably imposed by Landlord as a condition to such payment have been
satisfied in full.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     REPAIRS

     7.01. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, make such repairs to the
demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein as are necessitated
by the use, act, omission, occupancy or negligence of Tenant or by the use of
the demised premises in a manner contrary to the


                                       13
<PAGE>

purposes for which same are leased to Tenant, as and when needed to preserve
them in good working order and condition. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 9.05 hereof, all damage or injury to the Building or Premises, including
demised premises, and to its fixtures, appurtenances and equipment caused by
Tenant moving property in or out of the Building or by installation or removal
by Tenant of furniture, fixtures or other property, shall be repaired, restored
or replaced promptly by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, which repairs,
restorations and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the
original work or installations. If Tenant fails to make such repairs,
restoration or replacements, same may be made by Landlord at the expense of
Tenant and such expense shall be collectible as additional rent and shall be
paid by Tenant within ten days after rendition of a bill therefor. Subject to
Tenant's obligations set forth above, Landlord shall maintain and repair the
exterior of the Building and public portions of the Building, all structural
elements of the Building, air-conditioning cooling towers on the roof, and all
building systems serving the demised premises, including pipes, lines and the
like located outside of the demised premises. Landlord shall have no obligation
with respect to any items included in Tenant's Extra Work, or constructed or
installed in the demised premises by Tenant, or located in the demised premises,
or exclusively serving the demised premises.

          The exterior walls of the Building, the portions of any window sills
outside the windows and the windows are not part of the premises demised by this
Lease and Landlord reserves all rights to such parts of the Building, but the
foregoing shall not relieve Tenant of any obligation to restore, repair, or
replace same in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph.

     7.02. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises
exceeding the floor load per square foot area which such floor was designed to
carry and which is allowed by law.

     7.03. Business machines and mechanical equipment used by Tenant which cause
vibration, noise, cold or heat that may be transmitted to the Building structure
or to any leased space to such a degree as to be reasonably objectionable to
Landlord or to any other tenant in the Building shall be placed and maintained
by Tenant at its expense in settings of cork, rubber or spring type vibration
eliminators sufficient to absorb and prevent such vibration or noise, or prevent
transmission of such cold or heat. The parties hereto recognize that the
operation of elevators, air conditioning and heating equipment will cause some
vibration, noise, heat or cold which may be transmitted to other parts of the
Building and demised premises. Landlord shall be under no obligation to endeavor
to reduce such vibration, noise, heat or cold beyond what is customary in
current good building practice for buildings of the same type as the Building.

     7.04. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, there shall
be no allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value and no liability on
the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business
arising from the making of any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements
in or to any portion of the Building or the demised premises or in or to


                                       14
<PAGE>

fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. Landlord shall exercise reasonable
diligence so as to minimize any interference with Tenant's business operations,
but shall not be required to perform the same on an overtime or premium pay
basis.

     7.05 Landlord shall maintain a code compliant Class E System and shall
comply with the American with Disabilities Act, but the foregoing shall apply
only to areas outside of the demised premises and shall not require Landlord to
take any action with respect to areas outside of the demised premises resulting
from the particular use or occupancy of the demised premises by Tenant.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                               REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

     8.01. Tenant shall comply with all Legal Requirements which shall impose
any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the
particular use by Tenant of the demised premises, or arising out of the
particular use or occupation thereof by Tenant.

     8.02. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01 hereof, Tenant, at its
own cost and expense, in its name and/or (whenever necessary) Landlord's name,
may contest, in any manner permitted by law (including appeals to a court, or
governmental department or authority having jurisdiction in the matter), the
validity or the enforcement of any Legal Requirements with which Tenant is
required to comply pursuant to this Lease, and may defer compliance therewith
provided that:

               (a) such non-compliance shall not subject Landlord to criminal
prosecution or subject the Premises to lien or sale;

               (b) such non-compliance shall not be in violation of any
mortgage, or of the Over Lease or of any ground or underlying lease or any
mortgage thereon;

               (c) Tenant shall first deliver to Landlord a surety bond issued
by a surety company of recognized responsibility, or other security reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying and protecting Landlord or Over Landlord
against any loss or injury by reason of such non-compliance; and

               (d) Tenant shall promptly, diligently and continuously prosecute
such contest.

               Landlord, without expense or liability to it, shall cooperate
with Tenant and execute any documents or pleadings required for such purpose,
provided that Landlord shall reasonably be satisfied that the facts set forth in
any such documents or pleadings are accurate.


                                       15

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 9
                    INSURANCE, LOSS, REIMBURSEMENT, LIABILITY

     9.01. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon or
about the demised premises, which will invalidate or be in conflict with New
York standard fire insurance policies covering the Building, and fixtures and
property therein, or which would increase the rate of fire insurance applicable
to the Building to an amount higher than it otherwise would be if the demised
premises were used for executive and general offices; and Tenant shall neither
do nor permit to be done any act or thing upon the demised premises which shall
or might subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any
person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being
carried on within the demised premises; but nothing in this Section 9.01 shall
prevent Tenant's use of the demised premises for the purposes stated in Article
5 hereof.

     9.02. If, as a result of any act or omission by Tenant or violation of this
Lease by Tenant, the rate of fire insurance applicable to the Building shall be
increased, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all increases of Landlord's and
other tenants' fire insurance premiums so caused; such reimbursement to be
additional rent payable within five days after demand therefor by Landlord. Any
disputes under Section 9.02 shall be resolved in accordance with Article 37.

     9.03. Landlord or its agent shall not be liable for any injury or damage to
persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas,
electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building, or from
the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface
or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever
nature, unless any of the foregoing shall be caused by or due to the willful
misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees.

     9.04. Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any damage which
Tenant may sustain, if at any time any window of the demised premises is broken,
or temporarily or permanently closed, darkened or bricked upon for any reason
whatsoever, except only Landlord's arbitrary acts if the result is permanent and
Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor or abatement of rent
or to any release from any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, nor shall
the same constitute an eviction or constructive eviction. Landlord shall not,
unless required by any Legal Requirement, authorize the blocking of any window
in the demised premises by any sign or obstruction placed on the Building's
facade (unless needed for repair, restoration or maintenance of the Building),
or permit the windows to be bricked, closed or darkened, to the extent same is
under the control of Landlord..

     9.05. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses, damages or fines
incurred or suffered by Landlord, by reason of any act, breach, violation or
non-performance by Tenant, or its agents, servants or employees, of any covenant
or provision of this Lease, or by reason of damage


                                       16
<PAGE>

to persons or property caused by moving property of or for Tenant in or out of
the Building, or by the installation or removal of furniture or other property
of or for Tenant, or by reason of or arising out of any act of Tenant, or its
agents, servants or employees, in the use or occupancy of the demised premises.
Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 8.02 hereof, where
applicable, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's own cost and expense, to
participate in the defense of any action or proceeding brought against Landlord,
and in negotiations for settlement thereof if, pursuant to this Section 9.05,
Tenant would be obligated to reimburse Landlord for expenses, damages or fines
incurred or suffered by Landlord.

     9.06. Tenant shall give Landlord notice in case of fire or accidents in the
demised premises promptly after Tenant becomes aware of such event.

     9.07. Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord's interest in the Premises
and in the Over Lease, and the demised premises, for the satisfaction of any
right or remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial
process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord, in the event of any
liability by Landlord, and no other property or assets of Landlord shall be
subject to levy, execution, attachment, or other enforcement procedure for the
satisfaction of Tenant's remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the
relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant's use and occupancy of
the demised premises, or any other liability of Landlord to Tenant.

     9.08. Each party, on behalf of itself and on behalf of anyone claiming
under or through it by way of subrogation or otherwise, waives all rights and
causes of action against the other party, and the officers, employees, agents
and invitees of the other party, for any liability arising out of any loss or
damage in or to the demised premises and/or the Building or Premises, its
contents and other property owned or controlled by or caused by:

     (i)  any peril normally covered under all-risk policies issued in the
          geographic area in which the Building is located (whether or not such
          party actually carries such insurance policies), or

     (ii) if the scope of coverage is broader than in (i) above, then any peril
          actually covered under the insurance maintained by such party.

     This release and waiver shall be complete and total even if such loss or
damage may have been caused by the negligence of the other party, its officers,
employees, agents or invitees and shall not be affected or limited by the amount
of insurance proceeds available to the waiving party, regardless of the reason
for such deficiency in proceeds. If any additional charge or increase in premium
is made by the insurer because of this waiver of subrogation, then the party in
whose favor the waiver was obtained shall pay such additional charge or increase
in premium; failure to pay the increase in premium will void the release and
waiver benefitting such party but shall not affect the benefit of the
corresponding release and waiver enjoyed by the other party.


                                       17
<PAGE>

     However, if one party's insurance carrier prohibits waiver of subrogation
regardless of premium, then the other party's release and waiver shall become
null and void, it being understood that in this instance each waiver is given in
consideration for the other.

     Each party covenants that from and after the date possession of the demised
premises is delivered to Tenant its insurance policies will contain waiver of
subrogation endorsements, and that if such endorsements, for any reason
whatsoever, are about to become unavailable, it will give the other party not
less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of such impending
unavailability.

     9.09. Tenant covenants and agrees to provide at its expense on or before
the Commencement Date and to keep in force during the Term naming Landlord and
Over Landlord as additional insured parties a comprehensive general liability
insurance policy including but not limited to premises operation blanket
contractual insurance, broad form property damage, independent contractor's
coverage and personal injury coverage protecting Landlord, Over Landlord and
Tenant against any liability whatsoever, occasioned by any occurrence on or
about the demised premises or any appurtenances thereto. Such policy is to be
written by good and solvent insurance companies licensed to do business in the
State of New York reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and shall be in such
limits as Landlord may reasonably require. As of the date of this Lease Landlord
reasonably requires limits of liability thereunder of not less than $3,000,000
per occurrence for bodily or personal injury (including death) and in the amount
of $1,000,000 per occurrence in respect of property damage. Such insurance may
be carried under a blanket policy covering the demised premises and other
locations of Tenant, if any, provided that each such policy shall in all
respects, comply with this Article and shall specify that the portion of the
total coverage of such policy that is allocated to the demised premises is in
the amount required pursuant to this Section 9.09. Prior to the time such
insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant and thereafter, at least 15
days prior to the effective date of any such policy, Tenant agrees to deliver to
Landlord a certificate of such insurance, followed within thirty (30) days by a
duplicate original of the aforesaid policy. Said policy shall contain an
endorsement that such insurance may not be cancelled except upon 30 days' prior
notice to Landlord. Such policy shall also have the indemnity clause referred to
in Article 38 hereof typed on the policy evidencing that the "hold harmless"
clause has been insured. Tenant's failure to provide and keep in force the
aforementioned insurance shall be regarded as a material default hereunder
entitling Landlord to exercise any or all of the remedies provided in this Lease
in the event of Tenant's default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Lease, the carrying of insurance by Tenant in compliance with
this Section shall not modify, reduce, limit or impair Tenant's obligations and
liability under Article 38 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                          DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE


                                       18
<PAGE>

     10.01. If the Building or the demised premises shall be partially or
totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause (and if this Lease shall not
have been terminated as in this Article 10 hereinafter provided), Landlord shall
repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Building and/or the demised
premises, at its expense with reasonable dispatch after notice to it of the
damage or destruction.

     10.02. If the Building or the demised premises shall be damaged or
destroyed by fire or other causes, then unless such fire or damage shall have
resulted from the negligence of Tenant or its officers, contractors, licensees,
agents, employees, guests, invitees or visitors, the rents payable hereunder
shall be abated to the extent that the demised premises shall have been rendered
untenantable for the period from the date of such damage or destruction to the
date the damage shall be repaired or restored; provided, however, that should
Tenant reoccupy a portion of the demised premises during the period the
restoration work is taking place and prior to the date that the whole of said
demised premises are made tenantable, fixed annual rent and additional rents
allocable to such portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such
reoccupancy.

     10.03. If the Building shall be so damaged or destroyed by fire or other
cause (whether or not the demised premises are damaged or destroyed) as to
require a reasonably estimated expenditure made by Landlord or a reputable
contractor reasonably designated by Landlord of more than 50% of the full
replacement value of the Building immediately prior to the casualty, then
Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice to such effect within
120 days after the date of the casualty. In case of any damage or destruction
mentioned in this Article 10 which Landlord is required to repair and restore,
Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord if Landlord has not
completed the making of the required repairs and restorations within 15 months
after the date of such damage or destruction, or within such period after such
date (not exceeding 6 months) as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may
have been delayed in doing so by adjustment of insurance, labor trouble,
governmental controls, act of God, or any other cause beyond Landlord's
reasonable control.

     10.04. No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord for
inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or
restoration of any portion of the demised premises or of the Building pursuant
to this Article 10.

     10.05. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article 10,
if Landlord or the Over Landlord or the lessor of any superior lease or the
holder of any superior mortgage shall be unable to collect all of the insurance
proceeds (including rent insurance proceeds) applicable to damage or destruction
of the demised premises or the Building by fire or other cause, by reason of
some action or inaction on the part of Tenant or any of its employees, agents or
contractors, then, without prejudice to any other remedies which may be
available against Tenant, there shall be no abatement of Tenant's rents, but the
total amount of such rents not abated (which would otherwise have been abated)
shall not exceed the amount of uncollected


                                       19
<PAGE>

insurance proceeds.

     10.06. Landlord will not carry separate insurance of any kind on Tenant's
property (including, without limitation, any property of Tenant which shall
become the property of Landlord as provided in Article 6 hereof), and, except as
provided by law, Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or
replace or clear the same, or any other decorations, installations, equipment or
fixtures installed by or for Tenant at Tenant's expense, or Tenant's Extra Work.
Tenant shall maintain such fire and casualty insurance as it deems advisable.

     10.07. The provisions of this Article 10 shall be considered an express
agreement governing any cause of damage or destruction of the demised premises
by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State
of New York, providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express
agreement, and any other law of like import, now or hereafter in force, shall
have no application in such case.

     10.08. Landlord shall maintain fire and other casualty insurance on the
Building.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                    ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING, SUBLETTING, ETC.

     11.01. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article 11, Tenant
shall not without, in each instance, obtaining the prior consent of Landlord,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (a) assign or
otherwise transfer this Lease or the term and estate hereby granted, (b) sublet
all or part of the demised premises or allow the same to be used or occupied by
others or in violation of Article 5, (c) mortgage, pledge or encumber this Lease
or all or part of the demised premises in any manner by reason of any act or
omission on the part of Tenant, or (d) advertise, or authorize a broker to
advertise, for a subtenant for all or part of the demised premises or for an
assignee of this Lease. For purposes of this Article 11, (i) the transfer of a
majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant or
subtenant, or the transfer of a majority of the total interest in any other
entity (partnership or otherwise) which is a tenant or subtenant, however
accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or
unrelated transactions, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease, or such
sublease, as the case may be, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not
apply to a public offering of Tenant's securities on a recognized national
market, or to any transfer of shares which are publically traded, or to a sale
of shares to one acquirer, or to the transfer of shares by a share owner in
connection with such share owner's estate planning, (ii) a takeover agreement
shall be deemed a transfer of this Lease, (iii) any person or legal
representative of Tenant, to whom Tenant's interest under this Lease passes by
operation of law, or otherwise, shall be bound by the provisions of this Article
11, and (iv) a modification, amendment or extension without Landlord's prior
written consent of a sublease previously consented to by Landlord shall be
deemed a new sublease, unless such



                                       20
<PAGE>

extension was contained in the sublease previously approved by Landlord, but
with a term not beyond the Expiration Date. Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord
upon demand at any time and from time to time such information and assurances as
Landlord may reasonably request that neither Tenant, nor any subtenant, shall
have violated the provisions of this Section 11.01.

     11.02. The provisions of clauses (a), (b) and (d) of Section 11.01 and the
provisions of Sections 11.05 and 11.06(e) hereof shall not apply to (and
Landlord's consent shall not be required for, but notice shall nonetheless be
given to Landlord), transactions entered into by Tenant with a Tenant Affiliate.
"Tenant Affiliate" shall mean (i) an entity into which the Tenant is merged or
consolidated or to which Tenant sells substantially all its assets, provided
such merger, consolidation or asset sale results in the successor entity being
fully liable under this Lease and such successor entity having a net worth at
least equal to or in excess of the net worth of Tenant as of the date hereof;
(ii) an entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
Tenant (the term "control" meaning ownership of not less than 25% of the
outstanding voting interests of such entity); or (iii) a partnership in which
and for so long as Tenant or a Tenant Affiliate shall be a general partner and
of which Tenant (or one or more Tenant Affiliates) shall own not less than 25%
of the legal equitable interest.

     11.03. Any assignment or transfer, whether made with Landlord's consent as
required by Section 11.01 or without Landlord's consent pursuant to Section
11.02, shall not be effective unless and until (a) the assignee of the Lease
shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a recordable agreement, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the assignee
shall (i) assume the obligations and performance of this Lease and agree to be
personally bound by all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and
conditions hereof on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed on and after
the effective date of any such assignment and (ii) agree that the provisions of
this Article 11 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to
be binding upon it in the future, and (b) in the case of an assignment or
transfer pursuant to Section 11.02(i), Tenant or its successor shall have
delivered to Landlord financial statements certified by a reputable firm of
certified public accountants evidencing satisfaction of the net worth
requirements referred to in Section 11.02. Tenant covenants that,
notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the
provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of fixed annual
rent by Landlord from an assignee or transferee or any other party, Tenant shall
remain fully and primarily and jointly and severally liable for the payment of
the fixed annual rent and all additional rent due and to become due under this
Lease and for the performance and observance of all of the covenants,
agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant
to be performed or observed.

     11.04. The liability of Tenant, and the due performance by Tenant of the
obligations on its part to be performed under this Lease, shall not be
discharged, released or impaired in any respect by an agreement or stipulation
made by the Landlord or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, by way of mortgage,
or otherwise, extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations
contained in this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any
of the obligations


                                       21
<PAGE>

on Tenant's part to be performed under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to
be liable hereunder. If any such agreement or modification operates to increase
the obligations of a tenant under this Lease, the liability under this Section
11.04 of the tenant named in the Lease or any of its successors in interest
(unless such party shall have expressly consented in writing to such agreement
or modification) shall continue to be no greater than if such agreement or
modification had not been made.

     11.05. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to an
assignment of this Lease or a subletting of the whole or a part of the demised
premises, and shall respond to any request for such consent within 30 days of
receipt of such request, provided:

               (a) Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the name and business
address of the proposed subtenant or assignee, information with respect to the
nature and character of the proposed subtenant's or assignee's business, or
activities, such references and current financial information with respect to
net worth, credit and financial responsibility as are reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord, and a term sheet setting forth the proposed terms and conditions of
such subletting or assignment, as applicable;

               (b) The proposed subtenant or assignee is a reputable party whose
financial net worth, credit and financial responsibility is, considering the
responsibilities involved, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and in all
events with a net worth in excess of $150,000,000 per floor, or part thereof,
occupied by such subtenant or assignee.

               (c) The nature and character of the proposed subtenant or
assignee, its business or activities and intended use of the demised premises
are, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, in keeping with the standards of the
Building;

               (d) The proposed subtenant or assignee is not then an occupant of
any part of the Building or a party who dealt with Landlord or Landlord's agent
(directly or through a broker) with respect to space in the Building, during the
12 months immediately preceding Tenant's request for Landlord's consent, but
only if Landlord then has vacant space in the Building available for rental, or
becoming available within the next 12 months;

               (e) All costs incurred with respect to providing reasonably
appropriate means of ingress and egress from the sublet space or to separate the
sublet space from the remainder of the demised premises shall, subject to the
provisions of Article 6 with respect to alterations, installations, additions or
improvements, be borne by Tenant;

               (f) Each assignment or sublease shall specifically state that (i)
it is subject to all of the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions, and
conditions of this Lease, (ii) the subtenant or assignee, as the case may be,
will not have the right to further assign or sublet all or part of the demised
premises or to allow same to be used by others, without the consent of


                                       22
<PAGE>

Landlord in each instance, (iii) a consent by Landlord thereto shall not be
deemed or construed to modify, amend or affect the terms and provisions of this
Lease, or Tenant's obligations hereunder, which shall continue to apply to the
premises involved, and the occupants thereof, as if the sublease or assignment
had not been made, (iv) if Tenant defaults in the payment of any rent, Landlord
is authorized to collect any rents due or accruing from any assignee, subtenant
or other occupant of the demised premises and to apply the net amounts collected
to the fixed annual rent and additional rent due hereunder, and (v) the receipt
by Landlord of any amounts from an assignee or subtenant, or other occupant of
any part of the demised premises shall not be deemed or construed as releasing
Tenant from Tenant's obligations hereunder or the acceptance of that party as a
direct tenant.

               (g) Tenant, together with requesting Landlord's consent
hereunder, shall have paid Landlord any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord to
review the requested consent including any reasonable attorneys' fees incurred
by Landlord;

               (h) In the case of a subletting of a portion of the demised
premises, the portion so sublet shall be regular in shape and suitable for
normal renting purposes;

               (i) Tenant shall have given Landlord not less than 30 days prior
notice of its intention to offer to sublet more than 50% of the demised premises
for more than 75% of the remainder of the Term, or assign this Lease, and shall
first offer the space on the same terms to any existing tenant in the Building
if so requested by Landlord within 30 days after receipt of Tenant's notice. If
Tenant enters into such an assignment or sublet with an existing tenant in the
Building, as requested by Landlord, then Tenant shall be relieved of its
obligations hereunder with respect to the portion of the demised premises so
assigned or sublet, but only to the extent that Tenant's obligations hereunder
are specifically assumed by the assignee or sublessee, and except for those
obligations which arose prior to such assignment/sublease transaction or which
specifically survive any termination or expiration of this Lease.

               (j) The subletting or assignment shall not be at a lower
aggregate rental than that being charged by Landlord at the time for similar
space then available for rental in the Building;

               (k) The proposed assignment or sublease shall provide that it is
subject to the Landlord's rights under Section 11.06 hereof. Tenant shall have
complied with the provisions of said Section 11.06 and Landlord shall not have
made any of the elections provided for therein; and

               (l) The total number of tenants and subtenants occupying the
entire fifth floor shall not exceed three.

     11.06 (a) Should Tenant desire to assign this Lease or to sublet all or any


                                       23
<PAGE>

portion of the demised premises (other than by an assignment or sublease
permitted by Section 11.02 hereof), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a term
sheet, which term sheet shall specifically reference and address the matters set
forth in Section 11.05, setting forth the proposed terms and conditions of such
subletting or assignment, as applicable, and shall comply with the other
provisions of this Article 11, and Landlord shall then have the right to elect
by notice to Tenant given within 30 days after such delivery to (i) consent
(which consent shall have been deemed granted by Landlord if Landlord shall not
have disapproved of the transaction in writing, within 30 days of Landlord's
actual receipt of within notice from Tenant advising Landlord of Tenant's
intention to assign or sublet along with such other documents and information as
is required under this Article 11), or (ii) refuse to consent to such assignment
or sublease in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if such sublet (or such sublet, together with any prior or
contemporaneous sublets, in the aggregate) is for 50% or more of the demised
premises and is for more than 75% of the remainder of the Term, or if Tenant has
agreed to assign this Lease, Landlord may elect to, within 30 days after
Landlord receives the term sheet described above, (x) with respect to a proposed
assignment of this Lease, terminate this Lease as of the date which is 90 days
after Landlord receives the term sheet as described above as if it were the
Expiration Date set forth herein; or (y) with respect to a proposed subletting,
terminate this Lease as to the portion of the demised premises affected by such
subletting as of the date which is 90 days after Landlord receives the term
sheer as described above, in which case Tenant shall promptly execute and
deliver to Landlord an appropriate modification of this Lease in form
satisfactory to Landlord.

               (b) Tenant shall, as soon as any permitted assignment or sublease
is consummated, deliver to Landlord copies of the executed assignment or
sublease document.

               (c) Intentionally omitted.

               (d) If pursuant to the exercise of any of Landlord's options
under this Section 11.06, this Lease is terminated as to only a portion of the
demised premises, then the fixed annual rent and the additional rent due under
this Lease shall be adjusted in proportion to the portion of the demised
premises affected by such termination as reasonably determined by Landlord.

               (e) If the Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of
this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall in consideration therefor, pay to
Landlord, as additional rent:

                    (i) in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to 50% of
               all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee
               for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited
               to, sums paid for the sale of Tenant's fixtures (other than trade
               fixtures) and leasehold improvements, sums paid for the sale of
               Tenant's trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings or
               other personal property in excess of the then depreciated value
               of same as carried on the books of



                                       24
<PAGE>

               Tenant), less direct and actual costs incurred by Tenant in
               connection with such assignment, such as real estate commissions,
               legal fees and alterations made at Tenant's expense pursuant to
               an assignment agreement, but not including any alterations which
               would be required to return the space to Building Standard, and
               not including the unamortized cost of any of Tenant's fixtures,
               leasehold improvements, equipment, fixtures, furnishings or other
               items, except as set forth above, and

                    (ii) in the case of a sublease, 50% of any rents, additional
               charges or other consideration payable under the sublease to
               Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the fixed annual
               rent and additional rent accruing during the term of the sublease
               in respect of the subleased space pursuant to the terms hereof
               (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental
               of Tenant's fixtures (other than trade fixtures) and lease-hold
               improvements, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant's trade
               fixtures, equipment, furniture or furnishings or other personal
               property in excess of the then depreciated value of same as
               carried on the books of Tenant, less direct and actual costs
               incurred by Tenant in connection with such sublease, such as real
               estate commissions, legal fees, and alterations made at Tenant's
               expense pursuant to a sublease agreement, but not including any
               alterations which would be required to return the space to
               Building Standard, and not including the unamortized cost of any
               of Tenant's fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment fixtures,
               furnishings or other items, except as set forth above.

The sums payable under this Section 11.06(e) shall be paid to Landlord, within
fifteen (15) days after payment by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant. Nothing
contained in this Section shall restrict Tenant from selling any personal
property of Tenant to any person or entity, not an assignee or subtenant, as
described above, or retaining all of the proceeds of any such sale.

               (f) If Landlord exercises any of its options under this Section
11.06, Landlord shall be free to, and shall have no liability to Tenant if
Landlord shall, lease the demised premises or any portion thereof with respect
to which one of such options exercised, to Tenant's proposed assignee or
subtenant, as the case may be.

               (g) If Landlord exercises any of its options under this Section
11.06 to terminate this Lease, whether as to the whole or any part of the
demised premises, Tenant shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with
respect to said whole or portion of the demised premises, as the case may be,
except for those obligations which arise prior to such termination or which
specifically survive any termination or the expiration of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 12


                                       25
<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

     12.01. Annexed hereto as Exhibit C is a true and complete copy of the
Certificate of Occupancy for the Building.


                                   ARTICLE 13

                          ADJACENT EXCAVATION - SHORING

     13.01. If an excavation or other substructure work shall be made upon land
adjacent to the demised premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant
shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation,
license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as
shall be reasonably necessary to preserve the wall of or the Building of which
the demised premises form a part from injury or damage and to support the same
by proper foundations without any claim for damages or indemnity against
Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent.

                                   ARTICLE 14

                                  CONDEMNATION

     14.01. In the event that the whole of the demised premises shall be
lawfully condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use,
this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and
terminate as of the date of vesting of title. In the event that only a part of
the demised premises shall be so condemned or taken, then, effective as of the
date of vesting of title, the fixed annual rent and additional rent due under
this Lease shall be abated proportionately according to the reduction in the
rentable area of the demised premises resulting from such condemnation or
taking. In the event that only a part of the Building shall be so condemned or
taken, then (a) Landlord (whether or not the demised premises shall be affected)
may, at Landlord's option, if such taking is for more than 50% of the Building,
terminate this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted as of the date of
such vesting of title by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within
60 days following the date on which Landlord shall have received notice of
vesting of title, or (b) if such condemnation or taking shall be of a
substantial part of the demised premises or of a substantial part of the means
of access thereto, Tenant may, at Tenant's option, by delivery of notice in
writing to Landlord within 30 days following the date on which Tenant shall have
received notice of vesting of title, terminate this Lease and the term and
estate hereby granted as of the date of vesting of title, or (c) if neither
Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, this Lease
shall be and remain unaffected by such condemnation or taking, except that the
fixed annual rent payable under Article 1 and additional rents payable under
Article 3 shall be abated to the extent hereinbefore provided


                                       26
<PAGE>

in this Article 14.

     14.02. In the event of termination of this Lease in any of the cases
hereinbefore provided, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall
expire as of the date of such termination with the same effect as if that were
the Expiration Date, and the fixed annual rent and additional rents payable
hereunder shall be apportioned as of such date.

     14.03. In the event of any condemnation or taking of all or a part of the
Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the
condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate
vested by this Lease in Tenant. Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord
(subject to the preceding sentence), any and all right, title and interest of
Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and
agrees that it shall not be entitled to receive any part of such award.

     14.04. In the event of any taking of less than the whole of the Building
which does not result in a termination of this Lease, Landlord, at its expense,
shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair, alter and restore the
remaining parts of the Building and the demised premises to substantially their
former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible and so as to
constitute a complete and tenantable Building and demised premises. Tenant may
terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord if Landlord has not completed the
making of the required repairs and restorations within 15 months after the date
of such taking, or within such period after such date (not exceeding 6 months)
as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may have been delayed in doing so
by adjustment of insurance, labor trouble, governmental controls, act of God, or
any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control.

     14.05. In the event any part of the demised premises be taken to effect
compliance with any law or requirement of public authority other than in the
manner hereinabove provided in this Article 14, then (i) if such compliance is
the obligation of Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any
diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation from Landlord therefor,
but (ii) if such compliance is the obligation of Landlord under this Lease, the
fixed annual rent hereunder shall be reduced and additional rents under Article
3 shall be adjusted in the same manner as is provided in Section 14.01 according
to the reduction in rentable area of the demised premises resulting from such
taking.

     14.06. Tenant shall have the right to seek an award for its own personal
property loss and relocation costs.


                                   ARTICLE 15

                       ACCESS TO DEMISED PREMISES; CHANGES

     15.01. (a) Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes,
ducts and


                                       27
<PAGE>

conduits in and through the demised premises, provided the same are installed
adjacent to, or to the extent reasonably practicable, concealed behind walls and
ceilings of the demised premises. Landlord shall to the extent practicable
install such pipes, ducts and conduits by such methods and at such locations as
will not materially interfere with or impair Tenant's layout or use of the
demised premises. Landlord or its agents or designees shall have the right, but
only upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant or any authorized employee of Tenant
at the demised premises, to enter the demised premises (a) for the making of
such repairs or alterations as Landlord may deem necessary for the Building or
which Landlord shall be required to or shall have the right to make by the
provisions of this Lease or any other lease in the Building, and (b) for the
purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to existing or prospective
purchasers, mortgagees or lessees of all or part of the Building or the Premises
or to prospective assignees, agents or designees of any such parties. Landlord
shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the demised premises that
may be required for the repairs or alterations above mentioned without the same
constituting an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant in whole or in part,
and the rent reserved hereunder shall not abate while said repairs or
alterations are being made by reason of loss or interruption of the business of
Tenant because of the prosecution of any such work. Landlord shall exercise
reasonable diligence so as to minimize the disturbance to Tenant but nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to perform any work on an
overtime or premium pay basis.

               (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
preceding paragraph, it is specifically agreed that Landlord reserves the
absolute right for itself and its agents, employees or designees to enter upon
the demised premises at such times, and with such frequency, as Landlord shall
determine in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice in the case of an
emergency and upon such notice as may be practicable under the circumstances in
non-emergency situations, for the purposes of installing, inspecting, adjusting,
maintaining, repairing or replacing all or any portion of the Building's
structural, electrical, plumbing, elevators and mechanical and HVAC systems as
are or are to be located in the demised premises and, in connection therewith,
to take all material into and upon the demised premises as Landlord deems
necessary in its sole and reasonable discretion to accomplish the foregoing
purposes. The rights herein reserved by Landlord shall include, without
limitation and without the exercise of such rights by Landlord or its agents,
employees or designee as herein permitted constituting an actual or constructive
eviction, or giving rise to any liability whatsoever on the part of Landlord, or
any claim by Tenant for damages or abatement of rents, the following:

               (i)  Access through the demised premises to stairways and
                    elevators at any time for any purpose set forth in or
                    contemplated by this Lease;

               (ii) Access to all conduits, pipes, wires, ducts and valves
                    located in or accessible through, the demised premises,
                    including, without limitation, all water valves relating to
                    the Building's plumbing, mechanical and HVAC systems.


                                       28
<PAGE>

Without limiting the rights of Landlord as expressly reserved above, Landlord
shall:

               (x) Unless otherwise required by emergency or any other cause
beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, use reasonable efforts as are
practical under the circumstances to be accompanied by an employee of Tenant in
such access to the demised premises, and to exercise its rights hereunder in
such a manner as to minimize the disturbance to Tenant, but nothing contained
herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to perform work on an overtime or
premium pay basis; and

               (y) Repair any damage done to any portion of the demised premises
which is damaged or destroyed as a result of Landlord's exercise of the rights
reserved in this paragraph 15.01.

     15.02. Landlord reserves the right, without the same constituting an actual
or constructive eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefor, to
change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, passageways, doors,
doorways, corridors, elevators, stairways, toilets and other public parts of the
Building; provided, however, that access to the Building shall not be cut off
and that there shall be no unreasonable obstruction of access to the demised
premises or unreasonable interference with the use or enjoyment thereof.

     15.03. Intentionally Omitted.

     15.04. Landlord may, during the eighteen (18) months prior to expiration of
the Term exhibit the demised premises to prospective tenants, upon reasonable
prior notice to Tenant (but Tenant may not require more than 24 hours advance
notice), and otherwise subject to this Article 15.

     15.05. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an
entry into the demised premises at any time when for any reason an entry therein
shall be urgently necessary by reason of fire or emergency, Landlord or
Landlord's agents may forcibly enter the same (upon such notice, if any, as may
be practicable under the circumstances) without rendering Landlord or such
agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord's agents shall
accord reasonable care to Tenant's property) and without in any manner affecting
the obligations and covenants of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 16

                            CONDITIONS OF LIMITATION

     16.01. This Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the
limitation that whenever Tenant shall make an assignment of the property of
Tenant for the benefit of creditors,


                                       29
<PAGE>

or if a petition shall be filed by or against Tenant under any provisions of the
United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any other bankruptcy or
insolvency law or any law of like import, or whenever a permanent receiver of
Tenant or of or for the property of Tenant shall be appointed, then, Landlord
may (a) at any time after receipt of notice of the occurrence of any such event,
or (b) if such event occurs without the acquiescence of Tenant, at any time
after the event continues for thirty (30) days, give Tenant a notice of
intention to end the Term of this Lease at the expiration of 5 days from the
date of service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said 5
day period this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the
Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as
if that day were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages
as provided in Article 18.

     16.02. This Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to
further limitation as follows:

               (a) whenever Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of fixed
annual rent or any additional rent or any other charge payable by Tenant to
Landlord, on the day the same is due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof,
and such default shall continue for 5 days after Landlord shall have given
Tenant a notice specifying such default, or

               (b) whenever Tenant shall do or permit anything to be done,
whether by action or inaction, contrary to any of Tenant's obligations
hereunder, and if such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by
Tenant within 15 days after Landlord shall have given Tenant a notice specifying
the same, or, in the case of a happening or default which cannot with due
diligence be cured within a period of 15 days and the continuation of the period
required for cure will not subject Landlord to the risk of criminal liability
(as more particularly described in Article 8 hereof) or termination of the Over
Lease or any superior lease or foreclosure of any superior mortgage, if Tenant
shall not (i) within said 15 day period advise Landlord of Tenant's intention to
duly institute all steps necessary to remedy such situation, (ii) duly institute
within said 15 day period, and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecute
to completion all steps necessary to remedy the same, and (iii) complete such
remedy within such time after the date of the giving of said notice of Landlord
as shall reasonably be necessary, or

               (c) whenever any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise
whereby this Lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the
Term hereof would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any
person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted by
Article 11, or

               (d) whenever the demised premises shall be abandoned (unless as a
result of such a casualty), or

               (e) whenever in case any other lease held by Tenant from Landlord
shall expire and terminate (whether or not the term thereof shall then have
commenced) as a result of


                                       30
<PAGE>

the default of Tenant thereunder:

in any of said cases set forth in the foregoing Subsections (a), (b), (c), (d),
or (e), Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term at the
expiration of 3 days from the date of the service of such notice of intention,
and upon the expiration of said 3 days this Lease and the Term and estate hereby
granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall
terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but
Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 18.

     16.03. Notwithstanding the cure periods provided for in Section 16.02(b),
such cure periods shall be reduced to such number of days as is necessary so as
to avoid placing Landlord in default under the provisions of any currently
existing Superior Instrument.

                                   ARTICLE 17

                        RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD, INJUNCTION

     17.01. If Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of fixed annual rent, or
of any additional rent or any other charge payable by Tenant to Landlord on the
date the same is due and payable, and if such default shall continue for 5 days
after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying such default, or
if this Lease shall terminate as in Article 16 provided, Landlord or Landlord's
agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the
demised premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings
or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or otherwise,
without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefrom. The word
re-enter, as herein used, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning.

     17.02. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of
its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right of
injunction. The special remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are
cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means
of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled at any time and Landlord
may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were
not provided for herein.

     17.03. If this Lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 16, or
if Landlord shall re-enter the demised premises under the provisions of this
Article 17, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry by
or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision
of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, then (a) Tenant
shall thereupon pay to Landlord the fixed annual rent and additional rent
payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such termination of this Lease,
or of such recovery of possession of the demised premises by Landlord, as the
case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord


                                       31
<PAGE>

damages as provided in Article 18, and (b) Landlord shall be entitled to retain
all moneys and to draw upon all letters of credit, if any, paid or given by
Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such
moneys shall be credited by Landlord against any fixed annual rent or additional
rent due from Tenant at the time of such termination or re-entry or, at
Landlord's option against any damages payable by Tenant under Articles 16 and 18
or pursuant to law.

     17.04. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption
granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant being
evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Landlord obtaining
possession of the demised premises by reason of the violation by Tenant of any
of the covenants and conditions of this Lease or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE 18

                                     DAMAGES

     18.01. If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 16, or
if Landlord shall re-enter the demised premises under the provisions of Article
17, or in the event of the termination of this Lease or of re-entry by or under
any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by
reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
as damages (i) the amount required to restore the demised premises to Building
Standard; plus (ii) all additional rent accrued but unpaid to such date; plus
(iii) the unamortized portion of (x) any real estate brokerage commission paid
by Landlord in connection with this Lease and (y) Tenant's reimbursement for
Tenant's Extra Work, as set forth in Section 2.02 (each of (x) and (y) to be
amortized on a straight line basis over the Term); plus (iv) the unamortized
portion of any rent abatement granted by Landlord to Tenant amortized over the
term; plus (v) at the election of Landlord, either:

                            (a) a sum which at the time of such termination of
this Lease or at the time of any such re-entry by Landlord, as the case may be,
is the excess, if any, of

               (1)  the aggregate of the fixed annual rent and the additional
                    rent payable hereunder which would have been payable by
                    Tenant (conclusively presuming the additional rent to be the
                    same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such
                    termination except that additional rent on account of
                    increases in Real Estate Taxes shall be presumed to increase
                    at the average of the rates of increase thereof previously
                    experienced by Landlord during the period (not to exceed 3
                    years) prior to such termination) for the period commencing
                    with such earlier termination of this Lease or the date of
                    any such re-entry, as the case may be, and ending with the
                    Expiration Date, had this Lease not so terminated or had
                    Landlord not so re-entered the demised premises, over


                                       32
<PAGE>

               (2)  the aggregate rental value of the demised premises for the
                    same period, or

                            (b) sums equal to the fixed annual rent and the
additional rent payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant had
this Lease not so terminated, or had Landlord not so re-entered the demised
premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such
termination or such re-entry and until the Expiration Date, provided, however,
that if Landlord shall re-let the demised premises during said period, Landlord
shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such
re-letting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross
rents as and when received by Landlord from such re-letting, the expenses
incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease or in re-entering the
demised premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of
re-letting, including altering and preparing the demised premises for new
tenants (including tenant work letters), brokers' commissions, legal fees, and
all other expenses properly chargeable against the demised premises and the
rental thereof; it being understood that any such re-letting may be for a period
shorter or longer than the remaining term of this Lease. In no event shall
Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable
by Tenant to Landlord hereunder for the period of such re-letting, nor shall
Tenant be entitled in any suit for collection of damages pursuant to this
subsection to a credit in respect of any net rents from re-letting, except to
the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord. If the demised
premises or any part thereof should be re-let in combination with other space,
then proper apportionment on a square foot basis shall be made of the rent
received from such re-letting and of the expenses of re-letting. If the demised
premises or any part thereof be re-let by Landlord for the unexpired portion of
the term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of
such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent payable
pursuant to such re-letting shall, prima facie, be the fair and reasonable
rental value for the demised premises, or part thereof, so re-let during the
term of the re-letting.

     18.02. Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments
thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and
nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit
until the date when the Term would have expired if it had not been so terminated
under the provisions of Article 16, or under any provision of law, or had
Landlord not re-entered the demised premises. Nothing herein contained shall be
construed to limit or preclude recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums
or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above,
Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part
of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the
right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of the
termination of this Lease or re-entry of the demised premises for the default of
Tenant under this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute
or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in
which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater,
equal to, or less than any of the sums referred to in Section 18.01.


                                       33
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 19

                LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS

     19.01 If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term
or covenant on Tenant's part to be observed or performed under any of the terms
or provisions of this Lease, (a) Landlord may remedy such default for the
account of Tenant, immediately and without notice in case of emergency, or in
any other case if Tenant shall fail to remedy such default with all reasonable
dispatch after Landlord shall have notified Tenant in writing of such default
and the applicable grace period for curing such default shall have expired; and
(b) if Landlord makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment
of money in connection with such default including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorneys' fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action
or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with interest at the
Interest Rate, shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid
by Tenant to Landlord upon rendition of a bill to Tenant therefor. The
provisions of this Article 19 shall survive the expiration or other termination
of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 20

                                 QUIET ENJOYMENT

     20.01 Landlord covenants and agrees that subject to the terms and
provisions of this Lease, if, and so long as, Tenant keeps and performs each and
every covenant, agreement, term, provision and condition herein contained on the
part or on behalf of Tenant to be kept or performed, then Tenant shall be
entitled to the quiet enjoyment of the demised premises and Tenant's rights
under this Lease shall not be cut off or ended before the expiration of the term
of this Lease, subject however, to the obligations of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 21

                             SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

     21.01. Landlord shall:

               (a) Provide one passenger elevator 24 hours per day, seven (7)
days per week, three passenger elevators from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Business
Days, and use of one freight elevator. The freight elevator is a manual elevator
(although it may be changed by Landlord in the future to automatic), which
Landlord's superintendent will operate, upon request, on Business Days from 9:00
a.m. to Noon and 1:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m., as reasonably requested by Tenant when
shipments for Tenant arrive from the outside. Landlord's current charge for
freight


                                       34
<PAGE>

outside of the foregoing hours ("Overtime Use") is $65.00 per hour, with a 4
hour per day minimum. Request for such Overtime Use must be made at least one
day in advance.

               (b) Furnish reasonable water for lavatory, kitchen and drinking
and office cleaning purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any
other purposes, Tenant agrees that Landlord may install a meter or meters or
other means to measure Tenant's water consumption, and Tenant further agrees to
reimburse Landlord for the cost of the meter or meters and the installation
thereof, and to pay for the maintenance of said meter equipment and/or to pay
Landlord's cost of other means of measuring such water consumption by Tenant.
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all water consumed, as measured
by said meter or meters or as otherwise reasonably measured, including sewer
rents.

               (c) Furnish reasonable heat to the demised premises from 8 A.M.
to 6 P.M. on Business Days. Tenant shall give Landlord prior written notice of
need for Overtime Heat. Overtime Heat shall mean before 8 A.M. and after 6 P.M.
on Business Days, and all use on days which are not Business Days. Landlord's
current charge (which may be increased from time to time to reflect actual
increases in cost and/or increases in the consumers price index), for Overtime
Heat is $80 per hour, with a 4 hour minimum per day. Request for such use must
be made at least one day in advance.

               (d) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord
to furnish at Landlord's expense such electric energy as is required to operate
the air conditioning system (including the cooling towers) serving the demised
premises, which system Landlord represents contains at least 110 tons (60 tons
in the south side unit and 50 tons in the north side unit). All such electric
energy shall be furnished to Tenant at Tenant's cost and expense. To the extent
such electric energy is not directly metered (such as the cooling towers), so as
to measure Tenant's individual consumption, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as
additional rent, within ten days of the furnishing of a bill therefor, Tenant's
pro rata portion, determined on a square footage basis, and/or hours of use
basis, of the actual cost of electric energy for the cooling towers. Provided
Tenant pays for the electrical cost as set forth in the preceding sentence,
Landlord will provide to Tenant, chilled water from the cooling towers. Tenant
shall give Landlord prior written notice of overtime chilled water use. Overtime
Use shall mean before 8 A.M. and after 6 P.M. on Business Days, and all use on
days which are not Business Days. Landlord's current charge (which may be
increased from time to time to reflect actual increases in cost and/or increases
in the consumers price index), for overtime chilled water is $135.00 per hour
per floor, with a 4 hour minimum per day. Request for such use must be made at
least one day in advance.

     21.02. Landlord reserves the right without any liability whatsoever, or
abatement of fixed annual rent, or additional rent, to stop the heating, air
conditioning, elevator, plumbing, electric and other systems when necessary by
reason of accident or emergency or for repairs, alterations, replacements or
improvements, provided that except in case of emergency, Landlord will notify
Tenant reasonably in advance, if possible, of any such stoppage and, if
ascertainable, its estimated


                                       35
<PAGE>

duration, and will proceed diligently with the work necessary to resume such
service as promptly as possible and in a manner so as to minimize interference
with the Tenant's use and enjoyment of the demised premises, but Landlord shall
not be obligated to employ overtime or premium labor therefor.

     21.03. Tenant shall arrange for the cleaning of the demised premises and
the removal of its own refuse and rubbish.

     21.04. Landlord shall provide one person in the lobby, 24 hours per day,
seven days per week, for security purposes who shall provide such security
services as are generally provided in similar office buildings (i.e., sign-in
book).

     21.05. Tenant shall be entitled, without charge by Landlord, to have 50% of
the listings in the current directory located in the lobby, but not less than
the percentage of Tenant's Tax Share.

     21.06. Landlord will not be required to furnish any other services, except
as otherwise provided in this Lease.

     21.07 Tenant shall have 24-hours 7-days a week access to the demised
premises.


                                   ARTICLE 22

                                   DEFINITIONS

     22.0. The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease means only the owner, or
the mortgagee in possession, at any time, of the Building (or the owner of a
lease of the Building or of the Premises and Building), so that in the event of
any transfer of title to said Premises and Building or said lease, or in the
event of a lease of the Building, or of the Premises and Building, upon
notification to Tenant of such transfer or lease the said transferor Landlord
shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all existing or future
covenants, obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder, and it shall be
deemed and construed as a covenant running with the land without further
agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the
parties and the transferee of title to said Premises and Building or said lease,
or the said lessee of the Building or of the Premises and Building, that the
transferee or the lessee, as applicable, has assumed and agreed in writing to
carry out any and all such covenants, obligations and liabilities of Landlord
hereunder, and further provided that the Security, if any, has been transferred
to such transferee.

     22.02. The term "Business Days" as used in this Lease shall exclude
Saturdays, Sundays and all days observed as legal holidays and defined as Public
Holidays in the Official Directory of


                                       36
<PAGE>

the City of New York as well as all other days recognized as holidays under
applicable union contracts.

     22.03. The term "Interest Rate" shall mean a rate per annum equal to the
lesser of (a) 2% above the "base rate" of Citibank, N.A., as publicly announced
from time to time or if Citibank, N.A. shall cease to exist or cease to announce
such rate, any similar rate designated by Landlord which is publicly announced
from time to time by any other bank in the City of New York having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000 or (b) the maximum rate of
interest, if any, which Tenant may legally contract to pay.

     22.04. The term "Legal Requirements" shall mean laws, statutes and
ordinances including building codes and zoning regulations and ordinances and
the orders, rules, regulations, directives and requirements of all federal,
state, county, city and borough departments, bureaus, boards, agencies, offices,
commissions and other subdivisions thereof, or of any official thereof, or of
any other governmental, public or quasi-public authority, whether now or
hereafter in force, which may be applicable to the Premises or Building or the
demised premises or any part thereof, or the sidewalks, curbs or areas adjacent
thereto.

                                   ARTICLE 23

                           INVALIDITY OF ANY PROVISION

     23.01. If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease or the
application thereof to any circumstance or to any person, firm or corporation
shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants,
conditions and provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and each
remaining term, covenant, condition and provision of this Lease shall be valid
and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                                   ARTICLE 24

                                    BROKERAGE

     24.01. Tenant and Landlord covenant, represent and warrant to the other
that each has had no dealings or negotiations with any broker or agent other
than Insignia/ESG, in connection with the consummation of this Lease, and each
party covenants and agrees to pay, hold harmless and indemnify the other from
and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and
court costs), loss and liability for any compensation, commissions or charges
claimed by any broker or agent, other than the broker set forth in this Section
24.01, with respect to this Lease or the negotiation thereof if such claim or
claims by any such broker or agent are based in whole


                                       37
<PAGE>

or in part on dealing with the party from whom such indemnity is sought.
Landlord agrees to pay to the broker specified in this Section 24.01 such
compensation, commissions or charges to which it is entitled pursuant to the
separate agreement between said broker and Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE 25

                                  SUBORDINATION

     25.01. This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or
underlying leases, including the Over Lease which may now or hereafter affect
the Premises or the Building and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter
affect such leases, the Premises or the Building, and to all renewals,
refinancings, modifications, replacements and extensions thereof (hereinafter
called "Superior Instruments"). The provisions of this Section 25.01 shall be
self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In
confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver at
its own cost and expense any instrument, in recordable form if required, that
Landlord, the holder of any Superior Instrument or any of their respective
successors in interest may request to evidence such subordination.

     25.02. In the event of a termination of any ground or underlying lease,
including the Over Lease, or if the interests of Landlord under this Lease are
transferred by reason of, or assigned in lieu of, foreclosure or other
proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage, or if the holder of any mortgage
acquires a lease in substitution therefor, then Tenant under this Lease may be
requested to, at the option to be exercised in writing by the holder of any such
Superior Instrument or any purchaser, assignee or lessee, as the case may be,
and if so requested shall, either (i) attorn to it and perform for its benefit
all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant's part to be
performed with the same force and effect as if it were the landlord originally
named in this Lease, or (ii) enter into a new lease with it for the remaining
term of this Lease and otherwise on the same terms and conditions and with the
same options, if any, then remaining. The foregoing provisions of clause (i) of
this Section 25.02 shall enure to the benefit of such holder of a Superior
Instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee, shall be self-operative upon the
exercise of such option, and no further instrument shall be required to give
effect to said provisions. Tenant, however, upon demand of any such holder of a
Superior Instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee agrees to execute, from time
to time, instruments in confirmation of the foregoing provisions of this Section
25.02, reasonably satisfactory to any such holder of a Superior Instrument,
purchaser, assignee or lessee, acknowledging such attornment and setting forth
the terms and conditions of its tenancy.

     25.03. Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, under no
circumstances shall any such holder of a Superior Instrument, purchaser,
assignee or lessee, as the case may be, whether or not it shall have succeeded
to the interests of Landlord under this Lease, be

               (a) liable for any act, omission or default of any prior
landlord; or


                                       38
<PAGE>

               (b) subject to any offsets, claims or defenses which the Tenant
might have against any prior landlord; or

               (c) bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have
paid to any prior landlord for more than one month in advance or for more than
three months in advance where such rent payments are payable at intervals of
more than one month; or

               (d) bound by any modification, amendment or abridgment of this
Lease, or any cancellation or surrender of the same, made without its prior
written approval.

     25.04. If, in connection with the financing of the Building, the holder of
any mortgage shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition
of approval thereof, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer
making such modifications provided the same do not (i) increase the fixed annual
rent or additional rents payable by Tenant (ii) reduce the Term hereof, (iii)
extend the Term hereof except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06, or (iv)
otherwise increase Tenant's obligations or reduce Tenant's rights under this
Lease except in an immaterial manner.

     25.05. Upon execution of this Lease, Landlord shall request and use its
reasonable commercial efforts to obtain prior to the date which is thirty (30)
days after the date hereof, for the benefit of Tenant, a "non-disturbance
agreement" in the form then utilized by the holder of the Superior Instrument
(and Landlord shall seek to obtain any changes to such form as Tenant shall
reasonable request, but Landlord does not assure that any such changes shall be
obtained), provided, however, that the failure of Landlord to obtain such
non-disturbance agreement shall not be a default by Landlord nor shall such
failure affect this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 26

                              CERTIFICATE OF TENANT

     26.01. Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time,
within ten (10) days after request by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver
to Landlord, the holder of a Superior Instrument or any other person, firm or
corporation specified by Landlord, a written instrument (an "Estoppel
Certificate") in such form as may reasonably be required by Landlord or the
holder of any Superior Instrument.

         26.02. Tenant agrees that, except for the first month's rent hereunder,
it will pay no rent under this Lease more than thirty (30) days in advance of
its due date, if so restricted by any existing or future Superior Instrument or
by an assignment of this Lease to the holder of such Superior Instrument, and,
in the event of any act or omission by Landlord which would give Ten-


                                       39
<PAGE>

ant the right to terminate this Lease, Tenant will not exercise such right until
Tenant shall have first given written notice of such act or omission to the
holder of any Superior Instrument who shall have furnished such holder's last
address to Tenant, and until a reasonable period, for remedying such act or
omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notices, during which
time such holder shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to remedy or
cause to be remedied such act or omission. Tenant further agrees not to exercise
any such right if the holder of any such Superior Instrument commences to cure
such act or omission within a reasonable time after having received notice
thereof and diligently prosecutes such cure thereafter.

     26.03. Tenant shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time
deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days alter request therefor (a) copies of
the most current available financial statements of Tenant and of any guarantor
of Tenant's obligations under the Lease certified by an independent certified
public accountant and (b) such further detailed financial information with
respect to Tenant and any such guarantors as Landlord or the holder of any
Superior Instrument may reasonably request. Landlord and the holder of any
Superior Instrument shall hold such financial information in confidence and
shall not disclose same except as may be legally required.

                                   ARTICLE 27

                     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     27.01. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action,
proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the
other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way in connection with
this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant arising out of this Lease,
Tenant's use or occupancy of the demised premises, and/or any other claims
(except claims for personal injury or property damages), and any statutory
emergency or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in
the event Landlord commences any summary proceeding for non-payment of rent,
Tenant will not interpose and does hereby waive the right to interpose any
counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding. Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses (including
attorney's fees and disbursements and court costs) incurred by Landlord in
connection with enforcing Tenant's obligations hereunder or in protecting
Landlord's rights hereunder whether incurred in connection with an action or
proceeding commenced by Landlord, by Tenant, or by a third party which third
party claim relates to any action or inaction by Tenant. All such amounts shall
be deemed to be additional rent and shall be collectible in the same manner as
provided in Section 1.02 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 28

                              SURRENDER OF PREMISES


                                       40
<PAGE>

     28.01. Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term, Tenant shall
quit and surrender to Landlord the demised premises, broom clean, in good order
and in the condition required by this Lease (including restoration of the
demised premises to Building Standard, as required by the provisions of Section
6.04 of this Lease), ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire, the elements or
other casualty excepted, other than such damage caused by Tenant, and Tenant
shall remove all of its property as herein provided. Tenant's obligation to
observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other
termination of the Term.

     28.02. If Tenant shall, without the written consent of Landlord, hold over
the expiration of the Term such tenancy shall be deemed a month-to-month
tenancy, which tenancy may be terminated as provided by applicable law. During
such tenancy, Tenant agrees to (a) pay to Landlord, each month, the greater of
the fair market rental value for the demised premises or one hundred twenty
(120) percent of the fixed annual rent and all additional rent payable by Tenant
for the last month of the Term and (b) be bound by all of the terms, covenants
and conditions herein specified except those pertaining to the Term. Nothing
contained in this Section 28.02 shall be deemed in limitation of Landlord's
rights and remedies against Tenant for Tenant's failure to have surrendered the
demised premises on or prior to the expiration of the Term.

                                   ARTICLE 29

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

     29.01. Tenant and Tenant's servants, employees, agents, licensees,
invitees, visitors and patrons shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with
such Rules and Regulations as Landlord or Landlord's agents may from time to
time reasonably adopt, provided, however, that in case of any conflict or
inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease and of any of the Rules and
Regulations as originally or as hereafter adopted, the provisions of this Lease
shall control. Reasonable written notice of any additional Rules and Regulations
shall be given to Tenant.

          Nothing in this Lease contained shall be construed to impose upon
Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the
terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, against any other tenant of
the Building, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the
same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or
licensees. Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in connection with the
enforcement of such Rules and Regulations.

                                   ARTICLE 30

                             CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

     30.01. Wherever in this Lease Landlord's consent or approval is required,
if Landlord shall


                                       41
<PAGE>

delay or refuse such consent or approval, Tenant in no event shall be entitled
to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim,
for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off,
counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that
Landlord unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval.
Tenant's sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such
provision, for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

                                   ARTICLE 31

                                     NOTICES

     31.01. Any notice or demand, consent, approval or disapproval, or statement
(collectively called "Notices") required or permitted to be given by the terms
and provisions of this Lease, or by any law or governmental regulation, either
by Landlord to Tenant or by Tenant to Landlord, shall be in writing and unless
otherwise required by such law or regulation, shall be sent by United States
mail postage prepaid as registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
Any Notice shall be addressed to Landlord at its address set forth on page 1 of
this Lease with a copy to David S. Lester, Esq., 1129 Northern Boulevard,
Manhasset, New York 11030 and any notice to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant at
130 West Union Street, Pasadena, California, 91103 Attn: Mr. Brad Ramberg. After
Tenant shall occupy the demised premises, the address of Tenant for Notices
shall be the Building, attention Mr. Howard Morgan, with a copy to the above
address of Tenant. By giving the other party at least ten days prior written
notice, either party may, by Notice given as above provided, designate a
different address or addresses for Notices.

     31.02 Any Notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery as
indicated on the return receipt; and in the case of failure to deliver by reason
of changed address of which no Notice was given or refusal to accept delivery,
as of the date of such failure as indicated on the return receipt or by notice
of the postal department.

     31.03. In addition to the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may, from
time to time, request in writing that the other party serve a copy of any Notice
on one other person or entity designated in such request, such service to be
effected as provided in Section 31.01 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 32

                                    NO WAIVER

     32.01. No agreement to accept a surrender of this Lease shall be valid
unless in writing signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord's
agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the demised premises prior to
the termination of this Lease. The


                                       42
<PAGE>

delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agent shall not
operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the demised premises.
In the event of Tenant at any time desiring to have Landlord sublet the premises
for Tenant's account, Landlord or Landlord's agents are authorized to receive
said keys for such purpose without releasing Tenant from any of the obligations
under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation of, or
to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this
Lease or, as to Landlord, any of the Rules and Regulations set forth herein or
hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would
have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of
an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the
breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such
breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations set
forth herein, or hereafter adopted, against Tenant and/or any other tenant in
the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No
provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless
such waiver be in writing signed by such party. No payment by Tenant or receipt
by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be
deemed to be other than on the account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor
shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any
check or payment of rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may
accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover
the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided and
Tenant may deliver such check without prejudice to Tenant's right to pursue any
other remedy.

     32.02. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties, and
any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify,
discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part unless such
executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom
enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

                                   ARTICLE 33

                                    CAPTIONS

     33.01. The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for
reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor
the intent of any provision hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 34

                              INABILITY TO PERFORM

     34.01. If, by reason of (1) strike, (2) labor troubles, (3) governmental
preemption in connection with a national emergency, (4) any rule, order or
regulation of any governmental


                                       43
<PAGE>

agency, (5) conditions of supply or demand which are affected by war or other
national, state or municipal emergency, or any other cause or (6) any cause
beyond Landlord's reasonable control, Landlord shall be unable to fulfill its
obligations under this Lease or shall be unable to supply any service which
Landlord is obligated to supply, this Lease and Tenant's obligation to pay rent
hereunder shall in no wise be affected, impaired or excused.

                                   ARTICLE 35

                               NO REPRESENTATIONS

     35.01. Landlord or Landlord's agents have made no representations or
promises with respect to the Building or demised premises except as herein
expressly set forth.

                                   ARTICLE 36

                                SECURITY DEPOSIT

     36.01. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon execution hereof any of, or
a combination of, (i) cash; (ii) an irrevocable and unconditional sight draft
letter of credit which shall provide that it may be drawn upon the unilateral
action of Landlord, in form and substance and issued by a banking institution
acceptable to Landlord; or (iii) negotiable securities listed on any of the
NYSE, AMEX or Nasdaq National Market, aggregating an initial amount equal to
$3,500,000, (which negotiable securities must be immediately convertible to cash
as a result of the unilateral action of Landlord, and which cash must be
immediately available to Landlord), as security for the full and faithful
performance and observance by Tenant of Tenant's covenants and obligations under
this Lease (the "Security"). Any letter of credit shall be renewed annually by
Tenant not less than 30 days prior to its expiration. The Security shall at all
times be equal to the following amount:

              LEASE YEARS           AMOUNT
              -----------           ------
                  1-3              $3,500,000
                  4                 2,800,000
                  5                 2,100,000
                  6                 1,400,000
                  7                   700,000
                  8 through 10        350,000
                  11 and thereafter         0

In the event Tenant fails to timely renew any letter of credit, notwithstanding
any other provision contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may
immediately draw upon the existing letter of


                                       44
<PAGE>

credit without notice to Tenant. Should Tenant default in respect of any of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease beyond any applicable cure
period, including, but not limited to, the payment of fixed annual rent and
additional rent, Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the
Security (including selling any securities) to the extent required for the
payment of any fixed annual rent and additional rent or any other sum as to
which Tenant is so in default or for any sum which Landlord may expend or may be
required to expend by reason of such Tenant's default in respect of any of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including but not limited to, any
damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other
re-entry by Landlord, or any costs or expenses incurred in connection with
restoring the demised premises to Building Standard as set forth in Section 6.04
of this Lease. Any income or other taxes imposed on the sale of such securities
shall be the exclusive liability and responsibility of Tenant, and Tenant hereby
indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from and against any such taxes and any
interest or penalties thereon. In the event of a sale of the demised premises
and Building, Landlord shall transfer the Security to the vendee and Landlord
shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such
Security, and Tenant agrees to look to the new Landlord solely for the return of
said Security; and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every
transfer or assignment made of the Security to a new landlord.

     36.02 If Landlord shall use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the
Security, or should the market value of the securities comprising the Security
fall so that the Security on hand shall be less than 95% of the required
Security, as set forth in Section 36.01, Tenant shall, upon demand, immediately
increase the Security held by Landlord to the amount then required hereunder.

     36.03 Landlord shall pay the bank fee for any letter of credit obtained by
Tenant as part or all of the Security.

     36.04 Landlord shall execute such documents and take such other reasonable
actions, without any out of pocket expense to Landlord, as shall be necessary to
enable Tenant to reduce the Security as set forth in Section 36.01.

                                   ARTICLE 37

                                   ARBITRATION

     37.01. In each case specified in this Lease in which resort to arbitration
shall be required, such arbitration (unless otherwise specifically provided in
other Sections of this Lease) shall be in New York City in accordance with the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the
provisions of this Lease. The decision and award of the arbitrators shall be in
writing, shall be final and conclusive on the parties, and counterpart copies
thereof shall be delivered to each of the parties. In rendering such decision
and awards, the arbitrators shall not


                                       45
<PAGE>

add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions of this Lease. Judgment
may be had on the decision and award of the arbitrators so rendered in any court
of competent jurisdiction.

                                   ARTICLE 38

                                    INDEMNITY

     38.01. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and save it harmless from and
against any and all liability, damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys'
fees, arising from any misconduct or negligence of Tenant, its sublessees or
assignees, and the officers, contractors, licensees, agents, employees, guests,
invitees, or visitors of Tenant or its sublessees or assignees, in or about the
Building or arising from any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant or its
sublessees or assignees, or arising from any accident, injury, or damage,
howsoever and by whomsoever caused, but involving Tenant or its sublessees or
assignees, or the officers, contractors, licensees, agents, employees, guests,
invitees or visitors of Tenant or its sublessees or assignees, occurring in or
about the Building or the Premises. This provision shall not be construed to
make Tenant responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from
injuries to third parties caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of
Landlord, or its officers, contractors, licensees, agents, employees or
invitees.

                                   ARTICLE 39

                               MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

     39.01. Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord, execute and deliver a
statutory form of memorandum of this Lease for the purpose of recording, but
said memorandum of this Lease shall not in any circumstances be deemed to modify
or to change any of the provisions of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 40

                                      SIGNS

     40.01. Tenant shall not erect or install any signs in the Building or on
the Premises, unless such signs have been approved in writing by Landlord, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. It is understood and agreed
that Landlord will not approve any sign if, in Landlord's sole judgment, such
sign does not conform to the decor and character of the Building.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may install signs within the demised
premises relating to Tenant's various business divisions and other business
activities.


                                       46
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 41

                                ADDITIONAL SPACE

     41.01. Tenant hereby leases from Landlord a portion of the basement of the
Building (as shown on Exhibit D annexed hereto) ("Additional Space"), commencing
February 1, 2002. Effective February 1, 2002, the Additional Space shall be
delivered to Tenant vacant, broom clean, free of rights of tenants and
occupants, and with the work set forth on Exhibit B, paragraph 2, substantially
completed, the Lease of the Additional Space shall be included in this Lease,
the Additional Space shall be included within the defined term "demised
premises" and the Additional Space shall be governed by and subject to all of
the terms and conditions of this Lease, and further, effective February 1, 2002,
the fixed annual rent, as previously escalated by Section 1.01B, shall be
increased by $1,100,000, which $1,100,000 shall be also subject, from and after
the date of this Lease, to escalation pursuant to Section 1.01B. Landlord shall
provide Tenant with $440,000 in connection with Tenant's work in the basement
space, to be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.09. There shall
be no increase in Tenant's Tax Share as a result of Tenant leasing the
Additional Space.

     41.02. Provided that Young & Rubicam Inc. ("YR"), the current tenant on the
fourth floor, has not exercised its right to renew its lease for the fourth
floor by YR giving notice thereof to Landlord on or before June 1, 2002 (or YR
has otherwise formally lost or waived in writing such right), and provided
Tenant is then a tenant in the Building and is not in default under this Lease
beyond any grace period, Tenant shall have one option (the "Fourth Floor Space
Option") to lease from Landlord, effective June 1, 2003 (the "Fourth Floor
Effective Date"), all of the fourth floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit E
annexed hereto ("Fourth Floor Space"). The Fourth Floor Space Option shall be
exercised by Tenant giving Landlord notice ("Fourth Floor Notice") of its
exercise of the Fourth Floor Space Option, on or before 30 days, time of the
essence, after Landlord has given Tenant notice that YR has not exercised YR's
renewal option or that YR has formally lost or waived in writing such right).
Upon the giving of the Fourth Floor Notice and the occurrence of the Fourth
Floor Effective Date, the lease of the Fourth Floor Space shall be included in
this Lease, the Fourth Floor Space shall be included within the defined term
"demised premises", the Fourth Floor Space shall be governed by and subject to
all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, and further, effective June 1,
2003:

               (a)  the fixed annual rent, as escalated by Section 1.01B, shall
                    be increased by 100%;

               (b)  Tenant's Tax Share shall be increased to 33.66%; and

               (c)  with respect to any other charge or expense for which Tenant
                    is


                                       47
<PAGE>

                    responsible for its proportionate or pro rata share, such
                    share shall be increased to 33.66%.

     41.03. If Tenant shall not timely exercise the Fourth Floor Space Option,
Tenant's rights under Section 41.02 shall terminate.

     41.04 Provided that YR has not exercised its right to renew its Lease for
the basement space as shown on Exhibit F hereto, by giving notice thereof to
Landlord on or before June 1, 2002 (or YR has otherwise formally lost or waived
in writing such right), and provided Tenant is then a tenant in the Building and
is not in default under this Lease beyond any grace period, Tenant shall have
one option (the "Additional Basement Option") to lease from landlord, effective
June 1, 2003 (the "Additional Basement Effective Date"), the basement space, as
shown on Exhibit F annexed hereto ("Additional Basement Space"). The Additional
Basement Option shall be exercised by Tenant giving Landlord notice ("Additional
Basement Notice") of its exercise of the Additional Basement Option, on or
before 30 days, time of the essence, after Landlord has given Tenant notice that
YR has not exercised YR's renewal option or YR has otherwise formally lost or
waived in writing such right. Upon the giving of the Additional Basement Notice
and the occurrence of the Additional Basement Effective Date, the lease of the
Additional Basement Space shall be included in this Lease, the Additional
Basement Space shall be included within the defined term "demised premises", the
Additional Basement Space shall be governed by and subject to all of the terms
and conditions of this Lease, and further, effective June 1, 2003, the fixed
annual rent, as escalated by Section 1.01B, shall be increased by $72,690;

     41.05 If Tenant shall not timely exercise the Additional Basement Option,
Tenant's rights under Section 41.04 shall terminate.

     41.06 The commencement date of the renting of each of the additional spaces
referred to in this Article 41 shall only occur upon Landlord delivering the
applicable space to Tenant, vacant, broom clean and free of tenancies, and upon
substantial completion of any work required to be performed by Landlord as set
forth on Exhibit B hereto.

                                   ARTICLE 42

                                 RENEWAL OPTION

     42.01. If Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable
notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have an option (the "Option") to extend
the term of the Lease for two (2) additional terms of five (5) years each (each,
a "Renewal Term") commencing on the first day next succeeding the Expiration
Date upon the same terms, conditions and provisions as are provided for in this
Lease other than the provisions of this Article 42, except that the fixed annual
rent payable for the Renewal Term shall be the greater of (i) the fixed annual
rent payable thereunder immediately prior to the Expiration Date or (ii) the
fair market rent for the demised


                                       48
<PAGE>

premises as of such Expiration Date determined in the manner hereinafter
provided. Tenant may not exercise the second renewal option referred to above
unless the first renewal option has been exercised.

     42.02. The Option shall be exercised by Tenant giving written notice to
Landlord of Tenant's exercise of said Option by certified mail, return receipt
requested, not less than eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the
Term then in effect (the "Exercise Notice"). Upon Tenant's giving of the
Exercise Notice, the term of this Lease shall be extended automatically upon the
terms and conditions herein specified, including, without limitation, the same
Base Tax set forth in Article 3 hereof, without the execution of an extension
agreement or other instrument. If Tenant shall not give Landlord the Exercise
Notice at the time and in the manner set forth above, the Option shall terminate
and be deemed waived by Tenant. Time is of the essence as to the date for the
giving of the Exercise Notice.

     42.03. After Landlord receives the Exercise Notice, and if in Landlord's
opinion an increase in the fixed annual rent for the Renewal Term is warranted
because the fair market rent for the demised premises has increased, Landlord
shall within 90 days after Landlord receives the Exercise Notice, send Tenant a
notice (the "Revised Rent Notice") stating the amount which, in Landlord's
opinion, shall constitute the fair market rent for the demised premises as of
the Expiration Date. The increased fixed annual rent set forth in the Revised
Rent Notice shall be effective as of the first day of the Renewal Term.

     42.04. (a) If Landlord gives a Revised Rent Notice, then at any time within
30 days after the giving of such Revised Rent Notice, Tenant may dispute the
fair market rent for the demised premises as determined by Landlord by giving
notice to Landlord that it is initiating the appraisal process provided for
herein and specifying in such Notice the name and address of the arbitrator
designated by Tenant to act on its behalf. Within 15 days after the designation
of Tenant's arbitrator, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant specifying the name
and address of Landlord's arbitrator. The two arbitrators so chosen shall meet
within 10 days after the second arbitrator is appointed and if, within 20 days
after the second arbitrator is appointed, the two arbitrators shall not agree
upon a determination in accordance with Paragraph (c) of this Section 42.04 they
shall together appoint a third arbitrator. If said two arbitrators cannot agree
upon the appointment of a third arbitrator within 10 days after the expiration
of such 20 day period, or if either party shall not timely designate its initial
arbitrator, then either party, on behalf of both, and on notice to the other may
request such appointment by the American Arbitration Association (or any
successor organization) in accordance with its then prevailing rules. If the
American Arbitration Association shall fail to appoint said third arbitrator
within 10 days after such request is made, then either party may apply, on
notice to the other, to the Supreme Court, New York County, New York (or any
other court having jurisdiction and exercising functions similar to those now
exercised by the foregoing court) for the appointment of such third arbitrator.

           (b) Each of the arbitrators selected as herein provided shall have at
least


                                       49
<PAGE>

fifteen years experience in the leasing or management of space in the Borough of
Manhattan. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected
by it. The fees and expenses of the third arbitrator and all other expenses (not
including the attorney's fees, witness fees and similar expenses of the parties
which shall be borne separately by each of the parties) of the arbitration shall
be borne equally by the parties hereto.

           (c) The majority of the arbitrators shall determine the fair market
rent of the demised premises as of the Expiration Date and render a decision and
award as to their determination to both Landlord and Tenant within 20 days after
the appointment of the third arbitrator. In no event however, may such fair
market rent be determined by the arbitrators to be less than the fixed annual
rent payable under this Lease immediately prior to the Expiration Date. In
rendering such decision and award, the arbitrators shall assume or take into
consideration as appropriate all of the following: (i) the Landlord and
prospective tenant are typically motivated; (ii) the Landlord and prospective
tenant are well informed and well advised and each is acting in what it
considers its own best interest; (iii) a reasonable time under then-existing
market conditions is allowed for exposure of the demised premises on the open
market; (iv) the rent is unaffected by concessions, special financing amounts
and/or terms, or unusual services, fees, costs or credits in connection with the
leasing transaction; (v) the demised premises are fit for immediate occupancy
and use "as is" and require no additional work by Landlord and that no work has
been carried out thereon by the Tenant, its subtenant, or their predecessors in
interest during the Term which has diminished the rental value of the demised
premises; (vi) in the event the demised premises have been destroyed or damaged
by fire or other casualty, they have been fully restored; (vii) the demised
premises are to be let with vacant possession and subject to the provisions of
this Lease for a 15 year term; and (viii) market rents then being charged for
comparable space in other similar office buildings in the same area. In
rendering such decision and award, the arbitrators shall not modify the
provisions of this Lease. The decision and award of the arbitrators shall be in
writing and be final and conclusive on all parties and counterpart copies
thereof shall be delivered to each of said parties. Judgment may be had on the
decision and award of the arbitrators so rendered in any court of competent
jurisdiction.

           (d) Prior to the determination of the arbitrators, Tenant shall pay
as the fixed annual rent it is obligated to pay under this Lease the amount set
forth in the Revised Rent Notice and in the event the arbitrators determine that
the fixed annual rent payable pursuant to this Article 42 is greater than that
set forth in the Revised Rent Notice, then Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord
the amount of its underpayment of fixed annual rent for the period commencing on
the first day of the Renewal Term, or if the arbitrators determine that the
fixed annual rent payable pursuant to this Article 42 is less than that set
forth in the Revised Rent Notice, then Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in
the amount of its overpayment for the period commencing on the first day of the
Renewal Term against subsequent payments of fixed annual rent due hereunder.

           (e) Nothing contained in this Article 42 shall be deemed in any way
to alter or modify the provisions of Article 3 hereof.


                                       50
<PAGE>

           (f) In no event shall the fixed annual rent (as the same may have
been increased from time to time in accordance with this Article 42) be reduced
pursuant to this Article 42.

     42.05. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 42, if on
the date that Tenant exercises the Option, or if on any subsequent date up to
and including the date upon which the extension of the term commences, Tenant is
in default, beyond any applicable notice and grace periods, in the payment of
fixed annual rent, additional rent, or in the performance of any of the other
terms, conditions or provisions of this Lease, Tenant's exercise of such Option
and the extension of the Term covered by this Lease contemplated thereby shall,
at the option of Landlord exercised by written notice to Tenant, be rendered
null and void and shall be of no further force and effect and Tenant shall have
no other additional right to exercise such option, which shall be deemed waived
by Tenant.

     42.06. If Tenant exercises the Option, then, at Landlord's request, Tenant
agrees within ten (10) days after such request is made to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to Landlord an instrument in form and substance satisfactory to
Landlord, confirming (i) the fixed annual rent payable under this Lease pursuant
to Article 42, unless Tenant is then, in good faith, disputing same in
accordance with the provision of this Article 42, in which case Tenant agrees to
execute, acknowledge and deliver a separate instrument satisfactory to Landlord
confirming the fixed annual rent as finally determined, (ii) the expiration date
of the Term, and (iii) the other modifications provided for in this Article 42,
but no such instrument shall be required in order to make the provisions hereof
effective.

     42.07 Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 42, if Tenant
shall be the tenant of the fifth floor and the Additional Space, Tenant may
elect in its Exercise Notice which of the floor(s) the Renewal Term shall apply
to, provided, however, that Tenant may only lease full floors (no partial floors
other than the Additional Space) and may not lease any of the basement if Tenant
has not elected to lease at least one full floor other than the basement. If
Tenant makes the election under this Section 42.07, the fixed annual rent and
additional rent shall be determined only with respect to the premises which
Tenant has elected the Renewal Term to apply to.

                                   ARTICLE 43

                                   THIRD FLOOR

     43.01. Provided Tenant is then a tenant in the Building and is not in
default beyond any applicable notice and grace period, if Landlord shall have
available for rental any space on the third floor of the Building, or if
Landlord shall be aware that such space in the Building is


                                       51
<PAGE>

becoming available to be put on the market, Landlord shall give notice (the
"Notice") to Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant shall meet to discuss Tenant
renting the third floor. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be obligated to enter
into any Lease for such third floor. If Landlord and Tenant shall not agree on
the terms and conditions of such third floor rental and enter into a Lease for
such third floor within said 30 day period, time being of the essence, Tenant's
rights under this Article 43 shall terminate. Tenant's right hereunder shall not
apply to any renewal, extension or new lease with a tenant in the building
relating to space then occupied by said tenant.

                                   ARTICLE 44

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     44.01. Irrespective of the place of execution or performance, this Lease
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York.

     44.02. This Lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or
other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Lease to be
drafted.

     44.03. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, each covenant,
agreement, obligation or other provision of this Lease on Tenant's part to be
performed shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant
of Tenant, not dependent on any other provision of this Lease.

     44.04. All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number or
gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and
any other gender as the context may require.

     44.05. Time shall be of the essence with respect to the exercise of any
Option on the part of Tenant to extend the term of this Lease.

     44.06. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever payment of interest is
required by the terms hereof it shall be at the Interest Rate.

     44.07. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.01, if the demised premises
or any additional space to be included within the demised premises shall not be
available for occupancy by Tenant on the specific date hereinbefore designated
for the commencement of the Term of this Lease or for the inclusion of such
space for any reason whatsoever, then this Lease shall not be affected thereby
but, in such case, said specific date shall be deemed to be postponed until the
date when the demised premises or such additional space shall be available for
occupancy by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to possession of the
demised premises or such additional space until the same are available for
occupancy by Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall have no


                                       52
<PAGE>

claim against Landlord, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason
of any such postponement of said specific date, and the parties hereto further
agree that any failure to have the demised premises or such additional space
available for occupancy by Tenant on said specific date or on the Commencement
Date shall in no wise affect the obligations of Tenant hereunder nor shall the
same be construed in any wise to extend the Term. This Section 44.07 shall be
deemed to be an express provision to the contrary of Section 223-a of the Real
Property Law of the State of New York and any other law of like import now or
hereinafter in force.

     44.08. In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of fixed annual
rent or additional rent hereunder, Tenant waives Tenant's right, if any, to
designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be
credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant
to any items it sees fit, irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or
request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be
credited.

     44.09. All Exhibits referred to in this Lease are hereby incorporated in
this Lease by reference.

     44.10. The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease
shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective
heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and except as
otherwise provided in this Lease, their assigns.

     44.11. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall,
whenever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

     44.12 This Lease supercedes all prior agreements, whether oral or written,
between Landlord and Tenant, which prior agreements are null and void.

     44.13 Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, the
Over Lease is in full force and effect and Landlord is the tenant thereunder,
and that Landlord is not aware of any uncured default under said Over Lease and
Landlord has not exercised any right to terminate the Over Lease. Landlord
agrees that it will not amend the Over Lease if such amendment would materially
and adversely effect Tenant's rights under this Lease, nor shall Landlord
terminate the Over Lease. Landlord further agrees that it will use its
reasonable efforts (without incurring any out of pocket cost), to encourage
Mattel, Inc. ("Mattel"), the existing tenant on the Fifth Floor, to timely
vacate from the demises premises. If Mattel shall not so vacate by July 1, 2000,
or if Landlord's Work shall not be substantially completed by July 1, 2000, due
to no fault of Tenant, Tenant may cancel this Lease by written notice to
Landlord given before July 10, 2000, time of the essence. If such cancellation
notice is not given before July 10, 2000, Tenant's right to cancel this Lease
shall be null and void. If Tenant cancels this Lease pursuant to this Section
44.14, Landlord shall return the advance rent payment and the Security to
Tenant.


                                       53
<PAGE>

     44.14 Within 90 days after Mattel, Inc. shall vacate from the entire
Building, including from the basement, Landlord shall arrange to remove the
floor tiles in which Mattel, Inc. has engraved its name, and replace such tiles
with reasonably matching tiles. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole
cost and expense, to have its name engraved in the new replacement tiles.

     44.15 This Lease may be executed in counterparts.

     44.16 Landlord agrees that it will use its reasonable efforts (without
incurring any out of pocket cost), to encourage YR (as defined in Exhibit B),
the existing tenant on the fourth floor and a portion of the basement, to timely
vacate from the demises premises.






                                    INTENTIONALLY BLANK


                                       54
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this Lease as
of the day and year first above written.

                                             675 OWNERSHIP LLC, Landlord

                                                  By:  675 Managing Member Corp.


                                                  By:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                          Israel Taub, President

                                             BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!, Tenant


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------


                                       55
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

     1. Provided Tenant has advised Landlord in writing prior to January 18,
2000 as to the specific partitions and walls within the fifth floor which Tenant
requires Landlord to demolish, Landlord shall, on or before the Commencement
Date, perform such demolition and deliver the demised premises to Tenant in
vacant and broom clean condition, with the Building's sprinkler, mechanical and
hvac systems in good working order, except to the extent Tenant has made any
changes thereto. If Tenant shall not so advise by January 18, 2000, TIME OF THE
ESSENCE, Landlord shall be released of all demolition obligations set forth in
the preceding sentence. In addition, on or before the Commencement Date,
Landlord shall remove the stairs between the fifth and sixth floors and slab
over the opening. Such slab shall meet fifth floor floor load and shall be
reasonably smooth in finish. Additionally, Landlord shall deliver ACP-5
Certificates to Tenant prior to the Commencement Date.

     2. Provided Tenant has advised Landlord in writing prior to June 1, 2001 as
to the specific partitions and walls within the Additional Space which Tenant
requires Landlord to demolish, Landlord shall perform such demolition and
deliver the Additional Space to Tenant in vacant and broom clean condition, on
or before February 1, 2002. If Tenant shall not so advise by June 1, 2001, TIME
OF THE ESSENCE, Landlord shall be released of all obligations as set forth on
this Exhibit B as to the Additional Space. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate
with Tenant with respect to plans and information concerning the installations
existing in the Additional Space, but Landlord shall incur no out of pocket
expense with respect thereto.

     3. Provided YR is obligated under its lease to perform such demolition, and
provided Tenant has advised Landlord in writing in sufficient time to enable
Landlord to require YR to do so, as to the specific partitions and walls within
the Fourth Floor Space which Tenant requires Landlord to demolish, Landlord
shall require YR to perform such demolition and Landlord shall deliver the
Fourth Floor Space to Tenant in vacant and broom clean condition, on or before
such date as is reasonably and mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.
Landlord will keep Tenant reasonable informed as to the status of YR's rights
with respect to the Fourth Floor Space and the requirements of Landlord as to
the timing of Tenant's furnishing of information with respect to the demolition
to be performed in the Fourth Floor Space. If Tenant shall not so timely advise
Landlord, TIME OF THE ESSENCE, Landlord shall be released of all obligations as
set forth on this Exhibit B as to the Fourth Floor Space. Landlord shall
reasonably cooperate with Tenant with respect to plans and information
concerning the installations existing in the Fourth Floor Space, but Landlord
shall incur no out of pocket expense with respect thereto.


                                       56


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18
                         EXETER STREET THEATRE BUILDING
                               181 NEWBURY STREET
                              BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS


                              OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

      EASTWEST PROPERTY FUND, L.P.,
                         A GEORGIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
      AS LANDLORD,

                                       AND

                              BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!,
                            A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
                                    AS TENANT


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
 1.   Premises                                                            1
 2.   Term                                                                2
 3.   Delivery of Possession of Premises                                  2
 4.   Rental                                                              2
 5.   Security Deposit                                                    7
 6.   Use of Premises                                                     9
 7.   Compliance With Laws                                                10
 8.   Services to Tenant                                                  10
 9.   Liability of Landlord                                               11
10.   Improvements, Repairs by Landlord                                   12
11.   Landlord's Right to Enter Premises                                  12
12.   Repairs by Tenant                                                   13
13.   Alterations                                                         13
14.   Liens                                                               14
15.   Assignment and Subletting                                           14
16.   Eminent Domain                                                      17
17.   Destruction or Damage to Premises                                   17
18.   Indemnification                                                     18
19.   Insurance                                                           18
20.   Damage or Theft of Personal Property                                20
21.   Hazardous Materials                                                 20
22.   Landlord's Lien [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED]                        23
23.   Relocation [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED]                             23
24.   Subordination and Attornment                                        23
25.   Estoppel Certificate                                                24
26.   Default                                                             24
27.   Remedies                                                            25
28.   Effect of Termination of Lease                                      27
29.   Attorneys' Fees                                                     27
30.   Quiet Enjoyment                                                     27
31.   Surrender of Premises                                               28
32.   Holding Over                                                        28
33.   Removal of Fixtures                                                 28
34.   Notices                                                             28
35.   Agency Disclosure                                                   29
36.   Exculpation of Landlord                                             30
37.   Signage                                                             30
38.   Force Majeure                                                       30
39.   Authority                                                           30
40.   Definitions                                                         30
41.   Rules and Regulations                                               31
42.   Guaranty [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED]                               31
43.   Special Stipulations                                                31
44.   Demolition [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED]                             31
45.   Entire Agreement                                                    31
      Addendum of Special Stipulations
      Exhibit A   --     Floor Plan of Premises


                                        i
<PAGE>

      Exhibit B  --     Description of Property on Which the Project is
                        Situated
      Exhibit C  --     Plans and Specifications for Improvements to Premises
      Exhibit D  --     Hazardous Materials List
      Exhibit E  --     Rules and Regulations
      Exhibit F  --     Schedule of Lease Expiration Dates and Renewal Options
      Exhibit G  --     Cleaning Specifications
      Exhibit H  --     Letter of Credit


                                       ii
<PAGE>

                              OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

THIS LEASE, made this _______ day of ______________, 2000 (the "Effective
Date"), is entered into by and between EASTWEST PROPERTY FUND, L.P., a Georgia
limited partnership (the "Landlord"), and BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!, a California
corporation (the "Tenant").

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and conditions contained
herein, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1.   PREMISES

     Tenant hereby leases from Landlord approximately 22,052 rentable square
     feet of space, as outlined by the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit "A"
     and incorporated herein by this reference, to be known as Suite 110,
     comprised of 1,002 rentable square feet of space on the ground floor, 6,350
     rentable square feet of space on the mezzanine level, approximately 7,350
     rentable square feet of space on the second floor, and approximately 7,350
     rentable square feet of space on the third floor (the "Premises") of the
     Building known as the Exeter Street Theatre Building, located at 181
     Newbury Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 (the "Building"), which is
     situated on certain real property more particularly described in Exhibit
     "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the
     "Property"; the Building and the Property are collectively referred to
     herein as the "Project"). The actual rentable square footage of the
     Premises shall be determined by Tenant's architect in accordance with BOMA
     standards. In the event that the actual rentable square footage of the
     Premises, as determined by Tenant's architect, varies from that set forth
     in this Lease, then the parties agree to execute an amendment to this Lease
     reflecting the actual rentable square footage of the Premises and modifying
     all provisions of this Lease affected by such variation. All exhibits
     attached to this Lease are incorporated herein by reference. This Lease
     shall create the relationship of landlord and tenant between Landlord and
     Tenant; no estate shall pass out of Landlord; Tenant has only a leasehold
     interest in the Premises, not subject to levy and sale and not assignable
     by Tenant except by Landlord's consent. In addition to the interest in the
     Premises demised to Tenant under this Lease, Landlord hereby grants Tenant
     a nonexclusive license for so long as this Lease is in full force and
     effect to use the "Common Areas," as hereinafter defined, of the Project in
     common with others entitled to use the Common Areas, including Landlord and
     other tenants of the Project and their respective employees and invitees
     and other persons authorized by Landlord, subject to the terms and
     conditions of this Lease, including any and all rules and regulations
     promulgated by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease. As used
     herein, the term "Common Areas" means all areas and facilities in the
     Project that are provided and designated from time to time by Landlord for
     the general nonexclusive use and convenience of Tenant, Landlord and all
     other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, invitees,
     licensees, or other visitors, and may include without limitation the
     hallways, entryways, stairs, elevators, loading areas, and restroom
     facilities of the Building, and the walkways of the Project. Landlord may
     from time to time change the size, use, shape, configuration or nature of
     any portion of the Common Areas, so long as such change does not deprive
     Tenant of the substantial benefit and enjoyment of the Premises. Neither
     Landlord nor Landlord's agents have made any representations, warranties or
     promises with respect to the Project, the physical condition of the
     Building, the land upon which it is erected, or the Premises, or any matter
     or thing affecting or related to the Premises except as expressly set forth
     in this Lease.


                                       1
<PAGE>

2.   TERM

     The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence on the Effective Date,
     defined above (the "Commencement Date"), and shall expire on the last day
     of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the "Rent
     Commencement Date," defined below, occurs (the "Expiration Date"), except
     as otherwise provided herein.

     "Lease Year" shall mean each successive twelve-month period throughout the
     Term provided that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Rent
     Commencement Date and expire on the last day of the month in which the
     anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs, and each subsequent Lease
     Year shall commence on the day following the expiration of the previous
     Lease Year.

3.   DELIVERY OF POSSESSION OF PREMISES

     Landlord represents that the base building systems, including fire, life
     safety, electrical, mechanical, and HVAC are in good working order as of
     the Effective Date of this Lease. On or before the Commencement Date,
     Landlord shall remove the existing bookcases from the Premises, but
     Landlord shall otherwise deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in
     their present, "as is" condition as of the date of the execution of this
     Lease, broom clean and free of debris and any items of personalty of
     Landlord or any prior tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to accept such
     delivery of the Premises by Landlord. Commencing on the Effective Date,
     Tenant shall have full access to the Premises to complete the Improvements,
     as defined hereinbelow. Unless specifically set forth in this Lease,
     Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements whatsoever to
     the Premises. Tenant, by taking possession of the Premises shall be deemed
     to have agreed that the Premises are then in the condition required by the
     terms of this Lease, subject to latent defects.

4.   RENTAL

(a)  BASE RENTAL. Commencing the earlier of one hundred twenty (120) days
     following the Commencement Date, or the date on which a certificate of
     occupancy is received by Tenant reflecting the substantial completion of
     the "Improvements," as defined in Exhibit "C" (the "Rent Commencement
     Date"), Tenant shall pay base rental to Landlord as follows (the "Base
     Rental"):

                              RATE PER
          RENTAL PERIOD       SQUARE FOOT         MONTHLY        ANNUALLY
          -------------       -----------         -------        --------
          Lease Years 1-5     $36.00              $66,156.00     $793,872.00
          Lease Years 6-10    $38.00              $69,831.33     $837,976.00


                                       2
<PAGE>

     Each monthly installment shall be due and payable promptly on the first day
     of each month, in advance and without offset, deduction or prior demand,
     during the Term of this Lease. In the event that the Term of this Lease
     shall commence on a date other than the first day of the month, rent for
     such month shall be prorated and such prorated amount (which shall be equal
     to the monthly Base Rental stated above multiplied by a fraction, the
     numerator of which shall be the number of days from the Commencement Date
     through the end of such month, inclusive of both days, and the denominator
     of which shall be the number of days in such month) shall be due and
     payable on the Commencement Date. All payments of rent or any other sum due
     under this Lease shall be made payable to Landlord, and shall be forwarded
     by Tenant to Landlord as follows: TMW Real Estate Management, Inc., Suite
     400, Two Ravinia Drive, Atlanta, Georgia 30346.

     In the event Tenant shall fail to pay a monthly installment within five (5)
     days of the due date, a late charge of five percent (5%) of the monthly
     Base Rental, with a minimum of twenty dollars ($20.00) per month, shall be
     added to the Base Rental and paid to Landlord for each such late payment
     and the same shall be treated as additional rent. Should Tenant present a
     check to Landlord that is returned from Tenant's bank for any reason,
     Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent all costs incurred by
     Landlord as a result of such return, and Landlord reserves the right to
     demand that all future rental payments be made in the form of cashiers'
     checks or certified funds. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord interest at a rate
     of twelve percent (12%) per annum (or the maximum rate permitted by
     applicable law, whichever is less) on all Base Rental, additional rental or
     other sums due hereunder that are not paid when such amounts are due and
     payable. Nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to accept any
     tender of payment from Tenant for less than the full amount then due under
     this Lease, including any and all late charges, interest and attorneys'
     fees that may then be due from Tenant in accordance with the express terms
     of this Lease. Landlord may elect to accept less than the full amount then
     due from Tenant hereunder; however, no payment by Tenant or receipt by
     Landlord of such lesser amount shall be deemed to be other than payment on
     account, and no restrictive endorsement or statement on any check or
     payment shall be deemed to alter the express provisions of this Lease, nor
     constitute an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept less than the
     full amount then due from Tenant without prejudice to Landlord's right to
     recover the balance of the full amount then due, or to pursue any other
     remedies then available to Landlord under this Lease or applicable law. In
     all events, including but not limited to Landlord's acceptance of a partial
     payment from Tenant, any payment accepted by Landlord from Tenant may be
     applied first to retire the oldest receivables due from Tenant hereunder,
     then to any current rental or other payment then due hereunder, and the
     balance, if any, will be applied to any rental or other payment which will
     become due from Tenant hereunder.

(b)  ADDITIONAL RENTAL - OPERATING EXPENSES AND REAL ESTATE TAXES.

     (1) DEFINITIONS. The following definitions shall apply for purposes
         of this Section:


                                       3
<PAGE>

           All sums other than Base Rental due from Tenant to Landlord under
           this Lease shall constitute "Additional Rental." The term "Operating
           Expenses" as used herein shall include all direct costs of
           administration, operation and maintenance of the Building, and the
           Common Areas, as determined in accordance with generally accepted
           accounting principles, and shall include Landlord's costs and
           expenses incurred in connection with the following by way of
           illustration but not limitation: the cost of labor, materials and
           services for the operation and maintenance of the Building, and the
           Common Areas, including but not limited to license, permit and
           inspection fees; water and sewer charges; garbage and waste disposal;
           gas, fuel, electricity and other utilities; heat, air conditioning
           and ventilation repairs; elevator service; plumbing service and other
           normal repairs; janitorial and cleaning service; window washing
           services, snow and ice removal; landscaping; repairs, maintenance and
           replacement of curbs, walkways and all other paved areas; association
           fees; pest control; maintenance contracts; security services or
           personnel; insurance for fire, extended coverage, general liability,
           and other insurance which Landlord is required to maintain on the
           Building and its appurtenances either by the terms of this Lease or
           by the holder of any mortgage or deed to secure debt encumbering the
           Building, or which Landlord reasonably deems to be necessary in
           connection with the ownership and operation of the Building;
           personnel engaged in onsite management, administration, operation and
           maintenance of the Building, its Common Areas and its appurtenances
           together with payroll taxes, employee benefits, workers' compensation
           insurance premiums and the cost of uniforms associated therewith;
           rental expenses for onsite management offices, management fees;
           supplies, materials, tools, equipment and general costs associated
           therewith, all accrued and based on a calendar year type operation;
           but excluding tenant alterations, depreciation on the Building and
           equipment, costs of a capital nature not expressly permitted to be
           included hereunder, interest, executive salaries, payments made to
           any affiliate of Landlord for goods or services that exceed the fair
           market value of such goods or services that would be charged by an
           unrelated party in an arm's length transaction, Landlord's costs
           incurred in maintaining and repairing the structural portions and the
           roof of the Building, all costs billed directly to tenants of the
           Building either by Landlord or a third party, and all expenses
           incurred by Landlord in cleaning, maintaining and repairing the
           Common Area entrance and facilities associated with the Newbury
           Street entrance to the Building.

           If, for any reason, including imposition of governmental
           requirements, laws or regulations, Landlord shall make an
           expenditure, directly or indirectly, which is intended to reduce the
           energy consumption of the Building and which, by generally accepted
           accounting principles would be treated as a capital expenditure, the
           annual Operating Expenses of the Building shall also include the
           amortization of such capital expenditure based upon a useful life
           acceptable to the appropriate taxing authority; provided, however,
           that the amount of such capital expenditure included in any calendar
           year for purposes of calculating Tenant's Additional Rental hereunder
           shall not exceed the savings achieved in such year as a result of
           such expenditure.

           In the event that any local, state or federal government shall, by
           any legally enforceable legislative, administrative or judicial
           action, whether by ordinance, act, statute, order, mandate, rule,
           regulation or otherwise, require during the Term of this Lease any
           alteration of or improvement to any portion of the Project or
           Building, excluding the Premises or any premises leased or available
           to be leased by other tenants of the Building (a "Mandated
           Alteration"), which, by generally accepted accounting principles
           would be treated as a capital expenditure, then, provided that such
           Mandated Alteration is the result of the adoption of a new or changed
           ordinance, act, statute, order, mandate, rule or regulation or
           interpretation thereof not existing on the Commencement Date of this
           Lease, the annual Operating Expenses of the Building shall also
           include the annual amortization of such capital expenditure based
           upon a useful life of not less than five (5) years.

           "Tenant's Proportionate Share" shall be calculated by dividing the
           rentable square footage of the Premises by the total rentable square
           footage of the Building. The rentable square footage of the Building
           is 45,502 rentable square feet; accordingly, Tenant's Proportionate
           Share is 48.4638%.


                                       4
<PAGE>

           The term "Taxes" shall include every type of tax, charge or other
           amount assessed against the Building or upon the real estate upon
           which the Building is located, including any sales tax assessed on
           the rent collected by Landlord in connection with leasing space in
           the Building, together with any expenses for tax consulting services
           and legal services in appealing or protesting such taxes. Landlord
           agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether
           the amount of Taxes assessed each year is appropriate, and to
           determine whether an appeal or protest of the amount of such Taxes
           should be pursued. Taxes shall not include income taxes, inheritance,
           estate, gift, excise, franchise, gross receipts, stamp or profit
           taxes imposed upon Landlord, any tax upon the sale, transfer and/or
           assignment of Landlord's interest in the Project other than a sales
           tax on rent, as referenced above, and any interest or penalties
           resulting from the late payment of Taxes by Landlord.

        (2)REIMBURSEMENT OF OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES. Commencing on the
           Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rental
           Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for each
           calendar year or part thereof during the Lease Term, as the same may
           be extended by the parties from time to time (referred to herein as
           an "Expense Year") as and when specified below. An annual
           determination of Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be made by
           Landlord pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles and
           shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

        (3)ESTIMATES OF OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES. Prior to the actual
           determination of the Operating Expenses and Taxes for any Expense
           Year, Landlord may, if it so elects and at any time or from time to
           time during such Expense Year, estimate in good faith the amount of
           such Operating Expenses and Taxes that will be paid or incurred in
           such year, based upon the amount of Operating Expenses and Taxes that
           were incurred in the previous year. Landlord may give Tenant written
           notice of the amount of such estimated Operating Expenses and Taxes
           and the amount that will be due each month from Tenant. In such
           event, Tenant shall, subsequent to receipt of such written notice,
           pay monthly Tenant's Proportionate Share of such estimated amount at
           the same time and in the same manner as Base Rental is due from
           Tenant hereunder.

        (4)ANNUAL RECONCILIATION. If, in any Expense Year, the total amount
           Tenant actually paid for estimated Operating Expenses and Taxes for
           such year is less than Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual
           amount of the Operating Expenses and Taxes owed by Tenant for such
           year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rental in one lump
           sum the difference between the total amount actually paid by Tenant
           for such year and the amount Tenant should have paid pursuant to
           subparagraph 2 above; this lump sum payment shall be made within
           thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord's statement therefor; or if
           the total amount Tenant actually paid for estimated Operating
           Expenses and Taxes is more than Tenant's Proportionate Share of the
           actual amount of such Operating Expenses and Taxes, then Landlord
           shall remit the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the
           making of such determination or, at Landlord's election, credit such
           amount against the next monthly installment of Base Rental.


                                       5
<PAGE>

        (5)PRORATIONS. If the Rent Commencement Date is other than January 1 or
           if the Expiration Date is other than December 31, Tenant's
           Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for such year
           shall be prorated, with the proration for the months in which the
           Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date occurs to be based
           upon a 30-day month. Even if the Term has expired, and Tenant has
           vacated the Premises when the final determination is made of Tenant's
           Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the year in
           which this Lease expires, Tenant shall pay any increase due over the
           estimated amount paid and conversely any overpayment made shall be
           rebated by Landlord to Tenant, all as specified above.

        (6)AUDIT. Tenant shall have the right to have Landlord's books and
           records pertaining to Operating Expenses for any Expense Year
           reviewed, copied and audited ("Tenant's Audit") provided that (i)
           such right shall not be exercised more than once during any calendar
           year; (ii) if Tenant elects to conduct Tenant's Audit, Tenant shall
           provide Landlord with written notice thereof no later than thirty
           (30) days following Tenant's receipt of Landlord's statement of
           Operating Expenses for the year to which Tenant's Audit will apply;
           (iii) Tenant shall have no right to conduct Tenant's Audit if Tenant
           is, either at the time Tenant forwards Landlord written notice that
           Tenant's Audit will be conducted or at any time during Tenant's
           Audit, then in default under this Lease; (iv) conducting Tenant's
           Audit shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to pay Tenant's
           Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, as billed by Landlord,
           pending the outcome of such audit; (v) Tenant's right to conduct such
           audit for any calendar year shall expire thirty (30) days following
           Tenant's receipt of Landlord's statement of Operating Expenses for
           such year, and if Landlord has not received written notice of such
           audit within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall have waived
           its right to conduct Tenant's Audit for such calendar year; (vi)
           Tenant's Audit shall be conducted by a Certified Public Accountant
           not employed by or otherwise affiliated with Tenant, except to the
           extent that such accountant has been engaged by Tenant to conduct
           Tenant's Audit; (vii) Tenant's Audit shall be conducted at Landlord's
           office where the records of the year in question are maintained by
           Landlord, during Landlord's normal business hours; and (viii) except
           as set forth below, Tenant's Audit shall be conducted at Tenant's
           sole cost and expense. In the event that Tenant's Audit demonstrates
           to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction that Landlord has overstated
           the Operating Expenses for the year audited, then Tenant's
           Proportionate Share of the overstated amount shall be credited
           against Tenant's Base Rental and Additional Rental next due under
           this Lease until such credit has been exhausted, or if the Lease Term
           has expired and no further amounts are due from Tenant under this
           Lease, Landlord shall refund such overstated amount to Tenant within
           thirty (30) days following Landlord's receipt of documentation
           reasonably acceptable to Landlord reflecting the calculation of such
           overstated amount. Additionally, in the event that Tenant's Audit
           demonstrates to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction that Landlord has
           overstated the Operating Expenses for the year audited by more than
           five percent (5%), then, in addition to reimbursing Tenant for
           Tenant's Proportionate Share of such overstated amount, as set forth
           above, Landlord shall also reimburse Tenant for Tenant's actual
           reasonable cost incurred in conducting Tenant's Audit within thirty
           (30) days of Landlord's receipt of documentation reasonably
           acceptable to Landlord reflecting the amount of such cost.


                                       6
<PAGE>

5.    SECURITY DEPOSIT

(a)  DESCRIPTION OF LETTER OF CREDIT. As security for the full and faithful
     performance of all the terms, conditions and obligations of Tenant under
     this Lease (collectively, the "Obligations"), Tenant shall maintain in full
     force and effect throughout the Term of this Lease, an irrevocable, standby
     letter of credit in favor of Landlord or its successors or assigns, issued
     by a banking institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the "Issuer"),
     in the amounts set forth in this section (the "Letter of Credit"). The
     Letter of Credit shall be in a form substantially similar to the form
     Letter of Credit attached hereto as Exhibit "H," or in such other form as
     may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Contemporaneously with Tenant's
     execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord for execution, Tenant
     shall deliver the executed Letter of Credit to Landlord, and upon Tenant's
     delivery of the executed Letter of Credit to Landlord, and Landlord's
     acceptance of same, a true and genuine photocopy of the executed Letter of
     Credit shall be attached hereto as Exhibit "H-1" and incorporated herein by
     this reference.

(b)  INITIAL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT. The initial amount of the Letter of
     Credit shall be Eight Hundred Ninety-five Thousand, One Hundred Ninety-two
     Dollars ($895,192.00), which amount represents the "Allowance," as defined
     in Exhibit "C" to this Lease, and the leasing commissions to be paid by
     Landlord in connection with this transaction.

(c)  REDUCTIONS IN AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT. At the commencement of the second
     (2nd), third (3rd), fourth (4th), fifth (5th) and sixth (6th) Lease Years
     the amount of the Letter of Credit may be reduced by the amount of One
     Hundred Thirty-seven Thousand, Thirty-eight and 40/100 Dollars
     ($137,038.40); thereafter, the Letter of Credit shall be maintained by
     Tenant in such reduced amount (which will then be Two Hundred Ten Thousand
     Dollars ($210,000.00), assuming that all scheduled reductions are made)
     throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease, as the same may be
     extended by the parties from time to time. Provided, however, that a
     scheduled reduction in the Letter of Credit shall not occur if (i) at the
     time of such scheduled reduction Tenant is in default of its Obligations
     under this Lease, beyond any notice and period of cure applicable under
     this Lease, and (ii) Issuer receives written notice of such uncured default
     from Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which
     such reduction is scheduled to occur.

(d)  DRAWING UPON THE LETTER OF CREDIT IN EVENT OF DEFAULT. In the event that
     Tenant shall default in any of its Obligations under this Lease, and fail
     to cure such default within the time permitted under this Lease, then in
     addition to any other remedies provided under this Lease, Landlord shall be
     entitled to a draw upon the Letter of Credit, in the manner described in
     the Letter of Credit, in such amount as may be necessary in order to cure
     such default on behalf of Tenant. In the event that Landlord draws upon the
     Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of notice
     from Landlord that the Letter of Credit has been drawn down, restore the
     Letter of Credit to the full amount of the Letter of Credit then required
     to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, and provide Landlord with
     documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the Letter of Credit
     has been so restored. If Tenant (i) allows the Letter of Credit to lapse at
     any time during the Term of this Lease, or (ii) fails to restore the Letter
     of Credit to the amount required hereunder after the Letter of Credit has
     been drawn upon by Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof, then
     Tenant shall be in default under the Lease and Landlord shall be entitled
     to exercise all remedies for default set forth in this Lease.


                                       7
<PAGE>

(e)  DRAWING UPON THE LETTER OF CREDIT WHERE LETTER OF CREDIT IS NOT RENEWED.
     The parties acknowledge that the Letter of Credit will be issued for an
     initial period of one (1) year, which shall be automatically renewed by
     Issuer for successive periods of one (1) year throughout the Term of this
     Lease, unless Issuer provides Landlord with written notice of its election
     not to renew the Letter of Credit upon the expiration of its then current
     term. The parties agree that in such event, Landlord may immediately draw
     upon the Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms which expressly
     provide for such draw to be permitted, even if no default by Tenant has
     occurred under this Lease. In such event, the funds drawn by Landlord upon
     the Letter of Credit shall be held by Landlord as a security deposit, in
     accordance with the terms of subparagraph (f) below.

(f)  SECURITY DEPOSIT. Landlord shall place any funds received by drawing upon
     the Letter of Credit under subparagraph (e) above (the "Security Deposit")
     in an interest bearing account, and the interest accruing on the Security
     Deposit shall be held, disbursed, returned and/or retained in the same
     manner as the principal amount of the Security Deposit. If funds are
     received by Landlord under subparagraph (e) above prior to the commencement
     of the sixth (6th) Lease Year, then the principal amount of the Security
     Deposit shall be reduced in the same manner and upon the same schedule as
     reductions in the amount of the Letter of Credit are permitted under
     subparagraph (c) above, provided that at the time of the permitted
     reductions Tenant is not then in default of its Obligations under this
     Lease beyond any notice and period of cure; at the time of any reductions
     in the principal amount of the Security Deposit, the amount by which the
     Security Deposit is to be reduced shall be refunded to Tenant, together
     with all interest then accrued on the Security Deposit. The balance of the
     Security Deposit existing as of the commencement of the sixth (6th) Lease
     Year (which will be Two Hundred Ten Thousand Dollars ($210,00.00) if all
     scheduled reductions are made), and all interest thereafter accruing, shall
     be held by Landlord throughout the balance of the Lease Term. The balance
     of the Security Deposit is refundable to Tenant within thirty (30) days
     following the Expiration Date, as the same may be extended by the parties
     from time to time, provided that no defective conditions are left
     unrepaired by Tenant, other than normal wear and tear, loss by fire or
     other casualty not caused by Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents or
     contractors or condemnation, and provided Tenant is not otherwise in
     default under this Lease. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, apply
     all or a portion of the Security Deposit toward sums due to Landlord by
     Tenant hereunder and/or in order to make any repairs to the Premises
     required to be made by Tenant hereunder, and any portion of this Security
     Deposit used by Landlord for such purposes shall be restored by Tenant
     within fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor from Landlord. Any
     portion of the Security Deposit not required to reimburse Landlord for
     Landlord's expense in repairing defective conditions caused by Tenant or
     for paying amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord, shall be refunded to the
     Tenant as provided above.

(g)  ASSIGNMENT OF THE LEASE BY LANDLORD. In the event that Landlord assigns
     this Lease pursuant to a sale of the Property or otherwise, then Tenant
     shall present Landlord with such documentation as may be required by Issuer
     to transfer Landlord's interest as beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to
     Landlord's assignee, and all costs of processing such transfer shall be
     paid by Tenant directly to Issuer.


                                       8
<PAGE>

6.   USE OF PREMISES

     Tenant shall use the Premises only for general business or professional
     office purposes, and shall not use the Premises for any illegal purpose, or
     violate any statute, regulation, rule, or order of any governmental body,
     or create or allow to exist any nuisance, or trespass, or do any act in or
     about the Premises, or bring anything onto or in the Premises or the
     Building which will in any way increase the rate of insurance on the
     Premises or said Building, deface or injure the Premises or such Building,
     or overload the floor of the Premises. Cigar smoking is prohibited in all
     areas of the Building, including the Premises. Tenant shall not permit
     smoke from cigarettes or any other type of smoking instrument used by
     Tenant or Tenant's employees, agents, invitees, or licensees to filter into
     the Common Areas of the Building, or into other tenants' premises, or to
     create in any manner a nuisance which interferes with other tenants' rights
     of quiet enjoyment of their premises in the Building (collectively the
     "Smoking Nuisance"). Additionally, Tenant shall inform all of its employees
     (and all other agents and contractors who regularly occupy the Premises)
     that smoking is prohibited in all Common Areas of the Building, and of the
     foregoing restrictions set forth in this paragraph. If a Smoking Nuisance
     is generated in the Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant, and Tenant
     shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of Landlord's notice
     to eliminate the Smoking Nuisance in a manner approved by Landlord. If
     Tenant fails to eliminate the Smoking Nuisance to Landlord's satisfaction,

            [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                       9
<PAGE>

     Landlord, at Tenant's expense, may install all reasonable filtering devices
     necessary to eliminate the Smoking Nuisance.

7.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

(a)  LANDLORD'S COMPLIANCE. During the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall be
     responsible for making any modifications to the Project and Building or its
     appurtenances, excluding the Premises, but including the Common Areas,
     elevators and entrances serving the Project and Building, required pursuant
     to any applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, building
     codes, and rules and regulations of governmental entities having
     jurisdiction over the Project, including but not limited to the Americans
     with Disabilities Act (the "ADA") and all regulations and orders
     promulgated pursuant to the ADA (collectively, the "Applicable Laws"). Any
     modifications to the Project and/or the Building made by Landlord pursuant
     to the provisions of this paragraph shall initially be at Landlord's
     expense; however, such expense may be included in Landlord's Operating
     Expenses of the Building as set forth in Paragraph 4(b)(1) of this Lease.

(b)  TENANT'S COMPLIANCE. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws,
     ordinances, and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises, and
     shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directives for the
     correction, prevention, and abatement of nuisances in, upon, or connected
     with the Premises, all at Tenant's sole expense. Tenant warrants that all
     improvements or alterations of the Premises made by Tenant or Tenant's
     employees, agents or contractors, either prior to Tenant's occupancy of the
     Premises or at any time during the term of this Lease, will comply with all
     Applicable Laws. In addition, Tenant warrants that its use of the Premises
     will be in strict compliance with all Applicable Laws. During the Term of
     this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, be responsible
     for making any modifications to the Premises that may be required pursuant
     to any Applicable Laws.

(c)  MUTUAL INDEMNITY. Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant
     harmless from and against any claims, losses or causes of action arising
     out of Landlord's failure to comply with the provision of subparagraph (a)
     above. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and
     against any claims, losses or causes of action arising out of Tenant's
     failure to comply with the provisions of subparagraph (b) above. The
     indemnities set forth in this paragraph shall survive the expiration or
     earlier termination of this Lease.

8.   SERVICES TO TENANT

     Landlord shall provide, subject to limitations contained in any
     governmental controls now or hereafter imposed, or matters beyond
     Landlord's control, the following services:

(a)  Furnish heated and chilled water or other heating/cooling medium to the
     Premises for a heat pump system installed or to be installed to maintain
     the Premises at comfortable temperatures.

(b)  General cleaning and janitorial service five times per week, in accordance
     with the Cleaning Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit "G."


                                       10
<PAGE>

(c)  Reasonable quantities of water to lavatories and toilets in or
     appurtenant to the Premises.

(d)  The Premises are equipped with a separate meter to monitor the amount of
     electricity used to operate the lights and any equipment, machinery or
     other items connected to the power outlets in the Premises, as well as the
     heating, ventilation and air conditioning system serving the Premises. The
     cost of all electricity furnished to the Premises will be billed to Tenant
     by Landlord on a monthly basis. Tenant shall promptly pay all bills for
     such service, and Tenant's failure to do so shall constitute an additional
     event of default under this Lease. Tenant will not use any electrical
     equipment which in Landlord's opinion will overload the wiring
     installations or interfere with the reasonable use thereof by other users
     in the Building. Tenant will not, without Landlord's prior written consent
     in each instance, connect any items such as non-building standard tenant
     lighting, vending equipment, printing or duplicating machines, computers
     (other than desktop word processors, personal computers and photocopy
     equipment not requiring dedicated or special circuitry) or auxiliary air
     conditioners to the electrical system of the Premises, or make any
     alteration or addition to the electrical system in the Premises or
     Building. If any additional circuitry or wiring is required by Tenant, and
     Landlord approves the installation of the same in writing, such work shall
     be performed at Tenant's expense by Landlord's electrician or under
     Landlord's control and supervision, and Tenant shall pay Landlord for such
     additional work as billed.

(e)  Passenger elevator service to the Premises, 24 hours per day, 7 days per
     week, subject to the terms of this Lease, including the Rules and
     Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit "E." The 181 Newbury Street elevator
     will be the main access passenger elevator for Tenant.

(f)  Loading dock access to the Building and freight elevator access to the
     Premises in accordance with the Rules and Regulations for the Building and
     Landlord's policies and procedures as established from time to time for the
     loading and unloading of freight and for the use of the freight elevator.

(g)  Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week,
     subject to the terms of this Lease.

9.   LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     Excepting for the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord, its
     agents, contractors and employees, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant
     in any manner whatsoever for failure or delay in furnishing any service
     provided for in this Lease, and no such failure or delay to furnish any
     service or services by Landlord shall be an actual or constructive eviction
     of Tenant nor shall any such event operate to relieve Tenant from the
     prompt and punctual performance of each and all of the covenants to be
     performed herein by Tenant; nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for
     damage to person or property caused by defects in the cooling, heating,
     electric, water, elevator or other apparatus or systems or by water
     discharged from sprinkler systems, if any, in the Building; nor shall
     Landlord be liable to Tenant for the theft, or loss of any property of
     Tenant whether from the Premises or any part of the Building or property
     adjoining the Building containing the Premises. Landlord agrees to make
     reasonable efforts to protect Tenant from interference or disturbance of
     third persons including other tenants, however, Landlord shall not be
     liable for any such interference or disturbance whether caused by another
     tenant or tenants or Landlord or other person, nor shall Tenant be relieved
     from any obligation under this Lease because of such interference,
     disturbance or breach; provided, however, that if Landlord shall fail to
     provide any service to Tenant that Landlord is required to provide to
     Tenant hereunder, and such failure shall persist for a period of ten (10)
     days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of the
     existence of such failure, and such failure is not due to a force majeure
     event, and as a result of such failure, the Premises or a portion thereof
     shall be substantially unusable by Tenant for the purposes for which they
     were demised to Tenant under this Lease, then, commencing with the
     expiration of such ten (10) day period, Tenant's Base Rental and Additional
     Rental due under this Lease shall abate in the proportion that the rentable
     square footage of the portion of the Premises rendered substantially
     unusable by such failure bears to the total rentable square footage of the
     Premises for the period of time that such portion is substantially
     unusable.


                                       11
<PAGE>

10.  IMPROVEMENTS, REPAIRS BY LANDLORD

     Except as may be specifically set forth in this Lease and any Special
     Stipulations attached hereto, Landlord shall have no obligation to alter,
     remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises. Landlord shall,
     however, repair and maintain all Common Areas of the Project and the
     structural portions of the Building, including elevators of the Building,
     and the basic plumbing, air conditioning, heating and electrical systems
     serving the Premises and Common Areas installed in accordance with similar
     buildings in Boston, Massachusetts, but taking into consideration the age
     of the Building, unless the condition requiring such maintenance is caused
     in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault or omission of any duty by
     Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, in which case Tenant
     shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost of such maintenance or repairs.
     Landlord's costs incurred in maintaining and repairing the structural
     portions and the roof of the Building shall not be included in Operating
     Expenses. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as
     being in good order, condition and repair, and in the condition which
     Landlord is obligated to deliver them to Tenant, except for latent defects
     and such items as Tenant may set forth on a punch list to be provided from
     Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the Notices provision of this Lease
     within ten (10) days after Landlord's delivery of possession of the
     Premises to Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make
     any repairs or to perform any maintenance required of Landlord hereunder,
     unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable period of time after
     written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance is given to
     Landlord by Tenant in accordance with the Notices provision of this Lease;
     provided, however, that if such failure shall persist for a period of ten
     (10) days after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of the
     need for such repairs or maintenance, and such failure is not due to a
     force majeure event, and as a result of such failure, the Premises or a
     portion thereof shall be substantially unusable by Tenant for the purposes
     for which they were demised to Tenant under this Lease, then, commencing
     with the expiration of such ten (10) day period, Tenant's Base Rental and
     Additional Rental due under this Lease shall abate in the proportion that
     the rentable square footage of the portion of the Premises rendered
     substantially unusable by such failure bears to the total rentable square
     footage of the Premises for the period of time that such portion is
     substantially unusable.

11.  LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO ENTER PREMISES

     Landlord shall retain duplicate keys to all doors of the Premises. Tenant
     shall not change the locks on any entrance to the Premises. Upon Tenant's
     written request to Landlord, Landlord will make a reasonable change of
     locks on behalf of Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Landlord and
     its agents, employees and independent contractors shall have the right to
     enter the Premises at all times in the event of an emergency, and at
     reasonable hours to make repairs, additions, alterations, and improvements
     that are required by this Lease or are otherwise performed with Tenant's
     prior written consent; to exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers,
     lenders or tenants, but Landlord may enter to exhibit the Premises to
     prospective tenants only during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or
     following any event of default for as long as such event of default remains
     uncured; and to inspect the Premises to ascertain that Tenant is complying
     with all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Landlord shall also
     have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable hours to install,
     maintain, repair and replace pipes, wires, cables, duct work, conduit and
     utility lines through hung ceiling space and column space within the
     Premises. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize any
     interference with Tenant's business caused by such entry. Landlord shall,
     except in case of emergency, afford Tenant such prior notification of an
     entry into the Premises as shall be reasonably practicable under the
     circumstances; such prior notification may take the form of a telephone
     call to Tenant at the Premises or written notice forwarded to Tenant at
     Tenant's address for notices set forth in this Lease. During such time as
     such work is being carried on in or about the Premises, payments provided
     herein shall not abate and Tenant waives any claim or cause of action
     against Landlord for damages by reason of interruption of Tenant's business
     or loss of profits therefrom because of the prosecution of any such work or
     any part thereof.


                                       12
<PAGE>

12.  REPAIRS BY TENANT

     With the exception of those items set forth in this Lease that are required
     to be repaired by Landlord, Tenant, during the Term of this Lease or any
     extension or renewal of this Lease, shall, at its sole cost and expense,
     make all repairs as shall be reasonably necessary to keep the Premises, and
     any portion of the Building under Tenant's exclusive control, in good
     condition and repair, normal wear, loss by fire or other casualty not
     caused by Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents or contractors and
     condemnation excepted. Tenant further agrees that all damage or injury of
     whatever nature done to the Premises by the Tenant or by any person in or
     upon the Premises except the Landlord, Landlord's agents, servants,
     contractors and employees, shall be repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and
     expense.

13.  ALTERATIONS

     Tenant shall make no alterations or other improvements (collectively,
     "Alterations") to the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent,
     which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however,
     that Tenant may make decorative changes to the interior of the Premises,
     including but not limited to repainting and recarpeting the Premises,
     without Landlord's consent. Unless otherwise agreed, all such approved
     Alterations shall be made by Landlord at Tenant's sole expense and shall
     become the property of Landlord and be surrendered with the Premises upon
     the expiration of this Lease.

     Landlord may, at Landlord's option, require Tenant to remove any or all
     such Alterations, and repair any damage to the Premises resulting from such
     Alterations, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,
     provided that Landlord informs Tenant at the time of providing its written
     consent to the making of any such Alteration that Tenant will be required
     to remove such Alteration, and repair of any damage to the Premises
     resulting from such Alteration or the removal of such Alteration, prior to
     the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.


                                       13
<PAGE>

14.   LIENS

      Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid all costs for work done by or on
      behalf of Tenant or caused to be done by or on behalf of Tenant on the
      Premises of a character which will or may result in liens against
      Landlord's interest in the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any
      part thereof and Tenant will keep the same free and clear of all
      mechanics' liens and other liens on account of work done for or on behalf
      of Tenant or persons claiming under Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to
      indemnify Landlord for, and defend and hold Landlord harmless from and
      against all liability, loss, damages, costs or expenses, including
      reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any claims of any
      nature whatsoever for work performed for, or materials or supplies
      furnished to, Tenant, including lien claims of contractors, laborers, or
      materialmen. Should any such liens be filed or recorded against the
      Premises, the Building or the Project with respect to work done for or
      materials supplied to or on behalf of Tenant or should any action
      affecting the title thereto be commenced, Tenant shall cause such liens to
      be released of record within twenty (20) days after notice thereof. If
      Tenant desires to contest any such claim of lien, Tenant shall nonetheless
      cause such lien to be released of record by the posting of adequate
      security with a court of competent jurisdiction as may be provided by
      Massachusetts' mechanics' lien statutes. If Tenant shall be delinquent in
      paying any charge for which such a mechanics' lien or suit to foreclose
      such a lien has been recorded or filed and shall not have caused the lien
      to be released as aforesaid, Landlord may (but without being required to
      do so) pay such lien or claim and costs associated therewith, and the
      amount so paid, together with interest thereon at the highest rate
      permitted by law and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection
      therewith, shall be immediately due from Tenant to Landlord as Additional
      Rental.

15.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

      Tenant may not, without at least fifteen (15) days' prior written notice
      to Landlord in accordance with the Notices provision of this Lease, and
      the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent
      shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, assign this Lease or any
      interest hereunder, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit
      the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant
      (collectively, an "Assignment"). In the event that Tenant provides
      Landlord with notice of such proposed Assignment, such notice shall be
      accompanied by a copy of any and all documents, instruments and agreements
      pertaining to such transaction reasonably necessary for Landlord to
      evaluate such proposed Assignment. Whether or not such proposed Assignment
      is approved by Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its
      reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection with reviewing any
      proposed Assignment. Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days from its
      receipt of Tenant's notice of the proposed Assignment and all other
      required and reasonably requested information within which to make a
      decision as to whether or not such proposed Assignment will be approved.
      At a minimum, without limitation, in each event the following requirements
      must be satisfied: (a) Tenant shall not be released from any obligations
      or any liabilities hereunder as a result of any such Assignment; (b)


                                      14
<PAGE>


      Tenant shall not be in default hereunder at the time it requests
      Landlord's consent or on the effective date of the proposed Assignment;
      (c) any Assignment or attempted Assignment without Landlord's consent
      shall be voidable at Landlord's option; (d) Landlord shall be provided
      with such information regarding the name, identity, business reputation
      and creditworthiness of the proposed assignee or subtenant as Landlord
      shall reasonably request; and (e) in the case of an assignment of the
      Lease, the assignee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby
      it assumes jointly and severally with Tenant all of the obligations and
      liabilities of Tenant under this Lease. In the event Landlord elects to
      approve a requested Assignment, Landlord has the right, but not the
      obligation, to terminate the Lease effective as of the date Tenant vacates
      the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no right to
      terminate the Lease under this paragraph in the event that the Assignment
      is a "Permitted Assignment," as defined below. Should Landlord elect to
      terminate the Lease, Tenant shall be relieved of any liability or
      obligation to pay rent beyond the date of termination. Unless Landlord
      expressly agrees to terminate the Lease or Tenant's obligations hereunder,
      in no event shall any Assignment, whether approved by Landlord or not,
      relieve Tenant from its obligations under this Lease. Consent to one
      Assignment shall not destroy or waive this provision, and all later
      Assignments shall likewise be made only upon prior written consent of
      Landlord. Assignees shall become liable directly to Landlord for all
      obligations of Tenant hereunder, without relieving Tenant's liability. In
      the event that Tenant shall be entitled to any rent, rentals, payment,
      profit or any other sum or cost paid by the assignee or subtenant in
      connection with such Assignment in excess of the then applicable rent and
      other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease ("Excess
      Rental"), then as and when such Excess Rental is received from such
      assignee or subtenant, Tenant may retain one-half of such Excess Rental,
      and Tenant shall pay one-half of such Excess Rental to Landlord.

      In determining whether to consent or withhold consent to a proposed
      Assignment, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord may withhold its
      consent to any proposed Assignment, and such withholding of consent by
      Landlord will not be unreasonable, if: (1) if the proposed assignee or
      subtenant is a party who would, or whose use would, detract from the
      character of the Building, such as, without limitation, a dental, medical,
      chiropractic or a governmental office; or (2) if the proposed assignee or
      subtenant proposes to engage in a business in the Premises which is not
      consistent with the standards of the Building or is not permitted by or
      would contravene the provisions of this Lease; or (3) if the lease to, or
      use of the Premises or any portion thereof by, such


                                      15
<PAGE>

      subtenant or assignee will cause Landlord to be in violation of any
      restrictive use covenants granted by Landlord to any other tenant in the
      Project in such tenant's lease; or (4) if, in the case of a proposed
      assignment, the proposed assignee is not of sufficient financial worth to
      perform its obligations under this Lease as such obligations become due;
      or (5) the proposed assignee or subtenant is then a tenant in the Project,
      or is then negotiating with Landlord to become a tenant in the Project;
      provided, however, it is understood and agreed that bases set forth above
      upon which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to a proposed
      Assignment are not intended, and shall not be construed, to be an
      exclusive list of reasonable bases upon which Landlord may withhold its
      consent, and Landlord reserves the right to withhold its consent to any
      proposed Assignment by virtue of any other reasonable basis.

      Upon execution of any sublease or assignment approved by Landlord under
      this Article, a fully-executed counterpart of the sublease or assignment
      shall be promptly delivered to Landlord by Tenant.

      A change, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, or a
      merger, consolidation or other reorganization of more than a 49% ownership
      in Tenant shall be an assignment of this Lease and subject to the
      provisions of this Article.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without securing Landlord's
      consent, do any one or more of the following things (each of which is a
      "Permitted Assignment"):

       (i)   Assign this Lease or sublet the Premises, in whole or in part, to
             any subsidiary company, parent company, or other affiliated company
             of Tenant; as used herein, a company is an "affiliated" company of
             Tenant if it directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by,
             or is under direct or indirect common control with, Tenant; and, as
             used herein, "control" means the power to direct the management and
             policies of an entity, directly or indirectly, through the exercise
             of voting rights; and/or

       (ii)  Assign this Lease or sublet the Premises to any company with which
             Tenant may merge, consolidate or be sold to, or to any company
             resulting from a merger or consolidation to which Tenant may be a
             party; and/or

       (iii) Assign this Lease or sublet the Premises pursuant to a
             reorganization under which a majority of the capital stock or
             substantially all of the assets of Tenant are acquired by a
             publicly owned company; and/or

       (iv)  Assign this Lease or sublet the Premises to any person, firm, or
             corporation purchasing all or substantially all of Tenant's assets
             or a controlling interest in Tenant's stock; and/or

       (v)   Assign this Lease or sublet the Premises to any person, firm, or
             corporation who has a net worth exceeding Twenty-five Million
             Dollars ($25,000,000.00).

      Provided, that in the event of such Permitted Assignment, (a) the use of
      the Premises to be made by the assignee under such Permitted Assignment
      (the "Permitted Assignee") will be substantially the same as the use then
      being made of the Premises by Tenant, and will be within the permitted
      uses of the Premises under the Lease; (b) no later than fifteen (15) days
      after the effective date of the assignment of the Lease or the subletting
      of the Premises to a Permitted Assignee, Tenant provides Landlord with
      written notice of


                                      16
<PAGE>

      such assignment or subletting, including (i) the written acknowledgment of
      Tenant that Tenant remains fully liable for all of Tenant's obligations
      under this Lease until the expiration of the Term of the Lease, and (ii)
      in the case of an assignment of the Lease to the Permitted Assignee, the
      express assumption by the Permitted Assignee of all obligations of Tenant
      under the Lease and the Permitted Assignee's express agreement to be bound
      by all terms and conditions of the Lease; and (c) Tenant provides Landlord
      with all documentation reasonably requested by Landlord in order to
      evaluate the Permitted Assignment.

16.   EMINENT DOMAIN

      If the whole or any part of the Premises shall be taken by Federal, State,
      County or City authority for public use, or under any statute, or by right
      of eminent domain (or is conveyed by Landlord in lieu of such taking),
      then the Term hereby granted and all rights of the Tenant hereunder shall
      cease and terminate as of the day before the effective date of such
      taking. It is expressly agreed that the Tenant shall not have any right or
      claim to any award made to or received by the Landlord for such taking.
      Provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to separately pursue
      an award from the condemning authority for its damages incurred in
      relocating its business to other premises, so long as such award or the
      pursuit thereof will not reduce any award that would otherwise be
      available to Landlord from such condemning authority.

17.   DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES

      If the Premises shall be damaged or destroyed in whole or in part by fire,
      casualty or other causes covered by Landlord's insurance, Landlord shall
      promptly and diligently restore the Premises to their condition on the
      date originally demised to Tenant under this Lease, including the
      "Improvements" to the Premises constructed by Tenant in accordance with
      the provisions of Exhibit "C" to this Lease, ordinary wear and tear
      excepted ("Landlord's Restoration"), provided that, in Landlord's
      reasonable estimation, such repairs can be made within one hundred twenty
      (120) days of such destruction or damage. In the event that restoration of
      the Premises estimated by Landlord to take one hundred twenty (120) days
      or less to complete has not been substantially completed within one
      hundred twenty (120) days after the occurrence of such damage or
      destruction, then Tenant shall have the option of terminating this Lease,
      provided that (i) at the time Tenant is required to exercise such option,
      Landlord is not then actively in the process of completing such
      restoration; (ii) the delay in substantial completion of the restoration
      of the Premises is not caused, in whole or in part, by Tenant or any force
      majeure; and (iii) Tenant provides Landlord with written notice that
      Tenant elects to exercise such option no later than fifteen (15) days
      following the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) day period. In
      the event that Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease in
      accordance with the terms of this paragraph, such termination shall be
      effective on the thirtieth (30th) day following Landlord's receipt of
      Tenant's notice exercising such option; and, the Term of the Lease shall
      expire on such thirtieth (30th) day as if such date were the Expiration
      Date. Tenant shall, upon substantial completion by Landlord, promptly and
      diligently, and at its sole cost and expense, repair and restore any
      improvements to the Premises made by Tenant after the Rent Commencement
      Date to the condition thereof prior to such destruction or damage. If, in
      Landlord's reasonable estimation, the Premises cannot be restored, to the
      extent required herein, within one hundred twenty (120) days of such
      damage or destruction, Landlord at its option shall, by written notice to
      Tenant given within sixty (60) days after the date of such fire or other
      casualty, either (i) elect to repair or restore such damage, this Lease
      continuing in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease as of a
      date specified in such notice, which date shall not be less than thirty
      (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given.
      Until Landlord's Restoration is complete, there shall be an abatement or
      reduction of Base Rental and Additional Rental for Operating Expenses only
      (and not Taxes) in the same proportion that the square footage of the
      Premises so damaged or destroyed and under restoration bears to the total
      square footage of the Premises, unless the damaging event was caused by
      the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, officers,
      agents, licensees, invitees, visitors, customers, concessionaires,
      assignees, subtenants, contractors or subcontractors, in which event there
      shall be no such abatement.


                                       17
<PAGE>

      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if damage to
      or destruction of the Premises, in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
      value of the Premises, shall occur within the last year of the Term of
      this Lease, as the same may be extended as provided hereinafter, the
      obligation of Landlord to restore the Premises shall not arise unless (i)
      Landlord, at its sole option, elects to undertake Landlord's Restoration;
      (ii) neither party has elected to terminate this Lease as provided below;
      (iii) Landlord, at its sole option, elects to provide Tenant with the
      opportunity of extending the Term of this Lease for an additional period
      so as to expire five (5) years from the date of the completion by Landlord
      of Landlord's Restoration; and, (iv) Tenant gives written notice to
      Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord's request that it agrees
      to such extension. Such extension shall be on the terms and conditions
      provided herein, if an option to extend this Lease remains to be exercised
      by Tenant hereunder, or under the terms prescribed in Landlord's notice,
      if no such further extension period is provided for herein. Upon receipt
      of such notice from Tenant, Landlord agrees to promptly undertake
      Landlord's Restoration. Failing such notice to extend, Landlord at its
      option shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of the
      damaging event, or to restore the Premises and the Lease shall continue
      for the remainder of the then unexpired Term, or until the Lease is
      otherwise terminated as provided herein. Additionally, if damage to or
      destruction of the Premises, in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the value
      of the Premises, shall occur within the last year of the Term of this
      Lease, as the same may be extended by the parties from time to time, then
      Tenant shall have the option of terminating this Lease by providing
      Landlord with written notice of such termination no later than thirty (30)
      days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, and in such event
      this Lease shall be terminated effective on the thirtieth (30th) day
      following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice exercising such option;
      and, the Term of the Lease shall expire on such thirtieth (30th) day as if
      such date were the Expiration Date.

18.   INDEMNIFICATION

      Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant hereby indemnifies
      Landlord from and agrees to hold Landlord harmless against, any and all
      liability for any loss, injury, or damage (collectively, a "Loss"),
      including, without limitation, all costs, expenses, court costs and
      reasonable attorneys' fees, imposed on Landlord by any person whomsoever,
      caused by or resulting from (i) any Loss occurring in the Premises (except
      where such Loss is caused by or results from the gross negligence or
      willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors);
      and (ii) any Loss occurring in the Building or anywhere in the Project
      other than the Premises that is caused by or results from the gross
      negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents or
      contractors. Subject to the provisions of this Lease, Landlord hereby
      indemnifies Tenant from, and agrees to hold Tenant harmless against, any
      and all liability for any Loss occurring in the Premises, the Building or
      anywhere in the Project, including, without limitation, all costs,
      expenses, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees, imposed on Tenant by
      any person whomsoever, caused by or resulting from the gross negligence or
      willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors.
      The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the expiration or any
      termination of this Lease.

19.   INSURANCE

(a)   Landlord's Insurance.

         (1) Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the Term of this
             Lease an insurance policy or policies of all-risks fire, extended
             coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief and other casualty,
             covering loss or damages to the Project and the Common Areas, as
             well as all improvements thereto, and the structural improvements
             to the Premises.

         (2) Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the Term of
             this Lease such other insurance in such amounts and with such
             policy provisions as it shall deem necessary or appropriate,
             including without limitation the following: commercial general
             liability insurance pertaining to the Project and the Common Areas,
             and bodily injuries, death and property damage arising or occurring
             therein.


                                      18
<PAGE>

         (3) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any increase in the cost of
             any of Landlord's insurance pertaining to the Project if said
             increase is caused by or results from Tenant's use or occupancy of
             the Premises, the breach of this Lease by Tenant, or the acts,
             omissions, or negligence of Tenant, its employees, officers,
             agents, licensees, invitees, visitors, customers, concessionaires,
             assignees, subtenants, contractors or subcontractors.

      Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a certificate of insurance reflecting
      that the insurance that Landlord is required to maintain under this Lease
      has been obtained and is in full force and effect upon Landlord's receipt
      of Tenant's written request for same.

(b)   TENANT'S INSURANCE. During the Term of this Lease, and any extension and
      renewal thereof, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall carry and
      maintain the following policies of insurance with insurance companies
      licensed or authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
      and rated as no less than A-, Class VI in the current edition of Best's
      Guide, insuring Landlord, Landlord's management agent and authorized
      agent, Tenant, and any lender of record encumbering the Premises if
      requested by Landlord, and shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of
      insurance evidencing such coverage both prior to taking possession of the
      Premises and annually thereafter:

         (1) Property Insurance on the Special or All-Risk Form (including
             theft, sprinkler leakage, boiler and machinery insurance), covering
             Tenant's personal property, trade fixtures, inventory and equipment
             located in the Premises in an amount equal to the full replacement
             cost of all items.

         (2) Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form
             including premises operations, products/completed operations,
             hazard and contractual coverage with limits of no less than
             $2,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 General Aggregate and
             $2,000,000 Completed Operations Aggregate. The insurance required
             of Tenant hereunder may be satisfied by an umbrella policy, so long
             as the minimum coverage requirements set forth under this paragraph
             are satisfied.

         (3) Workers' Compensation Insurance with liability limits required by
             the laws of the state in which the Premises are located and
             employers liability coverage.

         (4) Business Interruption Insurance in amounts sufficient to pay for
             Tenant's expenses and lost income attributable to perils commonly
             insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of
             access to the Premises as a result of such perils.


                                      19
<PAGE>

             Tenant's Commercial General Liability insurance shall, to the
             extent permitted by law, name Landlord, Landlord's management agent
             and authorized agent as additional insureds, and all Tenant's
             insurance required hereunder shall provide for thirty (30) days'
             prior written notice to Landlord and its asset and property manager
             before any modification or termination of said insurance. The
             above-referenced insurance shall be considered primary and
             non-contributory with or secondary to coverage provided by
             Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require additional
             coverage and increase limits as industry standards change. Should
             Tenant engage the services of a contractor, Tenant will make
             certain that such contractor will carry General Liability Insurance
             and will name Landlord and its asset and property manager as
             additional insureds.

(c)   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant shall each have included (so
      long as commercially reasonable and obtainable) in all policies of all
      risks, fire, extended coverage, business interruption and other property
      insurance respectively obtained by them covering the Premises, the
      Building and contents therein, a waiver by the insurer of all right of
      subrogation against the other in connection with any loss or damage
      thereby insured against. Any additional premium for such waiver shall be
      paid by the primary insured. To the full extent permitted by law, Landlord
      and Tenant each waives all right of recovery against the other (and any
      officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and representatives of
      the other) for, and agrees to release the other from liability for, loss
      or damage to the extent such loss or damage is covered by valid and
      collectible insurance in effect covering the party seeking recovery at the
      time of such loss or damage or would be covered by the insurance required
      to be maintained under this Lease by the party seeking recovery. If the
      release of either party, as set forth in the immediately preceding
      sentence, should contravene any law with respect to exculpatory
      agreements, the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not
      released but shall be secondary to the liability of the other's insurer.

20.   DAMAGE OR THEFT OF PERSONAL PROPERTY

      Tenant agrees that all personal property brought into the Premises shall
      be at the risk of the Tenant only and that the Landlord shall not be
      liable for the loss thereof or any damages thereto occasioned from any act
      of any co-tenant, or other occupants of said Building or any other person,
      unless such loss results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct
      of Landlord.

21.   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

      Tenant agrees that Tenant, its agents and contractors, licensees, or
      invitees shall not handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of any
      flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or
      materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances,
      petroleum products or derivatives (collectively "Hazardous Materials") on,
      under, or about the Premises, without Landlord's prior written consent
      (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as long as Tenant
      demonstrates and documents to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction (i) that
      such Hazardous Materials (A) are necessary or useful to Tenant's business;
      and (B) will be used, kept, and stored in compliance with all laws
      relating to any Hazardous Materials so brought or used or kept in or about
      the Premises; and (ii) that Tenant will give all required notices
      concerning the presence in or on the Premises (or the release of such
      Hazardous Materials from the Premises) provided that Tenant may handle,
      store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous
      Materials, which products are of a type customarily found in offices and
      households (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for
      copies,


                                      20
<PAGE>

      paint, paint remover, and the like), provided further that Tenant shall
      handle, store, use and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe
      and lawful manner and shall not allow such Hazardous Materials to
      contaminate the Premises or the environment. Tenant shall comply with all
      federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of
      the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally
      hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or
      hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and
      regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances
      (collectively "Environmental Laws").

      Tenant further agrees that Tenant will not permit any substance suspected
      of causing cancer or reproductive toxicity to come into contact with
      groundwater under the Premises. Any such substance coming into contact
      with groundwater shall be considered a Hazardous Material for purposes of
      this Article.

      Notwithstanding the above provisions, Tenant may handle, store, and use
      Hazardous Materials, limited to the types, amounts, and use identified in
      the Hazardous Materials List, if any are identified, on Exhibit "D"
      attached hereto. Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord that the information
      provided by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph is true, correct, and
      complete. Tenant covenants to comply with the use restrictions shown on
      the attached Hazardous Materials List. Tenant's business and operations,
      and more especially its handling, storage, use and disposal of Hazardous
      Materials shall at all times comply with all applicable laws pertaining to
      Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall secure and abide by all permits
      necessary for Tenant's operations on the Premises. Tenant shall give or
      post all notices required by all applicable laws pertaining to Hazardous
      Materials. If Tenant shall at any time fail to comply with this Paragraph,
      Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of such noncompliance.

      Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of any Material Safety Data
      Sheets (as required by the Occupational Safety and Health Act) relating to
      any Hazardous Materials to be used, kept, or stored at or on the Premises,
      at least 30 days prior to the first use, placement, or storage of such
      Hazardous Material on the Premises. Landlord shall have 10 days following
      delivery of such Material Safety Data Sheets to forbid, or, in its sole
      discretion, to approve subject to the limitations contained above, such
      use, placement, or storage of a Hazardous Material on the Premises.

      Tenant shall not store hazardous wastes on the Premises for more than 90
      days; "hazardous waste" has the meaning given it by the Resource
      Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended. Tenant shall not
      install any underground or above ground storage tanks on the Premises.
      Tenant shall not dispose of any Hazardous Material or solid waste on the
      Premises. In performing any alterations of the Premises permitted by the
      Lease, Tenant shall not install any Hazardous Material in the Premises
      without the specific consent of Landlord attached as an exhibit to this
      Article.

      Any increase in the premiums for necessary insurance on the Property which
      arises from Tenant's use and/or storage of Hazardous Materials shall be
      solely at Tenant's expense. Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole
      expense, such additional insurance as may be necessary to comply with any
      requirement of any Federal, State or local governmental agency with
      jurisdiction.


                                      21
<PAGE>

      If Landlord, in its sole discretion, believes that the Premises or the
      environment have become contaminated with Hazardous Materials that must be
      removed under the laws of the state where the Premises are located, in
      breach of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord, in addition to its other
      rights under this Lease, may enter upon the Premises and obtain samples
      from the Premises, including without limitation the soil and groundwater
      under the Premises, for the purposes of analyzing the same to determine
      whether and to what extent the Premises or the environment have become so
      contaminated. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs of any
      inspection, sampling and analysis that discloses contamination for which
      Tenant is liable under the terms of this Article. Tenant may not perform
      any sampling, testing, or drilling to locate any Hazardous Materials on
      the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.

      Without limiting the above, Tenant shall reimburse, defend, indemnify and
      hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, losses,
      liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including without limitation,
      any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to fully comply with all
      applicable Environmental Laws, and any loss of rental income, loss due to
      business interruption, and attorneys fees and costs, arising out of or in
      any way connected with the use, manufacture, storage, or disposal of
      Hazardous Materials by Tenant, its agents or contractors on, under or
      about the Premises including, without limitation, the costs of any
      required or necessary investigation, repair, cleanup or detoxification and
      the preparation of any closure or other required plans in connection
      herewith, whether voluntary or compelled by governmental authority. The
      indemnity obligations of Tenant under this clause shall survive any
      termination of the Lease. At Landlord's option, Tenant shall perform any
      required or necessary investigation, repair, cleanup, or detoxification of
      the Premises. In such case, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole
      discretion, to approve all plans, consultants, and cleanup standards.
      Tenant shall provide Landlord on a timely basis with (i) copies of all
      documents, reports, and communications with governmental authorities; and
      (ii) notice and an opportunity to attend all meetings with regulatory
      authorities. Tenant shall comply with all notice requirements and Landlord
      and Tenant agree to cooperate with governmental authorities seeking access
      to the Premises for purposes of sampling or inspection. No disturbance of
      Tenant's use of the Premises resulting from activities conducted pursuant
      to this paragraph shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction of
      Tenant from the Premises. In the event that such cleanup extends beyond
      the termination of the Lease, Tenant's obligation to pay rent (including
      additional rent and percentage rent, if any) shall continue until such
      cleanup is completed and any certificate of clearance or similar document
      has been delivered to Landlord. Rent during such holdover period shall be
      at market rent; if the parties are unable to agree upon the amount of such
      market rent, then Landlord shall have the option of (a) increasing the
      rent for the period of such holdover based upon the increase in the
      cost-of-living from the third month preceding the commencement date to the
      third month preceding the start of the holdover period, using such indices
      and assumptions and calculations as Landlord in its sole reasonable
      judgement shall determine are necessary; or (b) having Landlord and Tenant
      each appoint a qualified MAI appraiser doing business in the area; in
      turn, these two independent MAI appraisers shall appoint a third MAI
      appraiser and the majority shall decide upon the fair market rental for
      the Premises as of the expiration of the then current term. Landlord and
      Tenant shall equally share in the expense of this appraisal except that in
      the event the rent is found to be within fifteen percent of the original
      rate quoted by Landlord, then Tenant shall bear the full cost of all the
      appraisal process. In no event shall the rent be subject to determination
      or modification by any person, entity, court, or authority other than as
      set forth expressly herein, and in no event shall the rent for any
      holdover period be less than the rent due in the preceding period.


                                      22
<PAGE>

      Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall only be
      responsible for contamination of the Premises by Hazardous Materials or
      any cleanup resulting directly therefrom, if the matter which resulted in
      the contamination occurred or the Hazardous Materials were deposited
      during the Lease Term, or during any other period of time during which
      Tenant is in actual or constructive occupancy of the Premises. Tenant
      shall take reasonable precautions to prevent the contamination of the
      Premises with Hazardous Materials by third parties.

      It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any
      proposed Assignment if (i) the proposed assignee's or sublessee's
      anticipated use of the premises involves the generation, storage, use,
      treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials; (ii) the proposed assignee
      or sublessee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or
      governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with
      Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, if the contamination
      resulted from such assignee's or sublessee's actions or use of the
      property in question; or (iii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is
      subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in
      connection with the use, disposal, or storage of Hazardous Materials.

      Any of Tenant's insurance insuring against claims of the type dealt with
      in this Article shall be considered primary coverage for claims against
      the Property arising out of or under this paragraph.

      In the event of any transfer of Tenant's interest under this Lease, Tenant
      shall continue to be fully liable for all of its obligations set forth
      herein regarding Hazardous Materials arising under this Lease throughout
      the entire Term of this Lease. In the event that the Premises become
      contaminated with Hazardous Materials, and Tenant is responsible for such
      contamination as set forth herein, then Tenant's duty to pay Base Rental
      and Additional Rental shall continue until the obligations imposed by this
      Lease and such laws are satisfied in full and any certificate of clearance
      or similar document has been delivered to Landlord.

      All consents given by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall be in
      writing. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant
      harmless from any and all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, costs,
      expenses, damages and obligations of any nature arising from, or as a
      result of the presence or use of any Hazardous Materials anywhere in the
      Project, Building or the Premises, other than the presence or use of
      Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease.

22.   LANDLORD'S LIEN

      [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED.]

23.   RELOCATION

      [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED.]

24.   SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT


                                      23
<PAGE>

      Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any
      mortgage, security deed, loan deed or similar instrument now on said
      Premises and to all advances already made, or which may be hereafter made,
      on account of said instruments to the full extent of all debts and charges
      secured thereby and to any renewals or extensions of all or any part
      thereof and to any such instruments which any owner of said Premises may
      hereafter at any time elect to place on said Premises (collectively, a
      "Security Instrument"), and Tenant agrees upon request to hereafter attorn
      to the holder of such Security Instrument as the Landlord under this Lease
      and execute any paper or papers which the counsel for Landlord may deem
      necessary to accomplish that end and, if Tenant fails to do so, Tenant
      shall be in default of its non-monetary obligations under this Lease.
      Provided, however, that the subordination of this Lease and Tenant's
      interest hereunder to any Security Instrument shall be contingent upon
      Landlord, Tenant and the holder of the security interest under such
      instrument entering into an agreement reasonably acceptable to each of
      them whereby such holder agrees that Tenant's right of quiet enjoyment of
      the Premises will not be disturbed in the event of a foreclosure of such
      holder's interest under such instrument, so long as Tenant does not
      default in its obligations under this Lease, and fail to cure such default
      within the time provided in this Lease for the cure of defaults, if any.

25.   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

      Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to the Landlord,
      within ten (10) days from Tenant's receipt of said request, a statement in
      writing certifying that this Lease is in full force and effect, and
      setting forth the dates to which the rent and any other charges have been
      paid, and such statement so delivered to the Landlord may be relied upon
      by any prospective purchaser of, or by any holder or prospective holder of
      a mortgage or other security interest in the Building of which the
      Premises are a part. Tenant's failure to deliver such statement within
      such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force
      and effect, without modification, except as may be represented by
      Landlord, that there are no defaults in Landlord's performance, and that
      not more than one (1) month's rental has been paid in advance.

      Upon Tenant's request, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant,
      within ten (10) days from Landlord's receipt of said request, a statement
      in writing certifying that this Lease is in full force and effect, and
      setting forth the dates to which the rent and any other charges have been
      paid. Landlord's failure to deliver such statement within such time shall
      be conclusive upon Landlord that this Lease is in full force and effect,
      without modification, except as may be represented by Tenant, and that, to
      the best of Landlord's knowledge without inquiry, there are no defaults in
      Tenant's performance under the Lease. Provided, however, that Tenant may
      not request such statement from Landlord any more frequently than twice in
      any Lease Year.

26.   DEFAULT

      The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default
      hereunder by Tenant:

         (a) The Base Rental payable under this Lease (including any Additional
             Rental) or any sum of money due hereunder is not paid when due, and
             such failure to pay continues for more than five (5) days after
             Tenant's receipt of notice thereof from Landlord. Provided,
             however, that Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with
             the notice and five-day period set forth in this subparagraph more
             than two (2) times during the Term of this Lease, and the third and
             each subsequent failure to timely pay such sums shall immediately
             constitute an event of default hereunder.


                                      24
<PAGE>

         (b) The Premises are abandoned, even though the Tenant continues to pay
             the stipulated Base Rental, and such condition is not corrected
             within ten (10) days of Tenant's receipt of notice thereof from
             Landlord to Tenant. Provided, however, that Landlord shall not be
             required to provide Tenant with the notice and ten-day period set
             forth in this subparagraph more than once during the Term of this
             Lease, and the second, and each subsequent occurrence of such
             condition shall immediately constitute an event of default
             hereunder.

         (c) Tenant files any petition for debt relief under any section or
             chapter of the national or federal bankruptcy code or any other
             applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
             act.

         (d) Any petition is filed against Tenant under any section or chapter
             of the national or federal bankruptcy code or any other applicable
             federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar act, and
             such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the
             date of such filing.

         (e) Tenant shall become insolvent or transfer property to defraud
             creditors.

         (f) Tenant makes material misrepresentations to Landlord prior to or
             contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease.

         (g) Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

         (h) A receiver is appointed for any of the assets of Tenant, and such
             receiver is not removed within sixty (60) days of Tenant's receipt
             of notice from Landlord to obtain such removal.

         (i) A lien is filed against the Premises, Building or Project, or
             Landlord's estate therein, by reason of any work, labor, services
             or materials performed or furnished, or alleged to have been
             performed or furnished, to Tenant or anyone holding the Premises
             by, through or under Tenant, and Tenant fails to cause the same to
             be vacated and canceled of record, or bonded off in accordance with
             the provisions of this Lease, within twenty (20) days after
             Tenant's receipt of written notice of the existence of such lien
             from Landlord.

         (j) Tenant fails to observe, perform and keep each and every one of the
             covenants, agreements, provisions, stipulations and conditions
             contained in this Lease to be observed, performed and kept by
             Tenant, including without limitation the "Rules and Regulations"
             for the Project of which the Premises is a part, and unless
             otherwise specified herein, Tenant persists in such failure for
             twenty (20) days after receipt of notice by Landlord requiring that
             Tenant correct such failure; provided, that in the event any such
             failure is not reasonably susceptible of cure within such twenty
             (20)-day period, Tenant shall have a reasonable time to cure such
             failure, provided Tenant commences cure as soon as is reasonably
             possible, and prosecutes such cure diligently to completion.

27.   REMEDIES

      Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the option
      to do and perform any one or more of the following:


                                      25
<PAGE>

(a)   Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately
      surrender the Premises to Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to do so,
      Landlord may, without notice and prejudice to any other remedy available,
      enter and take possession of the Premises and remove Tenant, or anyone
      occupying the Premises, and its effects without being liable to
      prosecution or any claim for damages. In the event of termination of this
      Lease, Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for (i) all payments due
      under this Lease prior to the date of termination, (ii) all costs incurred
      by Landlord in connection with such termination, and (iii) the entire
      amount of Base Rental, Additional Rental and other charges due hereunder
      for the remainder of the Term, less the then fair market rental value of
      the Premises for the remainder of the Term, with such difference
      discounted to its present value by using a discount factor of 6%. Such
      amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand by
      Landlord and shall constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty or
      forfeiture (Tenant and Landlord agree that the actual damages are
      impossible to ascertain and that the amount described above is a
      reasonable estimate thereof). If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease,
      Tenant's liability to Landlord for damages shall survive such termination.

(b)   Landlord may correct such default, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord,
      upon demand, for the cost incurred by Landlord in curing such default.

(c)   Landlord may terminate Tenant's right of possession of the Premises
      without terminating this Lease. Landlord may enter upon and take
      possession of the Premises as agent of Tenant without terminating this
      Lease (termination of this Lease shall only occur by written notice of
      such termination from Landlord to Tenant) and without being liable to
      prosecution or any claim for damages. In the event that Landlord
      terminates Tenant's right of possession of the Premises without
      terminating the Lease, then Landlord shall make commercially reasonable
      efforts to relet the Premises. In the event that Landlord relets the
      Premises, Landlord may make any reasonable alterations or refurbish the
      Premises, or both, or change the character or use of the Premises.
      Landlord may relet all or any portion of the Premises, alone or in
      conjunction with other portions of the Building, for a term longer or
      shorter than the Term of this Lease, at a rental rate other than that
      provided in this Lease, and upon such other terms (including the granting
      of concessions) as Landlord reasonably determines to be acceptable. If
      Landlord elects to reenter and relet all or any portion of the Premises,
      Landlord shall apply the rent so collected as follows:

         (1) first, to any amount due hereunder other than Base Rental and
             Additional Rental;

         (2) second, to the payment of costs and expenses of such reletting;

         (3) third, to the payment of Base Rental and Additional Rental;

         (4) fourth, the residue shall be held and applied to future Base Rental
             and Additional Rental due hereunder, and if any such excess exists
             at the termination of this Lease it shall be paid over to Tenant.


                                      26
<PAGE>

      No such reentry or taking possession of the Premises shall be construed as
      an election on Landlord's part to terminate this Lease unless a written
      notice of such intention is given to Tenant. Landlord, however, shall have
      no duty to relet the Premises, and Landlord's failure to do so shall not
      release Tenant's liability for rent or damages. Tenant shall remain fully
      liable to Landlord for the deficiency between any rent collected as a
      result of reletting and the rent and other sums that are owed from Tenant
      to Landlord under this Lease. Landlord shall have the right to rent any
      other available space in the building before reletting or attempting to
      relet the Premises.

(d)   In addition to all other sums that are owed by Tenant to Landlord under
      this Lease, upon such event of default, Tenant shall become liable for any
      costs incurred by Landlord under this Lease for the completion of any
      improvements to the Premises, and any real estate commissions paid by
      Landlord under this Lease (collectively, the "Landlord's Costs"), to the
      extent set forth in this paragraph. The entire amount of the Landlord's
      Costs shall be amortized evenly over the Lease Term, and so long as Tenant
      does not default in its obligations under this Lease, and fail to cure
      such default within the applicable period of cure, if any, provided under
      this Lease, then Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord for the
      repayment of any portion of the Landlord's Costs. However, in the event
      that Tenant shall default in its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant
      shall fail to cure such default within the applicable period of cure, if
      any, provided under this Lease, then in addition to all of Landlord's
      other remedies available under this Lease, Tenant shall also be liable to
      Landlord for the portion of the Landlord's Costs that remains amortized
      but unpaid between the date of such default and the expiration of the Term
      of this Lease.

(e)   The above-stated remedies of Landlord are to be in addition to, and not in
      lieu of, any other rights and remedies provided Landlord either at law or
      in equity. No delay in enforcing the provisions of the Lease shall be
      deemed to constitute a waiver of such default by Landlord, and the pursuit
      by Landlord of one or more remedies shall not be deemed to constitute an
      election against other remedies.

28.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF LEASE

      No termination of this Lease prior to the normal ending thereof by lapse
      of time or otherwise shall affect Landlord's right to collect sums due
      hereunder for the period prior to termination thereof.

29.   ATTORNEYS' FEES

      If any rent or other sum due and owing under this Lease is collected by or
      through an attorney at law, then, in addition to such sums, Tenant shall
      also pay Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees and other reasonable costs
      incurred in such collection. In the event that any dispute under this
      Lease shall result in litigation, then the non-prevailing party shall
      reimburse the prevailing party for its actual reasonable attorneys' fees
      incurred in bringing or defending such action; provided, however that a
      recovery of attorneys' fees by Landlord against Tenant under this sentence
      shall include, but shall not duplicate, the recovery by Landlord against
      Tenant of its reasonable attorneys' fees and other reasonable costs of
      collection permitted under the first sentence of this Section.

30.   QUIET ENJOYMENT

      Landlord represents and warrants that it has the full right and authority
      to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and
      performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease,
      shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term
      without hindrance or disturbance from Landlord, or any party claiming an
      interest in the Premises by or through Landlord, subject to the terms and
      provisions of this Lease.


                                      27
<PAGE>


31.   SURRENDER OF PREMISES

      At the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and
      keys thereto to Landlord in same condition as at commencement of the Term,
      together with the Improvements defined in Exhibit "C," normal wear and
      tear, loss by fire or other casualty not caused by Tenant, Tenant's
      employees, agents or contractors, and condemnation excepted.

32.   HOLDING OVER

      If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration of the
      Term hereof, without Landlord's written consent, Tenant shall be a
      holdover tenant at sufferance, and there shall be no renewal of this Lease
      by operation of law. During the first two (2) months of any holdover,
      Tenant shall pay holdover rent equal to 150% of the last Base Rental and
      Additional Rental amount due from Tenant prior to such holdover;
      thereafter and for the remainder of any such holdover period, Tenant shall
      pay holdover rent equal to 200% of the last Base Rental and Additional
      Rental amount due from Tenant prior to any holdover.

33.   REMOVAL OF FIXTURES

      Tenant may prior to the expiration of this Lease, or any extension
      thereof, remove all unattached and movable personal property and equipment
      which Tenant has placed in the Premises, provided Tenant repairs all
      damages to the Premises caused by such removal. All personal property of
      Tenant remaining on the Premises after the end of the Term shall be deemed
      conclusively abandoned, notwithstanding that title to or a security
      interest in such personal property may be held by an individual or entity
      other than Tenant, and Landlord may dispose of such personal property in
      any manner it deems proper, in its sole discretion, and Tenant shall
      reimburse Landlord for the cost of removing such personal property. Tenant
      hereby waives and releases any claim against Landlord arising out of the
      removal or disposition of such personal property, and Tenant hereby agrees
      to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against the claims of all
      third parties resulting from such removal. Tenant's obligations under this
      paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this
      Lease.

34.   NOTICES


                                       28
<PAGE>


      Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given under
      this Lease must be in writing and shall be effectively given or delivered
      if hand delivered to the addresses for Landlord and Tenant stated below,
      or if sent by certified United States Mail, return receipt requested, or
      if sent by receipted overnight delivery service to said addresses. Notice
      effected by hand delivery or receipted overnight delivery service shall be
      deemed to have been received upon the earlier of actual receipt or refusal
      thereof. Any notice mailed shall be deemed to have been received upon the
      earlier of (a) actual receipt, (b) refusal thereof, or (c) three (3) days
      after mailing of same. Either party shall have the right to change its
      address to which notices shall thereafter be sent, and the party to whose
      attention such notice shall be delivered, by giving the other party notice
      thereof in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph; provided,
      however, that the party in actual or constructive possession of the
      Premises under this Lease from time to time may not change its address to
      which notices shall thereafter be sent to eliminate the Premises as an
      acceptable address where notices to such party may be forwarded or
      delivered. Until such time as either party shall change its address for
      notices, notices shall be forwarded as follows:

           To Landlord:       EastWest Property Fund, L.P.
                              c/o TMW Real Estate Management, Inc.
                              5500 Interstate North Parkway
                              Suite 220
                              Atlanta, Georgia 30328
                              Attention:  Director of Asset Management

                              WITH A COPY TO:

                              Lincoln Property Company
                              101 Arch Street
                              Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                              Attention: Building Manager

           To Tenant:         Bill Gross' idealab!
                              181 Newbury Street
                              Suite 110
                              Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                              Attention: Lars Perkins

                              WITH A COPY TO:

                              McDermott, Will & Emery
                              28 State Street
                              Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                              Attention: Peter Friedenberg, Esquire

35.   AGENCY DISCLOSURE

      Hunneman Commercial Company ("Landlord's Broker") has represented the
      Landlord in this transaction, and The Columbia Group Realty Advisors, Inc.
      ("Tenant's Broker") has represented the Tenant in this transaction
      (Landlord's Broker and Tenant's Broker are collectively referred to herein
      as "Broker"), and Broker will be compensated by Landlord by separate
      agreement. Landlord and Tenant (each of which is an "Indemnifying Party"


                                       29
<PAGE>


      hereunder) represent to each other that they have dealt with no broker,
      agent or finder in connection with this transaction other than Broker.
      Each Indemnifying Party hereby indemnifies the other party and agrees to
      hold such other party harmless from and against any and all claims,
      causes, demands, losses, liabilities, fees, commissions, settlements,
      judgments, damages, and expenses (including attorneys' fees and court
      costs) in connection with any claim for commission, fees, compensation or
      other charge relating in any way to this agreement, or to the consummation
      of the transactions contemplated hereunder, which may be made by any
      person, firm or entity, other than Broker, based upon any agreement made
      or alleged to have been made by such Indemnifying Party or its agent or
      representative, or the conduct or the alleged conduct of such Indemnifying
      Party or its agent or representative. The provisions of this paragraph
      shall survive termination or expiration of the Lease.

36.   EXCULPATION OF LANDLORD

      Landlord's obligations and liability to Tenant with respect to this Lease
      shall be limited solely to Landlord's interest in the Building, and
      neither Landlord nor any joint ventures (if any), partners, officers,
      directors, employees or shareholders of or in Landlord shall have any
      personal liability whatsoever with respect to this Lease.

37.   SIGNAGE

      Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be listed on the Building directory at
      no cost or expense to Tenant. Tenant shall not place any signs, decals or
      other materials upon the windows or suite doors of the Premises, nor on
      the exterior walls of the Premises. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant, at
      Landlord's expense, one building standard suite door tenant identification
      sign, and one building standard floor directory identification sign.
      Provided that Tenant applies for and obtains, at its expense, all required
      permits, Tenant shall have the right to install the maximum signage
      allowable by applicable law or variance obtained by Tenant on the exterior
      of the Building, which shall include the vertical exterior banners along
      Newbury Street, as well as the marquee fronting Exeter Street; Landlord
      agrees to cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the permits required for such
      exterior signage. No other signage is acceptable.

38.   FORCE MAJEURE

      Each party shall be excused from performing an obligation or undertaking
      provided for in this Lease (other than the obligation of Tenant to pay any
      and all items of rent as the same become due under the applicable
      provisions of this Lease) so long as such performance or undertaking is
      prevented, delayed, or hindered by a strike, lockout, labor dispute, civil
      commotion, act of God, or any other cause outside and beyond such party's
      control.

39.   AUTHORITY

      If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing this Lease on behalf
      of said corporation represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to
      execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation, in
      accordance with the bylaws and resolutions of said corporation, and that
      this Lease is binding upon said corporation. If Tenant is a partnership,
      each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such partnership
      represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver
      this Lease on behalf of the partnership, and that this Lease is binding on
      the partnership. The submission or delivery of this document for
      examination and review does not constitute an option, an offer to lease
      space in the Building or an agreement to lease. This document shall have
      no binding effect on the parties unless and until executed by both
      Landlord and Tenant.

40.   DEFINITIONS

      "Landlord" as used in this Lease shall include the first party named in
      this Lease, and its representatives, assigns and successors in title to
      Premises. "Tenant" shall include the second party named in this Lease, and
      his, hers or its heirs and representatives, and if this Lease shall be
      validly assigned or sublet, shall include also Tenant's assignees or
      subtenants, as to Premises covered by such assignment or sublease.


                                       30
<PAGE>


41.   RULES AND REGULATIONS

      The current rules and regulations for the Building are attached hereto as
      Exhibit "E," and are incorporated herein by this reference. Additionally,
      Landlord may hereafter, from time to time, adopt and promulgate such
      additional rules and regulations for the government and management of said
      Building as Landlord may reasonably determine to be necessary (all such
      existing and future rules and regulations are collectively referred to as
      the "Rules"). During the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall at all times
      comply with the Rules and shall ensure compliance with the Rules by
      Tenant's employees, agents and contractors. Provided, however, that Tenant
      shall not be required to comply with any Rules adopted after the Effective
      Date of this Lease which materially impair the rights of Tenant under this
      Lease or increase the cost to Tenant of exercising its rights under this
      Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Lease and
      the Rules and Regulations, as the same may exist from time to time, the
      terms of this Lease shall control. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord
      shall enforce the Rules against all tenants of the Building uniformly, in
      a non-discriminatory manner.

42.   GUARANTY

      [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

43.   SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

      Insofar as the following stipulations conflict with any of the foregoing
      provisions, the following shall control: See Addendum of Special
      Stipulations attached hereto and by reference incorporated herein.

44.   DEMOLITION

      [TEXT INTENTIONALLY DELETED.]

45.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT

      This Lease, including any attachments made a part hereof, contains the
      entire agreement of the parties and no representations, inducements,
      promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not
      embodied herein shall be of any force or effect. The failure of either
      party to exercise any power given such party hereunder, or to insist upon
      strict compliance by the other party of any obligation hereunder, and no
      custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall
      constitute a waiver of such provision or of the right to demand exact
      compliance with the terms hereof.

                        [SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]


                                       31
<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the day
and year first above written.

                          TENANT:

                          BILL GROSS' IDEALAB!,
                          a California corporation

                          By:
                             [SIGNATURE]
                          Typed Name:

                          Title:
                                [PRESIDENT OR VICE PRESIDENT]

                          Attest:
                                 [SIGNATURE]
                          Typed Name:

                          Title:
                                [CORPORATE SECRETARY OR ASSISTANT SECRETARY]

                                          [CORPORATE SEAL]

                          LANDLORD:

                          EASTWEST PROPERTY FUND, L.P.,
                          a Georgia limited partnership

                          BY:  EASTWEST PROPERTY FUND MANAGEMENT, LLC,
                            a Georgia limited liability company, general partner

                                       By: TMW Real Estate Management, Inc.,
                                    a Georgia corporation, its authorized agent

                                           By:
                                             Barry L. Howell, Vice President


                                       32
<PAGE>


      ADDENDUM OF SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

1.    PARKING. If TGI Friday's, an existing tenant of the Building, does not
      renew its lease in the Building, Landlord shall then offer to Tenant two
      (2) parking spaces adjacent to the Building. Tenant shall pay rent for
      such spaces at the then market rate for monthly parking contracts for the
      Newbury/Boylston Street area. Additionally, in the event that the premises
      leased by TGI Friday's become available during the initial Term of this
      Lease, and in the event that Tenant exercises its Right of First Offer, as
      defined below, as to TGI Friday's premises, then Landlord shall offer
      Tenant the remaining parking spaces adjacent to the Building at the then
      market rate for monthly parking contracts in the Newbury/Boylston Street
      area.

2.    RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.

      (a)   GRANT OF RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. So long as this Lease is in full
            force and effect, and so long as Tenant is not in default in the
            performance of its covenants under the Lease beyond any applicable
            notice, grace or cure period, either at the time of exercise of the
            right set forth herein or on the date the "Option Space," as
            hereinafter defined, is to become a part of the Premises, Tenant
            shall have the right of first offer (the "Right of First Offer") to
            lease any space in the Building that becomes available during the
            term of the Right of First Offer, subject to all of the terms and
            conditions set forth herein. Tenant's Right of First Offer shall be
            subject and subordinate to the right of the existing tenant of the
            Option Space to renew the term of its lease for such space, and to
            any other rights of any other parties to lease all or any portion of
            such available space, if such rights have already been granted in
            writing prior to the Effective Date hereof. A Schedule of Lease
            Expiration Dates and Renewal Options which sets forth the existing
            rights of other tenants in the Building to which the Right of First
            Offer is subordinate is attached hereto as Exhibit "F."

      (b)   TERM OF THE RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. The term of the Right of First
            Offer (the "Option Term") shall commence on the Effective Date of
            this Lease, and shall expire on the earlier of (i) six (6) months
            prior to the expiration of the Term of the Lease, as the same may be
            extended by the written agreement of the parties from time to time,
            or (ii) the first date on which all space in the Building has either
            been leased by Tenant or has been presented to Tenant as "Option
            Space," as defined below, and as to which Tenant's Right of First
            Offer has been terminated, as provided below.

      (c)   AVAILABILITY OF THE OPTION SPACE. If Landlord becomes aware that any
            space in the Building is or will become available to be leased by a
            third party during the Option Term, then prior to making such space
            available to be leased by a third party, Landlord shall forward
            written notice of the availability of such space (the "Notice of
            Availability") to Tenant in accordance with the notices provision of
            this Lease; the Notice of Availability shall specify the location of
            the space that is or will become available (the "Option Space").


                                       1
<PAGE>


      (d)   RENT APPLICABLE TO THE OPTION SPACE. Landlord shall include in its
            Notice of Availability the terms and conditions it would find
            acceptable for the leasing of the Option Space by Tenant.
            Specifically, Landlord shall specify the Base Rental and all
            Additional Rental that would be applicable to the Option Space (the
            "Option Space Rent"), and the date on which Landlord anticipates
            that the Option Space would be available for Tenant's occupancy,
            which date shall not be sooner than sixty (60) days following
            Tenant's receipt of the Notice of Availability. The Option Space
            Rent shall be determined by Landlord, and shall consist of
            Landlord's good faith determination of prevailing market rent for
            the Option Space at the time the Option Space would become a part of
            the Premises, taking into consideration such factors as rental for
            comparable premises in the Building; rental for comparable premises
            in existing buildings in the same geographical area as the Building
            (taking into consideration, but not limited to, use, quality, age
            and location of the applicable building); the rentable area of the
            premises being leased; the length of the pertinent rental term;
            improvement allowances, rent credits, moving allowances, space
            planning allowances or similar inducements, if any, then being
            offered in the market place; and the quality and creditworthiness of
            the tenant, and such other factors as Landlord may reasonably
            determine are relevant.

      (e)   EXERCISE OF THE RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. In the event that Tenant
            elects to exercise the Right of First Offer, Tenant shall provide
            Landlord with notice of its intent to lease the Option Space in
            accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Landlord's
            Notice of Availability, by providing Landlord with written notice of
            such intent (Tenant's "Notice of Intent") no later than ten (10)
            business days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's Notice of
            Availability. If Tenant does not provide its Notice of Intent to
            lease the Option Space within such time period, then Tenant shall be
            deemed to have elected not to exercise the Right of First Offer as
            to the Option Space; the Right of First Offer shall terminate as to
            the Option Space; and Landlord shall thereafter be entitled to
            market and lease the Option Space to any prospective tenant upon
            such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem appropriate.

      (f)   ARBITRATION NOTICE. If Tenant elects to exercise the Right of First
            Offer, but Tenant disputes Landlord's determination of the Option
            Space Rent, then Tenant shall have the option of proceeding with the
            binding arbitration procedure for determining the Option Space Rent
            set forth below by delivering written notice of such election, in
            accordance with the notices provision of this Lease (the
            "Arbitration Notice"), to Landlord contemporaneously with Tenant's
            delivery to Landlord of its Notice of Intent. Tenant's election to
            proceed with arbitration as set forth herein to determine the Option
            Space Rent shall not delay the date on which the Option Space is to
            become a part of the Premises as set forth in Landlord's Notice of
            Availability.

      (g)   ARBITRATION. If Tenant elects to proceed with arbitration, then the
            Option Space Rent shall be determined in accordance with the
            procedure set forth in this paragraph ("Arbitration").

            (1)   APPOINTMENT OF BROKERS. Within fifteen (15) days after
                  Landlord's receipt of Tenant's Arbitration Notice, Landlord
                  and Tenant shall forward written notices to each other, in
                  accordance with the notices provision of this


                                       2
<PAGE>


                  Lease, in which each party shall select a real estate broker
                  with the qualifications set forth below. The expenses of the
                  initial two brokers shall be paid by the party appointing such
                  broker, and the expenses of the third broker, if a third
                  broker is appointed as provided below, shall be shared equally
                  by the parties. Each real estate broker selected for
                  Arbitration (i) must be an independent and licensed real
                  estate broker in the jurisdiction where the Premises are
                  located; (ii) must have a minimum of ten (10) years'
                  experience in commercial office leasing in the jurisdiction
                  where the Premises are located; (iii) must be an active broker
                  in the jurisdiction where the Premises are located and known
                  for commercial office expertise; (iv) must have experience
                  representing both landlords and tenants; (v) in the case of
                  the third broker only, is not then representing either
                  Landlord or Tenant; and (vi) in the case of the third broker
                  only, shall not have been involved in any disputes with
                  Landlord, Tenant or either of the other brokers.

            (2)   DETERMINATION OF OPTION SPACE RENT. Within twenty (20) days
                  after their selection, the brokers selected by Landlord and
                  Tenant shall deliver to each other their separate written
                  determinations of the Option Space Rent, based on the
                  prevailing market base rental and additional rental rate for
                  comparable leases for comparable premises located in the same
                  geographical area and market as the Building. If the separate
                  determinations of the Option Space Rent made by the brokers
                  vary by five percent (5%) or less, then the Option Space Rent
                  shall be determined by averaging such separate determinations.
                  If, however, such separate determinations vary by more than
                  five percent (5%), then, within fifteen (15) days following
                  the brokers' exchange of their separate determinations of the
                  Option Space Rent, a third broker having the qualifications
                  set forth above shall be selected by the initial two brokers.
                  During the fifteen (15) days following the selection of the
                  third broker, such broker shall in good faith review the
                  separate determinations made by the initial two brokers and
                  within such fifteen (15) day period, such broker shall select
                  the determination of the Option Space Rent made by one of the
                  initial two brokers as the Option Space Rent that will be
                  applicable. When the Arbitration process set forth in this
                  paragraph has been completed, the brokers shall notify both
                  Landlord and Tenant in writing of their determination of the
                  Option Space Rent, which determination shall be binding on
                  Landlord and Tenant.

            (3)   PAYMENT OF INTERIM RENTAL. If Arbitration is invoked by
                  Tenant, but for whatever reason, the Arbitration process is
                  not completed and the Option Space Rent has not been
                  determined prior to the date the Option Space is to become a
                  part of the Premises, then Tenant shall commence paying rent
                  for the Option Space at the rate set forth in Landlord's
                  Notice of Availability until the Arbitration process is
                  complete and Landlord has received written notice of the
                  determination of the Option Space Rent made by the brokers
                  (the "Determination Date"); in such event, any excess rental
                  paid by Tenant from the date the Premises were expanded
                  through the Determination Date shall be credited to the
                  Tenant's Base Rental and Additional Rental as the same shall
                  thereafter become due until the entire amount of such credit
                  has been exhausted.


                                       3
<PAGE>


                  (h)   EXPANSION OF THE PREMISES. In the event that Tenant
                        provides Landlord with its Notice of Intent to lease the
                        Option Space in the manner provided hereinabove, then,
                        no later than thirty (30) days following Tenant's
                        receipt of Landlord's Notice of Availability (or five
                        (5) business days following Tenant's receipt of the
                        "Amendment" from Landlord, as provided hereinafter,
                        whichever is later), Landlord and Tenant shall execute
                        an amendment to this Lease (the "Amendment") to be
                        prepared by Landlord documenting the expansion of the
                        Premises to include the Option Space, which shall be
                        subject to all existing terms of the Lease except as
                        specified in Landlord's Notice of Availability; the
                        Option Space Rent; and the date on which the Option
                        Space is to become a part of the Premises, as set forth
                        in Landlord's Notice of Availability. In the event that
                        Tenant elects to proceed with the Arbitration procedure
                        set forth herein, then the Amendment presented to Tenant
                        documenting the expansion of the Premises shall provide
                        that the rent initially applicable to the Option Space
                        shall be the Option Space Rent set forth in Landlord's
                        Notice of Availability, until the same is determined
                        through the Arbitration procedure, and upon completion
                        of the Arbitration procedure, the parties shall execute
                        a further amendment to this Lease documenting the amount
                        of the Option Space Rent as determined by Arbitration.
                        In the event that Tenant fails to execute the Amendment
                        within the time required by the terms of this paragraph,
                        then the Right of First Offer shall terminate as to the
                        Option Space, and Landlord shall thereafter be entitled
                        to market and lease the Option Space to any prospective
                        tenant upon such terms and conditions as Landlord may
                        deem appropriate.

                  (i)   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER PERSONAL TO TENANT. The parties
                        expressly agree that, except as set forth herein, the
                        Right of First Offer granted to Tenant herein shall be
                        "personal" to Tenant. The Right of First Offer may only
                        be exercised by Tenant or a Permitted Assignee of
                        Tenant; it may not be exercised by any assignee or
                        subtenant of Tenant other than a Permitted Assignee; and
                        it may not be exercised by Tenant if Tenant is, either
                        at the time that the Notice of Intent is provided by
                        Tenant to Landlord or at the time the Option Space is to
                        become a part of the Premises, negotiating with Landlord
                        or a potential assignee or subtenant to either assign
                        the Tenant's interest under the Lease or to sublet all
                        or a portion of the Premises to a party other than a
                        Permitted Assignee.

3.    RENEWAL OPTION. Tenant shall have the following option to renew the Term
      of this Lease:

      (A)   GRANT OF RENEWAL OPTION. So long as this Lease is in full force and
            effect, and Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of
            the covenants or terms and conditions of this Lease beyond any
            applicable notice and period of cure, either at the time of the
            exercise of the option set forth herein or at the commencement of
            the renewal term set forth herein, Tenant is hereby granted the
            option to renew the Term of this Lease (the "Renewal Option") for a
            period of five (5) additional years (the "Renewal Term"), to
            commence at the expiration of the Term of the Lease. The renewal of
            this Lease shall be upon the same terms and conditions of this
            Lease, except: (i) the Base Rental applicable during the Renewal
            Term shall be determined as set forth below; (ii) Tenant shall have
            no option to renew this Lease beyond the expiration of the Renewal
            Term; (iii) Tenant shall not have the right to assign its renewal
            rights to any subtenant of the Premises or assignee of the Lease to
            a party other than a Permitted Assignee, nor may any such subtenant
            or assignee exercise or enjoy the benefit of the Renewal Option; and
            (iv) the leasehold improvements will be provided in their then
            existing condition at the time the Renewal Term commences.


                                       4
<PAGE>


      (b)   PRELIMINARY NOTICE. If Tenant intends to exercise the Renewal
            Option, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice, in
            accordance with the notices provision of this Lease (the
            "Preliminary Notice"), of such intention at least nine (9) months,
            but no earlier than twelve (12) months, prior to the expiration of
            the Term of the Lease. If, for whatever reason, Tenant does not
            forward Preliminary Notice to Landlord, in accordance with the terms
            of this paragraph, that Tenant intends to exercise the Renewal
            Option, then the Renewal Option set forth herein shall expire, and
            Tenant shall not thereafter have any right to exercise the Renewal
            Option or otherwise acquire an interest in the Premises after the
            expiration of the initial Term of this Lease.

      (c)   RENTAL APPLICABLE DURING RENEWAL TERM. Within thirty (30) days after
            Landlord's receipt of Tenant's Preliminary Notice, Landlord shall
            provide Tenant with written notice, in accordance with the notices
            provision of this Lease (the "Rent Notice"), of the Base Rental that
            will be applicable during the Renewal Term, and all Additional
            Rental that will be owed by Tenant during the Renewal Term (the
            "Renewal Term Rent"). The Renewal Term Rent shall be determined by
            Landlord, and shall consist of Landlord's good faith determination
            of the market rental rate for the Premises as of the commencement of
            the Renewal Term, taking into consideration such factors as rental
            for comparable premises in the Building; rental for comparable
            premises in existing buildings in the Back Bay area (taking into
            consideration, but not limited to, use, quality, age and location of
            the applicable building); the rentable area of the premises being
            leased; the length of the pertinent rental term; improvement
            allowances, rent credits, moving allowances, space planning
            allowances or similar inducements, if any, then being offered in the
            market place; and the quality and creditworthiness of the tenant,
            and such other factors as Landlord may reasonably determine are
            relevant.

      (d)   RENEWAL NOTICE. If, after review of Landlord's determination of the
            Renewal Term Rent, Tenant elects to exercise the Renewal Option,
            then, no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant's receipt of
            Landlord's Rent Notice, Tenant shall forward written notice of such
            election (the "Renewal Notice") to Landlord in accordance with the
            notices provision of this Lease. Tenant shall, within thirty (30)
            days after presentation by Landlord, execute an amendment to this
            Lease, which amendment shall reflect the extension of the Term of
            the Lease through the expiration of the Renewal Term, and the
            Renewal Term Rent that will be applicable during the Renewal Term.
            If, after providing Landlord with Tenant's Preliminary Notice,
            Tenant does not, for whatever reason, provide Landlord with the
            Renewal Notice required hereunder in order to exercise the Renewal
            Option, then the Renewal Option shall expire; Tenant's Preliminary
            Notice shall be of no further force or effect; and it shall be as if
            the Preliminary Notice had never been forwarded by Tenant to
            Landlord. If, however, after Tenant forwards its Renewal Notice to
            Landlord, Tenant fails to execute the amendment to the Lease as
            required by the terms of this paragraph, then such failure shall
            constitute a default by Tenant under the Lease, but the Term of the
            Lease shall nonetheless be extended in accordance with the terms
            hereof.

      (e)   NEGOTIATION PERIOD. If, after review of the Rent Notice, Tenant
            disputes Landlord's determination of the Renewal Term Rent, Tenant
            may provide Landlord with written notice, in accordance with the
            notices provision of this Lease, of such dispute, and request that
            the parties negotiate the amount of such


                                       5
<PAGE>


            rent (the "Negotiation Notice"), provided that such notice shall be
            forwarded to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days following
            Tenant's receipt of the Rent Notice. If, after providing Landlord
            with Tenant's Preliminary Notice, Tenant does not, for whatever
            reason, provide Landlord with either the Renewal Notice or the
            Negotiation Notice as set forth above, then the Renewal Option shall
            expire as if it had never been executed; Tenant shall not thereafter
            have any other or further option to renew the Term of the Lease; and
            the Lease shall expire at the end of the Term. Upon Landlord's
            receipt of the Negotiation Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall proceed
            to negotiate in good faith for the thirty (30) days following
            Landlord's receipt of the Negotiation Notice (the "Negotiation
            Period") to reach an agreement as to the amount of the Renewal Term
            Rent. During the Negotiation Period, the amount of the Renewal Term
            Rent shall be the subject of negotiation only between the parties
            hereto or their designated agents. If the parties are able to reach
            an agreement as to the amount of the Renewal Term Rent during the
            Negotiation Period, then the parties shall execute an amendment to
            this Lease documenting the renewal of the Lease and the amount or
            calculation of the Renewal Term Rent; such amendment shall be
            prepared by Landlord, and Tenant shall execute same within thirty
            (30) days of Landlord's presentation of same to Tenant.

      (f)   ARBITRATION NOTICE. If the parties are unable to agree on the amount
            of the Renewal Term Rent during the Negotiation Period, then either
            party shall have the option of proceeding with the arbitration
            procedure for determining the Renewal Term Rent set forth below by
            delivering written notice of such election, in accordance with the
            notices provision of this Lease (the "Renewal Arbitration Notice"),
            to the other party within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of
            the Negotiation Period. If the parties failed to reach an agreement
            as to the amount of the Renewal Term Rent during the Negotiation
            Period, but neither party elects to forward a Renewal Arbitration
            Notice to the other party within the time frame set forth above,
            then the Renewal Option shall expire as if it had never been
            executed; Tenant shall not thereafter have any other or further
            option to renew the Term of the Lease; and the Lease shall expire at
            the end of the Term.

      (g)   RENEWAL ARBITRATION. If either party elects to proceed with
            arbitration, then the Renewal Term Rent shall be determined in
            accordance with the procedure set forth in this paragraph ("Renewal
            Arbitration").

            (1)   APPOINTMENT OF BROKERS. Within fifteen (15) days after either
                  party's receipt of a Renewal Arbitration Notice, Landlord and
                  Tenant shall forward written notices to each other, in
                  accordance with the notices provision of this Lease, in which
                  each party shall select a real estate broker with the same
                  qualifications required for the brokers in an arbitration of
                  Option Space Rent. The expenses of the initial two brokers
                  shall be paid by the party appointing such broker, and the
                  expenses of the third broker, if a third broker is appointed
                  as provided below, shall be shared equally by the parties.

            (2)   DETERMINATION OF RENEWAL TERM RENT. Within twenty (20) days
                  after their selection, the brokers selected by Landlord and
                  Tenant shall deliver to each other their separate written
                  determinations of the Renewal Term Rent, based on the
                  prevailing market base rental and additional rental


                                       6
<PAGE>


                  rate for comparable renewal terms of leases for comparable
                  premises located in the same geographical area and market as
                  the Building. If the separate determinations of the Renewal
                  Term Rent made by the brokers vary by five percent (5%) or
                  less, then the Renewal Term Rent shall be determined by
                  averaging such separate determinations. If, however, such
                  separate determinations vary by more than five percent (5%),
                  then, within fifteen (15) days following the brokers' exchange
                  of their separate determinations of the Renewal Term Rent, a
                  third broker having the qualifications set forth above shall
                  be selected by the initial two brokers. During the fifteen
                  (15) days following the selection of the third broker, such
                  broker shall in good faith review the separate determinations
                  made by the initial two brokers and within such fifteen (15)
                  day period, such broker shall select the determination of the
                  Renewal Term Rent made by one of the initial two brokers as
                  the Renewal Term Rent that will be applicable during the
                  Renewal Term of this Lease. When the Renewal Arbitration
                  process set forth in this paragraph has been completed, the
                  brokers shall notify both Landlord and Tenant in writing of
                  their determination of the Renewal Term Rent, which
                  determination shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.
                  Following the determination of the Renewal Term Rent, the
                  parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease documenting
                  the renewal of the Lease and the amount or calculation of the
                  Renewal Term Rent; such amendment shall be prepared by
                  Landlord, and Tenant shall execute same within thirty (30)
                  days of Landlord's presentation of same to Tenant.

            (3)   PAYMENT OF INTERIM RENTAL. If Renewal Arbitration is invoked
                  by either party, but for whatever reason, the Renewal
                  Arbitration process is not completed and the Renewal Term Rent
                  has not been determined prior to the scheduled commencement of
                  the Renewal Term, then Tenant shall continue to pay rent for
                  the Premises at the rate in effect during the last month of
                  the Term until the Renewal Arbitration process is complete and
                  Landlord has received written notice of the determination of
                  the Renewal Term Rent made by the brokers (the "Determination
                  Date"); in such event, any deficiency between the Renewal Term
                  Rent owed by Tenant from the commencement of the Renewal Term
                  through the Determination Date and the amount of rent actually
                  paid by Tenant for such period shall be calculated by
                  Landlord, and Tenant shall pay such deficiency within thirty
                  (30) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's statement
                  therefor forwarded to Tenant in accordance with the notices
                  provision of this Lease.

      (h)   RENEWAL OPTION PERSONAL TO TENANT. The parties expressly agree that,
            except as set forth herein, the Renewal Option granted to Tenant
            herein shall be "personal" to Tenant. The Renewal Option may only be
            exercised by Tenant or a Permitted Assignee of Tenant; it may not be
            exercised by any assignee or subtenant of Tenant other than a
            Permitted Assignee; and it may not be exercised by Tenant if Tenant
            is, at the time that the Renewal Notice is provided by Tenant to
            Landlord, negotiating with Landlord or a potential assignee or
            subtenant to either assign the Tenant's interest under the Lease or
            to sublet all or a portion of the Premises to a party other than a
            Permitted Assignee.


                                       7
<PAGE>


            EXHIBIT A

                             FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

              [TO BE ATTACHED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO LEASE EXECUTION]


                                       8
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

            DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY ON WHICH THE PROJECT IS SITUATED

A certain parcel of land with the buildings thereon situated and now numbered 26
on Exeter Street in Boston, Suffolk County, Massachusetts, and bounded and
described as follows:

Southerly: By Newbury Street, 110 feet

Easterly:  By a line parallel with and 418 feet west of the westerly line of
           Dartmouth Street, 112 feet

Northerly: By a passageway 16 feet wide, 110 feet and

Westerly:  By a line parallel with and 528 feet west of the westerly line of
           Dartmouth Street, 112 feet

Said parcel is shown on a plan entitled "Plan of Land - Boston, Massachusetts -
Surveyed for a Viola Berlin and Florence Berlin, Trs. First Spiritual Temple"
dated March 7, 1974, by Otte & Dwyer, Inc., Surveyors, and recorded with Suffolk
deeds in Book 8696, Page 28, on which plan the westerly boundary is shown as
bounding on Exeter Street and the northerly boundary as bounding on Public Alley
No. 434.


                                       9
<PAGE>


           EXHIBIT C

                          PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR
                            IMPROVEMENTS TO PREMISES

IMPROVEMENTS TO PREMISES. Tenant accepts the Premises in their existing "as is"
condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements to the
Premises. All improvements to the Premises (the "Improvements") shall be
constructed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense, subject to Landlord's
prior approval as set forth herein.

(a)   THE PLANS. Prior to constructing the Improvements, Tenant shall submit to
      Landlord detailed plans and specifications (the "Plans") for construction
      of the Improvements. After they have been approved by Landlord, a copy of
      the Plans will be attached hereto as Exhibit "C-1" and incorporated herein
      by this reference. After attachment of a copy of the Plans hereto, all
      modifications requested by Tenant to the Plans ("Change Orders") must
      receive the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be
      unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon Landlord's approval of the Plans,
      which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Tenant shall commence
      construction of the Improvements in accordance with the Plans. Landlord
      shall provide Tenant with either Landlord's approval, or its determination
      that its approval has been withheld (including Landlord's reasons for
      withholding such approval), of the Plans or any proposed Change Orders
      within five (5) business days after Landlord's receipt of such Plans or
      proposed Change Orders from Tenant.

(b)   CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS. The Improvements shall be constructed in
      a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all applicable laws,
      building codes and zoning restrictions. Tenant shall not commence
      construction of the Improvements until Tenant has provided Landlord with a
      certificate of insurance evidencing that all insurance that Tenant is
      obligated to maintain under this Lease has been procured by Tenant and is
      in full force and effect. Tenant shall not commence occupancy of the
      Premises until a certificate of occupancy has been obtained from the
      appropriate governmental authority with jurisdiction over the Premises
      reflecting that the Improvements have been substantially completed, and a
      copy of such certificate has been provided by Tenant to Landlord. Within
      thirty (30) days after completion of the Improvements in accordance with
      the Plans, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of lien waivers from
      all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen supplying work or labor
      for the Improvements. After completion of the Improvements, any
      alterations or additions which Tenant may desire to make to the Premises
      shall be made in strict compliance with the terms of this Lease.


                                       10
<PAGE>


(c)   IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE. Within thirty (30) days following Landlord's
      receipt of the lien waivers and the certificate of occupancy required by
      the terms of the preceding paragraph, together with documentation
      substantiating to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction Tenant's actual cost
      incurred in constructing the Improvements, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant
      for such cost in an amount up to, but not exceeding, an allowance of
      Thirty Dollars ($30.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises, which
      amount the parties hereby agree is Six Hundred Sixty-one Thousand, Five
      Hundred Sixty Dollars ($661,560.00) (the "Allowance"), Tenant shall be
      fully liable for any cost of constructing the Improvements in excess of
      the Allowance. In the event that the cost of the Improvements for which
      reimbursement is sought by Tenant from Landlord pursuant to this paragraph
      is less than the full amount of the Allowance, then the difference between
      the Allowance and the cost of the Improvements reimbursed to Tenant
      hereunder shall be credited against Tenant's rental as the same becomes
      due and payable hereunder until the entire amount of such credit has been
      exhausted.


                                       11
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D

                            HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LIST


                                       12
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.   Tenant shall not obstruct the sidewalks, entry passages, corridors, halls,
     elevators or stairways, or use them for any purpose other than ingress and
     egress. Tenant shall not cover or obstruct the floors, or skylights and
     windows which reflect or admit light into any place in the Building in
     which the Premises are located. Nothing shall be thrown by Tenant, its
     agents, employees or contractors out of the windows or doors, or down the
     passages of the Building. The water closets and other water apparatus shall
     not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were
     constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, or other obstructing substances,
     shall be thrown therein. The cost of repairing any damage resulting to any
     water apparatus, or to associated systems from the misuse of same by
     Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, shall be paid by Tenant.

2.   Tenant shall not inscribe, paint, or affix any advertisement or other
     notice to any part of the outside or inside of the Building, except upon
     the doors of the Premises. Any advertisement or other notice placed upon
     the doors of the Premises shall be of such order, size and style, and at
     such places as shall be designated by Landlord. Signage at the entrance of
     the Premises, identifying Tenant as a tenant of the Building, will be
     provided by Landlord in accordance with the signage provisions of this
     Lease.

3.   Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in the Premises, or bring or keep
     anything therein, which shall in any way increase the rate of fire
     insurance on the Building or the Property, (only artificial and fire
     resistant Christmas trees and/or decorations are permitted), or obstruct or
     interfere with the rights of other Tenants, or in any way injure or annoy
     them, or conflict with any of the rules and ordinances of the Board of
     Health. Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors shall maintain order
     in the Building, shall not make or permit any improper or offensive noise
     within the Premises or the Building, shall not permit any noxious or
     offensive odors to permeate any of the Common Areas of the Building or
     Project, and shall not interfere in any way with other tenants rights of
     quiet enjoyment or the rights of quiet enjoyment of those having business
     with other tenants of the Building. No rooms shall be occupied or used as
     sleeping lodging apartments at any time. No part of the Building shall be
     used or in any way appropriated for gambling, immoral or other unlawful
     practices, and no intoxicating liquors shall be sold in said Building.

4.   Tenant shall not employ any persons, other than Landlord's janitors, for
     the purposes of cleaning the Premises.

5.   Tenant shall strictly comply with any and all regulations set forth by
     Landlord for the operation, maintenance and management of the parking areas
     adjacent to the Building or buildings in which the Premises are contained.

6.   No animals, birds, bicycles or other vehicles, or other obstructions, shall
     be allowed in the offices, halls, corridors, elevators or elsewhere in the
     Building.

                                    EXHIBIT E
                                   Page 1 OF 2
<PAGE>

7.   No painting shall be done, nor shall any alterations be made to any part of
     the Building by erecting or changing any partitions, doors or windows, nor
     shall there be any nailing, boring or screwing into the woodwork, other
     than the hanging of art work, or plastering, nor shall any connection be
     made to the electric wires or gas or electric fixtures, without the consent
     in writing on each occasion of Landlord or its agent. Landlord requires
     Tenant to monitor all installation of communications and other
     non-electrical wiring to ensure that all installed wiring is of a
     plenum-rated type and that all relevant building and fire codes concerning
     plenum-rated wiring are maintained by the installer. All glass, locks and
     trimmings in or upon the doors and windows of the Building shall be kept
     whole and, when any part thereof shall be broken, the same shall be
     immediately replaced or repaired and put in order, under the direction and
     to the satisfaction of Landlord or its agents, and shall be left whole and
     in good repair. Tenant shall not injure, overload or deface the Building,
     the woodwork or the walls of the Premises.

8.   A reasonable number of keys for each office within the Premises will be
     furnished to Tenant without charge. No additional locks or latches shall be
     put upon any door without the consent of Landlord. Tenant, at the
     termination of this Lease, shall return to Landlord all keys to doors in
     the Building and Premises.

9.   Landlord, in all cases, reserves the right to prescribe the maximum weight,
     and the location of iron safes or other heavy articles placed in the
     Premises.

10.  The use of burning fluid, camphor, alcohol, benzene, kerosene or anything
     except gas or electricity for lighting the Premises, is prohibited. No
     offensive gases or liquids are permitted in the Premises or in the
     Building.

11.  If Tenant desires blinds over the windows, Tenant must obtain Landlord's
     consent prior to installing such blinds; they must be in installed at
     Tenant's sole cost and expense; and they must be of such shape, color and
     material as may be prescribed by Landlord. No awning shall be placed on the
     Building.

                                    EXHIBIT E
                                   Page 2 of 2

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT F

             SCHEDULE OF LEASE EXPIRATION DATES AND RENEWAL OPTIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TENANT                LEASE EXPIRATION DATE        RENEWAL OPTIONS
- --------------------  ---------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>                          <C>
Video Express         March 31, 2005               5-year option, exercisable upon 6 month's prior notice

Wallwork Curry        July 31, 2004                None

TGI Friday's          January 31, 2006             5-year option, exercisable upon 1 year's prior notice
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT G

                             CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

              [TO BE ATTACHED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO LEASE EXECUTION]
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT H

                                LETTER OF CREDIT

                                                                         [Date]

[Name of Issuing Bank]

Mailing Address:

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.
                                         -----------------

BENEFICIARY:

EASTWEST PROPERTY FUND, L.P.

- ---------------------------

- ---------------------------

- ---------------------------

GENTLEMEN:

       At the request of Bill Gross' Idealab! ("Customer"), we hereby establish
in your favor an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit in the sum of USD EIGHT
HUNDRED NINETY-FIVE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED NINETY-TWO AND 00/100 (US$895,192.00),
available by your drafts at sight at our office at ____________________, Boston,
Massachusetts, effective immediately and expiring on ___________________.

       Drafts must be accompanied by a statement on your letterhead and
purportedly signed by you stating that:

       "The amount of the draw specified in the accompanying draft represents
       funds due to the undersigned by reason of the default by Bill Gross'
       Idealab! of its obligations under a lease dated __________ between the
       undersigned, as landlord, and Bill Gross' Idealab! as tenant, which
       default has continued without cure beyond the expiration of all notice
       and cure periods set forth in such lease."

                                    EXHIBIT H
                                   Page 1 of 3
<PAGE>


       Drafts drawn hereunder may be presented by Beneficiary or its authorized
representative and must be marked: "Draw under [issuing bank] Letter of Credit
number_______", and must be accompanied by the original of this Letter of Credit
and all amendments (if any). Multiple draws are permitted under this Letter of
Credit. All drafts shall be paid in the form of a cashier's check in the full
amount of the draft (but not in the aggregate in excess of the applicable limit
of this Letter of Credit), made payable to the Beneficiary at the following
address:

                           Eastwest Property Fund, L.P.
                           c/o TMW Real Estate Management, Inc.
                           Suite 400
                           Two Ravinia Drive
                           Atlanta, Georgia 30346
                           Attention:  Director of Asset Management.

In the event that the Beneficiary would prefer that such payment be made to the
Beneficiary in another form or at another address, the Beneficiary shall so
state in the draft.

       We hereby agree with the drawers, endorsers and bonafide holders of all
drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit,
that such drafts will be duly honored upon presentation to the drawee on or
before [initial expiration date of Letter of Credit] or any subsequent
expiration date as herein provided.

       This Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking and
such undertaking shall not in any way be modified or amended by reference to any
other documents whatsoever.

       This Letter of Credit is subject to ISP 98 (International Standby
Practices) Publication No. 590.

       You may transfer your rights under this Letter of Credit in its entirety
(but not in part) to any successor beneficiary, and such transferred rights may
be successively transferred. Transfers of this Letter of Credit shall be
effected upon presentation to [issuing bank] of the original of this Letter of
Credit and all amendments (if any), accompanied by the completed transfer form
attached hereto as Annex A [attach issuing bank's form of transfer form] and
payment of our transfer fee [state amount].

       This Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be automatically extend without
amendment for an additional one (1) year term from the present or any future
expiration date hereof, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to the present or
any future expiration date hereof we notify you in writing by overnight courier
service, with receipted delivery, that we elect not to consider this Letter of
Credit renewed for any such additional period. Such notice shall be given to you
at the address set forth above, or if this Letter of Credit has been transferred
in accordance with the provisions hereof, to such address as is set forth in the
amendment to this Letter of Credit reflecting such new beneficiary. If we give
to you such notice of our election not to renew this Letter of Credit, you shall
be entitled to draw hereunder in full or in part upon presentation of your
draft, accompanied by a copy of such notice (in which event you need not provide
the statement set forth above in the second paragraph of this Letter of Credit).

                                    EXHIBIT H
                                   Page 2 of 3
<PAGE>


       The principal amount of this Letter of Credit shall be reduced according
to the following schedule unless, not less than thirty days prior to the
effective date of the next scheduled reduction as set forth below, we receive
from you written notice, on your letterhead and purportedly signed by you, (i)
referencing this Letter of Credit, and (ii) stating (a) that a default by Bill
Gross' Idealab! of its obligations under a lease dated __________ between you,
as landlord, and Bill Gross' Idealab! as tenant, has occurred and is then
continuing without cure beyond the expiration of all notice and cure periods set
forth in such lease, and (b) your request that the principal amount of this
Letter of Credit not be reduced:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  SCHEDULED          AMOUNT OF       NEW PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
REDUCTION DATE       REDUCTION         LETTER OF CREDIT
- -------------------  --------------  --------------------------
<S>                  <C>             <C>
March __, 2001       $137,038.40         $758,153.60
March __, 2002       $137,038.40         $621,115.20
March __, 2003       $137,038.40         $484,076.80
March __, 2004       $137,038.40         $347,038.40
March __, 2005       $137,038.40         $210,000.00
</TABLE>


  This Letter of Credit will not be automatically renewed after March __, 2010.

                                Very truly yours,

                                 [issuing bank]


                              --------------------
                              Authorized signature

                                    EXHIBIT H
                                   Page 3 of 3



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

    NAME                               STATE OF INCORPORATION
    CarsDirect.com, Inc.               Delaware
    idealab! Holdings, L.L.C.          Delaware




<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated April 10, 2000, except as to the completion of the Company's
reincorporation in the State of Nevada as described in Note 23 which is as of
_______, 2000 and except as to a determination that the Company is not an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, as described in Note 21 which is as of ___________, 2000, relating
to the consolidated financial statements of idealab!, which appear in such
Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
"Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Woodland Hills, California
April 19, 2000



<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated February 28, 2000, relating to the financial statements of eVoice,
Inc. (a development stage company) which appear in such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
April 19, 2000


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated June 30, 1999, except for the information presented in Note 12 for
which the dates are August 24, 1999 and November 18, 1999, relating to the
financial statements of Intranets.com, Inc. which appear in such Registration
Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in
such Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
April 17, 2000




<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated October 27, 1999 relating to the financial statements of Perga
Capital Incorporated, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also
consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration
Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, Ontario, Canada
April 18, 2000



<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.5

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated October 27, 1999 relating to the financial statements of Autodata
Marketing Systems Incorporated, which appear in such Registration Statement. We
also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, Ontario, Canada
April 18, 2000



<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.6

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated March 26, 1999, except as to the acquisition of PointCast, Inc. by
Launchpad Technologies, Inc. described in Note 11, which is as of May 27, 1999,
relating to the financial statements of PointCast, Inc. which appear in such
Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
"Experts" in such Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
April 17, 2000



<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBTI 23.7

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated December 22, 1999, relating to the financial statements of Potamkin
Auto Center, Ltd. which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent
to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration
Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
April 17, 2000



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.9

                        Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated Februay 8, 2000, with respect to the finiacial
statements of GoTo.Com, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1
No. 333-________)and related Prospectus of idealab! dated April 20, 2000.


                                                       /s/ Ernst & Young, LLP

                                                       Ernst & Young, LLP

Los Angeles, CA
April 18, 2000




<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.10

                        Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated Februay 21, 2000, with respect to the finiacial
statements of idealab! Capital Management I, LLC included in the Registration
Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-________)and related Prospectus of idealab! dated
April 20, 2000.


                                                       /s/ Ernst & Young, LLP

                                                       Ernst & Young, LLP

Los Angeles, CA
April 18, 2000



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                  1000

<S>                         <C>                     <C>                     <C>                    <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>               Year                    Year                    Year                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>           Jan-31-1997             Jan-31-1998             Jan-31-1999            Jan-31-2000
<PERIOD-START>              Mar-14-1996              Feb-1-1997              Feb-1-1998             Feb-1-1999
<PERIOD-END>                Jan-31-1997             Jan-31-1998             Jan-31-1999            Jan-31-2000
<CASH>                             1084                    3826                    6339                 601474
<SECURITIES>                          0                       0                       0                  70526
<RECEIVABLES>                        18                      97                      92                  15268
<ALLOWANCES>                          0                       0                      15                    508
<INVENTORY>                           0                       0                       0                  12080
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   1145                    4068                    6577                 706239
<PP&E>                              208                    1640                    3030                  27780
<DEPRECIATION>                       26                     249                     717                   9211
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                     2461                   16666                   47552                1674383
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>               816                    6721                    5471                 143500
<BONDS>                               0                       0                       0                      0
              3450                   12154                   13652                 892782
                           0                       0                       0                      0
<COMMON>                            265                  749000                   15366                 388404
<OTHER-SE>                         2235                    3647                    2302                 (49905)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>       2461                   16666                   47552                1674383
<SALES>                               0                       0                       0                      0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                      0                     154                     805                  21158
<CGS>                               303                     172                      82                  28380
<TOTAL-COSTS>                      2410                   11563                   12297                 262344
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                    (99)                   (252)                  (7677)               (324710)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                      0                      28                       0                    296
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                    0                     178                      49                   2695
<INCOME-PRETAX>                   (2367)                 (11335)                  (3864)                 81125
<INCOME-TAX>                          3                    3712                    2358                 (86245)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>               (2370)                  (7056)                   (883)                118484
<DISCONTINUED>                        0                       0                       0                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                       0                       0                       0                      0
<CHANGES>                             0                       0                       0                      0
<NET-INCOME>                      (2370)                  (7056)                   (883)                118484
<EPS-BASIC>                       (0.01)                  (0.02)                      0                   0.25
<EPS-DILUTED>                     (0.01)                  (0.02)                      0                   0.15


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission